As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on October 25, 2011
Registration No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
2221
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
57-1003983
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
(704) 697-5100
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Daniel L. Rikard
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
(704) 697-5100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With a copy to:
Igor Fert
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed exchange offer:
As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement is declared effective.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the
formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the
following box.
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities
Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a small reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
o
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon
in conducting this transaction:
|
|
|
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross Border Issuer Tender
Offer)
o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross Border Third Party Tender Offer)
o
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of Securities
|
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
|
Offering Price Per
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
to be Registered
|
|
|
Registered
|
|
|
Note
|
|
|
Price(1)
|
|
|
Registration Fee
|
|
|
7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
|
|
|
$
|
560,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
$
|
560,000,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
64,176.00
|
|
|
|
Guarantees of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (2)
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(f) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act).
|
|
(2)
|
|
See inside facing page for additional registrant guarantors.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no separate filing fee is required for the
guarantees.
|
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be
necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in
accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANT GUARANTORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address, including Zip
|
Exact Name of Registrant
|
|
State or Other
|
|
I.R.S.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Code and Telephone
|
Guarantor as Specified in its
|
|
Jurisdiction of
|
|
Employer
|
|
Industrial
|
|
Number, including Area
|
Charter (or Other
|
|
Incorporation or
|
|
Identification
|
|
Classification
|
|
Code, of
Registrants
|
Organizational Document)
|
|
Organization
|
|
Number
|
|
Code Number
|
|
Principal Executive Offices
|
Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
57-1013629
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners
Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
13-2865428
|
|
|
2200
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners
Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fabrene, L.L.C.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
51-0319685
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners
Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI Europe, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
56-2154891
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners
Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI Polymer, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
57-0962088
|
|
|
2221
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners
Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte, NC 28269
(704) 697-5100
|
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not issue the
exchange notes in the exchange offer until the registration statement filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it
is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where such offer or
sale is not permitted.
Subject to
Completion, dated October 25, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Polymer Group, Inc.
Offers to Exchange
$560,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the
exchange notes), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act), for any and all outstanding 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the
outstanding notes, and together with the exchange notes, the notes).
The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by
our existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee our existing senior
secured asset-based revolving credit facility and the outstanding notes.
We are conducting the exchange offer in order to provide you with an opportunity to exchange
your unregistered outstanding notes for freely tradeable exchange notes that have been registered
under the Securities Act.
The Exchange Offer
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn
for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradeable.
|
|
|
|
You may withdraw tenders of outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration date of
the applicable exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on , 2011
which is the 21
st
business day after the date of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not be a
taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
|
|
|
The terms of the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer are substantially
identical to the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will be freely tradeable.
|
Results of the Exchange Offer:
|
|
The exchange notes may be sold in the over-the-counter-market, in negotiated transactions
or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the exchange notes on a
national market.
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer
set forth in the outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not
be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will
register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
You should carefully consider the
Risk Factors
beginning on page 22 of this
prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has
approved or disapproved of the exchange notes to be distributed in the exchange offer or passed
upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The date of this prospectus is , 2011.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized
anyone to provide you with different information. This prospectus may be used only for the purposes
for which it has been published and no person has been authorized to give any information not
contained herein. If you receive any other information, you should not rely on it. We are not
making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
iv
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
i
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our plans,
strategies and prospects, both business and financial. These statements are based on the beliefs
and assumptions of our management. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of
this prospectus. Unless required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update these
statements and caution against any undue reliance on them. These forward-looking statements are
based on current expectations and assumptions about future events. Although management considers
these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant
business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most
of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Generally, statements
that are not historical facts, including statements concerning our possible or assumed future
actions, business strategies, events or results of operations, are forward-looking statements.
These statements may be preceded by, followed by or include the words believes, estimates,
expects, projects, forecasts, may, will, should, seeks, plans, scheduled,
anticipates, targets or intends or similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue
reliance on these statements which speak only as of the date hereof. You should understand that the
following important factors, in addition to those discussed in Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to
differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:
|
|
|
general economic factors including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates,
foreign currency translation rates, consumer confidence, trends in disposable income,
changes in consumer demand for goods produced, and cyclical or other downturns;
|
|
|
|
|
cost and availability of raw materials, labor and natural and other resources, and
our ability to pass raw material cost increases along to customers;
|
|
|
|
|
changes to selling prices to customers which are based, by contract, on an
underlying raw material index;
|
|
|
|
|
substantial debt levels and potential inability to maintain sufficient liquidity to
finance our operations and make necessary capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
ability to meet existing debt covenants or obtain necessary waivers;
|
|
|
|
|
achievement of objectives for strategic acquisitions and dispositions;
|
|
|
|
|
ability to achieve successful or timely start-up of new or modified production
lines;
|
|
|
|
|
reliance on major customers and suppliers;
|
|
|
|
|
domestic and foreign competition;
|
|
|
|
|
information and technological advances;
|
|
|
|
|
risks related to operations in foreign jurisdictions;
|
|
|
|
|
changes in environmental laws and regulations, including climate change-related
legislation and regulation;
|
|
|
|
|
uncertainty regarding the effects of the Transactions; and
|
ii
|
|
|
the outcome of discussions with the Internal Revenue Service regarding the potential
payments due associated with the personal holding company tax issue discussed herein.
|
The risks described in the Risk Factors section in this prospectus are not exhaustive. Other
sections of this prospectus describe additional factors that could adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is
not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all such risk
factors on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. All
forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly
qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements. We undertake no obligations to
update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise.
MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA
The data included in this prospectus regarding the markets and the industry in which we
operate, including the size of certain markets and our position and the position of our competitors
within these markets, are based on reports of government agencies, independent industry sources and
our own estimates relying on our managements knowledge and experience in the markets in which we
operate. Our managements knowledge and experience, in turn, are based on information obtained from
our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the
markets in which we operate. We believe these estimates to be accurate as of the date of this
prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we
obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified
with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the
voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties.
In this prospectus, we refer to certain information regarding the nonwovens industry and
demand for nonwovens in hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Some of this
information is based upon a report prepared by Arthur D. Little, Inc., a management consulting
company (ADL Consulting), specifically for the Sponsor (as defined below) in relation to the
Transactions (described below). The information and conclusions in ADL Consultings report
constitute ADL Consultings best professional opinion and are based upon ADL Consultings technical
and business knowledge of the chemicals industry and the information available to ADL Consulting.
While the report was based in part on information obtained from sources considered to be reliable,
there can be no assurance that the information upon which the report was based was complete or
accurate. ADL Consultings professional opinion should not and may not be construed as an
investment recommendation to any party. ADL Consulting is a leading independent global management
consultancy with a developed chemicals practice. ADL Consulting is not affiliated with us or the
Sponsor, but has received a customary fee in connection with their engagement. We have agreed to
indemnify ADL consulting against certain liabilities arising out of certain information based upon
a report prepared by ADL Consulting. ADL Consulting has performed services for the Sponsor from
time to time for which they have received customary fees. ADL Consulting may, from time to time,
perform services for us or the Sponsor in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may
receive customary fees.
Although we believe market, ranking and other industry data included in this prospectus is
generally reliable, it is inherently imprecise. We cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness
of the information and have not independently verified it, nor have we ascertained the underlying
assumptions relied upon therein. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and other
industry data included in this prospectus, and our estimates and beliefs based on that data, may
not be reliable, and that we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information
contained in this prospectus. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry
data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change
based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading Risk Factors in this
prospectus.
TRADEMARKS
This prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names and service marks, including the
following: APEX, Chix, PGI, Polymer Group, Inc., and Spinlace. Each one of these trademarks, trade
names or service marks
iii
is either (i) our registered trademark, (ii) a trademark for which we have a pending
application, (iii) a trade name or service mark for which we claim common law rights or (iv) a
registered trademark or application for registration which we have been licensed by a third party
to use. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks of any other organization appearing in
this prospectus belong to their respective owners.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, (i)
references to the Issuer or Polymer Group are to Polymer Group, Inc., exclusive of its
subsidiaries; (ii) references to we, us, our, PGI and the Company are to Polymer Group,
Inc. and its subsidiaries; (iii) references to Holdings are to Scorpio Holdings Corporation,
exclusive of its subsidiaries; (iv) references to Parent are to Scorpio Acquisition Corporation,
exclusive of its subsidiaries; (v) references to Blackstone and the Sponsor are to certain
investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P.; (vi) references to the
Investor Group are, collectively, to Blackstone and the management investors (as defined below);
(vii) references to the management investors are to certain members of our management team and
employees who agreed to make investments in Holdings; (viii) references to PGI Spain are to PGI
Spain S.L., our wholly-owned subsidiary in Spain; (ix) references to Nanhai Nanxin are to our
Chinese subsidiary Nanhai Nanxin Non-Woven Co., Ltd; (x) references to the China Noncontrolling
Interest Acquisition are to our acquisition in first quarter 2011 of the 20% noncontrolling
ownership interest in Nanhai Nanxin; (xi) references to Tesalca-Texnovo are to Tesalca-99, S.A.
and Texnovo, S.A.; (xii) references to the Spain Business Acquisition are to our acquisition of
certain assets and operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo pursuant to that
certain Asset Transfer Agreement, dated October 30, 2009, as amended on November 30, 2009; (xiii)
references to the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition are to our acquisition of the 40%
noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana, S.A.
in the fourth quarter of 2009; (xiv) references to the Fabpro or the FabPro business are to
Fabpro Oriented Polymers, LLC; (xv) references to Equipment Lease Agreement are, collectively, to
that certain equipment lease agreement, dated June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction agency
agreement, guarantees and other documentation, pursuant to which we have constructed and began
leasing, effective October 7, 2011, an integrated manufacturing line for the production of heat
sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics; and (xvi) references to Difco or the Difco business are
to Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc.
On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (Merger Sub), Parent and
MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger
(the Merger Agreement). On January 28, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into Polymer Group (the
Merger), with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result of
the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger
consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or
approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), was deposited in an escrow
fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding
company (PHC) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), to Polymer
Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Blackstone and the
management investors invested $259.9 million in equity (including management rollover) in Holdings
and management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity
investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility (as defined in Description of
Other Indebtedness ABL Facility), the offering of the outstanding notes, the repayment of
certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its subsidiaries and the payment of related fees
and expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Transactions.
Our accounting for the Merger follows the requirements of ASC 805, which requires that the
purchase accounting treatment of the Merger be pushed down, resulting in the adjustment of all of
our net assets to their respective fair values as of the Merger date of January 28, 2011. Although
we continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the application of push down accounting
represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a new reporting entity.
Accordingly, the two entities are not presented on a consistent basis of accounting. As a result,
our consolidated financial statements for 2011 are presented for the period from January 2, 2011
through January 28, 2011 and for the old reporting entity preceding the Merger, (the
Predecessor), and for the period from January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011 and for the new
reporting entity succeeding the Merger (the Successor).
iv
The preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of January 28,
2011 has been determined by management with the assistance of outside valuation experts. At
present, we are utilizing a preliminary valuation analysis prepared by our outside valuation
experts for our inventories, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. We anticipate
that we will have a valuation study of our inventories, property, plant and equipment, intangible
assets and goodwill for future periods. The allocation of the purchase price is subject to change
based on the completion of such valuation study and the determination of other facts impacting fair
value estimates. The adjustments, if any, arising out of the finalization of the allocation of the
purchase price will not impact cash flow. However, such adjustments could result in material
increases or decreases to depreciation and amortization, earnings before interest expense, income
taxes and net income. We are continuing to evaluate our purchase price allocations and the related
appraisal work of the asset appraisal firm. We expect to finalize the purchase price allocations
prior to the end of fiscal year 2011.
Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Fiscal 2010 ended January 1, 2011
and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period; Fiscal 2009 ended January 2,
2010 and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period; Fiscal 2008 ended January
3, 2009 and included the results of operations for a fifty-three week period. References herein to
2010, 2009, and 2008, generally refer to fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008,
respectively, unless the context indicates otherwise. Certain financial and other data presented in this prospectus is different from previously published as a result of a prior restatement of our previously issued financial statements,
including the financial statements for the fiscal years ended
January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011.
In this prospectus, all references to nonwovens volume demand and volume demand growth rates
provided by ADL Consulting refer to nonwovens volume demand and volume demand growth rates in
certain of the hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications which we serve.
The term CAGR as used in this prospectus refers to the compound annual growth rate over the
specified period. Totals in some tables in this prospectus may differ from the sum of individual
amounts in those tables due to rounding. References to spunmelt or spunmelt technology in this
prospectus refer to spunmelt, spunlaid, spunbond, or related manufacturing technologies,
inclusively.
Defined terms in the consolidated financial statements have the meanings subscribed to them in
the consolidated financial statements.
v
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Because
it is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should
read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information set forth under the heading Risk
Factors and our financial statements. Before participating in the exchange offer, you should read
the discussion under Basis of Presentation above for the definition of certain terms used in this
prospectus and a description of certain transactions and other matters described in this
prospectus.
Company Overview
We
are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused
primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost
fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with
specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier
properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and
industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene
applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, and adult incontinence products;
medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household,
personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house
wrap and furniture and bedding.
According
to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to
exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and
the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or
second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets
where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications
and will have higher growth rates in the future.
We
have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and
converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in
emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically
located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local
and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work
closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and
industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for
more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced
technology portfolios in the industry.
We
have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have
broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the
past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five
state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and
markets. At the end of fiscal 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets
from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of
nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business
Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Simultaneously, we have taken a
number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around disposable
applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects to exit
certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our
planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our
new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize
spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of industry
capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets (approximately 20%
of capacity) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain
desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
In
2010, we generated net sales of $1,106.2 million. Our sales are geographically diversified,
with 35% generated in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia for the
same period.
1
Segment Overview
We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America
Nonwovens (collectively, the Nonwovens Segments) and Oriented Polymers. These segments
represented approximately 29.5%, 25.5%, 11.7%, 27.7% and 5.6% of our net sales, respectively, for
2010. Our Nonwovens Segments generated substantially all of our operating income over the same
period.
Nonwovens Segments
The Nonwovens Segments develop and sell products that are critical substrates and components
used in various consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes, and industrial
applications. Our products are used in hygiene applications such as baby diapers, feminine hygiene
products, adult incontinence products; medical applications including surgical gowns and drapes;
household and commercial wipes; and various durable industrial applications including filtration,
house wrap and furniture and bedding. Our key customers include global and regional manufacturers
such as Procter & Gamble (diapers, feminine sanitary protection, household wipes), Kimberly-Clark
(diapers, surgical drapes, face masks) and Cardinal Health (surgical drapes, medical accessories).
Nonwovens are fabric-like materials constructed from plastic resins, primarily polypropylene
and various types of natural and man-made fibers, and can be created through several different
manufacturing techniques. The predominant and fastest-growing manufacturing technology for
disposable applications is the spunmelt manufacturing process which uses large, high-volume
equipment to manufacture large rolls of nonwoven fabrics. In addition to spunmelt, there are
several other manufacturing processes, including carded, air-laid, and wet-laid. We use both
spunmelt and other manufacturing technologies, but have invested significant capital over the last
five years to construct several new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines and to restructure several
legacy operations.
Nonwovens applications are categorized as either disposable or durable. We primarily supply
nonwovens to customers that manufacture disposable products, which account for approximately 80% of
our total nonwoven sales. Disposable products include diapers and other personal care products,
medical gowns and drapes, and cleaning wipes, among others. We believe that disposable products are
less cyclical than durable products and will have higher growth rates in the future, driven
primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies due to rising per
capita income and population growth. We add value to our products through our printing, laminating,
and small roll converting capabilities and, in limited instances, convert product ourselves for
sale directly to the end consumer.
The table below outlines the key product applications within our Nonwovens Segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key Product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected
|
Applications
|
|
% of Annual Revenue
|
|
Representative End Products
|
|
Key Customers
|
|
Growth(1)
|
Hygiene
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
Baby diapers, feminine
hygiene products, adult
incontinence products, and
training pants
|
|
Procter & Gamble
Kimberly-Clark
SCA
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
Surgical gowns and drapes,
face masks, shoe covers
and wound care sponges and
dressings
|
|
Kimberly-Clark
Cardinal Health
3M
Johnson &
Johnson
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wipes
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
Personal care and facial
wipes, baby wipes, and
household wipes
|
|
Procter & Gamble
Clorox
Sysco
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
Filtration, cable wrap,
house wrap, furniture and
bedding, and landscape and
agricultural applications
|
|
Simmons Bedding
Dow
Chiquita
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents projected CAGR for global nonwoven volume demand from 2009 to 2014 for each
product application group, according to ADL Consulting.
|
2
Hygiene Applications
For hygiene applications, our substrates are critical components providing superior
absorbency, barrier properties, strength, fit, and softness in baby diapers, feminine hygiene
products, adult incontinence products, and training pants. Our broad product offering provides
customers with a full range of these specialized and highly engineered components, including top
sheet, transfer layer, backsheet fabric, leg cuff fabric, sanitary protective facings, and
absorbent pads for incontinence guard, panty shield, and absorbent core applications. We frequently
partner with select, industry-leading manufacturers to jointly develop innovative products to meet
changing consumer demands. As a global nonwovens provider, we are differentiated by our ability to
serve global manufacturers while providing substrate consistency across geographical regions.
Medical Applications
Our medical products are high-performance materials that are used in disposable surgical
packs, surgical gowns and drapes, face masks, shoe covers and wound care sponges and dressings. Our
nonwovens feature characteristics and properties which address barrier performance, breathability,
strength and softness. We believe that we are the leading global supplier of nonwoven medical
fabrics, due in part to our acquisition of Johnson & Johnsons medical nonwovens business in 1995.
Our customers medical end products are predominantly manufactured in lower labor cost countries,
such as China, for export to Western markets. Our high-quality finished fabric manufacturing
capabilities in China, located strategically near the manufacturing and converting operations of
our customers, combined with our global position, provide a competitive advantage in serving these
customers.
Wipes Applications
We produce nonwoven products for consumer wipes applications, which include personal care and
facial wipes, baby wipes, and household cleaning wipes. We also directly market a line of wipes
under our Chix brand to industrial, foodservice, and janitorial customers. Wipes producers rely on
nonwovens to provide key features, such as abrasiveness and liquid dispensability, which enable
product performance to meet customer demands. For example, our proprietary APEX technology enables
us to impart three-dimensional images on nonwovens, which enhance performance by creating ridges
for dust collection and increase abrasiveness, as well as improve branding and customer appeal.
Industrial Applications
Our nonwovens serve a diverse collection of industrial end product applications which include
filtration, cable wrap, house wrap, furniture and bedding, and landscape and agricultural
applications. We focus on applications where our technological capabilities enable us to
effectively serve customers who place significant value on highly engineered and tailored
materials.
Oriented Polymers Segment
The Oriented Polymers segment utilizes extruded polyolefin processes and woven technologies to
produce a wide array of products for industrial packaging, building products and agriculture. We
sold our Difco business in the second quarter of 2011 and our FabPro business in the third quarter
of 2009. We are currently evaluating various strategic alternatives for the Fabrene business, the
remaining business for this reportable segment.
Competitive Strengths
Leading Global Positions and Diversified Portfolio
We are differentiated from our competitors by our broad geographic platform, which enables us
to serve both multi-national and regional customers in both mature and high-growth developing
regions. We are among the largest manufacturers of nonwovens, and we believe that we have the most
global footprint of our competitors. We have manufacturing and converting operations at 14
locations in nine countries on four continents. We believe that
we are the largest or second-largest merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable
applications in regional markets,
3
which represents over 80% of our nonwovens sales for 2010. Our
ability to provide consistent high-quality products across geographical regions is a strong
competitive advantage in serving global customers, such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health.
Additionally, our global footprint provides diversification across several
regional markets, with 35% of our net sales in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in
Europe and 12% in Asia, for 2010. This reduces our exposure to any one region or manufacturing
facility. We are also a significant supplier to a diverse set of end product applications,
including hygiene (47% of our sales for 2010), medical (15%), wipes (13%) and industrial (25%).
This broad array of applications provides further diversification and reduces our exposure to volatility in any one
application.
High-Growth, Defensive Demand Profile of End Products
We primarily manufacture nonwovens for customers producing disposable products, which
accounted for approximately 80% of our nonwoven sales for 2010. We believe that disposable products
are less cyclical than durable products, and we expect disposable products to have higher growth
rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing
economies. These nonwovens are critical components of end products, such as baby diapers and
medical gowns, which we believe are purchased by consumers largely irrespective of broader economic
conditions. After growing at a 7.4% CAGR by volume from 2004 to 2008, nonwoven global volume demand
remained flat from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Nonwoven global volume
demand is projected to grow by approximately 6.3% annually from 2009 to 2014 according to ADL
Consulting.
Strong Customer Relationships with Leading Manufacturers
Our broad geographic platform and application expertise allow us to effectively serve global
customers such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health, who are among the market leaders in their
respective product applications. Nonwovens generally are not shipped between regions due to high
transportation costs; thus, a local manufacturing presence across key geographies is critical to
efficiently provide products globally. In many instances, our facilities are strategically located
in close proximity to the manufacturing facilities of our key customers. Additionally, our
marketing and research and development teams work closely with customers throughout their product
development cycles. This collaborative technology development relationship, coupled with our
ability to meet our customers stringent product qualifications and process standards, encourages
customer loyalty. Our largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales for
the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. Our 20 largest customers represented 56% of our sales for
the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox, Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark,
Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and regional manufacturers.
Significant Presence in High-Growth Regions
We believe there is significant untapped demand for nonwovens in emerging markets, especially
in hygiene applications. In emerging markets, where penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products
such as disposable diapers are low, growth is expected to be driven by increasing disposable
product penetration resulting from rising per capita income and population growth. According to ADL
Consulting, nonwovens volume demand in hygiene, medical and wipes applications in Latin America and
Asia is projected to grow at 6.1% and 9.4% per annum, respectively, from 2009 to 2014. We believe
that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this anticipated growth. We have successfully expanded
our presence in these emerging markets as a result of recent capacity expansions in Cali, Colombia;
Buenos Aires, Argentina; San Luis Potosi, Mexico; and Suzhou, China. During 2010, we derived
approximately 40% of our revenues from emerging markets in Latin America and Asia.
Competitive Technology Platform
We believe that we have the broadest nonwovens technology base of any of our competitors,
supported by an array of proprietary technologies. We have completed six capacity expansions in the
past five years, including
two lines in the U.S. and four lines in the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, all
of which were based
4
on leading technology platforms (five spunmelt and one Spinlace). We believe
our scale provides an advantage in pursuing new capacity expansions due to the significant upfront
capital investment that is necessary to construct a new manufacturing line, our customer
relationships, our process know-how, and economies of scale in raw material procurement. In
addition, in December 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from
Tesalca-Texnovo, a high quality nonwoven spunmelt supplier based in Spain. Spunmelt is a newer and
faster growing technology in the nonwovens industry, and we have a larger mix of spunmelt
technology than the industry average. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new
U.S. and China lines, spunmelt will represent approximately 80% of our nonwovens nameplate
capacity, up from approximately 55% in 2005. Our comprehensive research and development program
also provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We have over 450 trademark and domain
name registrations and pending trademark applications worldwide and over 400 patents and pending
patent applications worldwide.
Strong Ability to Optimize Asset Base
Our broad array of applications and manufacturing technologies has allowed us to maximize the
usage and extend the life of our existing asset base by repurposing assets to meet evolving market
demands. A prime example of our success in asset optimization is the development and implementation
of our proprietary Spinlace technology, where we leveraged existing spunmelt and carded
technologies with our application expertise to deliver an innovative product that offers customers
a better value and improved functionality. We are also able to leverage our product development
capabilities to continue to optimize our mix of products as customer requirements change.
Stable Profitability and Cash Flow Generation
Our stable profitability and cash flow generation over the last four fiscal years has allowed
us to continue to invest in growth, even through the recent recession. Our cash flow generation has
been driven by strong operating performance in our high-growth spunmelt business, relatively low
maintenance capital expenditures, and raw material price pass-through mechanisms. Historically, we
have been able to pass through escalation in raw material prices to our customers, maintaining a
relatively stable gross profit per kilogram.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to be a leading global provider of nonwovens for customers focused on
disposable applications. We believe that these applications should provide a more stable revenue
stream than durable applications, due to their recession-resistant nature and should exhibit higher
long-term growth, especially in emerging markets. To pursue this strategy, our management team has
executed several key operating initiatives which we believe will favorably position us for strong,
profitable growth over the next several years.
To execute our strategy and drive continued success, we are focused on the following:
Expanding Global Capabilities
We expect to continue to add capacity in both developed and developing regions, leveraging our
global functional and technological best practices and our strong local market presence. We intend
to expand in markets that we believe have attractive supply and demand characteristics through a
detailed market assessment which includes identifying a majority of new product volumes in advance
of commercialization. Our strategic expansion projects generally target a return on our investment
of three to five years. Additionally, we selectively evaluate strategic consolidation
opportunities, focusing on companies and technologies that further our strategic plan, global
competitive position and product offering.
Customer Focus and Innovation
We strive to be the partner of choice for companies seeking materials that enhance performance
and offer superior value. We seek to achieve this by delivering outstanding customer satisfaction
and innovative solutions that help our clients succeed. We intend to leverage our culture of
innovation, our global organization and our research
and development capabilities to deliver products and processes tailored to meet demanding
customer specifications
5
and to address evolving consumer preferences. We have several collaborative
research and development arrangements with our key customers in the development of next generation
products, and hence we believe we are integral to the product development cycles of customers.
Operational Excellence
We expect to continue to operate our facilities with a focus on manufacturing excellence,
reliability, performance, yield, product quality and consistency in order to increase value
delivered to customers and customer satisfaction. We will continue to leverage our global platform
through an interconnected global and regional functional management structure in areas such as
manufacturing, sales, marketing, procurement, finance and human resources. In addition, we will
look for opportunities to improve our supply chain management and offer solutions to customers to
reduce their costs and streamline their operations.
Corporate Social Responsibility
We strive to achieve recognition as a leader in promoting health, safety, and sustainability
by attaining world-class safety metrics, reducing consumption of resources, and minimizing our
environmental impact. We have set ambitious goals to launch more sustainable products with our
supply chain partners, and we strive to maintain strong and cooperative relationships with our
stakeholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. We have published our
sustainability reports, consistent with the Global Reporting Initiatives reporting metrics that
outline our approach to corporate social responsibility and environmental sustainability.
Portfolio Repositioning
Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint
and optimize operations around our strategic focus on disposable applications and high-growth
markets. We have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing a number of new
state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in these applications and markets.
Simultaneously, we have executed several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin
legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant
consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and
China lines, approximately 80% of our global nonwovens nameplate capacity will utilize spunmelt
technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated industry
capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing carded
and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity, respectively) will
continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product
attributes, such as product strength or softness. We have historically experienced significant
growth from our core applications and markets served primarily by spunmelt capacity, which has been
offset by declining profitability generated from legacy applications and assets. With our portfolio
repositioning substantially complete, we expect to realize greater growth in the future as growth
from our core operations is not expected to be offset by the same level of declines in our legacy
operations, which now constitute a small percentage of our overall profitability.
Capacity Expansion Programs
We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including four new lines in
the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and
medical products. Aggregate capital expenditures during the three-year period ended January 1,
2011, totaled approximately $123.1 million, of which approximately $52.5 million was for two fully
commercialized spunmelt lines and approximately $0.6 million was for one Spinlace line (total
project investment was approximately $19 million) and approximately $36.9 million was for two
spunmelt lines that were installed in the third quarter of 2011, as follows:
|
|
In fiscal 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt
line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture
nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the New Suzhou Hygiene Line).
|
6
|
|
In fiscal 2010, we entered a purchase commitment and a lease agreement and commenced
construction of new spunmelt line sites in Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. Commercial
production was initiated at these facilities in the third quarter of 2011.
|
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2009, our state-of-the-art spunmelt line in San Luis Potosi,
Mexico commenced commercial production. The plant expansion increased capacity to meet demand
for nonwoven materials in medical and hygiene applications in the U.S. and Mexico.
|
|
|
|
In the first quarter of 2008, we initiated commercial production on a new spunmelt line at
our facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The line is currently fully dedicated to hygiene
applications in Latin America.
|
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing hydroentanglement
line at our Benson, North Carolina facility to produce Spinlace products.
|
To capitalize on continued demand growth for our products, we constructed new spunmelt lines
in the U.S. and in China, both were completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, we are
currently in the process of constructing the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, which we expect to complete
in 2012. These new lines together are estimated to cost approximately $202.0 to $212.0 million.
These investments are expected to be made in fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2012 and are expected to be
funded through the Equipment Lease Agreement, available credit facilities in China, cash from
operations and existing cash balances. We expect these assets to generate returns on invested
capital in line with our target of three to five years. We are installing custom-designed lines
that employ industry-leading spunmelt technologies, which we will combine with our proprietary
technological developments to deliver innovative and differentiated fabrics to customers.
Capacity Rationalization
While investing in several new state-of-the-art lines in high-growth regions (as described
above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy
operations and relocate certain assets to improve our cost structure. We discontinued operations at
five plants over the past five years, in addition to divesting our non-core FabPro business within
our Oriented Polymers segment in 2009. In the first half of 2010, we completed our planned
restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into
our Benson, North Carolina plant. Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the
U.S. and Europe was focused on the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy
capacity, and we believe our current footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition.
In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the
acquisition of the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin,
for $7.2 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our nonwovens business
in Asia.
Spain Business Acquisition.
In December 2009, we completed the initial phase of the Spain
Business Acquisition from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a
meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase
of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. We
manufacture spunmelt nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the
hygiene sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed
the acquisition of the remaining 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business
for $4 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in
nonwovens in Latin America.
FabPro Divestiture
. In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within
our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $35 million. This sale enabled us to further focus
on our nonwovens business.
Difco Divestiture
. In the second quarter of 2011, we sold the working capital and certain
assets of our non-core Difco business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $9
million. In the third quarter of
7
2011, we sold the remaining Difco assets for approximately $1.8 million. This sale enabled us
to further focus on our nonwovens business.
As a result of capacity expansion programs, capacity rationalization and acquisitions and
divestitures over the past few years, we believe our current asset base is now focused on
attractive geographies, applications and technologies, and will serve as an attractive growth
platform for the future.
The Transactions
On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Parent and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities
Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which the Issuer merged with and into
Polymer Group, with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result
of the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger
consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or
approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), were deposited in an escrow
fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding
company (PHC) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), to Polymer
Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Blackstone and the
management investors invested approximately $259.9 million in equity of Holdings. The management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity
investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility, the offering of the
outstanding notes, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its
subsidiaries and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this
prospectus as the Transactions.
For a more complete description of the Transactions, see The Transactions, Use of
Proceeds, Capitalization, Description of Notes, and Description of Other Indebtedness.
Certain Acquisitions
We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition on January 28, 2011, which
included repayment of approximately $34.8 million of outstanding debt of Tesalca-Texnovo and
issuance of 393,675 new shares of our common stock to Tesalca-Texnovo owners, in conjunction with
the closing of the Transactions. Additionally, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest
Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million in the first quarter of 2011.
Recent Developments
In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to
temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and
flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices
away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the
use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011, the facility
had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached
full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not
operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to
$3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit
contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be
approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4
million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant
insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 Business
Interruption and Insurance Recovery in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included
within this prospectus for further information.
8
Corporate Structure
The following chart summarizes our organizational structure, equity ownership and our
principal indebtedness as of the date of this prospectus. This chart is provided for illustrative
purposes only and does not represent all legal entities of the Company and its consolidated
subsidiaries or all obligations of such entities.
(1)
|
|
Represents a $255.0 million cash equity investment by Blackstone and a $4.9 million
investment by the management investors. The proceeds of such investment were contributed to
the Issuer, which used such proceeds, together with other sources of funds, to fund the
Transactions.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Our ABL Facility is secured, subject to certain limitations and exclusions, by (i) a
first-priority security interest in personal property of the Issuer and the subsidiary
guarantors consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract rights,
inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory,
intercompany notes and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments,
chattel paper, documents and commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the
foregoing, books and records of the Issuer, and the proceeds thereof including any business
interruption insurance proceeds, subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions
(the ABL Priority Collateral); and (ii) a second-priority security interest in the
collateral securing the notes (described below). See Description of Other Indebtedness ABL
Facility.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The notes are secured (i) together with up to $7.5 million of Tranche 2 Sub-Facility under
the ABL Facility, on a first-priority lien basis by substantially all of the assets of the
Issuer, and any existing and future subsidiary guarantors (other than collateral securing our
ABL Facility on a first-priority basis), including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and
each restricted subsidiary (which, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, will be limited to
|
9
|
|
65%
of the capital stock of each first-tier foreign subsidiary) and (ii) on a second-priority
basis by the collateral securing our ABL Facility, in each case, subject to certain exceptions
and permitted liens. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure on the
collateral securing the notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, any borrowings under the Tranche
2 Sub-Facility will be repaid from the collateral prior to the notes. See Description of
Notes Security for the Notes.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior
secured basis, by each of our existing and future material wholly-owned domestic restricted
subsidiaries and by certain other restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our or a subsidiary
guarantors indebtedness as described herein. Our existing and future foreign subsidiaries are
not expected to guarantee the notes. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4
million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including
intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the six months ended July 2,
2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of
our property, plant and equipment, net as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations
with our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $768.3
million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries total
assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor subsidiaries, but excluding
the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries investments in our other subsidiaries) as of
July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for
$700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such
non-guarantor subsidiaries investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. We and
our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from our
non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries
to us. Our guarantor subsidiaries also guarantee our ABL Facility.
|
Our Sponsor
The Blackstone Group, one of the worlds leading global investment and advisory firms, was
founded in 1985. Blackstones alternative asset management businesses include the management of
corporate private equity funds, real estate funds, funds of hedge funds, credit-oriented funds,
collateralized loan obligation vehicles and closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone also provides
various financial advisory services, including mergers and acquisition advisory, restructuring and
reorganization advisory, and fund placement services. Through its different businesses, Blackstone
had total fee-earning assets under management of approximately $132.9 billion as of September 30,
2011.
Corporate Information
Polymer Group, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 16, 1994.
Our principal executive office is located at 9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte,
North Carolina. Our telephone number is (704) 697-5100.
10
The Exchange Offer
The following summary is provided solely for your convenience and is not intended to be
complete. You should read the full text and more specific details contained elsewhere in this
prospectus for a more detailed description of the notes.
|
|
|
General
|
|
On January 28, 2011, the Issuer issued an aggregate of
$560.0 million principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured
Notes due 2019 in a private offering. In connection with
the private offering, the Issuer and the guarantors
entered into registration rights agreement with the
initial purchasers in which they agreed, among other
things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete
the exchange offer within 365 days after the date of
issuance and sale of the outstanding notes.
|
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer
|
|
The Issuer is offering to exchange $560.0 million
principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019,
which have been registered under the Securities Act, for
any and all of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Secured Notes
due 2019.
|
|
|
|
|
|
You may only exchange outstanding notes in a principal
amount of $2,000 or in integral multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof.
|
|
|
|
Resale
|
|
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the SEC) set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, the Issuer believes that
the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer
in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you (unless
you are our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405
under the Securities Act) without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that:
|
|
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the
ordinary course of your business; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
you have not engaged in, do not intend to engage
in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any
person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange
notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are a broker-dealer and receive exchange notes for
your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that
you acquired as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities, you must acknowledge that you
will deliver this prospectus in connection with any resale
of the exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any holder of outstanding notes who:
|
|
|
|
|
|
is our affiliate;
|
|
|
|
|
|
does not acquire exchange notes in the ordinary
course of its business; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
tenders its outstanding notes in the exchange
offer with the intention to participate, or for the
purpose of participating, in a distribution of exchange
notes;
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC
enunciated in
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
(available
June 5, 1991) and
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation
(available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SECs
letter to Shearman & Sterling (available July 2, 1993), or
similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an
exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City
time, on _________, 2011, which is the 21st business day after
the date of this prospectus, unless extended by the
Issuer. The Issuer does not currently intend to extend the
expiration date.
|
|
|
|
Withdrawal
|
|
You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at
any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
The Issuer will return to you any of your outstanding
notes that are not accepted for any reason for exchange,
without expense to you, promptly after the expiration or
termination of the exchange offer.
|
|
|
|
Interest on the exchange notes
and the outstanding notes
|
|
The exchange note will bear interest at their respective
rate per annum set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus from the most recent date to which interest has
been paid on the outstanding notes. The interest will be
payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1. No
interest will be paid on outstanding notes following their
acceptance for exchange.
|
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
|
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions,
which the Issuer may waive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See The Exchange OfferConditions to the Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
|
Procedures for Tendering
Outstanding Notes
|
|
If you wish to participate in the exchange offer, you must
complete, sign and date the accompanying letter of
transmittal, or a facsimile of such letter of transmittal,
according to the instructions contained in this prospectus
and the letter of transmittal. You must then mail or
otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal, or a
facsimile of such letter of transmittal, together with the
outstanding notes and any other required documents, to the
exchange agent at the address set forth on the cover page
of the letter of transmittal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you hold outstanding notes through The Depository Trust
Company (DTC) and wish to participate in the exchange
offer, you must comply with the Automated Tender Offer
Program procedures of DTC, by which you will agree to be
bound by the letter of transmittal. By signing, or
agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you
will represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate within the meaning of
Rule 405 under the Securities Act or, if you are our
affiliate, that you will comply with any applicable
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding
with any person or entity to participate in the
distribution of the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the
ordinary course of your business; and
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive
exchange notes for your own account in exchange for
outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities, that you will deliver a
prospectus, as required by law, in connection with any
resale of such exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners
|
|
If you are a beneficial owner of outstanding notes that
are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial
bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to
tender those outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you
should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct
the registered holder to tender those outstanding notes on
your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you
must, prior to completing and executing the letter of
transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
outstanding notes in your name or obtain a properly
completed bond power from the registered holder. The
transfer of registered ownership may take considerable
time and may not be able to be completed prior to the
expiration date.
|
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
|
|
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your
outstanding notes are not immediately available or you
cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of
transmittal or any other required documents, or you cannot
comply with the applicable procedures under DTCs
Automated Tender Offer Program for transfer of book-entry
interests, prior to the expiration date, you must tender
your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under
The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures.
|
|
|
|
Effect on Holders of
Outstanding Notes
|
|
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for
exchange of all validly tendered outstanding notes
pursuant to the terms of the exchange offer, the Issuer
and the guarantors will have fulfilled a covenant under
the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will
be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding
notes under the circumstances described in the
registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your
outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will continue
to be entitled to all the rights and limitations
applicable to the outstanding notes as set forth in the
indenture, except the Issuer and the guarantors will not
have any further obligation to you to provide for the
exchange and registration of the outstanding notes under
the registration rights agreement. To the extent that
outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the
exchange offer, the trading market for remaining
outstanding notes that are not so tendered and exchanged
could be adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
Consequences of Failure to
Exchange
|
|
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be
subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the
outstanding notes and in the indenture. In general, the
outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless
registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an
exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other
than in connection with the exchange offer, the Issuer and
the guarantors do not currently anticipate that they will
register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
|
13
|
|
|
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations
|
|
The exchange of outstanding notes in the exchange offer
will not be a taxable event for United States federal
income tax purposes. See Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations.
|
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
The Issuer will not receive any cash proceeds from the
issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. See Use
of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
Exchange Agent
|
|
Wilmington Trust Company is the exchange agent for the
exchange offer. The addresses and telephone numbers of the
exchange agent are set forth in the section captioned The
Exchange OfferExchange Agent of this prospectus.
|
14
The Exchange Notes
The terms of the exchange
notes are identical in all material respects to the terms of the
outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer
restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our obligations under the
registration rights agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding
notes. The exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture under which the outstanding notes
were issued. The following summary is not intended to be a complete description of the terms of the
exchange notes. For a more detailed description of the notes, see Description of Notes.
|
|
|
Issuer
|
|
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
Notes Offered
|
|
$560.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019.
|
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
The exchange notes will mature on February 1, 2019.
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
The exchange notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7.75%
per annum, payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year.
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
The exchange notes will be fully and unconditionally
guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior secured
basis, subject to certain limitations described herein, by
each of our existing and future material wholly-owned
domestic restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain
exceptions, and by certain other restricted subsidiaries
that guarantee our or a subsidiary guarantors indebtedness
as described herein. Our existing and future foreign
subsidiaries are not expected to guarantee the exchange
notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under certain circumstances, subsidiaries may be released
from these guarantees without the consent of the holders of
the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Description of Notes Guarantees.
|
|
|
|
Collateral
|
|
The exchange notes will be secured (i) together with the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, on a first-priority lien basis by
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, and any
existing and future subsidiary guarantors (other than
collateral securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority
basis), including all of the capital stock of the Issuer and
each restricted subsidiary (which, in the case of foreign
subsidiaries, will be limited to 65% of the capital stock of
each first-tier foreign subsidiary) and (ii) on a
second-priority basis by the collateral securing our ABL
Facility, in each case, subject to certain exceptions and
permitted liens, as described in this prospectus. Without
giving effect to security interests, the exchange notes will
rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing
and future senior indebtedness. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of a foreclosure on the collateral
securing the exchange notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility
or any distribution in an insolvency proceeding, any
borrowings under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be repaid
from the eligible collateral prior to the exchange notes.
Additionally, the exchange notes will be effectively
subordinated to indebtedness incurred under the ABL Facility
to the extent of the value of the assets securing the ABL
Facility on a first-priority lien basis.
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
The collateral securing the exchange notes on a first-priority lien
basis will not include (i) the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a
first priority lien basis and (ii) certain excluded assets.
|
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (as defined
below) (other than capital stock of the Issuer and restricted
subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million.
|
|
|
|
See Description of Notes Security for the Notes.
|
|
Ranking
|
|
The exchange notes and the related guarantees will be our senior secured
obligations. The indebtedness evidenced by the exchange notes and the
guarantees will rank:
|
|
|
|
senior to all unsecured indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing the exchange notes (the Notes
Collateral);
|
|
|
|
senior to the Issuers existing and future obligations under the
ABL Facility (or equally with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) to
the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by the Issuer;
|
|
|
|
junior to the Issuers existing and future obligations under the
ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral that secures
the ABL Facility;
|
|
|
|
junior to any existing or future indebtedness of the Issuer that
is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the Notes
Collateral to the extent of the value of such assets;
|
|
|
|
without giving effect to security interests, equally in right of
payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Issuer,
including existing and future obligations under the ABL Facility;
|
|
|
|
equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral owned by the
Issuer with respect to the Issuers obligations under (i) any other
pari
passu
lien obligations incurred after the Issue Date and (ii) the Tranche
2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the exchange notes will receive
proceeds of Notes Collateral after the payment in full of the Tranche
2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar event); and
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to any existing and future
subordinated indebtedness of the Company.
|
|
|
|
The exchange notes will also be structurally subordinated to all existing
and future indebtedness, claims of holders of preferred stock and other
liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes.
|
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011:
|
|
|
|
we had total indebtedness of $597.8 million, with a carrying
value of $597.3 million (including indebtedness of non-guarantor
subsidiaries of $37.5 million, with a carrying value of $37.0 million),
all of which is senior indebtedness;
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
we had $20.5 million of secured indebtedness (with a carrying
value of $20.0 million) secured by assets that are not part of the Notes
Collateral, and $0.3 million of capital leases;
|
|
|
|
we had $17.0 million drawn under our unsecured China Facility (as
defined herein). We borrowed an additional $3.0 million of indebtedness
under the China Facility in the third quarter of 2011; and
|
|
|
|
we had approximately $29.2 million of availability under the ABL
Facility (which had aggregate commitments of $50.0 million as of the
Issue Date), after giving effect to availability under our borrowing base
and $10.8 million of outstanding letters of credit.
|
|
|
|
Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and
$407.0 million, or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including
intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the six
months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries
accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and
equipment, net as of July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with
our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted
for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and
non-guarantor subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany
receivables with such non-guarantor subsidiaries, but excluding the value
of such non-guarantor subsidiaries investments in our other
subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our
non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our
consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor
subsidiaries investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011.
We and our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany
receivables due from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash
repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to us. Our guarantor
subsidiaries will also guarantee our ABL Facility.
|
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
We may, at our option, redeem at any time and from time to time prior to
February 1, 2015 (i) some or all of the exchange notes at 100% of their
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
redemption date and a make-whole premium described under Description
of Notes Optional Redemption and (ii) during any 12 month period, up
to $56.0 million of the principal amount of the exchange notes in each
such period at a price equal to 103% of the principal amount, plus
accrued and unpaid interest. From and after February 1, 2015, we may, at
our option, redeem some or all of the exchange notes, at any time and
from time to time, at the redemption prices set forth under Description
of Notes Optional Redemption.
|
|
|
|
In addition, on or prior to February 1, 2014, we may, at our option,
redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes with the proceeds from certain
equity offerings at the redemption price listed under Description of
Notes Optional Redemption.
|
|
Change of Control Offer
|
|
If a change of control occurs, unless the Issuer has presently or
concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to the outstanding
notes, the Issuer must offer holders of the exchange notes the opportunity to sell to the Issuer
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
their notes at 101% of the principal
face amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. For more information, see
Description of Notes Repurchase at the Option of Holders Change of
Control.
|
|
Asset Sale Proceeds
|
|
If the Issuer or its restricted subsidiaries engage in asset sales or
experience certain events of loss, the Issuer generally must either
invest the net proceeds from such asset sales in its business within a
specific period of time, prepay certain of its or its restricted
subsidiaries debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the
exchange notes with the specified excess net proceeds, subject to certain
exceptions. The purchase price of the exchange notes will be 100% of
their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. For more
information, see Description of Notes Repurchase at the Option of
Holders Asset Sales.
|
|
Certain Covenants
|
|
The exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture under which the
outstanding notes were issued. The indenture governing the notes contains
covenants that, among other things, will limit the ability of the Issuer
and its restricted subsidiaries to:
|
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or
preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or
repurchase, capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments;
|
|
|
|
incur certain liens;
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate;
|
|
|
|
enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted
subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the Issuer;
|
|
|
|
designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries;
and
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell assets.
|
|
|
|
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications.
In addition, during any period of time that the exchange notes have
investment grade ratings from both Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and
Standard & Poors, many of the covenants will be suspended. See
Description of Notes Certain Covenants.
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. See Use of
Proceeds.
|
|
No Prior Market
|
|
The exchange notes will generally be freely transferable (subject to
certain restrictions discussed in The Exchange Offer) but will be a new
issue of securities for which there will not initially be a market.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity
of any market for the exchange notes. The initial purchasers in the
private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they
currently intend to make a
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
market for the exchange notes, as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations. However, they are not obligated to do so
and may discontinue any such market making activities at any time without
notice. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on
any securities exchange or automated dealer quotation system.
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
The exchange notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
|
Risk Factors
You should carefully consider the information set forth under the caption Risk Factors
beginning on page 22 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
19
Summary Historical Financial Information
The following summary consolidated financial information and other data set forth below should
be read in conjunction with The Transactions, Selected Historical Consolidated
Financial Information, Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto
contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary historical financial data presented below for, and as of the end of, fiscal years
ended January 3, 2009, January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011 have been derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements. The selected historical financial information presented below is
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The summary
historical consolidated financial and other data presented below for, and as of the end of, the six
month period ended July 3, 2010, for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and for the five
month period ended July 2, 2011, have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated
financial statements included in this prospectus. Operating results for the one month period ended
January 28, 2011 and the five month period ended July 2, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the
results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 29,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
Ended July 3,
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,026.2
|
|
|
$
|
850.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.2
|
|
|
$
|
548.2
|
|
|
$
|
84.6
|
|
|
|
$
|
495.7
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
856.6
|
|
|
|
667.2
|
|
|
|
896.3
|
|
|
|
447.9
|
|
|
|
68.5
|
|
|
|
|
425.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
169.6
|
|
|
|
183.4
|
|
|
|
209.9
|
|
|
|
100.3
|
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
|
70.7
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
115.5
|
|
|
|
113.3
|
|
|
|
141.5
|
|
|
|
67.3
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
|
34.8
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
(4.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
29.1
|
|
|
|
52.2
|
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(27.4
|
)
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
|
26.7
|
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
Gain on reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
(17.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
(49.3
|
)
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
11.8
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(18.3
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(47.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 29,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
Ended July 3,
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
59.5
|
|
|
$
|
99.0
|
|
|
$
|
63.2
|
|
|
$
|
17.6
|
|
|
$
|
(25.3
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(27.7
|
)
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
|
|
(41.3
|
)
|
|
|
(9.2
|
)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
(431.5
|
)
|
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(12.9
|
)
|
|
|
(72.7
|
)
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
|
442.0
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 29,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
Ended July 3,
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
45.7
|
|
|
$
|
57.9
|
|
|
$
|
72.3
|
|
|
$
|
61.3
|
|
|
$
|
70.8
|
|
|
|
$
|
54.9
|
|
Operating working capital(a)
|
|
|
95.8
|
|
|
|
79.2
|
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
|
|
57.0
|
|
|
|
52.7
|
|
|
|
|
81.3
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
702.2
|
|
|
|
699.9
|
|
|
|
732.0
|
|
|
|
707.9
|
|
|
|
819.3
|
|
|
|
|
1,125.9
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
392.5
|
|
|
|
322.0
|
|
|
|
328.2
|
|
|
|
301.9
|
|
|
|
359.5
|
|
|
|
|
590.5
|
|
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders equity
|
|
|
61.8
|
|
|
|
116.4
|
|
|
|
134.3
|
|
|
|
112.8
|
|
|
|
148.2
|
|
|
|
|
222.3
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
|
|
1.5x
|
|
|
|
1.3x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable plus inventories less trade
accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
|
|
(b)
|
|
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as
pre-tax earnings from continuing operations plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest
expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance fees and one-third of rental
expense on operating leases representing that portion of rental expense deemed to be
attributable to interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal
year ended January 3, 2009 by $2.6 million. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges
for the periods from January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011 and from January 29, 2011
through July 2, 2011 by $17.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively.
|
21
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained
in this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer. The risks and uncertainties
described below are not the only risks facing us and your investment in the notes. Additional risks
and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or those we currently deem immaterial, also may become
important factors that affect us. The following risks could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
If you choose not to exchange your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, the transfer
restrictions currently applicable to your outstanding notes will remain in force and the market
price of your outstanding notes could decline.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, then
you will continue to be subject to the transfer restrictions on the outstanding notes as set forth
in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding
notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or
exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as
required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the
outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the remaining principal
amount of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon and increase the volatility
of, the market price of the outstanding notes due to reduction in liquidity.
Your ability to transfer the notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market,
and an active trading market may not develop for the notes.
The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading
market. We do not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national securities exchange or to
arrange for quotation on any automated quotation system. The initial purchasers have advised us
that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, as permitted by applicable laws and
regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated to make a market in the exchange
notes, and they may discontinue their market-making activities at any time without notice.
Therefore, we cannot assure you as to the development or liquidity of any trading market for the
exchange notes. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on a number of
factors, including:
|
|
|
the number of holders of exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance and financial condition;
|
|
|
|
|
the market for similar securities;
|
|
|
|
|
the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
|
prevailing interest rates.
|
Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that
have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The
market, if any, for the exchange notes may face similar disruptions that may adversely affect the
prices at which you may sell your exchange notes. Therefore, you may not be able to sell your
exchange notes at a particular time and the price that you receive when you sell may not be
favorable.
22
Risks Related To Our Business
Because the specialized markets in which we sell our products are highly competitive, we may
have difficulty growing our business year after year.
The markets for our products are highly competitive. The primary competitive factors include
product innovation and performance, quality, service, cost, distribution and technical support. In
addition, we compete against a number of competitors in each of our markets. Some of these
competitors are larger companies that have greater financial, technological, manufacturing and
marketing resources than us. A reduction in overall demand, a significant increase in market
capacity or increased costs to design and produce our products would likely further increase
competition and that increased competition could cause us to reduce our prices, which could lower
our profit margins and impair our ability to grow from year to year.
We must continue to invest significant resources in developing innovative products in order to
maintain a competitive edge in the highly specialized markets in which we operate.
Our continued success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain our technological
capabilities and to continue to identify, develop and commercialize innovative products for the
nonwoven and oriented polymer industries. We must also protect the intellectual property rights
underlying our new products to realize the full benefits of our efforts. If we fail to continue to
develop products for our markets or to keep pace with technological developments by our
competitors, we may lose market share, which could reduce product sales, lower our profits and
impair our financial condition.
The loss of any of our large volume customers could significantly reduce our revenues and
profits.
A significant amount of our products are sold to large volume customers. For example, our
largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales in 2010. Our 20 largest
customers represented 56% of our sales for the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox,
Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark, Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and
regional manufacturers. As a result, a decrease in business from, or the loss of, any large volume
customers could materially reduce our product sales, lower our profits and impair our financial
condition.
Increases in prices for raw materials and energy or the unavailability of raw materials could
reduce our profit margins.
The primary raw materials used to manufacture most of our products are polypropylene resins,
polyester fiber, polyethylene resin and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. In addition,
energy related costs are a significant expense for us. The prices of raw materials and energy can
be volatile and are susceptible to rapid and substantial changes due to factors beyond our control
such as changing economic conditions, currency fluctuations, political unrest and instability in
energy-producing nations, and supply and demand considerations. To the extent that we are able to
pass along at least a portion of raw material price increases to some of our customers, there is
often a delay between the time we are required to pay the increased raw material price and the time
we are able to pass the increase on to our customers. To the extent we are not able to pass along
all or a portion of such increased prices of raw materials, our cost of goods sold would increase
and our operating income would correspondingly decrease. By way of example, as of January 1, 2011,
if the price of polypropylene were to rise $0.01 per pound and we were not able to pass along any
of such increase to our customers, we would realize a decrease of approximately $5.5 million, on an
annualized basis, in our reported pre-tax operating income. There can be no assurance that the
prices of polypropylene, polyethylene and polyester will not increase in the future or that we will
be able to pass on any increases to our customers. Material increases in raw material prices that
cannot be passed on to customers could have a material adverse effect on our profit margins,
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the loss of any of our key suppliers in
the short-term could disrupt our business until we secure alternative supply arrangements or until
alternative suppliers were qualified with customers.
23
Reductions in our selling prices to customers, pursuant to contractual requirements, could
reduce our profit margins.
In cases where changes in our selling prices to customers are determined via contract based on
changes in an underlying raw material price index, such as the index for polypropylene, and the
index decreases, sales would decrease and our operating income would correspondingly decrease if we
are not able to obtain corresponding reductions in our raw material costs, which decreases in
operating income could be material. There can be no assurance that the index used in such contracts
will not decrease in the future or that we will be able to obtain corresponding reductions in our
raw material costs.
In response to changing market conditions, we may decide to restructure certain of our
operations, resulting in additional cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges.
We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions,
attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in
which we participate, and we strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations
consistent with world-class standards. Accordingly, from time to time in the future, we may decide
to undertake certain restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent such
decisions are made, we could incur cash restructuring charges and asset impairment charges
associated with the restructuring, and such charges could be material.
A material disruption at one of our manufacturing facilities could prevent us from meeting
customer demand, reduce our sales or negatively affect our results of operation and financial
condition.
Any of our manufacturing facilities, or any of our machines or equipment within an otherwise
operational facility, could cease operations unexpectedly due to a number of events, including:
|
|
|
unscheduled maintenance outages;
|
|
|
|
|
prolonged power failures;
|
|
|
|
|
an equipment failure;
|
|
|
|
|
a chemical spill or release;
|
|
|
|
|
explosion of a boiler;
|
|
|
|
|
labor difficulties;
|
|
|
|
|
disruptions in transportation infrastructure, including roads, bridges, railroad
tracks and tunnels;
|
|
|
|
|
fires, floods, windstorms, earthquakes, hurricanes or other catastrophes;
|
|
|
|
|
terrorism or threats of terrorism;
|
|
|
|
|
governmental regulations; and
|
|
|
|
|
other operational problems.
|
Any such disruption could prevent us from meeting customer orders, reduce our sales or profits
and negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
For example, in December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and
caused us to temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a
levy and flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary
offices away from the flooded area and
24
worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the use of our global
manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011,
the facility had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this
facility reached full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility
was not operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5
million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit
contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be
approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4
million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant
insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 Business
Interruption and Insurance Recovery in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included
within this prospectus for further information.
Because a significant number of our employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils
and work under collective bargaining agreements, any employee slowdown or strikes or the failure
to renew our collective bargaining agreements could disrupt our business.
As of January 1, 2011, approximately 47% of our employees are represented by labor unions or
trade councils and work under collective bargaining agreements. Approximately 36% of our labor
force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that expire within one year. We may not be
able to maintain constructive relationships with these labor unions or trade councils. We may not
be able to successfully negotiate new collective bargaining agreements on satisfactory terms in the
future. The loss of a substantial number of these employees or a prolonged labor dispute could
disrupt our business. Any such disruption could reduce our revenues, increase our costs and result
in significant losses.
We generate most of our revenue from the sale of manufactured products that are used in a wide
variety of consumer and industrial applications and the potential for product liability exposure
could be significant.
We manufacture a wide variety of products that are used in consumer and industrial
applications, such as disposable diapers, baby wipes, surgical gowns, wound dressings, carpet
backing and industrial packaging. As a result, we may face exposure to product liability claims in
the event that the failure of our products results, or is alleged to result, in property damage,
bodily injury and/or death. In addition, if any of our products are, or are alleged to be,
defective, we may be required to make warranty payments or to participate in a recall of those
products.
The future costs associated with defending product liability claims or responding to product
warranty claims could be material and we may experience significant losses in the future as a
result. A successful product liability claim brought against us in excess of available insurance
coverage or a requirement to participate in any product recall could substantially reduce our
profitability and cash generated from operations.
We rely on a limited number of suppliers to provide significant machinery and components used in
our production facilities. A material interruption in supply could prevent or limit our ability
to accept and fill orders for our products.
We currently depend upon a limited number of outside unaffiliated suppliers for key machinery
and components used in our manufacturing and converting facilities. We cannot produce most of our
nonwoven and oriented polyolefin products within the specifications required by our customers
without such key machinery and components. If any of our suppliers cease to provide new machinery
and components or replacement parts for existing machinery and components in sufficient quantity to
meet our needs, there may not be adequate alternative sources of supply. To date, we have been able
to obtain the required machinery and components to allow us to expand our business and supply
products to our customers within their required specifications without any significant delays or
interruptions. Obtaining alternative sources of such machinery and components could involve
significant delays and other costs, and these supply sources may not be available to us on
reasonable terms or at all. In some cases, we expect that it would take several months, or longer,
for a new supplier to begin providing
machinery and components to specification. Any disruption of machinery and component supplies
could result in lost or deferred sales which could adversely affect our business and financial
results.
25
Our international operations pose risks to our business that may not be present with our
domestic operations.
Our manufacturing facilities in the United States accounted for approximately 30% of net sales
for 2010, with facilities in Europe, Latin America, Canada and Asia accounting for approximately
70% of net sales for the same period. As part of our growth strategy, we may expand operations in
foreign countries where we have an existing presence or enter new foreign markets. Our foreign
operations are, and any future foreign operations will be, subject to certain risks that are unique
to doing business in foreign countries. These risks include fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates, inflation, economic or political instability, shipping delays, changes in
applicable laws, including assessments of income and non-income related taxes, reduced protection
of intellectual property and regulatory policies and various trade restrictions including potential
changes to export taxes or countervailing and anti-dumping duties for exported products from these
countries. Any of these risks could have a negative impact on our ability to deliver products to
customers on a competitive and timely basis. This could reduce or impair our net sales, profits,
cash flows and financial position. We have not historically hedged our exposure to foreign currency
risk except for risk associated with certain capital spending projects.
We could incur substantial costs to comply with environmental laws, and violations of such laws
may increase costs or require us to change certain business practices.
We use and generate a variety of chemicals in our manufacturing operations. As a result, we
are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and
regulations. These environmental laws govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater
discharges, the handling, storage and release of wastes and hazardous substances and cleanup of
contaminated sites. We regularly incur costs to comply with environmental requirements, and such
costs could increase significantly with changes in legal requirements or their interpretation or
enforcement. For example, certain local governments have adopted ordinances prohibiting or
restricting the use or disposal of certain plastic products, such as certain of the plastic
wrapping materials that we produce. Widespread adoption of such prohibitions or restrictions could
adversely affect demand for our products and thereby have a material adverse effect upon us. In
addition, a decline in consumer preference for plastic products due to environmental considerations
could have a material adverse effect upon us. We could incur substantial costs, including clean-up
costs, fines and sanctions and third-party property damage or personal injury claims, as a result
of violations of environmental laws. Failure to comply with environmental requirements could also
result in enforcement actions that materially limit or otherwise affect our operations at our
manufacturing facilities. We are also subject to laws, such as the CERCLA, that may impose
liability retroactively and without fault for releases or threatened releases of regulated
materials at on-site or off-site locations.
Additionally, greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have increasingly become the subject of a large
amount of international, national, regional, state and local attention. Cap and trade initiatives
to limit GHG emissions have been enacted in the European Union. Numerous bills related to climate
change have been introduced in the U.S. Congress, and various states have taken or are considering
actions to regulate GHG emissions, which could adversely impact many industries including our
suppliers or customers, which may result in higher costs or other impacts to our business. Within
the U.S., most of these proposals would regulate and/or tax, in one fashion or another, the
production of carbon dioxide and other GHGs to facilitate the reduction of carbon compound
emissions to the atmosphere, and provide tax and other incentives to produce and use more clean
energy. For example, in 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Markey-Waxman bill (HR
2454), which would establish a so-called cap and trade regime and new permitting requirements to
regulate GHG generation, as well as provide an incentive for the production and use of clean
energy. To date, the U.S. Senate has not passed any comparable legislation and Congressional
approval of such legislation currently appears unlikely. Of course, some form of federal GHG
legislation remains possible. On the regulatory front, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) has recently taken actions under the Clean Air Act (CAA) regarding GHG emissions,
including the issuance of regulations requiring certain entities to measure and report their GHG
emissions and rules which could require certain facilities to adopt measures to control GHG
emissions under the Title V and/or Prevention of Significant Deterioration CAA permitting programs
commencing in 2011. However, there are various legislative and legal efforts underway to modify,
defer or block EPA regulation of GHG emissions. For example, a House Energy and Commerce
subcommittee recently passed a measure which would eliminate the EPAs authority to
regulate GHG emissions and repeal certain related rules, including those stated above.
Although it is anticipated that the House will pass this measure within the coming weeks, the
outlook for its passage is less certain in the Senate.
26
If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, we could lose a significant
competitive advantage.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our technologies and products against
competitive pressure and to defend our intellectual property rights. If we fail to adequately
protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may manufacture and market similar products,
which could adversely affect our market share and results of operations. We consider our patents
and trademarks, in the aggregate, to be important to our business and seek to protect our
proprietary know-how in part through United States and foreign patent and trademark registrations.
We have a total of over 450 trademark and domain name registrations and pending trademark
applications worldwide and over 400 patents and pending patent applications worldwide, and maintain
certain trade secrets for which, in order to maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets, we
have not sought patent protection. We may not receive patents for all our pending patent
applications, and existing or future patents or licenses may not provide competitive advantages for
our products. Our competitors may challenge, invalidate or avoid the application of any existing or
future patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights that we receive or license. In
addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products
that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products. The loss of protection for our
intellectual property could reduce the market value of our products, reduce product sales, lower
our profits, and impair our financial condition.
The loss of our senior management could disrupt our business.
Our senior management is important to the success of our business because there is significant
competition for executive personnel with experience in the nonwoven and oriented polyolefin
industries. As a result of this need and the competition for a limited pool of industry-based
executive experience, we may not be able to retain our existing senior management. In addition, we
may not be able to fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover. The loss of
any member of our senior management team without retaining a suitable replacement (either from
inside or outside our existing management team) could restrict our ability to enhance existing
products in a timely manner, sell products to our customers or manage the business effectively.
The success of our business depends, in part, on achieving our objectives for strategic
acquisitions and dispositions.
We may pursue acquisitions or joint ventures as part of our long-term business strategy. In
pursuing these transactions, we may encounter significant challenges and risks including that the
transaction does not advance our business strategy, that we do not realize a satisfactory return on
the investment made, or that we experience difficulty in completing such transactions or in the
integration of new operations, employees, business systems, and technology, or diversion of
managements attention from our other businesses. These factors could adversely affect our
operating results or financial condition.
We may, as part of our long-term business strategy, evaluate the potential disposition of
assets and businesses that may no longer be in alignment with our strategic direction. When we
decide to sell assets or businesses, we may encounter difficulty finding buyers or alternative exit
strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, which could delay the accomplishment of
strategic objectives, or we may dispose of a business at a price or on terms which are less than
optimal. In addition, there is a risk that we sell a business whose subsequent performance exceeds
expectations, in which case the decision would have potentially sacrificed enterprise value.
Alternatively, we may be too optimistic about a particular businesss prospects, in which case we
may be unable to find a buyer at an acceptable price or sacrifice enterprise value by retaining
such business.
We may not be able to recover the carrying value of our long-lived assets, which could require
us to record additional asset impairment charges and materially and adversely affect our results
of operations.
We had net property, plant and equipment of $508.7 million at July 2, 2011, representing 45%
of our total assets. At January 1, 2011, we had property, plant and equipment of $323.1 million,
representing 44% of our total assets. We recorded impairment charges to property, plant and equipment of $0.7 million, $3.4
million and $13.1 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Restructuring initiatives and
changing market conditions can impact our ability to recover the carrying value of our long-lived
assets. The continuing presence of these factors, as well as
27
other factors, could require us to record additional asset impairment charges in future periods which could materially and adversely
affect our results of operations.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets represent a significant portion of our total
assets, and we may never realize the full value of our intangible assets.
As of July 2, 2011, we have recorded, on a preliminary basis, $137.3 million of goodwill and
other intangibles assets, excluding deferred financing costs, associated with the Transactions.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of
acquisition. We review such assets at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from,
among other things, deterioration in performance, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in
applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the
products and services we sell, challenges to the validity of certain registered intellectual
property, reduced sales of certain products incorporating registered intellectual property, and a
variety of other factors. The amount of any quantified impairment must be expensed immediately as a
charge to results of operations. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we may
never realize the full value of our intangible assets. Any future determination of impairment of
goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on our
financial position and results of operations.
Our business may be adversely affected by economic downturns.
General worldwide economic conditions recently experienced a downturn due to the sequential
effects of the subprime lending crisis, general credit market crisis, collateral effects on the
finance and banking industries, increased energy costs, concerns about inflation, slower economic
activity, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse
business conditions and liquidity concerns. These conditions make it difficult for our customers,
our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause
U.S. and foreign businesses to slow spending on our products, primarily in the industrial sector,
which would delay and lengthen sales cycles. We cannot predict the timing or duration of any
economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery, worldwide, or in the
specific end markets we serve. If certain of the markets we serve significantly deteriorate due to
these economic effects, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be
materially and adversely affected. Additionally, the downturn in economic conditions has negatively
impacted the equity markets. As a result, we may experience changes in the funding positions of our
defined benefit plans, which may result in increased funding requirements in the future. These
factors have also resulted in a tightening in the global credit markets which could impact the
ability to renew or extend short-term financing arrangements by us or our customers.
We may have certain unreimbursed costs or liabilities associated with the application of the PHC
rules.
In connection with the Merger, a portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5
million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, was deposited in an escrow fund
to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the PHC rules of the Code to
Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. Polymer
Groups most recent financial statements as of January 1, 2011, reflected a liability for uncertain
tax positions associated with the PHC issue of approximately $16.2 million. As provided under the
Merger Agreement, the Stockholder Representative (as defined in the Merger Agreement) filed a
ruling request with the IRS to determine whether or not Polymer Group, Inc. or any of its
subsidiaries were in fact a PHC and subject to the tax as a PHC. The initial ruling request was
filed on December 15, 2010, with supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. As of the
date hereof, we have not received the ruling from the IRS. The actual tax liability relating to the
application of the PHC rules in such periods will depend on the outcome of this process. We expect
that the amount in the escrow fund will be sufficient to cover the actual tax liability related to
the application of the PHC rules in such periods. However, in certain circumstances, we could be
liable for costs and liabilities relating to the application of the PHC rules. As of September
2011, the statute of limitations for the 2004 tax year has expired. Pursuant to the Merger
Agreement, the amount in respect of potential PHC liability being held in the escrow related to the 2004
taxable year is subject to release. As of October 21, 2011, the amount to be released associated with the
expired 2004 taxable year has not been finally determined by the parties.
28
If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting at a reasonable
assurance level, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, and may require
the restatement of previously published financial information which could have a material
adverse effect on our operations, investor confidence in our business and the trading prices of
our securities.
We have identified past accounting errors which resulted in the restatement of previously
issued financial statements, including the financial statements for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2010 and January 1, 2011. Such
accounting errors resulted from a material weakness and other identified deficiencies in our
internal control over financial reporting associated with processes related to (i) the preparation
and adjustment of our tax accounts and (ii) intercompany reconciliations. A material weakness is a
deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such
that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim
financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
We have designed and have implemented extensive remediation programs to address these internal
control deficiencies and material weaknesses and to strengthen our internal controls over financial
reporting. Management believes that our remediation efforts have been
effective with respect to our internal control
over financial reporting associated with tax accounting and
intercompany reconciliations. The previous material weaknesses in our
internal controls associated with tax accounting and intercompany
reconciliations have been remediated. Management concluded that our internal
controls over financial reporting as of January 1, 2011 are both
designed and operating effectively.
If additional material weaknesses in our internal controls are discovered in the future, they
may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information
timely and accurately and, as a result, we may fail to prevent or detect material misstatements in
our annual or interim financial statements.
In addition, it is possible that control deficiencies could be identified by our management or
by our independent registered accounting firm in the future or may occur without being identified.
Such a failure could result in regulatory scrutiny, cause investors to lose confidence in our
reported financial condition, lead to a default under our indebtedness and otherwise materially
adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Affiliates of the Sponsor own substantially all of the equity interests in us and may have
conflicts of interest with us or the holders of the notes in the future.
As a result of the Merger, the Sponsor owns a substantial majority of our capital stock, and
the Sponsor designees hold a majority of the seats on our board of directors. As a result,
affiliates of the Sponsor will have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate
transaction and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of
stockholders regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such transactions are in
their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsor could collectively cause us to
make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets, or could cause us
to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as the Sponsor continues to
indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, affiliates of
the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
The indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility will permit
us to pay advisory and other fees, dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsor
under certain circumstances and the Sponsor or its affiliates may have an interest in our doing so.
In addition, the Sponsor has no obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity
financing.
The Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time
acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply
us with goods and services. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be
complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be
available to us. See Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management, Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions, Description of Notes, and Description of Other
Indebtedness.
Risks Relating to the Notes
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from
fulfilling our obligations under the notes.
We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal
payments. As of July 2, 2011, our total debt is approximately $597.8 million. Subject to the limits
contained in the credit agreement
29
governing our ABL Facility, the Indenture governing the notes and
our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time
to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other
purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase. Specifically,
our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the notes, including the
following:
|
|
|
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes
and our other debt;
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital,
capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;
|
|
|
|
requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service
payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available
for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate
purposes;
|
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
|
|
|
|
exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings are
at variable rates of interest;
|
|
|
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in
which we compete;
|
|
|
|
placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; and
|
|
|
|
increasing our cost of borrowing.
|
Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt. This
could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.
We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the
indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility contain
restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of qualifications and exceptions and additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with
these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring
obligations, such as trade payables, that do not constitute indebtedness as defined under our debt
instruments. In addition, our ABL Facility provides for unused commitments of $29.2 million
(subject to availability under a borrowing base and after giving effect to $10.8 million of
outstanding letters of credit) as of July 2, 2011. Furthermore, we may increase our commitments
under our ABL Facility without the consent of lenders under our ABL Facility other than those
lenders, who, in their discretion, issue a commitment to provide all or a portion of such increase
by up to an additional $20.0 million, subject to certain conditions, including debt capacity under
the indentures governing the notes. To the extent new debt is added to our currently anticipated
debt levels, the substantial leverage risks described in the previous risk factor would increase.
See Description of Other Indebtedness and Description of Notes.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our
indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our ABL Facility and certain of our foreign indebtedness are at variable
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service
obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed
remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our
indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.
We may be unable to service our indebtedness, including the notes.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on and to refinance our indebtedness including the
notes, depends on and is subject to our financial and operating performance, which in turn is
affected by general and regional
30
economic, financial, competitive, business and other factors beyond our control, including the
availability of financing in the international banking and
capital markets. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from
operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us
to service our debt, including the notes, to refinance our debt or to fund our other liquidity
needs. If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations or to fund our other liquidity needs,
we will need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, including the notes, which
could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. Any refinancing of our
indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous
covenants that could further restrict our business operations.
Moreover, in the event of a default, the holders of our indebtedness, including the notes and
the ABL Facility, could elect to declare all the funds borrowed to be due and payable, together
with accrued and unpaid interest. The lenders under our ABL Facility could also elect to terminate
their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans, and institute foreclosure proceedings
against their collateral, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating
performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under
our ABL Facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our ABL Facility, we
would be in default under our ABL Facility. The lenders could exercise their rights, as described
above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
The indenture governing the notes, the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the Lease
Agreement associated with the new U.S. spunmelt line impose significant operating and financial
restrictions on us, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.
The indenture governing the notes, the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the
Lease Agreement associated with the new U.S. spunmelt line impose significant operating and
financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock or enter into sale and
leaseback obligations;
|
|
|
|
pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on our capital stock or
repurchase or redeem our capital stock;
|
|
|
|
make certain capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
place restrictions on the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other
payments to us;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates;
|
|
|
|
sell certain assets or engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business
combinations;
|
|
|
|
amend or otherwise alter the terms of our indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
alter the business that we conduct;
|
|
|
|
guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; and
|
In addition, the restrictive covenants in our ABL Facility may require us to maintain a
specified financial ratio and satisfy other financial condition tests, under certain conditions.
Our ability to comply with those financial ratios and tests can be affected by factors beyond our
control.
31
As a result of these restrictions, we will be limited as to how we conduct our business and we
may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take
advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could
include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain
compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to
obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.
Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of
our existing indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could
result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to
repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on
less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial
condition could be adversely affected.
Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness,
including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that
could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.
If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding
indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to
that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow
would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated
upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our
indebtedness under our secured debt, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral
securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under
one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt
instruments.
Claims of holders of the notes will be effectively subordinated to claims of lenders under the
ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a
first-priority lien basis.
The notes are secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Collateral (as defined
below) and on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral (as defined below), subject to
certain exceptions and permitted liens. The notes and the related guarantees will be effectively
subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future subsidiary guarantors secured
indebtedness under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the ABL
Facility on a first-priority lien basis. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution,
reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the assets that are securing indebtedness under
the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis must first be used to pay the first-priority claims
under the ABL Facility in full before these assets may be used to make any payments on the notes.
After claims of the lenders under the ABL Facility have been satisfied in full, to the extent of
the value of the collateral securing the ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis, there may be
no assets remaining under the ABL Collateral that may be applied to satisfy the claims of holders
of the notes. See Description of Other Indebtedness ABL Facility.
Claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of
certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes.
The notes may not be guaranteed by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries, including
all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally
subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade
creditors. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million,
or 70%, of our consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year ended
January 1, 2011 and the six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. Our non-guarantor subsidiaries
accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net as of July 2, 2011.
Before intercompany eliminations with our non-guarantor subsidiaries, our non-guarantor
subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer, guarantor and
non-guarantor subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany receivables with such non-guarantor
subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor subsidiaries investments in our other
subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany eliminations, our non-guarantor subsidiaries
accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of our consolidated total assets (excluding the value of
such non-guarantor subsidiaries investments in our other subsidiaries) as of July 2, 2011. We and
our guarantor subsidiaries hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from our
non-guarantor subsidiaries to facilitate cash repatriation from our non-guarantor subsidiaries to
us. Our guarantor subsidiaries will also guarantee our ABL
32
Facility. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries
would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the
notes. The indenture governing the notes will permit these subsidiaries to incur certain additional
debt and will not limit their ability to incur other liabilities that are not considered
indebtedness under the indenture.
Additionally, a significant portion of our domestic assets and the Notes Collateral is
represented by intercompany receivables owed to us by our non-guarantor subsidiaries. In the event
of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the
ability of holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral constituting intercompany
receivables will be subject to, among other things, the applicable courts determination of whether
such intercompany receivables should be treated as debt (giving us a valid claim against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries) or equity (in which case we would not hold a valid claim against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries for payment of such intercompany receivable, which would instead be
treated as an equity investment in such non-guarantor subsidiaries). Such determination would be
based on, among other factors, whether the intercompany receivables would be treated as
indebtedness under applicable law and whether the intercompany receivables bear the traditional
earmarks of debt or whether they have any features more typical of an equity investment in a
subsidiary. If the applicable court determines that the intercompany receivables should be
recharacterized and treated as an equity investment, then creditors holding claims against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries would have priority over the claim held by us on account of the
intercompany receivables, and our ability to collect on the intercompany receivables may be
compromised. Furthermore, to the extent the intercompany receivables are respected and treated as
debt, the ability of the holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral will be subject
to certain insolvency and bankruptcy law limitations, in addition to any limitations imposed by
applicable law, including the law of jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of our
non-guarantor subsidiaries that are organized outside of the U.S.
The Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event and holders of notes will receive proceeds in respect of
Notes Collateral only after the lenders under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility have been paid in full.
While both the notes and the indebtedness and other obligations under our Tranche 2
Sub-Facility will be secured by first-priority liens on the Notes Collateral, the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar event and, therefore, holders of the notes will receive proceeds in respect of Notes
Collateral only after the lenders under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility have been paid in full. As a
result, the claims of holders of the notes to such proceeds will effectively rank behind the
claims, including interest, of the lenders under our Tranche 2 Sub-Facility. See Description of
Other Indebtedness ABL Facility Security and Description of Notes Security for the
Notes. If the holders of the notes (or the trustee on their behalf) receive any proceeds as a
result of an enforcement of security interests or the guarantees prior to the satisfaction of the
claims under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the holders of the notes (or the trustee on their behalf)
will be required to turn over such proceeds until the claims under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility are
satisfied. Accordingly, the holders of the notes may recover less from the proceeds of an enforcement of
interests in the Notes Collateral than the holders of the notes otherwise might have.
The imposition of certain permitted liens could materially and adversely affect the value of the
Notes Collateral.
The Notes Collateral is also subject to liens permitted under the terms of the indenture
governing the notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility, whether arising on or
after the date the notes are issued. The existence of any permitted liens could materially
adversely affect the value of the collateral that could be realized by the holders of the notes as
well as the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on such collateral. The Notes
Collateral may also secure future indebtedness and other obligations of ours on a pari passu
first-priority basis to the extent permitted by the indenture and the security documents and as a
result your rights to the collateral would be diluted by any increase in the indebtedness secured
on a pari passu first-priority basis by the Notes Collateral.
33
State law may limit the ability of the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the notes to
foreclose on the real property and improvements included in the collateral.
The notes are secured by, among other things, liens on real property and improvements located
in various states in which the collateral real properties are located. The laws of those states may
limit the ability of the collateral agent on behalf of the holders of the notes to foreclose on the
improved real property collateral located in those states. Laws of those states govern the
perfection, enforceability and foreclosure of mortgage liens against real property interests which
secure debt obligations such as the notes. These laws may impose procedural requirements for
foreclosure different from and necessitating a longer time period for completion than the
requirements for foreclosure of security interests in personal property. Debtors may have the right
to reinstate defaulted debt (even if it has been accelerated) before the foreclosure date by paying
the past due amounts and a right of redemption after foreclosure. Governing laws may also impose
security first and one form of action rules (such as California), which rules can affect the
ability to foreclose or the timing of foreclosure on real and personal property collateral
regardless of the location of the collateral and may limit the right to recover a deficiency
following a foreclosure.
You also may be limited in your ability to enforce the no liens and no transfer or
assignments covenants. Some decisions in state courts have placed limits on a lenders ability to
prohibit and to accelerate the debt secured by real property upon breach of covenants prohibiting
sales or assignments or the creation of certain junior liens, and the lender may need to
demonstrate that enforcement of such covenants is reasonably necessary to protect against
impairment of the lenders security or to protect against an increased risk of default. Although
the foregoing may have been preempted by certain federal laws, the scope of such preemption is
uncertain.
Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes,
the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the
guarantees and the security interests and/or require holders of the notes to return payments
received from us.
Under federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the
notes, the guarantees and the security interests could be voided, or claims in respect of the
notes, the guarantees and the security interests could be subordinated to all of our other debt, if
the issuance of the notes, a guarantee or a grant of security was found to have been made for less
than their reasonable equivalent value and we, at the time we incurred the indebtedness evidenced
by the notes:
|
|
|
were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
were engaged in, or about to engage in, a business or transaction for which our
remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
|
|
|
|
intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond our ability to
repay such debts as they mature.
|
A court might also void the issuance of the notes, a guaranty or grant of security, without
regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the guarantors entered
into their respective guaranty or security agreements with actual intent to hinder, delay or
defraud our or their respective creditors.
A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value
or fair consideration for the notes or the guarantees and security agreements, respectively, if we
or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes.
If a court were to void the issuance of the notes, the guarantees or the related security
agreements, you would no longer have a claim against us or the guarantors or, in the case of the
security agreements, a claim with respect to the related collateral. Sufficient funds to repay the
notes may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any. In
addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us or the
guarantors or, with respect to the notes, any guarantee or the collateral.
In addition, any payment by us pursuant to the notes made at a time when we were subsequently
found to be insolvent could be voided and required to be returned to us or to a fund for the
benefit of our creditors if such
34
payment is made to an insider within a one-year period prior to a
bankruptcy filing or within 90 days for any outside party and such payment would give the creditors
more than such creditors would have received in a distribution under Title 11 of the United States
Code, as amended (the Bankruptcy Code).
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending
upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred.
Generally, however, we would be considered insolvent if:
|
|
|
the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair
saleable value of all our assets;
|
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of our assets were less than the amount that would
be required to pay our probable liability on existing debts, including contingent
liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
|
|
|
|
we could not pay our debts as they become due.
|
In addition, although each guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that
guarantors liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the incurrence of
obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not be effective to
protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce that
guarantors obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless.
Finally, as a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may subordinate the claims in respect of
the notes to other claims against us under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court
determines that: (i) the holders of the notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct; (ii)
such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our other creditors or conferred an unfair advantage
upon the holder of the notes; and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.
The security interests and liens for the benefit of holders of the notes may be released
without such holders consent in specified circumstances. In particular, the security documents
governing the notes and our ABL Facility generally provide for an automatic release of all liens on
any asset securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority basis and that is disposed of in compliance
with the provisions of the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility and the indenture governing
the notes. As a result, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the notes will continue to be
secured by a substantial portion of our assets. In addition, the capital stock of our subsidiaries
will be excluded from the collateral to the extent liens thereon would trigger reporting
obligations under Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, which requires financial statements from any company
whose securities are collateral if its book value or market value, whichever is greater, would
exceed 20% of the principal amount of the notes secured thereby.
Moreover, the collateral agent may need to evaluate the impact of potential liabilities before
determining to foreclose on collateral consisting of real property because secured creditors that
hold a security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs
of remediating or preventing the release or threatened release of hazardous substances at such real
property. Consequently, the collateral agent may decline to foreclose on such collateral or
exercise remedies available in respect thereof if it does not receive indemnification to its
satisfaction from the holders of the notes.
In addition, all or a portion of the collateral may be released:
|
|
|
to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction
not prohibited under the indenture governing the notes or the credit agreement
governing the ABL Facility, including the sale of assets in accordance with the asset
sale covenant in the indenture that will govern the notes and the sale of any entity in
its entirety that owns or holds such collateral; and
|
35
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a guarantor, upon the release of such guarantor
from its guarantee.
|
In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be released in connection with a
sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture or upon certain
other events described in the Description of Notes. See Description of Notes Repurchase at
the Option of Holders Asset Sales and Description of Notes Security for the Notes
Release of Collateral.
The indenture also permits us to designate one or more of our restricted subsidiaries that is
a guarantor of the notes as an unrestricted subsidiary. If we designate a subsidiary guarantor as
an unrestricted subsidiary, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of
its subsidiaries and any guarantees of the notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries will
be released under the indenture. Designation of a subsidiary as unrestricted will reduce the
aggregate value of the collateral securing the notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries.
The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such
collateral.
The notes are secured on a first-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions and
permitted liens) by substantially all of our and the guarantors assets (other than accounts
receivable, inventory and cash and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets
related thereto securing our ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis (the ABL Collateral))
(the Notes Collateral) and such collateral may be shared in certain circumstances with our future
creditors. The actual value of the Notes Collateral at any time will depend upon market and other
economic conditions. As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (other than capital
stock of the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million.
The notes are also secured on a second-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions and
permitted liens) by the ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral is subject to a first-priority security
interest for the benefit of the lenders under our ABL Facility, and may be shared with our future
creditors. Although the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the ABL
Collateral and the holders of obligations secured by second-priority liens on the ABL Collateral,
including the notes, will share in the proceeds of the ABL Collateral, the holders of obligations
secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral will be entitled to receive proceeds from any
realization of the ABL Collateral to repay the obligations held by them in full before the holders
of the notes and the holders of other obligations secured by second-priority liens in the ABL
Collateral receive any such proceeds.
In addition, the asset sale covenant and the definition of asset sale in the indenture
governing the notes have a number of significant exceptions pursuant to which we will be able to
sell Notes Collateral without being required to reinvest the proceeds of such sale into assets that
will comprise Notes Collateral or to make an offer to the holders of the notes to repurchase the
notes.
As of July 2, 2011, we had $560.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the notes and no
indebtedness outstanding under our ABL Facility, with approximately $29.2 million of additional
availability under our ABL
Facility (subject to availability under a borrowing base and after giving effect to $10.8
million of outstanding letters of credit) as of July 2, 2011. All indebtedness under our ABL
Facility will be secured by first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral (subject to certain
exceptions). In addition, under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we may grant
certain additional liens on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral. Any grant of
additional liens on the ABL Collateral would further dilute the value of the second-priority lien
on the ABL Collateral securing the notes. Further, as described above, we will be permitted under
the terms of the indenture governing the notes to sell all assets that constitute ABL Collateral
and not apply the proceeds to invest in additional assets that will secure the notes or repay
outstanding indebtedness.
The value of the pledged assets in the event of a liquidation will depend upon market and
economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. No independent appraisals of
any of the pledged property were prepared by or on behalf of us in connection with the offering of
the notes. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds of any sale of the
pledged assets following an acceleration to maturity with respect to the notes would be sufficient
to satisfy, or would not be substantially less than, amounts due on the notes
36
and the other debt secured thereby. If the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets were not sufficient to repay all
amounts due on the notes, the holders of the notes (to the extent their notes were not repaid from
the proceeds of the sale of the pledged assets) would have only an unsecured claim against our
remaining assets. By their nature, some or all of the pledged assets may be illiquid and may have
no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the
pledged assets will be saleable or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in their
liquidation. To the extent that liens, rights and easements granted to third parties encumber
assets located on property owned by us or constitute subordinate liens on the pledged assets, those
third parties may have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to
such encumbrances (including rights to require marshalling of assets) that could adversely affect
the value of the pledged assets located at that site and the ability of the collateral agent to
realize or foreclose on the pledged assets at that site.
In addition, the indenture governing the notes permits us to issue additional secured debt,
including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit of the
holders of the notes. This could reduce amounts payable to holders of the notes from the proceeds
of any sale of the collateral.
Additionally, a significant portion of our domestic assets and the Notes Collateral is
represented by intercompany receivables owed to us by our non-guarantor subsidiaries. In the event
of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, the
ability of holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral constituting intercompany
receivables will be subject to, among other things, the applicable courts determination of whether
such intercompany receivables should be treated as debt (giving us a valid claim against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries) or equity (in which case we would not hold a valid claim against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries for payment of such intercompany receivable, which would instead be
treated as an equity investment in such non-guarantor subsidiaries). Such determination would be
based on, among other factors, whether the intercompany receivables would be treated as
indebtedness under applicable law and whether the intercompany receivables bear the traditional
earmarks of debt or whether they have any features more typical of an equity investment in a
subsidiary. If the applicable court determines that the intercompany receivables should be
recharacterized and treated as an equity investment, then creditors holding claims against our
non-guarantor subsidiaries would have priority over the claim held by us on account of the
intercompany receivables, and our ability to collect on the intercompany receivables may be
compromised. Furthermore, to the extent the intercompany receivables are respected and treated as
debt, the ability of the holders of the notes to realize upon the Notes Collateral will be subject
to certain insolvency and bankruptcy law limitations, in addition to any limitations imposed by
applicable law, including the law of jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of our
non-guarantor subsidiaries that are organized outside of the U.S.
The rights of holders of the notes with respect to the ABL collateral will be substantially
limited by the terms of the intercreditor agreement.
Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement which was entered into in connection with our
ABL Facility, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the
ABL Collateral are outstanding, any actions that may be taken in respect of the ABL Collateral,
including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the ABL
Collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, and the approval of amendments to,
releases of ABL Collateral from the lien of, and waivers of past defaults under, the
security documents, will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the
first-priority liens. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent, on behalf of the holders of the
notes, will have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if the rights of the holders
of the notes are adversely affected, subject to certain exceptions. See Description of Notes
Security for the Notes and Description of Notes Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Under the
terms of the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the
first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, if the holders of such indebtedness
release the ABL Collateral for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, in connection
with any sale of assets, the second-priority security interest in such ABL Collateral securing the
notes will be automatically and simultaneously released without any consent or action by the
holders of the notes, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Collateral so released will no longer
secure our and the guarantors obligations under the notes. In addition, because the holders of the
indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral control the disposition of the
ABL Collateral, such holders could decide not to proceed against the ABL Collateral, regardless of
whether there is a default under the documents governing such indebtedness or under the indenture
governing the notes. In such event, the only remedy available to the holders of the notes would be
to sue for payment on the notes and the related
37
guarantees under the indenture. In addition, the intercreditor agreement gives the holders of first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral the right
to access and use the collateral that secures the notes to allow those holders to protect the ABL
Collateral and to process, store and dispose of the ABL Collateral.
The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to secure post-petition
interest.
In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding
against us, holders of the notes will only be entitled to post-petition interest under the
Bankruptcy Code to the extent that the value of their security interest in the collateral is
greater than their pre-bankruptcy claim. Holders of the notes that have a security interest in
collateral with a value equal or less than their pre-bankruptcy claim will not be entitled to
post-petition interest under the Bankruptcy Code. No appraisals of the fair market value of the
collateral were prepared in connection with the offering and we therefore cannot assure you that
the value of the noteholders interest in the collateral equals or exceeds the principal amount of
the notes. See The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured
by such collateral.
The waiver in the intercreditor agreement of rights of marshaling may adversely affect the
recovery rates of holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or foreclosure scenario.
The notes and the guarantees are secured on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL
Collateral. The intercreditor agreement provides that, at any time that obligations that have the
benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, the holders of the
notes, the trustee under the indenture governing the notes and the collateral agent for the notes
may not assert or enforce any right of marshaling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the
holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral. Without this
waiver of the right of marshaling, holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in
the ABL Collateral would likely be required to liquidate collateral on which the notes did not have
a lien, if any, prior to liquidating the ABL Collateral, thereby maximizing the proceeds of the ABL
Collateral that would be available to repay our obligations under the notes. As a result of this
waiver, the proceeds of sales of the ABL Collateral could be applied to repay any indebtedness
secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral before applying proceeds of the sale of other
collateral securing indebtedness, and the holders of the notes may recover less than they would
have if such proceeds were applied in the order most favorable to the holders of the notes.
Certain significant assets will be excluded from the collateral.
Certain assets are excluded from the collateral securing the notes as described under
Description of Notes Security for the Notes including, among other things, any assets held by
foreign and unrestricted subsidiaries, any assets in real property (including leaseholds) other
than fee interests having a value in excess of certain amounts, as well as other exclusions. In
addition, the collateral will not include any capital stock of a subsidiary of the Issuer, to the
extent that the pledge of such capital stock results in our being required to file separate
financial statements of such subsidiary with the SEC, and any such capital stock that triggers such
a requirement to file financial statements of such subsidiary of the Issuer with the SEC would be
automatically released from the collateral. The value of this excluded collateral is significant
and in certain circumstances may be pledged to other lenders. Additionally, we are not required to
create or perfect liens in assets where we reasonably determine that such creation or perfection
would be considered excessive in view of the benefits obtained therefrom by the holders of the notes
(including material adverse tax consequences). See Description of Notes Security for the
Notes.
We will in most cases have control over the collateral, and the sale of particular assets by us
could reduce the pool of assets securing the notes and the guarantees.
The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over,
freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing the
notes and the guarantees. In addition, we will not be required to comply with all or any portion of
Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the Trust Indenture Act) if we
determine, in good faith based on advice of counsel, that, under the terms of that Section and/or
any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including no
action letters or exemptive orders, all or such portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture
Act is inapplicable to the released collateral. For example, so long as no default or event of
default under the indenture would result therefrom and such transaction would not violate the Trust
Indenture Act, we may, among other things, without any
38
release or consent by the applicable
trustee, conduct ordinary course activities with respect to collateral, such as selling, factoring,
abandoning or otherwise disposing of collateral and making ordinary course cash payments (including
repayments of indebtedness). With respect to such releases, we must deliver to the collateral
agent, from time to time, an officers certificate to the effect that all releases and withdrawals
during the preceding six-month period in which no release or consent of the collateral agent was
obtained in the ordinary course of our business were not prohibited by the indenture.
In the event of a bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors, holders of the notes may be deemed
to have an unsecured claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of the notes exceed the
fair market value of the collateral securing the notes.
In any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of the guarantors, it is possible that
the bankruptcy trustee, the debtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair
market value of the collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was
less than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Upon a finding by the bankruptcy court
that the notes are under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy proceeding with respect to
the notes would be bifurcated between a secured claim and an unsecured claim, and the unsecured
claim would not be entitled to the benefits of security in the collateral. Other consequences of a
finding of under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of entitlement on the part
of the notes to receive post-petition interest and a lack of entitlement on the part of the
unsecured portion of the notes to receive other adequate protection under federal bankruptcy
laws. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been made at the time of such a
finding of under-collateralization, those payments could be recharacterized by the bankruptcy court
as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured claim with respect to the notes.
Because each guarantors liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or
released under certain circumstances, holders of the notes may not receive any payments from
some or all of the guarantors.
Holders of the notes have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the
guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to
guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantors liability under its guarantee could be
reduced to zero, depending upon the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under
the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal and state fraudulent conveyance
and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all
other obligations of the guarantor. See Federal and state statutes may allow courts, under
specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the security interests, subordinate
claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests and/or require holders of
the notes to return payments received from us. In addition, you will lose the benefit of a
particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under Description of
Notes Guarantees.
Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holders of the notes to realize value from the
collateral.
The right of the collateral agent to repossess and dispose of the pledged assets upon the
occurrence of an event of default under the indenture governing the notes is likely to be
significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or
against us before the collateral agent repossessed
and disposed of the pledged assets. For example, under the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to the
automatic stay imposed upon the bankruptcy filing, a secured creditor is prohibited from
repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security
repossessed from such debtor or creating, perfecting or enforcing any lien against a debtor, or
taking other actions to levy against a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the
Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral (including cash
collateral) and to provide liens senior to the lien of the collateral agent in respect of the notes
to secure indebtedness incurred after the commencement of a bankruptcy case even though the debtor
is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given
adequate protection. The meaning of the term adequate protection may vary according to
circumstances (and is within the discretion of the bankruptcy court), but it is intended in general
to protect the value of the secured creditors interest in the collateral and may include cash
payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its
discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the
automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the
pendency of the bankruptcy case. Generally, adequate protection payments, in the form of interest
or otherwise, are not required to be paid by a debtor to a secured creditor unless the bankruptcy
court
39
determines that the value of the secured creditors interest in the collateral is declining
during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. In addition, the bankruptcy court may determine not to
provide cash payments as adequate protection to the holders of the notes if, among other possible
reasons, the bankruptcy court
determines that the fair market value of the collateral with respect
to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount
of the notes. Furthermore, due to the imposition of the automatic stay, the lack of a precise
definition of the term adequate protection and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy
court, it is impossible to predict (1) how long payments under the notes could be delayed following
commencement of a bankruptcy case, (2) whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or
dispose of the pledged assets or (3) whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be
compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the pledged assets through the requirement
of adequate protection.
The collateral is subject to casualty risks.
We are obligated under our ABL Facility to at all times cause all the pledged assets to be
properly insured and kept insured against loss or damage by fire or other hazards to the extent
that such properties are usually insured by corporations operating in the same or similar business.
There are, however, some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, that may be either
uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure
holders of the notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there
is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, we cannot assure holders of the notes that
the proceeds received by us in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured
obligations, including the notes.
In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of
equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance
coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause
significant delays.
Rights of holders of the notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to
perfect security interests in the collateral.
Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can
only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the
secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with respect to
the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is not able to take the actions necessary to
perfect any of these liens on or prior to the Issue Date.
In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant
of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate of title
and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and
identified. We and the guarantors have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the
holders of the notes in specified collateral. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the
collateral agent for the notes will monitor, or that we will inform such trustee or collateral
agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the
necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired
collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the notes has an obligation to monitor
the acquisition of additional property or rights that
constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest. Such failure may result in
the loss of the security interest in the collateral or the priority of the security interest in
favor of the notes against third parties.
If the Issuer or any guarantor were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, any liens
recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after the Issue Date would face a greater risk of
being invalidated than if they had been recorded, perfected or delivered on the Issue Date. Liens
recorded or perfected or any mortgages delivered after the Issue Date may be treated under
bankruptcy law as if they were delivered to secure previously existing indebtedness. In bankruptcy
proceedings commenced within 90 days of lien perfection or mortgage delivery, a lien or mortgage
given to secure previously existing debt is significantly more likely to be avoided as a preference
by the bankruptcy court than if delivered and promptly recorded on the Issue Date. Accordingly, if
the Issuer or a guarantor were to file for bankruptcy protection after the Issue Date and the liens
had been perfected or the mortgages had been delivered less than 90 days before commencement of
such bankruptcy proceeding, or not yet perfected or delivered at all, the liens or mortgages
securing the notes may be especially subject to challenge as a result of having not been perfected
or delivered before the Issue Date. To the extent that such challenge succeeded, you would lose the
benefit of the security that the collateral was intended to provide.
40
Pledges of equity interests in our foreign subsidiaries may not be enforceable under the laws of
the jurisdictions where such foreign subsidiaries are organized.
Part of the security for the repayment of the notes consists of a pledge of the capital stock
of or equity interests in certain foreign subsidiaries (with capital stock of such foreign
subsidiaries capped at 65%). Although such pledges are granted under security documents governed by
U.S. law, some foreign jurisdictions may not recognize such security interests as enforceable.
Consequently, the collateral agent may be unable to exercise remedies against the equity interests
in foreign subsidiaries.
We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the indenture.
Upon a change of control, as defined under the indenture governing the notes, you will have
the right to require us to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding at a price equal to
101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest. In order to obtain sufficient
funds to pay the purchase price of the outstanding notes, we expect that we would have to refinance
the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes on reasonable terms,
if at all. Our failure to offer to purchase all outstanding notes or to purchase all validly
tendered notes would be an event of default under the indenture. Such an event of default may cause
the acceleration of our other debt, including debt under our ABL Facility. Our future debt also may
contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions
that constitute a change of control under the indenture.
Certain important corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations, may not, under the
indenture governing the notes, constitute a change of control that would require us to repurchase
the notes, notwithstanding the fact that such corporate events could increase the level of our
indebtedness or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure, credit ratings or the value of
the notes. In addition, the definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes
includes a phrase relating to the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. There is no
precise established definition of the phrase substantially all under applicable law. Accordingly,
the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale of
less than all our assets to another person may be uncertain. See Description of Notes
Repurchase at the Option of Holders Change of Control.
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may
adversely affect the market price or liquidity of the notes.
Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and there can be no assurances that any
rating assigned will remain for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agencys judgment, future circumstances
relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Credit ratings are not
recommendations to purchase, hold or sell the notes, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time.
Additionally, credit ratings may not reflect the potential effect of risks relating to the
structure or marketing of the notes. If any credit rating initially assigned to the notes is
subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be able to resell your notes without
a substantial discount.
If the notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poors and Moodys, certain covenants
contained in the indenture will be suspended, and holders of the notes will lose the protection
of these covenants unless and until the notes subsequently fall back below investment grade.
The indenture contains certain covenants that will be suspended for so long as the notes are
rated investment grade by both Standard & Poors and Moodys Investors Service, Inc. These
covenants restrict the Issuer and its restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
make distributions or other restricted payments;
|
|
|
|
sell capital stock or other assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transaction with affiliates; and
|
41
|
|
|
designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
|
Because these restrictions will not apply when the notes are rated investment grade, we will
be able to incur additional debt and consummate transactions that may impair our ability to satisfy
our obligations with respect to the notes. In addition, we will not have to make certain offers to
repurchase the notes.
42
THE TRANSACTIONS
The Transactions
On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Parent and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities
Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into
Polymer Group, with Polymer Group being the surviving corporation following the Merger. As a result
of the Merger, the Investor Group, through the ownership of Holdings, beneficially owns all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of Polymer Group. A portion of the aggregate merger
consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as provided in the Merger Agreement, or
approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted basis), were deposited in an escrow
fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the personal holding
company (PHC) rules of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), to Polymer
Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger. As described below
and in Management and Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Shareholders Agreement the management investors made investments in Holdings. In connection with the
Transactions, the management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. Blackstone
and the management investors invested $259.9 million in equity of Holdings. The Merger, the equity
investment by the Investor Group, the entering into the ABL Facility, the offering of the notes,
the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and the payment of related fees and
expenses are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the Transactions.
In addition to the Merger Agreement, the parties entered into various ancillary agreements
governing relationships between the parties after the Merger. See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions.
As a result of the Transactions, Parent owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of
Polymer Group. See Prospectus Summary The Transactions and Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders
and Management.
The following financing transactions occurred in connection with the closing of the Merger:
|
|
|
an investment made by Blackstone and the management investors totaling $259.9
million in equity of Holdings;
|
|
|
|
the entering into the ABL Facility; and
|
|
|
|
the issuance of the notes.
|
On the closing date of the Merger, we terminated all commitments and repaid all outstanding
borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities (the old credit facilities). In addition,
we repaid our Mexico Credit Facility and a portion of existing indebtedness under our Argentine
Facilities in connection with the Transactions. We repaid the Argentine peso-denominated loans soon
after the closing of the Transactions. See Use of Proceeds and Description of Other
Indebtedness.
We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition on January 28, 2011, which
included repayment of approximately $34.8 million of outstanding debt of Tesalca-Texnovo and
issuance of 393,675 new shares of our common stock to Tesalca-Texnovo owners, in conjunction with
the closing of the Transactions. Additionally, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest
Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million in the first quarter of 2011.
43
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange
offer. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights
agreement that we entered into in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. As
consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in
exchange a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all
material respects to the exchange notes, except that the exchange notes will not contain terms with
respect to transfer restrictions or additional interest upon a failure to fulfill certain of our
obligations under the registration rights agreement. The outstanding notes that are surrendered in
exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result,
the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.
44
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization
as of July 2, 2011.
You should read this table in conjunction with Prospectus SummarySummary Historical
Financial Information, Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
The outstanding notes that are surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired
and cancelled and cannot be reissued. As a result, the issuance of the exchange notes will not
result in any change in our capitalization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of July 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(dollars in
|
|
|
|
millions)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
54.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings(1)
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
Long-term debt, including current portion:
|
|
|
|
|
ABL facility(2)
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
560.0
|
|
Other existing debt(1)
|
|
|
34.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term borrowings and long-term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
597.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
222.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
819.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Short-term borrowings and our other existing debt consist of:
|
|
|
|
our Argentine facilities entered into by our Argentina subsidiary, consisting of
short-term credit facilities to finance working capital requirements, under which $3.0
million of indebtedness is currently outstanding, and a long-term facility under which
$17.3 million (with a $16.7 million carrying value) of indebtedness are currently
outstanding;
|
|
|
|
our China Facility entered into by our Suzhou, China subsidiary, under which $17.0
million of indebtedness was outstanding as of July 2, 2011. We borrowed an additional $3.0
million of indebtedness under this facility in the third quarter of 2011; and
|
|
|
|
$0.3 million of capital leases and $0.3 million of other short-term borrowings.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Our ABL Facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $50.0 million, subject to
availability under a borrowing base, which amount may be increased to $70.0 million, subject
to certain conditions, and has a four-year maturity. As of July 2, 2011, the borrowing base
availability was $40.0 million and, after giving effect to the outstanding letters of credit
of $10.8 million, the net availability was approximately $29.2 million. Because the borrowing
base under the ABL Facility is expected to depend, in part, on inventory, accounts receivables
and other assets that fluctuate from time to time, such amount may not reflect actual
availability under our ABL Facility. See Description of Other Indebtedness ABL Facility.
|
45
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma financial information is based on our audited and unaudited
financial statements included in this prospectus, as adjusted to illustrate the estimated pro forma
effects of the Transactions and certain acquisitions (including the preliminary application of
purchase accounting). The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read in conjunction
with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere
in this prospectus, including under The Transactions and Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The unaudited pro forma financial information gives effect to the Transactions and the China
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition, as if they had occurred on January 3, 2010 for purposes of the
unaudited pro forma condensed statements of operations.
The unaudited pro forma financial information also gives effect to the completion of the final
phase of the Spain Business Acquisition as if it had occurred on December 2, 2009, the date we
completed the initial phase of the acquisition, for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed
statements of operations. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition in
conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations Recent Transactions and Events Business
Acquisitions and Divestitures Spain Business Acquisition.
The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative and informational purposes
only and does not purport to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results
of operations would have been had the Transactions and the acquisitions described above occurred on
such dates. The unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered representative
of our future financial condition or results of operations.
The Merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC
805. Under purchase accounting, fixed assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and
liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values. We are in the process of
completing valuations of certain assets. Thus, the allocation of the purchase price to our assets
is subject to adjustment.
46
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,106.2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.2
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
896.3
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
(a)
|
|
|
907.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
209.9
|
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)
|
|
|
198.8
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
141.5
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
(a)
|
|
|
148.5
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)(b)
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
49.5
|
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)
|
|
|
37.8
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
31.7
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
(c)
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
(32.1
|
)
|
|
|
(15.8
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
(e)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
11.8
|
|
|
$
|
(32.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
47
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
Six Months Ended July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor One
|
|
|
Successor Five
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Six
|
|
|
|
Month Ended
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 28, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
84.6
|
|
|
$
|
495.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
580.3
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
68.5
|
|
|
|
425.0
|
|
|
|
(19.5
|
)(a)
|
|
|
474.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
|
|
70.7
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
|
|
|
106.3
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
62.3
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
(a)
|
|
|
74.4
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
20.8
|
|
|
|
34.8
|
|
|
|
(44.3
|
)(b)
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
(27.4
|
)
|
|
|
63.3
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
(c)
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss (gain),
net
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)(d)
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense
and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(17.8
|
)
|
|
|
(49.3
|
)
|
|
|
61.9
|
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
(e)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(18.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(47.6
|
)
|
|
$
|
61.8
|
|
|
$
|
(4.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
48
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Statements of Operations
(a)
|
|
Reflects the following pro forma adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (1)
|
|
$
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
Inventory step-up (2)
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
(17.5
|
)
|
Lease expense at PGI Spain (3)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Blackstone advisory fee (4)
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment
|
|
$
|
18.1
|
|
|
$
|
(19.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The pro forma adjustment to depreciation and amortization has been calculated
using preliminary estimates of purchase price allocation and preliminary average useful
lives, both of which are subject to change. Depreciation has been calculated assuming
useful lives of 20 years for buildings and 8 years for machinery and equipment.
Amortization of identifiable intangible assets (consisting of technology, trade names
and customer relationships) has been calculated assuming an average useful life of 10
years. This adjustment is calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Pro forma depreciation
|
|
$
|
43.6
|
|
|
$
|
20.7
|
|
Pro forma amortization
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
48.4
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Less historical depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(45.5
|
)
|
|
|
(24.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment
|
|
$
|
2.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the turn-around impact of the purchase accounting fair value
adjustment to inventories, as this inventory is considered sold within three months
after the closing; and
|
|
(3)
|
|
Reflects the elimination of lease expense paid to Tesalca-Texnovo in connection
with the final phase of the Spain Business Acquisition.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The $3.0 million for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the $0.1 million
for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent a full-year impact and six months
impact, respectively, of the Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. annual management
service agreement fee, using $3.0 million as the base amount. For additional
information, see Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions.
|
|
|
The above pro forma adjustments are reflected as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
$
|
11.1
|
|
|
$
|
(19.5
|
)
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment
|
|
$
|
18.1
|
|
|
$
|
(19.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
(b)
|
|
Reflects the following pro forma adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Accelerated Equity Award (1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(12.7
|
)
|
Merger related costs (2)
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment
|
|
$
|
(6.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The $(12.7) million for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent the
adjustment to exclude the impact of the accelerated equity awards, which vested as a
result of the change in control associated with the Transactions.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The $(6.4) million for fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the $(31.6)
million for the six months ended July 2, 2011 represent adjustments to remove one-time
professional fees and other transaction-related costs attributed to the Transactions.
|
(c)
|
|
Reflects pro forma interest expense resulting from our new capital structure as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
ABL Facility (1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Notes (2)
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
|
|
21.7
|
|
Existing debt not repaid, letter of
credit, commitment and factoring fees
(3)
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash interest expense
|
|
|
49.4
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs (4)
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pro forma interest expense
|
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
Less historical interest expense
|
|
|
(31.7
|
)
|
|
|
(22.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net adjustment
|
|
$
|
20.4
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Our ABL Facility bears interest initially at a rate equal to, at our option,
either (A) Adjusted LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50%
in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility; or (B) the higher of (a) the administrative agents Prime Rate and (b)
the federal funds effective rate, plus 0.5% plus (i) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1
Sub-Facility or (ii) 4.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility. See Description
of Other Indebtedness ABL Facility. As of July 2, 2011, the ABL Facility was
undrawn.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Reflects interest expense for the Notes at an interest rate of 7.75% per annum.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Reflects historical interest expense on our Argentine debt and capital leases
which are expected to remain outstanding after the Transactions. Our Argentina U.S.
dollar-denominated term loan bears interest at LIBOR plus 290 basis points (3.20% at
July 2, 2011). Our Argentina U.S. dollar-denominated short-term borrowings had an
average interest rate of 1.8% at July 2, 2011. See Description of Other
IndebtednessArgentine Facilities. As of July 2, 2011, we borrowed $17.0 million
under the China Facility. We borrowed an additional $3.0 million under the China
Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
|
|
|
|
Further, reflects (i) historical letter of credit fees on our non-U.S. letters of credit
which do not reduce availability under our ABL Facility, (ii) assumed letter of credit
fees under our ABL Facility on pro forma U.S. letters of credit outstanding during the
periods presented, (iii) commitment fees of 0.875% on the assumed average unused balance
of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and 0.625% on the assumed average unused balance of the
Tranche 1 Sub-Facility of our ABL facility, and (iv) historical amounts charged to
interest expense for factoring advances. See Description of Other Indebtedness ABL
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
Facility Interest Rate and Fees for a description of fees payable under our ABL
Facility. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Other Obligations and
Commitments Factoring Agreements.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Reflects non-cash interest expense related to estimated capitalized debt
issuance costs that are being amortized over the term of the related facility (four
years for the ABL Facility and eight years for the notes).
|
Interest Rate Sensitivity
As of July 2, 2011, the ABL Facility was undrawn. The actual amounts of borrowings under
the ABL Facility will fluctuate from time to time and will be subject to borrowing base
availability, which would be reduced by certain outstanding letters of credit.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest at variable rates. If the ABL Facility
were fully drawn, based on an assumed interest rate of 4.0%, our annual interest
payments on the ABL Facility would have been $2.0 million. A 0.125% change in interest
rates would increase or decrease annual interest expense on the ABL Facility by less
than $0.1 million.
(d)
|
|
Reflects changes in the value of the tax indemnification asset associated with the potential
application of the PHC rules. Income tax expense (benefit) resulting from changes in the
recorded tax liability for the potential application of the PHC rules, for which we will have
indemnification from the selling shareholders, is offset by an equal amount of income
(expense) relating to the tax indemnification asset, which is recorded in Foreign currency and
other loss (gain), net.
|
(e)
|
|
Reflects pro forma income tax expense (benefit) applicable to the pro forma adjustments based
on the respective jurisdictions to which the pro forma adjustments pertain and the associated
applicable statutory tax rates, after taking into consideration the impact of changes in our
valuation allowance.
|
51
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following selected historical consolidated financial information and other data set forth
below should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our historical consolidated financial statements and the
related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data, cash flow data and other
financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2009, January 2, 2010 and
January 1, 2011, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of January 2, 2010 and January
1, 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this
prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statement of operations data, cash flow data and
other financial data presented below for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2006 and December 29,
2007 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 30, 2006, December 29, 2007
have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements which
are not included in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial and other data presented below
for, and as of the end of, the six month period ended July 3, 2010, for the one month period ended
January 28, 2011 and for the five month period ended July 2, 2011, have been derived from our
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and have been
prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. Operating results for
the one month period ended January 28, 2011 and the five month period ended July 2, 2011 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.
The fiscal year ended January 3, 2009 included the results of operations for a fifty-three week
period. Other fiscal years presented below included fifty-two weeks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29,
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
2011 through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 29,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Statement of Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
909,877
|
|
|
$
|
940,455
|
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
|
$
|
1,106,211
|
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
|
$
|
84,606
|
|
|
|
$
|
495,735
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
764,621
|
|
|
|
781,695
|
|
|
|
856,622
|
|
|
|
667,255
|
|
|
|
896,319
|
|
|
|
447,906
|
|
|
|
68,531
|
|
|
|
|
424,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
145,256
|
|
|
|
158,760
|
|
|
|
169,572
|
|
|
|
183,350
|
|
|
|
209,892
|
|
|
|
100,319
|
|
|
|
16,075
|
|
|
|
|
70,737
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
103,208
|
|
|
|
100,173
|
|
|
|
115,474
|
|
|
|
113,318
|
|
|
|
141,461
|
|
|
|
67,334
|
|
|
|
11,564
|
|
|
|
|
62,295
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
38,683
|
|
|
|
46,568
|
|
|
|
20,088
|
|
|
|
20,763
|
|
|
|
17,993
|
|
|
|
9,357
|
|
|
|
20,824
|
|
|
|
|
34,827
|
|
Acquisition and
integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating
(income) loss, net
|
|
|
1,289
|
|
|
|
(1,435
|
)
|
|
|
4,960
|
|
|
|
(4,736
|
)
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
(971
|
)
|
|
|
(564
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
2,076
|
|
|
|
13,454
|
|
|
|
29,050
|
|
|
|
52,216
|
|
|
|
49,511
|
|
|
|
22,919
|
|
|
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
|
|
(27,410
|
)
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
26,882
|
|
|
|
29,926
|
|
|
|
31,067
|
|
|
|
26,712
|
|
|
|
31,728
|
|
|
|
16,794
|
|
|
|
1,922
|
|
|
|
|
20,658
|
|
Gain on reacquisition
of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment
of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and
other loss (gain), net
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
(381
|
)
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before
income tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(26,493
|
)
|
|
|
(16,206
|
)
|
|
|
(2,543
|
)
|
|
|
17,601
|
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
|
|
5,265
|
|
|
|
(17,753
|
)
|
|
|
|
(49,263
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
7,953
|
|
|
|
10,838
|
|
|
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
8,578
|
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
|
5,232
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
|
(1,685
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from
continuing operations
|
|
|
(34,446
|
)
|
|
|
(27,044
|
)
|
|
|
(9,551
|
)
|
|
|
9,023
|
|
|
|
11,795
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(18,302
|
)
|
|
|
|
(47,578
|
)
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
January 29,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
2011 through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
December 30,
|
|
|
December 29,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Discontinued operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from
operations of
discontinued business
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
(11,713
|
)
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
(1,793
|
)
|
Gain on sale of
discontinued
operations, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
(11,713
|
)
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
|
|
8,915
|
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
(2,009
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(32,711
|
)
|
|
|
(38,757
|
)
|
|
|
(1,260
|
)
|
|
|
17,938
|
|
|
|
11,030
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
(18,120
|
)
|
|
|
|
(49,587
|
)
|
Net (income) loss
attributable to
noncontrolling
interests
|
|
|
(2,095
|
)
|
|
|
(2,076
|
)
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(34,806
|
)
|
|
$
|
(40,833
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating and other
data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
$
|
67,121
|
|
|
$
|
38,974
|
|
|
|
59,458
|
|
|
$
|
99,009
|
|
|
$
|
63,244
|
|
|
$
|
17,573
|
|
|
$
|
(25,270
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(27,655
|
)
|
Cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(64,506
|
)
|
|
|
(53,831
|
)
|
|
|
(31,626
|
)
|
|
|
(14,567
|
)
|
|
|
(41,276
|
)
|
|
|
(9,189
|
)
|
|
|
(8,305
|
)
|
|
|
|
(431,512
|
)
|
Cash provided by (used
in) financing
activities
|
|
|
(1,934
|
)
|
|
|
12,719
|
|
|
|
(12,860
|
)
|
|
|
(72,651
|
)
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(3,976
|
)
|
|
|
31,442
|
|
|
|
|
442,015
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
$
|
60,663
|
|
|
$
|
58,699
|
|
|
$
|
52,294
|
|
|
$
|
50,370
|
|
|
$
|
46,353
|
|
|
$
|
23,404
|
|
|
$
|
3,535
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,443
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
68,405
|
|
|
|
60,720
|
|
|
|
34,460
|
|
|
|
43,477
|
|
|
|
45,183
|
|
|
|
9,669
|
|
|
|
8,405
|
|
|
|
|
29,911
|
|
Balance sheet data (at
end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents and short
term investments
|
|
$
|
32,227
|
|
|
$
|
31,698
|
|
|
$
|
45,718
|
|
|
$
|
57,894
|
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
|
$
|
61,261
|
|
|
$
|
70,771
|
|
|
|
$
|
54,857
|
|
Operating working
capital (a)
|
|
|
91,478
|
|
|
|
100,526
|
|
|
|
95,803
|
|
|
|
79,215
|
|
|
|
53,068
|
|
|
|
57,028
|
|
|
|
52,662
|
|
|
|
|
81,306
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
741,004
|
|
|
|
749,739
|
|
|
|
702,171
|
|
|
|
699,911
|
|
|
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
706,363
|
|
|
|
819,259
|
|
|
|
|
1,125,863
|
|
Long-term debt, less
current portion
|
|
|
402,416
|
|
|
|
415,514
|
|
|
|
392,505
|
|
|
|
322,021
|
|
|
|
328,170
|
|
|
|
316,926
|
|
|
|
359,525
|
|
|
|
|
590,497
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
15,513
|
|
|
|
17,101
|
|
|
|
10,886
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
8,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Polymer Group,
Inc. shareholders
equity
|
|
|
111,756
|
|
|
|
80,741
|
|
|
|
61,753
|
|
|
|
116,357
|
|
|
|
134,336
|
|
|
|
112,755
|
|
|
|
148,187
|
|
|
|
|
222,355
|
|
Ratio of earnings to
fixed charges (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.6x
|
|
|
|
1.5x
|
|
|
|
1.3x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Operating working capital is defined as accounts receivable plus inventories less trade
accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
|
|
(b)
|
|
For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings are defined as
pre-tax earnings from continuing operations plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest
expense on all indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance fees and one-third of rental
expense on operating leases representing that portion of rental expense deemed to be
attributable to interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the fiscal
years ended December 30, 2006 by $29.3 million, December 29, 2007 by $17.9 million and January
3, 2009 by $2.6 million. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the periods
from January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011 and from January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011
by $17.9 million and $50.3 million, respectively.
|
53
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition
with the Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information and our audited and unaudited
historical consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and
uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the Risk Factors section of this
prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking
statements.
In addition, it should be noted that our gross profit margins may not be comparable to other
companies since some entities classify shipping and handling costs in cost of goods sold and
others, including us, include such costs in selling, general and administrative expenses.
Similarly, some entities, including us, include foreign currency gains and losses resulting from
operating activities as a component of operating income, and some entities classify all foreign
currency gains and losses outside of operating income.
Overview
We are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused
primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost
fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with
specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier
properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and
industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene
applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products and adult incontinence products;
medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household,
personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house
wrap and furniture and bedding.
According to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to
exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and
the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or
second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets
where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications
and will have higher growth rates in the future.
We have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and
converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in
emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically
located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local
and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work
closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and
industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for
more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced
technology portfolios in the industry.
We have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have
broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the
past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five
state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and
markets. At the end of 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets from
Tesalca-Texnovo (discussed in further detail below), the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain,
making us a meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. Simultaneously, we
have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around
disposable applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects
to exit certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of
our planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of
our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize
spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated
industry capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing
carded and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity,
54
respectively) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing
certain desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
We review our business on an ongoing basis in the light of current and anticipated market
conditions and other factors and, from time to time, may undertake restructuring efforts and/or
engage in acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses in order to optimize our overall
business, performance or competitive position. These restructuring efforts and/or acquisitions or
dispositions may be significant. To the extent any such decisions are made, we would likely incur
costs, expenses and restructuring charges associated with such transactions, which could be
material.
In the twelve months ended July 2, 2011, we generated net sales of $1,138.3 million. Our sales
are geographically diversified, with 34% generated in North America, 28% in Europe, 26% in Latin
America, and 12% in Asia for the same period.
Revenue Drivers
Our net sales are driven principally by the following factors:
|
|
|
Volumes sold, which are tied to our available production capacity and customer
demand for our products;
|
|
|
|
Prices, which are tied to the quality of our products, the overall supply and demand
dynamics in our regional markets, and the cost of our raw material inputs, as changes
in input costs have historically been passed through to customers through either
contractual mechanisms or business practice. This can result in significant increases
in total net sales during periods of sustained raw material cost increases and declines
in net sales during periods of raw material cost declines; and
|
|
|
|
Product mix, which is tied to demand from various markets and customers, along with
the type of available capacity and technological capabilities of our facilities and
equipment. Average selling prices can vary for different product types, which impacts
our total revenue trends.
|
Cost and Gross Margin Drivers
Our primary costs of goods sold (COGS) include:
|
|
|
Raw materials (primarily polypropylene resins, which generally comprise over 75% of
our raw material purchases) represent approximately 60% to 70% of COGS. We purchase raw
materials, including polypropylene resins, from a number of qualified venders located
in the regions in which we operate. Polypropylene is a petroleum-based commodity
material and its price historically has exhibited volatility. As discussed in the
revenue factors above, we have historically been able to mitigate volatility in
polypropylene prices through changes in our selling prices to customers, enabling us to
maintain a more stable gross profit per kilogram.
|
|
|
|
Other variable costs include utilities (primarily electricity), direct labor, and
variable overhead. Utility rates vary depending on the regional market and provider.
Our focus on operating efficiencies and initiatives associated with sustainability has
resulted in a general trend of lower kilowatts used per ton produced over the last
three years. Labor generally represents less than 10% of COGS and varies by region.
Historically, we have been able to mitigate wage rate inflation with operating
initiatives resulting in higher productivity and improvements in throughput and yield.
|
|
|
|
Fixed overhead consists primarily of depreciation expense, which is impacted by our
level of capital investments and structural costs related to our locations. We believe
our strategically located manufacturing facilities provide sufficient scale to maintain
competitive unit manufacturing costs.
|
55
As a result of changes in raw material costs, the level of our revenue and COGS, and as a
result our gross profit margin as a percent of net sales, can vary significantly from period to
period. As such, we believe total gross profit provides a clearer representation of our operating
trends. Changes in raw material costs historically have not resulted in a significant sustained
impact on gross profit, as we have been able to effectively mitigate changes in raw material costs
through changes in our selling prices to customers in order to maintain a more steady gross profit
per kilogram sold.
Working Capital
Our working capital is primarily driven by accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable
and accrued liabilities, which fluctuate due to business performance and changes in customer
selling prices and raw material costs. We will continue to focus on managing our working capital
levels while simultaneously maintaining customer service and production levels. We have
historically relied on internally generated cash flows and temporary borrowings under old credit
facilities. Following the Transactions, our primary source of liquidity will continue to be cash
from operations and borrowing availability under our ABL Facility and other existing credit
facilities and factoring agreements.
Capital Expenditures
Our capital expenditures primarily include strategic capacity expansions and maintenance
requirements to sustain our current operations. Our annual maintenance capital expenditures are
presently estimated to be $5.0 million to $10.0 million. As most of our facilities are currently
operating at high capacity utilization, our strategy for growth includes strategic capacity
expansion projects, including the capacity expansion projects in China and the United States. See
Recent Transactions and Events.
We provide further information on these factors below under Results of Operations.
Recent Transactions and Events
Recent Expansion Initiatives
We have completed six capacity expansions in the past six years, including four new lines in
the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and
medical products.
These investments included:
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2005, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our
facility in Cali, Colombia, which primarily provides nonwoven materials for hygiene
applications in Latin America.
|
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2006, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our
facility in Mooresville, North Carolina, which primarily provides nonwoven materials
for hygiene applications in the United States.
|
|
|
|
In the third quarter of 2006, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our
facility in Suzhou, China, which primarily provides nonwoven materials to local
converters of medical products.
|
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing
hydroentanglement line at our facility in Benson, North Carolina, which produces
Spinlace products.
|
|
|
|
In the first quarter of 2008, we commenced operations on a new spunmelt line at our
facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina, which primarily provides nonwoven materials for
hygiene applications in Latin America.
|
56
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2009, we commenced operations of a new spunmelt line at our
facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico, which provides nonwoven materials for medical and
hygiene applications in the U.S. and Mexico.
|
China Medical Expansion Project
. On January 19, 2010, we entered into a firm purchase
commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou,
China that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the medical market (the New Suzhou
Medical Line). This line is expected to primarily supply medical applications with products
expected to offer significantly improved barrier properties, opacity, breathability, softness and
comfort relative to current market standards. In the third quarter of 2010, we entered into a
credit facility (the China Facility) to finance an approximately $20.0 million portion of the
cost of the New Suzhou Medical Line and had borrowed $17.0 million as of July 2, 2011 under this
facility. We borrowed the remaining $3.0 million in third quarter 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the
estimated total remaining payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately
$20.1 million, which includes $10.1 million for remaining payments associated with the acquisition
of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the first quarter of
2012. We will fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line, using a combination of
existing cash balances, internal cash flows, the additional $3.0 million borrowed under the China
Facility and other existing U.S. based credit facilities, as needed.
U.S. Expansion Project
. On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (Chicopee), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Polymer Group, entered into an equipment lease agreement and the related construction
agency agreement, guarantees and other related agreements (collectively, the Equipment Lease
Agreement) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Gossamer) for the
construction and lease of the principal components of a new spunmelt line in the U.S. (the Leased
Equipment). Pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement, Chicopee will lease the Leased Equipment
from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the Basic Term) beginning upon Chicopees acceptance of
the Leased Equipment (the Basic Term Commencement Date), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The
Leased Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at our manufacturing
facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and will be used as a part of the integrated new spunmelt line to
manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market and to a lesser extent the medical
market. The new U.S. line is expected to enable us to deliver differentiated products to customers
that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness and opacity compared to the current marketplace
capabilities, for use in such products as diapers, surgical gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost
amount was approximately $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth
anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of
approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the
Equipment Lease Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to be approximately $57.9 million.
From the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term,
Chicopees annual lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term
Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement. The Equipment Lease Agreement
includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring us, among other things, to
maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain construction milestones and other
requirements. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopees
obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. We amended the Equipment Lease Agreement in
connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial
covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting
from the Transactions.
China Hygiene Expansion Project
. On June 24, 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment
to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China,
that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the New Suzhou Hygiene
Line). We plan to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances,
internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new China-based financing, as
needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New
Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the
remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are
expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
57
Plant Consolidation and Realignment
We actively and continuously pursue initiatives to prolong the useful life of our assets
through product and process innovation. In some instances, we have determined that our fixed cost
structure would be enhanced through consolidation. While investing in several new state-of-the-art
lines in high-growth regions (as described above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of
initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy operations and relocate certain assets to improve our
cost structure. We discontinued operations at five plants over the past five years, in addition to
divesting our non-core FabPro business in the U.S. in 2009 and our Difco business in Canada in 2011
(discussed in further detail below).
Recent Plant Consolidation
. On June 9, 2009, the board of directors approved managements
plan to consolidate certain operations in the U.S. in order to better align our manufacturing
capabilities with our long-term strategic direction and to reduce overall operating costs. In the
first half of 2010, we completed our planned restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of
the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into our Benson, North Carolina plant by relocating
certain equipment and upgrading certain assets and capabilities of our Benson plant.
Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the U.S. and Europe was focused on
the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy capacity, and we believe our current
footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base. As a result of the third quarter 2011
installation of our new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nonwovens nameplate capacity
will be spunmelt equipment. We expect to continue to grow our core operations through ongoing
investments in new capacity, and do not expect the same level of decline in legacy businesses as
has occurred in the past.
Business Acquisitions and Divestitures
Acquisition of Polymer Group, Inc. by Blackstone
On October 4, 2010, Polymer Group, Merger Sub, Holdings and MatlinPatterson Global
Opportunities Partners L.P. entered into the Merger Agreement. On January 28, 2011, Merger Sub
merged with and into Polymer Group, with Polymer Group surviving the Merger as a direct,
wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent following the Merger. Parent is owned 100% by Holdings, and
Blackstone and certain members of our senior management own 100% of the outstanding equity of
Holdings. As a result, Polymer Group became a privately-held company. Blackstone and the management
investors invested $259.9 million in equity (including management rollover) in Holdings and
management investors received options to acquire shares of Holdings. The Merger, the equity
investment by the Investor Group, the issuance of the notes being exchanged hereby, the entering
into the ABL Facility, the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Polymer Group and its
subsidiaries and the payment of related fees and expenses are collectively referred to in this
prospectus as the Transactions.
At the effective time of the Merger, each holder of outstanding shares of our common stock
(other than (i) shares owned by Parent, Merger Sub, Polymer Group or any subsidiary of Polymer
Group or (ii) shares in respect of which appraisal rights were properly exercised under Delaware
law) received $18.23 in cash for each such share (which shares were automatically cancelled). A
portion of the aggregate merger consideration totaling $64.5 million, subject to adjustment as
provided in the Merger Agreement, or approximately $2.91 per share (calculated on a fully diluted
basis), was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses related to the
application of PHC rules of the Code, to Polymer Group and its subsidiaries in periods prior to the
effective time of the Merger.
In connection with the Transactions, we incurred significant indebtedness and became highly
leveraged. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for further details.
The Merger is being accounted for in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States (U.S. GAAP) for business combinations. Pursuant to Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (Codification or ASC) 805 Business
Combinations (ASC 805), the Companys assets and liabilities, excluding deferred income taxes,
were recorded using a preliminary estimate of their fair value as of January 28, 2011.
58
Although Polymer Group continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the application of
push down accounting represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a
new one. In addition, the basis of presentation is not consistent between the Successor and
Predecessor entities and the financial statements are not presented on a comparable basis. As a
result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and comprehensive
income (loss) are presented for two different reporting entities: Predecessor and Successor, which
related to the periods and balance sheets preceding the Merger (prior to January 28, 2011), and the
period and balance sheet succeeding the Merger, respectively.
As a result of the Transactions described above and the corresponding purchase accounting
adjustments, there is a substantial amount of one-time costs impacting the first quarter 2011
results. Based on our preliminary valuation of acquired assets, we increased our inventory value by
$17.5 million. The first quarter 2011 results reflect higher than normal cost of sales due to the
turn-around effect of the $17.5 million stepped-up inventory values.
China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling
ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin (Nanhai), from our minority partner
for a purchase price of approximately 49.5 million RMB. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed
the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million.
Pursuant to ASC 810 Consolidation (ASC 810), we have accounted for this transaction as an
equity transaction, and no gain or loss has been recognized on the transaction. The preliminary
estimated carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest, as of the March 9, 2011, was $9.2
million and thus the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the
noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in an increase to paid-in capital of $1.9 million and
an increase in currency translation adjustment of $0.1 million.
The adjustment to paid-in capital is subject to change, pending the Companys final
determination of the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, which in turn, is
dependent upon the Companys completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated
with the Merger. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and
liabilities of Nanhai as of January 28, 2011.
Spain Business Acquisition
On December 2, 2009, we completed the initial phase of the acquisition of certain assets and
operations of the nonwovens businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo, which are headquartered in Barcelona,
Spain. We completed the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition through our wholly-owned
subsidiary PGI Spain. As a result of the acquisition, PGI Spain now manufactures spunmelt
polypropylene nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the hygiene
sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
The assets acquired in the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition included the net
operating working capital as of November 30, 2009 (defined as current assets less current
liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with the operations), the customer lists and
the current book of business. Concurrent with the completion of the initial phase of the Spain
Business Acquisition, we entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and ending
December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain was entitled to the full and
exclusive use of Tesalca-Texnovos land, building and equipment during the term of the lease (the
Building and Equipment Lease). PGI Spain was obligated to remit approximately 29.0 million to
Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease. The first lease payment of
approximately 1.25 million was made on March 31, 2010 and further quarterly payments of
approximately 1.25 million were made until the Building and Equipment Lease was terminated (as
described below). Pursuant to ASC 840, Leases (ASC 840), the Building and Equipment Lease
agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2,
PGI Spain began to recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the seven year lease term.
Consideration for the acquired assets consisted of approximately 1.049 million shares of our
common stock (the Issued Securities), which represented approximately 5.0% of our outstanding
share capital on December 2,
59
2009, taking into account the Issued Securities. The Issued Securities were subject to certain
restrictions, including that the Issued Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities
Act of 1933. On December 2, 2009, the fair value of the Issued Securities was approximately $14.5
million. The Issued Securities were converted into the right to receive merger consideration in
connection with the Merger.
Further, as part of the Spain Business Acquisition, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call
option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the Phase II Assets), which
was due to expire on December 31, 2012 (the Spain Call Option). In conjunction with the closing
of the Merger, we exercised the Spain Call Option and as a result, the Building and Equipment Lease
was terminated. Consideration for the exercise of the Spain Call Option included 393,675 shares of
common stock (which was converted into the right to receive Merger consideration in connection with
the Merger) and the assumption and repayment of approximately $34.8 million (25.8 million, using
the to $ exchange rate as of January 19, 2011) of existing Tesalca-Texnovo indebtedness that was
repaid in connection with the closing of the Transactions.
Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed the acquisition of the remaining 40%
noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana S.A.,
for approximately $4.1 million. Additionally, we paid $2.4 million to an affiliate of our
joint-venture partner in satisfaction of amounts previously accrued for services. This transaction
is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in nonwovens in Latin America.
Pursuant to ASC 810, we have accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no
gain or loss has been recognized on the transaction. The carrying amount of this noncontrolling
interest has been adjusted in the amount of $0.6 million to reflect the change in ownership, and
the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was
adjusted resulted in a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $3.5 million.
FabPro Divestiture
In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within our Oriented
Polymers segment for approximately $35.0 million. The business included manufacturing facilities in
Kingman, Kansas, and Clearfield, Utah, and a converting facility in Guntown, Mississippi. FabPro
was one of the leading manufacturers, developers and marketers of high performance polymers and
synthetic fibers for the agricultural, construction and commercial segments. The divestiture was
consistent with our plan to further focus on our nonwovens business. Accordingly, the operating
results of Fabpro have been included in Income from discontinued operations in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations for all relevant financial statement periods included in this prospectus.
Difco Divestiture
Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors committed to managements plan to dispose of
the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. On April 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to
sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco continue to produce goods during a
three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that expired in the third quarter of
2011. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would retain its property, plant and
equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After taking into consideration the cash
proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of its assets; including the future
sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and recognizing the wind-down related costs,
management does not anticipate that it would recognize a loss of the sale and discontinuance of the
Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does not expect an impairment charge.
Pursuant to ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, we determined that the assets of Difco
represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be eliminated from our ongoing
operations we will have no continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the
disposal transaction. Accordingly, the results of operations of Difco, previously included in the
Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated from continuing operations and included in
Income
from discontinued operations
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
60
included in this prospectus. Additionally, the operating assets and liabilities have been
segregated and included in
Assets of discontinued operations
and
Liabilities of discontinued
operations
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets included in this prospectus.
Recent Developments
In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to
temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and
flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices
away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the
use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of second quarter 2011, the facility had
been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached full
run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not operational, we
estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million
per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the
facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be approximately $12.5 million to
$13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4 million. The cash outflows were offset
by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies, of which $5.3
million had been collected by July 2, 2011.
Results of Operations
Reportable Segments
We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America
Nonwovens (collectively, the Nonwovens Segments) and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the
overall business is managed by our senior management and reviewed by the board of directors.
Results of Operations One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and January 30, 2010 and the Five Months
Ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010
The following sets forth the percentage relationships to net sales of certain Consolidated
Statements of Operations items for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the five months ended
July 2, 2011 in comparison to such items for the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the five
months ended July 3, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
January 30,
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Materials
|
|
|
53.2
|
|
|
|
49.6
|
|
|
|
59.9
|
|
|
|
53.5
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Overhead
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
|
|
25.5
|
|
|
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81.0
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
|
|
|
85.7
|
|
|
|
81.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13.7
|
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses.
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(18.6
|
)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(21.0
|
)
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(9.9
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
(21.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
(9.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(21.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Less: net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
In addition, variability in raw material costs, including polypropylene resin and other
resins and fibers, significantly impacts our net sales, COGS and gross margins as a percent of net
sales. The comparison of our quarterly results for fiscal 2011 with 2010 is affected by such
fluctuations. During fiscal 2011, there was a significant increase in the cost of polypropylene
resin and other raw materials that negatively impacted gross margins and profitability compared to
2010.
62
Comparison of Predecessor One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and Predecessor One Month Ended
January 30, 2010
The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by
operating division for the one month ended January 28, 2011, the one month ended January 30, 2010
and the corresponding change (dollars in millions).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One month ended
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
January 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
$
|
25.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
10.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
84.6
|
|
|
$
|
84.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.3
|
|
|
$
|
(20.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been
allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such
charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated
before such items.
Net Sales
Net sales were $84.6 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011, an increase of $0.2
million, or 0.2%, from net sales of $84.4 million from the comparable period of fiscal 2010. Net
sales for 2011 decreased in the Nonwovens Segments from 2010 by 1.0%, and net sales in 2011 in the
Oriented Polymers segment improved 26.3% from 2010 results. A reconciliation of the change in net
sales between the one month ended January 30, 2010 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 is
presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net sales one month ended January 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
25.9
|
|
|
$
|
22.2
|
|
|
$
|
10.4
|
|
|
$
|
22.1
|
|
|
$
|
3.8
|
|
|
$
|
84.4
|
|
Change in sales due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales one month ended January 28, 2011
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
$
|
24.3
|
|
|
$
|
9.4
|
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.8
|
|
|
$
|
84.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens Segments
:
Of the $5.2 million aggregate volume decrease in the Nonwoven Segments sales, $5.8 million was
associated with the disruption in operations at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the impacts of
the previously discussed flood at the location. In our Latin America region, excluding the Cali
Colombia site, our sales volume increased 9.6% resulting primarily from supplying product to our
Cali customers. The European volume increase
was due to the stabilization of underlying demand in our industrial markets and achieved an
increase in volumes in
63
our consumer disposables, including higher wipes volumes. The U.S. volumes
were lower as demand for industrial products, specifically demand for construction-related
products, declined with the overall market. The lower Asia volume reflected a reduction in demand
from key hygiene customers due to inventory adjustments, and lower medical sales as a converter
labor shortage impacted demand.
An increase in sales price/mix of $5.7 million was realized in all regions, primarily
resulting from selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs
associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends. The increase
in average selling price also reflects the results of selling effectiveness initiatives and
improvements in product mix. Additionally, foreign currency translation rates resulted in lower
sales for 2011 compared to the prior year period of $1.3 million. Further discussion of foreign
currency exchange rate risk is contained in Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk included below.
Oriented Polymers
:
The Oriented Polymers segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business
operation in Canada. The $0.6 million volume decrease in sales was principally attributable to
lower demand in the building products markets, in addition to lower volumes in the industrial
packing and other segments as the broader market demand for products was weak in the second quarter
of 2011 as compared with second quarter 2010. The $0.3 million increase in sales price/mix was due
to higher sales pricing, primarily related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs
associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends.
Gross Margin
Gross margin as a percent of net sales for the one month ended January 28, 2011 increased to
19.0% from 17.5% in the comparative period in 2010. The raw material component of COGS as a
percentage of net sales increased from 49.6% in 2010 to 53.2% for 2011, whereas our labor and
overhead components of the COGS decreased as a percentage of net sales from 2010 to 2011. As a
percentage of net sales, labor decreased from 7.3% to 6.6% and overhead decreased from 25.5% to
21.2%, reflecting the impacts of higher selling prices and lower manufacturing costs, due primarily
to the positive benefits of our plant consolidation activity in the U.S.
The increase in raw material costs as a percentage of net sales was due to higher
polypropylene resin, and other resins and fibers raw material costs. Improvements occurred during
2011 in manufacturing costs, whereby during 2010, manufacturing costs were higher predominantly due
to costs in the U.S. associated with transitional manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our
plant consolidation activities, coupled with lower costs in our other regions. Gross margin as a
percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations that occurred at our
Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding. All of the above percentages were favorably impacted
by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
Operating Income
A reconciliation of the change in operating income between the one month ended January 30,
2010 and the one month ended January 28, 2011 is presented in the following table (dollars in
millions):
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
/Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Operating income (loss) one month ended
January 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.2
|
|
|
$
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
4.3
|
|
Change in operating income due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Higher raw material costs
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.8
|
)
|
Lower (Higher) manufacturing costs
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lower (Higher) depreciation and
amortization expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lower acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Higher special charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)
|
|
|
(20.2
|
)
|
All other, including higher selling,
general and administrative spending
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) one month ended
January 28, 2011
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
1.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
(24.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income decreased $20.0 million, from $4.3 million for the one
month ended January 30, 2010 to a loss $15.7 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011. The
predominant contributing factor was higher special charges of $20.2 million, primarily associated
with costs resulting from the Merger. Raw material costs were higher by $5.8 million, but were more
than offset by increases in sales price/mix of $6.0 million. The sales price/mix benefited from
selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs associated with
both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends, and the improvements in
product mix. The net effect of sales price changes and raw material cost increases resulted in an
increase in our operating income of $0.2 million in 2011 compared to the comparable period of 2010.
Manufacturing costs were $1.9 million lower than the prior year, predominantly due to improvements
in the U.S. region, whereby transitional manufacturing inefficiencies were experienced during 2010
as we executed our plant consolidation activities in our Benson, North Carolina plant. We achieved
improved operating rates in the second half of 2010 in the U.S. carded operation that have
continued into 2011. Somewhat offsetting the improvement in the U.S. region, manufacturing costs
and operating income were negatively impacted by the disruption to operations due to the flood in
Cali, Colombia, net of the impact of insurance claim income.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $11.6 million in the one month ended January
28, 2011 compared to $9.9 million for the same period in 2010. The largest contributor to the
increase was volume-related expenses, such as distribution (including shipping and handling) costs,
selling and marketing costs, and sales related taxes. Selling, general and administrative expense
included a $0.3 million positive impact of the Cali insurance claim income. Selling, general and
administrative costs as a percent of net sales increased from 11.7% in one month ended January 30,
2010 to 13.7% one month ended January 28, 2011. This percentage is impacted by the increase in
selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material cost changes.
Special charges for the one month ended January 28, 2011 were $20.8 million and consisted of
(i) Blackstone acquisition costs of $6.2 million associated with professional fees and other
transaction costs; (ii) accelerated vesting of share-based awards of $12.7 million due to a change
in control associated with the Merger; (iii) costs of $1.7 million, primarily equipment repair, to
restore our Cali, Colombia site to operational status after the severe effects of the flooding that
occurred in December 2010; and (iv) restructuring and plant realignment costs of $0.2 million.
Special charges for 2010 were $0.6 million, consisting of restructuring and plant realignment costs
of: (i) $0.5 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United
States associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; (ii)
$0.1 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin
America.
We recognized $0.4 million of acquisition and integration costs in the one month ended January
30, 2010 associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed in December, 2009.
65
Interest and Other Expense
Net interest expense decreased from $2.8 million in one month ended January 30, 2010 to $1.9
million in one month ended January 28, 2011. The decrease in net interest expense was due to a $0.4
million decrease in interest attributable to the impact of our interest rate swap arrangement,
which also includes the portion of the swap that was frozen in
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
related to the amendment of our old credit facilities in September 2009; $0.3 million
attributable to a decrease in interest associated with a decrease in borrowings period-over-period;
and the remaining $0.2 million attributable to an increase in capitalized interest
period-over-period associated with our capital expansion initiatives in China and the U.S.
Foreign currency and other loss was $0.1 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and
income of $0.2 million for the one month ended January 30, 2010.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
During the one month ended January 28, 2011, we recognized an income tax expense of $0.5
million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $17.8 million. During the
one month ended January 30, 2010, we recognized income tax expense of $1.0 million on consolidated
pre-tax book income from continuing operations of $1.6 million.
Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S.
statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits
are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, changes in
the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, and foreign
taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Income from Discontinued Operations
Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of Difco for the one-month
periods ending January 30, 2010 and January 28, 2011. As stated in Business Acquisitions and
Divestitures, we divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, we have
presented Difco as a discontinued operation for past and present periods. Income from discontinued
operations was $0.2 million for both the one months ended January 28, 2011 and January 30, 2010.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners interest in the income or loss of
consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the first quarter of 2010 and
2011, these interests included a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai
Nanxin. We completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011.
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
As a result of the above, we recognized a net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. of
$18.2 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 compared to net income of $0.8 million for
the one month ended January 30, 2010.
66
Comparison of Successor Five Months Ended July 2, 2011 and Predecessor Five Months Ended July 3,
2010
The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by
operating division for the five months ended July 2, 2011, the five months ended July 3, 2010 and
the corresponding change (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five months ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
148.2
|
|
|
$
|
136.8
|
|
|
$
|
11.4
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
141.9
|
|
|
|
117.3
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
55.9
|
|
|
|
51.7
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
122.9
|
|
|
|
130.9
|
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
495.7
|
|
|
$
|
463.8
|
|
|
$
|
31.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
6.3
|
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
|
$
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
9.7
|
|
|
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
|
|
|
(17.7
|
)
|
|
|
(15.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
28.6
|
|
|
|
(21.2
|
)
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(34.8
|
)
|
|
|
(8.7
|
)
|
|
|
(26.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(27.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
|
$
|
(46.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been
allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such
charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated
before such items.
Net sales
Net sales were $495.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, an increase of $31.9
million, or 6.9%, from net sales of $463.8 million from the comparable period of fiscal 2010. Net
sales for 2011 improved in the Nonwovens Segments from 2010 by 7.4%, and net sales in 2011 in the
Oriented Polymers segment decreased 1.1% from 2010 results. A reconciliation of the change in net
sales between the five months ended July 3, 2010 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 is
presented in the following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net sales five months ended July 3, 2010
|
|
$
|
136.8
|
|
|
$
|
117.3
|
|
|
$
|
51.7
|
|
|
$
|
130.9
|
|
|
$
|
27.1
|
|
|
$
|
463.8
|
|
Change in sales due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
(22.4
|
)
|
|
|
(3.5
|
)
|
|
|
(23.6
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales five months ended July 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
148.2
|
|
|
$
|
141.9
|
|
|
$
|
55.9
|
|
|
$
|
122.9
|
|
|
$
|
26.8
|
|
|
$
|
495.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
:
Sales volumes for the first five months of 2011 were affected by the previously discussed
disruption of our Cali, Colombia operations, which resulted in a negative impact on sales for the
first five months of approximately $24.3 million compared to the prior year period. Excluding the
effects of the flood in Colombia, Nonwovens sales volumes were $4.2 million higher than the
previous year period, predominantly achieved in Europe, Asia and Latin America. Sales volumes in the
U.S. were lower by $1.1 million compared to the prior year due to the previously discussed weakness
in the second quarter. Sales price/mix resulted in an increase of
$40.8 million compared to the prior year period, primarily associated with the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
Changes in foreign
67
currency resulted in an increase in sales of $11.5 million as the U.S. dollar
generally weakened, resulting in higher translation of sales generated in foreign jurisdictions.
The predominant amount of the foreign currency translation impact occurred due to our European
operations. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included below.
Oriented Polymers
:
The Oriented Polymers segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business
operation in Canada. Lower volumes experienced in the second quarter resulted in a five month
decline in year-over-year comparable impact of $3.5 million due to the previously discussed
factors. Also, for the five month period, price/mix contributed to $2.7 million of higher sales
compared to the prior year as we increased selling prices to offset higher raw material costs and
the business sold higher value products into the printing media markets.
Gross margin as a percent of sales
Gross margin as a percent of net sales for the five months ended July 2, 2011 decreased to
14.3% from 18.4% in the comparative period in 2010. The raw material component of COGS as a
percentage of net sales increased from 53.5% in 2010 to 59.5% for 2011, whereas our overhead
components of the COGS decreased as a percentage of net sales from 2010 to 2011. As a percentage of
net sales, labor decreased from 6.6% to 6.4% and overhead decreased from 21.5% to 19.9%.
The increase in raw material costs as a percentage of net sales was due to higher
polypropylene resin, and other resins and fibers raw material costs. Improvements occurred during
2011 in manufacturing costs, whereby during 2010, manufacturing costs were higher predominantly due
to costs in the U.S. associated with transitional manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our
plant consolidation activities, coupled with lower costs in our other regions. Gross margin as a
percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption to operations that occurred at our
Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding. All of the above percentages were favorably impacted
by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs.
Operating income
A reconciliation of the change in operating income (loss) between the five months ended July
3, 2010 and the five months ended July 2, 2011 is presented in the following table (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Corporate/Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Operating income (loss) five months
ended July 3, 2010
|
|
$
|
7.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
11.0
|
|
|
$
|
16.7
|
|
|
$
|
1.8
|
|
|
$
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
18.6
|
|
Change in operating income due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase accounting adjustments,
primarily inventory value impacts
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(7.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(18.3
|
)
|
Volume
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.1
|
|
Higher raw material costs
|
|
|
(11.0
|
)
|
|
|
(11.9
|
)
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(43.0
|
)
|
Lower (Higher) manufacturing costs
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Lower (Higher) depreciation and
amortization expense
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Lower acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Higher special charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26.1
|
)
|
|
|
(26.1
|
)
|
All other, including higher selling,
general and administrative spending
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss) five months
ended July 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
6.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
9.7
|
|
|
$
|
9.1
|
|
|
$
|
(2.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(52.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(27.4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income decreased by $46.0 million to a loss of $27.4 million for
the five months ended July 2, 2011, as compared to operating income of $18.6 million in the
comparative period in 2010, due
68
primarily to transaction-related expenses and purchase accounting
adjustments associated with the purchase of the Company by Blackstone.
The net impact of the previously discussed decline in volumes due to the disruption in
Colombia, combined with the other changes in the business, resulted in a decline in operating
income of $4.9 million. Excluding the impact of the lower Colombian volumes, the net change in
selling volumes for the first five months of 2011 compared to the prior year period was an increase
in operating income of $4.1 million, achieved predominantly in our European operations as our
carded businesses continued to improve on a year-over-year basis. The net effect of $44.1 million
of higher sales price/mix and an increase of raw material costs of $43.0 million, contributed to an
increase in operating income of $1.1 million. The positive impact of the U.S. plant consolidation
activities, along with the Companys incremental improvements in operational efficiencies in the
rest of its business contributed to an increase in operating income of $5.3 million. Somewhat
offsetting the improvement in the U.S. region, manufacturing costs and operating income were
negatively impacted by the disruption to operations due to the flood in Cali, Colombia. The $0.8
million decrease in operating income was associated with an increase in depreciation and
amortization expense; and $1.6 million decrease in operating income was associated with unfavorable
changes in foreign currency rates resulting in the translation of earnings and the re-measurement
of monetary assets and liabilities outside of the U.S. at a lower rate.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $62.3 million for the five months ended July
2, 2011 compared to $57.5 million for the same period in 2010. The year-over-year change in
selling, general and administrative costs was principally due to: (i) $3.1 million of cost
increases related to the Merger and purchase accounting, specifically incremental amortization of
intangible assets and management and advisory fees; (ii) the lack of a comparable charge that was
incurred in second quarter 2010 of $1.7 million, which was incurred for sales-related taxes in
certain of our foreign jurisdictions; and (iii) $3.4 million associated with higher spending in
other categories. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales were 12.6% in
the five months ended July 2, 2011 and 12.4% for the comparable period in 2010.
Special charges for the five months ended July 2, 2011 were $34.8 million and consisted of (i)
Blackstone acquisition costs of $25.4 million associated with professional fees and other
transaction costs; (ii) costs of $7.4 million, primarily equipment repair, to restore our Cali,
Colombia site to operational status after the severe effects of the flooding that occurred in
December 2010; (iii) restructuring and plant realignment costs of $1.1 million; and (iv) other
costs of $0.9 million. Special charges for the five months ended July 3, 2010 were $8.7 million,
consisting of restructuring and plant realignment costs of: (i) $6.4 million of severance and other
shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with the consolidation of our
carded business in Benson, North Carolina; and (ii) $2.3 million of severance and other shutdown
costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America.
We recognized $1.3 million of acquisition and integration costs in the five months ended July
3, 2010 associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed in December, 2009.
Interest and Other Expense
Net interest expense increased from $14.0 million for the five months ended July 3, 2010 to
$20.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011. The increase in net interest expense was
largely due to higher debt balances and interest rates on the notes issued by the Successor
associated with the Transaction as compared to various term loan borrowings and the impact of
having a cash flow hedge (Interest Rate Swap) in the Predecessor. The notes accrue interest at
the rate of 7.75%, whereas under our old credit facilities, substantially all of the borrowings
under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of 2.5% with an effective rate of 7%.
Foreign currency and other loss was $1.2 million and $1.1 million for the five month periods
ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010, respectively.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
During the five months ended July 2, 2011, we recognized an income tax benefit of $1.7 million
on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $49.3 million. During the five
months ended July 3,
69
2010, we recognized income tax expense of $4.2 million on consolidated pre-tax
book income from continuing operations of $3.6 million.
During the five months ended July 2, 2011, we repatriated cash from a Canadian subsidiary
which was treated as a reduction of capital for book purposes and a dividend for tax purposes. For
tax purposes, the Canadian subsidiary was owned by a US entity. This transaction created a
reduction in the book basis over tax basis which reduced the related deferred tax liability by $2.2
million. This tax benefit was recognized fully in the current quarter as a component of continuing
operations. Without the benefit of this reduction, our tax expense from continuing operations for
the five months ending July 2, 2011 would have been approximately $1.1 million. Although the U.S.
net deferred tax asset is reserved through a full valuation allowance, this liability has been
treated as having an indefinite life and has therefore not reduced the net deferred tax asset for
valuation allowance consideration.
Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S.
statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits
are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, changes in
the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in accordance with ASC 740-10, Income Taxes, and
foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Income (loss) from Discontinued Operations
Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of Difco for the five month
periods ending July 3, 2010 and July 2, 2011. As stated in Business Acquisitions and
Divestitures, we divested the Difco business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, we have
presented Difco as a discontinued operation for past and present periods. Loss from discontinued
operations was $2.0 million and $0.3 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011 and for the
five months ended July 3, 2010, respectively.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling interests
Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners interest in the income or loss of
consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the second quarter of 2010,
these interests included a 20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We
completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011, and as a
result, no longer incur charges or income associated with noncontrolling interests.
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
As a result of the above, we recognized a net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. of
$49.7 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011 compared to net loss of $1.2 million for the
five months ended July 3, 2010.
Results of Operations Predecessor Periods: Fiscal Year 2010, 2009 and 2008
Variability in raw material costs, including polypropylene resin and other resins and fibers,
significantly impacts our net sales, COGS and gross margins as a percent of net sales. The
comparison of our fiscal 2010 results to fiscal 2009 is affected by such fluctuations. For fiscal
2009, we generated an overall gross margin of approximately 21%, which is significantly higher than
historical gross margins, which ranged from 15% to 16% from 2006 through 2008. There are many
contributors to the improvement in gross margin percentage, with the increase in 2009 primarily
generated by dramatic declines in raw material costs experienced during the fourth quarter of 2008,
which had a significant positive impact on gross margin for the first quarter of 2009 as profits
improved on a lower sales dollar base, reflecting selling price declines in response to lower raw
material costs. During the first two quarters of 2010, there was a significant increase in the cost
of polypropylene resin and other raw materials that negatively impacted gross margins and
profitability compared to the first six months of 2009.
Raw material prices declined during May and June and were stable in the third quarter of 2010,
which contributed to higher profit levels for the quarter. We experienced additional increases in
raw material costs in the fourth quarter of 2010. Results for the fiscal 2010 were also impacted
by the contribution of the operations of our business in
70
Spain that was acquired on December 2,
2009, resulting in higher volumes, sales, gross profit and selling, general and administrative
expenses when compared to the prior year period.
The following table sets forth the percentage relationships to net sales of certain
Consolidated Statement of Operations items for fiscal 2010 in comparison with such items for the
2009 and 2008 fiscal years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of goods sold:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Materials
|
|
|
52.7
|
|
|
|
46.3
|
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
Labor
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
7.8
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
Overhead
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
24.3
|
|
|
|
21.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81.0
|
|
|
|
78.4
|
|
|
|
83.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
19.0
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Gain on reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by
operating division for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
and the corresponding change (dollars in millions).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
326.8
|
|
|
$
|
302.3
|
|
|
$
|
24.5
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
282.1
|
|
|
|
159.4
|
|
|
|
122.7
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
129.4
|
|
|
|
108.8
|
|
|
|
20.6
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
306.5
|
|
|
|
234.3
|
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
61.4
|
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.2
|
|
|
$
|
850.6
|
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
24.5
|
|
|
$
|
34.5
|
|
|
$
|
(10.0
|
)
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
11.4
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
25.2
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
41.6
|
|
|
|
42.4
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
|
|
|
(39.0
|
)
|
|
|
(30.0
|
)
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69.2
|
|
|
|
74.7
|
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(18.0
|
)
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49.5
|
|
|
$
|
52.2
|
|
|
$
|
(2.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not been
allocated to our reportable business divisions because our management does not evaluate such
charges on a division-by-division basis. Division operating performance is measured and evaluated
before such items.
Net Sales
Net sales were $1,106.2 million for 2010, an increase of $255.6 million, or 30.0%, from net
sales of $850.6 million in 2009. Net sales for 2010 improved in the Nonwovens Segments from 2009 by
29.8%, and net sales in 2010 in the Oriented Polymers segment increased 34.1% from 2009 results. A
reconciliation of the change in net sales between 2009 and 2010 is presented in the following table
(dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net sales fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
302.3
|
|
|
$
|
159.4
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
234.3
|
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
$
|
850.6
|
|
Change in sales due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
(10.2
|
)
|
|
|
131.1
|
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
29.5
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
171.0
|
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
34.7
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
|
|
41.8
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
88.9
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
(4.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales fiscal year ended January 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
326.8
|
|
|
$
|
282.1
|
|
|
$
|
129.4
|
|
|
$
|
306.5
|
|
|
$
|
61.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,106.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens Segments
:
The net volume increase of $160.5 million is primarily attributable to sales generated from
the new acquisition in Europe, PGI Spain, which occurred in December 2009. Volumes were higher in
all regions except the U.S. for 2010. The volume decline in the U.S. was predominantly related to
lower volumes sold from carded technologies associated with the closure of our North Little Rock,
Arkansas facility and consolidation of certain operations into our Benson, North Carolina facility.
Our remaining business in the U.S., primarily represented by spunmelt technologies, achieved
higher volumes on a year-over-year basis. We achieved increases in Latin America and Asia volumes
compared to 2009. In our Latin America region, volume increased due to increased sales volumes
achieved in our Mexico operations, made possible by the installation of a new line during the
second half of 2009, continued sales growth in our Argentina facility and an improvement in certain
hygiene markets in South America (where economic and political environments in certain countries
negatively impacted sales demand in 2009, primarily affecting our operations in Colombia). The
volume increases reflected above are net of the negative impact of the interruption of operations
during the month of December 2010 due to the flood we experienced at our Cali, Colombia site. The
Asia volume increases reflect continued growth in the medical and hygiene markets. In Europe, we
experienced a stabilization of underlying demand in our industrial markets and achieved an increase
in volumes in our consumer disposables and we have experienced a rebound in wipes demand.
Foreign currency translation rates resulted in lower sales for 2010 compared to the prior year
period of $6.1 million. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk is contained in
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included below.
Oriented Polymers:
The Oriented Polymers segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business
operation in Canada. Oriented Polymers sales volumes for building, packaging and protective
apparel products improved as demand in the industrial markets in which we participate showed some
recovery from the depressed levels of 2009, resulting in
an increase of $10.5 million. Foreign currency translation rates resulted in higher sales for
2010 compared to the prior period of $1.8 million. Further discussion of foreign currency exchange
rate risk is contained in Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk included
below.
72
Gross Margin
Gross margin as a percent of net sales for 2010 declined to 19.0% from 21.6% in 2009,
primarily driven by higher raw material costs and the accompanying increase in sales prices. During
2009, our gross margin as a percent of net sales benefited from the significant drop in raw
material costs experienced in the fourth quarter 2008 and into the first quarter of 2009, which
were not immediately offset by a corresponding drop in sales prices due to the lag in price
pass-throughs. As raw material prices increased in the second half of 2009 and into the first two
quarters of 2010, we did not experience the same benefit. Manufacturing costs were higher for the
fiscal year 2010 predominantly due to higher costs in the U.S. associated with transitional
manufacturing inefficiencies as we executed our plant consolidation activities, coupled with higher
costs in our other regions due primarily to higher labor, energy and other cost categories.
Additionally, while there is no depreciation expense in COGS associated with PGI Spain, the
operating lease payments to Tesalca-Texnovo are reflected in COGS, which impacts the gross profit
margin as well. Gross margin as a percent of sales was also negatively impacted by the disruption
to operations that occurred at our Cali, Colombia facility during the month of December due to the
flooding. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of net sales increased from 46.3% in
2009 to 52.7% for 2010, whereas our labor and overhead components of the COGS decreased as a
percentage of net sales from 2009 to 2010. As a percentage of net sales, labor decreased from 7.8%
to 6.7% and overhead decreased from 24.3% to 21.6%. All of the above percentages were favorably
impacted by increases in selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material
costs.
Operating Income
A reconciliation of the change in operating income between the 2009 and 2010 is presented in
the following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Corporate/Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Operating income fiscal year
ended January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
34.5
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
|
$
|
42.4
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
(52.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
52.2
|
|
Change in operating income
due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
26.1
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
34.5
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
39.8
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86.0
|
|
Higher raw material costs
|
|
|
(42.1
|
)
|
|
|
(4.2
|
)
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)
|
|
|
(38.0
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
(94.9
|
)
|
Lower (Higher)
manufacturing costs
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(9.7
|
)
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(2.9
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)
|
Lower (Higher)
depreciation and
amortization expense
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Higher special charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
All other, including
higher selling, general
and administrative
spending
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(12.6
|
)
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)
|
|
|
(28.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income fiscal year
ended January 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
24.5
|
|
|
$
|
13.6
|
|
|
$
|
25.2
|
|
|
$
|
41.6
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
$
|
(58.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
49.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income was $49.5 million in 2010 as compared to $52.2 million in
2009. Raw material costs were up $94.9 million on a year-to-date basis compared to 2009. This
higher cost was partially offset by increases in sales price/mix of $86.0 million, primarily
resulting from selling price increases related to the pass-through of higher raw material costs
associated with both index-based selling agreements and market-based pricing trends. The increase
in average selling price also reflects the results of selling effectiveness initiatives and
improvements in product mix. The net effect of the above factors and initiatives resulted in a
decrease in our operating income of $8.9 million in 2010 compared to 2009. A large portion of the
impact is accounted for by the effects of the sales price to raw material lag effect with respect
to contracted business in a rising raw material environment, whereby in 2009 we experienced a
positive impact as selling prices were significantly higher in the first quarter of 2009 relative
to raw material costs in the previous quarter. Manufacturing costs were $9.7 million higher than
the prior year, predominantly due to increases in the U.S. region, and higher employee and utility
costs in the other regions. Manufacturing costs were also negatively impacted by the disruption to
operations during the month of December due to the flood in Cali, Colombia. The U.S. business was
unfavorably impacted due to the
73
timing associated with the start-up activities related to our carded consolidation efforts
involving our Benson, North Carolina, and North Little Rock, Arkansas, plants, coupled with higher
employee costs across the region. While spending has decreased for the U.S. carded locations as
expected, 2010 production volumes were temporarily negatively impacted during the first six months
of 2010 by the timing of the machinery and equipment relocation, installation and start-up
activities. This resulted in higher inefficiencies and under-absorption of fixed costs. We achieved
improved operating rates in the second half of 2010 in the U.S. carded operation that we expect to
continue to improve in 2011. Changes in foreign currency rates resulted in translation of earnings
and the re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities outside of the U.S. at a lower rate,
resulting in a $6.0 million negative impact to operating income.
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $141.5 million for 2010 compared to $113.3
million for 2009. The largest amount of the increase is represented by costs associated with the
initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition that was completed in December 2009. Additionally,
other volume-related expenses, such as distribution (including shipping and handling) costs and
selling and marketing costs increased along with higher compensation costs associated with our
annual incentive plan, and other spending. Specifically, shipping and handling expenses were $9.0
million higher in 2010 compared to 2009. Non-cash stock compensation expenses were $2.9 million
higher in 2010 compared to 2009. We recognized $2.3 million of incentive compensation costs during
the first quarter of 2010 associated with a decision by the board of directors to make a
discretionary payment associated with our 2009 performance as there was no formal incentive plan in
place for the year. This amount was in excess of amounts recognized during the year associated
with the 2010 incentive plan. A portion of the payment was paid in December 2009 and the remainder
paid in March 2010, coupled with accrued compensation costs associated with our 2010 annual
incentive plan. During the second quarter of 2010 we also recognized approximately $1.7 million of
expense to establish a liability associated with sales-related taxes in certain of our foreign
jurisdictions. Similar taxes amounted to $0.2 million in the first six months of 2009. We do not
expect to recognize the same magnitude of expense on an on-going basis as was recorded in the
second quarter of 2010. Selling, general and administrative costs as a percent of net sales
decreased from 13.3% in 2009 to 12.8% for 2010. This percentage is impacted by the increase in
selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material cost changes.
We recognized $1.7 million and $1.8 million of acquisition and integration costs during fiscal
2010 and 2009, respectively, associated with the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo that was completed
in December, 2009.
Special charges for 2010 were $18.0 million, consisting of non-cash impairment charges of $0.7
million related to the write-down of certain property in Neunkirchen, Germany, to its estimated
fair value less costs to sell, and restructuring and plant realignment costs of: (i) $7.3 million
of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States associated with
the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $1.8 million of severance
and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America; (iii) $6.4 million of
other costs, primarily related to professional service fees attributable to the Merger and (iv)
$1.8 million of costs related to damaged inventory and restoration costs related to a flood in our
Colombia plant. Special charges for 2009 of approximately $20.8 million included non-cash
impairment charges of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain property and equipment in
North Little Rock, Arkansas, and Neunkirchen, Germany, to their estimated fair value less costs to
sell, and restructuring and plant realignment costs comprised of: (i) $11.3 million associated with
our announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and relocation of some of these
assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $3.4 million of severance and other
shut-down costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the European operations;
(iii) $0.8 million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; (iv) $1.7 million of
severance costs related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and Canada, and
$0.2 million of other costs.
Interest and Other Expense
Net interest expense increased from $26.7 million during 2009 to $31.7 million during 2010.
The increase in net interest expense was largely due to higher interest rates on our term loan
borrowings and the impact of the Interest Rate Swap, which also includes the portion of the swap
that was frozen in
Accumulated other comprehensive income
related to the amendment of our old
credit facilities in September 2009, partially offset by the impact of reduced term loan
borrowings.
74
Effective May 8, 2007, we entered into a cash flow hedge agreement, which expired on June 29,
2009, which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit
facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085%. Additionally, on February
12, 2009, we entered into an Interest Rate Swap, which became effective June 30, 2009 and matures
on June 30, 2011, which originally effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal
amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%.
In
connection with the amendment of our then old credit facilities in September 2009,
substantially all of the borrowings under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of
2.5%. As a result of the new LIBOR floor, the effectiveness of the Interest Rate Swap was modified.
See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. In connection with the
Transactions, we settled the Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.
During the first quarter of 2009, we reacquired $15.0 million of debt, for cash, and
recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing
fees of $0.2 million. During the three months ended October 3, 2009, we incurred costs related to
the amendment of our old credit facilities. As a result, a portion of the unamortized loan
acquisition costs associated with the November 2005 financing in the amount of $3.5 million were
written off and, together with $1.6 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with the
amendment of our old credit facilities, are included in
Loss of extinguishment of debt
in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Foreign currency and other loss, net decreased by $3.7 million, from $5.2 million in 2009 to
$1.5 million in 2010, primarily due to movement in foreign currency rates. On February 8, 2010, we
entered into a series of foreign currency exchange forward contracts (put options and call options)
that provided for a floor and ceiling price on payments related to our new line under construction
in Suzhou, China, with the objective to hedge changes in the fair value of the firm commitment to
purchase equipment. During 2010, we recognized a gain on the change in the fair value of the hedge
instrument compared to the change in the value of the firm commitment as of January 1, 2011 for the
ineffective portion of the hedge of $0.05 million. See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
About Market Risk.
Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
During 2010, we recognized income tax expense of $4.5 million on consolidated income before
income taxes and discontinued operations of $16.3 million. During 2009, we recognized income tax
expense of $8.6 million on consolidated income before income taxes and discontinued operations of
$17.6 million.
Our income tax expense in any period is different than such expense determined at the U.S.
federal statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax
benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, U.S.
state income taxes, changes in the amounts recorded under ASC 740-25 for tax uncertainties and
foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Income from Discontinued Operations
Discontinued operations are comprised of the net operating results of FabPro for 2009 and
Difco for 2009 and 2010. During the second quarter of 2009, we concluded that FabPro constituted an
asset held for sale and, accordingly, we have presented FabPro as a discontinued operation. We
completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009. We divested the Difco business in
the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, Difco has been presented as a discontinued operation for
all past periods presented. We recognized income from discontinued operations of $2.1 million
during 2009 and a loss of $0.8 million during 2010. We also recognized a gain on the sale of FabPro
of approximately $6.8 million during 2009.
Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
Noncontrolling interests represents the minority partners interest in the income or loss of
consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. During the third quarter of 2009, these
interests included a 40%
75
noncontrolling interest in our Argentine subsidiary, Dominion Nonwovens Sudamerica S.A., and a
20% noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the Argentina
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in fourth quarter of 2009 and completed the China
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
As a result of the factors described above, we recognized net income attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc. of $10.4 million for 2010 compared to net income of $20.1 million for 2009.
Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
Approximately three-fourths of our total sales are generated from disposable products that are
not as significantly impacted by the broader macroeconomic environment as are durable products. In
late 2008 and continuing through 2009, the general worldwide economy experienced a downturn
resulting in slower economic activity due to the effects of several factors including: the subprime
lending and general credit market crisis, the collateral effects on the finance and banking
industries, decreased consumer confidence and demand, reduced corporate profits and spending,
adverse business conditions, increased energy costs, concerns about inflation and liquidity
concerns. Certain portions of our business were negatively affected by the macroeconomic changes,
especially the portion of our business serving industrial customers associated with durable goods
applications. We experienced most notable impacts in our European and U.S. regions where we saw a
significant decrease in our durable sales volumes. At the same time, as worldwide economic purchase
volumes declined, the cost of our raw materials declined significantly, beginning in the fourth
quarter of 2008. This change, combined with our business initiatives to improve profits, resulted
in a positive impact to our overall earnings, offsetting the negative impacts of lower volumes.
In light of these conditions, we produced solid results for 2008 and 2009 despite this
challenging economic environment. Largely due to selling price adjustments driven by changes in raw
material costs, our consolidated sales decreased by 17.8% in 2009 after increasing by 7.4% in 2008.
However, our gross profit increased by 5.0% in 2009 and net cash provided by operating activities
increased 69.3%. Major contributors to our 2009 results (as compared to the results for 2008) are
described below.
The following table sets forth components of our net sales and operating income (loss) by
operating division for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010, the fiscal year ended January 3, 2009
and the corresponding change (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
302.3
|
|
|
$
|
385.4
|
|
|
$
|
(83.1
|
)
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
159.4
|
|
|
|
196.6
|
|
|
|
(37.2
|
)
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
108.8
|
|
|
|
122.9
|
|
|
|
(14.1
|
)
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
234.3
|
|
|
|
266.5
|
|
|
|
(32.2
|
)
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
45.8
|
|
|
|
54.8
|
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
850.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,026.2
|
|
|
$
|
(175.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
34.5
|
|
|
$
|
26.4
|
|
|
$
|
8.1
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
42.4
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
|
|
|
25.1
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Unallocated Corporate, net of eliminations
|
|
|
(30.0
|
)
|
|
|
(24.7
|
)
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74.7
|
|
|
|
49.1
|
|
|
|
(25.6
|
)
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
(20.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
52.2
|
|
|
$
|
29.0
|
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
The amounts for acquisition and integration expenses and special charges, net have not
been allocated to our reportable segments because our management does not evaluate such charges on
a division-by-division basis. Segment operating performance is measured and evaluated before such
items.
Net Sales
Net sales were $850.6 million for 2009, a decrease of $175.6 million, or 17.1%, from 2008 net
sales of $1,026.2 million. Net sales for 2009 declined in the Nonwovens Segments from comparable
2008 results by 17.2%, and net sales in 2009 in the Oriented Polymers segment decreased 16.4% from
2008 results. A reconciliation of the change in net sales between 2008 and 2009 is presented in the
following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net sales fiscal year ended
January 3, 2009
|
|
$
|
385.4
|
|
|
$
|
196.6
|
|
|
$
|
122.9
|
|
|
$
|
266.5
|
|
|
$
|
54.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,026.2
|
|
Change in sales due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
(41.8
|
)
|
|
|
(28.3
|
)
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
|
|
(7.4
|
)
|
|
|
(79.5
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
(41.3
|
)
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
(16.4
|
)
|
|
|
(11.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(67.5
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(16.5
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(28.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales fiscal year ended
January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
302.3
|
|
|
$
|
159.4
|
|
|
$
|
108.8
|
|
|
$
|
234.3
|
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
$
|
850.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens Segments:
The net sales decline of $72.1 million was primarily attributable to volume decline in the
Nonwovens segments in all regions except Asia, but predominantly in the U.S. and Europe. The sales
volume declines in the U.S. and Europe were the result of the U.S. plant closure in the third
quarter of 2008, and recessionary impacts that negatively affected the industrial and wiping
businesses located in the U.S. and European regions. The predominant amount of the volume decline
in the U.S. was associated with lower sales from carded technologies. Spunmelt volumes were
relatively stable in 2009 compared to 2008. In our Latin America region, higher sales volumes were
achieved as a result of the new line installation in Mexico, and continued sales growth from the
new line installed in our Argentina facility during 2008. However, these were offset by decreased
volumes in industrial sales and a softness in certain hygiene markets in South America as the
economic and political environments in certain countries impacted demand, primarily affecting our
operations in Colombia. Sales volumes in the second half of 2009 improved compared to the first
half as incremental volumes were sold from the new spunmelt line in Mexico and a gradual rebound in
certain industrial-related businesses occurred. Sales for 2009 reflected the results of operations
for the business acquired in Spain for the period from December 2, 2009 to January 2, 2010.
Sales in the Nonwovens segments were also negatively impacted by lower price/mix primarily due
to price decreases resulting from the pass-through of lower raw material costs. The lower sales
prices were partially offset by an improved sales mix impact. In Asia, high grade medical product
sales increased and accounted for a larger portion of total sales. In the U.S., new industrial
products were introduced to the market with higher margins. Additionally, a higher volume of
hygiene sales was achieved in Argentina in 2009 compared to 2008, replacing lower value industrial
products sold in 2008. We also implemented specific initiatives to improve overall pricing
effectiveness to identify and capture the value of our products and services in the market that
resulted in an improved spread of sales price over raw materials. As raw material costs have
decreased, we have reduced selling prices to our customers where required by contract terms, and
where appropriate based on market conditions. In general, with respect to contracted business,
there can be up to a one-quarter lag between the change in raw material cost and the change in
sales price.
Most currencies were weaker against the U.S. dollar during 2009 compared to 2008. As a result,
net sales decreased $27.5 million due to the unfavorable foreign currency translation, primarily in
the European and Latin American regions. See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk for further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate risk.
77
Oriented Polymers:
The Oriented Polymers segment reflects the financial results of our Fabrene business
operation in Canada. Oriented Polymers volumes continued to be negatively impacted by reduced
housing starts affecting their industrial business, imported commodity products affecting lumber
wrap volumes and a significant reduction in market demand for protective apparel, resulting in a
decrease of $7.4 million. Foreign currency translation rates also negatively impacted sales in
2009, resulting in a decrease of $1.1 million from the previous year. See Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for further discussion of foreign currency exchange rate
risk.
Gross Margin
Gross margin for 2009 improved to 21.6% from 16.5% in 2008, primarily driven by an improved
spread of sales over raw material costs as raw material costs declined which were partially offset
by lower selling prices required by contract terms and, where appropriate, based on market
conditions. Manufacturing costs were higher during the year as the significant change in production
levels resulted in manufacturing inefficiencies, unabsorbed fixed costs and higher waste rates in
certain of our operations. The pace of volume declines occurred more rapidly than we could adjust
our cost structure, specifically in Europe and Canada. Additionally, we experienced higher energy
costs and labor costs during the year, coupled with increased spending in certain cost categories.
These increases were partially offset by improvements in conversion costs in Asia due to the
implementation of manufacturing efficiency programs. Similar programs were implemented in our U.S.
and Latin America businesses, resulting in lower cash converting costs on a per unit basis when
taken into account with total volume changes. The raw material component of COGS as a percentage of
net sales decreased from 54.8% in 2008 to 46.3% in 2009. Partially as a result of a lower sales
dollar base, coupled with higher spending in certain areas, our labor and overhead components of
COGS increased as a percentage of net sales from 2008 to 2009. As a percentage of net sales, labor
increased from 7.0% to 7.8% and overhead increased from 21.7% to 24.3%. All of the above
percentages were also impacted by lower selling prices resulting from the pass-through of lower raw
material costs.
Operating Income
A reconciliation of the change in operating income between 2008 and 2009 is presented in the
following table (dollars in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Latin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
|
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
America
|
|
|
Oriented
|
|
|
Corporate/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Nonwovens
|
|
|
Polymers
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Operating income fiscal year ended
January 3, 2009
|
|
$
|
26.4
|
|
|
$
|
11.6
|
|
|
$
|
16.3
|
|
|
$
|
17.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
(44.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
29.0
|
|
Change in operating income due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Volume
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
(10.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(18.4
|
)
|
Price/mix
|
|
|
(42.7
|
)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(16.7
|
)
|
|
|
(11.4
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69.2
|
)
|
Lower raw material costs
|
|
|
52.2
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
39.1
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119.7
|
|
(Higher) lower manufacturing costs
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
(3.8
|
)
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
(4.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3.0
|
)
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
(13.0
|
)
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
Lower (Higher) depreciation and
amortization expense
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Higher acquisition and
integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
Increased share-based
compensation costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
Spain Business Acquisition
operating results
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Higher special charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
All other, including higher
selling, general and
administrative spending
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
(0.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income fiscal year ended
January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
34.5
|
|
|
$
|
2.2
|
|
|
$
|
23.2
|
|
|
$
|
42.4
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
$
|
(52.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
52.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated operating income was $52.2 million for 2009 as compared to $29.0 million of
operating income in 2008. Raw material costs, especially polypropylene resin, were $119.7 million
lower in 2009 compared to 2008. These declines represented not only decreases in the market price
for raw materials, but cost improvements achieved through our global procurement activities. The
cost reduction was partially offset by a reduction of sales price/mix of $69.2 million during the
same time period. Sales price/mix is calculated based on the change in the average selling price
for current year multiplied by the current year volume. The average selling price reflects the
results of selling price effectiveness improvement initiatives, changes in product mix, and price
changes associated
78
with both index-based selling agreements and market based pricing trends. The net effect of
the above factors and initiatives resulted in an improvement in our operating income of $50.5
million in 2009 compared to 2008. Operating income was negatively impacted by the previously
mentioned lower sales volumes and impacts to manufacturing costs along with higher special charges
and acquisition and integration expenses related to the initial phase of the Spain Business
Acquisition. In addition, the completion of the initial phase of the Spain Business Acquisition
occurred during the month of December 2009, which included a holiday period, and operating results
were negatively impacted by the shortened operating period.
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $2.2 million, from $115.5 million in
2008 to $113.3 million in 2009, due primarily to the movement of foreign currencies versus the U.S.
dollar, lower executive severance and termination costs and lower distribution (including shipping
and handling) costs related to sales volumes. Specifically, our shipping and handling expenses were
$3.7 million lower in 2009 compared to 2008. These factors were partially offset by higher
compensation costs and other spending increases associated with investments in capabilities to
enable us to better address future market needs and execute on its strategic plan. Executive
severance was $0.5 million in 2009 compared to $1.6 million in 2008. Selling, general and
administrative costs as a percent of net sales increased from 11.3% in 2008 to 13.3% for 2009. This
percentage is impacted by the reduction in sales noted above.
Acquisition and integration expenses of $1.8 million in 2009 were associated with the initial
phase of the Spain Business Acquisition.
Special charges for 2009 of approximately $20.8 million included non-cash impairment charges
of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain property and equipment in North Little Rock,
Arkansas, and Neunkirchen, Germany, to their estimated fair value less costs to sell, and
restructuring and plant realignment costs comprised of: (a) $11.3 million associated with our
announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and relocation of some of these
assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (b) $3.4 million of severance and other shut-down
costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the European operations; (c) $0.8
million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; (d) $1.7 million of severance costs
related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and Canada, and $0.2 million of
other costs.
Other operating income, net for 2009 of approximately $4.7 million includes foreign currency
gains of approximately $3.2 million and license fee income of approximately $1.5 million. Other
operating loss, net for 2008 of approximately $5.0 million includes foreign currency losses of
approximately $6.5 million offset by license fee income of approximately $1.5 million.
Interest and Other Expense
Net interest expense decreased $4.4 million, from $31.1 million during 2008 to $26.7 million
during 2009. The decrease in net interest expense was largely due to the impact of reduced term
loan borrowings and lower interest rates for the period prior to the old credit facilities
amendment, and costs associated with an interest rate swap agreement that expired in June 2009,
partially offset by higher interest costs related to subsidiary debt obligations. Interest expense
is expected to be higher going forward resulting from the LIBOR floor associated with the amendment
to the old credit facilities discussed below.
Effective May 8, 2007, we entered into a cash flow hedge agreement, which expired on June 29,
2009, which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit
facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085%. Additionally, on February
12, 2009, we entered into the Interest Rate Swap which became effective June 30, 2009 and matures
on June 30, 2011, which originally effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal
amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%.
In connection with the amendment of our then old credit facilities in September 2009,
substantially all of the borrowings under such credit facilities were subject to a LIBOR floor of
2.5%. As a result of the new LIBOR floor, the effectiveness of the Interest Rate Swap was modified.
See Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk. In connection with the
Transactions, we settled the Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.
79
During 2009, we incurred costs related to the amendment of our old credit facilities. As a
result, a portion of the unamortized loan acquisition costs associated with the November 2005
financing in the amount of $3.5 million were written off and, together with $1.6 million of
third-party costs incurred in connection with the amendment of our old credit facilities, are
included in
Loss on extinguishment of debt
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
During 2009, we reacquired $15.0 million of principal amount of debt, via cash payment, and
recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred financing
fees of $0.2 million.
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net decreased by $4.7 million, from a $0.5 million
loss during 2008 to a $5.2 million loss in 2009, primarily due to movement in foreign currency
rates.
Income Tax Expense
During 2009, we recognized income tax expense of $8.6 million on consolidated income before
income taxes and discontinued operations of $17.6 million. During 2008, we recognized income tax
expense of $7.0 million on consolidated loss before income taxes and discontinued operations of
$2.5 million. Our income tax expense is different than such expense determined at the U.S. federal
statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits
are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which tax credits are not anticipated, U.S. state
income taxes, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties and foreign taxes calculated at
statutory rates different than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Discontinued Operations
Income from operations of discontinued business was comprised of the net operating results of
FabPro and Difco for 2009 and 2008. During the second quarter of 2009, we concluded that FabPro
constituted an asset held for sale and, accordingly, we have presented FabPro as a discontinued
operation. We completed the sale of FabPro during the third quarter of 2009. We divested the Difco
business in the second quarter of 2011. Accordingly, Difco has been presented as a discontinued
operation for all past periods presented. Income from discontinued operations decreased $6.2
million, from $8.3 million in 2008 to income of $2.1 million in 2009.
We have recognized a gain on the sale of FabPro of approximately $6.8 million in 2009. The
definitive purchase agreement for the FabPro sale provided for a purchase price adjustment based on
the actual working capital that FabPro had on the sale date, as compared with a forecasted amount.
The actual working capital purchase price adjustment was finalized in the fourth quarter of 2009
and resulted in no significant adjustment.
Net (Income) Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
Noncontrolling interests represent the minority partners interest in the income or loss of
consolidated subsidiaries which are not wholly-owned by us. These interests include a 40%
noncontrolling interest in Dominion Nonwovens Sudamerica S.A. (our Argentine subsidiary) and a 20%
noncontrolling interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin. We completed the Argentina
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in fourth quarter of 2009 and completed the China
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition in the first quarter of 2011.
Net Income Attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
As a result of the factors described above, net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
increased $15.4 million to $20.1 million for 2009 compared to $4.7 million for 2008.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, our primary source of liquidity has been cash from operations and borrowing
availability under our old credit facilities. Following the Transactions, our primary source of
liquidity continues to be cash from operations, cash balances on hand and borrowing availability
under our ABL facility and other credit facilities and factoring agreements.
80
Of our $54.9 million of cash and cash equivalents balance, as of July 2, 2011, $34.6 million
was held by subsidiaries outside of the U.S., the vast majority of
which was available for
repatriation through various intercompany arrangements.
We currently have intercompany loan agreements in place that allow us to permanently
repatriate foreign subsidiary cash balances to the U.S. without being subject to significant
amounts of either foreign jurisdiction withholding taxes or adverse U.S. taxation. In addition, our
U.S. legal entities have royalty arrangements, associated with our foreign subsidiaries use of U.S.
legal entities intellectual property rights that allow us to permanently repatriate foreign
subsidiary cash balances, subject to foreign jurisdiction withholding tax requirements, ranging
from 5% to 10%. Should we decide to permanently repatriate foreign jurisdiction earnings, by means
of a dividend, the repatriated cash would be subject to foreign jurisdiction withholding tax
requirements, ranging from 5% to 10%. We believe that any such dividend activity and the related
tax effect would not be material.
Our U.S. legal entities in the past have also borrowed cash, on a temporary basis, from our
foreign subsidiaries to meet U.S. obligations via short-term intercompany loans. Our U.S. legal
entities may in the future borrow from our foreign subsidiaries.
Comparison as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
54.9
|
|
|
$
|
72.4
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
193.3
|
|
|
|
178.8
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
1,125.9
|
|
|
|
732.0
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
597.3
|
|
|
|
333.9
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
222.4
|
|
|
|
134.3
|
|
We had working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) of
approximately $193.3 million at July 2, 2011 compared with $178.8 million at January 1, 2011. As
compared to January 1, 2011, our working capital balances increased $14.5 million, primarily as a
result of higher trade and other accounts receivables and inventories, offset in part by an
increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities balances and lower cash balances.
Accounts
receivable at July 2, 2011 were $150.2 million as compared to $121.7 million at
January 1, 2011, an increase of $28.5 million. The net increase in accounts receivable during the
first half of 2011 was primarily attributable to higher overall selling prices associated with
products sold to customers during the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the fourth quarter of
2010. This increase was partially offset by lower receivables at our Cali, Colombia facility due to
the cessation of operations due to the flood and the resulting lower level of shipments from that
facility during the second quarter. We believe that our reserves adequately protect us against
foreseeable increased collection risk. Accounts receivable represented approximately 46 days of
sales outstanding at July 2, 2011 as compared to 41 days of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011.
Inventories at July 2, 2011 were $138.2 million, an increase of $33.0 million from inventories
at January 1, 2011 of $105.2 million. The net increase in inventory during 2011 is due to higher
unit costs related to inventory during the first of half of 2011 compared to year-end 2010, higher
finished goods volumes as production levels have exceeded sales in the first half of 2011, an
increase in inventory at our Cali facility to prepare for the re-commencement of operations after
the shutdown caused by the flood and the effects of currency movements, partially offset by higher
inventory reserves. The overall increase was comprised of component increases in finished goods,
raw materials and work-in-process of $23.9 million, $5.1 million and $4.0 million, respectively. We
had inventory representing approximately 51 days of cost of sales on hand at July 2, 2011 compared
to 44 days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at July 2, 2011 were $207.1 million as compared to
$173.9 million at January 1, 2011, an increase of $33.2 million. The increase was primarily related
to higher raw material unit costs
81
during the first half of the second quarter of 2011 as compared to the end of 2010 and accrued
interest on the notes being exchanged hereby. Interest on the notes being exchanged hereby is
payable twice annually on February 1
st
and August 1
st
and accrued interest on
the notes was higher by $18.3 million as of July 2, 2011 compared to January 2, 2011. Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities balances were also impacted by accruals with respect to incentive
compensation plans and the timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in
terms regarding purchases of raw materials from certain vendors, and changes in restructuring
accruals and various other accruals for non-income taxes and other third-party fees. During the
first quarter of 2011, the Company negotiated specific extended terms with certain vendors
associated with the Colombia restoration costs that also contributed to higher accounts payable
balances. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 77 days of cost of
sales outstanding at July 2, 2011 compared to 73 days of cost of sales outstanding at January 1,
2011.
Comparison of Five Months Ended July 2, 2011, One Month Ended January 28, 2011 and Six Months Ended
July 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five months
|
|
|
One month
|
|
|
Six months
|
|
|
|
ended July 2,
|
|
|
ended January
|
|
|
ended July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
28, 2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
(27.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
(25.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.6
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(431.5
|
)
|
|
|
(8.3
|
)
|
|
|
(9.2
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
442.0
|
|
|
|
31.4
|
|
|
|
(4.0
|
)
|
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $27.7 million and $25.3 million in the five months
ended July 2, 2011 and one month ended January 28, 2011, respectively, compared to cash provided by
operating activities of $17.6 million during the first six months of 2010. A primary contributor to
the activity in the five month period was cash paid for fees and other costs associated with the
acquisition. Cash payments for professional fees and other transaction costs related to the Merger,
excluding direct financing costs, were $31.6 million in the five months ended July 2, 2011. As of
January 28, 2011, we had $31.1 million of restricted cash classified in other current assets. This
restriction caused an increase in net cash used in operating activities for the one month period of
$31.1 million which was offset in the five month period when the restricted cash was used in
conjunction with the Transactions. During the five months ended July 2, 2011 and one month ended
January 28, 2011, we made cash payments of $0.6 and $9.8 million, respectively, to restore
operations in our Cali, Colombia manufacturing facility due to the flooding that occurred. The cash
outflows were offset by $5.3 million of insurance cash proceeds received during the five month
period ended July 2, 2011. We expect to make future additional cash payments of approximately $3.0
million to fully restore manufacturing operations, which will be partially offset by approximately
$0.4 million of additional insurance cash proceeds. In addition, we currently anticipate future
proceeds from the sale of closed facilities and idled equipment in the range of $3.0 million to
$4.0 million, which is expected to be received in 2011. Additionally, working capital, excluding
the effect of the restricted cash described above, required a use of cash of $42.5 million in the
five months ended July 2, 2011 and provided cash of $4.1 million in the one month period ended
January 28, 2011. In the six months ended July 3, 2010, working capital required a use of cash of
$0.5 million. Finally, lower income resulting from the disruption of activities that occurred in
our Cali, Colombia manufacturing facility negatively impacted operating cash flow. As sales volumes
and raw material costs change, inventory and accounts receivable balances are expected to rise and
fall, accordingly, resulting in changes in our levels of working capital balances and cash flow
going forward.
We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions,
attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in
which we participate, and strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations consistent
with world-class standards. Accordingly, in the future we may decide to undertake certain
restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent from time to time further
decisions are made to restructure our business, such actions could result in cash restructuring
charges and asset impairment charges, which could be material.
82
Cash tax payments are significantly influenced by, among other things, actual operating
results in each of our tax jurisdictions, changes in tax law, changes in our tax structure and any
resolutions of uncertain tax positions, such as our on-going efforts to resolve our potential PHC
exposure. As a result of the Merger, we expect that any potential PHC exposure will be mitigated by
the escrow discussed in further detail in Note 5, Acquisitions.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $431.5 million, $8.3 million and $9.2
million in the five months ended July 2, 2011, one month ended January 28, 2011 and six months
ended July 3, 2010, respectively. The significant amount of cash used in the five month period was
primarily a result of the Merger, which resulted in a use of cash of $403.5 million, representing
the purchase price. Capital expenditures during the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one
month ended January 28, 2011 were $29.9 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Comparatively,
capital spending was $9.7 million in the six month period ended July 3, 2010. Capital expenditures
in all three periods were predominantly associated with our announced expansion projects for
Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia. We estimate our annual maintenance capital expenditures to
be approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million. Net cash used in our investing activities in the
five month period ended July 2, 2011 was favorably impacted by $9.2 million of cash proceeds
associated with the sale of assets. Also included was a cash outlay of $7.2 million for the
acquisition of the remaining noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, China. As business conditions and
working capital requirements change, we actively seek to manage our capital expenditures where
possible, enabling us to appropriately balance cash flows from operations with capital
expenditures.
As
discussed in further detail in Note 14 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and
Hedging Activities, we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts (put options
and call options) with a third-party financial institution in the first quarter of 2010. These
contracts, which had been subsequently amended third quarter 2010, were cancelled on January 20,
2011 for a cash cost of $0.5 million. Simultaneously with the cancellation of the forward
contracts, we entered into new forward contracts that fixed the remaining future payments of 16.2
million (as of January 20, 2011) associated with the new Suzhou spunmelt equipment at a weighted
average rate of 1.352 (Euro to U.S. dollar), equal to $21.9 million.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $442.0 million and $31.4 million in the
five month period ended July 2, 2011 and one month period ended January 28, 2011, respectively. We
had a net use of cash of $4.0 million in six months ended July 3, 2010. The one month activity
consisted primarily of borrowings to prepare for the Transactions. The $442.0 million cash
increase in the five months ended July 2, 2011 was primarily a result of the Transactions. The
issuance of the Senior Notes resulted in a cash inflow of $560.0 million. In addition, we received
cash inflows of $259.9 million, related to the issuance of common stock in conjunction with the
Transactions, and $42.4 million of proceeds from other borrowings. Comparatively, we had a total
financing inflow of $28.8 million in the first six months of 2010. We had cash outflows of $368.8
million in the five months ended July 2, 2011, which was primarily attributable to the repayment of
our pre-Acquisition debt in conjunction with the Transactions. We also incurred cash expenditures
of $19.3 million related to loan acquisition costs during the five month period. We had total cash
financing outflows of $32.6 million in the six months ended July 3, 2010, related to repayment of
borrowings and the reacquisition of $15.0 million of our Term Loan.
While we have experienced stabilization in most of our end-use markets, we continue to
experience volatility in raw material pricing, including significant increase in near term pricing
and tight raw material supply conditions and increased competitive pricing pressures as new
capacity comes into the market. However, based on our ability to generate positive cash flows from
operations and the financial flexibility provided by our credit facilities, we believe that we have
the financial resources necessary to meet our operating needs, fund our capital expenditures and
make all necessary contributions to our retirement plans in the foreseeable future. As discussed
above, we believe that as a result of the establishment of the escrow fund as part of the Merger,
any potential cash outlay attributable to the PHC issue will not have a material impact on our
liquidity. In addition to cash from operations, we have access to the ABL Facility (subject to the
available borrowing base) as a result of the Merger, cash on our balance sheet, our factoring
agreements and our credit facilities in Argentina and China to provide liquidity going forward.
83
Comparison as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
72.4
|
|
|
$
|
57.9
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
178.8
|
|
|
|
163.8
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
732.0
|
|
|
|
699.9
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
333.9
|
|
|
|
342.6
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
143.3
|
|
|
|
124.4
|
|
Our working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) was
approximately $178.8 million at January 1, 2011 compared with $163.8 million at January 2, 2010. As
compared to January 2, 2010, our working capital balances increased $15.0 million, primarily as a
result of higher cash balances, inventory and other receivables, and a lower level of current
maturities of long-term debt, offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
balances. Higher sales volumes and raw material costs resulted in an increase in inventory
balances; however, this increase was partially offset by higher levels of accounts payable and
accrued liabilities. The raw material price impact on inventory balances was partially offset by
lower unit volumes on hand at the end of 2010 compared to the beginning of the year.
Accounts
receivable at January 1, 2011 were $121.7 million as compared to $122.7 million at
January 2, 2010, a decrease of $1.0 million. The net decrease in accounts receivable during 2010 is
primarily attributable to a lower level of receivables at our Cali, Colombia facility due to the
interruption of operations that resulted in a significantly lower level of shipments for the month
of December and the effects of currency movements. This was somewhat offset by increases in the
remainder of our business from to higher sales volumes and higher overall selling prices. We
believe that our reserves adequately protect us against foreseeable increased collection risk.
Accounts receivable represented approximately 41 days of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011 as
compared to 48 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.
We have factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain trade receivables
to unrelated third-party financial institutions. Under the current terms of these factoring
agreements, there are maximum amounts of outstanding advances at any one time.
Inventories at January 1, 2011 were $105.2 million, an increase of $5.5 million from
inventories at January 2, 2010 of $99.7 million. The net increase in inventory during 2010 is due
to higher unit costs related to inventory at the end of fiscal 2010 compared to year-end 2009,
partially offset by the non-cash write-off of inventory damaged by the flood in our Cali facility,
the effects of currency movements and slightly lower inventory reserves. The overall increase was
comprised of component increases in raw materials of $8.3 million, largely offset by a net decrease
in finished goods and work in process of $2.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. We had
inventory representing approximately 44 days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011 compared
to 48 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010.
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at January 1, 2011 were $173.9 million as compared to
$143.2 million at January 2, 2010, an increase of $30.7 million. The increase in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities during 2010 was due to (a) higher accounts payable resulting from improved
terms with certain vendors achieved during the year associated with our global procurement
initiatives and (b) higher raw material unit costs at the end of 2010 compared to the end of 2009,
partially offset by the effects of currency movements. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
balances can also be impacted by accruals with respect to incentive compensation plans and the
timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in terms regarding purchases of
raw materials from certain vendors, as well as the movement of certain purchases of raw materials,
for which there is limited availability, to vendors that require us to pay cash prior to delivery
and changes in restructuring accruals, and various other accruals for non-income taxes and other
third party fees. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 73 days of
cost of sales outstanding at January 1, 2011 compared to 69 days of cost of sales outstanding at
January 2, 2010.
84
Comparison as of Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Cash flow data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
63.2
|
|
|
$
|
99.0
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(41.3
|
)
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(72.7
|
)
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $63.2 million during 2010 compared to $99.0
million during 2009. During 2009, working capital levels were impacted as sales volumes were
declining and sales prices were lower to reflect lower raw material costs. As such, lower working
capital provided a source of cash of approximately $26.8 million during 2009. During 2010, working
capital levels, net of non-cash charges and balance sheet reclassifications, decreased but not to
the degree of 2009, providing a source of cash of $10.9 million. This difference contributed to the
decrease in operating cash flows compared to the prior year period. Additionally, our net income
was lower, which reflected an increase in gross profit offset by higher expenses, and was
negatively impacted by the disruption of activities that occurred in our Cali, Colombia facility
during the month of December due to the flooding. As sales volumes and raw material costs change,
inventory and accounts receivable balances are expected to rise and fall, accordingly, resulting in
changes in our levels of working capital balances and cash flow going forward.
The restructuring and plant realignment costs of $9.1 million in 2010 are comprised of: (i)
$7.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in the United States
associated with the consolidation of our carded business in Benson, North Carolina; and (ii) $1.8
million of severance and other shutdown costs related to facilities in Europe and Latin America.
The restructuring and plant realignment costs of $17.1 million in 2009 are comprised of: (i)
$11.3 million associated with our announced closure of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility and
relocation of some of these assets to our facility in Benson, North Carolina; (ii) $3.4 million of
severance and other shut-down costs in Europe related to the ongoing restructuring efforts of the
European operations; (iii) $0.8 million related to an ongoing employee claim in Argentina; and (iv)
$1.6 million of severance costs related to other restructuring initiatives in the United States and
Canada.
Our restructuring and plant realignment activities in 2010 and 2009 are discussed in Note 3
Special Charges, Net to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere included in this
prospectus.
Cash payments for special charges were $13.7 million for 2010 and $17.4 million for 2009. As
of January 1, 2011, $1.7 million had been accrued for future payments of previously announced and
approved restructuring initiatives. Additionally, there were $3.0 million of accrued professional
fees associated with the Merger as of January 1, 2011. During 2011, we estimate cash costs to
restore operations in our Cali, Colombia facility due to the flooding that occurred to be
approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million, partially offset by approximately $5.9 million of
expected proceeds from all relevant insurance policies. In addition, we currently anticipate future
proceeds from the sale of closed facilities and idled equipment in the range of $3.0 million to
$4.0 million, which is expected to be received in 2011.
We review our business on an ongoing basis relative to current and expected market conditions,
attempting to match our production capacity and cost structure to the demands of the markets in
which we participate, and strive to continuously streamline our manufacturing operations consistent
with world-class standards. Accordingly, in the future we may decide to undertake certain
restructuring efforts to improve our competitive position. To the extent from time to time further
decisions are made to restructure our business, such actions could result in cash restructuring
charges and asset impairment charges, which could be material.
85
Cash tax payments are significantly influenced by, among other things, actual operating
results in each of our tax jurisdictions, changes in tax law, changes in our tax structure and any
resolutions of uncertain tax positions, such as our on-going efforts to resolve our potential PHC
exposure. As a result of the Transactions, we expect that any potential PHC exposure will be
mitigated by the escrow discussed in the Transactions.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $41.3 million and $14.6 million in 2010 and
2009, respectively. Capital expenditures during 2010 totaled $45.2 million, an increase of $1.7
million from capital spending of $43.5 million in 2009. Capital expenditures in 2010 were
predominantly associated with our expansion projects announced for Suzhou, China and Waynesboro,
Virginia. Capital expenditures in 2009 included the construction of a new spunmelt line at our
manufacturing facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico. We estimate our annual maintenance capital
expenditures to be approximately $5.0 million to $10.0 million. As business conditions and working
capital requirements change, we actively manage our capital expenditures, enabling us to
appropriately balance cash flows from operations with capital expenditures.
Net cash used in our investing activities also included a cash outlay of $4.1 million in 2009
for the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition. Further investing activities during 2010 and
2009 included $4.4 million and $33.3 million, respectively, from the sale of assets. The proceeds
from the sale of FabPro are included in 2009, as we completed the sale of FabPro during the third
quarter of 2009.
As
discussed in further detail in Note 14, Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and
Hedging Activities, on February 8, 2010, we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward
contracts (put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution (the 2010 FX
Forward Contracts) that provide for a floor and ceiling price (collar) for changes in foreign
currency rates between the Euro and U.S. dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment
associated with the new spunmelt equipment to be installed in Suzhou, China. The objective of the
2010 FX Forward Contracts is to hedge the changes in fair value of the firm commitment related to
the aforementioned Euro-denominated equipment purchase contract. The call/put options set a maximum
and minimum strike price of 1.41 and 1.35 (Euro to U.S. dollar), respectively. The cash settlements
under the 2010 FX Forward Contracts coincide with the payment dates on the equipment purchase
agreement. The revised notional amount of the contracts with the third party, which expire on
various dates in 2010 through early 2012, was 24.9 million, which will result in U.S. dollar
equivalent range of $33.6 million to $35.1 million. On January 20, 2011, we cancelled the 2010 FX
Forward Contracts for a cash cost of $0.5 million and entered into new forward contracts (the 2011
FX Forward Contracts) that fixed the remaining future payments of 16.9 million associated with
the Suzhou spunmelt equipment at an weighted average rate of 1.352 (Euro to U.S. dollar), equal to
$21.9 million.
We have committed capital projects, which include the purchase and installation of a new
spunmelt line at our facility in Suzhou, China and the construction of the building and ancillary
equipment associated with the installation of a new spunmelt line at our facility in Waynesboro,
Virginia pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement. Total remaining payments with respect to these
major capital expansion projects as of January 1, 2011 totaled approximately $54.6 million, which
are expected to be substantially expended through the second quarter of 2012.
On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling
equity interest in Nanhai Nanxin from our minority partner. In the first quarter of 2011, we
completed the China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $8.1 million in 2010, compared to $72.7
million in 2009. In 2010, we repaid, on a net basis, $8.4 million of debt. In 2009, we reduced our
debt, on a net basis, by $71.0 million through repayments of $68.2 million and the gain resulting
from reacquired debt. Additionally in 2009, we used $12.3 million to repurchase $15.0 million of
our first-lien term loan. Of the repayments made in 2009, $31.6 million was associated with the
remittance of proceeds received from the sale of FabPro and $24.0 million was repaid in conjunction
with the execution of the old credit facilities amendment.
86
In fiscal 2009, we experienced negative impacts in certain of our businesses, primarily
in the industrial sector, from the deterioration in global economic conditions and experienced
volatility in raw material pricing. While we have seen stabilization in most of our end-use
markets, we continue to experience volatility in raw material pricing, including significant
increase in near term pricing and tight raw material supply conditions. However, based on our
ability to generate positive cash flows from operations and the financial flexibility provided by
our credit facilities, as amended, we believe that we have the financial resources necessary to
meet our operating needs, fund our capital expenditures and make all necessary contributions to our
retirement plans in the foreseeable future. The PHC issue could also impact our liquidity; however,
based on our current expectations regarding the resolution of the PHC issue and the establishment
of the escrow fund as part of the Transactions, we do not believe this issue will have a material
impact on our liquidity going forward. After the Transactions, in addition to cash from operations,
we have access to the ABL Facility (subject to the available borrowing base), cash on our balance
sheet, our factoring agreements and our credit facilities in Argentina and China to provide
liquidity going forward.
Comparison as of Fiscal Years Ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
57.9
|
|
|
$
|
45.7
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
163.8
|
|
|
|
191.3
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
699.9
|
|
|
|
702.2
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
342.6
|
|
|
|
413.7
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
124.4
|
|
|
|
72.6
|
|
We had working capital (which consists of current assets less current liabilities) of
approximately $163.8 million at January 2, 2010 compared with $191.3 million at January 3, 2009.
Our working capital balances for 2009 compared to 2008 were impacted by a combination of lower
volumes and lower raw material costs, offset by working capital acquired in the initial phase of
the Spain Business Acquisition consummated in December 2009. Approximately $11.1 million of the
working capital balance at January 2, 2010 was associated with the initial phase of the Spain
Business Acquisition. With the Spain Business Acquisition, we originally recognized acquired
working capital of: 14.6 million of accounts receivable; 6.4 million of inventory; 0.2 million
of other current assets; and 13.5 million of accounts payable and accrued liabilities.
Accounts receivable at January 2, 2010 were $122.7 million as compared to $121.5 million on
January 3, 2009, an increase of $1.2 million. The net increase in accounts receivable during 2009
is primarily attributable to the previously discussed Spain Business Acquisition, which contributed
an increase of $12.8 million. Excluding the acquired accounts receivable, our accounts receivable
decreased $11.6 million due to lower sales volumes, lower overall selling prices and increased
reserves for potentially uncollectible accounts, partially offset by the effects of currency
movements. Excluding the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts receivable represented
approximately 45 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010 as compared to 44 days of sales
outstanding at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts
receivable represented approximately 48 days of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010.
Inventories at January 2, 2010 were $99.7 million, an increase of $3.6 million from
inventories at January 3, 2009 of $96.1 million. The net increase in inventory during 2009 includes
an increase of $7.5 million associated with the Spain Business Acquisition. Excluding the acquired
inventory, our inventory decreased $3.9 million primarily attributable to lower quantities of goods
on hand at January 2, 2010, partially offset by the effects of currency movements, higher unit
costs related to inventory at the end of 2009 compared to year-end 2008 costs and a reduction in
inventory reserves. The overall decrease was comprised of component decreases in raw materials and
work-in-process of $4.9 million and $2.9 million, respectively, partially offset by a net increase
in finished goods of $11.4 million. Excluding the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, we had
inventory representing approximately 47 days of cost of sales on hand at January 2, 2010 compared
to 43 days of cost of sales on hand at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business
Acquisition, we had inventory representing approximately 48 days of cost of sales on hand at
January 2, 2010.
87
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at January 2, 2010 were $143.2 million as compared to
$121.8 million at January 3, 2009, an increase of $21.4 million. The increase in accounts payable
and accrued liabilities during 2009 was increased by $17.9 million of accounts payable and accrued
liabilities associated with the Spain Business Acquisition. Excluding the assumed accounts payable
and accrued liabilities, our accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $3.5 million from
January 3, 2009 to January 2, 2010. The increase was primarily related to improved terms with
certain vendors achieved during the year associated with our global procurement initiatives and
higher raw material unit costs at the end of 2009 compared to the end of 2008. Accounts payable and
accrued liabilities balances can also be impacted by accruals with respect to incentive
compensation plans and the timing of payroll cycles, acceptance of vendor discounts, changes in
terms regarding purchases of raw materials from certain vendors, as well as the movement of certain
purchases of raw materials, for which there is limited availability, to vendors that require us to
pay cash prior to delivery and changes in restructuring accruals. Excluding the effects of the
Spain Business Acquisition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 63
days of cost of sales outstanding at January 2, 2010 compared to 55 days of cost of sales
outstanding at January 3, 2009. Including the effects of the Spain Business Acquisition, accounts
payable and accrued liabilities represented approximately 69 days of cost of sales outstanding at
January 2, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
(dollars in millions)
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
99.0
|
|
|
$
|
59.5
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)
|
|
|
(31.6
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(72.7
|
)
|
|
|
(12.9
|
)
|
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $99.0 million and $59.5 million during 2009 and
2008, respectively. The net increase of $39.5 million from 2008 to 2009 was driven by increased
cash generated from gross profit on sales during 2009 and decreases in the amount of working
capital employed at the end of 2009 as described above. As sales volumes increase and as raw
material costs increase, inventory and accounts receivable balances rise. As a result, working
capital balances are generally expected to rise, resulting in a use of cash going forward. Cash
payments for special charges in 2009 and 2008 were $17.4 million and $10.3 million, respectively.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $14.6 million and $31.6 million in 2009 and
2008, respectively. Capital expenditures totaled $43.5 million in 2009 and $34.5 million in 2008.
Other changes in investing activities, including proceeds from asset sales, were $28.9 million in
2009 and $2.8 million in 2008.
Capital expenditures in 2009 included the construction of a new spunmelt line at our
manufacturing facility in San Luis Potosi, Mexico. A significant portion of the capital spending in
2008 related to the construction of our spunmelt line at our manufacturing facility near Buenos
Aires, Argentina. Net cash used in investing activities also included a cash outlay of $4.1 million
for the Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition. Further, investing activities during 2009
and 2008 included proceeds from the sale of assets of $33.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively.
The proceeds from the sale of FabPro are included in 2009, as we completed the sale of FabPro
during the third quarter of 2009. As business conditions and working capital requirements change,
we actively manage our capital expenditures, enabling us to approximately balance cash flows from
operations with capital expenditures.
Net cash used in investing activities during 2008 include proceeds from the sale of assets of
$3.4 million.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities amounted to $72.7 million and $12.9 million in 2009 and
2008, respectively.
88
In 2009, we reduced our debt, on a net basis, by $71.0 million through repayments of $68.2
million and the gain resulting from reacquired debt, whereas we repaid, on a net basis, $13.0
million of debt during 2008. In 2009, we used $12.3 million to repurchase $15.0 million of our Term
Loan. Of the repayments made in 2009, $31.6 million was associated with the remittance of proceeds
received from the sale of FabPro and $24.0 million was repaid in conjunction with the execution of
the old credit facilities amendment. In fiscal 2008, we used $28.5 million to repay debt, primarily
term loans and borrowed a net amount of $15.5 million associated with a spunmelt line in Argentina.
Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations under existing debt agreements,
operating leases and capital leases that have initial or non-cancellable lease terms in excess of
one year as of January 1, 2011 and purchase commitments as of January 1, 2011 (dollars in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments due by period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
1 - 3
|
|
|
3 5
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
Debt, including short-term borrowings (1)
|
|
$
|
333.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.6
|
|
|
$
|
16.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
$
|
304.2
|
|
Obligations under third party
nonaffiliated operating lease agreements
(2)
|
|
|
40.4
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Capital lease obligations (3)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase commitments (4)
|
|
|
100.3
|
|
|
|
96.6
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (5)
|
|
$
|
474.6
|
|
|
$
|
112.1
|
|
|
$
|
35.5
|
|
|
$
|
17.6
|
|
|
$
|
309.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes estimated cash interest payments of approximately $22.6 million, $44.9
million, $43.5 million and $66.4 million for periods less than 1 year, periods 1 to 3
years, period 3 to 5 years and periods more than 5 years, respectively, based on the
assumption that the rate of interest remains unchanged from January 1, 2011 and only
required amortization payments are made.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under
operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. These
amounts do not include the obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. Lease payments
under the Equipment Lease Agreement will be approximately $8.3 million annually, commencing
on the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents rental payments under capital leases with initial or remaining
non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents our commitments related to the purchase of raw materials, maintenance,
converting services and capital projects, including our obligations associated with the
China Capital Expansion Projects (discussed in further detail below). This amount also
includes $8.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding at July 2, 2011.
|
|
(5)
|
|
See
Other Obligations and Commitments
below for further discussion of other
contractual obligations, including unrecognized tax obligations.
|
The Transactions had a significant impact on our contractual obligations, especially on our
indebtedness. The following table sets forth our contractual obligations under our existing debt
agreements, the amounts due under operating leases and capital leases that have initial or
non-cancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of July 2, 2011 and purchase commitments as of
July 2, 2011 (dollars in millions):
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments due by period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
1 - 3
|
|
|
3 5
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
Debt, including short-term borrowings (1)
|
|
$
|
598.6
|
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
$
|
23.9
|
|
|
$
|
6.9
|
|
|
$
|
560.9
|
|
Obligations under third party
nonaffiliated operating lease agreements
(2)
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Capital lease obligations (3)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase commitments (4)
|
|
|
186.9
|
|
|
|
146.8
|
|
|
|
40.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (5)
|
|
$
|
795.9
|
|
|
$
|
156.6
|
|
|
$
|
68.7
|
|
|
$
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
561.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes estimated cash interest payments of approximately $45.7 million, $88.0
million, $86.9 million and $130.2 million for periods less than 1 year, periods 1 to 3
years, period 3 to 5 years and periods more than 5 years, respectively, based on the
assumption that the rate of interest remains unchanged from July 2, 2011 and only required
amortization payments are made.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under
operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. These
amounts do not include the obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. Lease payments
under the Equipment Lease Agreement will be approximately $8.3 million annually, commencing
on the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2011.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Represents rental payments under capital leases with initial or remaining
non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents our commitments related to the purchase of raw materials, maintenance,
converting services and capital projects, including our obligations associated with the
China Capital Expansion Projects (discussed in further detail below). This amount also
includes $19.2 million of standby letters of credit outstanding at July 2, 2011.
|
|
(5)
|
|
See
Other Obligations and Commitments
below for further discussion of other
contractual obligations, including unrecognized tax obligations.
|
Debt Obligations
In connection with the Transactions, we incurred significant indebtedness and became highly
leveraged.
Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements. We
believe that our existing cash, plus the amounts we expect to generate from operations and amounts
available through our ABL Facility, will be sufficient to meet our operating needs for the next
twelve months, including working capital requirements, capital expenditures, debt repayment
obligations and potential new acquisitions.
As market conditions warrant, we and our major equity holders, including the Sponsor and its
affiliates, may from time to time, seek to repurchase our debt securities or loans at any time,
including the notes and loans under the ABL Facility, in privately negotiated or open market
transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.
Senior Secured Notes
In connection with the Transactions, Polymer Group issued the $560.0 million of 7.75% senior
secured notes due 2019 being exchanged hereby. The Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and
severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymer Groups existing wholly-owned
domestic subsidiaries.
The indenture governing the Notes, among other restrictions, limits our ability and the
ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue
disqualified stock or preferred stock; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions on, or
redeem or repurchase, capital stock; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) repurchase stock; (v);
incur certain liens; (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vii) merge or consolidate;
(viii) enter into agreements that restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make dividends or other
payments to Polymer Group; (ix) designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and
(x) transfer or sell assets.
90
Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture permits us and our restricted subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness and secured indebtedness. The
indenture also does not limit the amount of additional indebtedness that Parent or its parent
entities may incur.
See Description of the Notes for additional information.
ABL Facility
In connection with the Transactions, Polymer Group entered into senior secured asset-based
revolving credit facilities to provide for borrowings not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to
borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years. The ABL Facility provides borrowing
capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as
swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving sub-facility of up to $42.5
million and (ii) a first-in, last out revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million.
The ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative
covenants and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of
representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain
indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary
judgment defaults, invalidity of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such
an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility would be entitled to take various
actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted
to be taken by a secured creditor.
As of July 2, 2011, there were no borrowings under the ABL Facility. As of July 2, 2011, the
borrowing base was $40.0 million and since the Company had outstanding standby letters of credit of
$10.8 million, the resulting net availability under the ABL Facility was $29.2 million. The
aforementioned letters of credit were primarily provided to certain administrative service
providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of July
2, 2011.
See Description of Other Indebtedness for additional information.
Subsidiary Indebtedness
Argentina Indebtedness
Short-term borrowings
The Companys subsidiary in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance
working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing
facilities was $3.0 million as of July 2, 2011. These facilities mature at various dates through
December 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.82%.
Borrowings under these facilities are included in
Short-term borrowings
in our Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Long-term borrowings
In January 2007, our subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement (the Argentina
Credit Facility) with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new
spunmelt line at its facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under
the Argentina Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million
Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect
to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiarys existing
equipment lines; (ii) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery and
equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of
receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary. As of July 2, 2011, the face amount
of the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3 million, consisting of the U.S.
dollar-denominated loan. Concurrent with the Merger, the Company repaid and terminated the
Argentine peso-denominated loans.
91
During the second quarter of 2011, we adjusted the recorded book value of the outstanding
Argentina Credit Facility indebtedness that existed as of January 28, 2011 to the fair market value
as of that date as part of the Merger purchase accounting process. As a result, we recorded a
purchase accounting adjustment that created a contra-liability of $0.6 million and similarly
reduced goodwill as of the opening balance sheet date. We are amortizing the contra-liability over
the remaining term of the loan and including the amortization expense in
Interest expense, net
in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The unamortized contra-liability of $0.6 million is
included in
Long-term debt
in our July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Accordingly, as of July
2, 2011, the carrying amount of the Argentina Credit Facility was $16.7 million.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290
basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments began in July
2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million beginning in
2011 and continuing through 2015, and the remaining $1.7 million in 2016.
China Facility
As discussed earlier, we entered into the China Facility in the third quarter of 2010, to
finance a portion of the installation of the New Suzhou Medical Line at our manufacturing facility
in Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the China Facility, excluding any interest
added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million. As of July 2, 2011, we had borrowed $17.0 million
under the China Facility and we borrowed the remaining $3.0 million in the third quarter of 2011.
The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the China
Facility. We were not required to pledge any security for the benefit of the China Facility. The
interest rate applicable to borrowings under the China Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus
an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lenders internal head office
lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event
would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. We are obligated to repay $5.0
million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to
be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013.
Other Subsidiary Indebtedness
As of July 2, 2011, our subsidiaries also had other letters of credit in the amount of $8.5
million, which was primarily provided to certain raw material vendors. None of these letters of
credit had been drawn on as of July 2, 2011.
Operating Lease Obligations
Operating Leases.
We lease certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and
equipment under operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions.
Rent expense (net of sub-lease income), including incidental leases, approximated $2.5 million in
each of the six months ended July 2, 2011 and July 3, 2010. The expenses are recognized on a
straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Certain of these leases associated with our PGI
Spain business were cancelled in conjunction with the Transactions.
U.S. Expansion Project.
On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (Chicopee), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Polymer Group, entered into an equipment lease agreement and the related construction
agency agreement, guarantees and other related agreements (collectively, the Equipment Lease
Agreement) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Gossamer) for the
construction and lease of a new spunmelt line in the U.S. Pursuant to the Equipment Lease
Agreement, Chicopee will lease an integrated manufacturing line for the production of heat sealed
polypropylene nonwoven fabrics (the Leased Equipment) from Gossamer for a seven-year period (the
Basic Term) beginning upon Chicopees acceptance of the Leased Equipment (the Basic Term
Commencement Date), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The new U.S. line is expected to enable PGI
to deliver differentiated products to customers that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness
and opacity compared to the current marketplace capabilities, for use in such products as diapers,
and surgical gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost amount was approximately $53.6 million. From
the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary
92
of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. From the fourth
anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopees annual
lease payments may change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as
defined in the Equipment Lease Agreement. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under
the Equipment Lease Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to approximate $57.9 million.
The Equipment Lease Agreement includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring
us, among other things, to maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain construction
milestones and other requirements. Our failure to comply with the terms of the Equipment Lease
Agreement could result in a default thereunder which, if not cured or waived, could result in our
being required to make substantial unscheduled payments in respect of the Equipment Lease
Agreement. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopees
obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. The Equipment Lease Agreement was amended in
connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial
covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting
from the Transactions. The Company paid an aggregate amendment fee to the shareholders of Gossamer
of $0.6 million associated with the amendments.
Purchase Commitments
China Medical Expansion Project.
As discussed earlier, on January 19, 2010, we entered into a
firm purchase commitment to acquire a new spunmelt line for the New Suzhou Medical Line. We entered
into the China Facility to finance an approximately $20.0 million portion of the cost of the New
Suzhou Medical Line and had borrowed $17.0 million as of July 2, 2011. We borrowed the remaining
$3.0 million during the third quarter of 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining
payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $20.1 million, which
included $10.1 million for remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt
line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the first quarter of 2012. We will fund the
remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line, using a combination of existing cash balances,
internal cash flows, the additional $3.0 million borrowed under the China Facility and other
existing U.S. based credit facilities, as needed. On January 19, 2011, we entered into foreign
exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts)
to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts
and dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX
Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments
related to the New Suzhou Medical Line. The notional amount of the January 2011 FX Forward
Contracts was 7.5 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million (as of July
2, 2011).
China Hygiene Expansion Project.
On June 24, 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment
to acquire a fourth spunmelt line, the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. We plan to fund the New Suzhou
Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S.
based credit facilities and new China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated
total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5
million, which includes $42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of
the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of
fiscal year 2013. On July 1, 2011, we entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts
with a third party institution (the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts) to purchase fixed amounts of
Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new spunmelt
equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize
foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene
Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts,
which is equal to the original notional amount, was 29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar
equivalent of $42.9 million.
Other Obligations and Commitments
Factoring Agreements
We have entered into factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain of
our U.S. and non-U.S. company-based receivables to unrelated third party financial institutions for
a fee based upon the gross amount of the sold receivables. Under the terms of the factoring
agreement related to the sale of U.S. company-based receivables, the maximum amount of outstanding
advances at any one time is $20.0 million, which limitation
93
is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical
performance of the receivables sold.
The sale of our receivables under our factoring agreements accelerates the collection of cash
associated with trade receivables, reduces our credit exposure and lowers our net borrowing costs.
The amount of trade receivables due from the factoring entities, and therefore, excluded from our
accounts receivable, was $44.4 million as of July 2, 2011. We may in the future increase the sale
of receivables or enter into additional factoring agreements. These agreements remained in place
after the Transactions.
Other Obligations
We may be required to make significant cash outlays related to our unrecognized tax benefits.
However, due to the uncertainty of the timing of future cash outflows associated with our
unrecognized tax benefits, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of
cash settlement, if any, with the respective taxing authorities. Accordingly, unrecognized tax
benefits, including interest and penalties, of $36.9 million as of July 2, 2011 have been excluded
from the contractual obligations table above. As of July 2, 2011, we had contributed approximately
$3.2 million to our pension and postretirement plans and anticipate contributing an additional $0.9
million in 2011. Contributions in subsequent years will be dependent upon various factors,
including actual return on plan assets, regulatory requirements and changes in actuarial
assumptions such as the discount rate on projected benefit obligations.
Covenant Compliance
Under the indenture governing the Notes and under the credit agreement governing our ABL
Facility, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making
investments, refinancing certain indebtedness, paying dividends and entering into certain merger
transactions is governed, in part, by our ability to satisfy tests based on Adjusted EBITDA.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest
income), income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude
certain unusual, non-cash, non-recurring and other items permitted in calculating covenant
compliance under the indenture governing the Notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL
Facility.
We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information about flexibility under our
covenants to investors, lenders, financial analysts and rating agencies since these groups have
historically used EBITDA-related measures in our industry, along with other measures, to estimate
the value of a company, to make informed investment decisions, and to evaluate a companys ability
to meet its debt service requirements. Adjusted EBITDA eliminates the effect of certain non-cash
depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of intangible assets, along with the effects of
interest rates and changes in capitalization which management believes may not necessarily be
indicative of a companys underlying operating performance.
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional
information to investors about the calculation of, and compliance with, certain financial covenants
in the indenture governing the Notes and in our ABL Facility. Adjusted EBITDA is a material
component of these covenants.
Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized term under U.S. GAAP, and should not be considered in
isolation or as a substitute for a measure of our liquidity or performance prepared in accordance
with U.S. GAAP and is not indicative of income from operations as determined under GAAP. Adjusted
EBITDA and other non-U.S. GAAP financial measures have limitations which should be considered
before using these measures to evaluate the Companys liquidity or financial performance. Adjusted
EBITDA, as presented by us, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies
due to varying methods of calculation.
The following table reconciles income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA
(dollars in millions):
94
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Three
|
|
|
Twelve
|
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
(4.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(54.1
|
)
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
12.5
|
|
|
|
37.6
|
|
Income and franchise tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Depreciation and amortization (a)
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
46.2
|
|
Adjustments resulting from application of
purchase accounting (b)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
|
Non-cash compensation (c)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
Special charges (d)
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
64.3
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses (e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other non-operating
(gain) loss, net (f)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Severance and relocation expenses (g)
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Unusual or non-recurring charges (gains), net
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
Business optimization expense (h)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Management, monitoring and advisory fees (i)
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Annualized impact of acquisition in Spain (j)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Annualized incremental contribution from
Mexico spunmelt line (k)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annualized incremental contribution from
Cali, Colombia spunmelt lines (l)
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
Public company costs (m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
34.4
|
|
|
$
|
146.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Excludes loan amortization costs that are included in interest expense.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Reflects adjustments to inventory related to the step-up in value pursuant to U.S. GAAP
resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Reflects non-cash compensation costs related to employee and director restricted stock,
restricted stock units and stock option plans.
|
|
(d)
|
|
Reflects costs associated with non-cash asset impairment charges, the restructuring and
realignment of manufacturing operations and management organizational structures, pursuit of
certain transaction opportunities and other charges included in Special charges, net in our
consolidated statement of operations.
|
|
(e)
|
|
Reflects acquisition and integration costs associated with our PGI Spain acquisition.
|
|
(f)
|
|
Reflects (gains) losses from foreign currency translation of intercompany loans, unrealized
(gains) losses on interest rate and foreign currency hedging transactions, (gains) losses on
sales of assets outside the ordinary course of business, factoring costs and certain other
non-operating (gains) losses recorded in Foreign Currency and Other (Gain) Loss, net above as
well as (gains) losses from foreign currency transactions recorded in Other Operating (Income)
Loss, net above.
|
|
(g)
|
|
Reflects severance and relocation expenses not included under Special charges or Acquisition
and integration expenses above.
|
|
(h)
|
|
Reflects costs incurred to improve IT and accounting functions, costs associated with
establishing new facilities and certain other expenses.
|
|
(i)
|
|
Reflects management, monitoring and advisory fees paid under the Sponsor Management
Agreement.
|
|
(j)
|
|
Reflects the annualized incremental Adjusted EBITDA contribution of the Spain Business
Acquisition based on actual performance for the first six months of 2010, translated to U.S.
dollars at historical foreign exchange rates in effect for each applicable quarter of the 2010
fiscal year. We did not own the Spain assets for the entirety of the fourth quarter of 2009.
Thus, our actual reported results do not reflect the full year expected performance from the
Spain assets. We are presenting these adjustments for 2010 fiscal year, but not for any other
historical periods.
|
|
(k)
|
|
Reflects the annualized incremental Adjusted EBITDA contribution of our new line in Mexico
(based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010). The new line in
Mexico was placed in service during the second quarter of 2009. Prior to the third quarter of
2010, we were ramping up the line and addressing certain technical issues affecting optimal
productivity, so actual historical results for that period do not reflect the expected future
run-rate. We are presenting these adjustments for the 2010 fiscal year, but not for any other
historical periods.
|
95
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
Represents the annualized earnings of our spunmelt lines in Cali, Colombia for the period the
plant was down due to the flooding. The adjustment is based on the actual earnings of the
spunmelt lines in Colombia during the third quarter of 2010.
|
|
(m)
|
|
Reflects estimated costs associated with having public equity, including director fees and
transfer agent fees, annual report costs, incremental costs associated with a separate audit
report on internal controls and other costs that are not expected to continue post-closing.
Costs that will continue following the exchange offer for the notes related to having public
debt have not been adjusted. We are presenting these adjustments for the 2010 fiscal year, but
not for any other historical periods.
|
Hedging Activities
Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
On January 19, 2011, we terminated and settled the certain foreign exchange forward contracts
that we had entered into in February 2010 and entered into the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts to
purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and
dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward
Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related
to the New Suzhou Medical Line. The notional amount of the 2011 FX Forward Contracts was 7.5
million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million (as of July 2, 2011).
On July 1, 2011, we entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts
of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new
spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to
minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New
Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward
Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was 29.8 million which resulted in a
U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
Interest Rate Swap Contracts
Prior to the Transactions, we maintained a portion of our position in a cash flow hedge
agreement originally entered in February 2007. The cash flow hedge agreement effectively converted
$240.0 million of notional principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate
to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085% and terminated on June 29, 2009. Additionally, in February 2009, we
entered into the 2009 Interest Rate Swap which effectively converted $240.0 million of notional
principal amount of our old credit facilities from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of
1.96%. We originally designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow hedge of the variability
of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive income
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of September 17,
2009, in conjunction with the amendment of our old credit facilities, we concluded that 92% of the
2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer effective; accordingly, 92% of $3.9 million related to the
2009 Interest Rate Swap included in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
was frozen and was to be
reclassified as a charge to earnings as future interest payments were to be made throughout the
term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap, as this portion of the notional amount no longer met the
criteria for cash flow hedge accounting. In connection with the Transactions, we settled the 2009
Interest Rate Swap for a cost of $2.1 million.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Effect of Inflation
Inflation generally affects us by increasing the costs of labor, overhead, and equipment. The
impact of inflation on our financial position and results of operations was not significant during
2011 and 2010. However, as we grow our business in geographies with higher inflation rates, this
could have a larger impact on our business in
96
the future. Additionally, we continue to be impacted
by rising raw material costs. See our Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
included below.
Recent Accounting Standards
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic
820) Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06). This guidance
clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value measurements. The clarifications and
requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level
2, as well as significant transfers in and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established
by ASC 820, were adopted by us in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Additionally, the amended
guidance also requires that purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements be presented gross in the
Level 3 reconciliation, which is used to price the hardest to value instruments (the
disaggregation guidance). We adopted the disaggregation guidance at the beginning January 2,
2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial
statements.
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing
Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This guidance enhances the disclosure
requirements about the credit quality of a creditors financing receivables and the adequacy of its
allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade
accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. We
adopted the amended guidance related to period-end balances as of the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011.
The adoption of that guidance did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial
statements. We adopted the amended guidance for activities occurring during the reporting period
effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on our
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-29 to amend
certain guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations. This update provides guidance on the
disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for business combinations. We have adopted the
amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. See Note 4
Acquisitions Blackstone Acquisition to
the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, for the pro forma
disclosures required by the amended guidance.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. This update provides guidance on the requirements to perform
Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or
negative. We adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance
should not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 4
Acquisitions, we have not yet finalized our purchase price accounting analysis associated with
the Merger. Furthermore, we have not yet made final decisions with respect to our Reporting Units
for the allocation of goodwill. Accordingly, we have not fully assessed the effect of the adoption
of this new guidance with respect to its impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurement. This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value
measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles
related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other
premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held in a portfolio and
instruments classified within shareholders equity. Further, the guidance provides additional
disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial
assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used
for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed.
The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011.
We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, Comprehensive
Income. This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the
components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or
in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present
reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the
financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for
97
the first reporting period beginning
after December 15, 2011. We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. This update allows an entity the option to first assess
qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative
goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that
the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting units fair
value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of
the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for
the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted.
We are still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Critical Accounting Policies and Other Matters
The analysis and discussion of our financial position and results of operations is based upon
our consolidated financial statements that have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The
preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the appropriate
application of certain accounting policies, many of which require management to make estimates and
assumptions about future events that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities,
revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Since future events
and their impact cannot be determined with certainty, the actual results will inevitably differ
from the estimates. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis including, but
not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable, including concentration
of credit risks, acquisitions, inventories, income taxes, impairment of long-lived assets,
stock-based compensation and restructuring. Estimates and assumptions are based on historical and
other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The impact and any associated
risks related to estimates, assumptions, and accounting policies are discussed within Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as in the notes
to the consolidated financial statements, if applicable, where such estimates, assumptions, and
accounting policies affect our reported and expected results.
We believe the following accounting policies are critical to our business operations and the
understanding of results of operations and affect the more significant judgments and estimates used
in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
Revenue Recognition.
Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of
ownership pass to the customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery
to a place named by the customer, depending upon contract terms and when collectability is
reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to
customers for shipping and handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and
discounts to customers is recorded as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that
the revenue is recognized. We base our estimate of the expense to be recorded each period on
historical returns and allowance levels. We do not believe the likelihood is significant that
materially higher deduction levels will result based on prior experience.
Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risks.
Accounts receivable potentially expose
us to a concentration of credit risk. We provide credit in the normal course of business and
perform ongoing credit evaluations on our customers financial condition as deemed necessary, but
generally do not require collateral to support such receivables. We also establish an allowance for
doubtful accounts based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical
trends and other information. Also, in an effort to reduce our credit exposure to certain
customers, as well as accelerate our cash flows, we have sold, on a non-recourse basis, certain of
our receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. At July 2, 2011, a reserve of $0.7 million has
been recorded as an allowance against trade accounts receivable. We believe that the allowance is
adequate to cover potential losses resulting from uncollectible accounts receivable and deductions
resulting from sales returns and allowances. While our credit losses have historically been within
our calculated estimates, it is possible that future losses could differ significantly from these
estimates.
Acquisitions.
We account for acquired businesses using the purchase method of accounting.
Under the purchase method, our consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of an
acquired business starting from
98
the completion of the acquisition. In addition, the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective estimated fair
values, with any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets
acquired recorded as goodwill.
Significant judgment is required in estimating the fair value of intangible assets and in
assigning their respective useful lives. Accordingly, we typically obtain the assistance of
third-party valuation specialists for significant items. The fair value estimates are based on
available historical information and on future expectations and assumptions deemed reasonable by
management, but are inherently uncertain.
We typically use an income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is
based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets.
Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuation reflect a consideration of the
marketplace, and include the amount and timing of future cash flows, the underlying technology life
cycles, economic barriers to entry and the discount rate applied to the cash flows. Unanticipated
market or macroeconomic events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy or
validity of the estimates and assumptions.
Inventories.
We maintain reserves for inventories which are primarily valued using the first
in, first out (FIFO) method. Such reserves for inventories can be specific to certain inventory or
general based on judgments about the overall condition of the inventory. Specific reserves are
established based on a determination of the obsolescence of the inventory and whether the inventory
value exceeds amounts to be recovered through the expected sales price of such inventories, less
selling costs. Reserves are also established based on percentage write-downs applied to inventories
aged for certain time periods, or for inventories that are slow-moving. Estimating sales prices,
establishing markdown percentages and evaluating the condition of the inventories require judgments
and estimates, which may impact the inventory valuation and gross profits. We believe, based on our
prior experience of managing and evaluating the recoverability of our slow moving or obsolete
inventory, that such established reserves are materially adequate. If actual market conditions and
product sales were less favorable than we have projected, additional inventory writedowns may be
necessary.
Income Taxes.
We record an income tax valuation allowance when, based on the weight of the
evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not
be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset depends on our ability to generate
sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing
jurisdictions. In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, consideration is given to,
among other factors, the trend of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled
reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the carryforward period for net operating losses and tax
credits, as well as tax planning strategies available to us. Additionally, we have not provided
U.S. income taxes for undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that are considered to
be retained indefinitely for reinvestment. Certain judgments, assumptions and estimates are
required in assessing such factors and significant changes in such judgments and estimates may
materially affect the carrying value of the valuation allowance and deferred income tax expense or
benefit recognized in our consolidated financial statements.
We recognize a tax benefit associated with an uncertain tax position when, in our judgment, it
is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.
For a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we initially and
subsequently measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that we judge to have a greater than 50%
likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The liability
associated with unrecognized tax benefits is adjusted periodically due to changing circumstances,
such as the progress of tax audits, case law developments and new or emerging legislation. Such
adjustments are recognized entirely in the period in which they are identified. The effective tax
rate includes the net impact of changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and
subsequent adjustments as considered appropriate by management.
A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which a liability related to an
unrecognized tax benefit is audited and finally resolved. The number of years with open tax audits
varies by jurisdiction. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of
resolution of any particular tax matter, we believe our liability for unrecognized tax benefits is
adequate. Favorable resolution of an unrecognized tax benefit could be recognized as a reduction in
the effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Unfavorable settlement of an unrecognized tax
benefit could increase the effective tax rate and may require the use of cash in the period of
99
resolution. Accordingly, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments due to
the closure of tax examinations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, changes in tax laws or
other relevant events.
In periods prior to 2009 and consistent with previous authoritative U.S. GAAP guidance,
recognition of tax benefits from preconfirmation net operating loss carryforwards and other
deductible temporary differences not previously recognized were applied to reduce goodwill to zero,
then to reduce intangible assets that existed at the date of emergence from bankruptcy with any
excess tax benefits credited directly to additional paid-in capital of the Predecessor.
In December 2007, the FASB issued revised authoritative guidance, effective for fiscal years
beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with respect to accounting for business combinations and
also introduced changes to certain provisions of income tax accounting. For reorganizations
undertaken before the adoption period of the revised guidance, release of a valuation allowance
related to pre-confirmation net operating losses and deductible temporary differences are now being
reported as a reduction to income tax expense. Similarly, adjustments to uncertain tax positions
made after the confirmation date are now recorded in the income statement.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.
Long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not
be recoverable. For assets held and used, an impairment may occur if projected undiscounted cash
flows are not adequate to cover the carrying value of the assets. In such cases, additional
analysis is conducted to determine the amount of the loss to be recognized. The impairment loss is
determined by the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the fair value measured
by future discounted cash flows. The analysis, when conducted, requires estimates of the amount and
timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other
factors, the appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any
impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed
to be necessary. In addition, future events impacting cash flow for existing assets could render a
write-down necessary that previously required no write-down.
For assets held for disposal, an impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of the
assets exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. Estimates are required of fair value, disposal
costs and the time period to dispose of the assets. Such estimates are critical in determining
whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment
loss is deemed to be necessary. Actual cash flows received or paid could differ from those used in
estimating the impairment loss, which would impact the impairment charge ultimately recognized. As
of July 2, 2011, based on our current operating performance, as well as future expectations for the
business, we do not anticipate any material writedowns for long-lived asset impairments. However,
conditions could deteriorate, which could impact our future cash flow estimates, and there exists
the potential for further consolidation and restructuring, either of which could result in an
impairment charge that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Stock-Based Compensation.
We account for stock-based compensation related to our employee
share-based plans in accordance with the methodology defined in the current authoritative guidance
for stock compensation. The compensation costs related to all new grants and any unvested portion
of prior grants have been measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with
the authoritative guidance, awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained
and when the participant begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in
the price of the underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when we
and the participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions.
Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions
are based on the probability of the achievement of such performance conditions.
We have estimated the fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. Under the option pricing model, the estimate of fair value is based on the
share price and other pertinent factors at the grant date (as defined in the authoritative
guidance), such as expected volatility, expected dividend yield, risk-free interest rate,
forfeitures and expected lives. Assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect
market conditions and experience. Although we believe the assumptions are appropriate, differing
assumptions would affect compensation costs.
100
Restructuring.
Accruals have been recorded in conjunction with our restructuring actions.
These accruals include estimates primarily related to facility consolidations and closures, census
reductions and contract termination costs. Actual costs may vary from these estimates.
Restructuring-related accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, and changes to the restructuring
actions are appropriately recognized when identified.
Environmental
We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations
relating to the pollution and protection of the environment. We believe that we are in substantial
compliance with current applicable environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate any
material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of our
efforts to comply with environmental requirements. In the past several years, we have witnessed
increased climate change related legislation and regulation on a variety of levels, both within the
U.S. and throughout the international community. In summary, the risk of environmental liability is
inherent due to the nature of our business, and accordingly, there can be no assurance that
material environmental liabilities will not arise.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks for changes in foreign currency rates and interest rates and we
have exposure to commodity price risks, including prices of our primary raw materials. The overall
objective of our financial risk management program is to seek a reduction in the potential negative
earnings impact of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and raw material pricing
arising in our business activities. We manage these financial exposures primarily through
operational means and secondarily by using various financial instruments. These practices may
change as economic conditions change.
Long-Term Debt and Interest Rate Market Risk
Our new long-term financing consists of $560.0 million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019.
As fixed-rate debt, the interest would not change with a change in the market interest rate.
Certain of our subsidiary indebtedness is variable interest rate debt, for which we have not hedged
the risks attributable to fluctuations in interest rates. Hypothetically, a 1% change in the
interest rate affecting all of our subsidiary indebtedness would change interest expense by
approximately $0.4 million.
The estimated fair value of our long-term debt, including current portion, at July 2, 2011 was
approximately $601.2 million.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We manufacture, market and distribute certain of our products in Europe, Canada, Latin America
and Asia. As a result, our results of operations could be significantly affected by factors such as
changes in foreign currency rates in the foreign markets in which we maintain a manufacturing or
distribution presence. However, such currency fluctuations have much less effect on our local
operating results because we, to a significant extent, sell our products within the countries in
which they are manufactured. During 2011 and 2010, certain currencies of countries in which we
conduct foreign currency denominated business moved against the U.S. dollar and had a significant
impact on sales, with a lesser effect on operating income.
On January 19, 2011, we entered into the 2011 FX Forward Contracts to purchase fixed amounts
of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the new
spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to
minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New
Suzhou Medical Line. Further, on July 1, 2011, we entered into July 2011 FX Forward Contracts to
purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and
dates of the new spunmelt equipment purchase contract. The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward
Contracts is to minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related
to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line. As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011
FX Forward
101
Contracts, which is equal to the original notional amount, was 29.8 million which
resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $42.9 million.
Raw Material and Commodity Risks
The primary raw materials used in the manufacture of most of our products are polypropylene
resin, polyester fiber, polyethylene resin, and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. The
prices of polypropylene, polyethylene and polyester are a function of, among other things,
manufacturing capacity, demand and the price of crude oil and natural gas liquids. In certain
regions of the world, we may source certain key raw materials from a limited number of suppliers or
on a sole source basis. We believe that the loss of any one or more of our suppliers would not have
a long-term material adverse effect on us because other manufacturers with whom we conduct business
would be able to fulfill our requirements. However, the loss of certain of our suppliers could, in
the short-term, adversely affect our business until alternative supply arrangements were secured or
until alternative suppliers were qualified with customers. We have not experienced, and do not
expect, any significant disruptions in supply as a result of shortages in raw materials.
We have not historically hedged our exposure to raw material increases with synthetic
financial instruments. However, we have certain customer contracts with price adjustment provisions
which provide for index-based pass-through of changes in the underlying raw material costs,
although there is often a delay between the time we incur the new raw material cost and the time
that we are able to adjust the selling price to our customers. Raw material costs as a percentage
of net sales have increased from 52.9% in the six months ended July 3, 2010 to 59.9% in the six
months ended July 2, 2011. On a global basis, raw material costs continue to fluctuate in response
to certain global economic factors, including the regional supply versus demand dynamics for the
raw materials and the volatile price of oil.
In periods of rising raw material costs, to the extent we are not able to pass along price
increases of raw materials, or to the extent any such price increases are delayed, our COGS would
increase and our operating profit would correspondingly decrease. By way of example, if the price
of polypropylene was to rise $.01 per pound, and we were not able to pass along any of such
increase to our customers, we would realize a decrease of approximately $5.5 million, on an
annualized basis based on current purchase volumes (as though the Cali, Colombia manufacturing
facility were running at pre-flood manufacturing capacity), in our reported pre-tax operating
income. Significant increases in raw material prices that cannot be passed on to customers could
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In periods of
declining raw material costs, if sales prices do not decrease at a corresponding rate, our COGS
would decrease and our operating profit would correspondingly increase.
102
INDUSTRY
We compete primarily in the global nonwovens market. Nonwovens are broadly defined as
engineered sheet or web structures, made from polymers and or natural fibers, that are bonded
together by entangling fiber or filaments mechanically, thermally or chemically. They are flat
sheets that are made directly from separate fibers or from molten plastic or plastic film. By
definition, they are not made by weaving or knitting and do not require converting the fibers to
yarn.
Nonwoven fabrics provide specific product attributes, such as absorbency, liquid repellency,
resilience, stretch, softness, strength, flame retardancy, washability, cushioning, filtering,
bacterial barrier and sterility, that differentiate them from alternative materials. They are used
in a wide range of consumer and industrial applications, including hygiene products, apparel, home
furnishings, healthcare and surgical fabrics, construction, filtration, engineering and wipes. They
may be limited-life, disposable fabric or very durable fabric.
Principal technologies utilized in the industry today include:
|
|
|
Spunmelt technology uses thermoplastic polymers that are melt-spun to manufacture
continuous-filament fabrics.
|
|
|
|
|
Carded technologies (chemical, thermal and spunlace) involve fibers laid on a
conveyor belt, teased apart and consolidated into a web and then bonded with chemical
adhesive, heat or high pressure water, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
Air-laid technology uses high-velocity air to condense fibers.
|
|
|
|
|
Wet-laid technology drains fibers through a wire screen similar to papermaking.
|
We believe spunmelt technology is the fastest-growing manufacturing technology for disposable
applications, due to its ability to cost-effectively provide nonwovens with product characteristics
including barrier properties, strength, softness and other attributes for disposable applications.
According to certain industry sources, spunmelt technology represents approximately 45% of the
global nonwovens market and has experienced annual volume growth of 7.1% from 2005 to 2010, as
compared to 5.2% for the overall global nonwovens market over the same period.
The following diagram illustrates the nonwovens value chain.
According to certain industry sources, annual nonwoven sales are estimated to exceed $25.0
billion. According to ADL Consulting, nonwoven global volume demand across hygiene, medical, wipes
and industrial applications which we serve grew at a 7.4% CAGR from 2004 to 2008. Nonwoven global
volume demand remained steady from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Aggregate
global volume demand across these applications is expected to experience a 6.3% growth rate from
2009 to 2014.
103
Volume Demand Growth By Application
Volume
Demand Growth By Region (1)
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents demand for hygiene, medical and wipes applications.
|
|
|
|
Source: ADL Consulting.
|
Demand for nonwovens in wipes applications is expected to witness the highest growth among the
various applications at a 8.7% CAGR by volume between 2009 and 2014. In many applications,
disposable wipes continue to substitute reusable textiles, and new applications for wipes continue
to emerge. Demand for nonwovens in other applications (hygiene, medical and industrial) is expected
to grow at 5.4% to 6.0% by volume over the same time period. Developing economies present
significant growth potential in diapers and feminine hygiene, and a shift in demographics provides
sizeable growth potential for adult incontinence products in developed economies. Demand for
nonwovens in medical applications is expected to be driven by increasing sanitary standards,
increasing penetration rates for disposable nonwovens in Europe, which currently lags the U.S., and
the substitution of nonwoven products for traditional cloth drapes and apparel. Demand in
industrial applications was negatively impacted during the recent economic downturn, but is
expected to recover with 6.0% growth over the forecast period. Demand for nonwovens in industrial
applications is expected to be driven by the development of new applications such as offshore
energy cables, increased performance standards, and the substitution of nonwoven products for
traditional cloth and apparel.
Demand in the developed regions (North America, Europe) is expected to grow at an
approximately 4.8% CAGR by volume from 2009 to 2014, while demand in the developing regions (Asia,
Latin America) is expected to grow at an approximately 8.5% CAGR by volume over the same time
period. The strong growth expected in developing countries is driven by increased penetration of
disposable products resulting from increasing disposable income in these regions. In China, we
expect strong demand growth in hygiene applications as well as medical applications, driven by
continued investment by customers in converting capacity within the region.
We believe that future growth in the industry will be driven by continued development of new
products and technology improvements, which should result in an increase in demand for
high-performance nonwovens.
104
BUSINESS
Company Overview
We are a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused
primarily on the production of nonwoven products. Nonwovens are a high-performance and low-cost
fabric-like alternative to traditional textiles, paper and other materials. They can be made with
specific value-added characteristics including absorbency, tensile strength, softness and barrier
properties, among others. Our nonwoven products are critical components used in consumer and
industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial applications. Hygiene
applications include baby diapers, feminine hygiene products, and adult incontinence products;
medical applications include surgical gowns and drapes; wiping applications include household,
personal care and commercial cleaning wipes; and industrial applications include filtration, house
wrap and furniture and bedding.
According to certain industry sources, annual sales in the nonwovens market are estimated to
exceed $25.0 billion. We are the fourth-largest merchant manufacturer of nonwovens in the world and
the leading merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications. We are the largest or
second-largest supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in most of the regional markets
where we operate. We believe that disposable applications are less cyclical than other applications
and will have higher growth rates in the future.
We have one of the largest global platforms in our industry, with 13 manufacturing and
converting facilities in nine countries throughout the world, including a significant presence in
emerging markets like Asia and Latin America. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically
located near many of our key customers in order to increase our effectiveness in addressing local
and regional demand, as many of our products do not ship economically over long distances. We work
closely with our customers, which include well-established multinational and regional consumer and
industrial product manufacturers, to provide engineered solutions to meet increasing demand for
more sophisticated products. We believe that we have one of the broadest and most advanced
technology portfolios in the industry.
We have undertaken a series of capital expansions and business acquisitions that have
broadened our technology base, increased our product lines and expanded our global presence. In the
past five years, we have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing five
state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in our core applications and
markets. At the end of fiscal 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of assets
from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a meaningful supplier of
nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase of the Spain Business
Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. Simultaneously, we have taken a
number of actions to refocus our global footprint and optimize our operations around disposable
applications and high-growth markets, including several plant rationalization projects to exit
certain low-margin legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our
planned plant consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our
new U.S. and China lines, approximately 80% of our nameplate nonwovens capacity will utilize
spunmelt technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of industry
capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets (approximately 20%
of capacity) will continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain
desired product attributes, such as product strength or softness.
In 2010, we generated net sales of $1,106.2 million. Our sales are geographically diversified,
with 35% generated in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia for the
same period.
Segment Overview
We operate in five segments: U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens, Latin America
Nonwovens (collectively, the Nonwovens Segments) and Oriented Polymers. These segments
represented approximately 29.5%, 25.5%, 11.7%, 27.7% and 5.6% of our net sales, respectively, for
2010. Our Nonwovens Segments generated substantially all of our operating income over the same
period.
105
Nonwovens Segments
The Nonwovens Segments develop and sell products that are critical substrates and components
used in various consumer and industrial products, including hygiene, medical, wipes, and industrial
applications. Our products are used in hygiene applications such as baby diapers, feminine hygiene
products, adult incontinence products; medical applications including surgical gowns and drapes;
household and commercial wipes; and various durable industrial applications including filtration,
house wrap and furniture and bedding. Our key customers include global and regional manufacturers
such as Procter & Gamble (diapers, feminine sanitary protection, household wipes), Kimberly-Clark
(diapers, surgical drapes, face masks) and Cardinal Health (surgical drapes, medical accessories).
Nonwovens are fabric-like materials constructed from plastic resins, primarily polypropylene
and various types of natural and man-made fibers, and can be created through several different
manufacturing techniques. The predominant and fastest-growing manufacturing technology for
disposable applications is the spunmelt manufacturing process which uses large, high-volume
equipment to manufacture large rolls of nonwoven fabrics. In addition to spunmelt, there are
several other manufacturing processes, including carded, air-laid, and wet-laid. We use both
spunmelt and other manufacturing technologies, but have invested significant capital over the last
five years to construct several new state-of-the-art spunmelt lines and to restructure several
legacy operations.
Nonwovens applications are categorized as either disposable or durable. We primarily supply
nonwovens to customers that manufacture disposable products, which account for approximately 80% of
our total nonwoven sales. Disposable products include diapers and other personal care products,
medical gowns and drapes, and cleaning wipes, among others. We believe that disposable products are
less cyclical than durable products and will have higher growth rates in the future, driven
primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing economies due to rising per
capita income and population growth. We add value to our products through our printing, laminating,
and small roll converting capabilities and, in limited instances, convert product ourselves for
sale directly to the end consumer.
The table below outlines the key product applications within our Nonwovens Segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Key Product
|
|
% of Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected
|
|
Applications
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Representative End Products
|
|
Key Customers
|
|
Growth(1)
|
|
Hygiene
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
Baby diapers, feminine
|
|
Procter & Gamble
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hygiene products, adult
|
|
Kimberly-Clark
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
incontinence products, and
|
|
SCA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
training pants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
Surgical gowns and drapes,
|
|
Kimberly-Clark
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
face masks, shoe covers
|
|
Cardinal Health
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and wound care sponges and dressings
|
|
3M
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Johnson & Johnson
|
|
|
|
|
Wipes
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
Personal care and facial
|
|
Procter & Gamble
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wipes, baby wipes, and
|
|
Clorox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
household wipes
|
|
Sysco
|
|
|
|
|
Industrial
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
Filtration, cable wrap,
|
|
Simmons Bedding
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
house wrap, furniture and
|
|
Dow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bedding, and landscape and
|
|
Chiquita
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
agricultural applications
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents projected CAGR for global nonwoven volume demand from 2009 to 2014 for each
product application group, according to ADL Consulting.
|
Hygiene Applications
For hygiene applications, our substrates are critical components providing superior
absorbency, barrier properties, strength, fit, and softness in baby diapers, feminine hygiene
products, adult incontinence products, and training pants. Our broad product offering provides
customers with a full range of these specialized and highly engineered components, including top
sheet, transfer layer, backsheet fabric, leg cuff fabric, sanitary protective facings, and
absorbent pads for incontinence guard, panty shield, and absorbent core applications. We frequently
partner with select, industry-leading manufacturers to jointly develop innovative products to meet
changing
106
consumer demands. As a global nonwovens provider, we are differentiated by our ability to
serve global manufacturers while providing substrate consistency across geographical regions.
Key Growth Drivers of Hygiene Applications for our Company
|
|
|
In developing regions, such as certain parts of Latin America and Asia, where
penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products such as disposable diapers are low,
growth is expected to be driven by population growth and increased disposable product
penetration resulting from increasing per capita income.
|
|
|
|
In developed regions, growth is expected to be driven by population growth and
consumers continued demand for enhanced functionality and greater sophistication in
their end-products.
|
|
|
|
According to ADL Consulting, global nonwoven volume demand for hygiene applications
is forecasted to grow at a CAGR of approximately 5.4% from 2009 to 2014.
|
Medical Applications
Our medical products are high-performance materials that are used in disposable surgical
packs, surgical gowns and drapes, face masks, shoe covers and wound care sponges and dressings. Our
nonwovens feature characteristics and properties which address barrier performance, breathability,
strength and softness. We believe that we are the leading global supplier of nonwoven medical
fabrics, due in part to our acquisition of Johnson & Johnsons medical nonwovens business in 1995.
Our customers medical end products are predominantly manufactured in lower labor cost countries,
such as China, for export to Western markets. Our high-quality finished fabric manufacturing
capabilities in China, located strategically near the manufacturing and converting operations of
our customers, combined with our global position, provide a competitive advantage in serving these
customers.
Key Growth Drivers of Medical Applications for our Company
|
|
|
Growth in the United States is expected to be driven by, the number of medical
procedures and demand for enhanced barrier protection, driven by regulations.
|
|
|
|
In Europe, where the penetration rate of medical nonwovens of approximately 70% is
significantly lower than that of the U.S., growth is expected to be driven by increased
use of disposable products as customers switch to nonwovens from higher cost materials
that require additional barrier protection.
|
|
|
|
In Asia, where a significant portion of labor intensive medical garments are
produced, we are well positioned for future growth due to our proximity to regional
medical converters, which allows us to respond to customer demands on an accelerated
basis relative to our competitors who are not present in the region.
|
|
|
|
Domestic consumption in Asia, Latin America, and other developing markets is
expected to grow as standards of living improve and these regions adopt the medical
practices of more developed nations.
|
|
|
|
According to ADL Consulting, global volume demand for nonwoven medical applications
is projected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 5.9% from 2009 to 2014.
|
Wipes Applications
We produce nonwoven products for consumer wipes applications, which include personal care and
facial wipes, baby wipes, and household cleaning wipes. We also directly market a line of wipes
under our Chix brand to industrial, foodservice, and janitorial customers. Wipes producers rely on
nonwovens to provide key features, such as abrasiveness and liquid dispensability, which enable
product performance to meet customer demands. For example, our proprietary APEX technology enables us to impart three-dimensional images on
nonwovens, which
107
enhance performance by creating ridges for dust collection and increase
abrasiveness, as well as improve branding and customer appeal.
Key Growth Drivers of Wipes Applications for our Company
|
|
|
We expect to capture growth through the implementation of our proprietary technology
and innovation to bring higher capabilities into wipes applications. We will continue
to leverage our proprietary Spinlace technology, which meets our customers demands for
products that offer better value and improved functionality, such as improved strength
and absorbency.
|
|
|
|
In developed regions, growth is expected to be driven by consumers increasing focus
on sanitation and disease control and by customers continued demand for enhanced
functionality and greater sophistication in their end-products.
|
|
|
|
In developing regions, where penetration rates for consumer wipes products are low,
growth is expected to be driven by increased disposable product penetration resulting
from increasing standards of living.
|
|
|
|
According to ADL Consulting, global nonwoven volume demand for wipes applications is
forecasted to grow at a CAGR of approximately 8.7% from 2009 to 2014.
|
Industrial Applications
Our nonwovens serve a diverse collection of industrial end product applications which include
filtration, cable wrap, house wrap, furniture and bedding, and landscape and agricultural
applications. We focus on applications where our technological capabilities enable us to
effectively serve customers who place significant value on highly engineered and tailored
materials.
Key Growth Drivers of Industrial Applications for our Company
|
|
|
Growth in industrial products is driven by category-specific demand dynamics.
Examples include increased nonwovens consumption as a result of applicable regulations
for filtration applications and the United States more stringent standards for
flame-retardant fabrics in mattresses, for which the Company has been able to utilize
its proprietary technologies and processes.
|
|
|
|
We are also taking advantage of numerous opportunities to utilize nonwovens in new
applications where they have not traditionally been utilized, such as in the roofing
and packaging markets.
|
|
|
|
According to ADL Consulting, global nonwovens volume demand in certain of the
industrial applications which we serve is projected to grow at a CAGR of approximately
6.0% from 2009 to 2014.
|
Oriented Polymers Segment
The Oriented Polymers segment utilizes extruded polyolefin processes and woven technologies to
produce a wide array of products for industrial packaging, building products and agriculture. We
sold our Difco business in the second quarter of 2011 and our FabPro business in the third quarter
of 2009. We are currently evaluating various strategic alternatives for the Fabrene business, the
remaining business for this reportable segment.
Competitive Strengths
Leading Global Positions and Diversified Portfolio
We are differentiated from our competitors by our broad geographic platform, which enables us
to serve both multi-national and regional customers in both mature and high-growth developing
regions. We are among the
108
largest manufacturers of nonwovens, and we believe that we have the most
global footprint of our competitors. We have manufacturing and converting operations at 14
locations in nine countries on four continents. We believe that we are the largest or
second-largest merchant supplier of nonwovens for disposable applications in regional markets,
which represents over 80% of our nonwovens sales for 2010. Our ability to provide consistent
high-quality products across geographical regions is a strong competitive advantage in serving
global customers, such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health.
Additionally, our global footprint provides diversification across several regional markets,
with 35% of our net sales in North America, 28% in Latin America, 25% in Europe and 12% in Asia,
for 2010. This reduces our exposure to any one region or manufacturing facility. We are also a
significant supplier to a diverse set of end product applications, including hygiene (47% of our
sales for 2010), medical (15%), wipes (13%) and industrial (25%). This broad array of applications
provides further diversification and reduces our exposure to volatility in any one application.
High-Growth, Defensive Demand Profile of End Products
We primarily manufacture nonwovens for customers producing disposable products, which
accounted for approximately 80% of our nonwoven sales for 2010. We believe that disposable products
are less cyclical than durable products, and we expect disposable products to have higher growth
rates in the future, driven primarily by the increasing adoption of these products in developing
economies. These nonwovens are critical components of end products, such as baby diapers and
medical gowns, which we believe are purchased by consumers largely irrespective of broader economic
conditions. After growing at a 7.4% CAGR by volume from 2004 to 2008, nonwoven global volume demand
remained flat from 2008 to 2009 despite global macroeconomic weakness. Nonwoven global volume
demand is projected to grow by approximately 6.3% annually from 2009 to 2014 according to ADL
Consulting.
Strong Customer Relationships with Leading Manufacturers
Our broad geographic platform and application expertise allow us to effectively serve global
customers such as Procter & Gamble and Cardinal Health, who are among the market leaders in their
respective product applications. Nonwovens generally are not shipped between regions due to high
transportation costs; thus, a local manufacturing presence across key geographies is critical to
efficiently provide products globally. In many instances, our facilities are strategically located
in close proximity to the manufacturing facilities of our key customers. Additionally, our
marketing and research and development teams work closely with customers throughout their product
development cycles. This collaborative technology development relationship, coupled with our
ability to meet our customers stringent product qualifications and process standards, encourages
customer loyalty. Our largest customer is Procter & Gamble, which represented 14% of our sales for
the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011. Our 20 largest customers represented 56% of our sales for
the same period, and included Cardinal Health, Clorox, Dow, Johnson & Johnson, Kimberly-Clark,
Molnlycke, Procter & Gamble, SCA, and other global and regional manufacturers.
Significant Presence in High-Growth Regions
We believe there is significant untapped demand for nonwovens in emerging markets, especially
in hygiene applications. In emerging markets, where penetration rates for nonwoven hygiene products
such as disposable diapers are low, growth is expected to be driven by increasing disposable
product penetration resulting from rising per capita income and population growth. According to ADL
Consulting, nonwovens volume demand in hygiene, medical and wipes applications in Latin America and
Asia is projected to grow at 6.1% and 9.4% per annum, respectively, from 2009 to 2014. We believe
that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this anticipated growth. We
have successfully expanded our presence in these emerging markets as a result of recent
capacity expansions in Cali, Colombia; Buenos Aires, Argentina; San Luis Potosi, Mexico; and
Suzhou, China. During 2010, we derived approximately 40% of our revenues from emerging markets in
Latin America and Asia.
109
Competitive Technology Platform
We believe that we have the broadest nonwovens technology base of any of our competitors,
supported by an array of proprietary technologies. We have completed six capacity expansions in the
past five years, including two lines in the U.S. and four lines in the high-growth regions of Latin
America and Asia, all of which were based on leading technology platforms (five spunmelt and one
Spinlace). We believe our scale provides an advantage in pursuing new capacity expansions due to
the significant upfront capital investment that is necessary to construct a new manufacturing line,
our customer relationships, our process know-how, and economies of scale in raw material
procurement. In addition, in December 2009, we completed the initial phase of our acquisition of
assets from Tesalca-Texnovo, a high quality nonwoven spunmelt supplier based in Spain. Spunmelt is
a newer and faster growing technology in the nonwovens industry, and we have a larger mix of
spunmelt technology than the industry average. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation
of our new U.S. and China lines, spunmelt will represent approximately 80% of our nonwovens
nameplate capacity, up from approximately 55% in 2005. Our comprehensive research and development
program also provides us with a significant competitive advantage. We have over 450 trademark and
domain name registrations and pending trademark applications worldwide and over 400 patents and
pending patent applications worldwide.
Strong Ability to Optimize Asset Base
Our broad array of applications and manufacturing technologies has allowed us to maximize the
usage and extend the life of our existing asset base by repurposing assets to meet evolving market
demands. A prime example of our success in asset optimization is the development and implementation
of our proprietary Spinlace technology, where we leveraged existing spunmelt and carded
technologies with our application expertise to deliver an innovative product that offers customers
a better value and improved functionality. We are also able to leverage our product development
capabilities to continue to optimize our mix of products as customer requirements change.
Stable Profitability and Cash Flow Generation
Our stable profitability and cash flow generation over the last four fiscal years has allowed
us to continue to invest in growth, even through the recent recession. Our cash flow generation has
been driven by strong operating performance in our high-growth spunmelt business, relatively low
maintenance capital expenditures, and raw material price pass-through mechanisms. Historically, we
have been able to pass through escalation in raw material prices to our customers, maintaining a
relatively stable gross profit per kilogram.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to be a leading global provider of nonwovens for customers focused on
disposable applications. We believe that these applications should provide a more stable revenue
stream than durable applications, due to their recession-resistant nature and should exhibit higher
long-term growth, especially in emerging markets. To pursue this strategy, our management team has
executed several key operating initiatives which we believe will favorably position us for strong,
profitable growth over the next several years.
To execute our strategy and drive continued success, we are focused on the following:
Expanding Global Capabilities
We expect to continue to add capacity in both developed and developing regions, leveraging our
global functional and technological best practices and our strong local market presence. We intend
to expand in markets that we believe have attractive supply and demand characteristics through a
detailed market assessment which includes identifying a majority of new product volumes in advance
of commercialization. Our strategic expansion projects generally target a return on our investment
of three to five years. Additionally, we selectively evaluate
strategic consolidation opportunities, focusing on companies and technologies that further our
strategic plan, global competitive position and product offering.
110
Customer Focus and Innovation
We strive to be the partner of choice for companies seeking materials that enhance performance
and offer superior value. We seek to achieve this by delivering outstanding customer satisfaction
and innovative solutions that help our clients succeed. We intend to leverage our culture of
innovation, our global organization and our research and development capabilities to deliver
products and processes tailored to meet demanding customer specifications and to address evolving
consumer preferences. We have several collaborative research and development arrangements with our
key customers in the development of next generation products, and hence we believe we are integral
to the product development cycles of customers.
Operational Excellence
We expect to continue to operate our facilities with a focus on manufacturing excellence,
reliability, performance, yield, product quality and consistency in order to increase value
delivered to customers and customer satisfaction. We will continue to leverage our global platform
through an interconnected global and regional functional management structure in areas such as
manufacturing, sales, marketing, procurement, finance and human resources. In addition, we will
look for opportunities to improve our supply chain management and offer solutions to customers to
reduce their costs and streamline their operations.
Corporate Social Responsibility
We strive to achieve recognition as a leader in promoting health, safety, and sustainability
by attaining world-class safety metrics, reducing consumption of resources, and minimizing our
environmental impact. We have set ambitious goals to launch more sustainable products with our
supply chain partners, and we strive to maintain strong and cooperative relationships with our
stakeholders, employees, customers, and the communities in which we operate. We have published our
sustainability reports, consistent with the Global Reporting Initiatives reporting metrics that
outline our approach to corporate social responsibility and environmental sustainability.
Portfolio Repositioning
Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to refocus our global footprint
and optimize operations around our strategic focus on disposable applications and high-growth
markets. We have invested in several capacity expansion projects, installing a number of new
state-of-the-art spunmelt lines to support strong volume growth in these applications and markets.
Simultaneously, we have executed several plant rationalization projects to exit certain low-margin
legacy operations. In the first half of 2010, we completed the last of our planned plant
consolidation initiatives. As a result of the third quarter 2011 installation of our new U.S. and
China lines, approximately 80% of our global nonwovens nameplate capacity will utilize spunmelt
technology (up from approximately 55% in 2005), compared to approximately 45% of estimated industry
capacity in 2010. Our management team believes our remaining non-spunmelt assets utilizing carded
and Spinlace technology (approximately 17% and 3% of our nonwovens capacity, respectively) will
continue serving applications where they are advantaged in producing certain desired product
attributes, such as product strength or softness. We have historically experienced significant
growth from our core applications and markets served primarily by spunmelt capacity, which has been
offset by declining profitability generated from legacy applications and assets. With our portfolio
repositioning substantially complete, we expect to realize greater growth in the future as growth
from our core operations is not expected to be offset by the same level of declines in our legacy
operations, which now constitute a small percentage of our overall profitability.
Capacity Expansion Programs
We have completed six capacity expansions in the past five years, including four new lines in
the high-growth regions of Latin America and Asia, to address growing demand for hygiene and
medical products. Aggregate capital expenditures during the three-year period ended January 1,
2011, totaled approximately $123.1 million, of
which approximately $52.5 million was for two fully commercialized spunmelt lines and
approximately $0.6 million was for one Spinlace line (total project investment was approximately
$19 million) and approximately $36.9 million was for two spunmelt lines that were installed in the
third quarter of 2011, as follows:
111
|
|
|
In fiscal 2011, we entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth
spunmelt line, the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, to be installed at our manufacturing
facility in Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the
hygiene market.
|
|
|
|
In fiscal 2010, we entered a purchase commitment and a lease agreement and commenced
construction of new spunmelt line sites in Suzhou, China and Waynesboro, Virginia.
Commercial production was initiated at these facilities in the third quarter of 2011.
|
|
|
|
In the second quarter of 2009, our state-of-the-art spunmelt line in San Luis
Potosi, Mexico commenced commercial production. The plant expansion increased capacity
to meet demand for nonwoven materials in medical and hygiene applications in the U.S.
and Mexico.
|
|
|
|
In the first quarter of 2008, we initiated commercial production on a new spunmelt
line at our facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The line is currently fully
dedicated to hygiene applications in Latin America.
|
|
|
|
In the fourth quarter of 2007, we completed the retrofit of an existing
hydroentanglement line at our Benson, North Carolina facility to produce Spinlace
products.
|
To capitalize on continued demand growth for our products, we constructed new spunmelt lines
in the U.S. and in China, both were completed in the third quarter of 2011. In addition, we are
currently in the process of constructing the New Suzhou Hygiene Line, which we expect to complete
in 2012. These new lines together are estimated to cost approximately $202.0 to $212.0 million.
These investments are expected to be made in fiscal 2010 through fiscal 2012 and are expected to be
funded through the Equipment Lease Agreement, available credit facilities in China, cash from
operations and existing cash balances. We expect these assets to generate returns on invested
capital in line with our target of three to five years. We are installing custom-designed lines
that employ industry-leading spunmelt technologies, which we will combine with our proprietary
technological developments to deliver innovative and differentiated fabrics to customers.
China Medical Project
. On January 19, 2010, we entered into a firm purchase commitment for
the New Suzhou Medical Line. This line is expected to primarily supply medical applications with
products expected to offer significantly improved barrier properties, opacity, breathability,
softness and comfort relative to current market standards. In the third quarter of 2010, we entered
into the China Facility to finance approximately $20.0 million of the New Suzhou Medical Line and
had borrowed $10.0 million as of January 1, 2011 under this facility. As of January 1, 2011, the
estimated total remaining payments with respect to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately
$39.2 million, which are expected to be expended through the second quarter of 2012. We will fund
the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash balances,
internal cash flows, the China Facility and other credit facilities, as needed.
U.S. Expansion Project
. On June 24, 2010, our subsidiary, Chicopee entered into the Equipment
Lease Agreement with Gossamer for the construction and lease of a new spunmelt line in the U.S.
Pursuant to the Equipment Lease Agreement, Chicopee will lease the Leased Equipment from Gossamer
for the Basic Term beginning upon the Basic Term Commencement Date, which occurred on October 7,
2011. The Leased Equipment is installed, along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the
Companys manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia and will be used as a part of the
integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products to enable PGI to deliver
differentiated products to customers that achieve enhanced barrier properties, softness and opacity
compared to the current marketplace capabilities, for use in such products as diapers, and surgical
gowns and drapes. The capitalized cost amount was approximately $53.6 million. From the Basic Term
Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make
annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to Gossamer. From the fourth anniversary of the
Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopees annual lease payments may change in
accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the Equipment
Lease Agreement. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Equipment Lease
Agreement, subject to adjustment, are expected to approximate $57.9 million. The Equipment Lease
Agreement includes covenants, events of default and other provisions requiring us, among other
things, to maintain certain financial ratios and to meet certain
112
construction milestones and other
requirements. Polymer Group and a subsidiary of Polymer Group have agreed to guarantee Chicopees
obligations under the Equipment Lease Agreement. We amended the Equipment Lease Agreement in
connection with the Transactions, which included, among other things, changes to the financial
covenants and default provisions to accommodate the new capital structure and ownership resulting
from the Transactions.
China Hygiene Expansion Project
. On June 24, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase
commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in
Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market. The
Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances,
internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and new China-based financing, as
needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New
Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes $42.9 million for the
remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are
expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
Capacity Rationalization
While investing in several new state-of-the-art lines in high-growth regions (as described
above), we have simultaneously undertaken a number of initiatives to rationalize low-margin legacy
operations and relocate certain assets to improve our cost structure. We discontinued operations at
five plants over the past five years, in addition to divesting our non-core FabPro business within
our Oriented Polymers segment in 2009. In the first half of 2010, we completed our planned
restructuring initiatives with the consolidation of the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility into
our Benson, North Carolina plant. Our strategy with respect to the consolidation efforts in the
U.S. and Europe was focused on the elimination of costs associated with underutilized legacy
capacity, and we believe our current footprint reflects an appropriate and sustainable asset base.
Acquisitions and Divestitures
China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
. In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the
acquisition of the 20% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Chinese subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin,
for $7.2 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our nonwovens business
in Asia.
Spain Business Acquisition
. In December 2009, we completed the initial phase of the Spain
Business Acquisition from Tesalca-Texnovo, the only spunmelt manufacturer in Spain, making us a
meaningful supplier of nonwovens for hygiene applications in Europe. We completed the final phase
of the Spain Business Acquisition in conjunction with the closing of the Transactions. We
manufacture spunmelt nonwoven products with six production lines in Spain, specializing in the
hygiene sector, including feminine hygiene, diapers and adult incontinence products.
Argentina Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition
. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed
the acquisition of the remaining 40% noncontrolling ownership interest in our Argentina business
for $4 million. This transaction is consistent with our strategy to grow our leading position in
nonwovens in Latin America.
FabPro Divestiture
. In the third quarter of 2009, we sold our non-core FabPro business within
our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $35 million. This sale enabled us to further focus
on our nonwovens business.
Difco Divestiture
. In the second quarter of 2011, we sold the working capital and certain
assets of our non-core Difco business within our Oriented Polymers segment for approximately $9
million. In the third quarter of
2011, we sold the remaining Difco assets for approximately $1.8 million. This sale enabled us
to further focus on our nonwovens business.
As a result of capacity expansion programs, capacity rationalization and acquisitions and
divestitures over the past few years, we believe our current asset base is now focused on
attractive geographies, applications and technologies, and will serve as an attractive growth
platform for the future.
113
Recent Developments
In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused us to
temporarily cease manufacturing at our Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and
flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. We established temporary offices
away from the flooded area and worked with our customers to meet their critical needs through the
use of our global manufacturing base. At the beginning of the second quarter of 2011, the facility
had been fully restored and we had initiated production. The operations at this facility reached
full run rates in the third quarter of 2011. During the period that the facility was not
operational, we estimate that our profits were negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to
$3.5 million per month due to overhead costs related to the restoration and lost profit
contribution from the facility. The cash costs to restore operations are estimated to be
approximately $12.5 million to $13.5 million. Through July 2, 2011, cash spending was $10.4
million. The cash outflows were offset by approximately $5.7 million of proceeds from all relevant
insurance policies, of which $5.3 million had been collected by July 2, 2011. See Note 23 Business
Interruption and Insurance Recovery in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included
within this prospectus for further information.
Competition
Our primary competitors in our nonwoven product applications include E.I. du Pont de Nemours &
Co., Fiberweb plc, Ahlstrom Corporation, Avgol Industries Ltd., First Quality Enterprises, Inc.,
Companhia Providencia Industria e Comercio, Toray Saehan, Inc. and Mitsui Chemicals, Inc., among
others. Our primary competitors in oriented polymers include Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and Royal
Ten Cate. Generally, product innovation and performance, product quality, service, distribution and
cost are the primary competitive factors, with technical support being highly valued by the largest
customers.
Raw Materials
The primary raw materials used to manufacture most of our products are polypropylene resin,
polyester fiber, polyethylene resin and, to a lesser extent, rayon and tissue paper. These raw
materials are available from multiple sources and we purchase such materials from a variety of
global suppliers. In certain regions of the world, we may source certain raw materials from a
limited number of suppliers or on a sole-source basis.
We believe that the loss of any one or more of our suppliers would not have a long-term
material adverse effect on us because other suppliers with whom we conduct business would be able
to fulfill our requirements. However, the loss of certain of our suppliers could, in the
short-term, adversely affect our business until alternative supply arrangements were secured or
until alternative suppliers were qualified with customers. We have not experienced, and do not
expect to experience, any significant disruptions in supply as a result of shortages in raw
materials. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Raw Material and
Commodity Risks and Risk Factors Risks Related to our Business.
Environmental Regulations
We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations
relating to the pollution and protection of the environment. Various environmental requirements are
applicable to us, including laws relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling,
disposal and release of solid and hazardous substances and wastes and remediation of soil, surface
and groundwater contamination. We believe we are in substantial compliance with current applicable
environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate any
material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of
our efforts to comply with environmental requirements. However, some risk of environmental
liability is inherent due to the nature of our business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance
that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
We are also subject to laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (CERCLA), that may impose liability retroactively and without regard to fault
for releases or threatened releases of regulated materials at on-site or off-site locations. See
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business.
114
and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Environmental for further discussion of environmental
matters.
Research and Development
Our investment in research and development was approximately $12.0 million, $12.5 million and
$15.0 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Patents and Trademarks
We consider our patents and trademarks to be important to our business and seek to protect our
proprietary know-how in part through United States and foreign patent and trademark registrations.
We have a total of over 450 pending and approved trademark and domain name registrations worldwide
and over 400 pending and approved patents worldwide, and maintain certain trade secrets for which,
in order to maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets, we have not sought patent
protection.
Inventory and Backlogs
Inventories at January 1, 2011 were $105.2 million, an increase of $5.5 million from
inventories at January 2, 2010 of $99.7 million. We had inventory representing approximately 44
days of cost of sales on hand at January 1, 2011 compared to 48 days of cost of sales on hand at
January 2, 2010. Unfilled orders as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 amounted to
approximately $88.4 million and $37.7 million, respectively. The level of unfilled orders is
affected by many factors, including the timing of orders and the delivery time for the specific
products. Consequently, we do not consider the amount of unfilled orders a meaningful indicator of
future sales.
Seasonality
Use and consumption of our products in most regions and markets do not fluctuate significantly
due to seasonality.
Employees
At January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 3,054 employees worldwide. Of this total,
approximately 46% of these employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils that have
entered into separate collective bargaining agreements with the Company. Approximately 36% of the
Companys labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that will expire within one
year.
Properties
The Company and its subsidiaries operate the following principal manufacturing plants and
facilities, all of which are owned, except as noted. The Company believes that its facilities are
generally well-maintained, in good condition and adequate for our current needs.
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Principal Function
|
Nonwovens U.S.
|
|
|
Benson, North Carolina
|
|
Manufacturing, Warehousing and Research and Development
|
Mooresville, North Carolina
|
|
Manufacturing and Research and Development
|
Smithfield, North Carolina(1)
|
|
Warehousing
|
Waynesboro, Virginia
|
|
Manufacturing, Warehousing and Research and Development
|
Waynesboro, Virginia(1)
|
|
Warehousing
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens Europe
|
|
|
Bailleul, France
|
|
Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing, Research and
Development and Administration
|
Cuijk, The Netherlands
|
|
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Research and
Development
|
Barcelona, Spain(1)
|
|
Marketing, Research and Development and Administration
|
Tarragona, Spain
|
|
Manufacturing, and Warehousing
|
115
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Principal Function
|
Nonwovens Latin America
|
|
|
Buenos Aires, Argentina
|
|
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
Cali, Colombia
|
|
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
San Luis Polosi, Mexico(1)
|
|
Sales, Marketing and Administration
|
San Luis Potosi, Mexico
|
|
Manufacturing and Warehousing
|
|
|
|
Nonwovens Asia
|
|
|
Nanhai, China(2)
|
|
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
Suzhou, China
|
|
Manufacturing, Sales, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
|
|
|
Oriented Polymers Segment
|
|
|
Portland (Clackamas), Oregon
|
|
Manufacturing
|
North Bay, Ontario
|
|
Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
Magog, Quebec(3)
|
|
Manufacturing, Marketing, Warehousing and Administration
|
Montreal, Quebec(1)
|
|
Sales, Marketing and Administration
|
|
|
|
Corporate Offices
|
|
|
Charlotte, North Carolina(1)
|
|
Sales, Marketing and Administration
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Leased.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents our 80% interest in a joint venture/partnership-type arrangement (our Chinese
subsidiary, Nanhai Nanxin) with Nanhai Chemical Fiber Enterprises Co.. In first quarter 2011,
Nanhai became a wholly-owned business as result of our completion of our China Noncontrolling
Interest Acquisition.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Sold in late third quarter 2011.
|
Capacity utilization during 2010 varied by geographic location and manufacturing capabilities.
However, most of the facilities operated moderately below capacity.
Legal Proceedings
We are engaged in the defense of certain claims and lawsuits arising out of the ordinary
course and conduct of our business, the outcomes of which are not determinable at this time. We
have insurance policies covering such potential losses where such coverage is cost effective. In
our opinion, any liability that might be incurred by us upon the resolution of these claims and
lawsuits will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.
We are subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations
relating to pollution and protection of the environment. We believe that we are currently in
substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and do not currently anticipate
any material adverse effect on our operations, financial or competitive position as a result of our
efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of environmental liability is
inherent, however, in the nature of our business and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that
material environmental liabilities will not arise.
116
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our directors and executive
officers (age as of October 1, 2011).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Veronica Hagen
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Michael Hale
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer
|
Dennis Norman
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
|
Chinh Chu
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
Anjan Mukherjee
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Director
|
Jason Giordano
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
Director
|
James S. Alder
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
Mark S. Burgess
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Director
|
Veronica Hagen
has served as a Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since April
23, 2007 and as President since January 28, 2011. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Hagen served as
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Sappi Fine Paper North America, a $1.4 billion
division of the South African-based Sappi Limited, since November 2004. Prior to working for Sappi,
Ms. Hagen served in various executive roles with Alcoa Inc. since 1998, including Chief Customer
Officer from 2003 to 2004 and President, Alcoa Engineered Products from 2001 to 2003. Ms. Hagen
also serves as a director of Newmont Mining Corporation and Southern Company. Ms. Hagen holds a BS
in International Relations from the University of Southern California and has participated in an
Executive Education program in Finance from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania and an
Executive Leadership program at Harvard University.
Michael Hale
was named the Companys Chief Operating Officer in 2007. Mr. Hale is responsible
for overseeing the activities of the Companys business units and implementing the Companys
policies on a day-to-day basis. Prior to his current role as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Hale has
been a key player at the Company since 1995, serving as Vice President of North American Operations
& Supply Chain, General Manager North America, and General Manager North America & Europe. Mr. Hale
started his career with Johnson & Johnson in 1972 and played an influential role in global
technology development. Mr. Hale has served as a director of both the Association of Nonwoven
Fabrics and the National Safety Council. Mr. Hale is a graduate of North Carolina State University,
holding a degree in textile engineering.
Dennis Norman
was appointed Chief Financial Officer in December 2009. Prior to his current
role as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Norman served as Vice President, Strategy and Corporate
Development with responsibilities for long-term planning, capital markets, mergers and acquisitions
and investor relations. Mr. Norman joined the Company in November of 1999 in investor relations
and in 2001, he became Director of Investor Relations & Business Planning. In 2003 he was
appointed as a member of the new global management team as Vice President, Strategic Planning
and Communications. In 2008, his title changed to Vice President, Strategy & Corporate Development,
reflecting a greater concentration on corporate strategy, development and capital markets
activities. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Norman was with First American Corporation, a
regional financial services company, working in various roles in commercial banking then investor
relations and strategic planning. Mr. Norman received a BA in both Business
Administration and Accounting from Samford University in Birmingham, Alabama and a MBA from The
Citadel.
Chinh Chu
is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstones Private Equity Group and has served as
a Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Mr. Chu has led Blackstones investments in
Stiefel Laboratories, ReAble Therapeutics acquisition of DJ Orthopedics, Biomet, Catalent Pharma
Solutions, Alliant, ReAble Therapeutics, Celanese, Nalco, SunGard Data Systems, Nycomed, and LIFFE.
He has also been involved in Blackstones investments in FGIC, Graham Packaging, Sirius Satellite
Radio, StorageApps, Haynes International, Prime Succession/Rose Hills, Interstate Hotels, HFS and
Alco Holdings. Before joining Blackstone in 1990, Mr. Chu worked at Salomon Brothers in the M&A
Department. Mr. Chu received a BS in Finance from the University of Buffalo, where he graduated
summa cum laude. He currently serves as a director of Alliant, BankUnited, BayView Financial,
Healthmarkets, DJO Incorporated, Catalent Pharma Solutions, SunGard, and Graham Packaging.
117
Anjan Mukherjee
is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstones Private Equity Group and has
served as a Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 2001, Mr.
Mukherjee has been involved in Blackstones investments in Celanese, Freescale Semiconductor,
Livewire, MegaBloks, Nycomed, and Stiefel Laboratories. Prior to joining Blackstone, Mr. Mukherjee
was with Thomas H. Lee Company where he was involved with the analysis and execution of private
equity investments in a wide range of industries. Before that, Mr. Mukherjee worked in the Mergers
& Acquisitions Department at Morgan Stanley & Co. Mr. Mukherjee received a BA from Harvard
University where he graduated magna cum laude as a Harry S. Truman Scholar, and an MBA from Harvard
Business School. He currently serves as a director of Teletech Holdings.
Jason Giordano
is a Principal in Blackstones Private Equity Group and has served as a
Director of the Company since January 28, 2011. Since joining Blackstone in 2006, Mr. Giordano has
been involved in Blackstones investments in Pinnacle Foods, Birds Eye Foods, and HealthMarkets.
Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Giordano was with Bain Capital where he evaluated and executed
global private equity investments in a wide range of industries. Prior to that, he worked in
investment banking at Goldman, Sachs, & Co. focused on Communications, Media and Entertainment
clients. Mr. Giordano received an AB from Dartmouth College, where he graduated summa cum laude and
was elected to Phi Beta Kappa, and an MBA from Harvard Business School, where he was a George F.
Baker Scholar. Mr. Giordano serves as a director of Pinnacle Foods and HealthMarkets.
James S. Alder
has served as a Director of the Company since March 18, 2011. Mr. Alder is
Senior Vice President, Operations and Technical for Celanese Corporation. Mr. Alder oversees
Celaneses global manufacturing, supply chain, EHS, and technology operations, as well as the
overall productivity efforts, including Six Sigma and operational excellence. Previously, he held
various roles within Celanese in manufacturing, research and development, and business management.
Mr. Alder joined Celanese in 1974 and has a BS in chemical
engineering from MIT. On August 2, 2011, Mr. Alder
announced that he plans to retire from Celanese, effective
October 31, 2011.
Mark S. Burgess
has served as a Director of the Company since March 29, 2011. Mr. Burgess has
served as the Chief Executive Officer of Graham Packaging Company, Inc. since January 1, 2009 and
has served on its Board of Directors since February 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Burgess served as
Graham Packagings Chief Financial Officer from December 2006 until May 2009, and Chief Operating
Officer since April 2008. Mr. Burgess served as President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as
Chief Financial Officer, of Anchor Glass Container Corporation from May 2005 until September 2006.
He previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Clean Harbors
Environmental Services, Inc. from April 2003 to April 2005. Between 1990 and 2003, he held senior
financial and operational management roles at JL French Automotive Castings and Trailmobile
Corporation, and prior to that, he served as a Vice President at Chase Manhattan Bank. He holds a
BA in economics from Dickinson College and an MBA from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke
University.
Governance Matters
Background and Experience of Directors and Executive Officers
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications,
attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight
responsibilities effectively in light of PGIs business and structure, our Board of Directors
focused primarily on each persons background and experience as reflected in the information
discussed in each of the directors individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe
that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and
nature of PGIs business. In particular, the members of our Board of Directors considered the
following important characteristics: (i) Messrs. Chu, Mukherjee and Giordano have significant
financial and investment experience from their involvement in The Blackstone Groups investment in
numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses, (ii) Ms.
Hagen, our Director and Chief Executive Officer, has extensive experience in leading corporations
in the manufacturing sector, including her knowledge and skills in senior management and operations
of the Company, among other attributes, (iii) Mr. Hale, our Chief Operating Officer, has intimate
knowledge of the Companys operations and has extensive technology development experience and
experience in the nonwoven and textiles industries, (iv) Mr. Norman, our Chief Financial Officer,
has extensive experience with the Company as well as in the investor relations and corporate
strategy spheres and (v) our outside directors have a diverse background of management,
manufacturing, accounting and financial experience. Specifically, Mr. Alder has extensive knowledge
in capital intensive global manufacturing businesses, as well as
118
manufacturing, technology and executive leadership experience; and Mr. Burgess brings current
and prior financial and executive leadership in a diverse range of businesses.
In recommending directors, our Board of Directors considers the specific background and
experience of the Board members and other personal attributes in an effort to provide a diverse mix
of capabilities, contributions and viewpoints which the Board believes enables it to function
effectively as the Board of Directors of a company with our size and nature of business.
Independence of Directors
As a result of the Transactions, the Companys stock is no longer traded publicly. However,
the Board continues to use the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange to determine
whether the members of the Board are independent. Under these standards, we believe Messrs. Alder
and Burgess are considered independent directors. Under these standards, Messrs. Chu, Mukherjee
and Giordano are considered non-independent directors because of their affiliation with Blackstone,
an affiliate of our controlling stockholder. Ms. Hagen lacks independence because she is an
executive officer of the Company.
Board Committees
The Board of Directors has not established any committees at this point. The full Board acts
on all matters, including those typically delegated to a committee.
Code of Conduct
We have a Code of Conduct that applies to all officers and employees, including our principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and other key
financial and accounting officers. The Code of Conduct can be found free of charge on the
Investors page of our publicly available website (
www.polymergroupinc.com
). We plan to post any
amendments to the Code of Conduct on our website.
119
Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A)
This CD&A provides a summary of compensation policies and decisions that we made in fiscal
2010 for our named executive officers, who are our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Financial
Officer (CFO), and Chief Operating Officer (COO). This CD&A should be read together with the
compensation tables and related footnotes and narratives that appear below. Unless the context
indicates otherwise, for purposes of this section as it relates to discussion of fiscal 2010, the
Compensation Committee refers to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company prior to the Transactions.
As
described above in The Transactions, the Transactions closed on January 28, 2011, and the
Company became a privately-held company. The executive compensation program applicable to our
named executive officers after the Transactions is described below in Executive Compensation
Program Following the Transactions.
The CD&A discusses the following aspects of our compensation:
|
|
|
Compensation Philosophy;
|
|
|
|
Elements of Compensation;
|
|
|
|
Certain Accounting and Tax Considerations; and
|
|
|
|
Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions.
|
Compensation Philosophy
Prior to the Transactions, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company
was responsible for establishing, approving and reviewing our employee and executive compensation
strategy. Following the Transactions, the board of directors of Holdings carries out these
responsibilities. For fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee determined that our executive
compensation program should be grounded in the following objectives:
|
|
|
provide an externally competitive and internally equitable base salary and other
current compensation necessary to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified
executives who possess the skills and talent required for our success;
|
|
|
|
compensate executives in recognition of new responsibilities or new positions and
motivate each executive to perform at the highest level;
|
|
|
|
encourage executive performance to fulfill our annual and long-term business
objectives and strategy by balancing short-term and long-term compensation; and
|
|
|
|
provide variable compensation opportunities based on our performance and align
executive compensation with the interests of stockholders through long-term equity
compensation programs.
|
To achieve these objectives, we implemented and maintained compensation plans and policies in
fiscal 2010 to ensure that executive compensation was fair, reasonable and competitive and rewarded
our executives contributions to our overall short-term and long-term growth as follows:
|
|
|
short-term compensation elements, which may include: base salary, cash payouts under
annual incentive plans, equity awards that vest upon granting of the award, and other
annual compensation, including perquisites; and
|
120
|
|
|
long-term compensation elements, which may include: grants of restricted stock,
restricted stock units, and stock options that vest over a prescribed service period or
upon the achievement of annual financial performance targets, and benefits provided
under retirement plans and termination agreements.
|
As described more fully in Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions, the
objectives of our executive compensation program described above have remained substantially the
same following the Transactions, although in light of our status as a private company, we adopted
less broad-based incentive arrangements for our senior executives for 2011 and beyond.
To deliver many of these compensation elements, in fiscal 2010 we maintained four incentive
compensation plans for employees, including our executive officers, that are described below: the
Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan (the Annual Incentive Plan), the 2003 Stock Option Plan
(the 2003 Option Plan), the 2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan (the 2005 Stock Plan), and the
2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the 2008 Stock Plan). Each of these plans was approved by
the stockholders (both at inception and as each may have been amended and restated) and were
administered by the Compensation Committee. We also maintained the 2004 Restricted Stock Plan for
Directors (the 2004 Restricted Plan). Through the 2004 Restricted Plan, we granted equity awards
to directors, including employee-directors. This plan was approved by our stockholders (at
inception and as amended) and was administered by the Restricted Stock Committee.
The compensation levels provided under these plans varied based on the relative management
experience, leadership and performance of each executive officer. The compensation plans also
linked each executive officers earnings opportunity with our financial performance based on
various pre-determined financial and operating targets such as earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization, and other specified non-recurring charges (EBITDA), working capital,
expense control, return on net assets, free cash flow, and safety performance, as set forth in
greater detail below.
The Compensation Committee regularly reviewed our compensation plans to ensure that pay levels
and the elements of compensation were consistent with our compensation philosophy. The goals of
our compensation plans and compensation policies were generally to create a meritocracy by
considering individual performance and contribution in making compensation decisions and to invest
in future potential in every aspect of compensation. Compensation structures were designed to
deliver median compensation when median performance was achieved at the individual, operating unit,
or corporate level. When superior performance was achieved, the compensation structures would
deliver above median compensation. To this end, in fiscal 2009 we began implementing a common set
of salary bands (levels) and titling conventions to deliver internal equity, and a consistent link
to the external market for certain salaried employees, including our executive officers, based on
meritocracy where, over time, each employees pay evolves to match their level of performance and
contribution. We began implementing this process at our corporate headquarters and in our
operating units in 2009. The executive officers fiscal 2009 salary compensation was not impacted
by these new salary bands; however, due to these new titling conventions, Mr. Hales title was
changed to Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer (from Vice President & Chief
Operating Officer) and Mr. Normans title was changed to Executive Vice President & Chief Financial
Officer (from Vice President & Chief Financial Officer). There was no further impact to the
executive officers in 2010 as a result of the salary banding process, and the Transactions have not
impacted the salary bands.
Elements of Compensation
As described in greater detail below, each element of compensation serves a different
objective. Base salary provides a known amount of compensation on a regular basis for executive
performance that is at an acceptable level. Base salary also reflects the executive officers
position in the corporate hierarchy, which is primarily based on his or her scope of
responsibility, relative value to the Company, and long-term potential. Merit-based increases to
base salary are granted (typically within a range of 0 to 6%) to reflect the executive officers service and performance during the prior year. Base salary is normally not reduced. The
Annual Incentive Plan, when offered, provided payouts based on the achievement of our financial and
operating performance objectives, which included a modifier for significant personal performance.
Equity awards that vested immediately upon the grant date provided the executive officer with a
vested interest in our future success. Equity awards that contained performance or multi-year
service vesting schedules were intended to motivate the executive officer to remain with
121
us over
the long term and provide performance that was aligned with stockholder interests. Historically,
material increases for executive officers compensation typically happened in three situations:
when performance was so outstanding that the Compensation Committee, at the CEOs recommendation,
awarded a cash payout and/or special equity award; when market salary survey data indicated a
disparity; or when there was an internal disparity in levels of executive compensation considering
the executive officers relative responsibilities and experience.
We generally do not use formalized benchmarking criteria nor do we benchmark compensation to
designated peer companies when determining compensation. However, in early 2010, for long-term
stock incentive planning purposes we accessed Equilars database to gather competitive market
information available for the long-term stock incentive plans of a group of companies consisting of
Buckeye Technologies Inc., Cyberonics Inc., Elizabeth Arden Inc., Headwaters Inc., Innophos
Holdings Inc., Interface Inc., Kapstone Paper & Packaging Corp., LSB Industries Inc., Myers
Industries Inc., Spartech Corp., Titan International, Inc., and Wausau Paper Corp. There is
limited publicly available executive compensation information from peer companies in our industry,
which are generally privately owned or are subsidiaries of multinational corporations. As a
result, we selected these U.S.-traded companies as peers based on their similarities in terms of
our capitalization structure, market capitalization, debt/capital ratio, annual revenue and number
of employees. This analysis yielded information on overall long-term stock incentive plan metrics
and specific information on CEO, COO and CFO positions. To assist us with gauging our compensation
competitive market position, management also retained Towers Watson to provide us with access to
their proprietary database of anonymous subscriber compensation. This database was compiled using
a filtered search of compensation data from anonymous company subscribers in multiple industry
sectors combined with a certain level of regression analysis. Using these databases, along with
other sources noted in this CD&A, we were able to compare our compensation practices to a pool of
companies with revenues comparable to ours. We monitor markets frequently (at least annually) to
ensure we have responsive and cost-effective program changes.
Our compensation decisions are also influenced by the general status of global economic
activity. In times of uncertain global economic activity, our short-term and long-term financial
planning are impacted. This activity may cause us to be more conservative in our compensation
decisions to manage employment stability and profitability in the face of uncertain economic
conditions. As described in greater detail in the CD&A sections below, global economic conditions
in fiscal 2009 and 2010 impacted our compensation decisions, which decisions may not otherwise have
been made in times of relative economic stability.
The compensation decisions for fiscal 2010 are reflected below in Summary Compensation Table
and discussed in the sections directly below, which are organized as follow:
|
Current Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
Base salary
|
|
|
|
|
Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
Perquisites and other personal benefits
|
|
|
Long-term Incentive Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
Grants under the 2003 Option Plan
|
|
|
|
|
Grants under the 2005 Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
|
Carryover of incentives in the event that performance targets under the 2003
Option Plan and 2005 Stock Plan are not initially achieved
|
|
|
Retirement Benefits
|
122
Current Compensation
Base Salary
Executive officer salary levels are designed to ensure that we attract the necessary executive
talent in the marketplace and are negotiated at the time of initial employment or promotion. Base
salaries are established based on a consideration of the following variables: the scope of
individual responsibilities, relative value compared with our other executives, experience, such
market factors as the general status of the U.S. and international labor market and economies,
previous employer compensation, salary surveys and market intelligence available in relevant
publications and from our compensation consultant resources, and the experiences of our
Compensation Committee and management.
Base salaries of employees, including executive officers, are reviewed at least annually,
typically during the first quarter. During this time, our CEO conducts executive performance
reviews by identifying accomplishments and areas of strength and development based on performance
during the prior year. Our CEO then recommends salary adjustments to the Compensation Committee
based on these performance reviews. Salary decisions for the CEO, in turn, are determined annually
by the Compensation Committee after conducting a review of the CEOs performance in the prior year
and after consultation with the Board, excluding Ms. Hagen. In fiscal 2010, the CEOs performance
and salary adjustments also reflected the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement between the
Company and Ms. Hagen entered into on March 31, 2010 with a term of April 23, 2010 until April 22,
2013, unless terminated earlier in accordance with its provisions (the 2010 CEO Agreement), the
details of which are discussed in this CD&A and the Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation
Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.
Merit-based salary changes, if available, are typically made during the Companys first
quarter. For fiscal 2009, due to global economic uncertainties we decided during our 2009 annual
budget process to delay merit-based salary increases until July 6, 2009, the start of the Companys
third quarter. For fiscal 2010, due to continued economic uncertainties in the first quarter, we
decided during our 2010 annual budget process to delay merit-based salary increases until April 4,
2010, the start of our second quarter. Both of these delays applied to all employees, including
our executive officers, and were not retroactive for the period of delay. These delays did not
apply to those employees around the world where the Company has pre-existing legal obligations and
management commitments. The reason for the delays was not based on individual employee
performance, but was intended for the Company to manage employment stability and profitability
during this period of global economic uncertainty.
For our CEO, Ms. Hagen, in fiscal 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a $40,014
(approximately 5.5%) base salary increase from $725,010 to $765,024, effective April 4, 2010. This
decision was based on the merits of Ms. Hagens personal performance in connection with her prior
year annual performance review and a review of CEO base salary market trends. As part of this
review, in addition to the variables that were considered and identified in this CD&A above,
management provided the Compensation Committee with additional market CEO compensation data
prepared by the consulting firms of Watson Wyatt and Equilar. This additional information was
intended to assist the Compensation Committees analysis of current CEO salary trends and did not
benchmark specific peer companies for the reasons stated in this CD&A above.
As recommended by our CEO, and approved by the Compensation Committee, salary adjustments were
made for our CFO and COO for fiscal years 2009 and 2010 as set forth below.
Mr. Norman became our CFO on December 9, 2009 by appointment of the Board. Mr. Normans
initial annual base salary was set at $309,998. Mr. Norman previously served the Company as Vice
President, Strategic
Planning and Corporate Development, and his base salary was $214,032 at the time of his
promotion to CFO. His base salary was increased upon his promotion. On April 4, 2010, Mr.
Normans salary was increased by 3% to $319,306 based on the merits of his personal performance in
connection with his 2009 annual performance review in his role as CFO. These increases also
recognized the additional responsibilities that Mr. Norman assumed as CFO, along with CFO base
salary market trends.
123
On April 4, 2010, Mr. Hales salary was increased by 5.7% to $410,038 based on the merits of
his personal performance in connection with his 2009 annual performance review in his role as COO
and COO base salary market trends.
Please see the Summary Compensation Table and Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation
Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below for more detail regarding executive officer
salary compensation.
Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan
Our Annual Incentive Plan is designed to reward our employees, including our executive
officers, for achieving our annual financial and operating goals that are critical to our success
and that are aligned with the interests of our stockholders. At the beginning of each fiscal year,
the Compensation Committee, working with the Board and management, set annual goals. These goals
influenced performance-based compensation under our Annual Incentive Plan and other long-term
equity-based incentive elements of our compensation plans, as discussed in the sections below,
including vesting of previously granted stock options and restricted stock where vesting was
subject to our achieving annual financial performance targets under our 2003 Option Plan, 2005
Stock Plan, and 2008 Stock Plan.
For fiscal 2010, goals were established for consolidated EBTIDA, working capital, and safety
performance. Payouts under the Annual Incentive Plan could range from a minimum of zero to a
maximum of two times the targeted goal for each factor being measured.
Please see the Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based
AwardsIncentive Plan Performance Targets below for detail regarding the performance goals and
payout opportunities under the Annual Incentive Plan.
Perquisites and other personal benefits:
We provide certain executive officers with several perquisites and other personal benefits as
additional compensation that the Compensation Committee believes are reasonable and consistent with
our overall compensation philosophy. We believe that perquisites should not comprise a significant
component of compensation. These benefits are not paid through any formal compensation plan and
are paid on a case-by-case basis. Benefits may vary among the executive officers based on business
purpose. In certain instances, we may reimburse relocation expenses, pay relocation bonuses and
provide tax gross-ups to executives who are required to move to another Company location due to
promotions, reorganization or relocation of offices.
Please see footnote (4) to the Summary Compensation Table below for detail regarding the
perquisites and other personal benefits received by our executive officers during fiscal 2010.
Perquisites were paid in keeping with our compensation philosophy to enhance our ability to attract
top-level management and to ensure the retention of key-impact executives. For example, Ms. Hagen
in her role as our CEO received a company-provided vehicle and other disclosed benefits to assist
her in the performance of her responsibilities. We believe that our CEO should be eligible to
receive these additional benefits due to the positions high level of management responsibility and
impact on our financial performance.
Long-term Incentive Compensation
Prior to the Transactions, we awarded long-term incentive compensation to provide certain
employees, including the executive officers, with incentives to contribute to the Companys
performance, maximize stockholder
value and to enhance the Companys ability to attract, reward and to retain such employees
upon whose efforts the Companys success and future growth depends. Other considerations included
the executive officers level in the organization. Prior to the Transactions, we provided equity
compensation that was a material part of total compensation, with most of the executive officers
eligible to receive annual equity compensation equal to, or potentially greater than, 50% of their
respective annual base salary.
124
The Compensation Committee also considered the impact of each element of compensation on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, equity compensation,
whether in the form of restricted shares or stock options, does not require the use of cash funds
and, accordingly, is considered a non-cash expense for purposes of defining EBITDA, which is used
in evaluating, among other things: (i) compliance with debt covenants in our then existing credit
facility and (ii) achievement of annual financial performance targets in 2010. For this reason,
combining equity compensation with or as an alternative to compensation requiring cash funds
allowed us to manage the outlay of cash funds in line with our financial goals. The amount of
equity awarded in a given year, if performance-based, was influenced by our financial performance
in the prior year, and the determination as to whether any shares vested in a given year could also
depend on our financial performance.
Prior to the Transactions, our CEO recommended equity awards for the executive officers to the
Compensation Committee early in each fiscal year after the prior years financial performance was
known. The Compensation Committee determined whether a grant would be made to our executive
officers in a given year and the size of each grant. Other occasions throughout a fiscal year
could have resulted in individuals receiving awards, such as a promotion within the Company.
As further described under Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions, all
outstanding equity awards were cashed out in connection with the Transactions.
Grants under the 2003 Option Plan
Stock options awarded under the 2003 Option Plan were intended to give the recipient an
opportunity to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock from the Company at a designated exercise
price. All options under the 2003 Option Plan provided for an exercise price of $6.00 per share.
This price was established in fiscal 2003 in connection with the initial grants under the 2003
Option Plan. We maintained the $6.00 exercise price for subsequent grants, even though the
underlying stock was, at the time of grant, trading in excess of $6.00 per share. This provided
additional value to the executive officers and an economic benefit consistent with what would have
been provided to the executive officers had all of the options been issued at the original grant
date.
No new equity under this plan was awarded in fiscal 2010 because of the Companys decision to
use the 2008 Stock Plan as the primary plan for equity awards prior to the Transactions. Prior
grants under the 2003 Option Plan were eligible to vest based on a combination of service and
performance. Regarding vesting of previously granted stock options for which achievement of
performance targets was required, we did not achieve our minimum threshold financial performance
for consolidated EBITDA in fiscal 2008, which resulted in no vesting of such stock option grants.
However, under the 2003 Option Plan, the options that did not vest because of fiscal 2008
performance were carried over for one year to be evaluated for vesting based on consolidated EBITDA
performance for fiscal 2009. For fiscal 2009, our financial performance exceeded the consolidated
EBITDA target of $120.0 million. As a result, on March 31, 2010, the eligible stock options for
both fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009 vested 100% for our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman.
For fiscal 2010, the consolidated EBITDA target for all performance-based vesting under the
2003 Option Plan was $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million. As a result of
the Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2003 Option Plan for fiscal
2010 given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
For more details regarding the compensation awarded under this plan, see Narrative Disclosure to
Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards TableAwards under the 2003 Option
Plan below.
Grants under the 2005 Stock Plan
Restricted stock granted under the 2005 Stock Plan vested based on service and on achievement
of consolidated EBITDA performance targets. No new equity was awarded under this plan in fiscal
2010 because of the Companys decision to use the 2008 Stock Plan as the primary plan for equity
awards. For fiscal 2009 performance-based vesting under the 2005 Stock Plan, the threshold and
target performance levels and vesting percentages were the same as those used for the 2003 Option
Plan described above. As we did not achieve the targeted EBITDA thresholds in fiscal 2008, this
resulted in no vesting of the restricted shares subject to performance-based vesting. However,
under the 2005 Stock Plan, the shares that did not vest because of fiscal 2008
125
performance were
carried over for one year to be evaluated for vesting based on consolidated EBITDA performance for
fiscal 2009. For fiscal 2009, our performance exceeded the consolidated EBITDA target of $120.0
million. As a result, on March 31, 2010, the eligible restricted stock for both fiscal 2008 and
fiscal 2009 vested 100% for our CEO, Ms. Hagen, our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman.
For fiscal 2010, the consolidated EBITDA target for all performance-based vesting under the
2005 Stock Plan was $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million. As a result of the
Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2005 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010
given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan
Awards that could be granted under this plan included incentive stock options, nonstatutory
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other stock
awards. In some cases, the Compensation Committee could have structured a grant of restricted
stock, restricted stock units or other stock award as performance-based compensation under Section
162(m) of the Code.
During fiscal 2009, the Compensation Committee approved awards under the 2008 Stock Plan to
selected employees viewed as key impact leaders driving profit and cost savings as well as
providing change leadership, operational excellence and innovation. The awards to our CFO and COO
included service-based restricted stock which were scheduled to vest over a three-year period
following the grant date. Additionally, the awards included restricted stock units that were to be
settled with a grant of restricted stock if the performance targets for fiscal 2009 were achieved.
Operating Free Cash Flow (OFCF) and consolidated EBITDA were selected as the performance measures
for fiscal 2009. The OFCF measure contained a minimum threshold of $56.9 million, a target of
$69.0 million and a maximum of $89.9 million. The consolidated EBITDA contained a minimum of
$115.0 million, a target of $120.0 million and a maximum of $130.0 million. Based on the results
for fiscal 2009, both the OFCF maximum and the consolidated EBITDA maximum were achieved and, given
this, participants earned 175% of the targeted performance portion of these awards. As a result,
on March 25, 2010, our COO, Mr. Hale, and our CFO, Mr. Norman, earned 175% of the performance
portion of these awards and the restricted stock units were settled with a grant of restricted
stock, one-third (1/3) of which vested immediately and the remaining two-thirds (2/3) of which were
scheduled to vest in equal amounts over the subsequent two years.
The Compensation Committee approved a maximum grant of 100,000 shares for fiscal 2009 to our
CEO, Ms. Hagen, pursuant to the terms of a previous employment agreement based primarily on the
performance measures exceeding the maximum levels referenced above. This grant was made in
recognition of our fiscal 2009 performance exceeding EBITDA and working capital budgets,
improvements in Return on Net Assets (RONA) and safety. The grant was made on April 23, 2010 and
was scheduled to vest 25% each year over the following four years based on achievement of
performance targets set for each of those years.
For fiscal 2010, the same primary performance measures and their weighting were maintained for
all performance-based earning. The OFCF measure had a minimum threshold of $18.7 million and a
target of $42.2 million. The consolidated EBITDA measure had a minimum of $115.0 million and a
target of $125.0 million. If both measures reached those levels, eligible grant recipients,
including our executive officers, could earn the following percentages of the performance-based
portion of their grants: minimum threshold-50% and target-100%. Performance earning between the
threshold and target was calculated incrementally on a proportional basis. As a result of the
Transactions, performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2008 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010
given that the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
For more details regarding the compensation awarded in 2010 under this plan, see the 2010
Grants of Plan-Based Awards table and accompanying footnotes below, the Narrative Disclosure to
Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based AwardsAwards under the 2008 Stock Plan table
below, the 2010 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table and accompanying footnotes
below, and Note 14 Stock Option and Restricted Share Plans to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included herein.
126
Carryover of incentives in the event that performance targets under the 2003 Option
Plan and 2005 Stock Plan were not initially achieved
Certain awards issued under the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2003 Option Plan contained performance
vesting requirements that provided that if performance targets were missed in one year and the award
did not vest, the award would remain active in the subsequent year, such that the full vesting
would occur if the performance goals in the subsequent year were achieved. This decision was made
to provide flexibility in the achievement of growth strategies. Certain growth opportunities could
occur in one year versus the next year, for example, due to a time lag in raw materials cost
increases or decreases, cost reduction due to the timing of restructuring plans, etc. If the
performance targets were not achieved in the subsequent year, the prior year award was cancelled.
For purposes of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718 (ASC 718), we treated all
grants that remained active in a subsequent year as re-granted shares for that year. No grants
under the 2008 Stock Plan contained carryover provisions.
Retirement Benefits
In addition to current and long-term incentive compensation, we provide retirement benefits to
the executive officers. The amount of retirement benefits provided are designed to attract and
retain highly qualified executives and may depend on the retirement plans in place in the region
where the executive is employed. We currently provide defined contribution and savings plan
benefits to executives in the form of a qualified 401(k) plan in the United States. The executive
officers are eligible to receive the same level of matching Company 401(k) contributions as all our
employees under this plan. See footnote (4) to the Summary Compensation Table below for detailed
information regarding this compensation. We do not have a defined benefit plan for any of our
executive officers.
Termination Benefits
Prior to the Transactions, we had entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen that
provided specified payments and benefits upon termination of employment and a change in control of
the Company. The terms of the employment agreement were negotiated during the course of
arms-length negotiations. As part of these negotiations, the Compensation Committee considered the
terms of the agreement in light of market trends, other employment agreements entered into by the
Company, and other compensation elements paid to Ms. Hagen. This process yielded the amounts
payable and the triggering events under these agreements so that they were consistent with our
goals to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified executives who possess the skills and talent
required for the success of the Company. For more details regarding termination benefits, see
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below.
Prior to the Transactions, Messrs. Hale and Norman had similar benefits available to them
under their respective change in control severance compensations agreements.
As described below under Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions, these
employment agreements were replaced by new employment agreements Holdings entered into with each of
our named executive officers, which provided for similar payments and benefits upon termination of
employment and a change in control of Holdings.
Certain Accounting and Tax Considerations
Accounting considerations
We accounted for awards issued under the 2003 Option Plan, 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008 Stock
Plan in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. Under ASC 718, establishment of grant dates,
vesting provisions, including performance-based vesting, the exercise prices for options, the
maturity dates of the equity instruments and assumptions used for estimating fair value under the
Black-Scholes methodology could all have a material impact on compensation relating to stock and
option awards.
127
Tax considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the corporate tax deduction for
compensation paid to each executive officer to $1,000,000 in any given taxable year, unless certain
requirements are met. The Compensation Committee carefully considered the impact of this tax code
provision and believed that it had structured the compensation plans for the executive officers as
necessary in order to maximize the Companys corporate tax deduction without limiting our ability
to meet the goals of our compensation program.
Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions
Compensation Actions
In connection with the Transactions, the 2003 Option Plan, the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2008
Stock Plan were terminated and all outstanding equity awards under those plans were cashed out.
Upon consummation of the Transactions, Holdings adopted a new plan, the 2011 Scorpio Holdings
Corporation Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan), for our employees, directors, and certain other
service providers and independent contractors. As part of our new equity-based arrangements with
our employees, our management employees used the cash proceeds to purchase shares of Holdings, and
Holdings board of directors granted options to purchase shares of Holdings to those management
employees who made the minimum required equity investment in Holdings. These arrangements were
designed to more closely align our managements interest with those of our shareholders and to
incentivize our management employees to remain in our service by providing them with an opportunity
to acquire equity interests in Holdings. Specifically, Holdings board of directors granted
4,521.75 options to Ms. Hagen and 2,260.86 options to each of Mr. Norman and Mr. Hale. Of these
options, one third vest based on the passage of time, one third vest based on the achievement of
certain annual performance goals established by Holdings, and one third vest based on the
achievement of certain investment returns by our Sponsor. See
Terms of Option Awards below for
a more detailed description of the vesting terms of these options. The specific sizes of the
option grants made to our named executive officers were determined based on the board of directors
business judgment in light of the Sponsors practices with respect to management equity programs at
other private companies in its portfolio, the executive officers position and level of
responsibilities within our company and the size of the executive officers equity investment in
Holdings.
In addition, Parent entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen that was assigned to
and assumed by us upon the closing of the Transactions. We also entered into employment agreements with Mr. Norman and Mr. Hale,
which were effective upon the closing of the Transactions. The
material terms of these employment agreements are described below
under 2011 Employment
Agreements.
We also adopted a new cash-based long-term incentive plan to grant cash incentive awards to
our senior managers in lieu of awarding annual equity awards as we had done prior to the
Transactions. This plan, however, does not affect the compensation of any of our executive
officers, as they are not participants under the plan.
Other than as describe above, we did not take any other actions relating to executive
compensation in connection with the Transactions. We continue to compensate our senior management,
including our named executive officers, on a basis similar to immediately prior to the
Transactions, except that, in light of our status as a private company, we adopted less broad-based
equity incentive arrangements for our senior executives and do not intend to continue a practice of
granting equity awards on an annual basis.
Terms of Option Awards.
The following describes the terms of the options granted to our named
executive officers in connection with the Transactions.
|
|
|
Time-Vesting Options.
The time-vesting options vest in five
equal annual installments beginning on January 28, 2012, subject to the
executives continued employment with us, but will become fully vested upon a
change in control that occurs during his employment with us, or during the 90
days following certain terminations of his or her employment. In
|
128
|
|
|
addition, if executives employment is terminated (a) by us without cause or
(b) by executive as a result of his or her resignation with good reason, an
additional number of these time-vesting options will vest equal to the number
that would have vested over the 12-month period following the applicable
termination date. Any other time-vesting options that remain unvested on
termination of employment and do not vest as described above will be forfeited.
|
|
|
|
|
Performance-Vesting Options.
The performance-vesting options
vest in five equal annual installments beginning on March 31, 2012, subject to
the executives continued employment with us, and if the free cash flow goals
established by Holdings at the time of the grant are achieved for the previous
fiscal year, but will become fully vested (to the extent not already vested)
upon a change in control if (x) the change in control occurs prior to March
31, 2016, (y) the change in control causes the exit-vesting option (described
below) to vest, and (z) at the time of the change in control, Holdings has
achieved the applicable cumulative free cash flow goals (as adjusted). In
addition, if a performance-vesting option does not vest in a particular fiscal
year because the applicable free cash flow goal is not achieved, that portion
of the performance-vesting option may vest in that year or in a subsequent
year if cumulative free cash flow targets (as adjusted) are achieved. In
addition, if an executives employment is terminated (a) by us without cause
or (b) by executive as a result of her or his resignation with good reason,
the portion of the performance-vesting option that would have been eligible to
vest on the next March 31 will remain outstanding and eligible to vest, based
on actual free cash flow results for the immediately previous fiscal year. Any
other performance-vesting options that remain unvested on termination of
executives employment and do not vest as described above will be forfeited.
Free cash flow is defined as Management EBITDA less (1) capital expenditures;
(2) capitalized IT costs and (3) restructuring and integration cash payments.
Cumulative free cash flow as adjusted with respect to any fiscal year is
calculated by adding free cash flow for that fiscal year and any prior fiscal
years and adjusting the cumulative free cash flow to apply a 10% penalty for
any shortfall in actual cumulative free cash flow relative to the cumulative
free cash flow target. Management EBITDA is defined as net income before
interest expense, income and franchise taxes and depreciation and
amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain non-recurring, non-cash and
other specified items.
|
|
|
|
|
Exit-Vesting Options.
The exit-vesting options will vest on
the date, if ever, that our Sponsor receives cash proceeds from its investment
in Holdings aggregating in excess of 2.0 times the Sponsors cumulative
invested capital in Holdings securities, and such cash proceeds also result
in an annual internal rate of return of at least 20% on its cumulative
invested capital in the Holdings securities, subject to her or his continued
employment with us. In addition, if an executives employment is terminated
(a) by us without cause or (b) by executive as a result of her or his
resignation with good reason, the exit-vesting options will remain
outstanding and eligible to vest for 12 months following the applicable
termination date. If the exit-vesting options do not vest as described above
during the 12 months following such a termination, such options will terminate
and be forfeited.
|
|
|
|
Put and Call Rights
. If the executives employment is terminated due to death or
disability, she or he has the right, subject to certain limitations, for a specified
period following the termination date, to cause us to purchase on one occasion all,
but not less than all, of the shares of our common stock held by her or him (whether
or not acquired through the exercise of an option) at the fair market
value of such shares.
|
|
|
|
|
If (1) the executives employment is terminated by us with cause, (2) the executives
employment is terminated as a result of her or his resignation prior to the third
anniversary of the Transactions (other than a resignation with good reason), or (3)
the executive violates a restrictive covenant (as described below), then we have the
right for a specified period following the applicable event to cause the executive (or
her or his permitted transferees) to sell to us all shares held by her or him at
the lesser of fair market value thereof and cost, which means that any shares so
repurchased will
|
129
|
|
|
effectively be forfeited. If (1) the executives employment is
terminated by us without cause, (2) the executives employment is terminated as a
result of his resignation following the third anniversary of the Transactions or is a
resignation with good reason, (3) the executives employment is terminated due to her
or his death or by us as a result of her or his disability, or (4) the executive
engages in competitive activity (as described below), then we have the right for a
specified period following the applicable event to cause the executive (or her or his
permitted transferees) to sell to us all shares held by her or him at the fair market
value thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
Restrictive Covenants
. As a condition of receiving the options, our named
executive officers have agreed to certain restrictive covenants, including
confidentiality of information, non-competition, and non-solicitation covenants,
which are contained in the option agreements pursuant to which the options were
granted and are in addition to any other restrictive covenants agreed to by our named
executive officers. As described above, we have the right to purchase our named
executive officers shares of our common stock in the event of breach of these
restrictive covenants during the periods covered by the restrictive covenants, or if
the named executive officer engages in a competitive activity, which is defined as
providing services to one of our competitors at any time (regardless of whether the
conduct would violate a restrictive covenant).
|
2011 Employment Agreements
Employment Agreement with Ms. Hagen
On October 4, 2010, Parent entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Hagen to serve as our
Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement entitles Ms. Hagen to annual base compensation of
$800,000 and an annual target bonus of 100% of her base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus
of 200% of her base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as
established by our Board in consultation with Ms. Hagen. In addition, Ms. Hagen is also entitled to
a one-time grant of shares of Holdings on April 23, 2013 having a value equal to $694,000 (the
Equity Award).
Subject to executing a general release, Ms. Hagen will be entitled to receive severance
payments if she is terminated without cause or if she terminates her employment for good
reason. Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times her
then-current annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of her target annual bonus, and if
such termination occurs prior to April 23, 2013, Ms. Hagen will also receive the Equity Award. Ms.
Hagen will also be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit
plans for 18 months, and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus she would have received for the
year in which her termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the
applicable annual bonus plan.
Employment Agreement with Mr. Norman
On January 28, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Norman to serve as our
Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Norman to annual base compensation
of $325,000 and an annual target bonus of 55% of his base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus
of 110% of his base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as
established by our Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer.
Subject to executing a general release, Mr. Norman will be entitled to receive severance
payments if he is terminated without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason.
Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times his then-current
annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of his target annual bonus. Mr. Norman will also
be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit plans for 18 months,
and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus he would have received for the year in which his
termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual
bonus plan.
130
Employment Agreement with Mr. Hale
On January 28, 2011, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hale to serve as our
Chief Operating Officer. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Hale to annual base compensation of
$415,000 and an annual target bonus of 55% of his base compensation, with a maximum annual bonus of
110% of his base compensation, determined based upon the achievement of performance criteria as
established by our Board in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer.
Subject to executing a general release, Mr. Hale will be entitled to receive severance
payments if he is terminated without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason.
Such severance payments will consist of an amount equal to the sum of 1.5 times his then-current
annual base compensation and 1.5 times the amount of his target annual bonus. Mr. Hale will also
be entitled to participate in our medical, dental, and hospitalization benefit plans for 18 months,
and a pro rata portion of the annual bonus he would have received for the year in which his
termination occurred, if any, as determined in accordance with the terms of the applicable annual
bonus plan.
131
Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents a summary of compensation for our named executive officers for
the 2010, 2009 and 2008 fiscal years:
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
awards
|
|
|
awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
($)(2)(3)
|
|
|
($)(2)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)(4)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
Ms. Hagen
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
754,251
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,972,769
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,016,730
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,360
|
|
|
$
|
3,786,110
|
|
President
& Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
707,005
|
|
|
|
1,218,768
|
|
|
|
615,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,116
|
|
|
|
2,597,991
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
683,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
478,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,747
|
|
|
|
1,476,347
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
404,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
533,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
299,769
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,376
|
|
|
|
1,255,956
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
381,160
|
|
|
|
249,560
|
|
|
|
299,563
|
|
|
|
3,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,876
|
|
|
|
949,360
|
|
& Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
371,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130,861
|
|
|
|
27,788
|
|
|
|
130,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,227
|
|
|
|
678,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
316,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
319,786
|
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
|
309,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,901
|
|
|
|
968,487
|
|
Executive Vice President
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
207,039
|
|
|
|
110,162
|
|
|
|
90,582
|
|
|
|
3,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,384
|
|
|
|
424,376
|
|
& Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
For fiscal 2009, reflects discretionary 2009 bonuses, a portion of which was paid in
December 2009 and a portion of which was subject to service requirements and paid in March
2010, as discussed further under Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and
Grants of Plan-Based Awards TableDecember 2009 Discretionary Bonuses. In 2008, Ms. Hagen
was paid a bonus of $650,000 for fiscal 2007 performance, which was guaranteed under the terms of the 2007
CEO Agreement. This amount is not reflected in the table above
because it was earned in 2007.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents the grant date fair value of all stock and option awards for all periods presented
as calculated pursuant to ASC 718 awards. In fiscal 2010 and 2009, we achieved maximum performance targets established
for all performance-based awards. As a result, amounts presented in
the above table
represent compensation at the maximum performance level.
|
|
|
|
Compensation for stock and option awards is determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles pertaining to share-based payments. For a discussion of terms and
assumptions regarding the accounting for restricted shares and options, see Note 2 Accounting
Policies and Financial Statement Information and Note 14 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
Plans to the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The non-equity incentive plan compensation for fiscal 2010 represents amounts paid in April
2011 under the Companys Annual Incentive Plan for fiscal 2010
performance. The non-equity incentive plan compensation for
fiscal 2008 represents amounts paid in April 2009 under the
Companys Annual Incentive Plan for fiscal 2008
performance.
In March 2009, the Board of Directors approved a program for certain participants in the
Annual Incentive Plan, under which such participants elected to receive all, or a portion, of
the cash amounts due under the Annual Incentive Plan in the form of immediately vested
restricted stock subject to a minimum two year holding requirement. Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and
Mr. Norman elected to receive the following amounts of compensation in the form of restricted
stock: Ms. Hagen$478,100; Mr. Hale$97,560; and Mr. Norman$12,844. The number of shares
issued for such compensation was based on the average closing price of the Companys stock
over the fifteen trading days ending March 31, 2009. Further, in consideration of the election
by the executive officers to receive restricted stock in lieu of cash, additional non-cash
compensation was provided to the executive officers in the form of restricted shares, which
were to vest over a two year period from the grant date and were subject to the same two year
holding requirement. The number of additional restricted shares awarded was as follows: Ms.
Hagen102,377; Mr. Hale15,668; and Mr. Norman688. The grant date fair value of such
awards for 2009 is included as stock awards in the table above.
|
|
(4)
|
|
All Other Compensation for executive officers in fiscal 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Hagen
|
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
|
|
Company Contributions to Defined Contribution
and Savings Plans
|
|
$
|
14,700
|
|
|
$
|
14,700
|
|
|
$
|
14,700
|
|
Life Insurance Premiums Paid by the Company
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
Perquisites:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Car Usage
|
|
|
20,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Perquisites(a)
|
|
|
6,115
|
|
|
|
2,920
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total All Other Compensation
|
|
$
|
42,360
|
|
|
$
|
18,376
|
|
|
$
|
14,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Other perquisites are primarily comprised of subscriptions, seminars and annual credit
card fees. Other perquisites for Ms. Hagen also included $5,004 of membership fees and seminar
costs in various business organizations.
|
132
Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table presents information regarding grants of plan-based awards to named
executive officers during the 2010 fiscal year.
2010 GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Closing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Price of
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Base
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Equity Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Price of
|
|
|
Options at
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock or
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Date of
|
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)(1)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)(2)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
$(/Sh)(3)
|
|
|
$(/Sh)
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Hagen
|
|
|
1/3/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
576,000
|
|
|
|
|
4/22/2010
|
|
|
$
|
382,512
|
|
|
$
|
765,024
|
|
|
$
|
1,530,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74,289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,485,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
4/22/2010
|
|
|
|
112,856
|
|
|
|
225,711
|
|
|
|
451,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
636,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
1/3/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
|
|
|
4/22/2010
|
|
|
|
87,809
|
|
|
|
175,618
|
|
|
|
351,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
495,060
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Consistent with ASC 718, we treat all grants that remain active in a subsequent year as
re-granted shares for that year. See Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and
Grants of Plan-Based AwardsIncentive Plan Performance Targets below. The awards reflected
in this column are awards made in prior years which were subject to undefined
performance criteria at the time of the award and for which
performance goals were later determined with respect to fiscal 2010
and were thus deemed granted in 2010 in accordance with ASC 718. All
executive officers receiving restricted stock awards were required to pay $.01 per awarded
share.
|
|
(2)
|
|
All other stock awards in the above table represent restricted shares awarded that contain
service-based vesting provisions.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The exercise price of $6.00 per share represents the exercise price determined in connection
with the initial issuance of options under the 2003 Option Plan in fiscal 2003.
|
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
The items described below support the data reported in the Summary Compensation Table and the
2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards table.
2007 and 2010 Employment Agreements with Ms. Hagen
The 2007 CEO Agreement was Ms. Hagens effective employment agreement with the Company during
the 2008 fiscal year and the 2009 fiscal year. On March 31, 2010, the Company and Ms. Hagen entered
into the 2010 CEO Agreement and the 2007 CEO Agreement terminated in accordance with its terms on
April 22, 2010. As a result of the Transactions, the Company and Ms. Hagen entered a new employment
agreement, effective January 28, 2011 (the 2011 CEO Agreement). The 2011 CEO Agreement
terminated the 2010 CEO Agreement. The 2011 CEO Agreement is described in Compensation Discussion
and Analysis (CD&A)Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions2011 Employment
Agreements above. The following is a discussion of both the 2007 CEO Agreement and the 2010 CEO
Agreement, both of which were effective prior to the Transactions.
The 2007 CEO Agreement
Ms. Hagens annual base salary under the 2007 CEO Agreement was initially $650,000 and the
Board had discretion to increase such salary from time to time. Ms. Hagen was eligible to
participate in all of our employee benefit programs for which senior executive employees of PGI and
its subsidiaries were generally eligible, including health, life, retirement and disability. Ms.
Hagen was also entitled to the use of an automobile.
133
Under the 2007 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen was entitled to participate in our Annual Incentive
Plan. The Board, in its discretion, had the ability to award Ms. Hagen annual bonuses in accordance
with the Annual Incentive Plan based on annual performance goals mutually agreed upon by the Board
and Ms. Hagen. Such target annual bonuses were not to exceed 100% of her base salary (the Bonus
Award Target). For fiscal year 2007, the 2007 CEO Agreement guaranteed to Ms. Hagen the full Bonus
Award Target (without proration) as long as she remained an employee of good standing on the
Payment Date (as defined in the Bonus Plan).
Ms. Hagen was also entitled to participate in the 2005 Plan under which
she was granted on the effective date of the 2007 CEO Agreement an initial award of 100,000
restricted shares of common stock to vest as follows: (i) 12,500 shares on each of the first four
anniversaries of such effective date, and (ii) provided certain performance goals established by
the Board were met, 12,500 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of such effective date.
Ms. Hagen was also eligible for an annual target award of 50,000 (with a minimum of zero and a
maximum of 100,000) restricted shares of common stock under the 2005 Plan for the first three
anniversaries of the effective date of the 2007 CEO Agreement, vesting over a period of four years
at a rate of 25% per year provided certain performance goals established by the Board were met. The
size of such equity awards was based on the attainment of certain performance goals established by
the Board, except that for the 2007 fiscal year grant, the 2007 CEO Agreement guaranteed to Ms.
Hagen no less than 25,000 shares vesting based on service over a period of four years at the rate
of 25% per year.
The 2007 CEO Agreement also contained a standard confidentiality provision as well as
non-competition and non-solicitation agreements for the term of Ms. Hagens employment and for a
minimum of 12 months after any termination thereof.
The 2010 CEO Agreement
Unless earlier terminated pursuant to its terms, the term of the 2010 CEO Agreement was to be
from April 23, 2010 until April 22, 2013. Under the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagens annual base
salary was $765,000, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board in its discretion. Ms.
Hagen was eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit programs for which senior
executive employees of PGI and its subsidiaries were generally eligible, including health, life,
retirement and disability. Ms. Hagen was also entitled to the use of an automobile until the
expiration of its existing lease term.
Ms. Hagen was entitled to participate in the Annual Incentive Plan to the extent that such a
plan was implemented for any given year, in the Boards discretion. The Bonus Plan was to provide
for annual target bonuses based on annual performance goals to be mutually agreed upon by the Board
and Ms. Hagen. Such annual target bonuses were, and could not exceed, the Bonus Award Target.
Ms. Hagen was also entitled to participate in any long-term incentive compensation plans that
the Company implemented on the same terms and conditions as other senior executives. During each
fiscal year, Ms. Hagen was to receive a long-term incentive grant with a target value determined by
the Compensation Committee based on a total target compensation package of salary, bonus and
long-term equity awards.
The 2010 CEO Agreement provided for repayment to the Company by Ms. Hagen of certain cash and
equity awards if, prior to or within two years of the termination of Ms. Hagens employment, (i)
the Company was required to make a material restatement of financial results for years during which
Ms. Hagen was an employee and due to actions or inactions by her or of which she had knowledge, or
(ii) Ms. Hagen was found to have engaged in misconduct while an employee, which, if discovered at
the time would have justified termination for cause (as defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement).
The 2010 CEO Agreement also contained a standard confidentiality provision as well as
non-competition and non-solicitation agreements for the term of Ms. Hagens employment and for a
minimum of 12 months after any termination thereof. A description of potential
payments to Ms. Hagen upon her termination or upon a
134
change in control under the 2010 CEO Agreement
is set forth in Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control below.
Appointment of Mr. Norman as CFO
On December 9, 2009, the Board appointed Dennis Norman to serve as our CFO. Mr. Normans
annual base salary at that time was $309,998. Mr. Norman continued to be eligible to participate in
our short and long-term incentive plans, including the Annual Incentive Plan and our 2008 Stock
Plan. When and if the Board established a formal Annual Incentive Plan, Mr. Normans target bonus
would have been 55% of his annual base salary. Mr. Norman continued to be eligible to participate
in all of our employee benefit programs for which our senior executive and those of our
subsidiaries are generally eligible, including health, life and disability insurance and
retirement.
In addition, in connection with his appointment, Mr. Norman entered into a Change in Control
Severance Compensation Agreement (the Norman Severance Agreement) with us, dated as of December
9, 2009. The Norman Severance Agreement provided for the lump sum payment of base salary and target
bonus components of Mr. Normans compensation upon termination of employment in the amount of 24
months of base salary plus the greater of two times current year target bonus or prior year actual
bonus. The Severance Agreement also included non-competition and non-solicitation provisions for a
period of 24 months. A description of potential payments to
Mr. Norman upon his termination under the Norman Severance
Agreement is described in Potential Payments Upon
Termination or Change in Control.
December 2009 Discretionary Bonuses
Due to stronger than expected fiscal year 2009 operating results, in December 2009, the Board
approved discretionary bonus payments in the total amount of $6.5 million with a portion paid in
December 2009 and a portion paid in March 2010. The bonuses listed above were discretionary in
nature, and were awarded in consideration of our performance in fiscal 2009, as well as the Boards
assessment of performance of the individuals and their contributions in fiscal 2009. To receive the
cash payments in March 2010, the individuals were required to remain in our employ through the
payment date. The following table sets forth the amount of 2009
discretionary bonus that each of our named executive officers
received.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
March 2010
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ms. Hagen
|
|
$
|
857,178
|
|
|
$
|
361,590
|
|
|
$
|
1,218,768
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
124,780
|
|
|
|
124,780
|
|
|
|
249,560
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
55,081
|
|
|
|
55,081
|
|
|
|
110,162
|
|
Awards under the 2003 Option Plan
The 2003 Option Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders and was
administered by the Compensation Committee. The stock options, representing 400,000 shares, had a
five-year life and vested, based on the achievement of various service and financial performance
criteria, over a four-year period with the initial awards beginning their vesting terms as of
January 4, 2004. Vesting could be immediate or based on service and/or upon achievement of annual
performance targets (see Incentive plan performance targets below) and was accelerated upon a
change in control. No grants were made under the 2003 Option Plan in 2010.
Consistent with ASC 718, stock options previously awarded to employees in fiscal 2005 and
fiscal 2007 which contained performance-based vesting provisions
relating to the 2008 fiscal year were considered modified. Vesting of these option grants were originally based on achievement of 2008
performance targets, which targets were not met. Accordingly, these option awards were not earned
and did not vest in 2008. In accordance with the 2003 Option Plan, these option awards remained
active in fiscal 2009 and were subject to fiscal 2009 performance
135
targets, which targets were
achieved. Consistent with ASC 718, such awards were treated as an exchange of the original award
for a new award and the grant date fair values and 2009 compensation
costs for such options were re-measured as of the beginning of the 2009 fiscal year as such performance targets were
not established until the inception of the 2009 fiscal year. As a result, option awards considered
granted in fiscal 2009, subject to performance vesting in fiscal 2009 were as follows: for Mr.
Hale2,065 shares and for Mr. Norman1,825 shares.
Actual performance for fiscal 2007 would have resulted in the vesting of approximately 51% of
the stock option grants subject to the annual financial performance vesting requirement under our
2003 Option Plan. The Committee, in exercise of its discretion, granted participants, including the
executive officers, vesting credit equal to 100% of target. As a result, we recognized compensation
expense in fiscal 2008 associated with the vesting of such awards not earned through the
achievement of performance targets for fiscal 2007. Consistent with ASC 718, we treated all grants
that remained active in a subsequent year as re-granted shares for that year. See Incentive Plan
Performance Targets below.
Awards under the 2005 Stock Plan
The 2005 Stock Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders and was
administered by the Compensation Committee. The 2005 Stock Plan approved for issuance 482,000
restricted shares to our employees. For grants of restricted stock under the 2005 Stock Plan,
vesting could be immediate or based on service and/or upon achievement of annual performance
targets (see Incentive plan performance targets below) and was accelerated upon a change in
control. We did not make any grants under the 2005 Stock Plan in 2010.
Awards under the 2008 Stock Plan
The 2008 Stock Plan was approved by our shareholders and Board of Directors and was
administered by the Compensation Committee. The 2008 Stock Plan reserved for issuance 425,000
shares of our Class A Common Stock to our employees. In May 2009, our shareholders approved an
increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Stock Plan from 425,000
shares to 1,075,000 shares. The Compensation Committee could, from time to time, award a variety of
equity-based incentives under the 2008 Stock Plan to such employees and in such amounts and with
specified restrictions as it determined appropriate in the circumstances. Such awards could be
granted under the 2008 Stock Plan in the form of either incentive stock options, non-statutory
stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards,
performance awards or other types of stock awards that involve the issuance of, or that are valued
by reference to, shares of our Class A Common Stock. Vesting, which was
determined by the Committee, could be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control or other
events, as defined.
During fiscal 2009, awards were approved and issued to Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman under the 2008
Stock Plan. These awards included service-based restricted shares which could vest over a three
year period as follows: for Mr. Hale5,947 restricted shares and for Mr. Norman2,210 restricted
shares. Additionally, restricted stock units that could vest based on the achievement of 2009
performance targets and the completion of requisite service periods were awarded, assuming maximum
performance targets were achieved, as follows: for Mr. Hale20,814 restricted stock units and for
Mr. Norman7,736 restricted stock units. As performance targets for fiscal 2008 were not achieved,
no restricted shares were issued relating to the restricted stock units.
During fiscal 2010, awards were approved and issued to Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman
under the 2008 Stock Plan. These awards included service-based restricted shares which could vest
over a three year period as follows: for Ms. Hagen 24,763 restricted shares, for Mr. Hale10,604
restricted shares and for Mr. Norman8,251 restricted shares. Additionally, restricted stock units
that could vest based on the achievement of 2010 performance targets and the completion of
requisite service periods were awarded, assuming maximum performance targets were achieved, as
follows: for Ms. Hagen 49,526 restricted stock units, for Mr. Hale21,208 restricted stock
units and for Mr. Norman16,502 restricted stock units.
136
Incentive Plan Performance Targets
For fiscal 2009, the Board of Directors accepted the recommendation of management and the
Compensation Committee not to establish an Annual Incentive Plan for 2009; accordingly, there were
no targets associated with short-term incentive compensation for executive officers.
For fiscal 2010, the Board of Directors established an Annual Incentive Plan for 2010 and set
consolidated EBITDA target of $125.0 million, with a minimum threshold of $115.0 million and a
maximum level of $149.0 million. The 2010 Annual Incentive Plan provided target bonus percentages
of 100% of annual base salary amount at the time of the grant for the CEO and 55% for the other
executive officers, with minimum and maximum bonus opportunities
being 50% of the respective executive officers target percentage and
200% of the respective executive officers target percentage for each of the named executive officers. As in prior years,
consolidated EBITDA remained the most significant Annual Incentive Plan measure for our executive
officers in 2010, accounting for 65% of the targeted award. Consolidated EBITDA performance for
fiscal 2010 was $126.3 million, exceeding the target.
Portions of restricted shares awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan and options awarded under the
2003 Option Plan contained threshold and target EBITDA performance vesting provisions. For fiscal
2009 and fiscal 2010, these performance targets for these equity-based incentives were met at
targeted levels. The threshold and target for fiscal 2010 were the same as those used for the 2010
Annual Incentive Plan.
With respect to awards under the 2003 Option Plan and the 2005 Stock Plan, if the performance
targets were not met in any particular year (a Missed Year), the awards that did not vest in the
Missed Year (the Carryover Awards) remained active in the next fiscal year and were subject to
the performance targets established for that next fiscal year. Consistent with ASC 718, we treated
all grants that remained active in a subsequent year as re-granted shares for that year. If the
performance targets for such fiscal year were met, the Carryover Awards vested at the same time and
in the same manner as the incentive plan awards granted for such fiscal year. In no event did any
unvested portion of any award remain active after the fiscal year following the Missed Year. If
performance targets applicable to Carryover Awards were not met in the next fiscal year, the
Carryover Awards were forfeited.
For example, we did not achieve our performance target for fiscal 2008. Therefore, the
unvested amounts for 2008 remained active in 2009 and vested based on the achievement of
performance targets (EBITDA of $120.0 million) established for 2009.
With respect to awards made in fiscal 2009 under the 2008 Stock Plan, 67% of the award was
performance-based restricted stock units and 33% was service-based restricted shares. For the
performance-based restricted stock units, vesting was based upon the achievement of performance
targets in 2009 for consolidated operating cash flow (as defined in the award documents), which
accounted for approximately 50% of the total performance target, and consolidated EBITDA, which
accounted for 50% of the total performance target. Based on actual results for fiscal 2009, the
operating cash flow target and the consolidated EBITDA target were each met at maximum target
levels. Grants under the 2008 Stock Plan did not contain Missed Year or Carryover Award provisions.
With respect to awards made in fiscal 2010 under the 2008 Stock Plan, 67% of the award was
performance-based restricted stock units and 33% was service-based restricted shares. For the
performance-based restricted stock units, vesting was based upon the achievement of performance
targets in 2010 for consolidated operating cash flow (as defined in the award documents), which
accounted for approximately 50% of the total performance target, and consolidated EBITDA, which
accounted for 50% of the total performance target. As a result of the Transactions,
performance-based vesting was not evaluated under the 2008 Stock Plan for fiscal 2010 given that
the disposition of all equity-based programs was addressed by the Merger Agreement.
137
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by executive
officers at the end of the 2010 fiscal year. All awards outstanding at the time of the
consummation of the Transactions were cashed out in connection therewith.
2010 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Units,
|
|
|
Units,
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
or Units
|
|
|
or Other
|
|
|
or Other
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
of Stock
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
That
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Not
|
|
|
Not
|
|
|
Not
|
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Unexercisable(1)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(#)(2)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
|
(#)(4)
|
|
|
($)(3)
|
|
Ms Hagen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,705
|
|
|
$
|
2,251,280
|
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
|
$
|
320,000
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,811
|
|
|
|
348,976
|
|
|
|
30,459
|
|
|
|
487,339
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
|
|
5/11/2012
|
|
|
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
41,328
|
|
|
|
21,659
|
|
|
|
346,544
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The vesting dates of options containing service-based vesting and options earned as a
result of achieving performance-based targets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested at
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1/1/2011
|
|
|
5/11/2011
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
The vesting dates of restricted shares are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ms. Hagen
|
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
|
|
4/9/2011
|
|
|
51,189
|
|
|
|
7,834
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
4/23/2011
|
|
|
41,722
|
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/4/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
|
765
|
|
6/18/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,982
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
4/10/2012
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/23/2012
|
|
|
22,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/18/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,983
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
4/23/2012
|
|
|
18,572
|
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
140,705
|
|
|
|
21,811
|
|
|
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Determined based on the closing price of our common stock ($16.00) on January 1, 2011.
|
|
(4)
|
|
All of these shares became immediately vested in connection with the Transactions and were
cashed out.
|
138
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table presents information regarding the exercise of options for Common Stock
and the vesting of restricted shares by executive officers during the 2010 fiscal year:
2010 OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired
|
|
|
Realized on
|
|
|
Acquired on
|
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
|
|
Upon Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
Name
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(5)
|
|
Ms Hagen
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,500
|
(2)
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
(3)
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,400
|
(4)
|
|
|
79,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
4,041
|
(4)
|
|
|
74,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
70,000
|
|
|
|
1,502
|
(4)
|
|
|
27,773
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Shares were valued at the closing price of our common stock on the exercise date.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Vested shares relate to service-based shares granted on April 23, 2007 under the 2004
Restricted Plan.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Vested portion of service-based shares guaranteed pursuant to the terms of the 2007 CEO
Agreement.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Represents service-based vesting of awards made to Ms. Hagen, Mr. Hale and Mr. Norman under
the 2008 Stock Plan.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Shares were valued at the closing price of our common stock on the vesting date.
|
Pension Benefits
We have no pension benefits for the executive officers.
Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans
We have no nonqualified defined contribution or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans
for executive officers.
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
The following describes payments and benefits provided in connection with termination of
employment or change in control pursuant to agreements that were in place at the end of 2010. In
connection with the Transactions, these arrangements were terminated, and new severance
arrangements were provided under the 2011 employment agreements. See Compensation Discussion
and Analysis (CD&A)Executive Compensation Program Following the Transactions2011 Employment
Agreements.
Termination of Ms. Hagen under the 2010 CEO Agreement
Upon the expiration of the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen would have been entitled to receive a
Retirement Incentive as follows:
(i) an equity award (the Retirement Incentive Equity Award), with the number of shares
awarded to be calculated with reference to the average reported closing price of the Companys
Class A Common Stock (the Class A Common Stock) over the 40 trading days immediately prior to the
expiration date of the 2010 CEO Agreement (the Ending Stock Price) as shown in the table below:
139
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Stock Price
|
|
Number of Shares Awarded
|
|
Less than $17.50
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
$17.50
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
$22.50
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
$25.00
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
$27.50
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
$30.00 or higher
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
For an Ending Stock Price that falls between two given points on the table above, the number of
shares awarded would be computed using a straight-line interpolation formula set forth in the 2010
CEO Agreement.
(ii) a cash award (the Retirement Incentive Cash Award) equal to (A) 30% of the value of
the shares, computed as the Ending Stock Price multiplied by the number of shares awarded, or (B)
the Cash Conversion Value, if applicable; provided that the Retirement Incentive Cash Award is
neither less than $250,000 nor greater than $1,000,000.
The Company could terminate the 2010 CEO Agreement immediately upon Ms. Hagens death or
disability or with notice of termination to Ms. Hagen at any time, with or without cause (as
defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement). In addition, the 2010 CEO Agreement would have terminated upon
Ms. Hagens resignation.
If the 2010 CEO Agreement was terminated by the Company for cause or was terminated upon Ms.
Hagens resignation other than for good reason (as defined in the 2010 CEO Agreement), Ms. Hagen
would have been entitled to receive only her base salary through the date of termination or
expiration and would not have been entitled to receive any other salary, compensation or benefits
from the Company or its subsidiaries, except as otherwise specifically provided for under the
Companys employee benefit plans or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.
Upon any termination by the Company of Ms. Hagens employment other than for cause or upon
Ms. Hagens resignation with good reason during the term of the 2010 CEO Agreement, Ms. Hagen
would have been entitled to receive the Retirement Incentive and severance payments upon specified
conditions in the 2010 CEO Agreement. Such severance payments would have been equal to (i) the sum
of (A) Ms. Hagens base salary, and (B) her Bonus Award Target, from the termination or resignation
date through the expiration date of the 2010 CEO Agreement, (ii) the pro rata portion of her Bonus
Award Target from the beginning of the applicable fiscal year through the date of termination or
resignation, adjusted for actual performance through the date of termination or resignation, and
(iii) any annual bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not yet been paid.
In the event of Ms. Hagens disability or death, Ms. Hagen or her heirs, as applicable, would
have been entitled to receive only her base salary through the date of such event and any annual
bonus for a completed fiscal year that had not yet been paid.
Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreements
On January 7, 2010, we entered into a Change in Control Severance Compensation Agreement (the
Hale Severance Agreement) with Mr. Hale, our COO. On December 9, 2009, we entered into a Change
in Control Severance Compensation Agreement (the Norman Severance Agreement) with Mr. Norman, in
connection with his appointment as CFO. Each of the agreements contained substantially the same terms and conditions and is referred
to below as a CIC Agreement.
Each CIC Agreement would have terminated automatically upon the occurrence of a termination of
employment for certain matters, including for the recipients death, disability, attainment of
retirement age, and performance-related matters. In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in
the CIC Agreement), each CIC
Agreement would have automatically extended to the earlier of (i) one year from the date of
the Change in Control or (ii) the recipients death, disability, or retirement.
140
For purposes of the CIC Agreements, a Change in Control was defined as the occurrence of
certain specified events, including:
|
|
|
certain significant changes in voting control,
|
|
|
|
|
changes in the composition of the Board not approved by two-thirds of the existing
Board,
|
|
|
|
|
the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company unless (a) the existing
security holders continue to own more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving
corporation, or (b) the corporate existence of the Company is unaffected and the CEO
and directors retain their positions (and the existing directors constitute a majority
of the Board), or
|
|
|
|
|
a complete liquidation of the Company or a sale of substantially all of our assets.
|
If a Change in Control occurred during the term of the CIC Agreement, each recipient would
have become entitled, upon the subsequent termination of his employment to receive Change in
Control benefits, unless the termination was (i) by the recipient other than for Good Reason,
(ii) by us for Cause or because of the recipients disability, or (iii) because of the
recipients death or attainment of retirement age. Good Reason included the assignment of duties
reasonably inconsistent with the recipients position and responsibilities immediately prior to the
Change in Control or changes in titles or offices of such recipient, a reduction in base salary or
our failure to continue any material compensation or benefit plan (or reduce benefits or increase
costs thereunder) or requiring relocation of such recipients principal residence to at least 100
miles away. Cause included a breach of the CIC Agreement, a breach of the recipients duty of
loyalty to us or an act of dishonesty or fraud with respect to us, commission of a felony, a crime
involving moral turpitude or other act or omission causing material harm to our reputation, drug
use, reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or aiding a competitor supplier or customer
to our material detriment.
Change in Control benefits included, among other things, a lump sum cash payment that is the
sum of (i) 24 times the recipients current monthly base salary, and (ii) two times the greater of
(x) the recipients annual bonus earned for our most-recently completed fiscal year and (y) the
recipients annual target bonus for the year that includes the date of termination (the Severance
Payment). Change in Control benefits also included the acceleration of all unvested shares of
restricted stock previously issued to the recipient, continuation of life and medical insurance
plans for the recipient for a period of 12 months following the date of termination, payment of all
reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the recipient as a result of termination and payment
of reasonable costs of outplacement services (not to exceed $15,000).
If a recipient was terminated other than as a result of a Change in Control (unless by the
recipient other than for Good Reason or by us for Cause or as a result of the recipients
disability or retirement), the recipient would have been entitled to Company benefits to which he
otherwise would have been entitled; provided that any severance pay was not less than the Severance
Payment.
As consideration for any benefits, each recipient was obligated to maintain the confidentiality
of certain confidential business information, promptly disclose to us all intellectual property
related to the Company that is generated by the recipient, and adhere to certain non-competition
and non-solicitation obligations.
The following table illustrates the potential payments and benefits that Ms. Hagen would have
been entitled to had her employment been terminated by us other than for cause or upon her
resignation with good reason under the 2010 CEO Agreement and the potential payments and benefits
that Messrs. Hale and Norman would have been entitled to had their employment been terminated as a
result of a change in control under the CIC Agreements, in each case assuming the termination
occurred as of the last business day of the 2010 fiscal year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Early Vesting of
|
|
|
Early Vesting of
|
|
|
Health
|
|
|
Outplacement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Restricted Shares(1)
|
|
|
Options(2)
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Services
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Ms Hagen
|
|
$
|
3,116,754
|
|
|
$
|
4,428,448
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,240
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,587,442
|
|
Mr. Hale
|
|
|
1,419,618
|
|
|
|
952,736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,374
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
2,398,728
|
|
Mr. Norman
|
|
$
|
1,258,216
|
|
|
|
387,872
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
16,631
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
1,685,219
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Determined based on the closing price of our common stock ($16.00) on January 1, 2011.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Under the 2003 Option Plan, all unvested options immediately vest in the event of a change in
control. Such options are valued at the closing price of the underlying shares as of the last
day of the 2010 fiscal year ($16.00), reduced by the exercise price of $6.00 per share
required to be paid by the participant.
|
141
Compensation of Directors
The following table presents a summary of compensation for directors of the Company for the
2010 fiscal year:
2010 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Nonqualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in Cash
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
Mr. Hewitt
|
|
$
|
41,000
|
|
|
$
|
106,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
147,565
|
|
Mr. Cavallé(1)
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
66,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116,291
|
|
Ms. Fessenden
|
|
|
63,500
|
|
|
|
76,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,459
|
|
Mr. Hall(2)
|
|
|
52,250
|
|
|
|
41,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,980
|
|
Mr. Ovenden
|
|
|
106,500
|
|
|
|
59,313
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165,813
|
|
Mr. Volpe(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,625
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Of the amount reported as Mr. Cavallés cash compensation in the table above,
$37,500 paid directly to a charitable organization at his request.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Mr. Hall returned to full-time service as a director on April 12, 2010. The
compensation provided to Mr. Hall for his services as a director from April 12, 2010 through
the 2010 fiscal year end is set forth in this table.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Volpe ceased being a director upon his death on March 16, 2010.
|
Management directors and affiliates of MatlinPatterson Global Advisers LLC were not entitled
to receive any fees for their service on the Board of Directors. Accordingly, Ms. Hagen, Mr.
Patterson and Mr. Van der Schee are not included in the Director Compensation table as they
received no compensation for serving as directors during 2010.
At fiscal year-end, the aggregate number of restricted stock awards outstanding for each
director was as follows: Mr. Hewitt28,968 shares; Mr. Cavalléno shares; Ms. Fessenden14,911
shares; Mr. Hall23,015 shares; Mr. Ovenden30,670 shares; and, at the time of his death, Mr.
Volpe31,872 shares.
Compensation for stock and option awards is determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles pertaining to share-based payments. For a discussion of terms and assumptions
regarding the accounting for restricted shares and options, see Note 2 Accounting Policies and
Financial Statement Information and Note 14 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans to the
Companys Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in
this prospectus.
142
The grant date fair values of restricted stock awards granted to directors, for service as a director, in 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
Award Date
|
|
|
Awards Issued
|
|
Mr. Hewitt
|
|
|
1/11/2010
|
|
|
$
|
84,048
|
|
Mr. Hewitt
|
|
|
4/9/2010
|
|
|
|
12,260
|
|
Mr. Hewitt
|
|
|
7/6/2010
|
|
|
|
10,257
|
|
Mr. Cavallé
|
|
|
4/15/2010
|
|
|
|
66,291
|
|
Ms. Fessenden
|
|
|
1/11/2010
|
|
|
|
65,756
|
|
Ms. Fessenden
|
|
|
4/9/2010
|
|
|
|
6,140
|
|
Ms. Fessenden
|
|
|
7/6/2010
|
|
|
|
5,063
|
|
Mr. Hall
|
|
|
4/12/2010
|
|
|
|
41,730
|
|
Mr. Ovenden
|
|
|
1/11/2010
|
|
|
|
59,313
|
|
Mr. Volpe
|
|
|
1/11/2010
|
|
|
|
78,625
|
|
Annual Board/Committee Retainer Fees
Under the Companys compensation program for directors prior to the Transactions, Mr. Hewitt,
as Chairman of the Board, received an annual retainer in the amount of $120,000 and other directors
each received an annual retainer of $100,000 (hereafter referred to as the Base Retainer(s)). In
addition to his Base Retainer, Mr. Ovenden, for service as Chair of the Audit Committee, received
an additional yearly fee of $20,000. In addition to their Base Retainers, Mr. Volpe and Ms.
Fessenden, as Chairpersons of the Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee, respectively, each received an additional annual fee of $10,000 for serving in such
capacities, which amount was increased, in the case of Ms. Fessenden, to an annual rate of $20,000
after the death of Mr. Volpe. In addition to his Base Retainer, Mr. Hall, Chair of the Capital
Projects Committee, received a yearly fee of $5,000 for serving in such capacity. Such fees,
excluding the portion paid in stock as described below, were paid on a quarterly basis. Directors
are also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings and
in their capacities as committee chairpersons. For their service on a special committee of
independent directors which was established in connection with the activity leading up to the
Transactions, Messrs. Hewitt, Ovenden, Hall, and Ms. Fessenden also received certain one-time and
per-meeting compensation.
Stock Awards Issued for Fees, in Lieu of Cash Payment
Under the 2004 Restricted Plan, and unless otherwise determined by a committee of the
Companys Board of Directors not eligible to receive restricted shares under the 2004 Restricted
Plan, 50% of each directors Base Retainer fee was payable in restricted shares of the Companys
Class A Common Stock. In addition, directors could elect to receive restricted stock in lieu of
cash payments for quarterly directors fees.
2011 Director Compensation
Each of the independent directors, Messrs. Alder and Burgess, receives an annual retainer of
$75,000. If and when committees of the Board are established, the Chair of the Audit Committee will
receive an additional $10,000 annually, while each of the Chairs of the Compensation Committee and
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will receive an additional $5,000 annually. In
addition, each independent director receives an annual grant of options to acquire common stock of
Holdings, valued at $60,000, which vests annually over a 3 year period so long as the independent
director continues to serve on the Board. The first such grant was made on September 22, 2011.
143
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT
Parent owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Issuer. The
Investor Group beneficially owns 100% of Holdings which, in turn, owns 100% of the issued and
outstanding shares of common stock of Parent. The authorized capital stock of Holdings consists of
one million shares of common stock (the Common Stock). The holders of Common Stock are generally
entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted for action by the stockholders, to receive
ratably such dividends and distributions as may be declared or paid from time to time by the Board
and to pro rata distribution of any available and remaining assets upon a liquidation or
dissolution of Holdings. Shares of Common Stock held by employees are subject to certain
restrictions including agreements to vote such shares of Common Stock, transfer restrictions,
drag-along rights and call rights, described under Certain Relationships and Related Party
TransactionsShareholders Agreement.
The following table sets forth certain information as of July 2, 2011 with respect to shares
of Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) each of our directors, (ii) each of our executive
officers, (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (iv) each person known
to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock as of such date.
The amounts and percentages of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned are reported on the
basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under
SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares
voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the
disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of
which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can
be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such persons ownership
percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other persons percentage. Under these rules,
more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may
be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
Except as indicated in the footnotes to the table, each of the stockholders listed below has
sole voting and investment power with respect to shares of Common Stock owned by such stockholder.
Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner of is c/o Polymer Group, Inc. 9335
Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300, Charlotte, North Carolina 28269.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
Amount and Nature of
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
|
|
|
Percent of Class
|
|
Blackstone Funds
(1)(2)
|
|
|
255,000
|
|
|
|
98.1498
|
%
|
Veronica M. Hagen
(2)
|
|
|
2,230
|
|
|
|
0.8581
|
%
|
Michael W. Hale
(2)
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
0.2424
|
%
|
Dennis Norman
(2)
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
0.0993
|
%
|
James S. Alder
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark S. Burgess
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chinh E. Chu
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anjan Mukherjee
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jason Giordano
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (8) persons)
|
|
|
3,118
|
|
|
|
1.2001
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds (as
hereinafter defined) are held by the following entities: (i) Blackstone Capital Partners
(Cayman) V L.P (BCP Cayman V) owns 108,381.413 shares of Common Stock representing 41.7161%
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V-A L.P
(BCP Cayman VA) owns 96,964.519 shares of Common Stock representing 37.3217% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iii) Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V-AC L.P (BCP
Cayman VAC) owns 48,799.818 shares of Common Stock representing 18.7831% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock, (iv) Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V L.P (BFIP)
owns 621.435 shares of Common Stock representing 0.2392% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock and (v) Blackstone
Participation Partnership (Cayman) V L.P (BPP) owns 232.815 shares of Common Stock
representing 0.0896% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (BCP Cayman V, BCP Cayman VA, BCP
Cayman VAC, BFIP and BPP are collectively
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
referred to as the Blackstone Funds). The general
partner of BCP Cayman V, BCP Cayman VA and BCP Cayman VAC is Blackstone Management Associates
(Cayman) V L.P. BCP V GP L.L.C. is a general partner and controlling entity of BFIP, BPP and
Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V L.P. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing
member and majority interest owner of BCP V GP L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is
indirectly controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. and is owned, directly or indirectly, by
Blackstone professionals and The Blackstone Group L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is controlled
by its general partner, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn wholly owned by
Blackstones senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman.
Each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the
securities beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds directly or indirectly controlled by it or
him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of its or
his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the entities listed in this note
is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The shareholders agreement of Holdings provides that (i) each share of Common Stock owned by
an employee or director will vote in the manner as BCP Cayman V directs, (ii) BCP Cayman V has
the right to require the Common Stock owned by an employee or director to participate in any
transaction constituting a change of control or any other transaction involving a transfer of
Common Stock owned by the Blackstone Funds to a third-party, and (iii) the transfer of Common
Stock owned by an employee or director is restricted until the earlier of (x) a change of
control and (y) the two year anniversary of an initial public offering. As a result, the
Blackstone Funds may be deemed to beneficially own 100% of the outstanding Common Stock. The
shares of Common Stock held by employees or directors that may be so deemed beneficially owned
by the Blackstone Funds are not included in the number of shares of Common Stock held by the
Blackstone Funds presented in the table above. For additional information see Management
and Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstones Private Equity Group. Mr. Chu
disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by
the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr.
Chus address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Mr. Mukherjee is a Senior Managing Director in Blackstones Private Equity Group. Mr.
Mukherjee disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or
indirectly by the Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest
therein. Mr. Mukherjees address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New
York, New York 10154.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Mr. Giordano is a Principal in Blackstones Private Equity Group. Mr. Giordano disclaims
beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by the
Blackstone Funds, except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr.
Giordanos address is c/o The Blackstone Group, L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10154.
|
145
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Shareholders Agreement
In connection with the closing of the Merger, Holdings entered into a shareholders agreement
(the Shareholders Agreement) with Blackstone. The Shareholders Agreement governs certain matters
relating to ownership of Holdings, including with respect to the election of directors of our
parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights
and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights
(including customary indemnification provisions). Each party to the Shareholders Agreement also
agrees to vote all of its voting securities, whether at a shareholders meeting, or by written
consent, in the manner which Blackstone directs, except that an employee shareholder shall not be
required to vote in favor of any change to the organizational documents of Holdings that would have
a disproportionate adverse effect on the terms of such employee shareholders shares of Common
Stock relative to other shareholders. Each employee shareholder also grants to the Chief Executive
Officer of Holdings a proxy to vote all of the securities owned by such employee shareholder in the
manner described in the preceding sentence.
The board of directors of the Company includes three Blackstone members, two outside members
and the Companys Chief Executive Officer. Furthermore, Blackstone has the power to designate all
of the members of the board of directors of PGI and the right to remove any directors that it
appoints.
Management Services Agreement
In connection with the Merger, we entered into a management services agreement (Management
Services Agreement) with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (BMP), an affiliate of
Blackstone. Under the Management Services Agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) has
agreed to provide services, including without limitation, (a) advice regarding the structure,
distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with the
Companys lenders and bankers, (b) advice regarding the business and strategy of the Company,
including compensation arrangements, (c) advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions and (d)
such advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be
reasonably requested by the Company. BMP will have no obligation to provide any other services to
the Company absent express agreement.
For advisory and management services, BMP will receive an annual non-refundable advisory fee,
at the beginning of each fiscal year, equal to the greater of (i) $3.0 million or (ii) 2.0% of the
Companys consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility)
for such fiscal year. The amount of such fee shall be initially paid based on the Companys then
most current estimate of the Companys projected EBITDA amount for the fiscal year immediately
preceding the date upon which the advisory fee is paid. After completion of the fiscal year to
which the fee relates and following the availability of audited financial statements for such
period, the parties will recalculate the amount of such fee based on the actual Consolidated EBITDA
for such period and the Company or BMP, as applicable, shall adjust such payment as necessary based
on the recalculated amount. The payment with respect to the period beginning on the closing date of
the Merger and ending December 31, 2011 was made on the Merger Date based on the $3.0 million
minimum annual amount.
In addition, in the absence of an express agreement to provide investment banking or other
financial advisory services to the Company, and without regard to whether such services were
provided, BMP will be entitled to receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate transaction value
upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation,
restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity
securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar
transaction by the Company.
At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of the Company, a
sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets or an initial public offering of common
equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, BMP may elect to
receive, in consideration of BMPs role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the
termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all
then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the Management Services Agreement,
assuming a hypothetical termination date of the Management Service Agreement to be the twelfth
anniversary of such election. The Management Service Agreement will continue until the earlier of
the twelfth
146
anniversary of the date of the agreement or such date as the Company and BMP may mutually
determine. The Company will agree to indemnify BMP and its affiliates, directors, officers,
employees, agents and representatives from and against all liabilities relating to the services
contemplated by the transaction and advisory fee agreement and the engagement of BMP pursuant to,
and the performance of BMP and its affiliates of the services contemplated by, the Management
Services Agreement.
BMP also received transaction fees in connection with services provided related to the Merger.
Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, BMP received, at the closing of the Merger, an $8.0
million transaction fee as consideration for BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due
diligence and other assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition, we agreed to reimburse
BMP for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BMP and its affiliates in connection with the Merger
and the provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.
Accordingly, in connection with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recognized fees
of $1.4 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011,
which are included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations and fees of $7.3 million for the five months ended July 2,
2011, which are included in
Special charges, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Further, the Company capitalized $0.8 million of fees as deferred financing costs.
Blackstone Advisory Agreement
On April 5, 2010, the Company entered into an advisory services arrangement (the Advisory
Agreement) with Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (Blackstone Advisory), an affiliate of
Blackstone. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company paid a fee of
approximately $2.0 million following announcement of the parties having entered into the Merger
Agreement, and a fee of approximately $4.5 million following consummation of the Merger. In
addition, the Company has reimbursed Blackstone Advisory for its reasonable documented expenses,
and agreed to indemnify Blackstone Advisory and related persons against certain liabilities arising
out of its advisory engagement.
Accordingly, in connection with the Advisory Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $4.5
million and $2.0 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the three months ended
January 1, 2010, respectively, which are included in
Special charges, net
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Other Relationships
Blackstone and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have
entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these
companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.
Under our Restated Articles of Incorporation, our directors do not have a duty to refrain from
engaging in similar business activities as the Company or doing business with any client, customer
or vendor of the Company engaging in any other corporate opportunity that the Company has any
expectancy or interest in engaging in. The Company has also waived, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, any expectation or interest or right to be informed of any corporate opportunity,
and any director acquiring knowledge of a corporate opportunity shall have no duty to inform the
Company of such corporate opportunity.
Procedures with Respect to Review and Approval of Related Person Transactions
Our board of directors has not adopted a formal written policy for the review and approval of
transactions with related persons. However, the board of directors reviews and approves
transactions with related persons as appropriate.
147
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
The following section summarizes the terms of our principal indebtedness following the
consummation of the Transactions.
ABL Facility
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our senior secured
asset-based revolving credit facilities. This summary is not a complete description of all the
terms of such agreements.
General
In connection with the Transactions, we entered into senior secured asset-based revolving
credit facilities (collectively, the ABL Facility) with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent,
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (MSSF) as syndication agent and Barclays Capital Inc.
(Barclays Capital) and RBC Capital Markets, LLC (RBCCM) as co-documentation agents. Each of
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., MSSF, Barclays Capital and RBCCM act as the joint lead arrangers and
joint bookrunners for the ABL Facility.
Our ABL Facility provides revolving credit financing to the Issuer (under the ABL Facility,
the Borrower) of up to $50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of
four years, including borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on
same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving
sub-facility of up to $42.5 million (the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility) and (ii) a first-in, last out
revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million (the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility).
The borrowing base at any time is equal to the sum (in each case subject to certain customary
reserves and eligibility criteria) of:
|
|
|
85% of all of the Borrowers eligible receivables and 85% of the net orderly
liquidation value of all of the Borrowers eligible inventory (the Tranche 1 Borrowing
Base); and
|
|
|
|
|
15% of all of the Borrowers eligible receivables and 15% of the net orderly
liquidation value of all of the Borrowers eligible inventory (the Tranche 2 Borrowing
Base).
|
Borrowings under our ABL Facility is subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions,
including, but not limited to, absence of defaults or events of default and accuracy of
representations and warranties in all material respects.
Provided that no default or event of default shall be then existing or would arise therefrom
and subject to the satisfaction of customary documentation and other conditions, at our option, we
may increase the commitments under the ABL Facility by an amount not to exceed $20.0 million in the
aggregate. The terms and conditions of any such increase is the same as those of our ABL Facility.
Interest Rate and Fees
Borrowings under our ABL Facility bears interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option,
either (A) Adjusted LIBOR (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50% in the case
of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; or (B) the
higher of (a) the administrative agents Prime Rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate, plus
0.5% (ABR) plus (x) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (y) 4.50% in the case of
the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility.
From and after the first full fiscal quarter following the closing date of the ABL Facility,
so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred or be continuing, the applicable
interest margin for borrowings under our ABL Facility will be determined in accordance with (i) an
excess availability based grid with respect to the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility in 0.25% increments
between three excess availability levels ranging from 3.25% to 3.75%
for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 2.25% to 2.75% for ABR loans or (ii) an excess availability based
grid with respect
148
to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, in 0.25% increments between three excess
availability levels ranging from 5.25% to 5.75% for Adjusted LIBOR loans and 4.25% to 4.75% for ABR
loans. In addition to paying interest on outstanding amounts under our ABL Facility, we are
required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder, of 0.625%
per annum in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility and 0.875% in the case of the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility; provided that from and after the first full fiscal quarter following the closing date
of our ABL Facility, so long as no default or event of default shall have occurred or be
continuing, the applicable commitment fees are determined in accordance with (i) an excess
availability based grid with respect to the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility in 0.125% increments between
three excess availability levels ranging from 0.50% to 0.75% or (ii) an excess availability based
grid with respect to the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in 0.125% increments between three excess
availability levels ranging from 0.75% to 1.00%.
Excess Availability is defined in the definitive documentation as the amount equal to (i) the
lesser of (x) the then current aggregate commitments of the lenders under the ABL Facility and (y)
the Borrowing Base, minus (ii) the aggregate revolving loans and participations in letters of
credit and swingline loans outstanding.
Mandatory Prepayments
If at any time the outstanding revolving loans and letters of credit pursuant to any tranche
of the ABL Facility exceed the lesser of (i) the aggregate commitments with respect to such tranche
under our ABL Facility or (ii) the current Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or Tranche 2 Borrowing Base, as
applicable, we will be required to prepay applicable revolving loans of the applicable tranche
(and/or cash collateralize the letters of credit) in an amount equal to such excess, without
commitment reduction.
After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash Dominion Event (which will be
defined under the ABL Facility as the period when (i) excess availability (as defined above) is
less than $7.5 million for a period of four consecutive business days, (ii) when any payment or
bankruptcy event of default is continuing or (iii) when any event of default due to a breach of a
financial covenant, a negative covenant, a cross default, or a failure to deliver any annual or
quarterly financial statements or a borrowing base certificate (after expiration of any applicable
cure periods) is continuing, until the 30th consecutive day that excess availability exceeds such
threshold or such event of default ceases to be continuing, as applicable), all amounts deposited
in the controlled deposit accounts will be swept into core concentration accounts maintained with
the administrative agent and will be promptly applied to repay outstanding revolving loans and,
after such loans have been repaid in full, cash collateralize any outstanding letter of credit
obligations.
Voluntary Prepayments
We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay
outstanding loans at any time (subject to minimum repayment amounts and customary notice periods)
without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs, if applicable, with respect to
Adjusted LIBOR loans.
Amortization and Final Maturity
There will be no scheduled amortization under our ABL Facility. All outstanding loans under
the facility will be due and payable in full on the fourth anniversary of the closing date.
Guarantees
All obligations of the Borrower under the ABL Facility, including any interest rate protection
or other hedging arrangements entered into with the administrative agent, the lead arrangers, any
lender or any affiliate of any of the foregoing, and cash management obligations owing to any
lender, the administrative agent, any lead arranger or any affiliate of any of the foregoing, are
unconditionally guaranteed by the direct parent of the Borrower and each existing and each
subsequently acquired or organized direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiary
of the Borrower, subject to certain exceptions (the Subsidiary Guarantors).
149
Security
The ABL Facility is secured, subject to certain limitations and exclusions, by (i) a
first-priority security interest in personal property of the Issuer and the subsidiary guarantors
consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract rights, inventory,
cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory, intercompany notes
and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments, chattel paper, documents and
commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the foregoing, books and records of the Issuer,
and the proceeds thereof including any business interruption insurance proceeds, subject to
permitted liens and other customary exceptions (the ABL Priority Collateral); and (ii) a
second-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral. See Description of Notes Security
for the Notes.
Restrictive Covenants and Other Matters
Our ABL Facility requires that, if excess availability is less than $7.5 million, the Borrower
must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.05 to 1.0. In addition, our ABL Facility
includes negative covenants that, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the
ability of our parent and subsidiaries to, among other things:
|
|
|
incur liens;
|
|
|
|
|
make investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
|
incur indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
|
engage in fundamental changes, including mergers, liquidations and dissolutions;
|
|
|
|
|
enter into speculative hedging arrangements;
|
|
|
|
|
engage in asset sales;
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends, make distributions, repurchase or redeem capital stock, or make other
similar payments in respect of capital stock;
|
|
|
|
|
engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
|
enter into burdensome agreements;
|
|
|
|
|
restrict subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses;
|
|
|
|
|
make material accounting changes;
|
|
|
|
|
change our fiscal year;
|
|
|
|
|
prepay or modify subordinated debt;
|
|
|
|
|
make material changes in the nature of our business; and
|
|
|
|
|
with respect to our parent, engage in any unpermitted operating activities.
|
Our ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative
covenants and events of default, including, among other things, payment defaults, breach of
representations and warranties,
covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain indebtedness, bankruptcy
and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary judgment defaults, invalidity
of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the
lenders under our ABL Facility would be entitled to take
150
various actions, including the
acceleration of amounts due under our ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a
secured creditor.
Argentine Facilities
Short-term Credit Facilities
In 2008, our operations in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance
working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing
facilities was $3.0 million as of July 2, 2011. These facilities mature at various dates through
December 2011. As of July 2, 2011, the average interest rate of these borrowings was 1.8%.
Borrowings under these facilities are included in Short-term borrowings in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Long-term Credit Facility
In January 2007, our subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement with banking
institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at the facility near
Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the arrangement, excluding any
interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine
peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are
secured by pledges covering (a) the subsidiarys existing equipment lines; (b) the outstanding
stock of the subsidiary; and (c) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as well as a
trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major customers of
the subsidiary. As of July 2, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3 million
(with a carrying value of $16.7 million), consisting of a U.S. dollar-denominated loan. The
interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290 basis
points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Principal payments due under our U.S.
dollar-denominated loan are as follows: approximately $1.7 million for the balance of fiscal year
2011, $3.5 million for each of 2012 to 2015 with the remaining balance of $1.7 million in 2016. We
repaid the $5.4 million Argentine peso-denominated loans (at January 1, 2011 exchange rates) in
conjunction with the Transactions.
China Facility
In third quarter 2010, our subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into an unsecured three-year
U.S. dollar-denominated construction loan arrangement with a banking institution in China to
finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt line at its manufacturing facility in
Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the China Facility, excluding any interest
added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million. The three-year term of the agreement begins with the
date of the first draw down on the facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the
China Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding
based on the lenders internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit
agreement was executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250
basis points. We are obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter
of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of July 2,
2011, we have drawn $17.0 million under the China Facility. We borrowed the remaining $3.0 million
under the China Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
Other Obligations
See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity and Capital Resources Contractual Obligations for descriptions
of certain other obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
151
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
General
Certain terms used in this description are defined under the subheading Certain Definitions.
In this description, (1) the term Company refers to Polymer Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation
(PGI), and not any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (2) the term Parent refers only to
Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and the direct parent of the Company, and
not to any of its subsidiaries and (3) the terms we, our and us each refer to the Company and
its consolidated Subsidiaries.
The Company has previously issued $560.0 million of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the
Notes) under an indenture (the Indenture) dated as of January 28, 2011 among the Company, the
Guarantors and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the
Trustee). The Notes were issued in a
private transaction that is not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The
terms of the Notes were those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to the
Notes include the outstanding notes and the exchange notes.
The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture and
the Collateral Documents and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, including the
definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture and the
Collateral Documents because they, not this description, will define your rights as Holders of the
Notes. You may request copies of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents at our address set
forth under the heading Prospectus Summary Corporate Information.
Brief Description of the Notes
The Notes:
|
|
|
are general secured senior obligations of the Company;
|
|
|
|
|
are secured on a first-priority lien basis (together with Additional Parity Debt) by
the Notes Collateral owned by the Company and on a second-priority lien basis by the
ABL Collateral owned by the Company, in each case subject to certain liens permitted by
the Indenture;
|
|
|
|
|
are effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of
the value of the collateral securing the Notes (after giving effect to any senior Lien
on the Collateral);
|
|
|
|
|
are effectively senior to the Companys existing and future Obligations under the
ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by the Company
(although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after
the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in
any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);
|
|
|
|
|
are effectively subordinated to the Companys existing and future Obligations under
the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral owned by the Company;
|
|
|
|
|
are effectively subordinated to any existing or future Indebtedness of the Company
that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral
securing the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets;
|
|
|
|
|
without giving effect to security interests, rank equally in right of payment with
all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including the Companys
existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility;
|
|
|
|
|
rank equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral owned by the Company with
respect to the Companys obligations under any Additional Parity Debt incurred after
the Issue Date including the
|
152
|
|
|
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the Notes
will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche
2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar event);
|
|
|
|
|
are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness, claims of
holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of the Companys Subsidiaries that do
not guarantee the Notes;
|
|
|
|
|
are senior in right of payment to any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company;
|
|
|
|
|
are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors, as described under
Guarantees; and
|
|
|
|
|
are subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to a Registration Rights
Agreement, as described under The Exchange Offer.
|
As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Companys Subsidiaries are Restricted
Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, we will be permitted to designate certain of
our subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Any Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject
to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture and will not guarantee the Notes.
Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Companys direct and
indirect Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries. The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not
merely as sureties, have initially jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, on
a senior secured basis, the performance and full and punctual payment when due, whether at
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under the Indenture and
the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, any premium or interest on or Additional Interest
in respect of the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise, on the terms set forth in the
Indenture by executing the Indenture.
In the future, each direct and indirect Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other
than certain immaterial Subsidiaries) of the Company (and in certain circumstances other Restricted
Subsidiaries as provided for herein) will guarantee the Notes. As of the date of this prospectus,
none of our Foreign Subsidiaries have guaranteed or will guarantee the Notes and no Foreign
Subsidiaries are expected to Guarantee the Notes in the future. Each of the Guarantees of the
Notes:
|
|
|
is a general senior secured obligation of each Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
|
is secured, on a first-priority lien basis by the assets of such Guarantor
constituting Notes Collateral and on a second-priority basis by the assets of such
Guarantor constituting ABL Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens permitted
by the Indenture;
|
|
|
|
|
is effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such Guarantee (after giving effect to any
senior Lien on the Collateral);
|
|
|
|
|
is effectively senior to any borrowings under and the guarantees of the ABL Facility
by such Guarantor to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by such
Guarantor (although the Holders of the Notes will receive proceeds of Notes Collateral
only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a
foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event);
|
|
|
|
|
is effectively subordinated to such Guarantors Guarantee of the ABL Facility to the
extent of the value of the ABL Collateral owned by such Guarantor;
|
|
|
|
|
is effectively subordinated to any existing or future Indebtedness of such Guarantor
that is secured by liens on assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral
securing the Notes to the extent of the value of such assets;
|
153
|
|
|
without giving effect to security interests, is pari passu in right of payment with
all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such Guarantor, including such
Guarantors existing and future Obligations under the ABL Facility;
|
|
|
|
|
ranks equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral of such Guarantor, if any, with
respect to such Guarantors obligations under any Additional Parity Debt incurred after
the Issue Date and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (although the Holders of the Notes will
receive proceeds of Notes Collateral only after the payment in full of the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
event); and
|
|
|
|
|
is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness
of each such Guarantor.
|
Each of the Guarantees is structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness,
claims of holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of each Guarantor that
do not Guarantee the Notes.
Not all of the Companys Subsidiaries will be required to Guarantee the Notes. In the event of
a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding of any of these non-guarantor
Subsidiaries, the non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade
creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor. As a result, all of the existing and future liabilities of these
non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors, will be effectively senior to
the Notes.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited as necessary to prevent
the Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or similar limitation under applicable law.
This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under
fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantors obligation to an amount that
effectively makes its Guarantee worthless.
Any entity that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full of
all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an
amount equal to such other Guarantors pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net
assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
If a Guarantee were rendered voidable, it could be subordinated by a court to all other
indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent liabilities) of the Guarantor, and,
depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantors liability on its Guarantee could be
reduced to zero. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to the Notes Federal and state statutes may
allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, the guarantees and the security
interests, subordinate claims in respect of the notes, the guarantees and the security interests
and/or require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.
A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor will provide by its terms that it will be automatically
and unconditionally released and discharged with respect to the Notes upon:
(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of
such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture;
(b) in the case of a Guarantee resulting solely pursuant to clause (ii) of the first
paragraph under Certain Covenants Future Guarantees, the release or discharge of the
guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of
such Guarantee except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such
guarantee;
(c) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments and the definition of Unrestricted
Subsidiary; or
154
(d) the Company exercising its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option
with respect to the Notes as described under Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
or the Companys obligations under the Indenture being discharged with respect to the Notes
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; and
(2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture
relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Ranking
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of
any Guarantee will be
pari passu
in right of payment with all Senior Indebtedness of the Company or
the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations of the Company and such
Guarantor under the ABL Facility, subject to the collateral and intercreditor arrangements
described below. The ranking of the Notes and the Guarantees is more fully described above under
Brief Description of the Notes and Guarantees.
As of July 2, 2011:
|
|
|
the Company and the Guarantors had $560.3 million of indebtedness (excluding
indebtedness of non-guarantor Subsidiaries of $37.5 million), all of which is Senior
Indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
|
the Company and the Guarantors had $0.3 million of
indebtedness secured by assets that are not part of the Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
|
the Company had $29.2 million of additional availability under the ABL Facility
(which has aggregate commitments of $50.0 million as of the Issue Date), after giving
effect to availability under out borrowing base and $10.8 million of outstanding
letters of credit.
|
Our non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $782.4 million, or 71%, and $407.0 million, or
70%, of the Companys consolidated net sales (including intercompany sales) for the fiscal year
ended January 1, 2011 and six months ended July 2, 2011, respectively. The non-guarantor
Subsidiaries accounted for $356.0 million, or 70%, of our property, plant and equipment, net, as of
July 2, 2011. Before intercompany eliminations with the non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the
non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $768.3 million, or 50.1%, of the combined Issuer,
Subsidiary Guarantors and non-guarantor Subsidiaries total assets (including intercompany
receivables with such non-guarantor Subsidiaries, but excluding the value of such non-guarantor
Subsidiaries investments in the other Subsidiaries), as of July 2, 2011. After intercompany
eliminations, our non-guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for $700.9 million, or 62.3%, of the
Companys consolidated total assets (excluding the value of such non-guarantor Subsidiaries
investments in the other Subsidiaries), as of July 2, 2011. The Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors hold $335.2 million of intercompany receivables due from the non-guarantor Subsidiaries
to facilitate cash repatriation from the non-guarantor Subsidiaries to the Company. The Subsidiary
Guarantors also guarantee the Companys ABL Facility.
As of July 2, 2011, our non-guarantor Subsidiaries had $37.5 million of indebtedness.
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such
Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness.
The Indenture also does not limit the
amount of additional Indebtedness that Parent may incur. See Certain Covenants Limitation
on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
155
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Company will maintain one or more paying agents for the Notes. The initial paying agent
for the Notes is the Trustee.
The Company will also maintain a registrar with offices. The initial registrar is the Trustee.
The registrar will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to
time and will make payments on and facilitate transfers of Notes on behalf of the Company.
The Company may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the
Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent or registrar.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and
the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in
connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The
Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the
Company will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a
selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Company issued $560.0 million of Notes in connection with the Transactions. The Notes will
mature on February 1, 2019. Subject to compliance with the covenants described below under the
caption Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock and Certain Covenants Liens, the Company may issue additional Notes
from time to time under the Indenture (any such additional Notes, Additional Notes). The Notes,
including any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture, will be treated as a single
class for all purposes under the Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers
to purchase. Holders of Additional Notes will share equally and ratably in the Collateral. Unless
otherwise specified, or the context requires otherwise, references to Notes for all purposes of
the Indenture and this Description of Notes include any additional Notes that are actually
issued. The Company will issue Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.
Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 7.75% per annum and is payable semiannually in
arrears on February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2011 to the Holders of Notes of record
on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including
the issue date of the Notes. Interest on the Notes is computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Additional Interest may accrue on the outstanding notes in certain circumstances pursuant to
the Registration Rights Agreement. All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest
or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional
Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or
agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set
forth in the register of Holders;
provided
that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and
interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name
of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to
the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company,
the Companys office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
156
Security for the Notes
The Notes and the Guarantees have the benefit of the Collateral, which consist of (i) the
Notes Collateral (defined below) as to which the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional
Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have a first-priority security interest
(subject to Permitted Liens) and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have a second-priority security
interest and (ii) the ABL Collateral as to which the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have a
first-priority security interest and the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity
Debt (excluding the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have a second-priority security interest (subject to
Permitted Liens). The Company and the Guarantors will be able to Incur additional Indebtedness in
the future which could share in the Collateral. The amount of all such additional Indebtedness
incurred by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will be limited by the covenants disclosed
under Certain Covenants Liens and Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuances of Disqualified Stock. Under certain circumstances the amount of such
additional Secured Indebtedness could be significant.
Notes Collateral
The Notes Collateral has been pledged as collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of
Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility). The Notes and Guarantees are
secured, together with Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), by
first-priority security interests in the Notes Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens. The Notes
Collateral consists of (i) substantially all of the present and future tangible and intangible
assets of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, including without limitation equipment,
contracts, intellectual property, fee-owned real property, general intangibles, material
intercompany notes and proceeds of the foregoing, and (ii) a pledge of all of the Capital Stock of
the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Subsidiary
Guarantors (other than Equity Interests in immaterial subsidiaries and Captive Insurance
Subsidiaries and other Subsidiaries to the extent prohibited under applicable law and limited, in
the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, to 65% of the Capital Stock of each first-tier Foreign
Subsidiary), in each case other than the ABL Collateral, Excluded Assets and subject to the
limitations and exclusions described under Limitations on Stock Collateral (collectively, the
Notes Collateral). The Notes Collateral includes fee-owned properties at Benson, North Carolina,
Mooresville, North Carolina and Waynesboro Virginia, but does not include any other fee-owned
properties as of the Issue Date.
Initially, subject to Permitted Liens, only the Notes and the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have
the benefit of the first-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral. Except for
Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens, no other Indebtedness other than Additional Parity Debt
(including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) incurred by the Company may share in the first-priority
security interest in the Notes Collateral.
The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors initially granted a second-priority lien on and
security interest in the Notes Collateral for the benefit of the ABL Lenders Debt, which initially
consisted of the loans outstanding under the ABL Facility, obligations with respect to letters of
credit issued under the ABL Facility, certain hedging and cash management obligations incurred with
the lenders under the ABL Facility or their affiliates and any other obligations under the ABL
Facility. Any additional Indebtedness that is incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in
compliance with the terms of the Indenture may also be given a lien on and security interest in the
Notes Collateral (to the extent such lien constitutes a Permitted Lien) that ranks junior to the
lien of the Notes, in the Notes Collateral (other than Additional Parity Debt, including the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility which would have a
pari passu
first priority Lien on the Notes Collateral).
ABL Collateral
The Notes, together with Additional Parity Debt (excluding the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), are
also secured by a second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral (subject to
Permitted Liens). The ABL Collateral consists of substantially all personal property of the Company
and the Guarantors consisting of accounts receivable (including related contracts and contract
rights, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, other bank accounts and securities accounts), inventory,
intercompany notes and intangible assets (other than intellectual property), instruments, chattel
paper, documents and commercial tort claims to the extent arising out of the foregoing, books and
records of the Company, and the proceeds thereof including any business interruption insurance
proceeds,
157
subject to permitted liens and other customary exceptions, in each case held by the Company
and the Guarantors (collectively, the ABL Collateral). Generally, the Notes and Additional
Parity Debts second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral will be
terminated and automatically released if the lien on such ABL Collateral is released. The Tranche 2
Sub-Facility is also be secured by a first priority Lien on the ABL Collateral.
From and after the Issue Date, subject to the limitations contained under Certain
Covenants Liens and the definition of Permitted Liens, the Company or any Guarantor may grant
an additional lien on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral in order to secure any
obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture. In general, any such additional
liens (other than Permitted Liens) must rank junior to the second-priority lien securing the Notes.
Excluded Assets
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes are not be secured by a lien on Excluded Assets and
are subject to Permitted Liens.
The Notes Collateral does not and will not include the following (collectively, the Excluded
Assets):
(1) any Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary to the extent that the
pledge of such Capital Stock and other securities results in the Company being required to
file separate financial statements of such Subsidiary with the SEC, but only to the extent
necessary not to be subject to such requirement, as described in more detail below;
(2) any Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiaries directly owned by the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor in excess of 65% of the Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiaries and
Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiaries that are not directly owned by the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor;
(3) any property or assets owned by any Foreign Subsidiary or an Unrestricted
Subsidiary;
(4) Excluded Contracts;
(5) Excluded Equipment;
(6) any interest in fee-owned real property of the Company and the Guarantors if the
greater of its cost and net book value is less than $3.0 million;
(7) any interest in leased real property of the Company and the Guarantors;
(8) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title except to the
extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing
statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC;
(9) any trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office on
the basis of the Companys or any Guarantors intent to use such mark and for which a form
evidencing use of the mark has not yet been filed with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a security interest in such trademark
application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of
such trademark application or any registration that issues therefrom under applicable
federal law;
(10) assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in costs or
consequences (including material adverse tax consequences (including as a result of the
operation of Section 956 of the Code or any similar law, rule or regulation in any
applicable jurisdiction)), as reasonably determined by the Company, with respect to the
granting or perfecting of a security interest that is excessive in view of the benefits to
be obtained by the secured parties;
158
(11) accounts, property or other assets pledged pursuant to a Receivables Facility or
Factoring Program; and
(12) proceeds and products from any and all of the foregoing excluded collateral
described in clauses (1) through (11), unless such proceeds or products would otherwise
constitute Notes Collateral;
provided
,
however
, that Excluded Assets do not and will not include any asset of the Company or a
Guarantor which secures obligations with respect to ABL Lenders Debt. In addition, the Company and
its Subsidiaries shall not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral
access letters and shall not be required to (i) take actions to perfect security interests in (a)
commercial tort claims of less than $10.0 million, or (b) letter of credit rights (other than
letter of credits rights that can be perfected by filing of financing statements in appropriate
form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC), (ii) take actions to perfect by control other
than stock and note pledges and control agreements relating to ABL Collateral (to the extent
required by the ABL Facility) or (iii) take any actions under any laws outside of the United States
to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease
Agreement and all assets subject thereto shall constitute Excluded Assets for all purposes of the
Indenture and the Notes.
Limitations on Stock Collateral
The Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary of the Company that are owned by the
Company or any Guarantor will constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital
Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt, without Rule 3-16 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate
financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental
agency). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires or is
amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or
regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with
the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of
the Company due to the fact that such Subsidiarys Capital Stock and other securities secure the
Notes and Additional Parity Debt, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary
shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent
necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be
amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or a holder of Additional Parity
Debt, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and
other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral.
In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or
interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law,
rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiarys Capital Stock and other
securities to secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt in excess of the amount then pledged
without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements
of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall
automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to
not be subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event, the Collateral
Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or holders of
Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral
Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities.
In accordance with the limitations set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the
Notes Collateral will include shares of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries of the Company only to the
extent that the applicable value of such Capital Stock (on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary basis) is
less than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. Following the Issue Date,
however, the portion of the Capital Stock of Subsidiaries constituting Notes Collateral may
decrease or increase as described above.
Permitted Liens
The Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted by the Indenture to create or incur
Permitted Liens. The Notes will be effectively subordinated to existing and future secured
Indebtedness and other liabilities to the extent of the Companys or the Restricted Subsidiaries
assets serving as collateral for such Permitted Liens, to
159
the extent such Permitted Liens have priority to the Liens securing the Notes and Additional
Parity Debt. See Certain Definitions Permitted Liens.
In particular, the Notes and Additional Parity Debt will be effectively subordinated to
security interests on acquired property or assets of acquired companies which are secured prior to
(and not in connection with) such acquisition; such security interests generally constitute
Permitted Liens. Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted by the Indenture may also be
secured by security interests on the property and assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries. The
Indenture also permits other Permitted Liens. See Risk Factors Risks Relating to the Notes
Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens. and Risk Factors
Risks Relating to the Notes The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the
obligations secured by such collateral.
Collateral Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions
The Company, the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Trustee, the
Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt) have entered into the
Collateral Documents creating and establishing the terms of the security interests that secure the
Notes and the guarantees thereof and the Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility). These security interests secure the payment and performance when due of all of the
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees,
Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) and guarantees thereof and the
Collateral Documents, as provided in the Collateral Documents. Wilmington Trust Company has been
appointed, pursuant to the Indenture, as the Notes Collateral Agent. The Trustee, the Notes
Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes, each holder of Additional Parity Debt (including each
holder of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any
Obligations in respect of the Notes and Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility) outstanding at such time are referred to collectively as the Notes Secured Parties.
Intercreditor Agreement
The Company, the Guarantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent entered
into the Intercreditor Agreement on the Issue Date and by their acceptance of the Notes, the
Holders of the Notes will agree to be bound thereby. Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security
interests in the Notes Collateral will be enforced and the ABL Collateral Agent will determine the
time and method by which the security interests in the ABL Collateral will be enforced. The
Intercreditor Agreement provides that, notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of
grant, attachment or perfection of any liens on any Notes Collateral in which the holders of the
Notes and one or more class of Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) have
perfected security interests, the security interests of the Notes Collateral Agent and each such
other collateral agent in such Notes Collateral will rank equal in priority;
provided
that the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will have priority in right of payment upon a foreclosure or a bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar event and will be repaid prior to the repayment of the Notes and any other
Additional Parity Debt.
The aggregate amount of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral may, subject to the
limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased.
A portion of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral consists or may consist of
Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any
time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such
obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended,
renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise
amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the liens held by
the Holders or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the
parties thereto. The lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be
altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase,
replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured by the ABL
Collateral or the obligations secured by the Notes Collateral, by the release of any Collateral or
of any guarantees securing any secured obligations or by any action that any representative or
secured party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.
160
No Action With Respect to the ABL Collateral
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Notes Secured Parties may commence any
judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver,
liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of,
exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its
interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, the ABL
Collateral under any Collateral Document, applicable law or otherwise, at any time when the ABL
Collateral is subject to any first-priority security interest and any ABL Lenders Debt secured by
such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute
such ABL Lenders Debt remains in effect. Only the ABL Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take
any such actions or exercise any such remedies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes Collateral
Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all such actions it deems necessary to perfect or
continue the perfection of the second-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral of the
Holders of the Notes. The ABL Collateral Agent is subject to similar restrictions with respect to
its ability to enforce the second-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral held by
holders of ABL Lenders Debt.
No Duties of ABL Collateral Agent
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of
any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral has any duties or other obligations to any Notes
Secured Party with respect to the ABL Collateral, other than to transfer to the Notes Collateral
Agent any proceeds of any such ABL Collateral in which the Notes Collateral Agent continues to hold
a security interest remaining following any sale, transfer or other disposition of such ABL
Collateral (in each case, unless the lien on all such ABL Collateral of the Holders of the Notes is
terminated and released prior to or concurrently with such sale, transfer, disposition, payment or
satisfaction), the payment and satisfaction in full of such ABL Lenders Debt and the termination of
any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such ABL Lenders Debt, or, if the ABL
Collateral Agent is in possession of all or any part of such ABL Collateral after such payment and
satisfaction in full and termination, such ABL Collateral or any part thereof remaining, in each
case without representation or warranty on the part of the ABL Collateral Agent or any such holder
of ABL Lenders Debt. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement further provides that, until the ABL
Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral shall have been paid and satisfied in full and any
commitment to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured thereby shall have been
terminated, the ABL Collateral Agent is entitled, for the benefit of the holders of such ABL
Lenders Debt, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such ABL Collateral without
regard to any second-priority security interest therein or any rights to which any Notes Secured
Party would otherwise be entitled as a result of such second-priority security interest. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and
each Holder of the Notes agrees by its acceptance of the Notes that neither the ABL Collateral
Agent nor any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral has any duty or
obligation first to marshal or realize upon the ABL Collateral, or to sell, dispose of or otherwise
liquidate all or any portion of the ABL Collateral, in any manner that would maximize the return to
the Notes Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale,
disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Notes Secured
Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. The Intercreditor Agreement has
similar provisions regarding the duties owed to the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL
Lenders Debt by the Notes Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Collateral.
The Intercreditor Agreement additionally provides that the Notes Collateral Agent waives, and
each Holder of the Notes will waive by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional
Parity Debt will waive by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, any claim that may be had
against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt arising out of (i) any
actions which the ABL Collateral Agent or such holder of ABL Lenders Debt take or omit to take
(including actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any
Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or
failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any
claim for all or any part of the ABL Lenders Debt from any account debtor, guarantor or any other
party) in accordance with the documents governing any such ABL Lenders Debt or any other agreement
related thereto or to the collection of such ABL Lenders Debt or the valuation, use, protection or
release of any security for such ABL Lenders Debt, (ii) any election by the ABL Collateral Agent or
such holder of ABL Lenders Debt, in any proceeding instituted under Title 11 of the United States
Code of the application of Section 1111 (b) of Title 11 of the United States Code or (iii) any
161
borrowing of, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section
364 of Title 11 of the United States Code to, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as
debtor-in-possession with respect to the ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral Agent and holders of
ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to waive similar claims with respect to the actions of any of the
Notes Secured Parties.
No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement
The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes
will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by
its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that:
|
|
|
it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is,
or could be, to make any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent has (on behalf of the
Holders of the Notes and holders of Additional Parity Debt) on the ABL Collateral
pari
passu
with, or to give the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Holders of the
Notes or the holders of Additional Parity Debt any preference or priority relative to,
any Lien that the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral have
with respect to such ABL Collateral;
|
|
|
|
it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability
of any first-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral, the validity,
attachment, perfection or priority of any lien held by the holders of any ABL Lenders
Debt secured by any ABL Collateral, or the validity or enforceability of the
priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement;
|
|
|
|
it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is,
or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Collateral
by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL
Collateral;
|
|
|
|
it will have no right to (A) direct the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any
ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral to exercise any right, remedy or power
with respect to such ABL Collateral or (B) consent to the exercise by the ABL
Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by the ABL Collateral of
any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral;
|
|
|
|
it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or
other proceeding any claim against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL
Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral seeking damages from or other relief by way
of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither the ABL
Collateral Agent nor any holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral
will be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the ABL Collateral Agent
or such lenders with respect to such ABL Collateral;
|
|
|
|
it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any ABL Collateral or any part
thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such ABL Collateral; and
|
|
|
|
it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or
otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of the Intercreditor
Agreement.
|
The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to similar
limitations with respect to their rights in the Notes Collateral and their ability to bring a suit
against the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes or the holders of Additional Parity
Debt.
The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes
will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by
its acceptance of such
Additional Parity Debt that if it obtains possession of the ABL Collateral or realizes any
proceeds or payment in
162
respect of the ABL Collateral, pursuant to any Collateral Document or by the
exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time when any ABL Lenders Debt
secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to
extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL
Collateral remains in effect, then it will hold such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust
for the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral
and transfer such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the ABL Collateral
Agent. The Notes Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity
Debt will further agree that if, at any time, all or part of any payment with respect to any ABL
Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral previously made shall be rescinded for any reason
whatsoever, it will promptly pay over to the ABL Collateral Agent any payment received by it in
respect of any such ABL Collateral and shall promptly turn any such ABL Collateral then held by it
over to the ABL Collateral Agent, and the provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement will
be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of
such ABL Lenders Debt. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will be subject
to similar limitations with respect to the Notes Collateral and any proceeds or payments in respect
of any Notes Collateral.
Entry Upon Premises by ABL Collateral Agent and Holders of ABL Lenders Debt
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that if the ABL Collateral Agent takes any enforcement
action with respect to the ABL Collateral, the Notes Secured Parties (i) will cooperate with the
ABL Collateral Agent in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the ABL Collateral and to
finish any work-in-process and assemble the ABL Collateral, (ii) will not hinder or restrict in any
respect the ABL Collateral Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL Collateral or from
finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL Collateral, and (iii) will, subject to the
rights of any landlords under real estate leases, permit the ABL Collateral Agent, its employees,
agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the ABL Collateral Agent and
the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to enter upon and use the Notes Collateral (including (x)
equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of
records, documents or files and (y) intellectual property), for a period not to exceed 180 days
after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (A) assembling and storing the ABL
Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any ABL Collateral
consisting of work-in-process, (B) selling any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes
Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or
otherwise, (C) removing any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes Collateral, or (D)
taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights of the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt in and to the ABL Collateral;
provided
,
however
, that nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement will restrict the rights of the
Notes Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Notes Collateral prior
to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to
be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any stay or other order prohibiting
the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Collateral has been entered by a court of
competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or
other order. If the ABL Collateral Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the ABL
Collateral at any of the real property included within the Notes Collateral, the ABL Collateral
Agent shall provide the Notes Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to
hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Notes Collateral Agents
use of such real property.
During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the ABL Collateral Agent or the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt or their agents or representatives of any Notes Collateral, the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will (i) be responsible for the ordinary
course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat, light,
electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or
occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Notes
Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave
such Notes Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at
the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt agree to pay, indemnify and hold the Notes
Collateral Agent harmless from and against any third-party liability resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the ABL Collateral Agent or any of its agents, representatives
or invitees in its or their operation of such facilities. In the event, and only in the event, that
in connection with its use of some or all of the premises constituting Notes Collateral, the ABL
Collateral Agent requires the services of any
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the ABL Collateral Agent shall pay
directly to any such
163
employees the appropriate, allocated wages of such employees, if any, during
the time periods that the ABL Collateral Agent requires their services. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in no event shall the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have any
liability to the Notes Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement as a result of any
condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the
Notes Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt of their rights under the Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will not have any duty or liability to
maintain the Notes Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained
prior to the use thereof by them, or for any diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral that
results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Notes Collateral by such
persons in the manner and for the time periods specified under the Intercreditor Agreement. Without
limiting the rights granted under the Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt will cooperate with the Notes Secured Parties in connection with any
efforts made by the Notes Secured Parties to sell the Notes Collateral.
Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings
If Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to a case under Title 11 of
the United States Code, as amended (the Bankruptcy Code) and, as debtor(s)-in-possession, moves
for approval of financing (DIP Financing) to be provided by one or more lenders (the DIP
Lenders) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral with the consent
of the DIP Lenders under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Notes Collateral Agent has agreed
in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes
and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity
Debt that it will raise no objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the ABL Collateral
securing the same (DIP Financing Liens) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes ABL
Collateral, unless the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such
ABL Collateral oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of such
cash collateral (and, to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank
pari passu
with, the Liens of such ABL Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent will,
for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt,
subordinate the liens of the Notes Secured Parties in such ABL Collateral to the liens of the ABL
Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral and the DIP Financing Liens), so long as the Notes Secured
Parties retain liens on all the Notes Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the
commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the
case under the Bankruptcy Code. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will
agree to similar provisions with respect to any DIP Financing. The Intercreditor Agreement provides
that nothing therein will limit (x) the right of the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral
Agent to consent to the use of cash collateral or consent to or provide any DIP Financing on terms
other than the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement or (y) the right of ABL Collateral
Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent to object to such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral on
terms other than those set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement;
provided
that any Lien on ABL
Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the
Notes and the holders of Additional Parity Debt shall be subject to the priorities set forth in the
Intercreditor Agreement and any Lien on Notes Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the
ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt shall be subject to the priorities set
forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.
The Notes Collateral Agent has agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement, each Holder of the Notes
will agree by its acceptance of the Notes and each holder of Additional Parity Debt will agree by
its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other
disposition of any ABL Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code
or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL
Lenders Debt shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such ABL Collateral. The ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have agreed to similar limitations with
respect to their right to object to a sale of Notes Collateral.
Adequate Protection
Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Holders of the Notes shall oppose (or support the
opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion or
other request by the ABL
Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt for adequate protection of the ABL
Collateral Agents Liens
164
upon the ABL Collateral, including any claim of the ABL Collateral Agent
or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to post-petition interest as a result of their Lien on the ABL
Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is not paid from the
proceeds of Notes Collateral), request for the application of proceeds of ABL Collateral to the ABL
Lenders Debt, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL
Collateral, or (ii) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to
any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL
Lenders Debt claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to their Liens in the ABL
Collateral. In addition, the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of holders of ABL
Lenders Debt, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes Collateral, subject
to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
provided
, that (x) the Notes Collateral Agent is
granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same
type as the Notes Collateral senior to the replacement Lien granted to the holders of ABL Lenders
Debt on such assets, and (y) such adequate protection requested by the ABL Collateral Agent is in
the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral.
Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, if granted to the ABL
Collateral Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the
Notes Collateral Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens
of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes or holders of Additional Parity Debt on
such postpetition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral. If the ABL Collateral Agent, for
itself and on behalf of the holders of ABL Lenders Debt, seeks or requires (or is otherwise
granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes Collateral in the form of a
replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, then the ABL
Collateral Agent, for itself and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt, agrees that the Notes Collateral
Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition assets as adequate protection
of its senior interest in the Notes Collateral and that the ABL Collateral Agents replacement Lien
shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent on the same basis as
the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent on the Notes Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the
Notes Collateral Agent on the Notes Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the ABL
Collateral Agent or any holder of ABL Lenders Debt receives as adequate protection a Lien on
post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall
also constitute ABL Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the ABL Collateral Agent and
the holders of ABL Lenders Debt secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to
the Intercreditor Agreement.
Neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of ABL Lenders Debt shall oppose (or support
the opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion
or other request by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes for adequate protection
of the Notes Collateral Agents Liens upon any of the Notes Collateral, including any claim of the
Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes to post-petition interest as a result of their
Lien on the Notes Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is
paid solely from the proceeds of any Collateral other than ABL Collateral), request for the
application of proceeds of Notes Collateral to Obligations under the Notes or Additional Parity
Debt, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes
Collateral or (ii) any objection by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes to any
motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the
Notes claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to Notes Collateral Agents Liens in the
Notes Collateral. In addition, the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Holders
of the Notes, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL Collateral, subject to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, that (x) the ABL Collateral Agent is
granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same
type as the ABL Collateral senior to the replacement Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on
such assets, and (y) such adequate protection requested by the Notes Collateral Agent is in the
form of a replacement Lien on postpetition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral. Such Lien
on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, if granted to the Notes Collateral
Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the ABL Collateral
Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the ABL
Collateral Agent or any other secured party under the ABL Lenders Debt on such post-petition assets
of the same type as the ABL Collateral. If the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of
the Notes Secured Parties, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its
junior interest in the ABL Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets
of the same type as the ABL Collateral, then the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and the Holders
of the Notes, agrees that the ABL Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such
post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the ABL Collateral and that
the Notes Collateral Agents replacement
Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the ABL Collateral Agent on the same
basis as the Liens of
165
the Notes Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral are subordinated to the
Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the
Notes Collateral Agent or any Holder of the Notes receives as adequate protection a Lien on
post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall
also constitute Notes Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the Notes Collateral Agent
and the Holders of the Notes secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement.
Insurance
Unless and until written notice by the ABL Collateral Agent to the Notes Collateral Agent that
the obligations under the ABL Facility have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit
under the ABL Facility shall have been terminated, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one
hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the ABL
Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security
documents related to the ABL Facility and the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the
documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim
covering or constituting ABL Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any
award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the ABL Collateral. Unless and
until written notice by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent to the ABL Collateral Agent that
the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and Additional Parity Debt have been paid in
full, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the
case may be, on the other hand, only the Notes Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the
rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture and
the Collateral Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) to adjust or
settle any insurance policy covering or constituting Notes Collateral in the event of any loss
thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely
affecting the Notes Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL
Collateral and Notes Collateral, then the ABL Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent will
work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the Grantors
under the security documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture and the Collateral
Documents and the documentation governing Additional Parity Debt) under the relevant insurance
policy.
Refinancings of the ABL Facility and the Notes
The obligations under the ABL Facility, the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes and
Additional Parity Debt may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without
notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the
refinancing transaction under the ABL Facility or any security document related thereto, the
Indenture or the Collateral Documents) of the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of ABL Lenders
Debt or any Notes Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the
Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement
indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments
or supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement) as the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral
Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable
to the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
In connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the
Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Company, and without
the consent of either the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, (a) to add parties
(or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement
indebtedness, (b) to establish that Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such refinancing or
replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing
the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL
Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement indebtedness shall have the same priority as
the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the
terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
Use of Proceeds of Collateral
After the satisfaction of all obligations under any ABL Lenders Debt secured by ABL Collateral
and the termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt
secured or intended to be
166
secured by any ABL Collateral, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral
Agent, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents and the
documentation governing Additional Parity Debt, will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of
the costs of enforcement and collateral administration, including any amounts owed to the Trustee
in its capacity as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent of the ABL Collateral received by it under the
Collateral Documents) for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of
Additional Parity Debt.
Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents, the Company and the Guarantors will have the
right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral securing the Notes and
Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility) (other than any cash, securities,
obligations and Cash Equivalents constituting part of the Collateral and deposited with the Notes
Collateral Agent or the ABL Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral
Documents and other than as set forth in the Collateral Documents), to freely operate the
Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income therefrom.
Release of Collateral
The Company and the Guarantors will be entitled to the releases of property and other assets
included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following
circumstances:
|
|
|
to enable the disposition of such property or assets (other than any such
disposition to the Company or a Guarantor) to the extent not prohibited under the
covenant described under Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales;
|
|
|
|
in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee, the release of the
property and assets of such Guarantor; or
|
|
|
|
as described under Amendment, Supplement and Waiver below.
|
The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt
will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are
released by the ABL Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such first-priority
liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture).
Notwithstanding the existence of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the ABL
Collateral securing the Notes and Additional Parity Debt will also terminate and be released
automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the ABL
Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of ABL Collateral that is
either not prohibited under the Indenture or occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other
exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the ABL Collateral Agent (except with
respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after satisfaction in
full of the ABL Lenders Debt). The liens on the Collateral securing the Notes that otherwise would
have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph but for the occurrence and
continuation of an Event of Default will be released when such Event of Default and all other
Events of Default under the Indenture cease to exist.
The security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes also will be released upon (i)
payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including
additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other obligations related thereto under the
Indenture, the Guarantees under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents that are due and payable
at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including
additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the
Indenture as described below under Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance or a discharge of
the Indenture as described under Satisfaction and Discharge.
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that other than by virtue of a sale, transfer, conveyance
or other disposition of Notes Collateral for which the proceeds thereof have been segregated, all
proceeds realized from the
sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets constituting Notes Collateral shall
lose their characterization as Notes Collateral and as proceeds of Notes Collateral upon the
receipt of such proceeds by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor and application thereof to
the obligations under the ABL Facility; provided that after the occurrence of (i) written notice by
the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent of an Event of Default under and as
167
defined in the
Indenture has been delivered to the ABL Collateral Agent, or (ii) an insolvency or liquidation
proceeding has been initiated with respect to the Company or any Guarantor, all identifiable
proceeds of Notes Collateral received by the Company or any Guarantor thereafter shall constitute
Notes Collateral.
No Impairment of Security Interests
Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, neither the Company nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take
any action, which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of
materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the
Trustee and Holders.
The Indenture governing the Notes provides that any release of Collateral in accordance with
the provisions of the Indenture governing the Notes and the Collateral Documents will not be deemed
to impair the security under the Indenture governing the Notes and that any Person may rely on such
provision in delivering a certificate requesting release so long as all other provisions of the
Indenture governing the Notes with respect to such release have been complied with.
In addition, the Company will not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any
amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any manner that would be
adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as permitted under
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.
Sufficiency of Notes Collateral
As of July 2, 2011, the book value of the Notes Collateral (other than capital stock of the
Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries) was approximately $674.5 million. In the event of foreclosure
on the Notes Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral may not be sufficient to
satisfy in full the Companys obligations under the Notes, Additional Parity Debt and the ABL
Lenders Debt. The amount to be received upon such a sale would be dependent on numerous factors,
including but not limited to the timing and the manner of the sale. In addition, the book value of
the Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a measure of realizable value for such assets. By
its nature, the book value of certain portions of the Notes Collateral may have to be greatly
discounted when ascertaining its marketable value and portions of the Notes Collateral may be
illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value at all. In particular, the Notes
Collateral is generally significantly less liquid than the ABL Collateral. Accordingly, there can
be no assurance that the Notes Collateral can be sold in a short period of time in an orderly
manner. A significant portion of the Notes Collateral includes assets that may only be usable, and
thus retain value, as part of the existing operating business of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Accordingly, any such sale of the Notes Collateral separate from the sale of certain of the
operating businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries may not be feasible or of significant
value.
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
The right of the Notes Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Notes Collateral upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default would be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law
in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against the Company or any of the
Guarantors prior to the Notes Collateral Agent having repossessed and disposed of the Notes
Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, a secured
creditor such as the Notes Collateral Agent is prohibited from repossessing its security from a
debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from the debtor, without
bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain
and use Notes Collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments
provided that the secured creditor is given adequate protection. The meaning of the term adequate
protection may vary according to the circumstances, but it is intended in general to protect the
value of the secured creditors interest in the Notes Collateral and may include cash payments or
the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion
determines, for any diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral as a result of the stay of
repossession or disposition as a result of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code or any
use of the Notes Collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy
court may determine that a secured creditor may not require compensation for a diminution in the
value of the Notes Collateral if the value of the Notes Collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In
addition, a bankruptcy court may determine not to provide cash
168
payments as adequate protection to a
secured creditor if (among other reasons) the bankruptcy court determines that the amount due under
the Notes exceeds the value of the Notes Collateral. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court
determines the value of the Collateral (after giving effect to any prior Liens) is not sufficient
to repay all amounts due on the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the Notes and any other Additional Parity
Debt, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility would be repaid in full prior to any payments being made on the
Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt and then the Holders of the Notes and any other
Additional Parity Debt would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Collateral, and
would hold unsecured claims with respect to any shortfall.
In view of the broad equitable powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how
long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case (to the
extent such payments are made during the pendency of the bankruptcy case), whether or when the
Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Notes
Collateral at the time of the bankruptcy petition or whether or to what extent Holders of the Notes
would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Notes Collateral through the
requirement of adequate protection. Any disposition of the Notes Collateral during a bankruptcy
case would also require permission from the bankruptcy court. Furthermore, in the event a
bankruptcy court determines the value of the Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due
on the Notes, the claims of the Holders of the Notes in the bankruptcy case would be bifurcated
into secured and unsecured components: they would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of
the Notes Collateral to which the Holders of the Notes are entitled, and unsecured claims with
respect to such shortfall. The Bankruptcy Code only permits the payment and/or accrual of
post-petition interest, costs and attorneys fees to a secured creditor during a debtors
bankruptcy case to the extent the value of the Notes Collateral is determined by the bankruptcy
court to exceed the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured by the Notes
Collateral. To the extent the Holders of the Notes are determined to be undersecured, interest
accrual under the Notes would cease as of the date of the bankruptcy filing.
In addition, the Notes Collateral Agent may need to evaluate the impact of the potential
liabilities before determining to foreclose on the secured property because lenders that hold a
security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of
remediating or preventing release or threatened releases of hazardous substances at the secured
property. In this regard, the Notes Collateral Agent may decline to foreclose on the Notes
Collateral or exercise remedies available if it does not receive indemnification to its
satisfaction from the Holders of Notes. Finally, the Notes Collateral Agents ability to foreclose
on the Notes Collateral on behalf of Holders of Notes, may be subject to lack of perfection, the
consent of third parties, prior liens and practical problems associated with the realization of the
Notes Collateral Agents security interest in the Notes Collateral.
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
The Trust Indenture Act will become applicable to the Indenture upon the qualification of the
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, which will occur at such time as the Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act. The Indenture provides that the Company will comply with the
provisions of § 314 of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent applicable. To the extent applicable,
the Company will cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of
the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Company
except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion
be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other
expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this paragraph, the Company will not be required to comply with all or any portion of §
314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of
counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of §
314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of
the SEC and its staff, including no action letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of §
314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of
Collateral.
Intercreditor Arrangements Among the Notes and Additional Parity Debt
The intercreditor relationship among the Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any other
Additional Parity Debt is governed by an Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of
the Issue Date, among the
169
Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Indenture, and
Wilmington Trust Company, as Notes Collateral Agent, which agreement provides that the Notes, the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any other Additional Parity Debt shall all rank pari passu (although the
Holders of the Notes and any other Additional Parity Debt will be paid only after the payment in
full of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility in the event of a foreclosure or in any bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar event). In addition, the Collateral Agency Agreement describes, among other things, the
obligations, powers and duties of the Notes Collateral Agent, actions and voting by the Additional
Parity Debt, the exercise of remedies, and the application of collateral proceeds.
Exercise of Remedies in Respect of Collateral
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or an event of default
under any Additional Parity Debt Obligations, the Notes Collateral Agent will be permitted, subject
to applicable law and the terms of the Collateral Documents, including the Intercreditor Agreement,
to exercise remedies and sell the Collateral under the Collateral Documents only at the direction
of the agents or representatives (including the Trustee in the case of the Holders) who are
authorized to act on behalf of the Holders or the holders of Additional Parity Debt, as applicable,
or at the direction of the holders of a majority in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes
and any outstanding Additional Parity Debt voting as a single class (the Directing Creditors).
Waterfall of Payment Following Acceleration or in Bankruptcy
The Tranche 2 Sub-Facility will be entitled to a priority of payment over the Notes and
Additional Parity Debt in the circumstances and to the extent described below. Any amount received
by the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent from the Company or any Guarantor (or from proceeds of
any Notes Collateral or ABL Collateral) following any acceleration of the obligations under the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the Notes or Additional Parity Debt or any bankruptcy or insolvency Event
of Default with respect to the Company or any Guarantor under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, the
Notes or any Additional Parity Debt, whether received from the proceeds of an asset sale,
reorganization, liquidation, sale pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, adequate
protection payments, or otherwise, shall be applied:
first
, to the payment of advances made and liabilities incurred by the Notes Collateral
Agent in order to protect the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents and the payment of
all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by and disbursements of attorneys, accountants,
consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent or the
Trustee in connection with the preservation, collection, foreclosure or enforcement of the
Liens granted by the Collateral Documents or any interest, right, power or remedy of the
Notes Collateral Agent or in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the
Obligations in respect of the Notes or any obligations in respect of any Additional Parity
Debt in any insolvency proceeding, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of
attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes
Collateral Agent or the Trustee and reasonable compensation of the Notes Collateral Agent
and the Trustee and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and
other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent or the Trustee for services
rendered in connection therewith;
second
, to the payment in full of all obligations under the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility
(including, without limitation, any post-petition interest with respect thereto, whether or
not an allowed claim) and the termination of any commitments thereunder;
third
, to the payment in full of all outstanding obligations in respect of the Notes
and any other Additional Parity Debt (including, without limitation, any post-petition
interest, whether or not an allowed claim) on a pro rata basis; and
fourth
, to the Company or the applicable Guarantor or their successors or as instructed
by the court of a competent jurisdiction.
If, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, any equity securities, debt securities
or other non-cash consideration from the reorganized debtor is distributed pursuant to a plan of
reorganization or similar dispositive
170
restructuring plan after satisfaction of the Tranche 2
Sub-Facility, the amount of such non-cash consideration to be distributed to each of the Holders of
the Notes and holders of any other Additional Parity Debt shall be distributed ratably among all
classes of Notes and such other Additional Parity Debt, in accordance with the priorities described
above. In addition, if, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, debt obligations of the
reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed
pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan, on account of the
Notes and Additional Parity Debt (including the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility), then, to the extent the
debt obligations distributed on account of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt are secured by
Liens upon the same property, the priority of payments provisions described above will survive the
distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to such
debt obligations.
For purposes of distribution of non-cash consideration, including any equity securities or
debt securities, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be equal to either the current
market price or the fair market value thereof and will be determined as follows: (i) if such
non-cash consideration is a marketable security, the average daily closing price thereof on a
principal national securities exchange or NASDAQ for a specified preceding period or (ii) if such
non-cash consideration is not a marketable security or the average daily closing price thereof
cannot be determined, by one or more nationally recognized investment banks with experience in
similar transactions according to procedures customary for similar transactions. For purposes of
these intercreditor arrangements, all references to the Company or any Guarantor shall include such
Person as a debtor in possession and any receiver or trustee for such Person in any bankruptcy,
insolvency or liquidation case.
Amendments of the Collateral Documents
The Notes Collateral Agent will not agree to any amendment to the Collateral Documents, except
upon instructions given by the Directing Creditors (unless such amendment does not require any
consent of the Notes Secured Parties).
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to make an
offer to purchase Notes as described under the heading Repurchase at the Option of Holders. In
addition, the Company, the Investors and their respective affiliates may, at their discretion, at
any time and from time to time purchase Notes, in the open market or otherwise.
Optional Redemption
Except as set forth below, the Company will not be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option
prior to February 1, 2015.
At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon
notice as described under Selection and Notice below, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (the Redemption Date),
subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date.
In addition, at any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month
period up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date,
upon notice as described under Selection and Notice below, at a redemption price equal to 103.0%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional
Interest, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption
Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon
notice as described under the heading Selection and Notice at the redemption prices (expressed
as percentages of
171
principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to the applicable Redemption Date, subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1
of each of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
2015
|
|
|
103.875
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
101.938
|
%
|
2017 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
In addition, until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional
Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of
Holders of Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;
provided
that at
least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture
(calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided further that each such
redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
Notice of any redemption may be given prior to the completion of any offering or other
corporate transaction, and any redemption or notice may, at the Companys discretion, be subject to
one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion of the related
offering or corporate transaction.
Selection and Notice
If the Company is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued under the Indenture at any time,
the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (1) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in
compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent
practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other
method as may be prescribed by DTCs applicable procedures. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be
redeemed in part.
Notices of redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes
at such Holders registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except
that redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice
is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to
such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be
redeemed. With respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, the Company will issue a new
Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the
Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date
fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On
and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for
redemption.
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Change of Control
The Indenture provides that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously
or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described
under Optional
Redemption, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer
described below (the Change of Control Offer) at a price in cash (the Change of Control
Payment) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the
Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will send notice
172
of such
Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to
the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the
procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled
Change of Control under the Indenture and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to
such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor
later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the Change of Control Payment
Date), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a
Change of Control as described below;
(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest;
(4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue
interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the
notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third
Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election
to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not
later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of
the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that if the Company is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the remaining Notes
will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The
unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof;
(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant
described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and
(9) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating
that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent permitted by law,
(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,
173
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or
portions thereof have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company.
The ABL Facility provides, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to
Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control
events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder (including events that
would constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control
event that triggers a default under the ABL Facility or any such future Indebtedness, we could seek
a waiver of such default or prepayment provision or seek to refinance the ABL Facility or such
future Indebtedness. In the event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the ABL Facility or
such future Indebtedness, such default could result in amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility
or such future Indebtedness being declared due and payable or lending commitments being terminated.
Our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the occurrence of a Change of
Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may
not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. See Risk Factors Risks
Related to the Notes We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the
indenture.
The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more
difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management.
The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers
and us. We have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control,
although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations
discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions,
refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the
Indenture, but that could increase the amount of indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise
affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional
Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under Certain Covenants Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and Certain
Covenants Liens. Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes, then outstanding. Except for the
limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does not contain any covenants or
provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged
transaction.
We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a
third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer
made by us and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control
Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control;
provided
that the purchase
date will be no earlier than 30 days from the date a notice of such Change of Control Offer is
mailed.
The definition of Change of Control includes a disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is
a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances
there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and
whether a Holder of Notes may require the Company to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as
described above.
The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Companys obligation to make an offer to
repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
174
Asset Sales
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration
therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;
provided
that the following shall be deemed to be cash
for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose:
(a) any liabilities (as reflected in the Companys or such Restricted
Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred
or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that
would have been shown on the Companys or such Restricted Subsidiarys balance sheet
or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on the
date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated
to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from such liabilities;
(b) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within
180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;
(c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i)
$30.0 million and (ii) 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such
Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and
(3) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar
Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral
securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions
described under Limitations on Stock Collateral.
Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
(1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows:
(a) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale constitute Notes Collateral, to
permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (and to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto) and/or to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce,
as applicable) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Additional Parity
Debt on a pro rata basis;
provided
that all reductions of (or offers to reduce)
Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under
Optional Redemption or through open-market purchases (to the extent such
purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid
interest) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below
for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes
175
to purchase their Notes at 100% of
the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if
any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;
(b) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes
Collateral, but constitute collateral for other Senior Indebtedness of the Company
or a Subsidiary Guarantor, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, to permanently
reduce Obligations under such other Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien,
which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto;
(c) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral
or collateral for any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or
a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect
thereto),
provided
that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to
reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to reduce
Additional Parity Debt) on a pro rata basis;
provided further
that all reductions of
Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Optional Redemption or
through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an offer
(in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all
Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that
would otherwise be prepaid; or
(d) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce
Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor,
other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii)
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses;
provided
that such
Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of
the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b)
capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (a), (b) and (c), used
or useful in a Similar Business;
provided
that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired
with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent
required under the Collateral Documents; or
(3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses;
provided
that such
Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of
the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b)
properties or (c) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (a), (b) and (c), replace
the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
provided
that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of
Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Collateral Documents;
provided
that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not
later than such 450th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the
date of such commitment so long as the Company, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into
such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy
such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an Acceptable Commitment) and, in the event
any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds
are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another
Acceptable Commitment (the Second Commitment) within 180 days of such cancellation or
termination;
provided
,
further
, that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated
for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so
invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180 day period, then
such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within
the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph will be deemed to
constitute Excess Proceeds.
176
When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million,
the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent
required by the terms thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, if required by the
terms of any Indebtedness that is
pari passu
with the Notes or any Guarantee (Pari Passu
Indebtedness), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an Asset Sale Offer), to purchase
the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000
(but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer
price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for
the closing of such offer, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations
at the offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within
ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice
required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may
satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an
Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days
or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess
Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject
to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes,
Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value
or principal amount of such Notes, such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the
case may be, tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro
rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option,
make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation of such
Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net Proceeds not used to
purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds and the Company may use
any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants
contained in the Indenture;
provided
that any such remaining Net Proceeds shall to the extent
received in respect of Notes Collateral remain subject to the Lien of the Security Documents.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds which do not represent the proceeds of Notes
Collateral pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds
temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise
invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.
The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
the Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Companys obligation to make an offer to
repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Certain Covenants
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture. If on any date
following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and
(ii) no Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture then, beginning on that day (the
occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively
referred to as a Covenant Suspension Event) and
177
continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion
Date, if any, the covenants specifically listed under the following captions in this Description
of Notes section of this prospectus will not be applicable to the Notes (collectively, the
Suspended Covenants):
(1) Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales;
(2) Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(3) Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock;
(4) clause (4) of the first paragraph of Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or
Substantially All Assets Company;
(5) Transactions with Affiliates; and
(6) Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company may not
designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second clause of the
definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary.
If and while the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended
Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less covenant protection. In the event that
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under the
Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the
Reversion Date) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or
downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under the
Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the
Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the Suspension Period. Upon the occurrence
of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to
zero.
During any Suspension Period, the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction; provided, however, that the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to
such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Liens below without equally and ratably
securing the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the
consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies
with Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales above;
provided
,
further
, that the
foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the Reversion Date following such
Suspension Period.
During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to
incur Liens to the extent provided for under Liens (including, without limitation, Permitted
Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one
or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s)
continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of the Liens
covenant and for no other covenant).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or
omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension
Period will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under the Indenture with respect to the
Notes;
provided
that (1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the
amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though the covenant described above under
the caption Limitation on Restricted Payments had been in effect since the
Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; and (2) all Indebtedness incurred, or
Disqualified Stock issued,
178
during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or
issued pursuant to clause (3) of the second paragraph of Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
There can be no assurance that the Notes will ever achieve or maintain Investment Grade
Ratings.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly:
(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the
Companys, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests, including any dividend
or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than:
(a) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
(b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the
case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series
of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata
share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in
such class or series of securities;
(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity
Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including any
purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger
or consolidation;
(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund
payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (a) Indebtedness permitted
under clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated
Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase
or acquisition; or
(IV) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than
any exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to as Restricted Payments), unless, at the
time of such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a
pro forma
basis, the
Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first
paragraph of the covenant described under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends
on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c),
(7), (9) and (14) (to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of the
next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other
179
Restricted Payments permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum
of (without duplication):
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of the Companys most recently ended fiscal quarter for
which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit;
plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by the Company since immediately
after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash
proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second paragraph of Limitation on Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) from the
issue or sale of:
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital
Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market
value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of:
(x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of the
Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and the
Companys Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts
have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause
(4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to
the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of
any of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies (excluding
contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of
any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been
applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of the
next succeeding paragraph); or
(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding
Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the
Company (or any direct or indirect parent company) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions;
plus
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash
proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of the second
paragraph of Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock, (ii) contributions from a Restricted
Subsidiary, (iii) any Excluded Contribution, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock or (v)
any Designated Preferred Stock);
plus
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary by means of:
180
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted
Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments
of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute
Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
each case after the Issue Date; or
(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of
the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the
Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of the next succeeding
paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted
Investment) or a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
in each case, after the Issue Date; plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Company, provided that if such fair market value may exceed $25.0
million, such determination shall be made by the board of directors of the Company
and evidenced by a board resolution) of the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)
of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment constituted a
Permitted Investment.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable
redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the
irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such
payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any
Equity Interests (Treasury Capital Stock) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of
the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (Refunding Capital Stock) and (b) if
immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment
of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration and
payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the
proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount no
greater than the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were declarable and
payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company
or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock so long as:
(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness
being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of
any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
181
(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable
Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so
purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for
value;
(c) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later
than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so
redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and
(d) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated
Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;
(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or
any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former
employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock
option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any
Equity Interests rolled over by management, directors, or employees of the Company in
connection with the Transaction, (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director
or consultant or (y) upon the resignation or other termination of employment of such
employee, director or consultant; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments
made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall
increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity
Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent corporation of the Company) (with
unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject
to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $20.0 million in any
calendar year (which shall increase to $35.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an
underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the
Company));
provided further
that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an
amount not to exceed:
(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company,
Equity Interests of any of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies, in
each case to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of
its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after
the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity
Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by
virtue of clause (3) of the preceding paragraph; plus
(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash
proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and
provided further
that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries from members of management of the Company, any of the Companys
direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Companys Subsidiaries in connection with
a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent
companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of
options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represents all or a
portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of the issuance of fractional
Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes payable in connection therewith, in the
case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment
for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described under
Limitation on Incurrence of
182
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock to the extent such
dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;
(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the
Issue Date;
(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent
company of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of
dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) of such parent corporation issued after the Issue Date,
provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (b) shall not
exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the
sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is
Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant
to clause (2) of this paragraph;
provided
,
however
, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the
most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or
the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after
giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a
pro forma
basis, the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the
time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the
extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to
exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such
Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options,
warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the
exercise price of such options, warrants or awards;
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Companys common stock (or payments
of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund payments of dividends on such
entitys common stock), following the consummation of a public offering of the Companys
common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the
Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the
Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to
common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting
an Excluded Contribution;
(10) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded
Contributions previously received or (b) without duplication with clause (a), from the Net
Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date,
if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions from
the Sponsor;
(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed (x) $40.0 million and
(y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time made;
(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a
Factoring Program;
183
(13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction (including payments made
after the Issue Date in respect of long-term incentive plans, tax gross-ups or in respect of
any employment agreement entered into with officers of the Company or any direct parent of
the Company), and the fees and expenses related thereto, or used to fund amounts owed to
Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to permit
payment by such parent of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the
case of a dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company,
would be permitted by) the covenant described under Transactions with Affiliates;
(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under
the captions Repurchase at the Option of Holders Change of Control and Repurchase at
the Option of Holders Asset Sales;
provided
that all Notes tendered in connection with a
Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased,
redeemed or acquired for value;
(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans
to, any direct or indirect parent in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent
companies to pay, in each case, without duplication:
(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case
to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;
(b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are
attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to
the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in
amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such
Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
provided
that in each case the amount of such payments in
any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes
for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes
separately from any such parent entity;
(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and
employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such
salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct
or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are
attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(e) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of
such parent entity; and
(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by Unrestricted Subsidiaries
(other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash
Equivalents;
provided
,
however
, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence thereof.
As of the date of this prospectus, all of the Companys Subsidiaries will be Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted
Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For
purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding
Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the
Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set
forth in the last sentence of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted
only if a
184
Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the
first paragraph of this covenant or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of the second paragraph of this
covenant, or pursuant to the definition of Permitted Investment, and if such Subsidiary otherwise
meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject
to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, incur and an incurrence) with respect to any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;
provided
,
however
, that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the second
provision in this paragraph, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined
on a
pro forma
basis (including a
pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the
additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been
issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning
of such four-quarter period; provided further, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary
Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to
this paragraph if, after giving
pro forma
effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a
pro
forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), the aggregate amount of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary
Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this paragraph would exceed $50.0 million.
The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and
bankers acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million
and (y) the Borrowing Base;
(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under
the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes) and any notes
(including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to a registration
rights agreement;
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the
Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2));
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock
incurred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and Preferred Stock
issued by any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or
improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used
or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the
Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date
of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any other
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $40.0
million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets;
provided
,
however
, that such Indebtedness exists at
the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of
doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of
installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it
being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred
pursuant to this clause (4) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of
this clause (4) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this
covenant from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
could have incurred such
185
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this
covenant without reliance on this clause (4));
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the
ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers compensation
claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding
workers compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of
credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30
days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a
Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or
any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition;
provided
,
however
, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in
a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not
be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));
(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
that any such
Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
deemed to be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such
Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be
permitted by this clause);
provided further
that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
Capital Stock or any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such
Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any
such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed,
in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary;
provided
that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to be
subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor
unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such
Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause);
provided further
that any subsequent
issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not
permitted by this clause;
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary,
provided
that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case
to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative
purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to Limitation
on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock,
exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion
guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
186
(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the
net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the
issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the
Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock
or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in
accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of the first paragraph of Limitation on
Restricted Payments to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied
pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments
or exchanges pursuant to the second paragraph of Limitation on Restricted Payments or
to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12), (14), (16), (17) or (18) of
the definition thereof and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not
otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference,
which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant
to this clause (12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $75.0
million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets (it being understood that any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(b) shall cease
to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(b) but shall be deemed
incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first
date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under the first paragraph of this
covenant without reliance on this clause (12)(b));
(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of
Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or
defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred as permitted
under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) above, this
clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
previously issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or defease such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender
premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the Refinancing
Indebtedness) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing
Indebtedness:
(a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life
to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being
refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased,
(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness
subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the
Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
respectively, and
(c) shall not include (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company, (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a
Subsidiary Guarantor, or (iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary;
provided further
, that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any
refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness;
187
(14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred or issued to
finance an acquisition or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons
that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
provided
that in the
case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either (a) the
Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of this covenant or (b)
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater
than immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
provided
that the aggregate amount of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (14) shall not exceed $50.0
million;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of
a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course
of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its
incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a
letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess
of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) (a) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or
other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such
Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the
Indenture, or
(b) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company;
provided
that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with the covenant described
below under Future Guarantees;
(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at
any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this clause
(18), the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of the Foreign
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shown on the Companys most recent balance sheet (it
being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to
be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed
incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first
date on which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred such
Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause
(18));
(19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of
(i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply
arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof,
their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or
redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of
the Company to the extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under the heading
Limitation on Restricted Payments;
(21) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the ordinary
course of business;
(22) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business
from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(23) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and
other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and
its Restricted
188
Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with
ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(24) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers
acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or
payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with
past practice or in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
(or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (24)
above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the
Company, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to
include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in
one of the above clauses or under the first paragraph of this covenant; and
(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first
and second paragraphs above;
provided
that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL
Facility on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of
the preceding paragraph.
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or
amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional
Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated
in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case
of revolving credit debt;
provided
that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange
rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness
does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the amount of any
reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred
in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor
to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is
subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner
as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary
Guarantor, as the case may be.
The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured
Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to
any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same
collateral.
189
Liens
The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that
secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor (any such Lien, the Initial Lien), on any asset or property of the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to
receive income therefrom except, in the case of any asset or property that does not constitute
Collateral, any Initial Lien if the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior
basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations
secured by such Initial Lien.
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the last clause of
the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which
release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any
Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
Company
. The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or
wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer,
lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Companys properties or
assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation,
partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized
or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of
the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof
(such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the Successor Company); provided
that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes
is a corporation;
(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the
obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Collateral Documents, pursuant to
supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments, and the Registration Rights
Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the
Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf
registration statement as provided under such agreement;
(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving
pro forma
effect to such transaction and any related
financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period,
(a) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first sentence of the covenant described under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock, or
(b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the
Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio
for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction;
(5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions
described above, in which case subclause (b) of the second succeeding paragraph shall apply,
shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such
Persons obligations under the Indenture, the
190
Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights Agreement if the exchange
offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an
obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as
provided under such agreement;
(6) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the
Indenture;
(7) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Company will (a) continue to constitute
Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents with the same relative
priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, (b) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, and (c) not be subject to
any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
(8) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or
into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under
the Collateral Documents, the Successor Company will take such actions as may be reasonably
necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral
Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture.
The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case may be,
under the Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration
Rights Agreement, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or
part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, and
(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely
for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the
District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
Subsidiary Guarantors
. Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing
release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no
Subsidiary Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate
or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving
corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a
corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws
of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof
(such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the Successor
Person);
(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture, such Guarantors related Guarantee and
the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or
instruments;
(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
191
(e) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person will (a) continue to constitute
Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (b) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes with the same relative
priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, and (c) not be subject to any
Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
(f) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or
into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the
Collateral Documents, the Successor Person will take such action as may be reasonably
necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral
Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with the covenant described under Repurchase
at the Option of Holders Asset Sales.
Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed
to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantors Guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part
of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an
Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the
United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii)
convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust
organized under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each
case without regard to the requirements set forth in the preceding paragraph.
Transactions with Affiliates
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend, any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of any Affiliate of
the Company (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction) involving aggregate payments or
consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to
the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained
in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person on an arms-length basis; and
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in
excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of
the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above
under the covenant Limitation on Restricted Payments and the definition of Permitted
Investment;
(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related
expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid
management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount
accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management
Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Management Agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to any
192
amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders
when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue
Date);
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for
the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of
the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;
(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating
that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial
point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or
its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an
arms-length basis;
(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long
as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as
compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including
any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a
party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be
permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new
agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
(8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the
Transaction;
(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance
with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or
the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably
have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to
any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or
its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;
(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the
Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or
in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in
connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of
the board of directors of the Company in good faith;
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the
Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such
employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith;
(14) investments by the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (and the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Investors
in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered generally to other
investors on the same or more
193
favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or
outstanding issue amount of such class of securities;
(15) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to
support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders; and
(16) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate
Transaction solely because the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest
or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to:
(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:
(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date,
including pursuant to the ABL Facility and the related documentation and Hedging
Obligations and any related documentation;
(b) the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;
(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of
business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) above on the
property so acquired;
(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the
time it merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or
assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any
such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction
is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other
than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and
its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed;
(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with
respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital
Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(g) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
covenants described under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of
194
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and Liens that limit the right of
the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers
under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(i) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign
Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the
provisions of the covenant described under Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar
agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;
(k) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements,
including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case,
entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(l) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1),
(2) and (3) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts,
instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (k) above;
provided
that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions
taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement,
renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
(m) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in
the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect the
transactions contemplated under such Receivables Facility.
Future Guarantees
If (i) the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries organizes or
acquires any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Receivables
Subsidiary, (y) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (z) a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary if the book value of such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiarys total assets,
when taken together with the aggregate book value of the total assets of all other Wholly-Owned
Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, as of the end of the Companys
most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to
such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $10.0 million (an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary)),
or transfers assets to or makes an Investment in an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary such that it
ceases to be an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary, then such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary or (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary (and any
non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
guarantees other capital markets debt securities), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign
Subsidiary guaranteeing Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, guarantees the payment of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor then such Restricted Subsidiary, in
each case, shall:
(1) within 30 days execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to the Indenture
providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary; and with respect to a guarantee of
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor described in clause (ii) above:
(a) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee, any such guarantee by
such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated
in right of payment to such
195
Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated
to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee; and
(b) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or
subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its
Guarantee; and
(2) within 30 days execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Collateral Documents
providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as set
forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
provided
that clause (ii) above of this covenant shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any
Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was
not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary.
In addition, for purposes of clause (i) of the first paragraph above, to the extent that the
aggregate book value of the total assets of the Companys non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic
Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Receivables Subsidiary) as of the end of the Companys most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the
date of the applicable organization, acquisition, transfer of assets to or investment in a
non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $10.0 million, then, within 30
days of such date, the Company shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic
Restricted Subsidiaries to similarly execute a supplemental indenture and such additional and/or
supplemental Collateral Documents such that the collective book value of the total assets of all
remaining non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $10.0
million.
Events of Loss
Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the other Collateral Documents, in the case of an
Event of Loss with respect to any Notes Collateral, the Company or the affected Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, will apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss, within
450 days after receipt, at its option to:
(1) permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and/or Obligations under the Notes
and any other Additional Parity Debt in accordance with paragraph (1)(a) of the second
paragraph under Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales;
(2) rebuild, repair, replace or construct improvements to the affected property or
facility (or enter into a binding agreement to do so, provided that (x) such rebuilding,
repair, replacement or construction has been completed within the later of (i) 450 days
after the receipt of the Net Loss Proceeds and (ii) six months after the date of such
binding agreement and (y) if such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction is not
consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Loss Proceeds not so
applied will be deemed to be Excess Loss Proceeds (as defined below)); or
(3) invest in assets and properties as described in clauses (2) and (3) of the second
paragraph under Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales, substituting the term
Event of Loss for the term Asset Sale, the term Net Loss Proceeds for the term Net
Proceeds and the term Excess Loss Proceeds for the term Excess Proceeds.
In the case of clause (2) or (3) above, any replacement assets or property shall be pledged as
Notes Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Documents and otherwise in compliance with the
provisions in the Indenture governing After-Acquired Property.
Any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss that are not applied or invested as provided in
the prior paragraph will be deemed to constitute Excess Loss Proceeds. When the aggregate amount
of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will make an offer (a Loss Proceeds
Offer) to all Holders of the
196
Notes and to any holders of Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof
to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt that may be
purchased out of such Excess Loss Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of
the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of
purchase and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the offer price required by the terms
thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation or expiration of a Loss Proceeds
Offer, such Excess Loss Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture;
provided
that any such remaining Net Loss Proceeds shall remain subject to the Lien of
the Security Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes tendered into such Loss
Proceeds Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds, then such Notes and any Additional
Parity Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount
of such Notes and such Additional Parity Debt tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered
Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). The Company
may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss
by making a Loss Proceeds Offer with respect to such Net Loss Proceeds prior to the expiration of
the relevant 450 days or with respect to Net Loss Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
The Indenture provides that the Company will comply with the applicable tender offer rules,
including Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, and any other applicable securities laws or
regulations in connection with a Loss Proceeds Offer.
After-Acquired Property
Promptly following the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any
After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described under
Security for the Notes Notes Collateral, Security for the Notes ABL Collateral,
Security for the Notes Excluded Assets and Security for the Notes Limitations on Stock
Collateral) the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages,
deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel
as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security
interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the
Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of the
Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to
relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
Reports and Other Information
Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section
13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms
provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by
the SEC, the Indenture requires the Company to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee
and Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it
files them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
(1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and
regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a
non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or
any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained
therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be
required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and
(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of a material event required to be
therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in
such form;
provided
that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if
the SEC does not permit
197
such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective
purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders of
the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would be required to file such
information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In
addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company will agree that, for so long as
any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.
The Indenture permits the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to
financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to
Parent (or any parent entity of Parent) as long as Parent (or any such parent entity of Parent)
provides a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating
information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to
Parent (or such parent entity, as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating
to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the
commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement (but in
no event later than the date specified in the Registration Rights Agreement and described under
The Exchange Offer in this prospectus by which the exchange offer for the Notes must be
consummated) (1) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf
registration statement (or any other registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such
financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions
consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, or (2) by posting
reports that would be required to be filed by the first paragraph of this covenant substantially in
the form required by the SEC on the Companys website (or on the website of any of its parent
companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee, with financial information that satisfies
Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of
financial information in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private
offering of the outstanding notes, to the extent filed or posted within the times specified above.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed
to comply with any of its obligations hereunder for purposes of the Indenture, including without
limitation clause (3) under Events of Default and Remedies, until at least 90 days after the date
any report hereunder is due.
Further Assurances
The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents,
financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required
under applicable law, or that the Trustee may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve,
protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be
created by the Collateral Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the Company
and each Subsidiary Guarantor will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture
and the Collateral Documents by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created,
perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will
be created under the Collateral Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust
and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
Events of Default and Remedies
The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption,
acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional
Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
(3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of
written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of the
198
then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its other obligations, covenants or
agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in the
Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or
by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after
the issuance of the Notes, if both:
(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable
grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay
principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior
to its stated maturity; and
(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at
stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million or more at any
one time outstanding;
(5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged
and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the
event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by
any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary;
(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in
full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any
Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing
that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other
than by reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in
accordance with the Indenture; or
(8) any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of
the Collateral Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be
created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared null and void or the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any
Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case, other than in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the terms of the Collateral Documents);
provided that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (8) is susceptible of cure,
no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (8) with respect thereto until 30 days
after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes.
If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is
continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of all then outstanding Notes may (subject to the terms and conditions of the
Intercreditor Agreement) declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary
obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and
interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable without further action or
199
notice. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any
continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee
will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is
not in the interest of the Holders of the Notes.
The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of all
then outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes
waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture or the Collateral Documents
except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any
Note held by a non-consenting Holder and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its
consequences (provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction).
In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and
all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of
acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any
action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged;
(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the
case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder,
in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue any
remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless, subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing;
(2) holders of at least 25% in the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to
it against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) holders of a majority in principal amount of all then outstanding Notes have not
given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
Subject to certain restrictions contained in the Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve
the Trustee in personal liability.
200
The Indenture provides that the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, within 30 days of
becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default.
In addition to acceleration of maturity of the Notes, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, subject to the provisions
contained in the Intercreditor Agreement, will have the right to exercise remedies with respect to
the Collateral, such as foreclosure, as are available under the Indenture, the Collateral Documents
and at law.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor or
any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the
Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or the Collateral Documents or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by
accepting the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such waiver is against public
policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Notes under the
Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, as the case may be, will
terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the
Notes. The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its Obligations
discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantors obligation discharged with respect
to its Guarantee (Legal Defeasance) and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:
(1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the
trust created pursuant to the Indenture;
(2) the Companys Obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance
of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Companys
obligations in connection therewith; and
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and
those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all the restrictive covenants that
are described in the Indenture (Covenant Defeasance) and thereafter any omission to comply with
such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant
Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and
insolvency events pertaining to the Company) described under Events of Default and Remedies will
no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination
thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case
may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such
201
Notes and the Company must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or
to a particular redemption date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions,
(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United
States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable
U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that,
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal
Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income,
gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance
and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make
the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar
and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of
Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility or any other material
agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is
a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting with
respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make
the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar
and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in
connection therewith);
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering,
delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and
(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when:
(1) either
202
(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money
has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or
(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or
otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
the Company and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to
be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination
thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes
not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if
any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
(2) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make
such deposit or any similar or simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the
granting of liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of
such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under the ABL Facility or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the
Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any
Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make
such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of
liens in connection therewith);
(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the
Indenture; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the
case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been
satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
Except as provided below, the Indenture, any Guarantee, the Notes and the Collateral Documents
may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes and any existing Default or compliance
with any provision of the Indenture, the
Notes issued thereunder or any Collateral Document may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, other than Notes
beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with
a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).
The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an
amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or
alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (for the
avoidance of doubt, the
203
provisions relating to the covenants described above under the headings Repurchase at
the Option of Holders and Certain Covenants Events of Loss are not redemptions of
Notes);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note (other
than with respect to Additional Interest);
(4) (A) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes, and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration, or (B) waive a Default in respect of a
covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee which cannot be
amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
(5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest (other than Additional Interest);
(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on such Holders Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit
for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders Notes or the
Subsidiary Guarantees;
(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect
the Holders; or
(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any
Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66
2/3
% in principal
amount of Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral
Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents
that would have the impact of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens
of the Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral
Documents) or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral, (2) make
any change in any Collateral Document or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the
Collateral or the Collateral Documents or the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would
adversely affect the Holders in any material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in
any manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture and the Collateral Document.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the
Indenture to which it is a party), the Notes Collateral Agent (to the extent applicable) and the
Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes
without the consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;
(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, consolidations and sales of
assets;
(4) to provide for the assumption of the Companys or any Guarantors obligations to
the Holders;
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such
Holder;
204
(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a
successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are
identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
(10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture
and to secure additional Note Obligations, if any;
(11) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture;
(12) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provisions of
this Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes
was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or
Notes;
(13) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer
and legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to
facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i)
compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in
violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;
(14) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents or the
Intercreditor Agreement (and other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in
nature) in connection with an amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing,
restructuring, replacement, supplementing or other modification from time to time of the ABL
Facility or any other agreement that is not prohibited by the Indenture;
(15) to provide for the release or addition of Collateral or Guarantees in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
(16) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of
the Indenture;
(17) to provide for the succession of the Trustee as collateral agent under the
Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Documents; or
(18) to secure any Additional Parity Debt to the extent permitted by the Indenture.
In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions, any
amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents securing the obligations under the
ABL Facility, to the extent applicable to the ABL Collateral, will also apply automatically to the
comparable Collateral Documents with respect to the Holders interest in the ABL Collateral. The
Intercreditor Agreement has a similar provision regarding the effect of any amendment, waiver or
consent to any of the Collateral Documents, to the extent applicable to the Notes Collateral, on
the corresponding collateral documents with respect to any obligations under the ABL Facility.
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form
of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed
amendment.
205
Notices
Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is
made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar
days after mailing.
Concerning the Trustee
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it
become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on
certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee is
permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all then
outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The
Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the
Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent
person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder
of the Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Governing Law
The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are or will be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the
Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term consolidated with respect to any
Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such
consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate
of such Person.
ABL Collateral has the meaning set forth in Security for the Notes ABL Collateral.
ABL Collateral Agent means Citibank, N.A. and any successor under the ABL Facility, or if
there is no ABL Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent designated pursuant to the terms of the ABL
Lenders Debt.
ABL Facility means the Credit Facility, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among Parent, the
Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and
Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent,
and Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as co-documentation agents, including any
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and
any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or
refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with
banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the
loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or
alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock above).
ABL Lenders Debt means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL
Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a senior priority security interest relative to the Notes
in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging
Obligations directly related to any ABL
206
Lenders Debt entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility and (iv)
all Bank Products entered into with any lender (or its affiliates) under the ABL Facility.
Acquired Indebtedness means, with respect to any specified Person,
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging
with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.
Acquisition means the acquisition of the Company by the Investors and the related
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.
Additional Interest means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.
Additional Parity Debt means the Additional Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any
additional Secured Indebtedness that is ranked pari passu with the Notes and is permitted to be
incurred pursuant to the terms of the Indenture; provided that (i) the representative of such
Additional Parity Debt executes a joinder agreement to the Collateral Agency Agreement and, if
applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing
to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as Additional Parity
Debt thereunder.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and under common control with), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise.
After-Acquired Property means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets)
acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Company or a
Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral as defined in the
Indenture.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the
redemption price of such Note at February 1, 2015 (each such redemption price being set
forth in the table appearing above under the heading Optional Redemption), plus (ii) all
required interest payments due on such Note through February 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but
unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the principal amount
of such Note.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of
a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(each referred to in this definition as a disposition); or
207
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described
under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus,
obsolete or worn-out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of
inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course
of business or any disposition of ABL Collateral;
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a
manner permitted pursuant to, the provisions described above under Certain Covenants
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets or any disposition that
constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to
be made, and is made, under the covenant described above under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments or under the definition of Permitted Investment;
(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value
of less than $10.0 million;
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot
thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary
course of business;
(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities
of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets or the granting of
Liens not prohibited by the indenture;
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility and any transactions in connection with the Factoring Program;
(k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of
property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale
and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
(l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general
intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(m) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes
receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to
notes receivable; and
208
(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender
of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.
Asset Sale Offer has the meaning set forth in the fourth paragraph under Repurchase at the
Option of Holders Asset Sales.
Bank Products means any facilities or services related to cash management, including
treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and
other cash management arrangements.
board of directors means with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the
corporation, and with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board
of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function.
Borrowing Base means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
(1) 85% of the book value of all net accounts receivable owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
plus
(2) 70% of the book value of all net inventory owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Business Day means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
Calculation Date means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in
accordance with GAAP; provided that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i)
that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as capital lease
obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a
change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under the Indenture (including,
without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA) not be treated as
capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness; provided, further, that
any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the Equipment Lease Agreement
shall not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.
Capitalized Software Expenditures means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures
(whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
such period in respect of licensed
209
or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in
conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated
balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Captive Insurance Subsidiary means (i) any Subsidiary established by the Company for the
primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same
primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) United States dollars;
(2) (a) , or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
(b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to
time in the ordinary course of business;
(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured
by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government),
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities
of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having
capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0
million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of
non-U.S. banks;
(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified
in clause (4) above;
(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or at least A-1 by S&P and in each
case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at
least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither
Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating
Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described
in clauses (1) through (7) above;
(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or
territory of the United States or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof
having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moodys or S&P with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition;
(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher
from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date
of acquisition; and
(11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of
acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or
Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys.
210
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are
converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any
event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
Casualty means any casualty, loss, damage, destruction or other similar loss with respect to
real or personal property or improvements.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to
any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
(2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the
acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for
the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single
transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other
business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding
directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
Collateral means the Notes Collateral and the ABL Collateral.
Collateral Agency Agreement means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated
as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor, Wilmington Trust Company as
Notes Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time
to time in accordance with the Indenture.
Collateral Documents means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements,
mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing
statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that
create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or
the Trustee (for the benefit of the Holders of Notes), the Collateral Agency Agreement and the
Intercreditor Agreement, in each case as they may be amended from time to time, and any instruments
of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed
pursuant to the foregoing.
Condemnation means any taking by a Governmental Authority of property or assets, or any part
thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by
reason of any public improvement or condemnation or in any other manner.
Condemnation Award means all proceeds of any Condemnation or transfer in lieu thereof.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense means with respect to any Person for any
period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to
any Receivables Facility, amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees
and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred
financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated
basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with respect to any Person for any period, without
duplication, the sum of:
211
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting
from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash
interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement
in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments
pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net
payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate
Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest
relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting
Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness
in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any
acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any additional interest with respect to other
securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions,
fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z)
commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense)
related to any Receivables Facility); plus
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued; less
(3) interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit
in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of
the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated
basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without
duplication,
(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the
Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service
fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be
excluded,
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result
of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed
or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed,
abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating
thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition
of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as
determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded,
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall
be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the
amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to
the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in
respect of such period,
212
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of Certain Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at
the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not
been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or
any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such
restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been
legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by
the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or
to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of
changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of
variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in
process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Persons
consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of
purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the
amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness
or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment
charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets
or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or
regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising
pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
(10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue,
including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar
rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with
the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or
business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent
companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded,
(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization
thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization,
Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity
Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in
each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such
transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs
incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without
limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to
equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection
with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction
consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed)
shall be excluded,
(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the
Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction
in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies
shall be excluded, and
(13) the following items shall be excluded:
(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period
from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
213
(b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency
gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain
or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains
or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss
or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business
interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by
indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or
any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under Certain
Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first
paragraph thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from
any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each
case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph thereof.
Contingent Obligations means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(primary obligations) of any other Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent,
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor,
(2) to advance or supply funds
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring
the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities, including the ABL Facility, or other financing arrangements
(including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures), providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes,
mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that
replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments
thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that
increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided
that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) or adds Restricted
Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other
agent, lender or group of lenders.
214
Default means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means the fair market value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate, setting forth
the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the
amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection
on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
Designated Preferred Stock means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation
thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a
Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an
Officers Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable
parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of
which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph of the
Certain Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments covenant.
Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other
than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case
prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that if such
Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries
or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock
solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to
satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any
such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled
foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
EBITDA means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses
(h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated
Net Income for such period:
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including,
without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware
franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital
taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest
relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not
added back in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of
hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in
connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed
Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest
Expense pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were
deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus
215
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such
period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income; plus
(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention
charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or
initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of
business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without
limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting
functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not
added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any
one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue
Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; plus
(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs,
reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash
charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future
period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be
subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash
item that was paid in a prior period); plus
(f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net
Income; plus
(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid
or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to
the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Certain Covenants
Transactions with Affiliates (and similar fees paid by the Company or its
Affiliates to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date)
and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net
Income; plus
(h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions
projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions
initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months
after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition,
amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and
prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost
savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of
actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (x)
such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings
shall be added pursuant to this clause (i) to the extent duplicative of any expenses
or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing
Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for
such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (i)
included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million
and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period; provided, further, that the
adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative
of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio; plus
(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management
or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder
agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent
that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause
(3) of the first paragraph under Certain Covenants Limitation on Restricted
Payments; plus
216
(j) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of
Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets
by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition); (ii)
losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from
November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii) the annualized EBITDA
attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to
the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition; plus
(k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Companys spunmelt lines
in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each case, based on the actual
run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they
represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced
EBITDA in any prior period.
EMU means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock.
Equity Offering means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the
Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the
extent contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public offerings with respect to the Companys or any direct or indirect parent
companys common stock registered on Form S-8;
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
Equipment Lease Agreement means, collectively, that certain equipment lease agreement, dated
June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction
agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
Event of Loss means, with respect to any Collateral, any (1) Casualty of such Collateral,
(2) Condemnation or seizure (other than pursuant to foreclosure or confiscation or requisition of
the use of such Collateral) or (3) settlement in lieu of clause (2) above, in each case having a
fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Excluded Contract means at any date any rights or interest of the Company or any Guarantor
in any assets or under any agreement, contract, license, instrument, document or other general
intangible (referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a Contract) to the extent that
such Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not the Company or any
Guarantor, or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other
condition for or would terminate because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest
therein by the Company or a Guarantor; provided that:
(i) rights under any such Contract otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of
this definition shall be included in the Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section
9-406 or Section 9-408 of the Uniform Commercial Code and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any
of the Company or any Guarantor from any
217
sale, transfer or assignment of such Contract and all rights to receive such proceeds
shall be included in the Collateral. For the avoidance of doubt, the Equipment Lease Agreement and
all assets subject thereto shall constitute an Excluded Contract for all purposes of the
Indenture and the Notes.
Excluded Contribution means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds
received by the Company from
(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of
the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock)
of the Company,
in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to
an Officers Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date
such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be,
which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments.
Excluded Equipment means at any date any equipment or other assets of the Company or any
Guarantor which is subject to, or secured by, a Capitalized Lease Obligation or a purchase money
obligation if and to the extent that (i) a restriction in favor of a Person who is not Parent, the
Company or a Subsidiary contained in the agreements or documents granting or governing such
Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase money obligation prohibits, or requires any consent or
establishes any other conditions for or would result in the termination of such agreement or
document because of an assignment thereof, or a grant of a security interest therein, by the
Company or any Guarantor and (ii) such restriction relates only to the asset or assets acquired by
the Company or any Guarantor with the proceeds of such Capitalized Lease Obligation or purchase
money obligation and attachments thereto, improvements thereof or substitutions therefor; provided
that all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Company or any Guarantor from any sale, transfer or
assignment or other voluntary or involuntary disposition of such assets and all rights to receive
such proceeds shall be included in the Collateral to the extent not otherwise required to be paid
to the holder of any Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money obligations secured by such
assets.
Factoring Program means any agreements or facilities entered into by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution.
fair market value means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of
such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the
event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires
or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit
facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues
or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for
which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the
event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio Calculation Date), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or
extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or
simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro
forma basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
218
consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations
and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition,
merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or
disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or any other
transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without
duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or other transaction,
in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of EBITDA herein). If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on
such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation
shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease
Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall
be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period
except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may
optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the
rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may
designate.
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items
eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or
the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect
on the Issue Date.
Government Securities means securities that are:
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which
its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers
thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities
or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities
219
held by
such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided
that
(except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the
amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or
interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of
any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central
bank).
guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including
letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness or other obligations.
Guarantee means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Companys Obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes.
Guarantor means each Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under
any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,
commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or
mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific
contingencies.
Holder means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrars books.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit or bankers acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof);
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that
constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case
accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until
such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with GAAP; or
(d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the
extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the
footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable
for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred
to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance
sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business; and
220
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in
clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided
,
however
, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under
or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and
Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
Independent Financial Advisor means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in
the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been
engaged.
Initial Purchasers means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
Intercreditor Agreement means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as
of the Issue Date, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and each
Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
Investment Grade Rating means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
Investment Grade Securities means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding
any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its
Subsidiaries;
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type
described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending
investment or distribution; and
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily
utilized for high quality investments.
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital
contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission,
travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or
other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be
classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the
other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer
of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and the
covenant described under Certain Covenants Limitation on Restricted Payments:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Companys equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of
the Company at the time that
such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon
a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed
to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if
positive) equal to:
221
(a) the Companys Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Companys equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the
time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at
its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
Investors means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates, but not including any of
its or their portfolio companies.
Issue Date means January 28, 2011.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions
are not required to be open in the State of New York.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge,
hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Merger has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph under General.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business.
Net Income means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.
Net Loss Proceeds means, with respect to any Event of Loss, the proceeds in the form of (a)
cash or Cash Equivalents, (b) insurance proceeds, (c) Condemnation Awards or (d) damages awarded by
any judgment, in each case received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such
Event of Loss, net of:
(1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Event of Loss
(including without limitation legal, accounting and appraisal or insurance adjuster fees);
(2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax
liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
(3) any repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien on the property
or assets that are the subject of such Event of Loss and which Permitted Lien has priority
over the Lien securing the Notes;
(4) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Event of Loss or
having a Lien thereon; and
(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated
with such Event of
Loss and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
after such Event of Loss, including, without limitation, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Event of Loss.
222
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash
Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration
received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or
disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result
thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the
repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by clause (1) of
the second paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales) and any deduction of
appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a
reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in
such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale
or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and
liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated
with such transaction.
Notes Collateral Agent means Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as Collateral Agent
under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other
Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
Obligations means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for
in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers
acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Officer means the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of
the Company or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting
officer of the Company or any officer of such Guarantor that meets the requirements set forth in
the Indenture.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company
or the Trustee.
Permitted Asset Swap means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business
Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash
Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Asset Sales covenant; provided further that the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the
extent required by the Collateral Documents to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted
Collateral.
Permitted Holders means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or
its direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests
of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of
which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving
effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and
members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
Permitted Investment means:
223
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person
that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of
its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was
not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or
transfer;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting
cash and Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the
provisions of Repurchase at the Option of Holders Asset Sales or any other disposition
of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a
bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
Investment or accounts receivable; or
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with
respect to any secured Investment in default;
(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the second paragraph under the
covenant described in Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of
Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the first paragraph under the covenant described in
Certain Covenants Limitations on Restricted Payments;
(9) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted
under the covenant described in Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and
made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described
under Certain
Covenants Transactions with Affiliates (except transactions described in clauses
(2), (5) and (9) of such paragraph);
(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
material or equipment;
224
(12) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with
all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding
(without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds
of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of
(x) $50.0 million and (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair
market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value);
(13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Factoring Program that, in
the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any
Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith;
(14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in
the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Persons
purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company
thereof;
(15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in
connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement
of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment
or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(16) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
existing on the Issue Date or created after the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to
exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets;
(17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time
of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $5.0
million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
(19) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of
its business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary
in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority
applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary.
Permitted Liens means, with respect to any Person:
(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmens compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids,
tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such
Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or
deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such
Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the
payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers, warehousemens and mechanics Liens, in
each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards
against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an
appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
225
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if
adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in
accordance with GAAP;
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with
respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request
of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or
rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of
real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and
which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(6) Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10), (12)(b) and (18) of the second paragraph under
Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified
Stock and Preferred Stock; provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to clause (18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries;
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further,
however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the
property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not
created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided
further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing
to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with
the covenant described under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock;
(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is
permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such
Hedging Obligations;
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Persons obligations in respect of bankers acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory
or other goods;
(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary
course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any
Indebtedness;
(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
226
(15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in
the ordinary course of business to the Companys clients;
(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Receivables Facility;
(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or
successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in
part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7),
(8) and (9); provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of
the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and
(b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount
greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed
amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the
original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to
pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding,
extension, renewal or replacement;
(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers;
(20) other Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing obligations not to exceed
$20.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(21) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred
under the Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of
such Foreign Subsidiary;
(22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of
Default under clause (5) under the heading Events of Default and Remedies so long as such
Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly
initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period
within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary
course of business;
(24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform
Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of
collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage
accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking
institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff)
and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements
permitted under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; provided that such Liens do not extend to any
assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and
similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred
in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness,
(ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Company and its
227
Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating
to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(28) Liens securing the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any exchange notes, if any,
issued in exchange for Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the registration rights
agreement, and in each case, the Guarantees of such Notes and exchange notes;
(29) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be incurred
under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was
incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph under Limitation on Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; provided, however,
that, other than in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility, any Liens on Notes Collateral
granted pursuant to this clause (x) shall be junior in priority to the Liens on such Notes
Collateral granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the terms of such junior
interest may be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in
the Intercreditor Agreement; and provided, further, that no Liens may be granted on any ABL
Collateral (other than Excluded Assets) pursuant to this clause (x) unless the Notes are
secured by a second-priority Lien that is junior in priority to the Liens on such collateral
but senior in priority to any other Liens (other than other Permitted Liens) granted on such
collateral and (y) obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank
Products or Hedging Obligations provided by any lender, bookrunner with respect to any
Credit Facility or any Affiliate of the foregoing (or any Person that was a lender or an
Affiliate of a lender or bookrunner with respect to such Credit Facility at the time the
applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations are
provided were entered into) or is a party to such a Bank Product or Hedging Obligation as of
the Issue Date;
(30) (x) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described
under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, Indebtedness
incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt);
provided that after giving pro forma effect to the granting of such Liens, the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.00; provided further that, other than in
the case of Additional Parity Debt (including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred
under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes Additional Parity Debt), such Liens on
Notes Collateral are junior in priority to the Liens granted to Holders of the Notes on a
basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of
the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to
Notes Collateral and (y) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant
described under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; provided that such Liens on Collateral are
junior in priority to the Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no
more favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral;
(31) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect
to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture
or similar agreement;
(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(33) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement
permitted hereunder; and
(34) Liens securing Additional Parity Debt, the proceeds of which will be used solely
to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the
covenant described under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Sock and Preferred Stock.
228
For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest
on such Indebtedness.
Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
Qualified Proceeds means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person
engaged in, a Similar Business.
Rating Agencies means Moodys and S&P or if Moodys or S&P or both shall not make a rating
on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as
the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moodys or S&P or both, as
the case may be.
Receivables Facility means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended,
supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations
of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to
a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
Receivables Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with
respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection
with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any
Receivables Facility.
Receivables Subsidiary means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely
engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
Redemption Date has the meaning set forth under Optional Redemption.
Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the
Notes, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional
Notes, one or more registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto,
as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights
given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under
the Securities Act.
Related Business Assets means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in
a Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be
Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the
securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company
(including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
229
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which
property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a
third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Indebtedness means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Senior Indebtedness means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that
ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of the indenture shall constitute Senior
Indebtedness for the purposes of the Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness
is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or any
related Guarantee.
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio means, as of the date of determination (the Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio Calculation Date), the ratio of (a) the Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption,
retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending
immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes
of determining the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, EBITDA shall be subject to the adjustments
applicable to EBITDA as provided for in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a significant
subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the
Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
Similar Business means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related,
incidental or ancillary thereto.
Sponsor Management Agreement means the management agreement between certain of the
management companies associated with the Investors and the Company and/or one of its direct or
indirect parent companies.
Subordinated Indebtedness means, with respect to the Notes,
(1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, and
(2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the
230
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of
which
(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity
and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general
partner or otherwise controls such entity.
Subsidiary Guarantor means each Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Notes in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Taxing Authority means any government or any political subdivision, state, province or
territory of a Taxing Jurisdiction or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to
tax.
Total Assets means the total assets of the Company, except where expressly provided
otherwise, and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent
balance sheet of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that in no event at any time shall Total Assets be
deemed to equal an amount less than the amount of total assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the Issue Date.
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second
paragraph under Certain Covenants Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7.5 million
at any one time outstanding; provided that such Indebtedness is ranked
pari passu
with the Notes
and (i) the representative of such Tranche 2 Sub-Facility executes a joinder agreement to the
Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the
form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such
Indebtedness as the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility thereunder.
Transaction means the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the
Notes and borrowings, if any, under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date in order to finance the
merger and repay certain debt as described in the offering memorandum related to the sale of the
Notes and any related transactions.
Transaction Agreement means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 4, 2010 by
and among Parent, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities Partners
L.P., as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.
Treasury Rate means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption
Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the
period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015; provided, however,
that if the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015 is less than one year, the
weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year will be used.
Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§
77aaa-77bbbb).
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
231
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and
any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or
holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely
any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests
entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar
function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
(2) such designation complies with the covenant described under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Restricted Payments; and
(3) each of:
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and
(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not
thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has
recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and either:
(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first paragraph under Certain Covenants
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock; or
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such
designation.
Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company
or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to
the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption
or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment; by
(2) the sum of all such payments.
232
Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of
the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares) shall at the
time be owned by such Person or by one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the
outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares) shall at the time
be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
233
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange offer
The Issuer and the guarantors of the notes and the initial purchasers have entered into a
registration rights agreement on the original Issue Date of the notes. In the registration rights
agreement, each of the Issuer and the guarantors of the notes have agreed that it will, at its
expense, for the benefit of the holders of notes, (i) file one or more registration statements on
an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer to exchange the notes for new
notes guaranteed by the guarantors on a senior secured basis, with terms substantially identical in
all material respects to the notes and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act. As of the date of this
prospectus, $560.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 is
outstanding, and the outstanding notes were issued in January 28, 2011.
Under the circumstances set forth below, the Issuer and the guarantors will use their
commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the SEC to declare effective a shelf registration
statement with respect to the resale of the outstanding notes within the time periods specified in
the registration rights agreement and keep such registration statement effective for up to one year
after the effective date of the shelf registration statement. These circumstances include:
|
|
|
if any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the Staff of the
SEC do not permit us to effect an exchange offer;
|
|
|
|
if an exchange offer is not consummated within the registration period contemplated
by the registration rights agreement;
|
|
|
|
if, in certain circumstances, certain holders of unregistered exchange notes so
request; or
|
|
|
|
if in the case of any holder that participates in an exchange offer, such holder
does not receive exchange notes on the date of the exchange that may be sold without
restriction under state and federal securities laws (other than due solely to the
status of such holder as an affiliate of ours within the meaning of the Securities
Act).
|
Under the registration rights agreement, if (A) we have not exchanged exchange notes for all
notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer or a shelf registration
statement has not been declared effective under the Securities Act during the registration period
contemplated by the registration rights agreement or (B) if applicable, a shelf registration
statement covering resales of the notes has been declared effective and such shelf registration
statement ceases to be effective at any time during the effectiveness period (subject to certain
exceptions) (each such event referred to in clause (A) and clause (B), a Registration Default),
then additional interest (Additional Interest) shall accrue on the principal amount of the notes
at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any
Registration Default (which rate will be increased by an additional 0.25% per annum for each
subsequent 90-day period that such Additional Interest continues to accrue; provided that the rate
at which such Additional Interest accrues may in no event exceed 1.00% per annum) (any such
Additional Interest to be calculated by us) commencing on (x) the first day after the expiration of
the registration period contemplated by the registration rights agreement (in the case of clause
(A) above) or (y) the day such shelf registration statement ceases to be effective (in the case of
clause (B) above); provided, however, that upon the exchange of exchange notes for all notes
tendered (in the case of clause (A) above), or upon the effectiveness of a shelf registration
statement that had ceased to remain effective (in the case of clause (B) above) or if the notes
otherwise no longer constitute transfer restricted securities (as such term is defined in the
registration rights agreement), which is expected to occur on the second anniversary of the Issue
Date, Additional Interest on such notes as a result of such clause (or the relevant sub-clause
thereof), as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.
234
If you wish to exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you
will be required to make the following written representations:
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule
405 of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes in
violation of the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the
exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for
outstanding notes, where the broker-dealer acquired the outstanding notes as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. Please see Plan of Distribution.
Resale of Exchange Notes
Based on interpretations by the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we
believe that you may resell or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer
without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
if:
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act;
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a
distribution of the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the
exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
|
If you are an affiliate of the Issuer or any guarantor, or are engaging in, or intend to
engage in, or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of the exchange notes, or are not acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course
of your business:
|
|
|
you cannot rely on the position of the SEC set forth in Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available
May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the SECs letter to Shearman & Sterling, dated July 2,
1993, or similar no-action letters; and
|
|
|
|
in the absence of an exception from the position stated immediately above, you must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
|
This prospectus may be used for an offer to resell, resale or other transfer of exchange notes
only as specifically set forth in this prospectus. With regard to broker-dealers, only
broker-dealers that acquired the outstanding notes as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities may participate in the exchange offer. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange
notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were
acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange
notes. Please read Plan of Distribution for more details regarding the transfer of exchange
notes.
235
Terms of the Exchange Offer
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the
accompanying letters of transmittal, the Issuer will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any
outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date.
Outstanding notes may only be tendered in a principal amount of $2,000 and in integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in
exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.
The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the
form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the
Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any
additional interest upon failure by the Issuer and the guarantors to fulfill their obligations
under the applicable registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and
cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified
time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange
notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that governs the
terms of the outstanding notes. For a description of the indenture, see Description of Notes.
The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of
outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.
This prospectus and the letters of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of
outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of
outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. The Issuer and the guarantors
intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights
agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes
that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to
accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the
indenture and the applicable registration rights agreement except the Issuer and the guarantors
will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding
notes under the registration rights agreement.
The Issuer will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes
when the Issuer has given written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange
agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes
from the Issuer and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the applicable
registration rights agreement, the Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the
exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below
under Conditions to the Exchange offer.
If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay
brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal,
transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange
offer. It is important that you read Fees and Expenses below for more details regarding fees
and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments
As used in this prospectus, the term expiration date means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 2011, which is the 21st business day after the date of this prospectus. However, if the
Issuer, in its sole discretion, extends the period of time for which the applicable exchange offer
is open, the term expiration date will mean the latest time and date to which the Issuer shall
have extended the expiration of the applicable exchange offer.
To extend the period of time during which an exchange offer is open, the Issuer will notify
the exchange agent of any extension by written notice, followed by notification by press release or
other public announcement to
the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time,
on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
236
The Issuer reserves the right, in its sole discretion:
|
|
|
to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (if the Issuer amends or
extends the exchange offer);
|
|
|
|
to extend the exchange offer or to terminate the exchange offer if any of the
conditions set forth below under Conditions to the Exchange offer have not been
satisfied, by giving written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the
exchange agent; and
|
|
|
|
subject to the terms of the applicable registration rights agreement, to amend the
terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
|
Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as
practicable by notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If the Issuer amends the
exchange offer in a manner that it determines to constitute a material change, the Issuer will
promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of
applicable outstanding notes of that amendment.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, the Issuer will not be required to accept for
exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and the Issuer may
terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date
if in their reasonable judgment:
|
|
|
the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable
law or interpretation of the SEC; or
|
|
|
|
any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or
before any governmental agency with respect to the
exchange offer that, in their judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair their
ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
|
In addition, the Issuer will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of
any holder that has not made to the Issuer:
|
|
|
the representations described under Purpose and Effect of the Exchange offer,
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes and Plan of Distribution; or
|
|
|
|
any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules,
regulations, or interpretations to make available to the Issuer an appropriate form for
registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
|
The Issuer expressly reserves the right at any time or at various times to extend the period
of time during which the exchange offer are open. Consequently, the Issuer may delay acceptance of
any outstanding notes by giving written notice of such extension to their holders. The Issuer will
return any outstanding notes that the Issuer does not accept for exchange for any reason without
expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange
offer.
The Issuer expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject
for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any
of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. In addition, the Issuer is generally
required to extend the offering period for any material change, including the waiver of a material
condition, so that at least five business days remain in the
exchange offer after the change. The Issuer will give written notice of any extension,
amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as
practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m. New
York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
237
These conditions are for sole benefit of the Issuer and the Issuer may assert them regardless
of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at
various times prior to the expiration date in its sole discretion. If the Issuer fails at any time
to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right.
Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that the Issuer may assert at any time or at
various times prior to the expiration date.
In addition, the Issuer will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will
not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order
is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus
constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the
TIA).
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the
following:
|
|
|
complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of
transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required
by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or
facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under
Exchange Agent prior to the expiration date; or
|
|
|
|
comply with DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.
|
In addition, either:
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the
letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of
outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at DTC according to the procedures
for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agents message prior
to the expiration date; or
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
|
Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between
the Issuer and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in
the letter of transmittal.
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required
documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery
by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should
allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date.
You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us.
You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the
above transactions for you.
If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your
notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to
tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to
completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:
|
|
|
|
make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your
name; or
|
|
|
|
obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding
notes.
|
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be
completed prior to the expiration date.
238
Signatures on the letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be
guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or another eligible guarantor institution within the meaning
of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are
tendered:
|
|
|
by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box
entitled Special Issuance Instructions or Special Delivery Instructions in the
letter of transmittal; or
|
|
|
|
for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
|
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any
outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or
accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered
holder as the registered holders name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor
institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond
powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also
indicate when signing and, unless waived by the Issuer, they should also submit evidence
satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority to so act.
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant
in DTCs system may use DTCs Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program
may, instead of physically completing and signing the letter of transmittal and delivering it to
the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to
transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTCs Automated Tender
Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agents message to the exchange agent.
The term agents message means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and
forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
|
|
|
DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated
Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the
book-entry confirmation;
|
|
|
|
the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of
transmittal, or in the case of an agents message relating to guaranteed delivery, that
such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the applicable notice of
guaranteed delivery; and
|
|
|
|
the Issuer may enforce that agreement against such participant.
|
Acceptance of Exchange Notes
In all cases, the Issuer will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that it has
accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
|
|
|
outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into
the exchange agents account at the book-entry transfer facility; and
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required
documents or a properly transmitted agents message.
|
By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to the
Issuer that, among other things:
|
|
|
you are not an affiliate of the Issuer or the guarantors within the meaning of Rule
405 under the Securities Act;
|
239
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
|
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
|
In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in
exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act. See Plan of Distribution.
The Issuer will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the
letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all
questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of
outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Determinations of the Issuer in this regard will be final
and binding on all parties. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of
any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding
notes if the acceptance might, in their or their counsels judgment, be unlawful. The Issuer also
reserves the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding
notes prior to the expiration date.
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes
for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Issuer determine. Neither
the Issuer, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of
any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will
any of them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes
received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities
have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder,
unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
Book-Entry Delivery Procedures
Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with
respect to the outstanding notes at DTC, as book-entry transfer facilities, for purposes of the
exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer
facilitys system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry
transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at the
facility in accordance with the facilitys procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry
delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a
book-entry confirmation, prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of
outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agents account at
the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof,
together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an agents
message, as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be
delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the
cover page of the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for
tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied
with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent.
Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the
exchange agent.
Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender
of their outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at the book-entry transfer facility or
all other documents required by the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the
expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures
described below.
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately
available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the letter of transmittal or any other
required documents to the exchange
240
agent or comply with the applicable procedures under DTCs
Automatic Tender Offer Program, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:
|
|
|
the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible
guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of
guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly
transmitted agents message and
|
|
|
|
notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the
certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding
notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees
that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the
letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a
book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal,
will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and
|
|
|
|
the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of
transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered
outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer
of the outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at DTC, and all other
documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange
trading days after the expiration date.
|
Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish
to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
Withdrawal Rights
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding
notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
For a withdrawal to be effective:
|
|
|
the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex,
facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under Exchange
Agent; or
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTCs Automated Tender Offer
Program system.
|
Any notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;
|
|
|
|
identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers
and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and
|
|
|
|
where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in
which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing
holder.
|
If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the
exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:
|
|
|
the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and
|
|
|
|
a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution
unless you are an eligible guarantor institution.
|
241
If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer
described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the
book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise
comply with the procedures of the facility. The Issuer will determine all questions as to the
validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and its
determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be
deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any
outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason
will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry
transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility,
promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly
withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes above at any time on or prior to the expiration
date.
Exchange Agent
Wilmington Trust Company has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The
U.S. Bank National Association also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You
should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance,
requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests
for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
By Mail or Overnight Courier:
|
|
By Facsimile:
|
|
By Hand Delivery:
|
|
|
(302) 636-4139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wilmington Trust Company
|
|
|
|
Wilmington Trust Company
|
Rodney Square North
|
|
To Confirm by Telephone:
|
|
Rodney Square North
|
1100 North Market Street
|
|
(302) 636-6181
|
|
1100 North Market Street
|
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
|
|
|
|
Wilmington, DE 19890-1615
|
Attention: Sam Hamed
|
|
|
|
Attention: Sam Hamed
|
Telephone: (302) 636-6181
|
|
|
|
Telephone: (302) 636-6181
|
If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or
transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those
instructions will not be effective.
Fees and Expenses
The registration rights agreement provide that we will bear all expenses in connection with
the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the
conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and
legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and
customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling
expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that
are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay
any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange
agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding unregistered notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
Accounting Treatment
We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the
outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records
on the date of exchanges, as the terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the
terms of the outstanding notes. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting
purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will capitalize the expenses relating to
the exchange offer.
242
Transfer Taxes
The Issuer and the guarantors will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchanges
of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to
pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
|
|
|
certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any
person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;
|
|
|
|
tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the
person signing the letter of transmittal; or
|
|
|
|
a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding
notes under the exchange
|
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of
transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any
transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct the Issuer to register exchange notes in the name of,
or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned
to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable
transfer tax.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer,
your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding
notes:
|
|
|
as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the
issuances of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions
not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable
state securities laws; and
|
|
|
|
as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in
connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.
|
In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under
the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and
applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the applicable registration rights
agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
Other
Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to
accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on
what action to take.
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately
negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offer or otherwise. We have no present plans
to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a
registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.
243
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Exchange Offers
The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offers will not
constitute a taxable event to holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Consequently, you will
not recognize gain or loss upon receipt of an exchange note, the holding period of the exchange
note will include the holding period of the outstanding note exchanged therefor and the basis of
the exchange note will be the same as the basis of the outstanding note immediately before the
exchange.
In any event, persons considering the exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes should
consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of
their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing
jurisdiction.
244
CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase and holding
of the notes (and the exchange notes) by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), plans, individual retirement
accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under
any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such
provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, Similar Laws), and entities whose underlying
assets are considered to include plan assets of such plans, accounts and arrangements (each, a
Plan).
General Fiduciary Matters
ERISA and the Code impose certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a Plan subject to
Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (an ERISA Plan) and prohibit certain transactions
involving the assets of an ERISA Plan and its fiduciaries or other interested parties. Under ERISA
and the Code, any person who exercises any discretionary authority or control over the
administration of such an ERISA Plan or the management or disposition of the assets of such an
ERISA Plan, or who renders investment advice for a fee or other compensation to such an ERISA Plan,
is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the ERISA Plan.
In considering an investment in the notes or the exchange notes of a portion of the assets of
any Plan, a Plan fiduciary should determine whether the investment is in accordance with the
documents and instruments governing the Plan and the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code or
any Similar Law relating to the fiduciarys duties to the Plan including, without limitation, the
prudence, diversification, delegation of control and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA,
the Code and any other applicable Similar Laws.
Prohibited Transaction Issues
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in
specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are parties in
interest, within the meaning of Section 3(14) of ERISA, or disqualified persons, within the
meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or
disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise
taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of
the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.
The acquisition and/or holding of the notes (or the exchange notes) by an ERISA Plan with
respect to which the issuer, a subsidiary guarantor or any of their respective affiliates are
considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or
indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless
the investment is acquired and is held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or
individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has
issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (PTCEs) that may apply to the acquisition and
holding of the notes and the exchange notes. These class exemptions include, without limitation,
PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers,
PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank
collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE
96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. In addition, Section
408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code provide relief from the prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions, provided
that neither the issuer of the securities nor any of its affiliates (directly or indirectly) have
or exercise any discretionary authority or control or render any investment advice with respect to
the assets of any ERISA Plan involved in the transaction and provided further that the ERISA Plan
pays no more than adequate consideration in connection with the transaction. There can be no
assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied. There can be no
assurance that any class exemption or any other exemption will be available with respect to any
particular transaction involving the notes or the exchange notes, or that if an exemption is
available, it will cover all aspects of any particular transaction.
245
Because of the foregoing, the notes and the exchange notes should not be purchased or held by
any person investing plan assets of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not
constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or a similar violation of
any applicable Similar Laws.
Representation
Accordingly, by acceptance of a note or an exchange note, each purchaser and subsequent
transferee will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the
assets used to acquire or hold the notes (or the exchange notes) constitutes assets of any Plan or
(ii) the acquisition and holding of the notes and the exchange notes (and the exchange of notes for
exchange notes) will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar violation under any applicable Similar Law.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to
the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in
non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons
considering purchasing the notes (or the exchange notes) on behalf of, or with the assets of, any
Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of
the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to
the purchase and holding of the notes and the exchange notes.
The sale of notes to a Plan is in no respect a representation by Polymer Group that such an
investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by Plans generally or
any particular Plan, or that such an investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any
particular Plan.
246
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the
exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for
outstanding notes where the outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities
or other trading activities. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the exchange
offer, we have agreed that for a period of up to 90 days, we will use our reasonable best efforts
to make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such broker-dealer for use in
connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and
each amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference in this
prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange
notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to the
prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to
or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that
resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer
and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to
be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any resale of
exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by these persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be
deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the
holders of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
247
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity and enforceability of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will be
passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle
comprised of several partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related
persons and others own interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds
affiliated with Blackstone.
EXPERTS
The audited consolidated financial statements and schedule of Polymer Group, Inc. and
subsidiaries included in this prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been so
included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public
accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said
reports.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We and our guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the
Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms a part of the
registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration
statement. For further information with respect to us, our guarantors and the exchange notes,
reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the
contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and, where such contract
or other document is an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement is qualified by
the provisions in such exhibit, to which reference is hereby made. The registration statement and
other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at
Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of
all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of
the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the
operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means
of the SECs home page on the Internet (
http://www.sec.gov
). However, any such information filed
with the SEC does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
So long as we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we are
required to furnish the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the
holders of the outstanding unregistered notes. We have agreed that, even if we are not required
under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, we will nonetheless continue to
furnish information that would be required to be furnished by us by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act.
248
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-68
|
|
|
|
|
F-69
|
|
|
|
|
F-70
|
|
|
|
|
F-71
|
|
|
|
|
F-72
|
|
|
|
|
F-73
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of
Polymer Group, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Polymer Group, Inc. (a Delaware
corporation) and subsidiaries (the Company) as of January 1, 2011, and January 2, 2010, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders equity, comprehensive
income (loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 1, 2011. Our
audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the
index appearing under Item 21(b) and on page F-67. These financial statements and financial
statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The
Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Polymer Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 1,
2011, and January 2, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended January 1, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
Effective January 4, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance related to the accounting
for and financial statement presentation of noncontrolling equity interests in consolidated
subsidiaries.
Charlotte, North Carolina
October 24, 2011
F-2
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
|
$
|
57,894
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
121,747
|
|
|
|
122,706
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
105,180
|
|
|
|
99,671
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
|
|
3,605
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
42,338
|
|
|
|
34,012
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
17,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
365,065
|
|
|
|
334,984
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
323,134
|
|
|
|
328,072
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
7,533
|
|
|
|
8,937
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
35,329
|
|
|
|
27,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
$
|
699,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
3,690
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
173,859
|
|
|
|
143,162
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
4,754
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
|
|
16,921
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
2,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
186,305
|
|
|
|
171,142
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
328,170
|
|
|
|
322,021
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
20,067
|
|
|
|
21,425
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
54,183
|
|
|
|
60,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
588,725
|
|
|
|
575,516
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class A common stock 21,326,678 and 20,875,378 issued and
outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
Class B convertible common stock 78,203 and 83,807 shares
issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
respectively
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Class C convertible common stock 24,319 and 24,319 shares
issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010,
respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class D convertible common stock 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class E convertible common stock 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
216,888
|
|
|
|
211,768
|
|
Retained deficit
|
|
|
(121,819
|
)
|
|
|
(132,226
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
39,053
|
|
|
|
36,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders equity
|
|
|
134,336
|
|
|
|
116,357
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
143,252
|
|
|
|
124,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
$
|
699,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-3
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,106,211
|
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
896,319
|
|
|
|
667,255
|
|
|
|
856,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
209,892
|
|
|
|
183,350
|
|
|
|
169,572
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
141,461
|
|
|
|
113,318
|
|
|
|
115,474
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
17,993
|
|
|
|
20,763
|
|
|
|
20,088
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating (income) loss, net
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
(4,736
|
)
|
|
|
4,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
49,511
|
|
|
|
52,216
|
|
|
|
29,050
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
31,728
|
|
|
|
26,712
|
|
|
|
31,067
|
|
Gain on reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense and discontinued operations
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
|
|
17,601
|
|
|
|
(2,543
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
|
8,578
|
|
|
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
11,795
|
|
|
|
9,023
|
|
|
|
(9,551
|
)
|
Discontinued operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from operations of discontinued business
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
Gain on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
8,915
|
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
11,030
|
|
|
|
17,938
|
|
|
|
(1,260
|
)
|
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
common shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
$
|
1.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
Discontinued operations
|
|
|
(0.04
|
)
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
1.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-4
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
For the Fiscal Years Ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Polymer Group, Inc. Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Total Polymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Noncontrolling
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Paid-in Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Total Equity
|
|
Balance December 29, 2007
|
|
|
19,407
|
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
193,410
|
|
|
$
|
(157,010
|
)
|
|
$
|
44,147
|
|
|
$
|
80,741
|
|
|
$
|
17,101
|
|
|
$
|
97,842
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
(5,969
|
)
|
|
|
(1,260
|
)
|
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of
reclassification adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
Compensation recognized on share-based
awards
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee
withholding tax obligations
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,152
|
)
|
|
|
(15,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,152
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,001
|
)
|
|
|
(11,001
|
)
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(11,247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 3, 2009
|
|
|
19,519
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
196,059
|
|
|
|
(152,301
|
)
|
|
|
17,800
|
|
|
|
61,753
|
|
|
|
10,886
|
|
|
|
72,639
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
(2,137
|
)
|
|
|
17,938
|
|
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of
reclassification adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
985
|
|
Compensation recognized on share-based
awards
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,040
|
|
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee
withholding tax obligations
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
Issuance of Class A common shares
|
|
|
1,049
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
14,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,453
|
|
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,424
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(3,467
|
)
|
|
|
(616
|
)
|
|
|
(4,083
|
)
|
Recognition of tax benefits from
utilization of preconfirmation net
operating loss carryforwards and other tax
attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,792
|
|
|
|
12,792
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,792
|
|
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,071
|
|
|
|
6,071
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 2, 2010
|
|
|
20,983
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
211,768
|
|
|
|
(132,226
|
)
|
|
|
36,605
|
|
|
|
116,357
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
124,395
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
|
11,030
|
|
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of
reclassification adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
Compensation recognized on share-based
awards
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,711
|
|
Surrender of shares to satisfy employee
withholding tax obligations
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,026
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,026
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,026
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
Employee benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,882
|
)
|
|
|
(4,882
|
)
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
(4,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 1, 2011
|
|
|
21,429
|
|
|
$
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
216,888
|
|
|
$
|
(121,819
|
)
|
|
$
|
39,053
|
|
|
$
|
134,336
|
|
|
$
|
8,916
|
|
|
$
|
143,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
11,030
|
|
|
$
|
17,938
|
|
|
$
|
(1,260
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(4,627
|
)
|
|
|
5,976
|
|
|
|
(11,247
|
)
|
Employee postretirement benefits
|
|
|
5,735
|
|
|
|
12,792
|
|
|
|
(15,152
|
)
|
Cash flow hedge adjustments
|
|
|
1,595
|
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
19,753
|
|
|
|
(26,593
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
13,733
|
|
|
|
37,691
|
|
|
|
(27,853
|
)
|
Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(878
|
)
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
6,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
12,855
|
|
|
$
|
39,923
|
|
|
$
|
(21,638
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
January 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc. to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
3,444
|
|
|
|
13,096
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,682
|
)
|
|
|
(624
|
)
|
|
|
(1,724
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
46,353
|
|
|
|
50,370
|
|
|
|
52,294
|
|
(Gains) losses on sale of assets, net
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(8,210
|
)
|
|
|
36
|
|
Loss on derivatives and other financial instruments
|
|
|
2,192
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash write-off of loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash compensation
|
|
|
4,681
|
|
|
|
3,690
|
|
|
|
2,622
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(3,632
|
)
|
|
|
17,151
|
|
|
|
1,038
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
(7,809
|
)
|
|
|
13,034
|
|
|
|
11,505
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
(8,215
|
)
|
|
|
(685
|
)
|
|
|
1,325
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
30,555
|
|
|
|
(2,670
|
)
|
|
|
(6,253
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(7,959
|
)
|
|
|
1,605
|
|
|
|
(19,190
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
63,244
|
|
|
|
99,009
|
|
|
|
59,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
|
|
(43,477
|
)
|
|
|
(34,460
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
4,363
|
|
|
|
33,342
|
|
|
|
3,424
|
|
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,083
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of intangibles and other
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(41,276
|
)
|
|
|
(14,567
|
)
|
|
|
(31,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other long-term debt
|
|
|
28,086
|
|
|
|
19,519
|
|
|
|
32,680
|
|
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
|
|
|
17,859
|
|
|
|
18,843
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(3,999
|
)
|
|
|
(60,931
|
)
|
|
|
(24,100
|
)
|
Repayment of other long-term debt
|
|
|
(30,880
|
)
|
|
|
(6,156
|
)
|
|
|
(29,768
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(19,425
|
)
|
|
|
(27,136
|
)
|
|
|
(11,828
|
)
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
(4,492
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing, net
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(72,651
|
)
|
|
|
(12,860
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
(952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
14,461
|
|
|
|
12,176
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
57,894
|
|
|
|
45,718
|
|
|
|
31,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
|
$
|
57,894
|
|
|
$
|
45,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1. Background and Basis of Consolidation
Background
Polymer Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) is a leading global innovator,
manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials, focused primarily on the production of nonwoven
products. The Company has one of the largest global platforms in the industry, with fourteen
manufacturing and converting facilities throughout the world, and a presence in nine countries. The
Companys main sources of revenue are the sales of primary and intermediate products to the
hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets.
Prior to January 28, 2011, the Companys common stock was publicly traded. On January 28,
2011, the Company merged with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a company controlled by investment
funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group (the Blackstone Acquisition), and as a result, the
Company became a privately-held company. See Note 25 Subsequent Events for additional information
about the Blackstone Acquisition.
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Polymer Group, Inc.
and all majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and
transactions. The accounts of all foreign subsidiaries have been included on the basis of fiscal
periods ended on the same dates as the accompanying consolidated financial statements. All amounts
are presented in United States (U.S.) dollars, unless otherwise noted.
Note 2. Accounting Policies and Financial Statement Information
Fiscal Year
The Companys fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to December 31. Fiscal 2010 ended
January 1, 2011 and includes the results of operations for a fifty-two week period. Fiscal 2009
ended January 2, 2010 and included the results of operations for a fifty-two week period. Fiscal
2008 ended January 3, 2009 and included the results of operations for a fifty-three week period.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) and in accordance with the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (Codification or ASC) requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and the related disclosures within the accompanying notes. The accounting estimates that
require managements most significant and subjective judgments include the valuation of allowances
for accounts receivable and inventory, the assessment of recoverability of long-lived assets, the
recognition and measurement of severance-related liabilities, the recognition and measurement of
current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities (including the measurement of uncertain tax
positions), the valuation and recognition of share-based compensation, the valuation of obligations
under the Companys pension and postretirement benefit plans and the fair value of financial
instruments and non-financial assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these
estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically to determine if a change is required.
An allowance for doubtful accounts is established by the Company based upon factors including
the credit risk of specific customers, the age of the receivables, historical trends and other
information. Management believes that the allowance is adequate to cover potential losses resulting
from uncollectible accounts. Additionally, sales returns and allowances, a component of net sales,
are recorded in the period in which the related sales are recorded. Management bases its estimate
of the expense to be recorded each period on historical return and allowance levels.
F-8
The Company maintains reserves for inventories, which are valued primarily using the first in,
first out (FIFO) method. Such reserves for inventories can be specific to certain inventory or
based on age or judgments about the overall condition of the inventory. Specific reserves are
established based on a determination of the obsolescence of the inventory and whether the inventory
value exceeds amounts to be recovered through expected sales price, less selling costs. Reserves
are also established based on percentage write-downs applied to inventories aged for certain time
periods or for inventories which are considered slow-moving. Estimating sales prices, establishing
write-down percentages and evaluating the condition of the inventories require judgments and
estimates which impact inventory valuation and gross profits.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. For assets held and used, an impairment
may occur if projected undiscounted cash flows are not adequate to cover the carrying value of the
assets. In such cases, additional analysis is conducted to determine the amount of the loss to be
recognized. The impairment loss is determined by the difference between the carrying amount of the
asset and the fair value of the asset, primarily measured by future discounted cash flows and other
indicators of fair value. The analysis, when conducted, requires estimates of the amount and timing
of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the
appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge
should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary.
In addition, future events impacting the amount, and/or timing, of cash flows for existing assets
could render a write-down necessary that previously required no write-down.
For assets held for disposal, an impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of the
assets exceeds the fair value less costs to sell. Estimates are required of fair value, disposal
costs and the time period to dispose of the assets. Such estimates are critical in determining
whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment
loss is deemed to be necessary. Actual cash flows received could differ from those used in
estimating the impairment loss, which would impact the impairment charge ultimately recognized.
The Company has pension and postretirement plans with costs and obligations which are
dependent on assumptions used by actuaries in calculating such amounts. These assumptions include
discount rates, inflation rates, salary growth percentages, long-term return on plan assets,
retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. While the Company believes that the
assumptions used are appropriate, significant differences in actual experience or significant
changes in assumptions would affect its pension and postretirement costs and obligations.
The Company estimates the fair value of stock option grants for measuring compensation costs
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which model is dependent on certain assumptions.
These assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and
experience and include expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate,
forfeitures and expected lives. Although the Company believes the assumptions utilized are
appropriate, differing assumptions would affect compensation costs.
The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments in accordance with ASC 820,
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), using available market information and
appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting
market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments. Accordingly,
such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize in a
current market exchange.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of ownership pass to the
customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery to a place named by
the customer, dependent upon contract terms and when collectability is reasonably assured and
pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to customers for shipping and
handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and discounts to customers is recorded
as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that the revenue is recognized.
F-9
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments having an original maturity of three
months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which
may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the
credit-worthiness of those institutions, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such
deposits. Interest income is presented as a reduction of
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations and consists primarily of income from highly liquid investment sources.
Interest income approximated $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million during fiscal years 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Accounts Receivable and Concentration of Credit Risks
Accounts receivable potentially expose the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The
Company provides credit in the normal course of business and performs ongoing credit evaluations on
its customers financial condition, as deemed necessary, but generally does not require collateral
to support such receivables. Customer balances are considered past due based on contractual terms
and the Company does not accrue interest on the past due balances. Also, in an effort to reduce its
credit exposure to certain customers, as well as accelerate its cash flows, the Company has sold on
a non-recourse basis, certain of its receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. The provision
for losses on uncollectible accounts is determined principally on the basis of past collection
experience applied to ongoing evaluations of the Companys receivables and evaluations of the risk
of repayment. The allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $6.1 million and $8.9 million
at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively, which management believes is adequate to
provide for credit losses in the normal course of business, as well as losses for customers who
have filed for protection under bankruptcy laws. Once management determines that the receivables
are not recoverable, the amounts are removed from the financial records along with the
corresponding reserve balance. Sales to the Procter & Gamble Company (P&G) accounted for
approximately 14%, 10%, and 11% of the Companys sales in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market primarily using the FIFO method of
accounting. Costs include direct material, direct labor and applicable manufacturing overhead.
Long-Lived Assets
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives established for building and improvements
range from 5 to 31 years, and the estimated useful lives established for machinery, equipment and
other fixed assets range from 2 to 15 years. Costs of repairs and maintenance are charged to
expense as incurred. Costs of the construction of certain long-lived assets include capitalized
interest that is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset. The Company
capitalized approximately $0.9 million, $0.4 million and $1.0 million of interest costs during
fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Derivatives
The Company records all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance
sheet at their fair value in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815).
Changes in the fair value of a derivative are recorded each period in current earnings or other
comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge
transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. Ineffective portions, if
any, of all hedges are recognized in earnings.
As more fully described in Note 16 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities, the Company, in the normal course of business, periodically enters into derivative
financial instruments, principally swaps and forward contracts, with high-quality counterparties as
part of its risk management strategy. These financial instruments are limited to non-trading
purposes and are used principally to manage market risks and reduce the Companys exposure to
fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates. Most interest rate swaps and foreign exchange
forward contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of the variability in cash flows
associated
F-10
with interest payments to be made on variable rate debt obligations or fair value hedges of
foreign currency-denominated transactions.
The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well
as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions and the
methodologies that will be used for measuring effectiveness and ineffectiveness. This process
includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow or fair value hedges to specific
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments. The Company then
assesses, both at the hedges inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are
used in hedging transactions are expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair
values or cash flows of hedged items. Such assessments are conducted in accordance with the
originally documented risk management strategy and methodology for that particular hedging
relationship.
For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of recognized derivative gains and losses
reclassified from other comprehensive income is classified consistent with the classification of
the hedged item. For example, derivative gains and losses associated with hedges of interest rate
payments are recognized in
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
For fair value hedges, changes in the value of the derivatives, along with the offsetting
changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure are recorded in earnings each period in
Foreign currency and other loss (gain), net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes and corresponding balance sheet accounts are determined in
accordance with the liability method. Tax provisions and credits are recorded at statutory rates
for taxable items included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations regardless of the period
for which such items are reported for tax purposes. Additionally, federal income taxes are provided
on that portion of the income of foreign subsidiaries that is expected to be remitted to the U.S.
and be taxable. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are determined based upon temporary differences
between the basis of certain assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting
purposes. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some portion of
a deferred tax asset will not be realized in the future. Valuation allowances are reviewed each
period on a tax jurisdiction by jurisdiction basis to analyze whether a change in circumstances has
occurred to provide enough evidence to support a change in the judgment about the realization of
the related deferred tax asset in future years.
The Company emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings effective March 5, 2003 (the
Effective Date). For accounting purposes the Company recognized the emergence on March 1, 2003,
which was the end of the February 2003 accounting period. In accordance with ASC 852, Financial
Reporting of Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code (ASC 852), the Company adopted
fresh-start accounting as of March 1, 2003, and the Companys emergence from Chapter 11 resulted in
a new reporting entity. Consistent with the provisions of ASC 852, recognition of tax benefits from
preconfirmation net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences and other tax
attributes not recognized at the Effective Date are applied to reduce goodwill to zero, then reduce
intangible assets that existed at the Effective Date with any excess tax benefits credited directly
to
Additional Paid-in Capital
. Effective January 4, 2009 (the Transition Date) the Company
adopted an amendment to ASC 852 which provides that any changes occurring after the Transition Date
in the valuation allowance for acquired deferred tax assets be recognized as an adjustment to
income tax expense.
ASC 740, Income Taxes (ASC 740) clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in an enterprises financial statements by prescribing a recognition threshold and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position
taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Under ASC 740-10, the financial statement effects of
a tax position should initially be recognized when it is more likely than not, based on the
technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. A tax position that meets
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should initially and subsequently be measured as the
largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon
ultimate settlement with a taxing authority.
F-11
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to its employee share-based plans in
accordance with ASC 718, Compensation Stock Compensation (ASC 718). The compensation costs
recognized are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with ASC 718,
awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained and when the participant
begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in the price of the
underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when the Company and the
participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions.
Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions
are based on the probable outcome of such performance conditions. The Company has estimated the
fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Assumptions
are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience. See Note 14
Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans for assumptions utilized in the estimation of grant date
fair value pursuant to ASC 718.
Research and Development Costs
The cost of research and development is charged to expense as incurred and is included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The
Company incurred approximately $11.6 million, $12.0 million and $14.5 million of research and
development expense during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs include costs to store goods prior to shipment, prepare goods for
shipment and physically move goods from the Companys sites to the customers premises. The cost of
shipping and handling is charged to expense as incurred and is included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company incurred $31.7
million, $22.6 million, and $26.3 million of shipping and handling costs during fiscal years 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Special Charges
The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in
accordance with ASC 712, Compensation Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits (ASC 712), for
severance provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements
and disposal costs, contract termination costs and other exit costs are accounted in accordance
with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations (ASC 420). The Company evaluates impairment of
long-lived assets in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360).
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company accounts for, and reports, translation of foreign currency transactions and
foreign currency financial statements in accordance with ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters (ASC
830). All assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries whose functional
currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated at period-end exchange rates, while income,
expenses and cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Translation
gains and losses are not included in determining net income, but are presented as a separate
component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). In addition, foreign currency
transaction gains and losses are included in the determination of net income (loss).
Gain on Reacquisition of Debt
The Company, through its subsidiaries, may make market purchases of its first lien term loan
under its Credit Facility (defined in Note 11 Debt) from its existing lenders at a discount to
the carrying value of the debt. Under these agreements, to the extent of the amount of debt
acquired, the Companys subsidiary will acquire the rights and obligations of a lender under the
credit facility and the selling third-party lender will be released from its obligations under the
credit facility. The Company accounts for such reacquisition of debt as a transfer of financial
assets resulting in a sale and derecognizes such liability in accordance with the authoritative
literature and includes such amounts in
Gain on Reacquisition of Debt
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
F-12
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Accumulated other comprehensive income of $39.1 million at January 1, 2011 consisted of $42.6
million of currency translation gains (net of income taxes of $6.4 million), ($0.6) million of
transition net assets, gains or losses and prior service costs not recognized as components of net
periodic benefit costs (including income taxes of $5.8 million) and $(2.9) million of cash flow
hedge losses costs (including income taxes of $2.0 million). Accumulated other comprehensive
income of $36.6 million at January 2, 2010 consisted of $42.5 million of currency translation gains
(net of income taxes of $6.4 million), ($2.6) million of transition net assets, gains or losses and
prior service costs not recognized as components of net periodic benefit costs and $(3.3) million
of cash flow hedge losses. Comprehensive income (loss) for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 is net of a
reclassification adjustment pertaining to the cash flow hedge adjustment of $(4.5) million and
($3.9) million, respectively.
Earnings Per Common Share
Basic earnings per share exclude any dilutive effects of share-based awards and convertible
securities and are computed by dividing net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc. by the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share
reflect the potential dilution from common shares potentially issuable through share-based awards
and convertible securities and is computed by dividing net income (loss), as adjusted for the
effects of the conversion to common stock, by the weighted-average number of common and common
equivalent shares outstanding for the period. Shares issuable pursuant to stock option plans will
have a dilutive effect only when the average market price for the reporting period exceeds the
strike price of the option. A reconciliation of the amounts included in the computation of income
(loss) per share for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented in the following table (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
11,795
|
|
|
$
|
9,023
|
|
|
$
|
(9,551
|
)
|
Income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
8,915
|
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities convertible securities and
share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
20,785
|
|
|
|
19,601
|
|
|
|
19,261
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities convertible securities and
share-based awards
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding assuming dilution
|
|
|
21,196
|
|
|
|
19,684
|
|
|
|
19,332
|
|
Under the treasury stock method, shares represented by the exercise of 7,184 shares were
not included in diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2010 because to do so would have been
anti-dilutive. Similarly, shares represented by the exercise of 33,567 options and 96,446 nonvested
restricted shares were not included in diluted earnings per share for fiscal year 2009 because to
do so would have been anti-dilutive. Similarly, shares represented by the exercise of 34,844
options and 88,080 nonvested restricted shares were not included in diluted earnings per share for
fiscal year 2008 because to do so would have been anti-dilutive.
Recent Accounting Standards
In June 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance to revise the approach to determine when
a variable interest entity (VIE) should be consolidated. The new consolidation model for VIEs
considers whether the Company has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact
the VIEs economic performance and shares in the significant risks and rewards of the entity. The
new guidance on VIEs requires companies to continually reassess VIEs to determine if they are
required to apply the new criteria, as prescribed by ASC 810, to determine the accounting and
reporting requirements related to VIEs. In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-17, Amendments
to Accounting for Variable Interest Entities, (ASU 2009-17) to amend ASC 810 to clarify how
enterprises should account for and disclose their involvement with VIEs. The Company adopted the
revised guidance for the accounting for VIEs, pursuant to ASC 810, effective January 3, 2010. The
adoption of the
F-13
revised accounting guidance for VIEs did not have a significant effect on the Companys
consolidated financial statements. See Note 4 Acquisitions for additional information.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13, Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements a
consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, to amend certain guidance in ASC 605, Revenue
Recognition (ASC 605), specifically as related to Multiple-Element Arrangements (ASC
605-25). The amended guidance in ASC 605-25: (1) modifies the separation criteria by eliminating
the criterion that requires objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered
item(s), and (2) eliminates the use of the residual method of allocation and instead requires that
arrangement consideration be allocated, at the inception of the arrangement, to all deliverables
based on their relative selling price. The amended guidance in ASC 605-25 is effective
prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early application and retrospective application
permitted. The Company prospectively applied the amended guidance in ASC 605-25 beginning January
3, 2010. The adoption of the amendments to ASC 605-25 did not have a significant effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic
820) Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (ASU 2010-06). This guidance
clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value measurements. The clarifications and
requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for significant transfers between Level 1 and Level
2, as well as significant transfers in and out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established
by ASC 820, were adopted by the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Note 17, Fair Value
of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities reflects the amended disclosure
requirements. Additionally, the new guidance also requires that purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements be presented gross in the Level 3 reconciliation, which is used to price the hardest to
value instruments (the disaggregation guidance). The disaggregation guidance will be effective
beginning with interim periods in fiscal year 2011. Since this guidance only amends the disclosure
requirements, the Company does not anticipate that the adoption of ASU 2010-06 will have a material
impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing
Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This guidance enhances the disclosure
requirements about the credit quality of a creditors financing receivables and the adequacy of its
allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade
accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. The
disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for periods ending on or after
December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for activities
occurring during the reporting period beginning in the Companys fiscal 2011. The Company does not
anticipate that the adoption of this guidance will have a significant effect on its consolidated
financial statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, Disclosure of Supplemental Pro Forma
Information for Business Consolidations, to amend certain guidance in ASC 805, Business
Combinations. This update provides guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma
information for business combinations. The amended guidance is effective prospectively for business
combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual
reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted; however,
the Company did not early adopt this guidance. The adoption of this guidance will affect the
Companys fiscal year 2011 pro forma disclosures related to the Blackstone Acquisition. (See Note
24 Subsequent Events for additional information about the Blackstone Acquisition.)
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other (ASC 350). This update provides guidance on the requirements
to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is
zero or negative. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after
December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect adoption of the guidance to have a material impact
on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurement. This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value
measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles
related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other
premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held
F-14
in a portfolio and
instruments classified within shareholders equity. Further, the guidance provides additional
disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial
assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used
for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed.
The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011.
The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, Comprehensive
Income. This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the
components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or
in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present
reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the
financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning
after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. This update allows an entity the option to first assess
qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative
goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that
the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting units fair
value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of
the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for
the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted.
The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Note 3. Special Charges, Net
The Companys operating income includes
Special charges, net
which primarily reflects the
impact of corporate-level decisions or Board of Directors actions principally associated with
initiatives attributable to the restructuring and realignment of manufacturing operations,
management structures and/or the pursuit of certain transaction opportunities. Additionally, the
Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances,
including those aforementioned, indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. A
summary of such charges is presented in the following table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Restructuring and plant realignment costs
|
|
$
|
9,098
|
|
|
$
|
16,898
|
|
|
$
|
6,388
|
|
Asset impairment charges
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
|
3,444
|
|
|
|
13,096
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
8,151
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,993
|
|
|
$
|
20,763
|
|
|
$
|
20,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring and plant realignment costs
Accrued costs for restructuring efforts are included in
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs generally arise from restructuring
initiatives intended to result in lower working capital levels and improved operating performance
and profitability through: (i) reducing headcount at both the plant and corporate levels and the
realignment of management structures; (ii) improving manufacturing productivity and reducing
corporate costs; and (iii) rationalizing certain assets, businesses and employee benefit programs.
The following table summarizes the components of the accrued liability for fiscal years 2010, 2009
and 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Balance accrued at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
2,713
|
|
|
$
|
2,672
|
|
|
$
|
5,903
|
|
Restructuring and plant realignment costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
|
|
1,284
|
|
|
|
1,352
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
2,766
|
|
|
|
4,092
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
1,480
|
|
|
|
1,266
|
|
|
|
1,512
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
10,256
|
|
|
|
2,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,098
|
|
|
|
16,898
|
|
|
|
6,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(10,181
|
)
|
|
|
(16,857
|
)
|
|
|
(9,739
|
)
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance accrued at end of year
|
|
$
|
1,726
|
|
|
$
|
2,713
|
|
|
$
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The $9.1 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs in fiscal 2010 are
comprised of: (i) $7.3 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring activities
in the United States; (ii) $1.6 million of severance and other shut-down costs for restructuring
initiatives in Europe; and (iii) $0.2 million of severance costs for restructuring initiatives in
Argentina.
The restructuring and plant realignment costs associated with the Companys nonwovens segments
during fiscal 2009 are comprised of: (i) $11.3 million of severance and other shutdown costs
related to the North Little Rock, Arkansas facility; (ii) $3.4 million of severance costs in Europe
related to the ongoing restructuring efforts in the European operations; (iii) $1.3 million of
severance and other shutdown costs related to other previously announced facility closings in the
United States; and (iv) $0.8 million of potential claim costs and legal fees related to litigation
in Argentina. The Company also incurred $0.1 million of severance costs related to Oriented
Polymers restructuring initiatives in Canada.
On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate certain
of its operations in the U.S. In June 2009, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees
that it planned to close the North Little Rock, Arkansas plant by the end of the first quarter of
fiscal 2010 to better align the Companys capabilities with its long-term strategic direction and
reduce overall operating costs. The plant closing included the reduction of approximately 140
employees. During fiscal 2009, the Company recognized $1.7 million of employee termination costs
related to the closure of the North Little Rock plant. Production activities at the facility ceased
as of March 5, 2010. In addition, the Company recognized $9.4 million related to equipment
relocation costs. The Company estimated that it would recognize total cash restructuring charges in
fiscal 2009 and 2010 of approximately $17.5 million to $18.5 million, comprised of approximately
$2.0 million related to employee termination expenses and $15.5 million to $16.5 million for
equipment relocation and associated shut-down costs. Of the total spending, $18.6 million has been
recognized from the commencement in 2009 through the end of fiscal 2010, including $7.3 million
recognized in fiscal 2010. The Company expects to recognize approximately $1.0 million of
additional cost in fiscal 2011.
The restructuring and plant realignment activities during fiscal 2008 primarily relate to: (i)
$3.9 million of costs related to the previously announced closure of the Neunkirchen, Germany
nonwovens facility, (ii) $1.0 million of costs related to the previously announced closing of the
Landisville, New Jersey nonwovens facility, (iii) $1.0 million of costs related to a management
restructuring within the Companys Latin America operations, and (iv) $0.5 million of severance and
other costs associated with other restructuring efforts throughout the Company, primarily in the
U.S. The charges related to the Neunkirchen, Germany facility include $0.6 million related to
employee termination expenses and $3.3 million primarily related to equipment relocation, employee
costs during the shutdown period, facility overhead expenses and other associated shut-down costs.
Production activities at the facility ceased as of September 29, 2007.
On May 30, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate certain
of its U.S. operations. In June 2008, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it
planned to close the Landisville, New Jersey plant by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2008
to better align the Companys capabilities with its long-term strategic direction. The plant
closing included the reduction of approximately 77 positions. Production activities at the facility
ceased in August 2008. During fiscal 2008, the Company recognized $0.5 million of employee
termination costs and $0.5 million of other associated shut-down costs. In addition, during fiscal
2008, the Company incurred approximately $1.0 million of severance and related costs associated
with a management restructuring of its Latin American operations.
Asset impairment charges
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable from future undiscounted
cash flows. If the carrying amounts are not recoverable, the Company, consistent with the
provisions of ASC 360, records a non-cash charge
F-16
associated with the write-down of such assets to
estimated fair value. Fair value is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash
flows, appraisals and other indicators of value.
During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.7 million related
to the write-down of assets held for sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their estimated fair value
less costs to sell. These assets were subsequently sold and an immaterial loss was recognized on
the sale as the assets.
During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges in its nonwovens segments
of $3.4 million related to the write-down of certain assets to their estimated fair value less
costs to sell. Of that total, $1.8 million related to the write-down of certain assets held for
sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. In accordance with
ASC 360 regarding property, plant and equipment, such assets held for sale, with a carrying value
of $4.7 million, were written down to their fair value of $2.9 million (net of costs to sell of
$0.3 million). The Company also recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $1.6 million related to
the facility in North Little Rock, Arkansas, resulting from the Companys planned closure of the
facility consistent with its strategic direction. In accordance with ASC 360, certain of these
assets, with a carrying value of $6.1 million, were written down to their estimated fair value of
$4.5 million (net of estimated costs to sell of $0.4 million).
During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $13.1 million relating
to certain assets of the Companys nonwoven segment production facilities located in the U.S. which
experienced a decline in profits and cash flows resulting from market declines and from the
continued economic downturn which has negatively impacted certain of the Companys industrial
businesses, including the automotive business which the Company exited in fiscal 2009.
See Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities for
the fair value measurement disclosures related to these assets.
Other costs
In fiscal 2010, the Company incurred professional services fees attributable to the Blackstone
Acquisition (as discussed in Note 25 Subsequent Events). During fiscal 2010, the Company recorded
approximately $6.4 million of professional services fees, of which $3.4 million had been paid by
the Company through January 1, 2011.
In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company
to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and
flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. The Company established temporary
offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through
the use of our global manufacturing base. The floodwaters have receded and are no longer in this
facility and the Company is taking steps to expeditiously repair the facility. The Company expects
to restore this facility to operational status early in the second quarter of 2011. During the
period that the facility is not operational, the Company estimates that its net profits will be
negatively impacted by approximately $2.5 million to $3.5 million per month due to overhead costs
related to the restoration and lost profit contribution from the facility. The Company presently
expects the cash cost to restore operations to be in the range of approximately $12.5 million to
13.5 million. The Company expects that the above amounts will be offset by approximately $5.7
million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies (see Note 23 Business Interruption
Insurance Recovery for further discussion of the related insurance recovery).
The Company, with assistance from qualified third parties, conducted a preliminary assessment
of the flood damage to estimate the recoverability of its assets located at the Cali, Colombia
facility. As a result, certain machinery and equipment assets were estimated to be damaged beyond
repair. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 360, a non-cash charge of $0.4 million,
representing the estimated carrying value of the equipment, was recognized during the fourth
quarter of 2010. Additionally, certain raw material and product inventories were evaluated to
estimate the inventories utility and recoverability. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 330,
the Company recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $2.5 million during the fourth
quarter of 2010. This write-down represents the estimated carrying value of the damaged
inventories. As discussed in Note 23 Business Interruption Insurance Recovery, this write-down
was offset by an insurance claim recoverable of $1.8 million, resulting in a net impact of $0.7
million.
F-17
In addition to the equipment and inventory write-downs described above, the Company incurred
additional flood-related operating expenses of approximately $0.5 million. These costs were
recorded as expense during the fourth quarter of 2010, and represent activities such as cleaning
and sanitizing the facility, establishing temporary office space, equipment rental and employee
travel costs.
Note 4. Acquisitions
Argentina
On October 30, 2009, the Company announced that it completed a transaction to purchase the 40%
noncontrolling interest in Dominion Nonwovens Sudamericana, S.A. from its partner, Guillermo E.
Kraves. The purchase price was approximately $4.1 million. In accordance with ASC 810, the Company
has accounted for this transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss has been
recognized on the transaction. The carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest has been
adjusted in the amount of $0.6 million to reflect the change in ownership, and the difference
between the purchase price and the amount by which the noncontrolling interest was adjusted
resulted in a reduction to paid-in capital of $3.5 million. Additionally, the Company also paid
$2.4 million to an affiliate of Mr. Kraves in satisfaction of amounts previously accrued for
services.
Spain
On December 2, 2009, the Company completed the initial phase of the acquisition, from Grupo
Corinpa, S.L. (Grupo Corinpa), of certain assets and the operations of the nonwovens businesses
of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. (together with Tesalca-99, S.L., Tesalca-Texnovo or the
Sellers), which are headquartered in Barcelona, Spain (the Transaction). The acquisition was
completed by the Company through PGI Spain, which will operate as a new wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company.
The acquired assets included the net operating working capital as of November 30, 2009
(defined as current assets less current liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with
the operations), the customer lists and the current book of business. Concurrent with the
Transaction, the Company entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and ending
December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain is entitled to the full and
exclusive use of the Sellers land, building and equipment during the term of the lease (the
Building and Equipment Lease). PGI Spain was obligated to make lease payments of approximately
29.0 million to Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease agreement. The
first lease payment of approximately 1.25 million was due on March 31, 2010 and further quarterly
payments of approximately 1.25 million were due for the first three years of the lease. Pursuant
to ASC 840, the Building and Equipment Lease agreement has been accounted for as an operating
lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2, PGI Spain recognized rent expense on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.
Additionally, as part of the Transaction, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call option over the
assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the Phase II Assets), which expires on
December 31, 2012 (the Call Option). As more fully described in Note 24 Subsequent Events, on
January 28, 2011, the Company exercised the Call Option over the Phase II Assets.
Consideration for the acquired assets in Phase I of the transaction consisted of approximately
1.049 million shares of the Companys Class A common stock (Issued Securities), which represented
approximately 5.0% of the outstanding share capital of the Company on December 2, 2009, after the
effect of the issued shares. The Issued Securities are subject to certain restrictions, including
that the Issued Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (see Note 18
Shareholders Equity for further details). On December 2, 2009, the fair value of the Issued
Securities approximated $14.5 million.
During fiscal 2010, the Company incurred $1.7 million of acquisition and integration related
expenses attributable to the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo. These expenses were attributable to
accountant, legal and advisory fees of $0.9 million associated with due diligence and the closing
of the Transaction. The remaining $0.8 million was incurred for employee termination costs pursuant
to a facility restructuring. In January 2010, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees
that it planned to restructure its manufacturing operations in Spain during the first quarter of
fiscal 2010 to reduce its overall cost structure. The realignment included the reduction of
approximately ten positions in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. During fiscal 2009, the Company
F-18
incurred $1.8 million of acquisition and integration related expenses attributable to the
acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo. Of this amount, approximately $1.0 million in expenses were
attributable to legal and advisory fees associated with due diligence and the closing of the
transaction. The remaining $0.8 million of expenses were attributable to advisory fees for the
valuation of the assets acquired; accountant fees associated with preparation of the historical
U.S. GAAP financial statements for Tesalca-Texnovo and auditor fees for the audit of the
aforementioned U.S. GAAP financial statements. In accordance with ASC 805, these expenses are
recorded as a period cost in
Acquisition and integration expenses
in the Companys Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
As of December 2, 2009 and January 2, 2010, and in accordance with ASC 810 (prior to the
revisions that came into effect on January 3, 2010), the Company concluded that PGI Spain does not
have a variable interest in the Sellers. Furthermore, effective January 3, 2010, and in accordance
with ASC 810 (revised for the new guidance associated with variable interest entity accounting),
the Company concluded that PGI Spain continues not to have a variable interest in the Sellers.
Accordingly, Tesalca-Texnovo did not meet the conditions for consolidation by PGI Spain for the
periods presented within these consolidated financial statements.
The following represents the final allocation of the Tesalca-Texnovo purchase price, using the
to $ exchange rate as of December 2, 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable (approximates contractual value)
|
|
$
|
21,880
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
9,420
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
307
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
488
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
858
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,542
|
|
Indemnification asset
|
|
|
3,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
39,153
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
20,554
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
145
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
343
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
3,658
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
14,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
The property, plant and equipment and the associated long-term debt obligations are
attributable to PGI Spains assumption of certain financial lease obligations related to the lease
of physical assets which the Sellers had accounted for as capitalized leases. Pursuant to ASC 805,
the Company has accounted for these financial lease obligations as capital leases for purposes of
its opening balance sheet and recognized capital lease obligations equal to the present value of
the future lease payments. Other noncurrent liabilities reflect the establishment of a liability
for uncertain tax positions identified as of the transaction date. As part of the transaction, the
Sellers have provided bank and personal guarantees associated with a portion of these liabilities,
which PGI Spain has reflected as an indemnification asset in the purchase price allocation. The
customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years.
The results of Tesalca-Texnovo have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements
from the date of acquisition. The table below presents the results as reported by the Company and
unaudited pro forma results of the Company, assuming that the acquisition of Tesalca-Texnovo
occurred at the beginning of each period are as follows. The unaudited pro forma results are not
necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred had the acquisitions been in effect for
the periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
Proforma
|
|
|
As Reported
|
|
|
Proforma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
|
$
|
931,378
|
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
|
$
|
1,108,497
|
|
Net earnings attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
15,208
|
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
(654
|
)
|
Net earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.74
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.24
|
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
This unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes
only. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on estimates, information available and certain
assumptions, and may be revised as additional information becomes available. In addition, the
unaudited pro forma financial information does not reflect any adjustments for non-recurring items
or anticipated synergies resulting from the acquisition.
The unaudited pro forma financial information from the beginning of the periods presented
until the acquisition date includes adjustments to: 1) remove the effect of the depreciation and
amortization attributable to the property, plant and equipment and intangible assets of
Tesalca-Texnovo, that were not acquired, of approximately $8.5 million and $8.4 million for the
years ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009, respectively; 2) include the effect of the
aforementioned operating lease that was entered into concurrently with the Transaction attributable
to the exclusive use of Tesalca-Texnovos building, equipment and machinery of approximately $6.0
million and $5.5 million for the years ended January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009, respectively; and
3) eliminate intercompany related sales between Tesalca-Texnovo and the Company during fiscal years
2009 and 2008, and the associated loss that was recognized on the respective sales.
Note 5. Discontinued Operations
The following businesses which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment are being presented as
discontinued operations.
Difco
Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors of the Company committed to managements plan
to dispose of the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. (Difco). On April 29, 2011, we
entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco
continue to produce goods during a three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that
expired in the third quarter of 2011. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would
retain its property, plant and equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After
taking into consideration the cash proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of
its assets; including the future sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and
recognizing the wind-down related costs, management does not anticipate that it would recognize a
loss of the sale and discontinuance of the Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does
not expect an impairment charge.
Pursuant to ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360), the Company determined that
the assets of Difco represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be
eliminated from our ongoing operations and the Company will have no continuing involvement in the
operations of the business after the disposal transaction.
Fabpro
During fiscal 2009, the Company determined that, in accordance with ASC 360, the assets of
Fabpro represented assets held for sale. Accordingly, the operations of Fabpro have been reported
as discontinued operations, as the cash flows of Fabpro have been eliminated from the ongoing
operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction, and the Company has no
continuing involvement in the operations of the business after the disposal transaction. The
Company sold this business as part of its continuing effort to evaluate its businesses and product
lines for strategic fit within its operations. The Company completed the sale of Fabpro during the
third quarter of fiscal 2009.
Presentation
As a result, these businesses have been accounted for as discontinued operations in accordance
with the authoritative guidance for the periods presented in this report. Accordingly, Difcos
operating assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in
Assets of discontinued
operations
and
Liabilities of discontinued operations
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The
results of operations of both Difco and Fabpro have been segregated from continuing operations and
included in
Income from discontinued operations
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-20
The following amounts, which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated
from continuing operations and included in
Income from discontinued operations
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
January 3, 2009
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
39,194
|
|
|
$
|
67,970
|
|
|
$
|
119,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(473
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,843
|
|
|
$
|
8,144
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(765
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,113
|
|
|
$
|
8,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco had income tax expense of $0.3 million for fiscal year 2010 and an income tax
benefit of $0.3 million and $0.1 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Difcos
actual tax expense differs from such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to
intercompany profits, currency differences, losses with no expectation of future benefits and
unrecognized tax benefits (UTB). The differences of the tax expense between respective periods
are primarily due to differences in the pre-tax book profits.
Pre-tax income of discontinued operations included interest expense allocated to Fabpro
resulting from interest on debt that was required to be repaid as a result of the disposal
transaction of $0.6 million and $1.9 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Income
tax expense associated with the income of Fabpro reflects a benefit for the utilization of net
operating loss carryforwards, for which a valuation allowance had been previously established
The Company has recognized a preliminary loss of $0.2 million on the sale of certain of
Difcos assets (accounts receivable and inventory) based on the $9.2 million of cash that the
Company received in second quarter 2011.
The final determination of the gain or loss realized on the sale of Difcos assets is subject
to change, pending the Companys final determination of the carrying value of the sold Difcos
assets, which in turn, is dependent upon the Companys completion of the aforementioned purchase
price accounting associated with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the
fair value of the assets and liabilities of Difco as of the Merger Date.
The Company recognized a gain on the sale of Fabpro of approximately $6.8 million for the
fiscal year ended January 2, 2010. There were no income taxes associated with such gain due to the
utilization of net operating loss carryforwards, for which, a valuation allowance had been
previously established. The definitive purchase agreement for the Fabpro sale provided for a
purchase price adjustment based on the actual working capital that Fabpro had on the sale date, as
compared with a forecasted amount. The working capital purchase price adjustment was finalized in
fourth quarter 2009.
The following assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in
Assets of
discontinued operations
and
Liabilities of discontinued operations
, as appropriate, in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
5,812
|
|
|
$
|
5,270
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
8,285
|
|
|
|
7,149
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,351
|
|
|
|
2,343
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,858
|
|
|
|
1,888
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
18,805
|
|
|
$
|
17,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
4,793
|
|
|
$
|
2,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
Note 6. Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements
The Company has entered into a factoring agreement to sell, without recourse or discount,
certain U.S. company-based receivables to an unrelated third-party financial institution. Under the
current terms of the factoring agreement, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one
time is $20.0 million, which limitation is subject to change based on the level of eligible
receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the
receivables sold. Additionally, the Companys subsidiaries in Mexico and Spain have entered into
factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount, certain non-U.S. company-based
receivables to unrelated third-party financial institutions. Under the terms of the factoring
agreements, the maximum amount of outstanding advances at any one time is $20.3 million, which
limitation is subject to change based on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on
concentrations of receivables and the historical performance of the receivables sold.
A total of approximately $261.5 million, $145.8 million, and $249.2 million of receivables
have been sold under the terms of the factoring agreements during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The decrease in the amount of receivables sold under the terms of the factoring
agreements between 2008 and 2009 was due to lower selling prices in fiscal 2009 and the Companys
decision to curtail factoring of its U.S. company-based receivables during all of the third quarter
and a portion of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 due to concerns regarding the credit worthiness
of the third-party financial institution. After ongoing review by the Company in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 2009, the U.S. factoring program was resumed in December 2009. The increase in the amount
of receivables sold between 2009 and 2010 was due primarily to the recommencement of the U.S.
factoring program in December 2009, as well as additional receivables sold from of the Companys
Spain operation, which was acquired in December 2009. The sale of these receivables accelerated
the collection of the Companys cash, reduced credit exposure and lowered the Companys net
borrowing costs. Such sales of accounts receivable are reflected as a reduction of
Accounts
receivable, net
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as they meet the applicable criteria of ASC 860,
Transfers and Servicing (ASC 860). The gross amount of outstanding trade receivables sold to
the factoring entities and, therefore, excluded from the Companys accounts receivable, was $43.4
million and $35.1 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. The amount due
from the factoring companies, net of advances received from the factoring companies, was $10.4
million and $5.7 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 and is shown in
Other current
assets
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As such, the net amount of factored receivables was
$33.0 million and $29.4 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. The
Company pays factoring fees associated with the sale of receivables based on the dollar value of
the receivables sold. Such fees, which are considered to be primarily related to the Companys
financing activities, are immaterial and are included in
Foreign currency and other loss (gain),
net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 7. Inventories, net
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
53,619
|
|
|
$
|
56,169
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
9,262
|
|
|
|
9,486
|
|
Raw materials and supplies
|
|
|
42,299
|
|
|
|
34,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
105,180
|
|
|
$
|
99,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are net of reserves, primarily for obsolete and slow-moving inventories, of
approximately $4.7 million and $7.8 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.
Management believes that the reserves are adequate to provide for losses in the normal course of
business.
F-22
Note 8. Property, Plant and Equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
12,009
|
|
|
$
|
12,431
|
|
Buildings and land improvements
|
|
|
95,854
|
|
|
|
99,796
|
|
Machinery, equipment and other
|
|
|
494,053
|
|
|
|
500,765
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
43,118
|
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
645,034
|
|
|
|
616,309
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(321,900
|
)
|
|
|
(288,237
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
323,134
|
|
|
$
|
328,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The significant increase in construction in progress during fiscal 2010 is primarily due
to capital expansion projects under construction at January 1, 2011. The Company is currently
constructing new spunmelt lines at the Companys facilities near Suzhou, China and Waynesboro,
Virginia (see Note 20 Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion regarding these
capital expansion initiatives).
Depreciation charged to expense was $44.6 million, $47.2 million and $47.1 million for fiscal
years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
As discussed in Note 3 Special Charges, Net Restructuring and plant realignment costs,
the Company ceased operations at its North Little Rock, Arkansas facility in fiscal 2010 and
certain machinery and equipment was relocated to the Companys Benson, North Carolina facility.
Prior to the cessation of manufacturing at the North Little Rock facility, the Company began the
process of marketing for sale the remaining property, plant and equipment at the facility. As the
Company had ceased operations at the facility in fiscal 2010, the Company has classified $3.4
million of property, plant and equipment as assets held for sale included in
Other current assets
in the January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
During fiscal year 2008, the Company approved plans to sell its remaining assets at its plant
located in Neunkirchen, Germany and that facility was written down to its estimated fair value less
cost to sell. As of January 2, 2010, Neunkirchen assets of approximately $3.0 million were
classified as held for sale and included in
Other current assets
in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The Neunkirchen facility was sold during fiscal 2010.
Note 9. Intangibles and Loan Acquisition Costs
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
2,253
|
|
|
$
|
2,588
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
818
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
2,900
|
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
4,544
|
|
|
|
4,378
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
2,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,780
|
|
|
|
12,798
|
|
Less accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(5,247
|
)
|
|
|
(3,861
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,533
|
|
|
$
|
8,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As discussed earlier in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company recognized both Eurodollar
goodwill and customer relationships as intangible assets attributable to the Spain acquisition in
fiscal 2009. The customer relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years and
will be amortized over a 5-year period.
In accordance with ASC 350, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but instead will
evaluate goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis beginning with the fiscal year ended
January 1, 2011. The Company performed its annual review of goodwill in fourth quarter 2010 and
determined that the recorded goodwill was not impaired.
F-23
In September 2009, the Company amended its Credit Facility, which included a substantial
modification to its first lien term loan, which modification has been treated as an extinguishment
of debt pursuant to ASC 470-50, Debt. As a result, a portion of the unamortized loan acquisition
costs associated with the November 2005 financing in the amount of $3.5 million were written-off
and, together with $1.6 million of third-party costs incurred in connection with the amendment, are
included in
Loss on extinguishment of debt
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In
addition, approximately $2.6 million of financing costs associated with the amendment of the Credit
Facility (defined in Note 11 Debt) were capitalized in the third quarter of fiscal 2009. The
Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million of financing costs associated with the conversion of
$10.0 million of the Revolving Credit Facility in the second quarter of fiscal 2010. See Note 11
Debt for additional disclosures related to the amendment to the Credit Facility.
Components of amortization expense are shown in the table below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Amortization of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles with finite lives, included in
Selling, general
and administrative expense
|
|
$
|
744
|
|
|
$
|
650
|
|
|
$
|
640
|
|
Spain covenant not to compete, included in
Special charges, net
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan acquisition costs, included in
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense
|
|
$
|
1,645
|
|
|
$
|
1,755
|
|
|
$
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years is expected to be as
follows: 2011, $1.5 million; 2012, $1.4 million; 2013, $1.1 million; 2014, $0.4 million; and 2015,
$0.1 million. Intangibles are generally amortized over periods generally ranging from 4 to 6 years.
Loan acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the related debt.
Due to the Blackstone Acquisition, more fully described in Note 25 Subsequent Events, the
Companys intangible assets will be subject to significant change as a result of the purchase
accounting that will occur in fiscal 2011, and as a result, the Companys future amortization
expense will be different than the amounts in the preceding discussion.
Note 10. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Accounts payable to vendors
|
|
$
|
124,320
|
|
|
$
|
107,339
|
|
Accrued salaries, wages, incentive compensation and other fringe benefits
|
|
|
22,911
|
|
|
|
17,180
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
26,628
|
|
|
|
18,643
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
173,859
|
|
|
$
|
143,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Note 11. Debt
Long-term debt consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Old Credit Facility, as defined below, interest
rates for U.S. dollar borrowings are based on
a specified base plus a specified margin; due
in mandatory quarterly payments of
approximately $1.0 million, subject to
additional payments from annual excess cash
flows, as defined by the Credit Facility, and
are subject to certain terms and conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 1) interest
at 4.5% and 2.49% as of January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010 respectively with any
remaining unpaid balance due November 2012
|
|
$
|
15,932
|
|
|
$
|
17,123
|
|
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 2)
interest at 7.00% and 7.00% as of January 1,
2011 and January 2, 2010 with any remaining
unpaid balance due November 2014
|
|
|
270,538
|
|
|
|
273,346
|
|
Argentine Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Peso Loan interest at 18.56% and
18.85% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2,
2010 respectively; denominated in Argentine
pesos with any remaining unpaid balance due
April 2016
|
|
|
4,573
|
|
|
|
6,307
|
|
Argentine Peso Loan for working capital
interest at 18.63% and 18.85% as of
January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010
respectively; denominated in Argentine pesos
with any remaining unpaid balance due
September 2012
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
1,892
|
|
United States Dollar Loan interest at
3.19% and 3.25% as of January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010 respectively; denominated in
U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance
due May 2016
|
|
|
18,979
|
|
|
|
25,880
|
|
Mexico Term Loan interest at 8.08% and
8.05% as of January 1, 2011 and January 2,
2010 respectively; denominated in U.S. dollars
with any remaining unpaid balance due January
2015
|
|
|
10,546
|
|
|
|
13,841
|
|
Suzhou Term Loan interest at 4.78% as of
January 1, 2011 with any remaining unpaid
balance due November 2013
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
331,779
|
|
|
|
338,942
|
|
Less: Current maturities
|
|
|
(3,609
|
)
|
|
|
(16,921
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
328,170
|
|
|
$
|
322,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scheduled Maturities
The scheduled maturities of long-term debt at January 1, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
3,609
|
|
2012
|
|
|
3,586
|
|
2013
|
|
|
13,525
|
|
2014
|
|
|
3,451
|
|
2015
|
|
|
3,451
|
|
2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
304,157
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
331,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with ASC 470 Debt, the Company has classified the current portion of certain
of its long-term debt as non-current, since as a result of the Blackstone Acquisition, and as more
fully described in Note 25 Subsequent Events, the Company refinanced certain of its long-term
debt obligations by issuing, in January 2011, $560 million of senior secured notes with a due date
in fiscal 2019. The Company has also considered the refinanced debt for the disclosure associated
with scheduled maturities.
F-25
Old Credit Facility
The Old Credit Facility described below was repaid and terminated in connection with the
Blackstone Acquisition. The Companys old credit facility (the Old Credit Facility), which was
entered into on November 22, 2005 and amended as of December 8, 2006, consisted of a $410.0 million
first-lien term loan (the Term Loan) and a $45.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the
Old Revolving Credit Facility) maturing on November 22, 2010. In addition, the interest rate for
both the Term Loan and the Old Revolving Credit Facility was based on a spread over the London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) of 2.25%, or 1.25% over a defined Alternate Base Rate. The Old
Credit Facility also included customary representations and warranties, covenants and events of
default, including, in certain circumstances, acceleration of obligations thereunder upon an event
of default.
On September 17, 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the Amendment) to the
Credit Agreement. As a result of the Amendment, the Company extended the maturity date of
approximately $295.7 million of its then-outstanding $317.6 million Term Loan to November 22, 2014.
As a result of the Amendment, availability under the Old Revolving Credit Facility matured in two
tranches: $15.0 million (Tranche 1) on November 22, 2010 and $30.0 million (Tranche 2) on November
22, 2013, unless the Tranche 1 Term Loan exceeded $10.0 million on August 24, 2012. If that
condition is met, then the Tranche 2 Revolver matures on August 24, 2012. In conjunction with the
execution of the Amendment, the Company repaid approximately $24.0 million of net outstanding
borrowings under the Term Loan.
The Amendment also: (i) allowed for additional Term Loan tranches that extend the maturity
date of the Term Loan to November 22, 2014 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR
floor of 2.5%); (ii) allowed for additional Old Revolving Credit Facility tranches that extended
the maturity date of the Old Revolving Credit Facility to November 22, 2013 at an interest rate of
LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (iii) removed the requirement for future step downs
or step ups in financial covenants; (iv) established price protection for the new tranches
requiring matching yields if any future tranches are established at yields at least 25 basis points
above the current loan tranches; (v) revised certain definitions and baskets related to permitted
investments, acquisitions and assets sales; and (vi) required repayment of $24.0 million of net
outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan at the closing.
As of January 1, 2011, the Term Loan consisted of $15.9 million of net outstanding amounts
maturing on November 22, 2012 (Tranche 1 Term Loan) and $270.5 million maturing on November 22,
2014 (Tranche 2 Term Loan). Similarly, as of January 1, 2011, the Old Revolving Credit Facility
consisted of $40.0 million of availability maturing on November 22, 2013 (Tranche 2 Revolver),
under which there were no amounts outstanding as of January 1, 2011. Effective May 4, 2010, the
components of the revolving credit facilities reflect the conversion of $10.0 million of its
Tranche 1 Revolver commitments to Tranche 2 Revolver commitments. The additional $10.0 million of
Tranche 2 Revolver commitments assumed the same maturity date (November 22, 2013) and interest rate
(LIBOR plus 4.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%) as the existing Tranche 2 Revolver. The Company did
not extend the $5.0 million portion of the Old Revolving Credit Facility that matured on November
22, 2010 (Tranche 1 Revolver).
All borrowings under the Old Credit Facility were U.S. dollar denominated and are guaranteed,
on a joint and several basis, by each and all of the direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of
the Company. The Old Credit Facility and the related guarantees were secured by (i) a lien on
substantially all of the assets of the Company, its domestic subsidiaries and certain of its
non-domestic subsidiaries, (ii) a pledge of all or a portion of the stock of the domestic
subsidiaries of the Company and of certain non-domestic subsidiaries of the Company, and (iii) a
pledge of certain secured intercompany notes. Commitment fees under the Old Credit Facility are
equal to 0.50% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 1 Revolver and 0.75% of the daily unused
amount of the Tranche 2 Revolver. The Old Credit Facility limits restricted payments to $5.0
million, including cash dividends, in the aggregate since the effective date of the Old Credit
Facility. The Old Credit Facility contained covenants and events of default customary for
financings of this type, including leverage and interest expense coverage covenants, as well as
default provisions related to certain types of defaults by the Company or its subsidiaries in the
performance of their obligations regarding borrowings in excess of $10.0 million. The Old Credit
Facility required that the Company maintain a leverage ratio of not more than 3.50:1.00 as of
January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility. The interest expense
coverage ratio requirement at January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit
Facility required that it not be less than 3.00:1.00. The Company was in compliance with the
financial covenants under the Old Credit Facility at January 1, 2011. These ratios were calculated
on a trailing four-
F-26
quarter basis. As a result, any decline in the Companys future operating
results would negatively impact its coverage ratios. Although the Company expects to remain in compliance with these covenant
requirements, the Companys failure to comply with these financial covenants, without waiver or
amendment from its lenders, could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and operations,
including limiting the Companys ability to borrow under the Old Credit Facility.
The Term Loan required mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter. Under the
Amendment, the Company had the option to either prorate such principal payments across the two
tranches or to apply them to the tranche with the earliest maturity date. In addition, the Old
Credit Facility, as amended, required the Company to use a percentage of proceeds from excess cash
flows, as defined by the Old Credit Facility and determined based on year-end results, to reduce
its then outstanding balances under the Old Credit Facility. Such percentage was based on the
leverage ratio. Excess cash flows subject to potential repayment of the Old Credit Facility are
calculated using the net amount of the Companys available cash generated from operations adjusted
for the cash effects of interest, taxes, capital expenditures, changes in working capital and
certain other items. The amount of excess cash flows for future periods is based on year-end
results. Any such amount would be payable in March 2011 and classified, in addition to the
mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter, in the
Current portion of long-term
debt
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2011. There was no additional excess cash
flow requirement with respect to fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. The Company may, at its discretion
and based on projected operating cash flows, the current market value of the Term Loan and
anticipated cash requirements, elect to make additional repayments of debt under the Old Credit
Facility in excess of the mandatory debt repayments and excess cash flow payments, or may reacquire
its debt in conjunction with its debt repurchase program.
The Company, through its subsidiaries, could make market purchases of the Term Loan under its
Old Credit Facility from its existing lenders at a discount to the carrying value of its debt.
Under these agreements, the Companys subsidiary will acquire the rights and obligations of a
lender under the Old Credit Facility to the extent of the amount of debt acquired, and the selling
third-party lender will be released from its obligations under the Old Credit Facility. The Company
accounts for such reacquisition of debt as a transfer of financial assets resulting in a sale and
derecognizes such liability in accordance with the provisions of ASC 860. During the first quarter
of fiscal 2009, the Company reacquired $15.0 million of principal amount of debt, via cash payment,
and recognized a gain on such reacquisition of $2.4 million, net of the write-off of deferred
financing fees of $0.2 million, and has included such amount in
Gain on Reacquisition of Debt
in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1
Revolver is based on the three-month or the one-month LIBOR plus a specified margin. The applicable
margin for borrowings under both the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver is 225 basis
points. Further, the Company may, from time to time, could elect to use an Alternate Base Rate for
its borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan based on the banks base rate plus
a margin of 75 to 125 basis points based on the Companys total leverage ratio.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 2 Term Loan and Tranche 2
Revolver was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 450 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 250 basis
points.
In accordance with the terms of the Old Credit Facility, the Company maintained its position
in an interest rate swap agreement originally entered into in February 2007. The agreement
effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal amount of debt from a variable LIBOR
rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 5.085% and terminated on June 29, 2009. Additionally, in February
2009, the Company entered into another interest rate swap agreement, which was effective June 30,
2009 and matures on June 30, 2011, and effectively converts $240.0 million of notional principal
amount of debt from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%. These agreements are more
fully described in Note 16 Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities and
Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities. As
more fully disclosed in Note 24 Subsequent Events, concurrent with the Blackstone Acquisition,
the Company settled the June 30, 2009 interest rate swap liability that was due to mature on June
30, 2011, since the Company repaid its Old Credit Facility.
There were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility as of January 1, 2011 or January
2, 2010. Average daily borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which were primarily LIBOR
rate-based borrowings,
F-27
were $1.5 million at an average interest rate of 5.7% for the period from
January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011. Subject to certain terms and conditions, a maximum of $25.0
million of the Old Credit Facility may be used for letters of
credit. As of January 1, 2011, the Company has effectively reserved capacity under the
Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $8.2 million relating to standby letters of credit
outstanding. These letters of credit are primarily provided to certain administrative service
providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on at January
1, 2011.
In fiscal 2009, the Company entered into short-term credit facilities to finance insurance
premium payments. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was nil
and $0.3 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. Borrowings under these
facilities are included in
Short-term borrowings
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Subsidiary Indebtedness
As more fully described in Note 24 Subsequent Events, in connection with the Blackstone
Acquisition, the Company refinanced certain of its subsidiary indebtedness. In fiscal 2008, the
Companys operations in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance working
capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing facilities was
$2.1 million and $3.4 million as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. These
facilities mature at various dates through June 2011. As of January 1, 2011, the average interest
rate on these borrowings was 2.89%. Borrowings under these facilities are included in
Short-term
borrowings
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
In January 2007, the Companys subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement with
banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of a new spunmelt line at its
facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available under the arrangement,
excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5 million Argentine pesos with respect to
an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan
and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiarys existing equipment lines; (ii) the
outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased, as
well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of receivables due from certain major
customers of the subsidiary. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately
$24.4 million, consisting of $5.4 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans and a $19.0 million
U.S. dollar-denominated loan. As of January 2, 2010, the outstanding indebtedness was approximately
$34.1 million, consisting of $8.2 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans and a $25.9 million
U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Current maturities of this debt amount to $3.5 million as of January
1, 2011. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus
290 basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan and Buenos Aires Interbanking Offered Rate
plus 475 basis points for the Argentine peso-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments
began in July 2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million
beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2015, and approximately $7.1 million in 2016 and
thereafter.
In April 2009, the Company amended its Argentine Facility to effectively defer $3.8 million of
2009 scheduled payments under the facility for a period of twelve months, all of which were paid in
2010. Accordingly, the Company has classified such payments, along with the appropriate scheduled
maturities, as a current portion of long-term debt in its Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January
2, 2010.
In March 2009, the Companys subsidiary in Mexico entered into a term credit facility (the
Mexico Credit Facility) with a banking institution in Mexico to finance a portion of the
installation of a new spunmelt line near San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The maximum borrowings available
under the Mexico Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to $14.5
million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and is secured by pledges covering (i) the
subsidiarys existing equipment lines; and (ii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Mexico Credit Facility is based on three-month
LIBOR plus 780 basis points. A series of 22 quarterly principal payments commenced on October 1,
2009; interest payments commenced on July 1, 2009. As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the
outstanding indebtedness under the Mexico Credit Facility was approximately $10.5 million and $13.8
million, respectively.
In third quarter 2010, the Companys subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into a three year
U.S. dollar denominated construction loan arrangement (the Suzhou Credit Facility) with a banking
institution in China to finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt line at its
manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The
F-28
maximum borrowings available under the Suzhou Credit
Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million, of which the Company
was required to make an initial draw-down by December 31, 2010 and the remaining amount by December
31, 2011. In fourth quarter 2010, the Company borrowed $10.0 million under the
Suzhou Credit Facility. Should the Company not draw-down the funds in the required time
period, then the lender shall have a right to cancel the loan in whole or part. The three-year term
of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the facility. The Company was not
required to pledge any security for the benefit of the Suzhou Credit Facility. The interest rate
applicable to borrowings under the Suzhou Credit Facility is based on three-month LIBOR plus an
amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the lenders internal head office lending
rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was executed), but in no event would the
interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. The Company is obligated to repay $5.0
million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012, with the remaining $15.0 million to
be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding balance under the
Suzhou Credit Facility was $10.0 million. The Company anticipates that it will draw-down the full
$20 million under the Suzhou Credit Facility in the first half of fiscal year 2011.
As of January 1, 2011, the Company also had other documentary letters of credit not associated
with the aforementioned Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $5.0 million, which was
primarily provided to certain raw material vendors. None of these letters of credit had been drawn
on at January 1, 2011.
Note 12. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was computed based on the following components of income (loss)
before income tax expense and discontinued operations (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
(25,000
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,471
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,548
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
41,329
|
|
|
|
25,072
|
|
|
|
8,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,329
|
|
|
$
|
17,601
|
|
|
$
|
(2,543
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of income tax (benefit) expense for continuing operations are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal and state
|
|
$
|
(7,693
|
)
|
|
$
|
693
|
|
|
$
|
1,265
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
16,042
|
|
|
|
8,721
|
|
|
|
5,860
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal and state
|
|
|
(794
|
)
|
|
|
(1,876
|
)
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(3,021
|
)
|
|
|
1,040
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
$
|
4,534
|
|
|
$
|
8,578
|
|
|
$
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
Income taxes computed at the Companys U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% differed from
the provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Computed income tax expense (benefit)
at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
5,715
|
|
|
$
|
6,160
|
|
|
$
|
(890
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of U.S.
federal tax benefit
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
|
|
1,908
|
|
Worthless stock deduction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,792
|
)
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
10,755
|
|
|
|
(752
|
)
|
|
|
27,168
|
|
Tax attribute carryforward expiration
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intraperiod allocation rule exception
|
|
|
(2,787
|
)
|
|
|
(3,717
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Foreign rate difference
|
|
|
(3,967
|
)
|
|
|
(4,146
|
)
|
|
|
(1,817
|
)
|
Change in U.S. Personal Holding
Company liability
|
|
|
(7,864
|
)
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
|
1,341
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,245
|
|
|
|
(5,904
|
)
|
|
|
(3,871
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
$
|
4,534
|
|
|
$
|
8,578
|
|
|
$
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the tax year ended January 1, 2011, the change in U.S. Personal Holding Company (PHC)
liability includes a benefit of $8.7 million from the expiration of statute of limitations, offset
by additional interest of $0.8 million. The Company accrued $1.0 million and $1.3 million for
interest expense related to the PHC liability for the fiscal years ended January 2, 2010 and
January 3, 2009, respectively.
The Company conducts business in foreign jurisdictions which grant special income tax rates
from statutory income tax rates for a specified period under certain circumstances. The Company
recognized approximately $1.8 million and $1.3 million of tax benefits during fiscal 2010 and
fiscal 2009, respectively, related to these special income tax rates in China.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used
for income tax purposes, as well as net operating losses and other tax credit carryforwards.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
$
|
1,067
|
|
|
$
|
2,423
|
|
Inventory capitalization and allowances
|
|
|
2,752
|
|
|
|
3,237
|
|
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards
|
|
|
137,690
|
|
|
|
128,643
|
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
5,288
|
|
|
|
3,642
|
|
Employee compensation and benefits
|
|
|
4,264
|
|
|
|
5,273
|
|
Property, plant and equipment and intangibles, net
|
|
|
46,360
|
|
|
|
30,262
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
13,766
|
|
|
|
20,989
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
211,187
|
|
|
|
194,469
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(190,494
|
)
|
|
|
(174,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
20,693
|
|
|
|
19,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment and intangibles, net
|
|
|
(17,736
|
)
|
|
|
(16,023
|
)
|
Stock basis of subsidiaries
|
|
|
(7,709
|
)
|
|
|
(7,709
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(9,759
|
)
|
|
|
(12,904
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(35,204
|
)
|
|
|
(36,636
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
(14,511
|
)
|
|
$
|
(16,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company records a deferred tax liability associated with the excess of book basis over tax
basis in the shares of subsidiaries not considered permanently invested. At January 1, 2011, the
Company has not provided deferred U.S. income taxes on $77.7 million of unremitted earnings of its
foreign subsidiaries where the earnings are
F-30
considered permanently invested. If management decided to repatriate these earnings, they would become taxable in
the United States. In the event of additional tax, unrecognized tax attributes may be
available to reduce some portion of any U.S. income tax liability.
The Company has $249.4 million of U.S. federal operating loss carryforwards that expire
between 2024 and 2030. In addition, the Company has $876.6 million of aggregated state operating
loss carryforwards that expire over various time periods, and has $139.9 million of foreign
operating loss carryforwards, of which $66.5 million have an unlimited carryforward life and $57.9
million expire between 2011 and 2019. The remaining $15.5 million of foreign operating loss
carryforwards expire between 2011 and 2030. The Company has potential tax benefits of $3.4 million
of tax credit carryforwards on foreign jurisdictions, $1.1 million of which have an unlimited
carryforward life, and the remaining $2.3 million expire between 2011 and 2019. The Company has
$1.2 million of state credit carryforwards that expire between 2011 and 2020.
A valuation allowance is recorded when, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely
than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing
the likelihood that a deferred tax asset will be realized, Management considers, among other
factors, the trend of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversal of
deferred tax liabilities, the carryforward period for net operating losses and credits as well as
tax planning strategies available to the Company. After consideration of all available evidence
both positive and negative, the Company has determined that valuation allowances of $190.5 million
and $174.8 million are appropriate as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, included in
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet, excluding potential
interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits as of January 2, 2010
|
|
$
|
29,366
|
|
Gross increases for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
457
|
|
Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Increases in tax positions for the current year
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
Lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(7,106
|
)
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2011
|
|
$
|
24,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 were
$36.7 million and $42.1 million, respectively. These amounts include accrued interest and penalties
of $12.3 million and $12.7 million at January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, respectively. Further,
unrecognized tax benefits of $34.6 million represent the amount that, if recognized, would affect
the effective tax rate of the Company in future periods. Included in the balance as of January 1,
2011 was $3.7 million related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total
amounts could significantly change during the next twelve months. This amount represents a decrease
in unrecognized tax benefits comprised of items related to lapse of statute of limitations or
settlement of issues.
During the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011, the Company determined that it may be subject to
PHC tax for past periods and established a liability in accordance with the recognition provisions
of ASC 740. Generally, the PHC rules are commonly understood by tax professional to be focused on
penalizing individuals who use holding companies to hold personal investments when the individual
tax rates exceed corporate tax rates, and are therefore not typically applicable to corporations
whose primary revenue source is from the manufacturing and sale of tangible products. However,
based on certain ownership rules under the Internal Revenue Tax Code Sections that govern PHCs
that the Company was operating under at January 1, 2011 coupled with revenue source of specific
subsidiaries, the PHC rules may apply. Although the Company believes that the PHC rules were not
intended to apply to its situation, based on the specific facts and the specific tax rules, and the
recognition rules of ASC 740, Management has established an amount under ASC 740.
Management judgment is required in determining tax provisions and evaluating tax positions.
Although management believes its tax positions and related provisions reflected in the consolidated
financial statements are fully supportable, it recognizes that these tax positions and related
provisions may be challenged by various tax
F-31
authorities. These tax positions and related provisions
are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted as additional facts and information become
available, including progress on tax audits, changes in interpretations of tax
laws, developments in case law and closing of statute of limitations. The Companys tax
provision includes the impact of recording reserves and any changes thereto. As of January 1,
2011, the Company has a number of open tax years with various taxing jurisdictions that range from
2003 to 2010. In December, 2010, the Company filed for a ruling request from the IRS, with
supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. The Company is in discussions with the IRS
to bring resolution to the PHC issue. However, the Company cannot be certain of the outcome of
discussions with the IRS and whether such outcome will result in an amount of taxes, interest or
penalties required to be paid that is materially higher or lower than the liability established on
the Companys balance sheet. Additionally, the results of current tax audits and reviews related to
open tax years have not been finalized, and management believes that the ultimate outcomes of these
audits and reviews will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
The major jurisdictions where the Company files income tax returns include the United States,
Canada, China, The Netherlands, France, Germany, Spain, Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina. The U.S.
federal tax returns have been examined through fiscal 2004 and the foreign jurisdictions generally
remain open and subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities for the tax years 2003
through 2010.
The Company continues to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income taxes as a
component of income tax expense.
Note 13. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit plans and other
postretirement benefit plans that cover certain employees. Benefits are primarily based on years of
service and the employees compensation. It is the Companys policy to fund such plans in
accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The benefit obligations and related assets under
these plans with respect to the 2010 and 2009 disclosures have been measured as of January 1, 2011
and January 2, 2010, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Plans
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Plans
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
(12,870
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,222
|
)
|
|
$
|
(105,527
|
)
|
|
$
|
(103,668
|
)
|
Service costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,984
|
)
|
|
|
(2,160
|
)
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
(730
|
)
|
|
|
(763
|
)
|
|
|
(5,215
|
)
|
|
|
(6,052
|
)
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,121
|
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
Actuarial (loss)/gain
|
|
|
(777
|
)
|
|
|
(928
|
)
|
|
|
(4,919
|
)
|
|
|
8,045
|
|
Currency translation adjustment and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,312
|
|
|
|
(5,792
|
)
|
Benefit payments
|
|
|
1,010
|
|
|
|
1,043
|
|
|
|
4,446
|
|
|
|
4,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
(13,367
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,870
|
)
|
|
$
|
(102,909
|
)
|
|
$
|
(105,527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
10,611
|
|
|
$
|
8,102
|
|
|
$
|
113,073
|
|
|
$
|
93,763
|
|
Actual return on and additional plan assets
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
2,899
|
|
|
|
10,454
|
|
|
|
11,715
|
|
Employer and plan participant contributions
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
3,733
|
|
|
|
6,173
|
|
Benefit payments
|
|
|
(1,010
|
)
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(4,446
|
)
|
|
|
(4,407
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,416
|
)
|
|
|
5,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
$
|
10,611
|
|
|
$
|
117,399
|
|
|
$
|
113,073
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,259
|
)
|
|
$
|
14,490
|
|
|
$
|
7,546
|
|
The Company has plans whose fair value of plan assets exceeds the benefit obligation. In
2010 and 2009, the total amount netted in the funded status above for such plans approximates $21.4
million and $13.7 million, respectively. The Company also has plans whose benefit obligation
exceeds the fair value of plan assets. In 2010 and 2009, the total amount netted in the funded
status above for such plans approximates $8.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively. The total
amount of prepaid benefit cost included in the net prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized
related to these plans approximates $13.1 million in 2009 and $5.3 million in 2009.
F-32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(84
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,903
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,051
|
)
|
`Additional benefit obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
Interest costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
Actuarial gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
(770
|
)
|
Settlements/curtailments
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit payments
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,715
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,903
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer and plan participant contributions
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
Benefit payments
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(482
|
)
|
|
|
(410
|
)
|
Currency translation adjustment and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,715
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,903
|
)
|
The following table summarizes the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
for the Companys pension plans as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
Pension Plans
|
|
|
Pension Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,363
|
|
|
$
|
13,726
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(336
|
)
|
|
|
(305
|
)
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
(1,402
|
)
|
|
|
(2,259
|
)
|
|
|
(6,537
|
)
|
|
|
(5,875
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
2,813
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
(5,823
|
)
|
|
|
1,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts recognized
|
|
$
|
1,411
|
|
|
$
|
672
|
|
|
$
|
8,667
|
|
|
$
|
8,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheet
for the Companys postretirement benefit plans as of January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(490
|
)
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,225
|
)
|
|
|
(5,388
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(2,136
|
)
|
|
|
(1,836
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts recognized
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(103
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,851
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,739
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, before taxes, for the Companys pension plans as of
January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
Pension Plans
|
|
|
Pension Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Transition net asset
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
Net actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
2,813
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
3,220
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,009
|
)
|
|
|
(1,929
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts recognized
|
|
$
|
2,813
|
|
|
$
|
2,931
|
|
|
$
|
(5,823
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,332
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
The following table summarizes the amounts recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, before taxes, for the Companys postretirement benefit
plans as of January 1, 2011 and of January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Transition net asset
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
Net actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(1,725
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amounts recognized
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(59
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,136
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,836
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit costs for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Plans Pension Benefits
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Plans Pension Benefits
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percent data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current service costs
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,984
|
|
|
$
|
2,160
|
|
|
$
|
2,504
|
|
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and
other
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
5,215
|
|
|
|
6,052
|
|
|
|
5,789
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
(1,584
|
)
|
|
|
(2,899
|
)
|
|
|
4,295
|
|
|
|
(10,454
|
)
|
|
|
(11,715
|
)
|
|
|
4,267
|
|
Settlement loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amortization of transition obligation and other
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
2,526
|
|
|
|
(5,361
|
)
|
|
|
5,336
|
|
|
|
6,229
|
|
|
|
(10,612
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Periodic benefit cost, net
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
390
|
|
|
$
|
(294
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,081
|
|
|
$
|
2,726
|
|
|
$
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumption rates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.5-6.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.0-7.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.75-7.5
|
%
|
Discount rate on projected benefit obligations
|
|
|
5.41
|
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
|
4.75-8.50
|
|
|
|
5.00-8.50
|
|
|
|
5.50-9.00
|
|
Salary and wage escalation rate
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
2.0-4.5
|
|
|
|
2.0-5.0
|
|
|
|
2.0-3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Postretirement
|
|
|
Non-U.S. Postretirement
|
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except percent data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current service costs
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
Interest costs on projected benefit obligation and
other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
Curtailment/settlement (gain) loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amortization of transition obligation and other
|
|
|
(97
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(241
|
)
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
Periodic benefit cost (benefit), net
|
|
$
|
(97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30
|
)
|
|
$
|
(210
|
)
|
|
$
|
180
|
|
|
$
|
113
|
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average assumption rates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate on projected benefit obligations
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
1.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.00-8.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75-8.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.25-9.00
|
%
|
Discount rates are primarily based on the market yields of global bond indices for
AA-rated corporate bonds, applied to a portfolio for which the term and currency correspond with
the estimated term and currency of the obligation. During fiscal 2011, the Company expects to
recognize amortization of actuarial gains/losses and prior service cost as components of net
periodic benefit cost in the amounts of $0.3 million and $(0.6) million, respectively.
During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company amended a non-U.S. pension plan in the
Netherlands. The primary plan amendment involved increasing the retirement age from 62 to 65 years
and changing the basis of retirement benefits from the participants final pay to career average
pay. The amendment was retroactive to January 1, 2010. The impact of the amendment was to reduce
the pension benefit obligation by $6.1 million as of January 1, 2011. The amendment reduced net
periodic pension cost by $0.7 million in fiscal 2010. The amendment will reduce net periodic
pension cost in future fiscal years.
In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company approved amendments to its pension plan in Mexico,
which will transition approximately 25% of the pension benefit obligation to a new defined
contribution plan for certain
F-34
employee groups, beginning January 1, 2011. This transition will occur over a 15 year period
and is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company approved amendments to various postretirement
benefit plans in the U.S. which curtailed or eliminated defined benefits previously available under
the plans. The amendments, as adopted, eliminated the postretirement insurance benefits for all
current retirees of the Company, and substantially all active employees. These plans were
terminated at the end of fiscal 2010. The impact of this change did not materially impact the
Companys 2010 financial statements.
Assumed health care cost trend rates
The health care cost trend rate assumptions for the Company provided health care benefits for
retirees in Canada are reflected in the following table. The Company does not provide
post-employment health care benefits for retirees in other countries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Weighted average health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
|
|
|
6.75
|
%
|
|
|
6.60
|
%
|
Rate to which the cost trend is expected to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Year that the rate reached the ultimate trend rate
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
|
2028
|
|
A one-percentage point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have
increased aggregate service and interest cost in 2010 by $0.1 million and the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation as of January 1, 2011 by $0.3 million. A one-percentage point
decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have decreased aggregate service and
interest cost in 2010 by $0.1 million and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of
January 1, 2011 by $0.2 million.
Pension Plan Assets
Investment decisions
The Companys overall investment strategy is to achieve a blend of approximately 80 percent of
investments for long-term growth and 20 percent for near-term benefit payments with a wide
diversification of asset types, fund strategies and fund managers. The target allocations for plan
assets are 40-55 percent in equity securities, 40-55 percent in corporate bonds and U.S. Treasury
securities and the remainder in cash, cash equivalents or other types of investments. Equity
securities primarily include investments in large-cap, mid-cap and small-cap companies principally
located in the U.S. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies of diversified
industries and U.S. Treasuries. Other types of investments include hedge funds and private equity
funds that follow several different strategies.
The trust funds are sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without
imprudently sacrificing return. The Investment Managers select investment fund managers with
demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance, for the
implementation of the plans investment strategy. The Investment Managers will consider both
actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset
classes to develop an efficient investment structure.
It is the responsibility of the Trustee to administer the investments of the Trust within
reasonable costs. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees,
consulting fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the Trust.
F-35
Major categories of plan assets and the expected rate of return
The plans weighted-average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
Equity Securities
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables summarize the fair value of each major category of the Companys
pension plan assets as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 in each of the major regions where it
has assets, along with a narrative description of how the overall expected long-term rate-of-return
is determined.
Total Pension Plan Assets
Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
4,011
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
3,815
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
47,955
|
|
|
|
8,516
|
|
|
|
39,439
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
77,398
|
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
74,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
129,364
|
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
$
|
117,399
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
5,141
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
5,052
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
45,475
|
|
|
|
7,479
|
|
|
|
37,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
73,068
|
|
|
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
70,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
123,684
|
|
|
$
|
10,611
|
|
|
$
|
113,073
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Pension Plan Assets
Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
196
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. large-cap (a)
|
|
|
3,597
|
|
|
|
3,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. mid-cap (b)
|
|
|
1,394
|
|
|
|
1,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign equities
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging markets growth
|
|
|
1,571
|
|
|
|
1,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
8,516
|
|
|
|
8,516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds(c)
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
3,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
$
|
11,965
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of low-cost S&P 500 index funds, which are not actively managed.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of equity securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations
between $500 million and $5 billion.
|
|
(c)
|
|
This category consists of investment-grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.
|
F-36
Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. large-cap (a)
|
|
|
6,380
|
|
|
|
6,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging markets growth
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
7,479
|
|
|
|
7,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds (b)
|
|
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
3,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,611
|
|
|
$
|
10,611
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of low-cost S&P 500 index funds, which are not actively managed.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of investment-grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.
|
The Company selects the expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption for U.S.
plan assets in consultation with their investment advisors and actuary. This rate is intended to
reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested
to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed especially with respect to real
rates of return (net of inflation) for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by
the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience that may not
continue over the measurement period with higher significance placed on current forecasts of
future long-term economic conditions.
F-37
Canadian Pension Plan Assets
Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
3,494
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,494
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. large-cap (a)
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian large cap(a)
|
|
|
5,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign large-cap
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,693
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
8,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds (b)
|
|
|
7,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian government bonds
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
9,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,508
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
21,974
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,974
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of actively managed equities and low-cost Canadian S&P/TSX 60
index funds which are not actively managed.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of investment-grade bonds of Canadian issuers from diverse industries.
|
Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
3,395
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,395
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. large-cap(a)
|
|
|
2,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian large cap(a)
|
|
|
4,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign large-cap
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
9,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate bonds(b)
|
|
|
6,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
7,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
20,171
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,171
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of actively managed equities and low-cost Canadian S&P/TSX 60
index funds which are not actively managed.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of investment-grade bonds of Canadian issuers from diverse industries.
|
To estimate the expected long term rate of return on Canadian plan assets as of fiscal
year end 2010, the Company considered the current level of expected returns on the bond portion of
the portfolio, the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in
which the portfolio is invested and the expectation for future returns on each asset class. The
expected return for each asset class was weighted based on the target policy asset mix to develop
an expected long-term rate of return on asset assumption for the portfolio.
F-38
European Pension Plan Assets
Fair value measurements at January 1, 2011 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
321
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
321
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ING Global Equity funds(a)
|
|
|
23,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging markets growth
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-US equities
|
|
|
4,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
30,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ING Global Fixed Income Funds(b)
|
|
|
61,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Foreign Fixed Income Funds
|
|
|
2,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,905
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
64,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
95,425
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
95,425
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of investments across various regions and sectors.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of investments in a wide range of bonds containing government bonds,
investment grade corporate bonds and asset backed securities, emerging markets debt and lower
rated high yield corporate bonds.
|
Fair value measurements at January 2, 2010 ($ in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
1,657
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,657
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ING Global Equity funds (a)
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging markets growth
|
|
|
2,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-US equities
|
|
|
4,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equity Securities
|
|
|
28,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,623
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed income securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ING Global Fixed Income Funds (b)
|
|
|
59,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Foreign Fixed Income Funds
|
|
|
3,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Fixed Income Securities
|
|
|
62,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
92,902
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
92,902
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
This category consists of investments across various regions and sectors.
|
|
(b)
|
|
This category consists of investments in a wide range of bonds containing government bonds,
investment grade corporate bonds and asset backed securities, emerging markets debt and lower
rated high yield corporate bonds.
|
To estimate the expected long term rate of return on European plan assets as of fiscal
year end 2010, the Company used the expected long-term rates of return by asset categories
projected by a portfolio simulator model. For each asset category, the model simulates a wide
range of plausible scenarios of future capital market performance. The long-term average, or
normative, levels incorporate a blend of historical capital market data and future expectations.
The sources consulted in the determination of normative levels include investment consultants, plan
sponsors, investment managers, economists, and academicians. Key variables maintained and used for
the projections include interest rates, GDP, price inflation, government bond yields, credit
spreads and currency.
The Companys practice is to fund amounts for its qualified pension plans at least sufficient
to meet the minimum requirements set forth in applicable employee benefit laws and local tax laws.
Liabilities for amounts in excess of these funding levels are included in the Consolidated Balance
Sheet. Employer contributions to its pension plans in 2011 are expected to approximate $3.5
million.
F-39
Expected Benefit Payments
The following table reflects the total benefits projected to be paid from the plans or from
the Companys general assets, under the current actuarial assumptions used for the calculation of
the projected benefit obligations and, therefore, may differ from projected benefit payments. The
expected level of payments to, or on the behalf of, participants is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
4,853
|
|
|
$
|
490
|
|
2012
|
|
|
5,005
|
|
|
|
487
|
|
2013
|
|
|
5,265
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
2014
|
|
|
5,657
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
2015
|
|
|
6,560
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
2016 to 2020
|
|
|
36,718
|
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
The Company sponsors several defined contribution plans through its domestic subsidiaries
covering employees who meet certain service requirements. The Company makes contributions to the
plans based upon a percentage of the employees contribution in the case of its 401(k) plans or
upon a percentage of the employees salary or hourly wages in the case of its noncontributory money
purchase plans. The cost of the plans was $2.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.8 million for fiscal
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Note 14. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plans
As more fully discussed in Note 25 Subsequent Events, concurrent with the Blackstone
Acquisition, the Companys stock options underlying the 2003 Stock Option Plan and the restricted
shares and restricted share Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Plans were canceled and
converted into the right to receive on January 28, 2011, (i) an amount in cash equal to the per
share closing payment and (ii) on each escrow release date, an amount equal to the per share escrow
payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes. For the Companys stock options, the
amount in cash was adjusted by the exercise price of $6.00 per share.
2003 Stock Option Plan
The Polymer Group, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the 2003 Option Plan), which expires
December 3, 2013, was approved by the Companys Board of Directors and shareholders and is
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2003 Option Plan approved
the issuance of 400,000 non-qualified stock options to acquire shares of the Companys Class A
Common Stock. All options awarded provide for an exercise price of $6.00 per share, have a
five-year life and vest, based on the achievement of various service and financial performance
criteria, over a four-year period, with the initial awards beginning their vesting terms as of
January 4, 2004. Vesting of the stock options may be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in
control, as defined in the 2003 Option Plan, or other events. With respect to post-vesting
restrictions, the 2003 Option Plan provides that each option must be exercised, if at all, upon the
earlier to occur of (i) the date that is five years after the award date of the option or (ii)
concurrently upon the consummation of a change in control, as defined. As of January 1, 2011 and
January 2, 2010, the Company had awarded grants of non-qualified stock options to purchase 55,285
and 174,097 shares, respectively, of the Companys Class A Common Stock. In March 2009, the Board
of Directors approved a measure to cease making awards under the 2003 Option Plan.
The Company accounts for the 2003 Option Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of January 1,
2011, with respect to the 55,285 options to purchase Class A Common Stock awarded under the 2003
Option Plan, 7,840 were subject to future vesting based on the attainment of future performance
targets, which targets had not been established as of January 1, 2011. Accordingly, pursuant to ASC
718, 47,445 options to purchase Class A Common Stock have been considered granted under the 2003
Option Plan as of January 1, 2011. During fiscal 2010, 116,112 options were exercised and 2,700
options were forfeited due to participant termination. For fiscal 2010, the Company achieved its
performance targets; as a result, the Company recognized compensation costs attributable to
performance-based awards for the 2010 fiscal year. For fiscal 2009, the Company achieved its
performance targets; as a result, the Company recognized compensation costs attributable to
performance-based awards for the 2009 fiscal year. For fiscal 2008, no compensation costs were
recognized for awards with performance-based vesting as the performance targets were not achieved.
On March 12, 2008, the Compensation Committee, in exercise of its discretion, granted 58
participants vesting credit equal to 100% of target representing 46,603 additional awards with
F-40
a fair value at the grant date of $0.3 million. As a result, the Company recognized
compensation expense in fiscal 2008 associated with the vesting of such awards not earned through
the achievement of performance targets for fiscal 2007. The compensation costs related to the 2003
Option Plan were $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively, and were included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The following table summarizes the stock option activity related to the 2003 Option Plan for
the years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Unexercised options outstanding beginning of period
|
|
|
174,097
|
|
|
|
178,622
|
|
|
|
380,675
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,055
|
|
|
|
46,093
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(116,112
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,941
|
)
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(2,700
|
)
|
|
|
(20,580
|
)
|
|
|
(72,833
|
)
|
Expired/cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(164,372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unexercised options outstanding end of period
|
|
|
55,285
|
|
|
|
174,097
|
|
|
|
178,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2003 Option Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested options as of year-end
|
|
|
44,835
|
|
|
|
132,868
|
|
|
|
128,092
|
|
Exercisable options as of year-end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares available for future grant as of year-end
|
|
|
217,662
|
|
|
|
214,962
|
|
|
|
210,437
|
|
Weighted average exercise price per share
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
Information regarding the Companys stock options granted, as defined by ASC 718, and
outstanding as of January 1, 2011 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
to Vest
|
|
For options granted and outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of options
|
|
|
44,835
|
|
|
|
2,610
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
|
$
|
6.00
|
|
Aggregate intrinsic value (in $000s)
|
|
$
|
448
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
For nonvested options:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation cost not yet recognized (in $000s)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
Weighted average period of recognition (years)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
The fair value of options granted is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model
using the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Annual dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Weighted average expected life (years)
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
60.6
|
%
|
|
|
46.2
|
%
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
Weighted average fair value per option granted
|
|
$
|
9.09
|
|
|
$
|
1.82
|
|
|
$
|
6.35
|
|
Expected volatility is based primarily on historical volatility. Historical volatility
was computed using daily price observations for the period subsequent to the Effective Date. The
Company believes this method produces an estimate that is representative of its expectations of the
volatility over the expected life of its options. The Company has no reason to believe future
volatility over the expected life of these options is likely to differ materially from historical
volatility. The weighted-average expected life is based on the mandatory exercise provisions
contained in the 2003 Option Plan. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. treasury
security rate estimated for the expected life of the options at the date of grant.
ASC 718 requires the estimation of forfeitures when recognizing compensation expense and that
the estimate of forfeiture be adjusted over the requisite service period should actual forfeitures
differ from such estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures, if significant, are recognized
through a cumulative adjustment, which is recognized in the period of change and which impacts the
amount of unamortized compensation expense to be recognized in future periods.
F-41
Restricted Stock Plans
2004 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors
The Companys shareholders and Board of Directors approved the 2004 Polymer Group, Inc.
Restricted Stock Plan for Directors (the 2004 Restricted Plan), which expires in 2014, for the
issuance of restricted shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock to Directors of the Company, as
defined in the 2004 Restricted Plan. The 2004 Restricted Plan approved for issuance 200,000
restricted shares and is administered by a committee of the Companys Board of Directors not
eligible to receive restricted shares under the 2004 Restricted Plan. In May 2009, the Companys
shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2004
Restricted Plan from 200,000 shares to 300,000 shares.
In fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company awarded 24,264, 72,192 and 18,065 restricted
shares, respectively, to members of the Companys Board of Directors for their Board service to the
Company. In addition, 5,307 shares were surrendered to satisfy withholding tax requirements in
fiscal 2010. The cost associated with these restricted stock grants, which vest over periods
ranging to twenty-four months, totaled approximately $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.2 million
for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Additionally, in April 2007, 50,000 restricted shares were issued pursuant to the terms of the
Executive Employment Agreement entered into with the Companys Chief Executive Officer. Such shares
vest over a four year service period effective April 23, 2007, and such vesting will be accelerated
upon a change in control, as defined therein, and the completion of a minimum service period. The
compensation costs associated with such restricted shares issued under the terms of the Executive
Employment Agreement totaled $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for fiscal years 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses
in
the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In addition, during fiscal years 2010 and 2008, 5,307 and
3,937 shares, respectively, were surrendered to satisfy withholding requirements. Compensation cost
not yet recognized for such nonvested restricted shares issued under the terms of the Executive
Employment Agreement was approximately $0.1 million as of January 1, 2011, and the weighted average
period of recognition for such compensation was 0.3 years as of January 1, 2011.
As of January 1, 2011, there remain 69,110 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock
available to be awarded under the 2004 Restricted Plan.
2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan
The Polymer Group, Inc. 2005 Employee Restricted Stock Plan (the 2005 Stock Plan) was
approved by the Companys Board of Directors and shareholders and is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Companys Board of Directors. The 2005 Stock Plan, which expires in
2015, approved for issuance 482,000 restricted shares to employees of the Company. Other than for
certain shares initially awarded and immediately vested on January 20, 2006, March 12, 2008 and
April 9, 2009, shares awarded under the 2005 Stock Plan primarily vest 25% on each of the grants
anniversary dates based on a combination of service and/or the achievement of certain performance
targets. Vesting of the restricted shares, other than those shares issued pursuant to the terms of
the Executive Employment Agreement entered into with the Companys Chief Executive Officer, may be
accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control, as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan, or other
events. Vesting of shares awarded under the Executive Employment Agreement will be accelerated
under a change in control, as defined therein, and the completion of a minimum service period.
In March 2009, the Board of Directors approved a measure to cease making awards under the 2005
Stock Plan. As of January 1, 2011, awards of 367,009 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock
were outstanding and 114,991 shares were available for future award under the 2005 Stock Plan.
During fiscal 2010, 11,309 shares were surrendered by employees to satisfy withholding tax
requirements and 5,000 shares were forfeited. During fiscal 2009, 144,272 restricted shares were
granted to employees, including 23,305 shares which were considered re-granted to certain employees
of the Company. In addition, 46,436 shares were surrendered during fiscal 2009 by employees to
satisfy withholding requirements and 50,615 shares were forfeited. The Company accounts for the
2005 Stock Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of January 1, 2011, of the 367,009 shares awarded
and outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan, 20,985 shares are subject to future vesting based on the
attainment of future
F-42
performance targets, which targets had not been established as of January 1,
2011. Accordingly, pursuant to the provisions of ASC 718, 346,024 restricted shares are considered granted under the 2005 Stock
Plan as of January 1, 2011. Compensation cost not yet recognized for nonvested restricted shares
considered granted under the 2005 Stock Plan was approximately $0.4 million as of January 1, 2011,
and the weighted average period of recognition for such compensation was 1.2 years as of January 1,
2011.
During fiscal 2008, 158,304 restricted shares were awarded to certain employees of the
Company, of which 35,000 shares were awarded under the terms of the Executive Employment Agreement.
In addition, 41,917 shares were surrendered during fiscal 2008 by employees to satisfy withholding
requirements and to satisfy the exercise price for options exercised during fiscal 2008; 35,219
shares were forfeited during fiscal 2008.
A summary of the status of the Companys nonvested shares issued under the 2005 Stock Plan as
of January 1, 2011, and changes for the year ended January 1, 2011, is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
81,480
|
|
|
$
|
12.58
|
|
Shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(54,400
|
)
|
|
|
10.33
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
|
17.11
|
|
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
22,080
|
|
|
|
13.26
|
|
The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January
2, 2010 and January 3, 2009 were $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
Compensation costs associated with the 2005 Stock Plan totaled $1.3 million, $0.7 million and
$1.8 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan
The Polymer Group, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the 2008 LTI Stock Plan) was
approved by the Companys shareholders and Board of Directors and is administered by the
Compensation Committee of the Companys Board of Directors. The 2008 LTI Stock Plan, which expires
in 2018 unless terminated by the Companys Board of Directors sooner, and initially reserved for
issuance 425,000 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock to employees of the Company. In May
2009, the Companys shareholders approved an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance
under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan from 425,000 shares to 1,075,000 shares. The Compensation Committee
may, from time to time, award a variety of equity-based incentives under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan to
such employees and in such amounts and with specified restrictions as it determines appropriate in
the circumstances. Such awards may be granted under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan in the form of either
incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock,
restricted stock units, stock awards, performance awards or other types of stock awards that
involve the issuance of, or that are valued by reference to, shares of the Companys Class A Common
Stock. Vesting, which will be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Companys Board of
Directors, may be accelerated on the occurrence of a change in control or other events, as defined.
During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, various awards were approved and issued to
certain employees of the Company under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. During fiscal 2010, the Company
awarded 212,320 service-based restricted stock of the Companys Class A Common Stock and 262,488
restricted stock units, of which 248,449 would vest based on the achievement of 2010 performance
targets and the completion of requisite service periods. Additionally, 252,728 restricted stock
units were converted to restricted stock, of which 83,398 vested upon award, based on the Company
achieving the maximum level of the performance targets for fiscal 2009. Also, during fiscal 2010,
75,332 shares were surrendered to satisfy withholding tax requirements and 42,247 shares were
forfeited.
F-43
In fiscal 2009, these awards originally included 57,432 service-based restricted shares,
17,933 service-based restricted stock units and 146,884 restricted stock units that vest, at
targeted levels, based on the achievement of 2009 performance targets and the completion of
requisite service periods. The Company exceeded its performance targets for fiscal 2009 and, as a
result, 254,616 restricted stock units will be settled in the form of restricted shares in fiscal
2010 for 2009 performance. In fiscal 2009, awards were also made to certain employees who elected
to receive restricted stock and/or restricted stock units in lieu of receiving cash bonus payments
otherwise due under the Companys 2008 Short Term Incentive Plan. These awards included 91,058
restricted shares which vested at the grant date, 157,793 service-based restricted shares and
15,759 service-based restricted stock units. In addition, during fiscal 2009, 440 shares and
127,806 restricted stock units were forfeited, including 122,515 shares awarded in fiscal 2008
subject to the achievement of fiscal 2008 performance targets. All restricted stock units will be
settled in the form of restricted shares upon vesting.
During fiscal 2008, awards were approved and issued to certain employees of the Company which
included 51,261 service-based restricted shares, 16,202 service-based restricted stock units and
133,306 restricted stock units that vested based on the achievement of 2008 performance targets,
which were not achieved, and the completion of requisite service periods. In addition, during
fiscal 2008, 5,315 shares and 10,791 restricted stock units were forfeited. All restricted stock
units will be settled in the form of restricted shares upon vesting.
As of January 1, 2011, awards of 689,450 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock and
277,871 restricted stock units were outstanding, of which, 220,217 shares were vested. As of
January 1, 2011, 107,679 shares are considered available for future grant under the 2008 LTI Stock
Plan. The compensation costs associated with the 2008 LTI Stock Plan totaled $4.5 million, $1.6
million and $0.2 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and are included in
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Compensation cost
not yet recognized for awards under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan was approximately $5.2 million as of
January 1, 2011, and the weighted average period of recognition for such compensation was 0.9 years
as of January 1, 2011. The total fair value of shares vested during the fiscal year ended January
1, 2011, was $1.7 million.
A summary of the status of the Companys nonvested shares issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan
as of January 1, 2011, and changes for the year ended January 1, 2011, is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date Fair
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Value
|
|
Nonvested shares at January 2, 2010
|
|
|
541,927
|
|
|
$
|
7.82
|
|
Shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
466,557
|
|
|
|
20.01
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(219,133
|
)
|
|
|
7.72
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(42,247
|
)
|
|
|
9.58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested shares at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
747,104
|
|
|
|
15.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Compensation Arrangement
On March 31, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its Chief
Executive Officer (the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement) that provides for a one-time award of
equity and cash at the expiration date of the agreement (the Retirement Incentive). The equity
award component is dependent upon an ending stock price at the measurement date, defined in the
agreement, and will range between 20,000 shares and 100,000 shares. The cash award will be equal to
thirty percent of the future value of the aforementioned equity award component, but will not be
less than $250,000 or greater than $1,000,000. At the time that the Company entered into the March
2010 CEO Employment Agreement, management concluded that the stock award component would be
accounted for as a Equity-classified award as defined with ASC 718, since the Company intends to
issue PGI common shares. In addition, the Company currently intends for the future stock award to
be issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. Further, management has concluded that the cash award
should be accounted for as a Liability-classified award as defined with ASC 718, since the
Company intends to pay cash for this compensation component. The Company recognized compensation
costs of $0.3 million in fiscal year 2010. As of January 1, 2011, the Company anticipates that it
will recognize compensation expense of $1.4 million from the period March 31, 2010 through April
2013.
F-44
However, in contemplation of the Blackstone Acquisition, the Companys Chief Executive Officer
entered into an employment agreement which became effective on January 28, 2011 and superseded the
March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement. Accordingly, as of January 28, 2011, the Chief Executive
Officer has no further rights under the March 2010 CEO Employment.
Note 15. Other Operating (Income) Loss, Net and Foreign Currency Loss (Gain), Net
For fiscal 2010,
Other operating (income) loss, net
includes (i) income of $0.7 million
associated with a customer licensing agreement related to the third-party manufacture of product,
and (ii) income of $0.1 million associated with net foreign currency losses. For fiscal 2009,
Other operating (income) loss, net
includes (i) income of $1.5 million associated with a customer
licensing agreement related to the third-party manufacture of product, and (ii) a gain of $3.2
million associated with net foreign currency gains. For fiscal 2008,
Other operating (income) loss,
net
includes (i) income of $1.5 million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to
the third-party manufacture of product, and (ii) a loss of $6.5 million associated with net foreign
currency losses.
Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss, Net
For international subsidiaries which have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, local
currency transactions are remeasured into U.S. dollars, using current rates of exchange for
monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of such monetary assets
and liabilities are reported in
Other operating (income) loss, net
in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations. Likewise, for international subsidiaries which have the local currency as their
functional currency, gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities not
denominated in the local currency are reported in
Other operating (income) loss, net
in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, currency gains and losses have been incurred
on intercompany loans between subsidiaries, and to the extent that such loans are not deemed to be
permanently invested, such currency gains and losses are also reflected in
Foreign currency and
other (gain) loss, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company includes gains and losses on receivables, payables and other operating
transactions as a component of operating income in
Other operating (income) loss, net
. Other
foreign currency gains and losses, primarily related to intercompany loans and debt and other
non-operating activities, are included in
Foreign currency and other (gain) loss, net
.
The Companys foreign currency loss (gain), net is shown in the table below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Included in
Other operating
(income) loss, net
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,279
|
)
|
|
$
|
6,460
|
|
Included in
Foreign currency
and other loss, net
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
|
|
4,292
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,328
|
|
|
$
|
1,013
|
|
|
$
|
6,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 16. Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors.
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage market risks and reduce its exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies. All hedging transactions are authorized and
executed under clearly defined policies and procedures, which prohibit the use of financial
instruments for trading purposes.
The Company uses interest-rate derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to
movements in interest rates with respect to its debt instruments. On February 12, 2009, as
disclosed in Note 11 Debt, to mitigate its interest rate exposure as required by the Credit
Facility, the Company entered into a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap (the 2009
Interest Rate Swap), which effectively converts the variable LIBOR-based interest payments
associated with $240.0 million of the Term Loan to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 1.96%. This
interest rate swap agreement became effective on June 30, 2009 and expires on June 30, 2011. Cash
settlements will be made monthly and the floating rate will be reset monthly, coinciding with the
reset dates of the Credit Facility.
In accordance with ASC 815, the Company designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow
hedge of the variability of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate
Swap recorded in
F-45
Accumulated other comprehensive income
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of
September 17, 2009, in conjunction with the Amendment and in accordance with ASC 815-30, the Company concluded that
92% (which represents the approximate percentage of the Tranche 1 Term Loan debt considered
extinguished by the Amendment) of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer effective; accordingly,
92% of $3.9 million related to the 2009 Interest Rate Swap and included in
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
was frozen and will be reclassified to earnings as future interest payments
are made throughout the term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap. This portion of the notional amount no
longer met the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting treatment in accordance with ASC 815. See
Note 17 Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities for the fair
value measurement disclosures for these assets and liabilities.
Through June 2009, the Company had a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap,
effectively converting the variable LIBOR-based interest payments associated with $240.0 million of
the debt to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 5.085% (the 2007 Swap). This interest rate swap
agreement became effective on May 8, 2007 and expired on June 29, 2009. Cash settlements were made
quarterly and the floating rate was reset quarterly, coinciding with the reset dates of the Credit
Facility.
The impacts of these swaps on
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations were increases of $4.1 million, $7.2 million and $3.9 million for fiscal years 2010,
2009 and 2008.
As more fully disclosed in Note 25 Subsequent Events, concurrent with the Blackstone
Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability since the Company repaid its
credit facility.
On February 8, 2010, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts
(put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution that provided for a floor
and ceiling price on payments related to the Companys new line under construction in Suzhou,
China. The objective of the combination foreign exchange forward contracts is to hedge the changes
in fair value of a firm commitment to purchase equipment attributable to changes in foreign
currency rates between the Euro and U.S. dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment.
The original notional amount of the contracts with the third party, which expire on various dates
through fiscal 2012, was 25.6 million, which will result in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of
$34.6 million to $36.2 million. Cash settlements under the forward contracts coincide with the
payment dates on the equipment purchase contract.
In August 2010, the Company executed an amendment to the underlying equipment purchase
contract which resulted in a 0.7 million reduction of one of the scheduled payments. Accordingly,
the Company modified the notional amounts of the foreign exchange contracts which coincided with
the date of the amended payment to maintain the synchronization of the foreign exchange forward
contracts with the underlying contract payments, as amended. As a result, the foreign exchange
forward contracts remain highly effective and continue to qualify for hedge accounting treatment,
in accordance with ASC 815. The revised notional amount of 24.9 million results in a U.S. dollar
equivalent range of $33.6 million to $35.1 million.
As of January 1, 2011, the Company continues to recognize the asset associated with the
unrecognized firm commitment and the liability associated with the foreign exchange forward
contracts. The impact of these contracts on
Foreign currency and other loss, net
in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations was a gain of $0.05 million for fiscal year 2010. For fiscal
year 2009, there was no impact as the contracts did not exist during that period.
The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated fair value of the
Companys derivative instruments as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
As of January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Cash flow hedges:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps(1)
|
|
$
|
18,693
|
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
|
$
|
18,693
|
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
Interest rate swaps undesignated(1)
|
|
|
221,307
|
|
|
|
1,872
|
|
|
|
221,307
|
|
|
|
3,256
|
|
Foreign currency hedges:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts
|
|
|
21,661
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net value
|
|
$
|
261,661
|
|
|
$
|
2,577
|
|
|
$
|
240,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Comprised of a $240.0 million notional amount interest rate swap agreement that was
executed and became effective on June 20, 2009 and matures on June 30, 2011.
|
F-46
The following tables summarize the effect on income by derivative instruments for the
following periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Accumulated OCI on Derivative
|
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
120
|
|
|
$
|
(1,323
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,087
|
)
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss)
|
|
|
|
Reclassified from Accumulated OCI
|
|
|
|
into Income(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(4,458
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,893
|
)
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
|
|
|
(2,240
|
)
|
|
|
(777
|
)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) (Effective Portion) Reclassified from Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income into Income is located in
Interest Expense, net
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
|
Note 17. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities
The Company adopted ASC 820, which outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value
hierarchy that distinguishes between market assumptions based on market data (observable inputs)
and a reporting entitys own assumptions about market data (unobservable inputs). The standard
increases the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and related disclosures.
Fair value is identified, under the standard, as the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability at the measurement date (an exit price). The financial derivatives
are valued based on the prevailing market yield information on the date of measurement. The
guidance establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value, as follows:
Level 1
Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets
or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active
market is defined as a market in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur with
sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2
Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active
markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are
not active (markets with few transactions), inputs other than quoted prices that are
observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs
that derived principally from or are corroborated by observable market data correlation or
other means (market corroborated inputs).
Level 3
Unobservable inputs, only used to the extent that observable inputs are not
available, reflect the Companys assumptions about the pricing of an asset or liability.
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the
fair value of the Companys financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured at
fair value, on a recurring basis, as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010. The firm commitment
identified within the table below is recorded on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets within
Property, plant and equipment, net
and the foreign exchange contract identified within the table
below is recorded on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets within
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
. The interest rate swap agreements that are identified within the table below are
recorded on the Companys Consolidated Balance Sheets within
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
(in thousands):
F-47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Assets (Level 1)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 2)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 3)
|
|
Firm commitment
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contract
|
|
|
(542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2,
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Assets (Level 1)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 2)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 3)
|
|
Derivative liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements
|
|
|
(3,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and foreign forward exchange
contracts are based on indicative price information obtained via a third-party valuation.
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the
fair value of the Companys non-financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured
at fair value, on a non-recurring basis, as of January 1, 2011 and the corresponding fair value
measurements that were recorded during the period ended January 1, 2011 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Period
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended January 1,
|
|
|
Identical Assets
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Inputs Level 2
|
|
|
Inputs Level 3
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets held for sale(1)
|
|
$
|
3,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,590
|
|
|
$
|
825
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Long-lived assets held for sale in Level 2 Inputs reflect the current sales price at
which certain property held for sale is currently being marketed based on local market
conditions, less costs to sell. The equipment included in Level 3 assets reflects managements
best estimate at which the respective equipment will be sold based on market conditions for
used equipment, less costs to sell.
|
The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments using available market
information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in
interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments.
Accordingly, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would
realize in a current market exchange. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings are
reasonable estimates of their fair values. The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the
Companys long-term debt as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010 is presented in the following
table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
As of January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
331,779
|
|
|
$
|
330,203
|
|
|
$
|
338,942
|
|
|
$
|
333,189
|
|
See Note 16 Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities for
additional disclosures related to the Companys derivative instruments.
F-48
Note 18. Shareholders Equity
As of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010, the Companys authorized capital stock consisted of
the following classes of stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
|
|
Type
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
173,000
|
|
Class A common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
39,200,000
|
|
Class B convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
Class C convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
118,453
|
|
Class D convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
498,688
|
|
Class E convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
523,557
|
|
All classes of the common stock have similar voting rights. In accordance with the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all shares of Class B, C, D and E Common Stock
may be converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares of preferred
stock may be issued from time to time with such designation, preferences, participation rights and
optional or special rights (including, but not limited to, dividend rates, voting rights, and
maturity dates).
As discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, associated with Phase I of the Tesalca-Texnovo
acquisition, the Company issued common shares that were subject to certain transfer restrictions
since they have not been registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. In addition, the Issued
Securities were subject to a shareholders agreement between the Sellers and MatlinPatterson Global
Opportunities Partners, L.P., the Companys 65% shareholder of record (the Shareholders
Agreement), that provides that the Sellers agreed not to sell, assign, transfer, gift, pledge,
encumber, hedge or otherwise alienate of dispose of, whether voluntary or involuntarily, by
operation of law or otherwise (Transfer), or agree to so Transfer, the Issued Securities by it or
any right or interest therein for a period of one year after issuance.
In addition, the Shareholders Agreement provided for other restrictions and rights, including:
restrictions on the transfer of any Issued Securities to any party that, in the reasonable
determination of the Companys Board of Directors, directly competes with the Company or is a
customer, supplier or distributor of the Company, subject to certain tag-along and drag-along
rights. Furthermore, the Shareholders Agreement provided that the Sellers are entitled to appoint a
director to the Companys board of directors, subject to the relevant qualifications and standards
set-forth in the Companys corporate governance documents and the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
As of January 1, 2011, all authorized shares of the Class D Common Stock and Class E Common
Stock were issuable upon the exercise, at $.01 per share, of Series A warrants to purchase shares
of Class D common stock and Series B warrants to purchase shares of Class E common stock,
respectively (Warrants). The Warrants expired unexercised.
Due to the Blackstone Acquisition, more fully described in Note 25 Subsequent Events, the
Companys equity securities identified within the preceding disclosures were cancelled and replaced
with new stock issued to an entity indirectly owned by investment funds affiliated with The
Blackstone Group and management investors, and as a result, the Company became a privately-held
company.
Note 19. Segment Information
The Companys reportable segments consist of U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens,
Latin America Nonwovens and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the overall business is managed by
the Companys senior management and reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Nonwovens businesses
sell to the same end-use markets, such as hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets. Sales to
P&G accounted for more than 10% of the Companys sales in each of the periods presented. Sales to
this customer are reported primarily in the Nonwovens segments and the loss of these sales would
have a material adverse effect on this segment.
F-49
The segment information presented in the table below excludes the results of Difco and Fabpro.
As discussed in further detail in Note 5 Discontinued Operations, both Difco and Fabpro are
accounted for as assets held for sale, in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360.
The Company recorded charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal
years 2010, 2009 and 2008 relating to special charges, net and acquisition and integration expenses
that have not been allocated to the segment data.
Financial data by segment is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
326,812
|
|
|
$
|
302,326
|
|
|
$
|
385,407
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
282,076
|
|
|
|
159,436
|
|
|
|
196,643
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
129,370
|
|
|
|
108,764
|
|
|
|
122,879
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
306,480
|
|
|
|
234,320
|
|
|
|
266,492
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
61,473
|
|
|
|
45,759
|
|
|
|
54,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106,211
|
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
24,546
|
|
|
$
|
34,559
|
|
|
$
|
26,444
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
13,577
|
|
|
|
2,195
|
|
|
|
11,604
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
25,166
|
|
|
|
23,229
|
|
|
|
16,249
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
41,599
|
|
|
|
42,399
|
|
|
|
17,287
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
3,256
|
|
|
|
2,426
|
|
|
|
2,244
|
|
Unallocated Corporate
|
|
|
(38,868
|
)
|
|
|
(30,076
|
)
|
|
|
(24,808
|
)
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,246
|
|
|
|
74,768
|
|
|
|
49,138
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
(1,742
|
)
|
|
|
(1,789
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(17,993
|
)
|
|
|
(20,763
|
)
|
|
|
(20,088
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,511
|
|
|
$
|
52,216
|
|
|
$
|
29,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
14,875
|
|
|
$
|
14,981
|
|
|
$
|
17,171
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
5,156
|
|
|
|
6,593
|
|
|
|
6,055
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
7,091
|
|
|
|
9,022
|
|
|
|
8,492
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
16,825
|
|
|
|
15,521
|
|
|
|
14,149
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
Unallocated Corporate
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
|
|
|
45,349
|
|
|
|
47,239
|
|
|
|
47,062
|
|
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,216
|
|
|
$
|
48,344
|
|
|
$
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital spending
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
11,774
|
|
|
$
|
2,516
|
|
|
$
|
13,685
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
3,166
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
1,526
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
26,865
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
1,310
|
|
|
|
38,477
|
|
|
|
17,329
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,170
|
|
|
$
|
43,415
|
|
|
$
|
34,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Division assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
167,517
|
|
|
$
|
178,449
|
|
|
$
|
212,291
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
198,942
|
|
|
|
200,642
|
|
|
|
172,695
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
139,134
|
|
|
|
102,917
|
|
|
|
99,552
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
239,496
|
|
|
|
256,956
|
|
|
|
233,246
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
24,640
|
|
|
|
19,159
|
|
|
|
17,138
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
7,691
|
|
|
|
3,763
|
|
|
|
1,619
|
|
Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
17,096
|
|
|
|
53,555
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(64,248
|
)
|
|
|
(79,071
|
)
|
|
|
(87,925
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
$
|
699,911
|
|
|
$
|
702,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-50
Geographic Data:
Export sales from the Companys United States operations to unaffiliated customers
approximated $33.5 million, $40.3 million and $55.6 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and
2008, respectively. Geographic data for the Companys operations, based on the geographic region
that the sale is made from, are presented in the following table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
332,624
|
|
|
$
|
305,084
|
|
|
$
|
388,132
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
56,885
|
|
|
|
43,003
|
|
|
|
51,296
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
280,852
|
|
|
|
159,436
|
|
|
|
197,393
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
129,370
|
|
|
|
108,763
|
|
|
|
122,880
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
306,480
|
|
|
|
234,319
|
|
|
|
266,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,106,211
|
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(12,275
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,307
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
2,109
|
|
|
|
867
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
13,584
|
|
|
|
2,193
|
|
|
|
11,545
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
25,180
|
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
16,697
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
41,557
|
|
|
|
42,999
|
|
|
|
17,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,246
|
|
|
|
74,768
|
|
|
|
49,138
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
(1,742
|
)
|
|
|
(1,789
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(17,993
|
)
|
|
|
(20,763
|
)
|
|
|
(20,088
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,511
|
|
|
$
|
52,216
|
|
|
$
|
29,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
15,810
|
|
|
$
|
15,759
|
|
|
$
|
17,764
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
5,210
|
|
|
|
6,592
|
|
|
|
6,054
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
7,091
|
|
|
|
9,023
|
|
|
|
8,492
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
16,825
|
|
|
|
15,520
|
|
|
|
14,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense included in operating income
|
|
|
45,349
|
|
|
|
47,239
|
|
|
|
47,062
|
|
Amortization of loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
|
1,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,216
|
|
|
$
|
48,344
|
|
|
$
|
48,468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
85,889
|
|
|
$
|
91,700
|
|
|
$
|
105,379
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
2,935
|
|
|
|
2,709
|
|
|
|
2,346
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
28,885
|
|
|
|
33,203
|
|
|
|
37,928
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
77,313
|
|
|
|
54,596
|
|
|
|
62,826
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
128,112
|
|
|
|
145,864
|
|
|
|
126,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
323,134
|
|
|
$
|
328,072
|
|
|
$
|
334,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-51
Note 20. Commitments and Contingencies
Non-affiliate Leases
The Company leases certain manufacturing, warehousing and other facilities and equipment under
operating leases. The leases on most of the properties contain renewal provisions. Rent expense
(net of sub-lease income), including incidental leases, approximated $9.8 million, $5.0 million and
$4.5 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The expenses are generally
recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The approximate minimum rental
payments required under non-affiliate operating leases that have initial or remaining
non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at January 1, 2011 are presented in the following
table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Minimum
|
|
|
|
Rental Payments
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
9,796
|
|
2012
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
2013
|
|
|
6,155
|
|
2014
|
|
|
5,578
|
|
2015
|
|
|
5,109
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
40,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included within the gross minimum rental payments in the table above are rental payments of
approximately $32.1 million (24.0 million, using the to $ exchange rate as of January 1, 2011)
that are attributable to the Building and Equipment Lease agreement between PGI Spain and
Tesalca-Texnovo. As discussed in further detail within Note 24 Subsequent Events, on January 28,
2011, the Company exercised the Call Option over the assets underlying the Building and Equipment
Lease which resulted in the respective assets being acquired by the Company. As a result, the
Company will no longer have the related future rental obligations of $32.1 million disclosed above.
Purchase Commitments
At January 1, 2011, the Company had commitments of approximately $100.3 million, $54.0 million
of which related to the purchase of raw materials. Of the remaining $46.3 million, $21.9 million
represents commitments for the acquisition of a new spunmelt line in China, further discussed
below; $15.4 million represents construction commitments related to the building addition to the
Companys Waynesboro, Virginia manufacturing facility associated with the U.S. Spunmelt Expansion
Project, further discussed below; $8.2 million represents standby letters of credit associated with
the Companys Revolving Credit Facility; and $0.8 million related to the purchase of maintenance
and converting services.
China Medical Expansion Project
On January 19, 2010, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new
spunmelt line to be installed at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will manufacture
nonwoven products for the medical market (the New Suzhou Medical Line). As discussed in Note 11,
Debt, in the third quarter 2010 the Company entered into a credit facility to finance
approximately $20.0 million of the New Suzhou Medical Line. The Company will fund the remaining
amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash balances, internal cash
flows and existing U.S. based credit facilities. As of January 1, 2011, the estimated total
remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Medical Line were approximately $39.2 million,
which includes the remaining $21.9 million for the acquisition of a new spunmelt line, and are
expected to be expended through first quarter of fiscal year 2012.
U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project
On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (Chicopee), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,
entered into an Equipment Lease Agreement (the Agreement) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (Gossamer). Pursuant to the Agreement, Chicopee will lease an
integrated manufacturing line for the
F-52
production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics (the Equipment) from Gossamer for a
seven-year period (the Basic Term) beginning upon Chicopees acceptance of the Equipment (the
Basic Term Commencement Date), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Equipment is installed,
along with other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the Companys manufacturing facility in
Waynesboro, Virginia and the integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products
primarily for the hygiene market and to a lesser extent the medical market. The capitalized cost
amount approximated $53.6 million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary
of the Basic Term Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3
million to Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Agreement, which is
subject to adjustment, is expected to approximate $57.9 million. From the fourth anniversary of the
Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopees annual lease payments may
change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the
Agreement.
China Hygiene Expansion Project
. On June 24, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase
commitment to acquire a fourth spunmelt line to be installed at our manufacturing facility in
Suzhou, China, that will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the New
Suzhou Hygiene Line). The Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of
existing cash balances, internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new
China-based financing, as needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project
expenses related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.5 million, which includes
$42.9 million for the remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line.
These amounts are expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
Collective Bargaining Agreements
At January 1, 2011, the Company had approximately 3,054 employees worldwide. Of this total,
approximately 46% of these employees are represented by labor unions or trade councils that have
entered into separate collective bargaining agreements with the Company. Approximately 36% of the
Companys labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements that will expire within one
year.
Environmental
The Company is subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and
regulations relating to pollution and protection of the environment. The Company believes that it
is currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and does not
currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial or competitive
position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of
environmental liability is inherent, however, in the nature of the Companys business and,
accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
Litigation
The Company is not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings other than routine
litigation incidental to the business of the Company, none of which is deemed material.
Note 21. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2011 and the fiscal year ended
January 2, 2010 is presented below (amounts in thousands, except for per share data). All 2010 and
2009 fiscal quarters were comprised of 13 weeks.
Quarterly data for fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
October 2,
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
Operating data
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
268,919
|
|
|
$
|
289,067
|
|
|
$
|
279,220
|
|
|
$
|
269,005
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
50,847
|
|
|
|
58,726
|
|
|
|
52,401
|
|
|
|
47,918
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(5,078
|
)
|
|
|
16,256
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
(2,134
|
)
|
F-53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
October 2,
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
|
April 3, 2010
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(5,254
|
)
|
|
|
16,102
|
|
|
|
1,781
|
|
|
|
(2,222
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc. basic
|
|
$
|
(0.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.77
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc. diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, results were negatively impacted by a severe
rainy season in Colombia that caused the Company to cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia
facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where its facility is
located. Additionally, the Company experienced an increase in raw material costs that negatively
impacted profit compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2010 that benefited from a drop in raw
material costs from the second quarter of fiscal 2010. Income was also negatively impacted by
special charges, net of approximately $6.1 million. See Note 3 Special Charges, Net to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to such special charges, net
recognized in fiscal 2010. The Company also recognized an income tax expense of $1.5 million on a
pre-tax loss of $(0.2) million. The effective tax rate for the fourth quarter was unfavorably
impacted by losses in the U.S. and other jurisdictions for which no tax benefit has been recognized
(see Note 12 Income Taxes to the consolidated financial statements for additional details related
to the fiscal year 2010 income tax provision for further discussion).
Quarterly data for fiscal 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Ended April 4,
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
October 3, 2009
|
|
|
July 4, 2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Operating data
:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
234,479
|
|
|
$
|
215,495
|
|
|
$
|
199,452
|
|
|
$
|
201,179
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
44,959
|
|
|
|
47,992
|
|
|
|
42,326
|
|
|
|
48,073
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(7,823
|
)
|
|
|
12,727
|
|
|
|
5,136
|
|
|
|
7,898
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(8,250
|
)
|
|
|
12,529
|
|
|
|
6,235
|
|
|
|
9,561
|
|
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc. basic
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
Earnings per common share attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc. diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
The quarterly financial data for the fiscal quarters ended October 2, 2010, July 3, 2010,
and April 3, 2010 as well as the quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2010
below is disclosed for the purpose of reconciling the quarterly data presented above to the
financial information previously issued prior to the date of the Blackstone Acquisition; (amounts
in thousands, except for per share data).
Quarterly data for the first three quarters of fiscal 2010:
Third Quarter Ended October 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
297,436
|
|
|
$
|
(8,369
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
289,067
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
59,458
|
|
|
|
(732
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,726
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
22,178
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,095
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
14,153
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,222
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(7,490
|
)
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
5,387
|
(a)
|
|
|
(2,254
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
21,489
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,387
|
)
|
|
|
16,102
|
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.77
|
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
1.01
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.76
|
|
F-54
Second Quarter Ended July 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
289,747
|
|
|
$
|
(10,527
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
279,220
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
53,276
|
|
|
|
(875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,401
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
13,110
|
|
|
|
(477
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,633
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
4,676
|
|
|
|
(537
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,139
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
2,913
|
|
|
|
(267
|
)
|
|
|
(223)
|
(a)
|
|
|
2,423
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
1,558
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
1,781
|
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
First Quarter Ended April 3, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
279,370
|
|
|
$
|
(10,365
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
269,005
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
48,337
|
|
|
|
(419
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,918
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
9,968
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
(176)
|
(b)
|
|
|
10,286
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
(176)
|
(b)
|
|
|
1,126
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
2,982
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(199)
|
(a)
|
|
|
2,809
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(2,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
(2,222
|
)
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.11
|
)
|
Quarterly data for fiscal 2009:
Fourth Quarter Ended January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
243,580
|
|
|
$
|
(9,101
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
234,479
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
44,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44,959
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
(3,383
|
)
|
|
|
1,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
(9,993
|
)
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,796
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
(3,717)
|
(a)
|
|
|
(3,610
|
)
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(10,268
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,018
|
|
|
|
(8,250
|
)
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.51
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
(0.41
|
)
|
Third Quarter Ended October 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
223,022
|
|
|
$
|
(7,527
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
215,495
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
47,255
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,992
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
18,733
|
|
|
|
1,603
|
|
|
|
176
|
(b)
|
|
|
20,512
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
6,319
|
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
176
|
(b)
|
|
|
7,898
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,172
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
12,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
12,529
|
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.62
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
Second Quarter Ended July 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
206,040
|
|
|
$
|
(6,588
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
199,452
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
$
|
42,634
|
|
|
$
|
(308
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,326
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
13,868
|
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,573
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
5,097
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,723
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,783
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
6,235
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,235
|
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
F-55
First Quarter Ended April 4, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difco and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
Discontinued
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
As Presented
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
210,010
|
|
|
$
|
(8,831
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,179
|
|
Gross Profit
|
|
|
49,486
|
|
|
|
(1,413
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,073
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
19,965
|
|
|
|
(713
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,252
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
13,492
|
|
|
|
(716
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,776
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
7,535
|
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,233
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
9,561
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,561
|
|
Earnings per common share basic
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
Earnings per common share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
The adjustment reflects the cumulative impact for fiscal years 2003 through 2009 of the
application of a general exception to the technical application of ASC 740, Income Taxes.
The adjustment was originally recorded in the Companys Form 10-Q for the quarterly period
ended October 2, 2010 as a cumulative out-of-period catch-up adjustment and was not pushed
back to the respective periods in 2003 through 2009 that were affected. Management determined
the adjustment amounts were not material to the financial statements of the prior periods
affected by the adjustment and that the financial statements as previously presented were not
materially misstated. However, as set forth in this prospectus, the adjustments are reflected
in the proper periods in which the amounts should have been presented.
|
|
(b)
|
|
The adjustment reflects the application of a net-worth tax associated with the Companys
Colombia legal entity that was not previously recorded in the financial statements for the
fiscal quarters presented.
|
The adjustments described above did not have a significant impact on the net equity on
the balance sheets of the Company for the periods presented, nor did the impact of the adjustments
described above have a significant impact on the operating, investing or financing sections of the
consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods presented.
Note 22. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash payments of interest and taxes consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Cash payments of interest, net of amounts capitalized
|
|
$
|
31,193
|
|
|
$
|
26,261
|
|
|
$
|
31,879
|
|
Cash payments of income taxes, net
|
|
|
14,367
|
|
|
|
6,514
|
|
|
|
3,645
|
|
Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2010 included the surrender of
123,392 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005
Stock Plan and the 2008 Restricted Plan in the amount of $2.0 million to satisfy employee
withholding tax obligations.
Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2009 included the surrender of 86,175
shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005 Stock Plan
and the 2008 Restricted Plan in the amount of $0.3 million to satisfy employee withholding tax
obligations. Also, the Company issued 193,434 shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock in lieu
of the cash payment of short-term incentive compensation. Additionally, the Company issued
approximately one million shares of Class A Common Stock in conjunction with the purchase of
certain assets and the operations of the businesses of Tesalca-Texnovo. See Note 4 Acquisitions.
Noncash investing or financing transactions in fiscal 2008 included the surrender of 45,854
shares of the Companys Class A Common Stock to the Company by participants in the 2005 Stock Plan
and the 2004 Restricted Plan in the amount of $0.6 million to satisfy employee withholding tax
obligations and to satisfy the exercise price for options exercised in fiscal 2008.
Note 23. Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery
As discussed in Note 3 Special Charges, in December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted
many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali,
Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where the facility
is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and worked with
customers to meet their critical needs through the use of its global manufacturing base. The
Company maintains business interruption insurance coverage and as of January 1, 2011, was in the
process of working with its insurance providers to file a claim to recover costs on damaged
F-56
inventory and estimated lost profits due to the disruption of operations. Due to the damage
incurred at the manufacturing facilities from this flood, during December 2010, the Company
recorded charges of: (1) approximately $2.5 million related to the write-down of damaged inventory;
(2) approximately $0.4 million related to the write-off of damaged assets destroyed by contaminated
water; and (3) approximately $0.5 million for other miscellaneous items based on the information
available to the Company at the time of the assessment. While a recovery under a business
interruption claim is highly judgmental, to the extent that the realization of the claim for
recovery represents a loss recognized in the financial statements and the realization is deemed
probable, a recovery amount relative to the loss recognized in the financials should be recognized.
As such, the Companys operating income for the year ended January 1, 2011 includes $2.5 million of
insurance recovery related to recovery of certain losses recognized in 2010 specifically related to
the property damage and business interruption components of the insured losses experienced by the
Company in December 2010. This amount includes $1.8 million, $0.2 million and $0.5 million recorded
in
Special charges, net; Selling, general and administrative expenses
and
Cost of goods sold
,
respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in order to offset the recognized losses
included in the claim. The related insurance recoverable receivable of $2.5 million is included in
Other Current Assets
in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. A $6.0 million insurance claim was filed on
March 4, 2011, which represents a claim under the Companys primary insurance policy, and the
Company received notification of the claims approval from its insurance provider on March 15,
2011. The Company has a $1.0 million insurance claim deductible and anticipates recovering $5.7
million of proceeds from all relevant insurance policies during the first half of 2011.
Note 24. Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
Polymers Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed
on a senior secured basis by each of Polymers 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the
Guarantors). Substantially all of Polymers operating income and cash flow is generated by its
subsidiaries. As a result, funds necessary to meet Polymers debt service obligations may be
provided, in part, by distributions or advances from its subsidiaries. Under certain circumstances,
contractual and legal restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements
of Polymers subsidiaries, could limit Polymers ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries for
the purpose of meeting its debt service obligations, including the payment of principal and
interest on the Senior Secured Notes. Although holders of the Senior Secured Notes will be direct
creditors of Polymers principal direct subsidiaries by virtue of the guarantees, Polymer has
subsidiaries that are not included among the Guarantors (collectively, the Non-Guarantors), and
such subsidiaries will not be obligated with respect to the Senior Secured Notes. As a result, the
claims of creditors of the Non-Guarantors will effectively have priority with respect to the assets
and earnings of such companies over the claims of creditors of Polymer, including the holders of
the Senior Secured Notes.
The following Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements are presented to satisfy the
disclosure requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with Rule 3-10, the
subsidiary guarantors are all 100% owned by PGI (the Issuer). The guarantees on the Senior Secured
Notes are full and unconditional and all guarantees are joint and several. The information presents
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of January 1, 2011 and January 2, 2010; Condensed
Consolidating Statements of Operations and Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the
three fiscal years ended January 1, 2011, January 2, 2010 and January 3, 2009 of (1) PGI (Issuer),
(2) the Guarantors, (3) the Non-Guarantors and (4) consolidating eliminations to arrive at the
information for the Company on a consolidated basis.
F-57
Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
614
|
|
|
$
|
4,289
|
|
|
$
|
67,452
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,906
|
|
|
|
106,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,747
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,866
|
|
|
|
68,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,180
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
4,532
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
30,770
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
42,338
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
66,855
|
|
|
|
296,714
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
365,065
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
|
|
84,887
|
|
|
|
235,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323,134
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
3,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,280
|
|
Net investment in and advances (from) to
subsidiaries
|
|
|
457,742
|
|
|
|
702,560
|
|
|
|
(199,545
|
)
|
|
|
(960,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
8,317
|
|
|
|
34,667
|
|
|
|
(8,143
|
)
|
|
|
35,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
466,399
|
|
|
$
|
862,619
|
|
|
$
|
372,070
|
|
|
$
|
(969,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
13,609
|
|
|
|
33,416
|
|
|
|
126,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173,859
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,609
|
|
|
|
33,416
|
|
|
|
139,512
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
186,305
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
294,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,699
|
|
|
|
(8,143
|
)
|
|
|
328,170
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
8,161
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
11,823
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
20,067
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
15,679
|
|
|
|
12,315
|
|
|
|
26,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
332,063
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
219,223
|
|
|
|
(8,354
|
)
|
|
|
588,725
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,081
|
|
|
|
(36,081
|
)
|
|
|
214
|
|
Other shareholders equity
|
|
|
134,122
|
|
|
|
816,826
|
|
|
|
107,850
|
|
|
|
(924,676
|
)
|
|
|
134,122
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
134,336
|
|
|
|
816,826
|
|
|
|
152,847
|
|
|
|
(960,757
|
)
|
|
|
143,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
466,399
|
|
|
$
|
862,619
|
|
|
$
|
372,070
|
|
|
$
|
(969,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-58
Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
4,195
|
|
|
$
|
52,965
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,894
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,557
|
|
|
|
105,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122,706
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39,216
|
|
|
|
60,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,671
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
3,605
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
3,605
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,252
|
|
|
|
6,238
|
|
|
|
26,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,012
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
67,345
|
|
|
|
265,792
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
334,984
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
91,900
|
|
|
|
234,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
328,072
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,407
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
4,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,530
|
|
Net investment in and advances (from) to
subsidiaries
|
|
|
449,392
|
|
|
|
656,063
|
|
|
|
(215,395
|
)
|
|
|
(890,060
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,765
|
|
|
|
27,017
|
|
|
|
(8,753
|
)
|
|
|
27,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
457,564
|
|
|
$
|
824,073
|
|
|
$
|
317,248
|
|
|
$
|
(898,974
|
)
|
|
$
|
699,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
283
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,407
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,690
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
6,809
|
|
|
|
28,902
|
|
|
|
107,451
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143,162
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,754
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
4,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,921
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
11,192
|
|
|
|
28,902
|
|
|
|
131,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,142
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
295,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,653
|
|
|
|
(8,753
|
)
|
|
|
322,021
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
8,159
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
13,288
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
21,425
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
26,735
|
|
|
|
12,606
|
|
|
|
21,587
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60,928
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
341,207
|
|
|
|
41,647
|
|
|
|
201,576
|
|
|
|
(8,914
|
)
|
|
|
575,516
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,083
|
|
|
|
(36,083
|
)
|
|
|
210
|
|
Other shareholders equity
|
|
|
116,147
|
|
|
|
782,426
|
|
|
|
71,551
|
|
|
|
(853,977
|
)
|
|
|
116,147
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
116,357
|
|
|
|
782,426
|
|
|
|
115,672
|
|
|
|
(890,060
|
)
|
|
|
124,395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
457,564
|
|
|
$
|
824,073
|
|
|
$
|
317,248
|
|
|
$
|
(898,974
|
)
|
|
$
|
699,911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
340,407
|
|
|
$
|
782,397
|
|
|
$
|
(16,593
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,106,211
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293,071
|
|
|
|
619,841
|
|
|
|
(16,593
|
)
|
|
|
896,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,336
|
|
|
|
162,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
209,892
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
38,888
|
|
|
|
21,364
|
|
|
|
81,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,461
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
8,035
|
|
|
|
7,372
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,993
|
|
Acquisition and integration
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,742
|
|
Other operating loss (income), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
(426
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(47,083
|
)
|
|
|
18,989
|
|
|
|
77,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,511
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
27,555
|
|
|
|
(14,112
|
)
|
|
|
18,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,728
|
|
Intercompany royalty and technical
service fees, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
(8,025
|
)
|
|
|
(7,450
|
)
|
|
|
16,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,454
|
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
|
66,319
|
|
|
|
34,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101,031
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
expense and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
|
|
75,263
|
|
|
|
42,391
|
|
|
|
(101,031
|
)
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(10,701
|
)
|
|
|
8,763
|
|
|
|
6,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before discontinued
operations
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
66,500
|
|
|
|
35,919
|
|
|
|
(101,031
|
)
|
|
|
11,795
|
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(765
|
)
|
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
66,500
|
|
|
|
35,154
|
|
|
|
(101,031
|
)
|
|
|
11,030
|
|
Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(623
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
$
|
66,500
|
|
|
$
|
34,531
|
|
|
$
|
(101,031
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
312,463
|
|
|
$
|
548,161
|
|
|
$
|
(10,019
|
)
|
|
$
|
850,605
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256,618
|
|
|
|
420,656
|
|
|
|
(10,019
|
)
|
|
|
667,255
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,845
|
|
|
|
127,505
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,350
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
30,303
|
|
|
|
22,529
|
|
|
|
60,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,318
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
14,074
|
|
|
|
6,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,763
|
|
Acquisition and integration
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
Other operating loss (income), net
|
|
|
(1,825
|
)
|
|
|
(944
|
)
|
|
|
(1,967
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(30,731
|
)
|
|
|
20,186
|
|
|
|
62,761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,216
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
26,028
|
|
|
|
(17,575
|
)
|
|
|
18,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,712
|
|
Gain on reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
(2,431
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,431
|
)
|
Write off of loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
5,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,088
|
|
Intercompany royalty and technical
service fees, net
|
|
|
(24,675
|
)
|
|
|
12,737
|
|
|
|
11,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
3,073
|
|
|
|
(1,327
|
)
|
|
|
3,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
|
49,294
|
|
|
|
22,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72,072
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
expense and discontinued operations
|
|
|
11,480
|
|
|
|
49,129
|
|
|
|
29,064
|
|
|
|
(72,072
|
)
|
|
|
17,601
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(8,595
|
)
|
|
|
6,194
|
|
|
|
10,979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before discontinued
operations
|
|
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
42,935
|
|
|
|
18,085
|
|
|
|
(72,072
|
)
|
|
|
9,023
|
|
Income from discontinued operations,
net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,113
|
|
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,802
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
49,737
|
|
|
|
20,198
|
|
|
|
(72,072
|
)
|
|
|
17,938
|
|
Net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
$
|
49,737
|
|
|
$
|
22,335
|
|
|
$
|
(72,072
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-61
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended January 3, 2009
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
408,880
|
|
|
$
|
639,684
|
|
|
$
|
(22,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,026,194
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353,608
|
|
|
|
525,384
|
|
|
|
(22,370
|
)
|
|
|
856,6228
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,272
|
|
|
|
114,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169,572
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
|
|
|
26,171
|
|
|
|
26,223
|
|
|
|
63,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,474
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
7,661
|
|
|
|
13,451
|
|
|
|
(1,024
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,088
|
|
Other operating loss (income), net
|
|
|
(1,791
|
)
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
6,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,960
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(32,653
|
)
|
|
|
15,485
|
|
|
|
46,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,050
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
31,173
|
|
|
|
(17,258
|
)
|
|
|
17,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,067
|
|
Intercompany royalty and technical
service fees, net
|
|
|
(21,012
|
)
|
|
|
7,615
|
|
|
|
13,397
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
(6,325
|
)
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
|
|
5,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
|
32,105
|
|
|
|
17,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,480
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
expense and discontinued operations
|
|
|
(4,384
|
)
|
|
|
41,292
|
|
|
|
10,029
|
|
|
|
(49,480
|
)
|
|
|
(2,543
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(9,093
|
)
|
|
|
9,677
|
|
|
|
6,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before discontinued
operations
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
31,615
|
|
|
|
3,605
|
|
|
|
(49,480
|
)
|
|
|
(9,551
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued operations, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,291
|
|
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
31,615
|
|
|
|
11,896
|
|
|
|
(49,480
|
)
|
|
|
(1,260
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
|
$
|
31,615
|
|
|
$
|
17,865
|
|
|
$
|
(49,480
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,709
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
(8,979
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,433
|
|
|
$
|
66,790
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
63,244
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
(15,799
|
)
|
|
|
(11,774
|
)
|
|
|
(32,591
|
)
|
|
|
14,981
|
|
|
|
(45,183
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of assets
|
|
|
14,981
|
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
|
3,370
|
|
|
|
(14,981
|
)
|
|
|
4,363
|
|
Acquisition of intangibles and other
|
|
|
(316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(456
|
)
|
Net activity in investment in and
advances (to) from subsidiaries
|
|
|
14,002
|
|
|
|
5,442
|
|
|
|
(19,444
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing
activities
|
|
|
12,868
|
|
|
|
(5,339
|
)
|
|
|
(48,805
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41,276
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other long-term debt
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,086
|
|
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
|
|
|
1,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,859
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(3,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,999
|
)
|
Repayment of other long-term debt
|
|
|
(18,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,880
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,880
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(1,501
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,924
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,425
|
)
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
Reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other financing, net
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(4,009
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,077
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
14,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,461
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
4,195
|
|
|
|
52,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
614
|
|
|
$
|
4,289
|
|
|
$
|
67,452
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-63
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 2, 2010
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
40,777
|
|
|
$
|
(12,157
|
)
|
|
$
|
70,389
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
99,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
(851
|
)
|
|
|
(2,516
|
)
|
|
|
(40,110
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43,477
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,297
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,342
|
|
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,083
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,083
|
)
|
Acquisition of intangibles and other
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(349
|
)
|
Net activity in investment in and
advances (to) from subsidiaries
|
|
|
37,172
|
|
|
|
(24,983
|
)
|
|
|
(12,189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing
activities
|
|
|
35,972
|
|
|
|
5,798
|
|
|
|
(56,337
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,567
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other long-term debt
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,519
|
|
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,843
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(60,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60,931
|
)
|
Repayment of other long-term debt
|
|
|
(5,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,156
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,104
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,136
|
)
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
(4,366
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(126
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,492
|
)
|
Reacquisition of debt
|
|
|
(12,298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,298
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(77,312
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(72,651
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
(563
|
)
|
|
|
(6,359
|
)
|
|
|
19,098
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,176
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
10,554
|
|
|
|
33,867
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
734
|
|
|
$
|
4,195
|
|
|
$
|
52,965
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-64
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended January 3, 2009
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
10,077
|
|
|
$
|
20,789
|
|
|
$
|
28,592
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
59,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
(598
|
)
|
|
|
(13,685
|
)
|
|
|
(20,177
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34,460
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
3,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,424
|
|
Acquisition of intangibles and other
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(590
|
)
|
Net activity in investment in and
advances (to) from subsidiaries
|
|
|
15,383
|
|
|
|
(739
|
)
|
|
|
(14,644
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing
activities
|
|
|
14,195
|
|
|
|
(14,038
|
)
|
|
|
(31,783
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(31,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other long-term debt
|
|
|
26,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,680
|
|
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,129
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(24,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,100
|
)
|
Repayment of other long-term debt
|
|
|
(26,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,768
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,768
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,828
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,828
|
)
|
Other financing, net
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(24,073
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,860
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
6,751
|
|
|
|
7,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,020
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
period
|
|
|
1,098
|
|
|
|
3,803
|
|
|
|
26,797
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
1,297
|
|
|
$
|
10,554
|
|
|
$
|
33,867
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
45,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 25. Subsequent Events
The
Company has performed an analysis of subsequent events through
October 24, 2011, the date
the financial statements were available to be issued.
PGI Spain Phase II Asset Acquisition
As discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, associated with the December 2009 acquisition of
Tesalca-Texnovo, the sellers granted the Company a Call Option to acquire the Phase II Assets. On
January 28, 2011, the Company executed the Call Option and thus acquired the Phase II Assets,
resulting in the termination of the Building and Equipment Lease (the Spain Phase II Asset
Purchase).
Consideration for the Phase II Assets aggregated $41.2 million (30.6 million, using the to
$ exchange rate as of January 19, 2011). Of the $41.2 million, approximately $34.8 million was
attributable to the Companys assumption and/or repayment of Tesalca-Texnovos outstanding debt.
The remaining $6.4 million is associated with the Companys issuance of 393,675 shares of the
Companys Class A common stock to the sellers (calculated using the closing share price on the
transaction date).
China Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition Purchase of 20% Noncontrolling Interest in Nanhai
On May 26, 2010, we signed an equity transfer agreement to purchase the 20% noncontrolling
equity interest in Nanhai Nanxin from our minority partner (China Noncontrolling Interest
Acquisition). In the first quarter of 2011, we completed the China Noncontrolling Interest
Acquisition for a purchase price of $7.2 million, of which the Company had deposited $1.5 million
in escrow during fiscal 2010.
F-65
Blackstone Acquisition
As discussed in Note 1 Background and Basis of Consolidation, on January 28, 2011, the
Company merged with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (Merger Sub) an entity controlled through
intermediary holding companies, including Scorpio Holdings Corporation (Holdings), by investment
funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group (the Merger), and as a result, the Company became a
privately-held company. In connection with the Merger, the Company issued $560 million of 7.75%
senior secured notes due 2019 (the Senior Secured Notes). Blackstone and certain management
investors invested approximately $259.9 million of equity (including management rollover) in
Holdings.
The Senior Secured Notes are due 2019 and will accrue interest at 7.75%. The Company has an
obligation to register the Senior Secured Notes with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) by January 28, 2012 and should the Company fail to register the Senior Secured
Notes with the SEC within the specified time period, the Company will be subject to a higher
interest rate, as defined within the indenture underlying the Senior Secured Notes, until such time
that the Company has met its obligation.
Merger Sub and the Companys used the proceeds from the Senior Secured Notes, together with
other sources of funds, as follows
|
1)
|
|
$403.5 million to purchase the equity of previous shareholders with respect to
the common stock and other equity interests (including the value of any rollover of
equity interests by the management investors) and with respect to common stock that was
issued in connection with the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase (discussed above). Of the
$403.5 million, $64.5 million were deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities,
costs and expenses related to the PHC rules of the Code to Polymer Group and its
subsidiaries in periods prior to the effective time of the Merger.
|
|
|
2)
|
|
$319.5 million for the repayment of the Companys Old Credit Facility and the
Old Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 11 Debt for further discussion associated
with the terms and conditions associated with this indebtedness).
|
|
|
3)
|
|
$24.2 million for the repayment of other existing obligations, including: (i)
$10.8 million of U.S. dollar-denominated loans outstanding under the Mexico Term Loan
(see Note 11 Debt) for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions of
this indebtedness); (ii) $5.6 million of Argentine peso-denominated loans outstanding
under the Argentine Facility (see Note 11 Debt for further discussion associated with
the terms and conditions of this indebtedness); (iii) $2.1 million to settle the 2009
Interest Rate Swap liability (see Note 16 Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments
and Hedging Activities for further discussion associated with the terms and conditions
of this indebtedness); and (iv) $5.7 million used for the completion of the China
Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition.
|
|
|
4)
|
|
$54.4 million for the payment of transaction fees and expenses.
|
|
|
5)
|
|
The remaining $18.3 million is expected to be used for future Company cash
needs.
|
The Company has not yet completed its preliminary purchase price accounting analysis, and as
such, the disclosures that would have been required to be reported had the Merger occurred in
fiscal 2010 have been omitted from the disclosures included within the notes to these consolidated
financial statements.
U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project Effectiveness of Equipment Lease Agreement
On October 7, 2011, the Basic Term Commencement Date associated with the Equipment lease
agreement, discussed in further detail in Note 20 Commitments and Contingencies, came into
effect. Furthermore, the Company has assessed the accounting for the Equipment lease, pursuant to
ASC 840, Leases, and has concluded that it will account for the lease as an operating lease.
F-66
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE IIVALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONS
|
|
|
DEDUCTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
costs and
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Description
|
|
of period
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
other accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of period
|
|
Fiscal Year ended January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
9,148
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
256
|
(3)
|
|
|
3,185
|
(6)
|
|
|
7,526
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
174,792
|
|
|
|
14,965
|
|
|
|
810
|
(3)
|
|
|
72
|
(4)
|
|
|
190,495
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
|
|
9,098
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
10,271
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
Fiscal Year ended
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
7,673
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
|
|
411
|
(1)
|
|
|
1,256
|
(2)
|
|
|
9,148
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
183,406
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
626
|
(3)
|
|
|
17,003
|
(4)
|
|
|
174,792
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
17,113
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
16,961
|
(5)
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
Fiscal Year ended
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
5,963
|
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
7,673
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
172,746
|
|
|
|
16,418
|
|
|
|
3,092
|
(2)(3)
|
|
|
8,850
|
(4)
|
|
|
183,406
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
5,903
|
|
|
|
6,388
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
9,739
|
(5)
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Opening balance associated with acquisition.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Primarily recoveries.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments and valuation allowance related to temporary
differences not impacting the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Net adjustments due to realizations of deferred tax assets and valuation allowance related to
temporary differences.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Cash payments and adjustments.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Primarily write-offs.
|
F-67
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
54,857
|
|
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
150,229
|
|
|
|
|
121,747
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
138,207
|
|
|
|
|
105,180
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
5,142
|
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
47,802
|
|
|
|
|
42,338
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
18,436
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
414,673
|
|
|
|
|
365,065
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
508,663
|
|
|
|
|
323,134
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
90,311
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
63,100
|
|
|
|
|
5,280
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
49,048
|
|
|
|
|
35,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
1,125,863
|
|
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
207,130
|
|
|
|
|
173,859
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
|
7,231
|
|
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
221,370
|
|
|
|
|
186,305
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
590,497
|
|
|
|
|
328,170
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
37,803
|
|
|
|
|
20,067
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
53,838
|
|
|
|
|
54,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
903,508
|
|
|
|
|
588,725
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor common stock 1,000 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Class A common stock21,326,678 issued and
outstanding at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
Predecessor Class B convertible common stock78,203 shares
issued and outstanding at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Predecessor Class C convertible common stock24,319 issued
and outstanding at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Class D convertible common stock0 shares
issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Class E convertible common stock0 shares
issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor preferred stock0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
262,065
|
|
|
|
|
216,888
|
|
Retained deficit
|
|
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
|
(121,819
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
10,038
|
|
|
|
|
39,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Polymer Group, Inc. shareholders equity
|
|
|
222,355
|
|
|
|
|
134,336
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
222,355
|
|
|
|
|
143,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
1,125,863
|
|
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes.
F-68
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
495,735
|
|
|
|
$
|
84,606
|
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
424,998
|
|
|
|
|
68,531
|
|
|
|
447,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
70,737
|
|
|
|
|
16,075
|
|
|
|
100,319
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
62,295
|
|
|
|
|
11,564
|
|
|
|
67,334
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
34,827
|
|
|
|
|
20,824
|
|
|
|
9,357
|
|
Acquisition and integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
Other operating loss (income), net
|
|
|
1,025
|
|
|
|
|
(564
|
)
|
|
|
(971
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(27,410
|
)
|
|
|
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
|
22,919
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
20,658
|
|
|
|
|
1,922
|
|
|
|
16,794
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss, net
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(49,263
|
)
|
|
|
|
(17,753
|
)
|
|
|
5,265
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(1,685
|
)
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
5,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from continuing operations
Discontinued Operations:
|
|
|
(47,578
|
)
|
|
|
|
(18,302
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
|
|
|
(1,793
|
)
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
Loss on sale of discontinued operations
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
|
|
|
(2,009
|
)
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(49,587
|
)
|
|
|
|
(18,120
|
)
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes.
F-69
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (Unaudited)
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011 and the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Polymer Group, Inc. Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Total Polymer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Noncontrolling
|
|
|
Total
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 1, 2011
|
|
|
21,429
|
|
|
$
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
216,888
|
|
|
$
|
(121,819
|
)
|
|
$
|
39,053
|
|
|
$
|
134,336
|
|
|
$
|
8,916
|
|
|
$
|
143,252
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
(18,120
|
)
|
Cash flow hedge adjustment, net of
reclassification adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Compensation recognized on share-based
awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,591
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,591
|
|
Issuance of Class A common shares
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6,432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance January 28, 2011
|
|
|
21,823
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
236,911
|
|
|
|
(140,022
|
)
|
|
|
42,081
|
|
|
|
139,188
|
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
|
|
148,187
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preliminary balance of noncontrolling
interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
Issuance of Stock
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(49,587
|
)
|
Amounts due from shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
Buyout of noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,914
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
1,976
|
|
|
|
(9,222
|
)
|
|
|
(7,246
|
)
|
Compensation recognized on share-based
awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Currency translation adjustments, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
9,976
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
10,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance July 2, 2011
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
262,065
|
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,038
|
|
|
$
|
222,355
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
222,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes.
F-70
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Unaudited)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(49,587
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(18,120
|
)
|
|
$
|
(148
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
10,038
|
|
|
|
|
2,845
|
|
|
|
(13,586
|
)
|
Employee postretirement benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Cash flow hedge adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
|
|
|
10,038
|
|
|
|
|
3,028
|
|
|
|
(12,693
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(39,549
|
)
|
|
|
|
(15,092
|
)
|
|
|
(12,841
|
)
|
Comprehensive income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
(223
|
)
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
(361
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(39,772
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(15,175
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,202
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes.
F-71
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
Ended July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc. to net cash (used in) provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(2,214
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,396
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
21,443
|
|
|
|
|
3,535
|
|
|
|
23,404
|
|
Asset impairment charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
Inventory step-up related to merger
|
|
|
17,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory absorption related to step-up depreciation
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on firm commitment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(406
|
)
|
(Gains) losses on sale of assets, net
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Loss on derivatives and other financial instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash compensation
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
|
13,591
|
|
|
|
2,722
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(27,379
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,287
|
)
|
|
|
(23,244
|
)
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
(27,786
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,988
|
)
|
|
|
(6,887
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
30,902
|
|
|
|
|
(38,025
|
)
|
|
|
2,938
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
12,921
|
|
|
|
|
17,238
|
|
|
|
26,702
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(4,627
|
)
|
|
|
|
2,707
|
|
|
|
(6,501
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
|
|
(27,655
|
)
|
|
|
|
(25,270
|
)
|
|
|
17,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(403,496
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(29,911
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,405
|
)
|
|
|
(9,669
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
9,191
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
(7,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of intangibles and other
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(431,512
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,305
|
)
|
|
|
(9,189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes
|
|
|
560,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other long-term debt
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
18,014
|
|
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
|
|
|
3,245
|
|
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
|
10,739
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(286,470
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,993
|
)
|
Repayment of other long-term debt
|
|
|
(49,197
|
)
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(24,566
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(33,176
|
)
|
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
(6,004
|
)
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
(19,252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
Other financing, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
442,015
|
|
|
|
|
31,442
|
|
|
|
(3,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
(1,041
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(15,914
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,584
|
)
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
70,771
|
|
|
|
|
72,355
|
|
|
|
57,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
54,857
|
|
|
|
$
|
70,771
|
|
|
$
|
61,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Accompanying Notes.
F-72
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business and Basis of Presentation
Description of Business
Polymer Group, Inc. (Polymer, PGI or Issuer) and its subsidiaries (together with PGI,
the Company) is a leading global innovator, manufacturer and marketer of engineered materials,
focused primarily on the production of nonwoven products. The Company has one of the largest global
platforms in the industry, with fourteen manufacturing and converting facilities throughout the
world, and a presence in nine countries. The Companys main sources of revenue are the sales of
primary and intermediate products to the hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets.
Basis of Presentation
Acquisition
On January 28, 2011 (the Merger Date), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as
of October 4, 2010 (the Merger Agreement), Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, a newly formed
Delaware Corporation (Merger Sub), merged with and into Polymer, with Polymer surviving as a
direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(Parent) (collectively the Acquisition or Merger). Parents sole asset is its 100% ownership
of the stock of Polymer. Parent is owned 100% by Scorpio Holdings Corporation, a Delaware
Corporation (Holdings), and affiliates of The Blackstone Group (Blackstone), a private equity
firm based in New York, along with its co-investors, and certain members of the Companys
management own 100% of the outstanding equity of Holdings. As a result, Polymer became a
privately-held company.
As more fully described in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Acquisition is being accounted for in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) for
business combinations and accordingly, the Companys assets and liabilities, excluding deferred
income taxes, were recorded using a preliminary estimate of their fair value as of January 28,
2011.
Although Polymer continued as the same legal entity after the Acquisition, the application of
push down accounting represents the termination of the old reporting entity and the creation of a
new one. In addition, the basis of presentation is not consistent between the successor and
predecessor entities and the financial statements are not presented on a comparable basis. As a
result, the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows, and comprehensive
income (loss) are presented for two different reporting entities:
Successor relates to the financial periods and balance sheets succeeding the Acquisition;
and
Predecessor relates to the financial periods and balance sheets preceding the Acquisition (prior
to January 28, 2011).
Unless otherwise indicated, the Company as used throughout the remainder of the notes,
refers to both the Successor and Predecessor.
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Polymer and all majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany
accounts and transactions. The accounts of all foreign subsidiaries have been included on the basis
of fiscal periods ended on the same dates as the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements. All amounts are presented in United States (U.S.) dollars, unless otherwise
noted.
F-73
The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and related notes should
be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company and related notes
contained herein. The Consolidated Balance Sheet data included herein as of January
1, 2011 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included herein. In addition, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant
to applicable rules and regulations. In the judgment of management, these unaudited interim
consolidated financial statements include all adjustments of a normal recurring nature and accruals
necessary for a fair presentation of such statements. The results of operations for the interim
period are not necessarily indicative of the results which may be realized for the full year.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP and in accordance with
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (the
Codification or ASC) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and the related disclosures within the accompanying
notes. The accounting estimates that require managements most significant and subjective judgments
include the valuation of allowances for accounts receivable and inventory, the assessment of
recoverability of long-lived assets, the recognition and measurement of severance-related
liabilities, the recognition and measurement of current and deferred income tax assets and
liabilities (including the measurement of uncertain tax positions), the valuation and recognition
of share-based compensation, valuation of obligations under the Companys pension and retirement
benefit plans and the fair value of financial instruments and non-financial assets and liabilities.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. These estimates are reviewed periodically to
determine if a change is required.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from product sales is recognized when title and risks of ownership pass to the
customer, which is on the date of shipment to the customer, or upon delivery to a place named by
the customer, depending upon contract terms and when collectability is reasonably assured and
pricing is fixed or determinable. Revenue includes amounts billed to customers for shipping and
handling. Provision for rebates, promotions, product returns and discounts to customers is recorded
as a reduction in determining revenue in the same period that the revenue is recognized.
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents are defined as short-term investments having an original maturity of three
months or less. The Company maintains amounts on deposit at various financial institutions, which
may at times exceed federally insured limits. However, management periodically evaluates the
credit-worthiness of those institutions, and the Company has not experienced any losses on such
deposits. Interest income is presented as a reduction of
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations and consists primarily of income from highly liquid investment sources.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market primarily using the first-in, first-out
method of accounting. Costs include direct material, direct labor and applicable manufacturing
overhead.
Long-Lived Assets
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed for financial reporting purposes on the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives established for building and improvements
range from 5 to 31 years, and the estimated useful lives established for machinery, equipment and
other fixed assets range from 2 to 8 years. Costs of repairs and maintenance are charged to expense
as incurred. Costs of the construction of certain long-lived assets include capitalized interest
that is amortized over the estimated useful life of the related asset.
F-74
Derivatives
The Company records all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the balance
sheet at their fair value in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (ASC 815).
Changes in the fair value of a derivative are recorded each period in current earnings or other
comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative is designated as part of a hedge
transaction and, if it is, depending on the type of hedge transaction. Ineffective portions, if
any, of all hedges are recognized in earnings.
As more fully described in Note 14 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities to the consolidated financial statements, the Company, in the normal course of
business, periodically enters into derivative financial instruments, principally swaps and forward
contracts, with high-quality counterparties as part of its risk management strategy. These
financial instruments are limited to non-trading purposes and are used principally to manage market
risks and reduce the Companys exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency and interest rates.
Most interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts have been designated as cash flow
hedges of the variability in cash flows associated with interest payments to be made on variable
rate debt obligations or fair value hedges of foreign currency-denominated transactions.
The Company documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well
as the risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions and the
methodologies that will be used for measuring effectiveness and ineffectiveness. This process
includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash flow or fair value hedges to specific
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments. The Company then
assesses, both at the hedges inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are
used in hedging transactions are expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair
values or cash flows of hedged items. Such assessments are conducted in accordance with the
originally documented risk management strategy and methodology for that particular hedging
relationship.
For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of recognized derivative gains and losses
reclassified from other comprehensive income is classified consistent with the classification of
the hedged item. For example, derivative gains and losses associated with hedges of interest rate
payments are recognized in
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
For fair value hedges, changes in the value of the derivatives, along with the offsetting
changes in the fair value of the underlying hedged exposure are recorded in earnings each period in
Foreign currency and other loss, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation related to its employee share-based plans in
accordance with ASC 718, CompensationStock Compensation (ASC 718). The compensation costs
recognized are measured based on the grant-date fair value of the award. Consistent with ASC 718,
awards are considered granted when all required approvals are obtained and when the participant
begins to benefit from, or be adversely affected by, subsequent changes in the price of the
underlying shares and, regarding awards containing performance conditions, when the Company and the
participant reach a mutual understanding of the key terms of the performance conditions.
Additionally, accruals for compensation costs for share-based awards with performance conditions
are based on the probability of satisfying the performance conditions. The Company has estimated
the fair value of each stock option grant by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
Assumptions are evaluated and revised, as necessary, to reflect market conditions and experience.
Research and Development Costs
The cost of research and development is charged to expense as incurred and is included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-75
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs include costs to store goods prior to shipment, prepare goods for
shipment and physically move goods from the Companys sites to the customers premises. The cost of
shipping and handling is charged to expense as incurred and is included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Special Charges
The Company records severance-related expenses once they are both probable and estimable in
accordance with ASC 712, CompensationNonretirement Postemployment Benefits, for severance
provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement. One-time, involuntary benefit arrangements and
disposal costs, contract termination costs and other exit costs are accounted in accordance with
ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be
recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If the carrying amounts are not recoverable, the
Company, consistent with the provisions of ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, records a
non-cash charge associated with the write-down of such assets to estimated fair value. Fair value
is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows, appraisals and other
indicators of value.
Foreign Currency Translation
The Company accounts for, and reports, translation of foreign currency transactions and
foreign currency financial statements in accordance with ASC 830, Foreign Currency Matters. All
assets and liabilities in the balance sheets of foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is
other than the U.S. dollar are translated at period-end exchange rates, while income, expenses and
cash flows are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses
are not included in determining net income (loss), but are presented as a separate component of
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). In addition, foreign currency transaction gains and
losses are included in the determination of net income (loss).
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Accumulated other comprehensive income of $10.0 million at July 2, 2011 consisted of currency
translation gains. Accumulated other comprehensive income of $39.1 million at January 1, 2011
consisted of $42.6 million of currency translation gains (net of income taxes of $6.4 million),
$(0.6) million of transition net assets, gains or losses and prior service costs not recognized as
components of net periodic benefit costs (including income taxes of $5.8 million) and $(2.9)
million of cash flow hedge losses (including income taxes of $2.0 million).
Rec
ent Accounting Standards
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) ASU 2010-06, Fair Value
Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements
(ASU 2010-06). This guidance clarifies and requires new disclosures about fair value
measurements. The clarifications and requirement to disclose the amounts and reasons for
significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2, as well as significant transfers in and out of
Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy established by ASC 820, were adopted by the Company in the
first quarter of fiscal 2010. Additionally, the amended guidance also requires that purchases,
sales, issuances, and settlements be presented gross in the Level 3 reconciliation, which is used
to price the hardest to value instruments (the disaggregation guidance). The disaggregation
guidance was adopted by the Company beginning January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance did
not have a significant effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing
Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses. This guidance enhances the disclosure
requirements about the credit quality of a creditors financing receivables and the adequacy of its
allowance for credit losses. Financing receivables include, but are not limited to, loans, trade
accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables, including factoring receivables. The
Company adopted the amended guidance related to period-end balances as of the year ended
January 1, 2011. The adoption of that guidance did not have a significant effect on the
Companys consolidated
F-76
financial statements. The Company adopted the amended guidance for
activities occurring during the reporting period effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this
guidance did not have a significant effect on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805):
Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations. This update provides
guidance on the disclosure of supplemental pro forma information for business combinations. The
Company has adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance
did not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements. See Note 5
Acquisitions for the pro forma disclosures required by the amended guidance for the Acquisition.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles Goodwill and Other (Topic 350):
When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative
Carrying Amounts. This update provides guidance on the requirements to perform Step 2 of the
goodwill impairment test if the carrying amount of the reporting unit is zero or negative. The
Company adopted the amended guidance effective January 2, 2011. The adoption of this guidance
should not have a material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements. As discussed
in Note 5 Acquisitions, the Company has not yet finalized its purchase price accounting analysis
associated with the Acquisition. Furthermore, the Company has not yet made final decisions with
respect to its Reporting Units for the allocation of goodwill. Accordingly, the Company has not
fully assessed the effect of the adoption of this new guidance with respect to its impact on its
consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04 to amend certain guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value
Measurement. This update provides guidance to improve the consistency of the fair value
measurement and disclosure requirements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRS). The provisions of this guidance change certain of the fair value principles
related to the highest and best use premise, the consideration of blockage factors and other
premiums and discounts, the measurement of financial instruments held in a portfolio and
instruments classified within shareholders equity. Further, the guidance provides additional
disclosure requirements surrounding Level 3 fair value measurements, the uses of nonfinancial
assets in certain circumstances and identification of the level in the fair value hierarchy used
for assets and liabilities which are not recorded at fair value, but where fair value is disclosed.
The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011.
The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 to amend certain guidance in ASC 220, Comprehensive
Income. This update requires total comprehensive income, the components of net income and the
components of other comprehensive income to be presented either in a single continuous statement or
in two separate but consecutive statements. Further, the guidance requires an entity to present
reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income to net income on the face of the
financial statements. The amended guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning
after December 15, 2011. The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08 to amend certain guidance in ASC 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other. This update allows an entity the option to first assess
qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative
goodwill impairment test for a reporting unit. If the entity elects the option and determines that
the qualitative factors indicate that it is not more likely than not that a reporting units fair
value is less than its carrying amount, the entity is not required to calculate the fair value of
the reporting unit and no further evaluation is necessary. The amended guidance is effective for
the first reporting period beginning after December 15, 2011, though early adoption is permitted.
The Company is still assessing the potential impact of adoption.
Note 2. Concentration of Credit Risks and Accounts Receivable Factoring Agreements
Accounts receivable potentially expose the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The
Company provides credit in the normal course of business and performs ongoing credit evaluations on
its customers financial condition, as deemed necessary, but generally does not require collateral
to support such receivables. Customer balances are considered past due based on contractual terms
and the Company does not accrue interest on the past due balances. Also, in an effort to reduce its credit exposure to certain customers, as well
as accelerate its cash
F-77
flows, the Company has sold on a non-recourse basis, certain of its
receivables pursuant to factoring agreements. The provision for losses on uncollectible accounts is
determined principally on the basis of past collection experience applied to ongoing evaluations of
the Companys receivables and evaluations of the risk of repayment. The allowance for doubtful
accounts was approximately $0.7 million and $6.1 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011,
respectively, which management believes is adequate to provide for credit losses in the normal
course of business, as well as losses for customers who have filed for protection under bankruptcy
laws. Once management determines that the receivables are not recoverable, the amounts are removed
from the financial records along with the corresponding reserve balance. Sales to the Procter &
Gamble Company (P&G) accounted for 14% and 13% of the Companys sales in the first six months of
fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company has entered into factoring agreements to sell, without recourse or discount,
certain U.S. and non- U.S. company-based receivables to unrelated third-party financial
institutions for a fee based upon the gross amount of the sold receivables. Under the current terms
of this factoring agreement related to the U.S. company-based receivables, the maximum amount of
outstanding advances at any one time is $20.0 million, which limitation is subject to change based
on the level of eligible receivables, restrictions on concentrations of receivables and the
historical performance of the receivables sold.
During the first six months of fiscal 2011, approximately $129.8 million of gross receivables
have been sold under the terms of these factoring agreements, compared to approximately $120.6
million during the first six months of fiscal 2010. The sale of these receivables accelerated the
collection of the Companys cash and reduced credit exposure. Such sales of accounts receivable are
reflected as a reduction of
Accounts receivable, net
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as they
meet the applicable criteria noted in ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, for financial
instruments. The gross balance of trade receivables sold to the factoring companies and, therefore,
excluded from the Companys accounts receivable, was $44.4 million and $43.4 million as of July 2,
2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. The corresponding amount due from the factoring companies,
net of advances received from the factoring companies, was $6.2 million and $10.4 million at July
2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively, and is included in
Other current assets
in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. As such, the net amount of factored receivables was $38.2 million and
$33.0 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively. The Company pays factoring fees
associated with the sales of receivables based on the dollar value of the receivables sold. Such
fees, which are considered to be primarily related to the Companys financing activities, have
approximated $0.2 million per quarter and are included in
Foreign currency and other loss, net
in
the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 3. Special Charges, Net
The Companys operating income includes
Special charges, net
and this amount represents the
consequences of corporate-level decisions or Board of Directors actions, principally associated
with initiatives attributable to restructuring and realignment of manufacturing operations and
management structures as well as the pursuit of certain transaction opportunities when applicable.
Additionally, the Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes
in circumstances, including the aforementioned, indicate that the carrying amounts may not be
recoverable. A summary of such special charges, net is presented in the following table (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
Restructuring and plant realignment costs
|
|
$
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
$
|
194
|
|
|
$
|
6,983
|
|
Accelerated vesting of share-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blackstone acquisition costs
|
|
|
25,413
|
|
|
|
|
6,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
Colombia flood
|
|
|
7,398
|
|
|
|
|
1,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset impairment costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
Other costs
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
1,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,827
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,824
|
|
|
$
|
9,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-78
Restructuring and Plant Realignment Costs
Accrued costs for restructuring and plant realignment efforts are included in
Accounts payable
and accrued liabilities
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs generally arise from
restructuring initiatives intended to result in lower working capital levels and improved operating
performance and profitability through: (i) reducing headcount at both the plant and corporate
levels and the realignment of management structures; (ii) improving manufacturing productivity and
reducing corporate costs; and (iii) rationalizing certain assets, businesses and employee benefit
programs. The following table summarizes the components of the accrued liability with respect to
the Companys business restructuring activities as of, and for the six month period ended July 2,
2011 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Balance accrued at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,726
|
|
2011 restructuring and plant realignment costs
|
|
|
1,052
|
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(854
|
)
|
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance accrued at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,694
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The $0.2 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs incurred in the one month period
ended January 28, 2011 is comprised primarily of severance and other shut-down costs for
restructuring activities in the United States.
The $1.1 million of restructuring and plant realignment costs incurred in the five months
ended July 2, 2011 is comprised primarily of $0.6 million of severance and other shut-down costs
for restructuring activities in the United States, $0.4 million for severance activities in
Argentina, and $0.1 million of restructuring costs for restructuring initiatives in Europe.
The Company anticipates that the remaining accrual of $2.1 million, as of July 2, 2011, will
be paid out within the next eighteen months.
Restructuring and Plant Realignment Prior Periods
The restructuring and plant realignment costs in the first six months of fiscal 2010 totaled
$7.0 million. This was comprised of: (i) $6.5 million of severance and other shut-down costs for
restructuring activities in the United States; (ii) $0.3 million of severance and other shut-down
costs for restructuring initiatives in Europe; and (iii) $0.2 million of severance costs for
restructuring initiatives in Argentina.
On June 9, 2009, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a plan to consolidate its
operations in the U.S. In June 2009, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it
planned to close its North Little Rock, Arkansas manufacturing plant by the end of the first
quarter of fiscal 2010 to better align the Companys capabilities with its long-term strategic
direction and reduce overall operating costs. The plant closing included the reduction of
approximately 140 positions when such efforts were completed. During the first six months of fiscal
2010, the Company recognized $0.3 million of employee termination costs, $6.1 million for equipment
relocation and associated shut-down costs related to the closure of the North Little Rock plant and
$0.1 million related to the shut-down of other plants.
In March 2010, the Company communicated a plan to close and dispose of the coating
manufacturing line associated with its Argentina manufacturing operation in the second quarter of
fiscal 2010 as part of the regions strategic plan. The closing included the reduction of
approximately 18 positions, of which six occurred in the first quarter with the remaining twelve
positions by the end of July 2010. The Company recognized $0.2 million of employee termination
costs in the first six months of fiscal 2010, which related to the terminations that were
finalized in the first and second quarters. The Company closed the manufacturing line in July
2010 and sold the equipment for an amount in excess of its net book value, less costs to sell.
Accordingly, no impairment charge was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. The Company
used the proceeds to reduce its bank debt in Argentina.
F-79
Accelerated Vesting of Share-based Awards
Due to a change in control associated with the Acquisition, the Companys restricted shares
and restricted share units granted in accordance with the Companys restricted stock plans became
fully vested during the one month period ended January 28, 2011, were canceled and converted into
the right to receive (i) upon the effective time of the Merger, an amount in cash equal to the per
share closing payment; and (ii) on each escrow release date, an amount in cash equal to the per
share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes.
Similarly, during the same period, the Companys stock options granted in accordance with the
Companys stock option plan became fully vested and were canceled and converted into the right to
receive, in full satisfaction of the rights of such holder with respect thereto, (i) upon the
effective time of the Merger, an amount in cash equal to the number of shares of Company common
stock subject to such stock option multiplied by the excess of the per share closing payment over
the exercise price for such stock option, which is in all cases $6.00 per share; and (ii) on each
date on which amounts are released from the escrow fund to the Companys stockholders, an amount in
cash equal to the number of shares of Company common stock subject to such stock option multiplied
by the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding taxes.
In accordance with the guidance in ASC 718 the Company recognized $12.7 million of expense
during the one month period ended January 28, 2011 associated with the accelerated vesting and
cancelation of the share-based award associated with these plans.
Blackstone Acquisition Transaction Costs
As a result of the Acquisition more fully described in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company
recognized $25.4 million and $6.1 million of expense associated with professional fees and other
transaction-related costs during the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one month period ended
January 28, 2011, respectively. The expense incurred for the five months ended July 2, 2011
includes $0.4 million associated with the settlement a lawsuit with former shareholders of the
Predecessor. Further, the Company incurred $19.3 million in direct financing costs associated with
the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes (defined below) and associated with entering into the ABL
Facility (defined below). These costs have been recognized as an intangible asset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 2, 2011.
Colombia Flood
In December 2010, a severe rainy season impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company
to temporarily cease manufacturing at its Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and
flooding at the industrial park where our facility is located. The Company established temporary
offices away from the flooded area and worked with customers to meet their critical needs through
the use of our global manufacturing base. The facility re-established manufacturing operations on
April 4, 2011 and operations reached full run rates in third quarter 2011. During the period in
which the facility was not operational, the Company incurred costs to restore operations including
equipment rental and repair, temporary office facilities and employee travel costs. These costs
were $7.4 million and $1.7 million for the five month period ended July 2,
2011 and for the one month period ended January 28, 2011, respectively. During the five months
ended July 2, 2011, the Company received insurance proceeds of $5.3 million and expects to collect
additional insurance proceeds of approximately $0.4 million during the second half of fiscal 2011
(see Note 19 Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery for further discussion of the related
insurance recovery).
Asset impairment charges
During the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of
$0.7 million related to the write-down of assets held for sale in Neunkirchen, Germany to their
estimated fair value less costs to sell.
F-80
Other Costs
Other costs consist of expenses related to the Companys pursuit of other business transaction
opportunities.
The Company reviews its business operations on an ongoing basis in the light of current and
anticipated market conditions and other factors and, from time to time, may undertake restructuring
efforts and/or engage in acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses in order to optimize
the Companys overall business, performance or competitive position, some of which may be
significant. To the extent any such decisions are made, the Company would likely incur costs,
expenses and restructuring charges associated with such transactions, which could be material.
Note 4. Acquisitions
Blackstone Acquisition
On January 28, 2011, the closing date of the Acquisition described in Note 1 Description of
Business and Basis of Presentation, the following events occurred:
|
|
|
Each share of Predecessor Polymers common and preferred stock, outstanding immediately
prior to the Acquisition were cancelled and converted into the right to receive up to $18.16
in cash for each share, without interest. A portion of the purchase price, approximately
$2.91 per share, was deposited in an escrow fund to cover liabilities, costs and expenses
related to the application of the personal holding company (PHC) rules of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) as further described in Note 10 Income Taxes.
|
|
|
|
|
Each outstanding restricted share or restricted share unit convertible into Predecessor
Polymer common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Acquisition vested (if unvested)
and was cancelled in exchange for the right to receive cash for the excess of up to $18.16 in
cash for each share, without interest. As discussed previously, approximately $2.91 per share
was deposited in an escrow fund for the PHC matter.
|
|
|
|
|
Each outstanding option to acquire Predecessor Polymer common stock outstanding
immediately prior to the Acquisition vested (if unvested) and was cancelled in exchange for
the right to receive cash for the excess of up to $18.16 in cash for each share, without
interest, over the $6.00 per share exercise price of the option. As discussed previously,
approximately $2.91 per share was deposited in an escrow fund for the PHC matter.
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Polymer received $259.9 million in equity contributions and became a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings. See Note 16 Stockholders Equity for further
information.
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Polymer issued $560.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% senior secured
notes due 2019 (the Senior Secured Notes). The Senior Secured Notes are fully,
unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of
Polymers wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. See Note 9 Debt and Note 22 Financial
Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements for further information.
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Polymer entered into senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities (the
ABL Facility) to provide for borrowings not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to borrowing
base availability, with a maturity of four years. See Note 9 Debt for further information.
|
|
|
|
|
Successor Polymer repaid approximately $333.9 million of the Companys pre-Acquisition
indebtedness. See Note 9 Debt for further information.
|
The Acquisition resulted in a 100% change in ownership of Polymer and is accounted for in
accordance with U.S. GAAP guidance for business combinations. Accordingly, the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, excluding deferred income taxes, were recorded using a preliminary estimate of
their fair value as of January 28, 2011. The
F-81
purchase price paid and related costs and transaction fees incurred by Blackstone have been
accounted for in Polymers consolidated financial statements.
The preliminary allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities as of January 28,
2011 was determined by management with the assistance of outside valuation experts. At present, the
Company is utilizing a preliminary valuation analysis prepared by its outside valuation experts of
its inventories, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. The Company anticipates that
it will have a full and complete valuation analysis of its inventories, property, plant and
equipment, intangible assets and goodwill later in 2011. The allocation of the purchase price is
subject to change based on the completion of such valuation study and the determination of other
facts impacting fair value estimates. The adjustments, if any, arising out of the finalization of
the allocation of the purchase price will not impact cash flow. However, such adjustments could
result in material increases or decreases to depreciation and amortization, earnings before
interest expense, income taxes and net income. The Company is continuing to evaluate its purchase
price allocations and the related appraisal work of the asset appraisal firm. The Company expects
to finalize the purchase price allocations prior to the end of fiscal 2011.
The following table summarizes the acquisition costs, including professional fees and other
related costs, and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At January 28, 2011
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price of outstanding equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
403,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition related costs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Included in special charges, net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, 2011 through July 2, 2011
|
|
$
|
25,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 2, 2011 through January 28, 2011
|
|
|
6,137
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 3, 2010 through January 1, 2011
|
|
|
6,388
|
|
|
|
37,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total acquisition related costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
57,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation of purchase price:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
70,771
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
`
|
|
|
|
134,422
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134,822
|
|
Other current assets, includes restricted cash of $31.1 million
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,724
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496,953
|
|
Intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Technology
|
|
$
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade names
|
|
|
17,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
47,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,311
|
|
Indemnification tax asset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,221
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,107,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities, excluding current portion of debt and deferred tax
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
232,353
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,586
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
359,010
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,806
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58,123
|
|
Noncontrolling interest in PGI new assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
703,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
403,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The preliminarily estimated goodwill of $90.3 million arising from the Acquisition represents
the excess of the purchase price over specifically identified tangible and intangible assets.
Stated differently, the preliminary goodwill of $90.3 million represents the synergistic value of
the Companys tangible and intangible assets that Merger Sub paid over the historic net asset value
of the Company. As disclosed earlier, the allocation of the purchase price is
F-82
subject to change based on the completion of a valuation study and the determination of other
facts impacting fair value estimates. In addition, upon the Companys completion of its final
valuation work and pursuant to the guidance of ASC 805-10-25-13, retroactive adjustment of the
Companys financial results for the five month period ended July 2, 2011 could be required if the
impacts of the final valuation work result in amounts that are materially different than the
financial results included within these consolidated financial statements.
As this was a stock acquisition, there is no tax basis in the amounts recorded through
purchase accounting as intangible assets (including goodwill); and therefore, there is no tax
benefit associated with these assets. The $19.3 million of deferred financing costs will be
deductible for tax purposes. The Company has recognized a tax indemnification asset of $16.2
million in the opening balance sheet to reflect an offsetting asset for the recorded $16.2 million
PHC liability. The $16.2 million asset is supported by the $64.5 million amount of the purchase
price that was distributed by the acquirer to the escrow agent, pending the resolution of the PHC
matter.
Transaction-related expenditures for legal and professional services were reported as
Special
charges, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations with $25.4 million recorded in the
Successor five month period ended July 2, 2011, $6.1 million in the Predecessor one month period
ended January 28, 2011 and $6.4 million in the Predecessor twelve month period ended January 1,
2011.
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information
The following supplemental unaudited pro forma results of operations assumes the Acquisition
and the related financing transactions described above (the Transactions) occurred on January 3,
2010 for each period presented. This unaudited pro forma information should not be relied upon as
indicative of the historical results that would have been obtained if the Transactions had occurred
on that date, nor the results that may be obtained in the future.
Pro forma amounts reflect the adjusted results had the Transactions occurred at January 3,
2010 with adjustments primarily to: interest; depreciation of property, plant and equipment;
amortization of certain intangible assets and deferred financing fees; the turnaround impact of the
fair value adjustments to inventories, and the related adjustments of income tax expenses. The pro
forma information excludes the following: 1) the $(12.7) million impact of the accelerated equity
awards, which vested as a result of the change in control associated with the Transactions; and 2)
the acquisition related costs incurred in both 2010 and 2011. The 2010 and 2011 pro forma includes
the quarterly impact of the BMP $3.0 million Management Services Agreement fee (see Note 21
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions for further information and the definition
of BMP).
Unaudited (in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
(27,964
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Period Six Months Ended July 2, 2011
|
|
Reported
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
580,341
|
|
|
$
|
580,341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(67,951
|
)
|
|
|
(6,854
|
)
|
China-Noncontrolling Interest Acquisition of Nanhai
On May 26, 2010, the Company signed an equity transfer agreement (the Agreement) to purchase
the remaining 20% noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, subject to Chinese government regulatory
approval. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company deposited $1.5 million into an escrow account with
a bank to serve as a performance guarantee. On March 9, 2011, the Company received regulatory
approval of the transaction and subsequently completed the noncontrolling interest acquisition for
a purchase price of $7.2 million.
F-83
In accordance with ASC 810 Consolidation (ASC 810), the Company accounted for this
transaction as an equity transaction, and no gain or loss was recognized on the transaction. The
preliminary estimated carrying amount of this noncontrolling interest, as of March 9, 2011, was
$9.2 million and, accordingly, the difference between the purchase price and the amount by which
the noncontrolling interest was adjusted resulted in an increase to paid-in capital of $1.9 million
and an increase in currency translation adjustment of $0.1 million.
The adjustment to paid-in capital is subject to change, pending the Companys final
determination of the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest in Nanhai, which in turn, is
dependent upon the Companys completion of the aforementioned purchase price accounting associated
with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the fair value of the assets and
liabilities of Nanhai, as of the Merger Date.
Spain
On December 2, 2009, the Company completed the initial phase of an acquisition from Grupo
Corinpa, S.L. (Grupo Corinpa), of certain assets and the operations of the nonwovens businesses
of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. (together with Tesalca-99, S.A., Tesalca-Texnovo or the
Sellers), which were headquartered in Barcelona, Spain (the Transaction). The acquisition was
completed by the Company through PGI Spain, which operates as a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company.
The acquired assets included the net operating working capital as of November 30, 2009
(defined as current assets less current liabilities excluding financial liabilities associated with
the operations) valued at $10.9 million, the customer lists and the book of business. Concurrent
with the Transaction, the Company entered into a seven year lease (beginning December 2, 2009 and
ending December 31, 2016) with Tesalca-Texnovo that provided that PGI Spain was entitled to the
full and exclusive use of the Sellers land, building and equipment during the term of the lease
(the Building and Equipment Lease). PGI Spain was obligated to make total lease payments of
approximately 29.0 million to Tesalca-Texnovo during the term of the Building and Equipment Lease.
The first lease payment of approximately 1.25 million was made on March 31, 2010 and further
quarterly payments of approximately 1.25 million were due for the first three years of the lease.
Further, the quarterly lease payments for the remaining four years was to be approximately 0.9
million per quarter. Pursuant to ASC 840, Leases (ASC 840), the Building and Equipment Lease
agreement has been accounted for as an operating lease. Furthermore, pursuant to ASC 840-20-25-2,
PGI Spain began to recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the seven year lease term
in
Cost of goods sold
in its Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Further, as part of the Transaction, PGI Spain granted the Sellers a put option over the
assets underlying the Building and Equipment Lease (the Phase II Assets) until December 31, 2012
(the Put Option). The Sellers right to exercise the Put Option was dependent upon a future
financial performance target of PGI Spain. Furthermore, the Sellers granted PGI Spain a call option
over the assets underlying the Phase II Assets, which was due to expire on December 31, 2012 (the
Call Option).
Consideration for the acquired assets consisted of approximately 1.049 million shares of the
Companys Class A common stock (Issued Securities), which represented approximately 5.0% of the
outstanding share capital of the Company on December 2, 2009, taking into account the Issued
Securities. The Issued Securities were subject to certain restrictions, including that the Issued
Securities were not registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933. On December 2, 2009, the fair
value of the Issued Securities approximated $14.5 million.
During fiscal 2010, the Company incurred $1.7 million of acquisition and integration related
expenses attributable to the Transaction. These expenses were attributable to accountant, legal and
advisory fees of $0.9 million associated with due diligence and the closing of the Transaction. The
remaining $0.8 million was incurred for employee termination costs pursuant to a facility
restructuring. In January 2010, the Company communicated a plan to affected employees that it
planned to restructure its manufacturing operations in Spain during the first quarter of fiscal
2010 to reduce its overall cost structure. The realignment included the reduction of approximately
ten positions in the first quarter of fiscal 2010. In accordance with ASC 805, Business
Combinations (ASC 805), these expenses are recorded as a period cost in
Acquisition and
integration expenses
in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-84
The Company recorded intangible assets of 0.6 million and 1.8 million associated with
customer relationships and goodwill, respectively, in the purchase price allocation. The customer
relationships intangible asset has an economic useful life of 5 years.
On
January 28, 2011, immediately prior to the aforementioned Acquisition, the Company exercised the
Call Option and thus acquired the Phase II Assets, resulting in the termination of the Building and
Equipment Lease (the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase). Consideration for the Spain Phase II Asset
Purchase aggregated $41.2 million (30.6 million). See Note 18 Supplemental Cash Flow Information
for further discussion regarding the Spain Phase II Asset Purchase.
Note 5. Discontinued Operations
Effective April 28, 2011, the board of directors of the Company committed to managements plan
to dispose of the assets of Difco Performance Fabrics, Inc. (Difco). On April 29, 2011, we
entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of Difco. The agreement provided that Difco
continue to produce goods during a three month manufacturing transition services arrangement that
expired in the third quarter of 2001. Upon the sale of the aforementioned assets, Difco would
retain its property, plant and equipment. The Difco sale was completed on May 10, 2011. After
taking into consideration the cash proceeds that management contemplates receiving from the sale of
its assets; including the future sale of the remaining property, plant and equipment, and
recognizing the wind-down related costs, management does not anticipate that it would recognize a
loss of the sale and discontinuance of the Difco business operations. Accordingly, management does
not expect an impairment charge.
Pursuant to ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (ASC 360), the Company determined that
the assets of Difco represent assets held for sale, since the cash flows of Difco will be
eliminated from our ongoing operations and the Company will have no continuing involvement in the
operations of the business after the disposal transaction. As a result, Difco has been accounted
for as a discontinued operation for the periods presented herein. Accordingly, Difcos
operating assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in Assets of discontinued
operations and Liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In
addition, Difcos results of operations, previously included in the Oriented Polymers segment, have
been segregated from continuing operations and included in
(Loss) income from discontinued
operations
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
F-85
The following amounts, which relate to our Oriented Polymers segment, have been segregated
from continuing operations and included in
(Loss) income from discontinued operations (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
20,850
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,060
|
|
|
$
|
20,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(1,737
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$
|
(1,793
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
182
|
|
|
$
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax expense for Difco was $0.06 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the five months
ended July 2, 2011, for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and for the six months ended July 2,
2010, respectively.
The actual tax expense differs from such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate
primarily due to intercompany profits, currency differences, losses with no expectation of future
benefits and unrecognized tax benefits (UTB). The differences of the tax expense between
respective periods are primarily due to differences in the pre-tax book profits.
The Company has recognized a preliminary loss of $0.2 million on the sale of certain of
Difcos assets (accounts receivable and inventory) based on the $9.2 million of cash that the
Company received in second quarter 2011.
The final determination of the gain or loss realized on the sale of Difcos assets is subject
to change, pending the Companys final determination of the carrying value of the sold Difcos
assets, which in turn, is dependent upon the Companys completion of the aforementioned purchase
price accounting associated with the Acquisition. At present, the Company has not determined the
fair value of the assets and liabilities of Difco as of the Merger Date.
The following assets and liabilities have been segregated and included in
Assets of
discontinued operations
and
Liabilities of discontinued operations
, as appropriate, in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
7,047
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,812
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
7,031
|
|
|
|
|
8,285
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
|
2,351
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,911
|
|
|
|
|
1,858
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
18,436
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
6,464
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,193
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued operations
|
|
$
|
7,231
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-86
Note 6. Inventories, net
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
77,482
|
|
|
|
$
|
53,619
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
13,340
|
|
|
|
|
9,262
|
|
Raw materials and supplies
|
|
|
47,385
|
|
|
|
|
42,299
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
138,207
|
|
|
|
$
|
105,180
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are net of reserves; which are for obsolete and slow-moving inventories, of
approximately $0.5 million and $4.7 million at July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively.
Management believes that the reserves are adequate to provide for losses in the normal course of
business.
Note 7. Goodwill, Intangibles and Loan Acquisition Costs
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
90,311
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,253
|
|
Technology
|
|
|
21,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
17,500
|
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
Trade names & trademarks
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
19,252
|
|
|
|
|
4,544
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,563
|
|
|
|
|
12,780
|
|
Less accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(3,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
(5,247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
153,411
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years, including fiscal year
2011, is expected to be as follows: 2011, $7.4 million; 2012, $7.5 million; 2013, $7.4 million;
2014, $7.5 million; 2015, $6.7 million; and thereafter, $26.6 million.
Goodwill
Goodwill has been calculated at the respective acquisition dates, measured as the excess of
the consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date amounts of the identifiable
assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured with ASC 805. In accordance with ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other, the Company will not amortize the goodwill, but instead will
evaluate goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis.
Blackstone Acquisition
As discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company utilized a preliminary valuation analysis
for the purpose of the allocation of the purchase price to net assets acquired, and as a result,
the Company has recognized preliminary goodwill of $90.3 million.
Spain
As discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company recognized Eurodollar goodwill attributable
to the Spain acquisition in fiscal 2009. The Company performed its annual review of aforementioned
goodwill recognized in the Spain acquisition in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and determined
that the recorded goodwill was not impaired.
F-87
Technology
The Company has developed proprietary manufacturing know-how. The Company has recognized an
intangible asset attributable to the technology manufacturing know-how. The Company has determined
that the technology intangible asset has an economic useful life of 10 years and will be amortized
over a 10-year period.
Customer relationships
Blackstone Acquisition
The Company sells primarily to regional and global manufacturers and distributors, who then
sell our products to end consumers. The Company has recognized an intangible asset attributable to
the customer relationships. The Company has determined that the customer relationships intangible
asset has an economic useful life of 10 years and will be amortized over a 10-year period.
Spain
As discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company recognized Eurodollar customer
relationships as an intangible asset attributable to the Spain acquisition in fiscal 2009. The
customer relationships intangible asset had an economic useful life of 5 years and was to be
amortized over a 5-year period.
Trade names & trademarks
The Company maintains trade names and trademarks for the purpose of conducting its business.
The Company has recognized an intangible asset attributable to the trade names and trademarks. The
Company has determined that the trade names and trademarks have an economic useful life of 10 years
and will be amortized over a 10-year period.
Loan acquisition costs
Blackstone Acquisition
The Company incurred $19.3 million of deferred financing costs associated with the
aforementioned Senior Secured Notes and ABL Facility. Of the $19.3 million, $16.6 million was
attributable to the Senior Secured Notes and the remaining $2.7 million was attributable to the ABL
Facility. The Company will amortize the deferred financing costs attributable to the Senior Secured
Notes and ABL Facility over an eight and four year period, respectively.
Predecessor Company
In the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company capitalized approximately $0.2 million of
financing costs associated with the conversion of $10.0 million of the revolving credit facility.
See Note 9 Debt for additional disclosures related to the amendment to the Credit Facility.
F-88
Components of amortization expense are shown in the table below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Amortization of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles with finite
lives, included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
1,993
|
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
384
|
|
Spain covenant not to
compete, included in
Special charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan acquisition costs
included in
Interest
expense, net
|
|
|
1,159
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization expense
|
|
$
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 8. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Accounts payable to vendors
|
|
$
|
140,107
|
|
|
|
$
|
124,320
|
|
Accrued salaries, wages, incentive compensation
and other fringe benefits
|
|
|
21,181
|
|
|
|
|
22,911
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
45,842
|
|
|
|
|
26,628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
207,130
|
|
|
|
$
|
173,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-89
Note 9. Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019; denominated in U.S. dollars with
interest due semi-annually each February 1 and August 1
|
|
$
|
560,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Old Credit Facility, as defined below, are subject to certain terms and
conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 1)interest at 4.5% as of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,932
|
|
First Lien Term Loan (Tranche 2)interest at 7.00% as of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270,538
|
|
Argentine Credit Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Argentine Peso Loaninterest at 18.56% as of January 1, 2011;
denominated in Argentine pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,573
|
|
Argentine Peso Loan for working capitalinterest at 18.63% as of
January 1, 2011; denominated in Argentine pesos
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
United States Dollar Loaninterest at 3.19% as of July 2, 2011 and
3.19% as of January 1, 2011; denominated in U.S. dollars with any
remaining unpaid balance due May 2016
|
|
|
16,680
|
|
|
|
|
18,979
|
|
Mexico Credit Facilityinterest at 8.08% as of January 1, 2011;
denominated in U.S. dollars
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,546
|
|
Suzhou Credit Facilityinterest at 4.78% as of July 2, 2011 and January 1,
2011; denominated in U.S. dollars with any remaining unpaid balance due
November 2013
|
|
|
17,000
|
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Other
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
593,975
|
|
|
|
|
331,779
|
|
Less: Current maturities
|
|
|
(3,478
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
590,497
|
|
|
|
$
|
328,170
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the respective covenants of its
outstanding indebtedness.
Successor Polymer Debt
Senior Secured Notes
As disclosed in Note 4 Acquisitions, concurrent with the Acquisition, Polymer issued $560.0
million of 7.75% senior secured notes due 2019. The Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally
and jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Polymers wholly-owned
domestic subsidiaries (see Note 22 Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial
Statements for further information).
Furthermore, the indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes (the Indenture), among other
restrictions, limits the Companys ability and the ability of the Companys restricted subsidiaries
to: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock; (ii) pay
dividends and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock; (iii) make
certain investments; (iv) repurchase stock; (v); incur certain liens; (vi) enter into transactions
with affiliates; (vii) merge or consolidate; (viii) enter into agreements that restrict the ability
of subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Polymer; (ix) designate restricted
subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and (x) transfer or sell assets.
Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture permits the Company and its restricted
subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including senior indebtedness and secured
indebtedness. The Indenture also does not limit the amount of additional indebtedness that Parent
or its parent entities may incur.
Under the Indenture governing our Senior Secured Notes and under the credit agreement
governing our ABL Facility (discussed below), our ability to engage in activities such as incurring
additional indebtedness, making
F-90
investments, refinancing certain indebtedness, paying dividends and entering into certain
merger transactions is governed, in part, by our ability to satisfy tests based on Adjusted EBITDA.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense (net of interest income),
income and franchise taxes and depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude certain
unusual, non-cash, non-recurring and other items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under
the indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility.
ABL Facility
As disclosed in Note 4 Acquisitions, concurrent with the Acquisition, Polymer entered into
senior secured asset-based revolving credit facilities to provide for borrowings not to exceed
$50.0 million, subject to borrowing base availability, with a maturity of four years. The ABL
Facility provides borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day
notice, referred to as swingline loans. The ABL Facility is comprised of (i) a revolving
sub-facility of up to $42.5 million (the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility) and (ii) a first-in, last out
revolving sub-facility of up to $7.5 million (the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility).
Based on current borrowing base availability, the borrowings under the ABL Facility will bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (A) Adjusted London Interbank Offered
Rate (LIBOR) (adjusted for statutory reserve requirements) plus (i) 3.50% in the case of the
Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (ii) 5.50% in the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility; or (B) the higher
of (a) the administrative agents Prime Rate and (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%
(ABR) plus (x) 2.50% in the case of the Tranche 1 Sub-Facility or (y) 4.50% in the case of the
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility.
The ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative
covenants and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of
representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults and cross acceleration to certain
indebtedness, bankruptcy and insolvency defaults, certain events under ERISA, certain monetary
judgment defaults, invalidity of guarantees or security interests, and change of control. If such
an event of default occurs, the lenders under the ABL Facility would be entitled to take various
actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the ABL Facility and all actions permitted
to be taken by a secured creditor.
As of July 2, 2011, there were no borrowings under the ABL Facility. Further, as of July 2,
2011, the borrowing base availability was $40.0 million and since the Company had outstanding
letters of credits of $10.8 million, the resulting net availability under the ABL Facility was
$29.2 million. The aforementioned letters of credit were primarily provided to certain
administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of these letters of credit had
been drawn on as of July 2, 2011.
Short-term borrowings
The Company had outstanding indebtedness under a short-term borrowing facility of $0.3 million
as of July 2, 2011. This facility will mature at various dates through December 2011. Borrowings
under this facility are included in
Short-term borrowings
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Subsidiary Indebtedness
Argentina Indebtedness
Short-term borrowings
The Companys subsidiary in Argentina entered into short-term credit facilities to finance
working capital requirements. The outstanding indebtedness under these short-term borrowing
facilities was $3.0 million and $2.1 million as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively.
These facilities mature at various dates through December 2011. As of July 2, 2011 and January 1,
2011, the average interest rate on these borrowings was 1.8% and 2.89%, respectively. Borrowings
under these facilities are included in
Short-term borrowings
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
F-91
Long-term borrowings
In January 2007, the Companys subsidiary in Argentina entered into an arrangement (the
Argentina Credit Facility) with banking institutions in Argentina to finance the installation of
a new spunmelt line at its facility near Buenos Aires, Argentina. The maximum borrowings available
under the Argentina Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amount to 26.5
million Argentine pesos with respect to an Argentine peso-denominated loan and $30.3 million with
respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and are secured by pledges covering (i) the subsidiarys
existing equipment lines; (ii) the outstanding stock of the subsidiary; and (iii) the new machinery
and equipment being purchased, as well as a trust assignment agreement related to a portion of
receivables due from certain major customers of the subsidiary.
As of July 2, 2011, the face amount of the outstanding indebtedness was approximately $17.3
million, consisting of the U.S. dollar-denominated loan. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the
Company repaid and terminated the Argentine peso-denominated loans. As of January 1, 2011, the
outstanding indebtedness was approximately $24.4 million, consisting of $5.4 million of Argentine
peso-denominated loans and a $19.0 million U.S. dollar-denominated loan.
During the second quarter of 2011, the Company adjusted the recorded book value of the
outstanding Argentina Credit Facility indebtedness that existed as of January 28, 2011 to the fair
market value as of that date as part of the Acquisition purchase accounting process. As a result,
the Company recorded a purchase accounting adjustment that created a contra-liability of $0.63
million and similarly reduced goodwill as of the opening balance sheet date. The Company is
amortizing the contra-liability over the remaining term of the loan and including the amortization
expense in
Interest expense, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The unamortized
contra-liability of $0.57 million is included in
Long-term debt
in the July 2, 2011 Consolidated
Balance Sheet. Accordingly, as of July 2, 2011, $16.7 million is the carrying amount of the
Argentina Credit Facility.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under these term loans is based on LIBOR plus 290
basis points for the U.S. dollar-denominated loan and Buenos Aires Interbanking Offered Rate plus
475 basis points for the Argentine peso-denominated loan. Principal and interest payments began in
July 2008 with the loans maturing as follows: annual amounts of approximately $3.5 million
beginning in 2011 and continuing through 2015, and the remaining $0.9 million in 2016.
Suzhou Credit Facility
In the third quarter of 2010, the Companys subsidiary in Suzhou, China entered into a
three-year U.S. dollar denominated construction loan arrangement (the Suzhou Credit Facility)
with a banking institution in China to finance a portion of the installation of the new spunmelt
line at its manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China. The maximum borrowings available under the
Suzhou Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounts to $20.0 million, of
which the Company was required to make an initial draw-down by December 31, 2010 and draw down the
remaining amount by December 31, 2011. In the first quarter of 2011 and the fourth quarter 2010,
the Company borrowed $7.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, under the Suzhou Credit
Facility. The Company anticipates that it will draw down the remaining $3.0 million available under
the Suzhou Credit Facility in the third quarter of 2011.
The three-year term of the agreement begins with the date of the first draw down on the Suzhou
Credit Facility. The Company was not required to pledge any security for the benefit of the Suzhou
Credit Facility. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Suzhou Credit Facility is
based on three-month LIBOR plus an amount to be determined at the time of funding based on the
lenders internal head office lending rate (400 basis points at the time the credit agreement was
executed), but in no event would the interest rate be less than 1-year LIBOR plus 250 points. The
Company is obligated to repay $5.0 million of the principal balance in the fourth quarter of 2012,
with the remaining $15.0 million to be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2013. As of July 2, 2011 and
January 1, 2011, the outstanding balance under the Suzhou Credit Facility was $17.0 million and
$10.0 million, respectively.
Other Subsidiary Indebtedness
F-92
As of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011, the Company also had other documentary letters of
credit not associated with the aforementioned Old Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of $8.5
million and $5.0 million, respectively, which was primarily provided to certain raw material
vendors. None of these letters of credit had been drawn on as of either July 2, 2011 or January 1,
2011.
Predecessor Polymer Debt
In accordance with ASC 470, Debt, the Company had classified the current portion of certain
of its long-term debt, as of January 1, 2011, as non-current, since as a result of Acquisition, the
Company refinanced certain of its long-term debt obligations by issuing the aforementioned Senior
Secured Notes in January 2011.
Old Credit Facility
Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the Old Credit Facility
(defined below).
The Companys old credit facility (the Old Credit Facility), which was entered into on
November 22, 2005 and amended as of December 8, 2006, consisted of a $410.0 million first-lien term
loan (the Term Loan) and a $45.0 million secured revolving credit facility (the Old Revolving
Credit Facility) that was to mature on November 22, 2010. In addition, the interest rate for both
the Term Loan and the Old Revolving Credit Facility was based on a spread over the LIBOR of 2.25%,
or 1.25% over a defined Alternate Base Rate. The Old Credit Facility also included customary
representations and warranties, covenants and events of default, including, in certain
circumstances, acceleration of obligations thereunder upon an event of default.
On September 17, 2009, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 (the Amendment) to the Old
Credit Facility. As a result of the Amendment, the Company extended the maturity date of
approximately $295.7 million of its then-outstanding $317.6 million Term Loan to November 22, 2014.
As a result of the Amendment, availability under the Old Revolving Credit Facility was to mature in
two tranches: $15.0 million (Tranche 1) on November 22, 2010 and $30.0 million (Tranche 2) on
November 22, 2013, unless the Tranche 1 Term Loan exceeded $10.0 million on August 24, 2012. If
that condition was met, then the Tranche 2 Revolver would have matured on August 24, 2012. In
conjunction with the execution of the Amendment, the Company repaid approximately $24.0 million of
net outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan.
The Amendment also: (i) allowed for additional Term Loan tranches that extended the maturity
date of the Term Loan to November 22, 2014 at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR
floor of 2.5%); (ii) allowed for additional Old Revolving Credit Facility tranches that extended
the maturity date of the Old Revolving Credit Facility to November 22, 2013 at an interest rate of
LIBOR plus 4.5% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%); (iii) removed the requirement for future step downs
or step ups in financial covenants; (iv) established price protection for the new tranches
requiring matching yields if any future tranches are established at yields at least 25 basis points
above the current loan tranches; (v) revised certain definitions and baskets related to permitted
investments, acquisitions and assets sales; and (vi) required repayment of $24.0 million of net
outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan at the closing.
As of January 1, 2011, the Term Loan consisted of $15.9 million of net outstanding amounts
maturing on November 22, 2012 (Tranche 1 Term Loan) and $270.5 million maturing on November 22,
2014 (Tranche 2 Term Loan). Similarly, as of January 1, 2011, the Old Revolving Credit Facility
consisted of $40.0 million of availability that was to mature on November 22, 2013 (Tranche 2
Revolver), under which there were no amounts outstanding as of January 1, 2011. Effective May 4,
2010, the components of the revolving credit facilities reflect the conversion of $10.0 million of
its Tranche 1 Revolver commitments to Tranche 2 Revolver commitments. The additional $10.0 million
of Tranche 2 Revolver commitments assumed the same maturity date (November 22, 2013) and interest
rate (LIBOR plus 4.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.5%) as the existing Tranche 2 Revolver. The Company
did not extend the $5.0 million portion of the Old Revolving Credit Facility that matured on
November 22, 2010 (Tranche 1 Revolver).
All borrowings under the Old Credit Facility were U.S. dollar denominated and were guaranteed,
on a joint and several basis, by each and all of the direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries of
the Company. The Old Credit Facility and the related guarantees were secured by (i) a lien on
substantially all of the assets of the Company, its
F-93
domestic subsidiaries and certain of its non-domestic subsidiaries, (ii) a pledge of all or a
portion of the stock of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company and of certain non-domestic
subsidiaries of the Company, and (iii) a pledge of certain secured intercompany notes. Commitment
fees under the Old Credit Facility were equal to 0.50% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 1
Revolver and 0.75% of the daily unused amount of the Tranche 2 Revolver. The Old Credit Facility
limited restricted payments to $5.0 million, including cash dividends, in the aggregate since the
effective date of the Old Credit Facility. The Old Credit Facility contained covenants and events
of default customary for financings of this type, including leverage and interest expense coverage
covenants, as well as default provisions related to certain types of defaults by the Company or its
subsidiaries in the performance of their obligations regarding borrowings in excess of $10.0
million. The Old Credit Facility required that the Company maintain a leverage ratio of not more
than 3.50:1.00 as of January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of the Old Credit Facility. The
interest expense coverage ratio requirement at January 1, 2011 and through the remaining term of
the Old Credit Facility required that it not be less than 3.00:1.00. The Company was in compliance
with the financial covenants under the Old Credit Facility at January 28, 2011. These ratios were
calculated on a trailing four-quarter basis.
The Term Loan required mandatory payments of approximately $1.0 million per quarter. Under the
Amendment, the Company had the option to either prorate such principal payments across the two
tranches or to apply them to the tranche with the earliest maturity date. In addition, the Old
Credit Facility, as amended, required the Company to use a percentage of proceeds from excess cash
flows, as defined by the Old Credit Facility and determined based on year-end results, to reduce
its then outstanding balances under the Old Credit Facility. Such percentage was based on the
leverage ratio. Excess cash flows subject to potential repayment of the Old Credit Facility were
calculated using the net amount of the Companys available cash generated from operations adjusted
for the cash effects of interest, taxes, capital expenditures, changes in working capital and
certain other items. The amount of excess cash flows for future periods was based on year-end
results. There was no additional excess cash flow requirement with respect to fiscal 2010.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1
Revolver was based on the three-month or the one-month LIBOR plus a specified margin. The
applicable margin for borrowings under both the Tranche 1 Term Loan and Tranche 1 Revolver was 225
basis points. Further, the Company, from time to time, could elect to use an Alternate Base Rate
for its borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan based on the banks base
rate plus a margin of 75 to 125 basis points based on the Companys total leverage ratio.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Tranche 2 Term Loan and Tranche 2
Revolver was based on LIBOR plus a margin of 450 basis points, with a LIBOR floor of 250 basis
points.
In accordance with the terms of the Old Credit Facility, the Company maintained a position in
an interest rate swap agreement. In February 2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap
agreement which was effective June 30, 2009 (the 2009 Interest Rate Swap) and was due to mature
on June 30, 2011. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap had replaced an expiring interest rate swap
agreement. The 2009 Interest Rate Swap effectively converted $240.0 million of notional principal
amount of debt from a variable LIBOR rate to a fixed LIBOR rate of 1.96%. Concurrent with the
Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009 Interest Rate Swap liability, since the Company repaid
its Old Credit Facility. These agreements are more fully discussed in Note 14 Derivatives and
Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities and Note 15 Fair Value of Financial
Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities.
There were no borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility as of January 1, 2011.
Average daily borrowings under the Old Revolving Credit Facility, which were primarily LIBOR
rate-based borrowings, were $1.5 million at an average interest rate of 5.7% for the period from
January 3, 2010 to January 1, 2011. Subject to certain terms and conditions, a maximum of $25.0
million of the Old Credit Facility could be used for letters of credit. As of January 1, 2011, the
Company had effectively reserved capacity under the Old Revolving Credit Facility in the amount of
$8.2 million relating to standby letters of credit outstanding. These letters of credit were
primarily provided to certain administrative service providers and financial institutions. None of
these letters of credit had been drawn on at January 1, 2011.
F-94
Predecessor Subsidiary Indebtedness
As discussed earlier, concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company repaid and terminated the
Argentine peso-denominated loans and the Mexico Credit Facility.
Mexico Credit Facility
In March 2009, the Companys subsidiary in Mexico entered into a term credit facility (the
Mexico Credit Facility) with a banking institution in Mexico to finance a portion of the
installation of a new spunmelt line near San Luis Potosi, Mexico. The maximum borrowing available
under the Mexico Credit Facility, excluding any interest added to principal, amounted to $14.5
million with respect to a U.S. dollar-denominated loan and was secured by pledges covering (i) the
subsidiarys existing equipment lines; and (ii) the new machinery and equipment being purchased.
The interest rate applicable to borrowings under the Mexico Credit Facility was based on
three-month LIBOR plus 780 basis points. A series of 22 quarterly principal payments commenced on
October 1, 2009; interest payments commenced on July 1, 2009. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the
Company repaid and terminated the Mexico Credit Facility. As of January 1, 2011, the outstanding
indebtedness under the Mexico Credit Facility was approximately $10.5 million.
Note 10. Income Taxes
As discussed in Note 1 Basis of Presentation and Description of Business, on January 28,
2011, Polymer merged with Merger Sub, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Parents sole asset is
its 100% ownership of the stock of Polymer. Affiliates of Blackstone, along with its co-investors
and certain members of the Companys management own Holdings which in turn owns 100% of the stock
of Parent. As a result, Polymer became a member of a new consolidated group for income tax filing
purposes for the U.S. federal tax return. The Company will therefore file a U.S. federal tax return
for the one month period ended January 28, 2011 under the former ownership structure and file a
U.S. tax return for the period January 29, 2011 through December 31, 2011 as part of the new
consolidated group with Holdings as the parent company. As a result of the change in control, the
Canadian subsidiaries will also be required to file a short period tax return for the one month
period ended January 28, 2011
.
This change in control will also create the need to evaluate the Companys domestic net
operating losses under the provisions of Section 382 of the Code, Limitation on Net Operating Loss
Carryforwards and Certain Built-In Losses Following Ownership Change. Although there may be
limitations on the amount of net operating loss carryforward available on an annual basis, the
result of this analysis is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements of
the Company as currently all domestic net deferred tax assets, including the benefit of the net
operating losses, have a full valuation allowance. As a result of this ownership change, the
Canadian subsidiaries will have certain tax adjustments. The carrying tax amount of the fixed
assets are reduced to fair market value, however this will have no additional impact on the
financial statements as the deferred tax asset attributable to the tax basis in the asset is
converted to a tax benefit from the net operating loss.
During the five month period ended July 2, 2011, the Company recognized an income tax benefit
of $1.7 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $49.3 million.
During the one month period ended January 28, 2011, the Company recognized an income tax expense of
$0.5 million on consolidated pre-tax book losses from continuing operations of $17.8 million.
During the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the Company recognized income tax
expense of $5.2 million on consolidated pre-tax book income of
$5.3 million. The Companys income tax expense in any period is different
than such expense determined at the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to losses in certain
jurisdictions for which no income tax benefits are anticipated, foreign withholding taxes for which
tax credits are not anticipated, changes in the amounts recorded for tax uncertainties in
accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, and foreign taxes calculated at statutory rates different
than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
During the five month period ended July 2, 2011, the Company received repatriated cash from a
Canadian subsidiary which was treated as a reduction of capital for book purposes and a dividend
for tax purposes. For tax purposes, the Canadian subsidiary was owned by a U.S. entity. This
transaction reduced the book basis over tax basis which reduced the related deferred tax liability
by $2.2 million. Without the tax benefit,
the tax expense for the five month period ending July 2, 2011 would have
been approximately $0.5 million. Although the U.S. net deferred tax
F-95
asset is reserved entirely with a valuation allowance, this liability is treated by the
Company as having an indefinite life and has therefore not reduced the net deferred tax asset for
valuation allowance consideration.
The total UTB of $36.9 million as of July 2, 2011 represents the amount of UTBs that, if
recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate in future periods. Included in the balance
of UTBs as of July 2, 2011 was $16.4 million related to tax positions for which it is reasonably
possible that the total amounts could significantly change during the next 12 months. This amount
primarily represents a decrease in the UTBs related to the PHC issue explained below which is
currently being reviewed by the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) in accordance with a ruling
request made by the Company.
The Company increased / (decreased) the liability for UTBs, for the one month period ended
January 28, 2011, by $0.5 million, including penalty and interest of $0.3 million, and for the five
month period ended July 2, 2011, the amount was $(0.2) million including penalty and interest of
$(0.4) million. During the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the Company increased / (decreased)
the liability for UTBs by $(0.7) million and $0.6 million, respectively, including additional
interest and penalties of $(0.3) million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Managements judgment is required in determining and evaluating tax positions. Although
management believes its tax positions and related provisions reflected in the consolidated
financial statements are fully supportable, it recognizes that these tax positions may be
challenged by various tax authorities. These tax positions are continuously reviewed and are
adjusted as additional information becomes available that may change managements judgment. Changes
in the status of on-going tax examinations, interpretations of tax law, case law, statutes of
limitations expiration and IRS rulings may all be considered in the continuous analysis.
During the due diligence associated with the Acquisition, it was determined that the Company
may meet the definition of a PHC as described in Code Section 542 and therefore be subject to the
PHC tax of IRC Section 541. A company may be a PHC if a designated percentage, defined in Code
Section 542(a)(1), of its income is passive income as defined in Code Section 543, the Company
meets certain ownership requirements as defined in Code Section 542(a)(2), and that income is not
distributed. The PHC rules are generally not applicable to publicly traded companies; however, the
Company has certain subsidiaries that have undistributed PHC income and an ownership structure that
may meet the PHC requirements of the IRC. The Company established a UTB, which currently has a
balance of $16.4 million. As a result of the Acquisition, and in order to indemnify the purchaser
for any amount ultimately paid to the IRS to resolve this issue, an amount of the purchase proceeds
are held in escrow until this issue is resolved and the Company has recognized an offsetting tax
indemnification asset in the purchase price accounting associated with the Acquisition. In order to
achieve resolution, the Company submitted a ruling request in December, 2010 to the IRS with
supplemental filings on June 2, 2011 and June 20, 2011. The request asked the IRS to rule on
whether or not the Company was a PHC, in addition to other remedies should the IRS determine the
Company is a PHC. The IRS is currently reviewing this request and the Company expects a ruling
within the next 12 months.
The major jurisdictions where the Company, or its subsidiaries, files income tax returns
include the U.S., Argentina, Canada, China, Colombia, France, Germany, Mexico, The Netherlands, and
Spain. The U.S. federal income tax returns have been examined through fiscal 2004 and the foreign
jurisdictions generally remain open and subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities for
the tax years 2003 through 2010. Although the current tax audits related to open tax years have not
been finalized, management believes that the ultimate outcomes will not have a material adverse
effect on the Companys financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company continues to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income taxes as a
component of income tax expense.
Note 11. Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans
PGI and its subsidiaries sponsor multiple defined benefit plans and other postretirement
benefits that cover certain employees. Benefits are primarily based on years of service and the
employees compensation. It is the Companys policy to fund such plans in accordance with
applicable laws and regulations.
Components of net periodic benefit costs for the specified periods are as follows (in
thousands):
F-96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension Benefits
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Current service costs
|
|
$
|
890
|
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
|
$
|
988
|
|
Interest costs on
projected benefit
obligation and other
|
|
|
2,738
|
|
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
(2,997
|
)
|
|
|
|
(539
|
)
|
|
|
(2,922
|
)
|
Amortization of
transition obligation and
other
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Periodic benefit cost, net
|
|
$
|
582
|
|
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
1,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement Benefits
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Current service costs
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
Interest costs on
projected benefit
obligation and other
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Amortization of
transition obligation and
other
|
|
|
(136
|
)
|
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Periodic benefit cost, net
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011, the Company had contributed $3.2 million to its pension and postretirement
benefit plans for the 2011 benefit year. The Companys contributions include amounts required to be
funded with respect to a defined benefit pension plan relating to the Companys Canadian
operations. The Company presently anticipates contributing an additional $0.9 million to fund its
plans in 2011, for a total of $4.1 million.
Note 12. Equity Compensation Plans
Successor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans
2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
Effective January 25, 2011, Holdings established an Incentive Stock Plan (the Holdings Plan)
for key employees, directors, other service providers, or independent contractors of the Company.
The Holdings Plan provides for the award of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other
Stock-Based Award (including Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit), as determined solely
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Holdings. The maximum number of shares
of common stock that may be issued under the Holdings Plan may not exceed 20,789 plus any shares
purchased for fair market value under a share purchase program. The maximum number of shares is
subject to modification, upon certain events set-forth within the Holdings Plan, including, but not
limited to: (i) equity restructurings, (ii) mergers, reorganizations and other corporate
transactions, (iii) change in control, etc. Holdings will issue new shares of common stock to
satisfy options exercised.
Under the Holdings Plan, as of July 2, 2011, employees of Polymer were granted nonqualified
stock options for 15,458.67 shares of Holdings common stock. These options were granted on January
28, 2011. Under the terms of the Holdings Plan, nonqualified stock options are to carry exercise
prices no less than 100% of the fair market value of Holdings stock on the date of the grant.
Since Holdings common stock is not publicly traded, the fair market value of the stock is
determined by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith giving
consideration to any independent valuation analysis performed for the Company and the most recent
F-97
valuation of the Company used for purposes of public reporting by Blackstone of the value of
its portfolio companies. The 15,458.67 shares of stock underlying the issued options had a grant
date value of $1,000 per share, which represented the value per share of Holdings common stock at
the effective date of the Acquisition.
The 15,458.67 issued nonqualified stock options provide for time vested options (Time
Options), performance vested options (Performance Options), and exit vested options (Exit
Options). Of the 15,458.67 issued options, 5,152.89 have been designated as Time Options; 5,152.89
have been designated as Performance Options; and 5,152.89 have been designated as Exit Options. The
nonqualified stock options expire on the tenth anniversary date of the grant.
The Time Options vesting is subject to the continuation of employment by the employee and 20%
of the Time Options will vest with each of the first five anniversaries of the Grant Date. The
Performance Options vesting is subject to the continuation of employment and 20% of the Performance
Options will vest with each of the first five anniversaries of March 31, 2011, if certain annual
financial performance targets are met, as defined within the stock option grants. The Exit Options
vesting is subject to the continuation of employment by the employee through the applicable vesting
date. The Exit Option shall vest on the date, if any, when Holdings shall have received cash
proceeds in respect of its investment in the Companys equity securities that meets a specified
financial yield, as defined within the stock option grants.
The Company accounts for the Holdings Plan in accordance with ASC 718. As of July 2, 2011,
with respect to the 15,458.67 options to purchase common stock of Holdings under the Holdings Plan,
10,305.78 options are subject to future vesting based on the attainment of future performance
targets that the Company has not yet determined to be highly probable of achievement. Accordingly,
pursuant to ASC 718, 5,152.89 outstanding options to purchase common stock of Holdings have been
considered granted, as of July 2, 2011, under the Holdings Plan.
A summary of option activity under the Holdings Plan is presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
5,388.40
|
|
|
$
|
1,000.00
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canceled
|
|
|
235.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at July 2, 2011
|
|
|
5,152.89
|
|
|
$
|
1,000.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated fair value of the options when granted is amortized to expense over the
options vesting or required service period. With respect to the Time Options, the Company is
following a straight-line vesting method for determining the Companys compensation costs. The fair
value for these options was estimated, using a third-party valuation specialist, at the date of
grant based on the expected life of the option and projected exercise experience, using a
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 Issued
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.92
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
Expected volatility factor
|
|
|
49.54
|
%
|
Expected option life in years
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
The risk free interest rate was determined based on an analysis of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon
market yields as of the date of the option grant for issues having expiration lives similar to the
expected option life. The expected volatility was based on an analysis of the historical volatility
of Polymers competitors over the expected life of the Holdings options. As insufficient data
exists to determine the historical life of options issued under the Holdings
F-98
Plan, the expected option life was determined based on the vesting schedule of the options and
their contractual life taking into consideration the expected time in which the share price of
Holdings would exceed the exercise price of the option. The fair value of each option granted
during the period from January 28, 2011 utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing model was
$448.2213 per share.
The compensation
cost related to the Holdings Plan was $0.21 million for the
five months ended July 2, 2011, and is included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 2, 2011, the
unamortized compensation expense related to stock options was $2.1 million and is expected to be
recognized over a period of 5 years, from the date of grant.
Other Compensation Arrangement
In contemplation of the Merger the Companys Chief Executive Officer entered into an
employment agreement in October 2010 which became effective as of the effective time of the Merger
(the January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement) and superseded the March 2010 CEO Employment
Agreement (discussed below). Accordingly, the Chief Executive Officer has no further rights under
the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement.
The January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement provides that as long as the CEO is an employee in
good standing on July 23, 2013, that she would be entitled to a one-time grant of shares in
Holdings having a value equal to $694,000 (the Equity Award). Further, the Equity Award could be
granted to the CEO at an earlier date if the condition of Involuntary Termination has been met,
as defined within the January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement. The Company has determined that the
Equity Award is not a modification, pursuant to the guidance in ASC 805, of the Retirement
Incentive that was set-forth within the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement (discussed below).
Accordingly, the Company has concluded that the Equity Award should be accounted for as an
Equity-Classified Award as defined within ASC 718.
The compensation cost related to the Equity Award was
$0.13 million for the
five months ended July 2, 2011, and is included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of July 2, 2011, the
unamortized compensation expense related to Equity Award was $0.56 million and is expected to be
recognized through July 23, 2013.
Predecessor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans
Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Companys stock options underlying the 2003 Stock Option
Plan and the restricted shares and restricted share units underlying the Restricted Stock Plans
vested (if unvested) and were canceled and converted into the right to receive on January 28, 2011,
(i) an amount in cash equal to the per share closing payment and (ii) on each escrow release date,
an amount equal to the per share escrow payment, in each case, less any applicable withholding
taxes. For the Companys stock options, the amount in cash was adjusted by the exercise price of
$6.00 per share.
As a result of the Acquisition, the Company recognized compensation cost of $12.9 million for
the accelerated vesting of Predecessor Polymer Equity Compensation Plans within the one month
period ended January 28, 2011.
Other Compensation Arrangement
On March 31, 2010, the Company entered into a new employment agreement with its Chief
Executive Officer (the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement) that provides for a one-time award of
equity and cash at the expiration date of the agreement (the Retirement Incentive). The equity
award component is dependent upon an ending stock price at the measurement date, defined in the
agreement, and will range between 20,000 shares and 100,000 shares. The cash award will be equal to
thirty percent of the future value of the aforementioned equity award component, but will not be
less than $250,000 or greater than $1,000,000. At the time that the Company entered into the March
2010 CEO Employment agreement, management concluded that the stock award component would be
accounted for as a Equity-classified award as defined within ASC 718, since the Company intends
to issue PGI common shares. In addition, the Company currently intends for the future stock award
to be issued under the 2008 LTI Stock Plan. Further, management has concluded that the cash award
should be accounted for as a Liability-classified award as defined within ASC 718, since the
Company intends to pay cash for this compensation component. The Company
F-99
recognized an immaterial amount of compensation expense, less than forty thousand in the one
month period ended January 28, 2011
associated with the Retirement Incentive.
However, in contemplation of the Merger the Companys Chief Executive Officer entered into the
aforementioned January 2011 CEO Employment Agreement which became effective as of the effective
time of the Merger and superseded the March 2010 CEO Employment Agreement. Accordingly, the Chief
Executive Officer had no further rights under the March 2010 CEO Employment. Accordingly, the
Retirement Incentive liability was assigned a zero value in the Companys preliminary purchase
accounting, since as disclosed previously the Retirement Incentive was not considered a
modification, pursuant to the guidance in ASC 805.
Note 13. Other Operating Loss (Income), Net and Foreign Currency Loss (Gain), Net
For the five months ended July 2, 2011,
Other operating loss(income), net
of $1.0 million
includes (i) a loss of $1.3 million associated with foreign currency losses and (ii) income of
$(0.3) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party manufacture
of product. For the one month ended January 28, 2011,
Other operating loss (income), net
of $(0.6)
million includes (i) income of $(0.5) million associated with foreign currency gains and (ii)
income of $(0.1) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party
manufacture of product. For the six months ended July 3, 2010,
Other operating loss (income), net
of $(1.0) million includes income of (i) $(0.6) million associated with foreign currency gains and
(ii) $(0.4) million associated with a customer licensing agreement related to a third-party
manufacture of product.
Foreign Currency (Gain) Loss, Net
For international subsidiaries which have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, local
currency transactions are remeasured into U.S. dollars, using current rates of exchange for
monetary assets and liabilities. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of such monetary assets
and liabilities are reported in
Other operating loss (income), net
in the Consolidated Statements
of Operations. Likewise, for international subsidiaries which have the local currency as their
functional currency, gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities not
denominated in the local currency are reported in
Other operating loss (income), net
in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, currency gains and losses have been incurred
on intercompany loans between subsidiaries, and to the extent that such loans are not deemed to be
permanently invested, such currency gains and losses are also reflected in
Foreign currency and
other loss, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company includes gains and losses on receivables, payables and other operating
transactions as a component of operating income in
Other operating loss (income), net
. Other
foreign currency gains and losses, primarily related to intercompany loans and debt and other
non-operating activities, are included in
Foreign currency and other loss, net
.
The Companys foreign currency loss (income) is shown in the table below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Included in
Other
operating loss
(income), net
|
|
$
|
1,340
|
|
|
|
$
|
(504
|
)
|
|
$
|
(596
|
)
|
Included in
Foreign
currency and other
loss, net
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
$
|
(354
|
)
|
|
$
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 14. Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from business operations and economic factors.
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage market risks and reduce its exposure to
fluctuations in interest rates
F-100
and foreign currencies. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed under clearly
defined policies and procedures, which prohibit the use of financial instruments for trading
purposes.
On February 8, 2010, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts
(put options and call options) with a third-party financial institution (the 2010 FX Forward
Contracts) that provided for a floor and ceiling price on payments related to the Companys new
medical line under construction in Suzhou, China (the New Suzhou Medical Line). The objective of
the 2010 FX Forward Contracts was to hedge the changes in fair value of a firm commitment to
purchase equipment attributable to changes in foreign currency rates between the Euro and U.S.
dollar through the date of acceptance of the equipment. The original notional amount of the 2010 FX
Forward Contracts, which were set to expire on various dates through fiscal 2012, was 25.6
million, which would have resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of $34.6 million to $36.2
million. Cash settlements under the 2010 FX Forward Contracts coincided with the payment dates on
the equipment purchase contract.
In August 2010, the Company executed an amendment to the underlying equipment purchase
contract which resulted in a 0.7 million reduction of one of the scheduled payments. Accordingly,
the Company modified the notional amounts of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts which coincided with the
date of the amended payment to maintain the synchronization of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts with
the underlying contract payments, as amended. As a result, the 2010 FX Forward Contracts remained
highly effective and continued to qualify for hedge accounting treatment, in accordance with ASC
815. The revised notional amount of 24.9 million resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent range of
$33.6 million to $35.1 million.
On January 19, 2011, the Company terminated and settled the 2010 FX Forward Contracts for $0.5
million and entered into new foreign exchange forward contracts with a third party institution (the
January 2011 FX Forward Contracts) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros on specified future dates,
coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the New Suzhou Medical Line equipment purchase
contract. Through the date of terminating the 2010 FX Forward Contracts, the Company continued to
recognize the asset associated with the unrecognized firm commitment and the liability associated
with the 2010 FX Forward Contracts. The impact of the 2010 FX Forward Contracts on
Foreign currency
and other loss, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was a gain of $0.03 million for
the one month ended January 28, 2011. The objective of the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to
minimize foreign currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New
Suzhou Medical Line. As of July 2, 2011 the remaining notional amount of the January 2011 FX
Forward Contracts was 7.5 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent of $10.1 million.
On July 1, 2011, the Company entered into a series of foreign exchange forward contracts with
a third party institution (the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts) to purchase fixed amounts of Euros
on specified future dates, coinciding with the payment amounts and dates of the equipment purchase
agreement for the Companys new hygiene line under construction in Suzhou, China (the New Suzhou
Hygiene Line). The objective of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts is to minimize foreign
currency exchange risk on certain future cash commitments related to the New Suzhou Hygiene Line.
As of July 2, 2011, the remaining notional amount of the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which is
equal to the original notional amount, was 29.8 million which resulted in a U.S. dollar equivalent
of $42.9 million.
The Company has historically used interest-rate derivative instruments to manage its exposure
related to movements in interest rates with respect to its debt instruments. On February 12, 2009,
as disclosed in Note 10 Debt, to mitigate its interest rate exposure as required by the Old
Credit Facility, the Company entered into the 2009 Interest Rate Swap which, at the time of
entering into the agreement, effectively converted the variable LIBOR-based interest payments
associated with $240.0 million of the Term Loan to fixed amounts at a LIBOR rate of 1.96%. The 2009
Interest Rate Swap became effective on June 30, 2009 and was due to expire on June 30, 2011. The
2009 Interest Rate Swap had replaced an expiring interest rate swap agreement. Cash settlements
were to be made monthly and the floating rate was to be reset monthly, coinciding with the reset
dates of the Old Credit Facility. Concurrent with the Acquisition, the Company settled the 2009
Interest Rate Swap liability, since the Company repaid its Old Credit Facility.
In accordance with ASC 815, the Company designated the 2009 Interest Rate Swap as a cash flow
hedge of the variability of interest payments with changes in fair value of the 2009 Interest Rate
Swap recorded in
Accumulated other comprehensive income
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of
September 17, 2009, in conjunction with the Amendment and in accordance with ASC 815-30, the
Company concluded that 92% (which represents the approximate percentage of the Tranche 1 Term Loan
debt considered extinguished by the Amendment) of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was no longer
effective; accordingly, 92% of $3.9 million related to the 2009 Interest Rate Swap
F - 101
and included in
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
was frozen and was reclassified to
earnings as future interest payments were made throughout the term of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap.
This portion of the notional amount no longer met the criteria for cash flow hedge accounting
treatment in accordance with ASC 815. See Note 15 Fair Value of Financial Instruments and
Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities for the fair value measurement disclosures for these assets
and liabilities.
The impact of the accounting associated with the 2009 Interest Rate Swap on
Interest expense,
net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was an increase of $0.2 million for the one month
period ended January 28, 2011. For the six month period ended July 3, 2010, the impact
was an increase of $2.0 million.
The following table summarizes the aggregate notional amount and estimated fair value of the
Companys derivative instruments as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Cash flow hedges:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps (1)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,693
|
|
|
$
|
163
|
|
Interest rate swapsundesignated (1)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
221,307
|
|
|
|
1,872
|
|
Foreign currency hedges:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts (2) (3)
|
|
|
52,936
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
|
|
|
21,661
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net value
|
|
$
|
52,936
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
|
|
$
|
261,661
|
|
|
$
|
2,577
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Comprised of the 2009 Interest Rate Swap, with a $240.0 million notional amount. As
discussed above, the 2009 Interest Rate Swap was settled concurrent with the Acquisition.
|
|
(2)
|
|
As disclosed above, the Company settled the 2010 FX Forward Contracts on January 19, 2011 and
simultaneously entered into the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts.
|
|
(3)
|
|
As disclosed above, the Company entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts on July 1,
2011.
|
F - 102
The following tables summarize the effect on income by derivative instruments in cash
flow hedging relationships for the following periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in
|
|
|
|
Accumulated OCI on Derivative
|
|
|
|
(Effective Portion)
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Derivatives
designated as hedging
instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
Derivatives not
designated as hedging
instruments
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from
|
|
|
|
Accumulated OCI into Income (1)
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months
|
|
|
|
One Month
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2,
|
|
|
|
January 28,
|
|
|
July 3,
|
|
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Derivatives
designated as hedging
instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate contracts
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
$
|
N/A
|
|
|
$
|
(1,220
|
)
|
Derivatives not
designated as hedging
instruments
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into
Income is located in
Interest Expense, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
See Note 15, Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and
Liabilities for additional disclosures related to the Companys derivative instruments.
Note 15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Non-Financial Assets and Liabilities
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the
absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve
developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal
information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical
transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained
from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Companys market assumptions.
Preference is given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value
hierarchy:
Level 1Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market is
defined as a market in which transactions for the assets or liabilities occur with sufficient
frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets,
quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active
(markets with few transactions), inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield
curves, etc.), and inputs that
F - 103
are derived principally from or are corroborated by observable
market data correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).
Level 3Unobservable inputs, only used to the extent that observable inputs are not
available, that reflects the Companys assumptions about the pricing of an asset or liability.
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the table below shows the fair
value of the Companys financial assets and liabilities (in thousands) that are required to be
measured at fair value, on a recurring basis, as of July 2, 2011 and January 1, 2011.
The January 1, 2011 firm commitment and foreign exchange contracts identified within the table
below are recorded within
Property, plant and equipment, net
and
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities,
respectively, within the Companys January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. As
more fully disclosed in Note 14 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities, the Company terminated and settled these agreements on January 19, 2011. The January
19, 2011 fair value of the firm commitment was $0.6 million. The asset was written to fair value as
of that date and is included at that amount within
Property, plant and equipment, net
in the
Companys July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet. As more fully disclosed in Note 14 Derivative
and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company entered into the January 2011
FX Forward Contracts simultaneously with the termination and settlement of the existing contracts.
The firm commitment and foreign exchange contract related to the January 2011 FX Forward Contracts,
which are included in the table below, are recorded within
Property, plant and equipment, net
and
Other current assets
in the Companys July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
As more fully disclosed in Note 14 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities, the Company entered into the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts on July 1, 2011. The firm
commitment and foreign exchange contract related to the July 2011 FX Forward Contracts, which are
included in the table below, are recorded within
Property, plant and equipment, net
and
Accounts
payable and accrued liabilities
in the Companys July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The interest rate swap agreements that are identified within the table below are recorded in
the Companys January 1, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheets within
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
Assets (Level 1)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
Firm commitments
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative asset :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contract
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liability :
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contract
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(372
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
Assets (Level 1)
|
|
|
Inputs (Level 2)
|
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
Firm commitments
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swap agreements (1)
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contract
|
|
|
(542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
As more fully disclosed in Note 14 Derivative and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging
Activities, the Company terminated and settled these agreements in conjunction with the
Acquisition.
|
F - 104
The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements and foreign forward exchange contracts are
based on indicative price information obtained via a third-party valuation.
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy described above, the following table shows the
fair value of the Companys non-financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured
at fair value, on a non-recurring basis as of July 2, 2011 and the corresponding fair value
measurements that were recorded during the period ended July 2, 2011 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Active Markets
|
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
for Identical
|
|
|
Observable
|
|
|
Inputs
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
Assets Level 1
|
|
|
Inputs Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Gains (Losses)
|
|
Long-lived
assets held for
sale (1)
|
|
$
|
3,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,806
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Long-lived assets held for sale in Level 2 Inputs reflect the current sales price at which
the property held for sale is currently being marketed based on local market conditions, less
costs to sell. The equipment included in Level 3 assets reflects managements best estimate at
which the respective equipment will be sold based on market conditions for used equipment,
less costs to sell.
|
The Company has estimated the fair values of financial instruments using available market
information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required in
interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value for non-traded financial instruments.
Accordingly, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would
realize in a current market exchange. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts
receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and short-term borrowings are
reasonable estimates of their fair values.
The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Companys long-term debt as of July 2,
2011 and January 1, 2011 is presented in the following table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
As of July 2, 2011
|
|
|
As of January 1, 2011
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Carrying Value
|
|
Fair Value
|
Long-term debt (including current portion)
|
|
$
|
593,975
|
|
|
$
|
601,240
|
|
|
|
$
|
331,779
|
|
|
$
|
330,203
|
|
See Note 14, Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities for
additional disclosures related to the Companys derivative instruments.
Note 16. Shareholders Equity
Due to the Acquisition, more fully described in Note 4 Acquisitions, Successor Polymer has
1,000 shares authorized and outstanding, with a par value of $.01 per share, to Parent. Further,
Predecessor Polymers equity securities identified below were cancelled and thus Polymer became a
privately-held company.
As of January 1, 2011, the Predecessor Polymers authorized capital stock consisted of the
following classes of stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Authorized Shares
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
173,000
|
|
Class A common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
39,200,000
|
|
Class B convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
800,000
|
|
Class C convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
118,453
|
|
Class D convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
498,688
|
|
Class E convertible common stock
|
|
$
|
.01
|
|
|
|
523,557
|
|
F - 105
All classes of the common stock had the same voting rights. In accordance with the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all shares of Class B, C, D and E Common Stock could have
been converted into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The shares of preferred
stock could have been issued from time to time with such designation, preferences, participation
rights and optional or special rights (including, but not limited to, dividend rates, voting rights
and maturity dates) as determined by the Board of Directors.
Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies
China Medical Expansion Projects
On January 19, 2010, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a new
spunmelt line to be installed at the Companys manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will
manufacture nonwoven products for the medical market (the New Suzhou Medical Line). As discussed
in Note 9 Debt, in the third quarter 2010 the Company entered into a credit facility to finance
an approximately $20.0 million portion of the cost of the New Suzhou Medical Line. The Company will
fund the remaining amount of the New Suzhou Medical Line using a combination of existing cash
balances, internal cash flows and existing U.S. based credit facilities. As of July 2, 2011, the
estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New Suzhou Medical Line were
approximately $20.1 million, which includes $10.1 million for the remaining payments associated
with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are expected to be expended through
the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.
U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project
On June 24, 2010, Chicopee, Inc. (Chicopee), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,
entered into an Equipment Lease Agreement (the Agreement) with Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (Gossamer). Pursuant to the Agreement, Chicopee will lease the
principal components of a new spunmelt line (the Equipment) from Gossamer for a seven-year period
(the Basic Term) beginning upon Chicopees acceptance of the Equipment (the Basic Term
Commencement Date), which occurred on October 7, 2011. The Equipment is installed, along with
other equipment owned by Chicopee, at the Companys manufacturing facility in Waynesboro, Virginia
and the integrated new spunmelt line will manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene
market and to a lesser extent the medical market. The capitalized cost amount approximated $53.6
million. From the Basic Term Commencement Date to the fourth anniversary of the Basic Term
Commencement Date, Chicopee will make annual lease payments of approximately $8.3 million to
Gossamer. The aggregate monthly lease payments to Gossamer under the Agreement, which are subject
to adjustment, are expected to be approximately $57.9 million. From the fourth anniversary of the
Basic Term Commencement Date to the end of the Basic Term, Chicopees annual lease payments may
change in accordance with an adjustment to the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, as defined in the
Agreement.
China Hygiene Expansion Projects
On July 1, 2011, the Company entered into a firm purchase commitment to acquire a fourth
spunmelt line to be installed at the Companys manufacturing facility in Suzhou, China that will
manufacture nonwoven products primarily for the hygiene market (the New Suzhou Hygiene Line). The
Company plans to fund the New Suzhou Hygiene Line using a combination of existing cash balances,
internal cash flows, existing U.S. based credit facilities and a new China-based financing, as
needed. As of July 2, 2011, the estimated total remaining project expenses related to the New
Suzhou Hygiene Line were approximately $69.8 million, which includes $42.9 million for the
remaining payments associated with the acquisition of the new spunmelt line. These amounts are
expected to be expended through the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013.
Environmental
The Company is subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and local laws and
regulations relating to pollution and protection of the environment. The Company believes that it
is currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and does not
currently anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial or competitive
position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental requirements. Some risk of
environmental liability is inherent, however, in the nature of the Companys business and,
accordingly, there can be no assurance that material environmental liabilities will not arise.
F - 106
Litigation
The Company is not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings other than routine
litigation incidental to the business of the Company, none of which is deemed material.
Note 18. Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash payments of interest and taxes consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
January 28, 2011
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
Cash payments of interest, net of amounts capitalized
|
|
$
|
3,929
|
|
|
|
$
|
444
|
|
|
$
|
15,415
|
|
Cash payments of income taxes
|
|
|
4,622
|
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
5,453
|
|
Noncash investing or financing transactions for the five months ended July 2, 2011 and the one
month ended January 28, 2011 included $1.1 and $0.7 million, respectively, of property, plant and
equipment additions for which payment had not been made as of the period end date.
Noncash investing or financing transactions in the six months ended July 3, 2010 included the
surrender of 67,049 shares of Predecessor Polymers Class A Common Stock to the Company by
participants in the various stock compensation plans in the amount of $1.5 million to satisfy
employee withholding tax obligations.
Spain Phase II Asset Purchase
As more fully discussed in Note 4 Acquisitions, the Company exercised its Call Option, prior
to the Acquisition and thus acquired the Phase II Assets. Consideration for the Phase II Assets
aggregated $41.2 million. Of the $41.2 million, approximately $34.8 million was attributable to the
Companys assumption and/or repayment of Tesalca-Texnovos outstanding debt. The remaining $6.4
million was associated with the Companys issuance of 393,675 shares of Predecessor Polymers
Class A Common Stock to the sellers (calculated using the closing share price on the transaction
date).
Note 19. Business Interruption and Insurance Recovery
As discussed in Note 3 Special Charges, Net, in December 2010, a severe rainy season
impacted many parts of Colombia and caused the Company to temporarily cease manufacturing at its
Cali, Colombia facility due to a breach of a levy and flooding at the industrial park where the
facility is located. The Company established temporary offices away from the flooded area and
worked with customers to meet their critical needs through the use of its global manufacturing
base. The facility re-established manufacturing operations on April 4, 2011 and operations reached
full run rates in third quarter 2011.
The Company maintains property and business interruption insurance policies. On March 4, 2011,
the Company filed a $6.0 million claim under one of its insurance policies to cover both property
damage and business interruption (the Primary Policy). The Primary Policy had a $1.0 million
deductible. In the second quarter of 2011, the Company collected $5.0 million as settlement of its
claim under the Primary Policy and $0.3 million as settlement of claims under another insurance
policy. As of July 2, 2011, the Company anticipates recovering an aggregate of $5.7 million of cash
proceeds from all relevant insurance policies during 2011, including the amounts already collected.
The Companys July 2, 2011 Consolidated Balance Sheet includes an insurance recoverable receivable
related to a property claim of $0.4 million, which is included in
Other Current Assets.
The Companys operating income for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and for the five
months ended July 2, 2011 includes $1.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of insurance
recovery related to recovery of certain losses recognized during each of the periods related to the
property damage and business interruption components of
F - 107
the insured losses experienced by the Company in those same periods. Of the $1.0 million for
the one month ended January 28, 2011, $0.3 million and $0.7 million were recorded in
Selling,
general and administrative expenses
and
Cost of goods sold
, respectively, in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations in order to offset the recognized losses included in the Primary Policy.
Of the $2.2 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011, $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $1.2
million were recorded in
Special charges, net; Selling, general and administrative expenses
and
Cost of goods sold
, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Note 20. Segment Information
The Companys reportable segments consist of U.S. Nonwovens, Europe Nonwovens, Asia Nonwovens,
Latin America Nonwovens and Oriented Polymers. This reflects how the overall business is managed by
the Companys senior management and reviewed by the Board of Directors. The Nonwovens businesses
sell to the same end-use markets, such as hygiene, medical, wipes and industrial markets. Sales to
P&G accounted for more than 10% of the Companys sales in each of the periods presented. Sales to
this customer are reported primarily in the Nonwovens segments and the loss of these sales would
have a material adverse effect on this segment.
The segment information presented in the table below excludes the results of Difco and Fabpro.
As discussed in further detail in Note 5 Discontinued Operations, both Difco and Fabro are
accounted for as assets held for sale, in accordance with the guidance of ASC 360.
The Company recorded charges in the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal
years 2011 and 2010 relating to special charges, net and acquisition and integration expenses that
have not been allocated to the segment data.
Financial data by segment is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
January 28, 2011
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
148,159
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,132
|
|
|
$
|
162,702
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
141,938
|
|
|
|
|
24,305
|
|
|
|
139,491
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
55,860
|
|
|
|
|
9,403
|
|
|
|
62,071
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
122,953
|
|
|
|
|
19,961
|
|
|
|
153,031
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
26,824
|
|
|
|
|
4,805
|
|
|
|
30,930
|
|
|
|
$
|
495,735
|
|
|
|
$
|
84,606
|
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
6,288
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,515
|
|
|
$
|
9,030
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
2,474
|
|
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
6,873
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
9,725
|
|
|
|
|
1,718
|
|
|
|
13,037
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
9,103
|
|
|
|
|
2,080
|
|
|
|
20,840
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
(2,539
|
)
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
1,493
|
|
Unallocated Corporate
|
|
|
(17,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,603
|
)
|
|
|
(17,317
|
)
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,417
|
|
|
|
|
5,075
|
|
|
|
33,956
|
|
Acquisition and
integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,680
|
)
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(34,827
|
)
|
|
|
|
(20,824
|
)
|
|
|
(9,357
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(27,410
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization expense
included in operating
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
5,799
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,152
|
|
|
$
|
7,393
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
2,956
|
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
2,624
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
2,501
|
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
3,676
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
5,572
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
8,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
Unallocated Corporate
|
|
|
3,233
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization expense
included in operating
income
|
|
|
20,220
|
|
|
|
|
3,472
|
|
|
|
22,897
|
|
Amortization of loan
acquisition costs
|
|
|
1,159
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,379
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,523
|
|
|
$
|
23,334
|
|
Capital spending
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
6,990
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,652
|
|
|
$
|
763
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
1,737
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
17,871
|
|
|
|
|
2,507
|
|
|
|
8,254
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,911
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,405
|
|
|
$
|
9,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
January 1, 2011
|
|
Division assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Nonwovens
|
|
$
|
210,993
|
|
|
|
$
|
167,517
|
|
Europe Nonwovens
|
|
|
253,863
|
|
|
|
|
198,942
|
|
Asia Nonwovens
|
|
|
178,994
|
|
|
|
|
139,134
|
|
Latin America Nonwovens
|
|
|
276,213
|
|
|
|
|
239,496
|
|
Oriented Polymers
|
|
|
25,981
|
|
|
|
|
24,640
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
178,668
|
|
|
|
|
7,691
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(17,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
(64,248
|
)
|
Discontinued Operations
|
|
|
18,436
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,125,863
|
|
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G
eographic Data:
Geographic data for the Companys operations, based on the geographic region that the sale is
made from, are presented in the following table (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Five Months Ended
|
|
|
|
One Month Ended
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
January 28, 2011
|
|
|
July 3, 2010
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
150,672
|
|
|
|
$
|
26,409
|
|
|
$
|
166,035
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
24,312
|
|
|
|
|
4,529
|
|
|
|
28,821
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
141,938
|
|
|
|
|
24,305
|
|
|
|
138,267
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
55,860
|
|
|
|
|
9,402
|
|
|
|
62,071
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
122,953
|
|
|
|
|
19,961
|
|
|
|
153,031
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
495,735
|
|
|
|
$
|
84,606
|
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(10,491
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(961
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,294
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
(3,392
|
)
|
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
2,455
|
|
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
6,871
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
9,630
|
|
|
|
|
1,728
|
|
|
|
13,037
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
9,215
|
|
|
|
|
2,074
|
|
|
|
20,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,417
|
|
|
|
|
5,075
|
|
|
|
33,956
|
|
Acquisition and
integration expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,680
|
)
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
(34,827
|
)
|
|
|
|
(20,824
|
)
|
|
|
(9,357
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(27,410
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,919
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization expense
included in operating
income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
10,472
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,229
|
|
|
$
|
7,827
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
2,328
|
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
2,677
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
2,289
|
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
3,677
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
4,996
|
|
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
8,511
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization expense
included in operating
income
|
|
|
20,220
|
|
|
|
|
3,472
|
|
|
|
22,897
|
|
Amortization of loan
acquisition costs
|
|
|
1,159
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,379
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,523
|
|
|
$
|
23,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
July 2, 2011
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
101,368
|
|
|
|
$
|
85,889
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
4,263
|
|
|
|
|
2,935
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
120,840
|
|
|
|
|
28,885
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
122,174
|
|
|
|
|
77,313
|
|
Latin America
|
|
|
160,018
|
|
|
|
|
128,112
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
508,663
|
|
|
|
$
|
323,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 21. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Relationship with Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C.
In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, Holdings entered into a shareholders
agreement (the Shareholders Agreement) with Blackstone. The Shareholders Agreement governs
certain matters relating to ownership of Holdings, including with respect to the election of
directors of our parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including
tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and
registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).
The board of directors of the Company includes three Blackstone members, two outside members
and the Companys Chief Executive Officer. Furthermore, Blackstone has the power to designate all
of the members of the board of directors of PGI and the right to remove any directors that it
appoints.
Management Services Agreement
Merger Sub entered into a management services agreement (Management Services Agreement) with
Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C. (BMP), an affiliate of Blackstone. As discussed in Note 1
Description of Business and Basis of Presentation, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company,
with the Company surviving as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent. Under the Management
Services Agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) has agreed to provide services,
including without limitation, (a) advice regarding the structure,
F - 110
distribution and timing of debt and equity offerings and advice regarding relationships with
the Companys lenders and bankers, (b) advice regarding the business and strategy of the Company,
including compensation arrangements, (c) advice regarding dispositions and/or acquisitions and (d)
such advice directly related or ancillary to the above financial advisory services as may be
reasonably requested by the Company.
For advisory and management services, BMP will receive an annual non-refundable advisory fee,
at the beginning of each fiscal year, equal to the greater of (i) $3.0 million or (ii) 2.0% of the
Companys consolidated EBITDA (as defined under the credit agreement governing our ABL Facility)
for such fiscal year. The amount of such fee shall be initially paid based on the Companys then
most current estimate of the Companys projected EBITDA amount for the fiscal year immediately
preceding the date upon which the advisory fee is paid. After completion of the fiscal year to
which the fee relates and following the availability of audited financial statements for such
period, the parties will recalculate the amount of such fee based on the actual Consolidated EBITDA
for such period and the Company or BMP, as applicable, shall adjust such payment as necessary based
on the recalculated amount.
The payment with respect to the period beginning on the closing date of the Acquisition and
ending December 31, 2011 was made on the Merger Date based on the $3.0 million minimum annual
amount. BMP will have no obligation to provide any other services to the Company absent express
agreement. In addition, in the absence of an express agreement to provide investment banking or
other financial advisory services to the Company, and without regard to whether such services were
provided, BMP will be entitled to receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate transaction value
upon the consummation of any acquisition, divestiture, disposition, merger, consolidation,
restructuring, refinancing, recapitalization, issuance of private or public debt or equity
securities (including an initial public offering of equity securities), financing or similar
transaction by the Company.
At any time in connection with or in anticipation of a change of control of the Company, a
sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets or an initial public offering of common
equity of the Company or parent entity of the Company or their successors, BMP may elect to
receive, in consideration of BMPs role in facilitating such transaction and in settlement of the
termination of the services, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all
then-current and future annual advisory fees payable under the Management Services Agreement,
assuming a hypothetical termination date of the Management Service Agreement to be the twelfth
anniversary of such election. The Management Service Agreement will continue until the earlier of
the twelfth anniversary of the date of the agreement or such date as the Company and BMP may
mutually determine. The Company will agree to indemnify BMP and its affiliates, directors,
officers, employees, agents and representatives from and against all liabilities relating to the
services contemplated by the transaction and advisory fee agreement and the engagement of BMP
pursuant to, and the performance of BMP and its affiliates of the services contemplated by, the
Management Services Agreement.
BMP also received transaction fees in connection with services provided related to the
Acquisition. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, BMP received, at the closing of the
Merger, an $8.0 million transaction fee as consideration for BMP undertaking financial and
structural analysis, due diligence and other assistance in connection with the Merger. In addition,
we agreed to reimburse BMP for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by BMP and its affiliates in
connection with the Merger and the provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.
Accordingly, in connection with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recognized fees
of $1.4 million for the five months ended July 2, 2011,
which are included in
Selling, general and administrative expenses in
the
Consolidated Statements of Operations and fees of $7.3 million for the five months ended July 2,
2011, which are included in
Special charges, net
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Further, the Company capitalized $0.8 million of fees as deferred financing costs.
Blackstone Advisory Agreement
On April 5, 2010, the Company entered into an advisory services arrangement (the Advisory
Agreement) with Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. (Blackstone Advisory), an affiliate of
Blackstone. Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Company paid a fee of
approximately $2.0 million following announcement of the parties having entered into the Merger
Agreement, and a fee of approximately $4.5 million following consummation of the
F - 111
Merger. In addition, the Company has reimbursed Blackstone Advisory for its reasonable
documented expenses, and agreed to indemnify Blackstone Advisory and related persons against
certain liabilities arising out of its advisory engagement.
Accordingly, in connection with the Advisory Agreement, the Company recognized fees of $4.5
million and $2.0 million for the one month ended January 28, 2011 and the three months ended
January 1, 2010, respectively, which are included in
Special charges, net
in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.
Scorpio Holdings Corporation
The capital stock of Holdings was $259.8 million, with 259,807 shares of common stock issued
and outstanding, as of July 2, 2011. No dividends have been declared on the common stock at July 2,
2011.
Holdings stock based compensation costs relate to certain employees of the Company and were
incurred for the Companys benefit, and accordingly are included in
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations (see Note 12. Equity
Compensation Plans for further information).
Other Relationships
Blackstone and its affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have
entered into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these
companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services.
Note 22. Financial Guarantees and Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
Polymers Senior Secured Notes are fully, unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed
on a senior secured basis by each of Polymers 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the
Guarantors). Substantially all of Polymers operating income and cash flow is generated by its
subsidiaries. As a result, funds necessary to meet Polymers debt service obligations may be
provided, in part, by distributions or advances from its subsidiaries. Under certain circumstances,
contractual and legal restrictions, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements
of Polymers subsidiaries, could limit Polymers ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries for
the purpose of meeting its debt service obligations, including the payment of principal and
interest on the Senior Secured Notes. Although holders of the Senior Secured Notes will be direct
creditors of Polymers principal direct subsidiaries by virtue of the guarantees, Polymer has
subsidiaries that are not included among the Guarantors (collectively, the Non-Guarantors), and
such subsidiaries will not be obligated with respect to the Senior Secured Notes. As a result, the
claims of creditors of the Non-Guarantors will effectively have priority with respect to the assets
and earnings of such companies over the claims of creditors of Polymer, including the holders of
the Senior Secured Notes.
The following Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements are presented to satisfy the
disclosure requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In accordance with Rule 3-10, the
subsidiary guarantors are all 100% owned by PGI (the Issuer). The guarantees on the Senior Secured
Notes are full and unconditional and all guarantees are joint and several. The information presents
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations and Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash
Flows for the six months ended July 3, 2010 (Predecessor), one month ended January 28, 2011
(Predecessor) and five months ended July 2, 2011 (Successor) and Condensed Consolidating Balance
Sheets as of July 3, 2010 (Predecessor) and July 2, 2011 (Successor) of (1) PGI (Issuer), (2) the
Guarantors, (3) the Non-Guarantors and (4) consolidating eliminations to arrive at the information
for the Company on a consolidated basis.
F - 112
Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
13,703
|
|
|
$
|
6,571
|
|
|
$
|
34,583
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
54,857
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,776
|
|
|
|
129,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,229
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,923
|
|
|
|
92,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138,207
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
5,055
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,142
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
3,907
|
|
|
|
11,002
|
|
|
|
32,893
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47,802
|
|
Assets of discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
17,635
|
|
|
|
84,334
|
|
|
|
312,704
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414,673
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
40,668
|
|
|
|
112,039
|
|
|
|
355,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
508,663
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
90,311
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,311
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition costs, net
|
|
|
63,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63,100
|
|
Net investment in and advances (from) to subsidiaries
|
|
|
599,950
|
|
|
|
732,947
|
|
|
|
(221,435
|
)
|
|
|
(1,111,462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
16,729
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
32,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
828,393
|
|
|
$
|
929,492
|
|
|
$
|
479,440
|
|
|
$
|
(1,111,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
280
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
24,226
|
|
|
|
39,233
|
|
|
|
143,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207,130
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
Liabilities of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
24,506
|
|
|
|
39,233
|
|
|
|
157,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221,370
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
560,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
590,497
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
5,945
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
31,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,803
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
15,586
|
|
|
|
10,899
|
|
|
|
27,353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
606,037
|
|
|
|
50,194
|
|
|
|
247,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
903,508
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,083
|
|
|
|
(36,083
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other shareholders equity
|
|
|
222,356
|
|
|
|
879,298
|
|
|
|
196,080
|
|
|
|
(1,075,379
|
)
|
|
|
222,355
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
222,356
|
|
|
|
879,298
|
|
|
|
232,163
|
|
|
|
(1,111,462
|
)
|
|
|
222,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
828,393
|
|
|
$
|
929,492
|
|
|
$
|
479,440
|
|
|
$
|
(1,111,462
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 113
Condensed Consolidating
Balance Sheet
As of January 1, 2011
Predecessor
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Current Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
614
|
|
|
$
|
4,289
|
|
|
$
|
67,452
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
72,355
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,906
|
|
|
|
106,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121,747
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,866
|
|
|
|
68,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105,180
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
4,532
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
4,640
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
10,732
|
|
|
|
30,770
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
42,338
|
|
Assets of disc operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
66,855
|
|
|
|
296,714
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
365,065
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
3,114
|
|
|
|
84,887
|
|
|
|
235,133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323,134
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,253
|
|
Intangibles and loan acquisition
costs, net
|
|
|
3,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,280
|
|
Net investment in and advances
(from) to subsidiaries
|
|
|
457,742
|
|
|
|
702,560
|
|
|
|
(199,545
|
)
|
|
|
(960,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
Other noncurrent assets
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
8,317
|
|
|
|
34,667
|
|
|
|
(8,143
|
)
|
|
|
35,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
466,399
|
|
|
$
|
862,619
|
|
|
$
|
372,070
|
|
|
$
|
(969,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,112
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
|
|
|
13,609
|
|
|
|
33,416
|
|
|
|
126,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173,859
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,164
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
1,932
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term
debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,609
|
|
Liabilities of disc operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,793
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
13,609
|
|
|
|
33,416
|
|
|
|
139,512
|
|
|
|
(232
|
)
|
|
|
186,305
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
294,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,699
|
|
|
|
(8,143
|
)
|
|
|
328,170
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
8,161
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
11,823
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
20,067
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
15,679
|
|
|
|
12,315
|
|
|
|
26,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
332,063
|
|
|
|
45,793
|
|
|
|
219,223
|
|
|
|
(8,354
|
)
|
|
|
588,725
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,081
|
|
|
|
(36,081
|
)
|
|
|
214
|
|
Other shareholders equity
|
|
|
134,122
|
|
|
|
816,826
|
|
|
|
107,850
|
|
|
|
(924,676
|
)
|
|
|
134,122
|
|
Noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,916
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
134,336
|
|
|
|
816,826
|
|
|
|
152,847
|
|
|
|
(960,757
|
)
|
|
|
143,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
466,399
|
|
|
$
|
862,619
|
|
|
$
|
372,070
|
|
|
$
|
(969,111
|
)
|
|
$
|
731,977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 114
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,267
|
|
|
$
|
348,079
|
|
|
$
|
(6,611
|
)
|
|
$
|
495,735
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
136,719
|
|
|
|
294,975
|
|
|
|
(6,611
|
)
|
|
|
424,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
17,548
|
|
|
|
53,104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,737
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
17,495
|
|
|
|
10,631
|
|
|
|
34,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,295
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
26,046
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
|
8,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,827
|
|
Other operating loss (income), net
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,025
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(44,247
|
)
|
|
|
6,466
|
|
|
|
10,371
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27,410
|
)
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
19,396
|
|
|
|
(5,868
|
)
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,658
|
|
Intercompany royalty and
technical service fees, net
|
|
|
(3,032
|
)
|
|
|
(3,632
|
)
|
|
|
6,664
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other loss,
net
|
|
|
(578
|
)
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
1,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,195
|
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
(8,670
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income tax
expense and discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(55,457
|
)
|
|
|
7,075
|
|
|
|
(4,975
|
)
|
|
|
4,094
|
|
|
|
(49,263
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(5,709
|
)
|
|
|
2,456
|
|
|
|
1,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,685
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before discontinued
operations
|
|
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
4,619
|
|
|
|
(6,543
|
)
|
|
|
4,094
|
|
|
|
(47,578
|
)
|
Loss from discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,793
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,793
|
)
|
Loss on sale of discontinued
operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
4,619
|
|
|
|
(8,552
|
)
|
|
|
4,094
|
|
|
|
(49,587
|
)
|
Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income attributable to
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,619
|
|
|
$
|
(8,713
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,094
|
|
|
$
|
(49,748
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 115
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,052
|
|
|
$
|
58,887
|
|
|
$
|
(1,333
|
)
|
|
$
|
84,606
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
22,587
|
|
|
|
47,301
|
|
|
|
(1,333
|
)
|
|
|
68,531
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
4,465
|
|
|
|
11,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,075
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
3,620
|
|
|
|
1,873
|
|
|
|
6,071
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,564
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
18,944
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
1,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,824
|
|
Other operating loss
(income), net
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(42
|
)
|
|
|
(521
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(564
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(22,539
|
)
|
|
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
4,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,749
|
)
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
1,859
|
|
|
|
(1,176
|
)
|
|
|
1,239
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,922
|
|
Intercompany royalty and
technical service fees, net
|
|
|
(546
|
)
|
|
|
(683
|
)
|
|
|
1,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other
loss, net
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
|
5,198
|
|
|
|
1,672
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,870
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income
tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,682
|
)
|
|
|
5,910
|
|
|
|
1,889
|
|
|
|
(6,870
|
)
|
|
|
(17,753
|
)
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(479
|
)
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
5,204
|
|
|
|
1,567
|
|
|
|
(6,870
|
)
|
|
|
(18,302
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Loss on sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
5,204
|
|
|
|
1,749
|
|
|
|
(6,870
|
)
|
|
|
(18,120
|
)
|
Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,204
|
|
|
$
|
1,666
|
|
|
$
|
(6,870
|
)
|
|
$
|
(18,203
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 116
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
169,300
|
|
|
$
|
386,539
|
|
|
$
|
(7,614
|
)
|
|
$
|
548,225
|
|
Cost of goods sold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148,853
|
|
|
|
306,667
|
|
|
|
(7,614
|
)
|
|
|
447,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,447
|
|
|
|
79,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,319
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses
|
|
|
17,422
|
|
|
|
10,669
|
|
|
|
39,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,334
|
|
Special charges, net
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
|
6,474
|
|
|
|
1,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,357
|
|
Acquisition and integration
expenses
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,680
|
|
Other operating loss
(income), net
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
|
(195
|
)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(971
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(18,170
|
)
|
|
|
3,499
|
|
|
|
37,590
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,919
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
14,584
|
|
|
|
(7,230
|
)
|
|
|
9,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,794
|
|
Intercompany royalty and
technical service fees, net
|
|
|
(3,080
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency and other
loss, net
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
(3,970
|
)
|
|
|
4,530
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
860
|
|
Equity in earnings of
subsidiaries
|
|
|
25,141
|
|
|
|
14,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39,327
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before income
tax expense and
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(4,833
|
)
|
|
|
28,885
|
|
|
|
20,540
|
|
|
|
(39,327
|
)
|
|
|
5,265
|
|
Income tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(4,392
|
)
|
|
|
3,654
|
|
|
|
5,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before
discontinued operations
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
25,231
|
|
|
|
14,570
|
|
|
|
(39,327
|
)
|
|
|
33
|
|
Loss from discontinued
operations, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
Loss on sale of
discontinued operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
25,231
|
|
|
|
14,389
|
|
|
|
(39,327
|
)
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
Net income attributable to
noncontrolling interests
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
attributable to Polymer
Group, Inc.
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
|
$
|
25,231
|
|
|
$
|
14,096
|
|
|
$
|
(39,327
|
)
|
|
$
|
(441
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 117
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Five Months Ended July 2, 2011
Successor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in)
provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
(37,781
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,980
|
|
|
$
|
(10,854
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(27,655
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of Polymer
Group, Inc.
|
|
|
(403,496
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(403,496
|
)
|
Purchases of property,
plant and equipment
|
|
|
(11,867
|
)
|
|
|
(6,980
|
)
|
|
|
(24,172
|
)
|
|
|
13,108
|
|
|
|
(29,911
|
)
|
Proceeds from the sale
of assets
|
|
|
13,108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,191
|
|
|
|
(13,108
|
)
|
|
|
9,191
|
|
Acquisition of
noncontrolling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,246
|
)
|
Acquisition of
intangibles and other
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
Net activity in
investment in and
advances (to) from
subsidiaries
|
|
|
(28,545
|
)
|
|
|
(10,639
|
)
|
|
|
39,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in)
provided by investing
activities
|
|
|
(430,793
|
)
|
|
|
(17,779
|
)
|
|
|
17,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(431,512
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance
of senior notes
|
|
|
560,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560,000
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259,865
|
|
Proceeds from other
long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Proceeds from
short-term borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,245
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(286,470
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(286,470
|
)
|
Repayment of other
long-term debt
|
|
|
(31,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(17,697
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,197
|
)
|
Repayment of short-term
borrowings
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32,825
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,176
|
)
|
Loan acquisition costs
|
|
|
(19,252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,252
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used
in) financing activities
|
|
|
482,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40,277
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate
changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
13,661
|
|
|
|
3,361
|
|
|
|
(32,936
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,914
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
at beginning of period
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3,210
|
|
|
|
67,519
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
at end of period
|
|
$
|
13,703
|
|
|
$
|
6,571
|
|
|
$
|
34,583
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
54,857
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 118
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the One Month Ended January 28, 2011
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in)
provided by
operating activities
|
|
$
|
(34,725
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,636
|
|
|
$
|
7,819
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(25,270
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of
property, plant
and equipment
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(5,652
|
)
|
|
|
(2,725
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,405
|
)
|
Proceeds from the
sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Acquisition of
intangibles and
other
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Net activity in
investment in and
advances (to)
from subsidiaries
|
|
|
2,055
|
|
|
|
2,872
|
|
|
|
(4,927
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by
(used in) investing
activities
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
|
|
(2,715
|
)
|
|
|
(7,612
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,305
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from
other long-term
debt
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,500
|
|
Proceeds from
short-term
borrowings
|
|
|
631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
631
|
|
Repayment of
other long-term
debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Repayment of
short-term
borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(665
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing
activities
|
|
|
32,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(689
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange
rate changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease)
increase in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
(572
|
)
|
|
|
(1,079
|
)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,584
|
)
|
Cash and cash
equivalents at
beginning of period
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
|
4,289
|
|
|
|
67,452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents at end
of period
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
3,210
|
|
|
$
|
67,519
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
70,771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F - 119
Condensed Consolidating
Statement of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended July 3, 2010
Predecessor (Unaudited)
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI (Issuer)
|
|
|
Guarantors
|
|
|
Non-Guarantors
|
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
Net cash (used in)
provided by operating
activities
|
|
$
|
(368
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,732
|
|
|
$
|
14,209
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of
property, plant and
equipment
|
|
|
(5,701
|
)
|
|
|
(723
|
)
|
|
|
(3,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,669
|
)
|
Proceeds from the
sale of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
Acquisition of
intangibles and other
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(179
|
)
|
Net activity in
investment in and
advances (to) from
subsidiaries
|
|
|
9,801
|
|
|
|
3,260
|
|
|
|
(13,061
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by
(used in) investing
activities
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
|
|
3,165
|
|
|
|
(16,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,189
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from other
long-term debt
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,014
|
|
Proceeds from
short-term borrowings
|
|
|
1,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,739
|
|
Repayment of term loan
|
|
|
(1,993
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,993
|
)
|
Repayment of other
long-term debt
|
|
|
(18,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,566
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(24,566
|
)
|
Repayment of
short-term borrowings
|
|
|
(1,082
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,922
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,004
|
)
|
Other financing, net
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in
financing activities
|
|
|
(2,023
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,953
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate
changes on cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,041
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,041
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease)
in cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
|
1,530
|
|
|
|
6,897
|
|
|
|
(5,060
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents at beginning
of period
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
4,195
|
|
|
|
52,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents at end of
period
|
|
$
|
2,264
|
|
|
$
|
11,092
|
|
|
$
|
47,905
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
61,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 23. Subsequent Events
The Company has performed an analysis of
subsequent events through October 24, 2011, the date the
financial statements were available to be issued.
U.S. Spunmelt Expansion Project Effectiveness of Equipment Lease Agreement
On October 7, 2011, the Basic Term Commencement Date associated with the Equipment lease
agreement, discussed in further detail in Note 17 Commitments and Contingencies, came into
effect. Furthermore, the Company has assessed the accounting for the Equipment lease, pursuant to
ASC 840, Leases, and has concluded that it will account for the lease as an operating lease.
F - 120
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
(a) The following entities are incorporated under the laws of Delaware: Polymer Group, Inc.,
Chicopee, Inc., PGI Polymer, Inc. and PGI Europe Inc. (collectively, the Delaware Corporations).
Delaware General Corporation Law
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact
that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good
faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause
to believe such persons conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by
judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall
not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner
which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that such persons conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in
its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise
against expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith
and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and
only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem
proper.
Section 145(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that to the extent that a
present or former director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Section 145(a) and
(b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against
expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection
therewith.
Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that any indemnification under
Section 145(a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 145(a) and (b). Such determination shall be
made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer of the corporation at the time of such
determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such action, suit or
proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by
majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum; or (3) if there are no such
directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or
(4) by the stockholders.
II-1
Section 145(e) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that expenses (including
attorneys fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation
in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately
be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized
in Section 145. Such expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by former directors and officers
or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the
corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the
board of directors deems appropriate.
Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that the indemnification and
advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may
be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in such persons official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses
arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or
impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws after the occurrence of
the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless
the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination
or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation shall have
the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred
by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such persons status as such, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Section
145.
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, among other things, that a
director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful
stock purchase or redemption, may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent
when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing
his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the
meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such
absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
Organizational Documents of Delaware Registrants
The articles of incorporation and/or bylaws of each of the Delaware Corporations provide that,
to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the corporation shall indemnify any current or former
Director or officer of the corporation and may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors,
indemnify any current or former employee or agent of the corporation against all expenses,
liabilities and losses reasonably incurred or suffered by him or her in connection with any
action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation or otherwise, to which he
or she was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her current or
former position with the corporation or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving, at
the request of the corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
(b) Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C. and Fabrene, L.L.C., are limited liability companies
organized under the laws of Delaware.
Delaware Limited Liability Company Act
Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited
liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and
against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
II-2
In accordance with these provisions, the Limited Liability Company Agreements of Dominion
Textile (USA), L.L.C. and Fabrene, L.L.C. state that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, the company shall indemnify a member, manager, an officer, a person to whom the managers
delegate management responsibilities, any affiliate, officer, director or shareholder of a member,
or manager, or any employee or agent of the company or of the indemnified party from any loss,
damage or claim incurred by the indemnified party by reason of any act performed or omitted to be
performed by the indemnified party in good faith in connection with the business of the company
including expenses (including legal fees) incurred by such indemnified person in defending any
claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding ; provided however, that an indemnified party shall not
be indemnified for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such party by reason of gross negligence
or willful misconduct with such acts or omissions.
II-3
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
2.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 4, 2010, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and MatlinPatterson Global
Opportunities Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated October 4, 2010, filed on October 4, 2010)
|
|
|
|
3.1*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
|
|
|
|
3.2*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
|
|
|
|
3.3*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.4*
|
|
Bylaws of Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.5*
|
|
Certificate of Conversion of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.6*
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.7*
|
|
Certificate of Conversion of Fabrene, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.8*
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Fabrene, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.9*
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Europe, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.10*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of PGI Europe, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.11*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Polymer, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.12*
|
|
Bylaws of PGI Polymer, Inc.
|
|
|
|
4.1*
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors
named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
|
|
|
|
4.2*
|
|
Form of Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1)
|
|
|
|
4.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc.,
the guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
|
|
|
|
5.1*
|
|
Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
|
|
|
|
10.1*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation
as Holdings, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation as lead borrower, the lenders from time to
time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent,
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC and RBC
Capital Markets as co-documentation agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead
arrangers and joint book runners
|
|
|
|
10.2*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation
named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
|
10.3*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation,
Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition
Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
|
10.4*
|
|
Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among
Citibank, N.A., Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder Collateral Agent. Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Polymer Group,
Inc. named therein.
|
II-4
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
10.5*
|
|
Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011,
among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Polymer
Group, Inc. named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 representative and Wilmington
Trust Company as Collateral Agent and Trustee.
|
|
|
|
10.6*
|
|
Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition
Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named
therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
|
10.7*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2010, between Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation and Veronica M. Hagen
|
|
|
|
10.8*
|
|
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, between Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation and Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.9*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Michael Hale and
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.10*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Dennis Norman and
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.11*
|
|
2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.12*
|
|
Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement Under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings
Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.13*
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation
Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.14*
|
|
Amended and Restated Polymer Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, between Gossamer Holdings, LLC,
as Lessor, and Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 3, 2010)
|
|
|
|
10.16*
|
|
Amendment and Waiver to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2011, between
Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
|
|
|
|
10.17*
|
|
Second Amendment to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, between
Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
|
|
|
|
12.1*
|
|
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
|
|
21.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
|
|
23.2*
|
|
Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as
Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement)
|
|
|
|
25.1*
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington
Trust Company as trustee under the Indenture, dated January 28, 2011, among Polymer
Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
|
|
|
|
99.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal
|
|
|
|
99.2*
|
|
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
|
|
|
|
99.3*
|
|
Form of Letter to Clients
|
|
|
|
99.4*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
|
II-5
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
SCHEDULE IIVALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In Thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONS
|
|
|
DEDUCTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
Charged to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
costs and
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Description
|
|
of period
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
end of period
|
|
Fiscal Year ended
January 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
9,148
|
|
|
|
1,307
|
|
|
|
256
|
(3)
|
|
|
3,185
|
(6)
|
|
|
7,526
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
174,792
|
|
|
|
14,965
|
|
|
|
810
|
(3)
|
|
|
72
|
(4)
|
|
|
190,495
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
|
|
9,098
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
10,271
|
(5)
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
Fiscal Year ended
January 2, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
7,673
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
|
|
411
|
(1)
|
|
|
1,256
|
(2)
|
|
|
9,148
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
183,406
|
|
|
|
7,763
|
|
|
|
626
|
(3)
|
|
|
17,003
|
(4)
|
|
|
174,792
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
17,113
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
16,961
|
(5)
|
|
|
2,803
|
|
Fiscal Year ended
January 3, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
5,963
|
|
|
|
1,931
|
|
|
|
(181
|
)
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
7,673
|
|
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
|
|
|
172,746
|
|
|
|
16,418
|
|
|
|
3,092
|
(2)(3)
|
|
|
8,850
|
(4)
|
|
|
183,406
|
|
Plant realignment
|
|
|
5,903
|
|
|
|
6,388
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
9,739
|
(5)
|
|
|
2,672
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Opening balance associated with acquisition.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Primarily recoveries.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments and valuation allowance related to temporary
differences not impacting the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Net adjustments due to realizations of deferred tax assets and valuation allowance related to
temporary differences.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Cash payments and adjustments.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Primarily write-offs.
|
Item 22. Undertakings.
(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:
(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities
Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental
change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the
total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered)
and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering
price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective
registration statement; and
II-6
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material
change to such information in the registration statement;
(2) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(3) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the
securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(4) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any
purchaser, if the registrants are subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than
registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of
the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in
a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in
a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time
of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made
in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or
made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; and
(5) that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrants under the
Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, each of the
undersigned registrants undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned registrants pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the
underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are
offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the
undersigned registrants will be sellers to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or
sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant
relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned
registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering
containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities
provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the
undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or
13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated
documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in
documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of
responding to the request.
(c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired
involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it
became effective.
II-7
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to directors, officers, or controlling persons of each of the registrants pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, each of the registrants has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person of the registrants in connection with the securities being registered, the registrants will,
unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit
to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by them is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
II-8
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Veronica M. Hagen
Veronica M. Hagen
|
|
President and
Chief Executive
Officer and
Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Executive Vice
President & Chief
Financial
Officer
(Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Chinh E. Chu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Anjan Mukherjee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Jason Giordano
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
James S. Alder
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Mark S. Burgess
|
|
|
|
|
II-9
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Veronica M. Hagen
Veronica M. Hagen
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Michael W. Hale
|
|
|
|
|
II-10
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Manager
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Michael W. Hale
Michael W. Hale
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President
and
Manager
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
II-11
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
FABRENE, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Manager
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Richard Gillespie
Richard Gillespie
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manager
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
Michael W. Hale
|
|
|
|
|
II-12
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI EUROPE, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
and Director
(Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Michael W. Hale
Michael W. Hale
|
|
President &
Chief Executive
Officer and
Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
II-13
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused
this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Charlotte, State of North Carolina, on October 24, 2011.
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Dennis E. Norman and
Daniel L. Rikard and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the
undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and
stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any
and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, including
any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary
to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI POLYMER, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Veronica M. Hagen
Veronica M. Hagen
|
|
President &
Chief Executive
Officer and
Director
(Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Dennis E. Norman
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
and Director
(Principal
Financial Officer)
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Darryl Smith
Darryl Smith
|
|
Director
|
|
October 24, 2011
|
II-14
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
2.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 4, 2010, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation, and MatlinPatterson Global
Opportunities Partners L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Current Report
on Form 8-K, dated October 4, 2010, filed on October 4, 2010)
|
|
|
|
3.1*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
|
|
|
|
3.2*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
|
|
|
|
3.3*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.4*
|
|
Bylaws of Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.5*
|
|
Certificate of Conversion of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.6*
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Dominion Textile (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.7*
|
|
Certificate of Conversion of Fabrene, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.8*
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Fabrene, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
3.9*
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Europe, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.10*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of PGI Europe, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.11*
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PGI Polymer, Inc.
|
|
|
|
3.12*
|
|
Bylaws of PGI Polymer, Inc.
|
|
|
|
4.1*
|
|
Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the guarantors
named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
|
|
|
|
4.2*
|
|
Form of Note (attached as exhibit to Exhibit 4.1)
|
|
|
|
4.3*
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc.,
the guarantors named therein, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
|
|
|
|
5.1*
|
|
Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
|
|
|
|
10.1*
|
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation
as Holdings, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation as lead borrower, the lenders from time to
time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent,
Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as syndication agent, Barclays Bank PLC and RBC
Capital Markets as co-documentation agents, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan
Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital and RBC Capital Markets, as joint lead
arrangers and joint book runners
|
|
|
|
10.2*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation
named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
|
10.3*
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation,
Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition
Corporation named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
|
10.4*
|
|
Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among
Citibank, N.A., Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder Collateral Agent. Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc. and the subsidiaries of Polymer Group,
Inc. named therein.
|
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description
|
10.5*
|
|
Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011,
among Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, Polymer Group, Inc., the subsidiaries of Polymer
Group, Inc. named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 representative and Wilmington
Trust Company as Collateral Agent and Trustee.
|
|
|
|
10.6*
|
|
Guaranty Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Scorpio Acquisition
Corporation, certain other subsidiaries of Scorpio Acquisition Corporation named
therein and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
|
10.7*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2010, between Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation and Veronica M. Hagen
|
|
|
|
10.8*
|
|
Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, between Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation and Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.9*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Michael Hale and
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.10*
|
|
Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 28, 2011, between Dennis Norman and
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.11*
|
|
2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.12*
|
|
Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement Under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings
Corporation Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.13*
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Scorpio Holdings Corporation
Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
10.14*
|
|
Amended and Restated Polymer Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
|
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, between Gossamer Holdings, LLC,
as Lessor, and Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on July 3, 2010)
|
|
|
|
10.16*
|
|
Amendment and Waiver to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2011, between
Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
|
|
|
|
10.17*
|
|
Second Amendment to Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2011, between
Chicopee, Inc., as Lessee and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as Lessor
|
|
|
|
12.1*
|
|
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
|
|
21.1*
|
|
Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
|
|
23.2*
|
|
Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as
Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement)
|
|
|
|
25.1*
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington
Trust Company as trustee under the Indenture, dated January 28, 2011, among Polymer
Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee
|
|
|
|
99.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal
|
|
|
|
99.2*
|
|
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees
|
|
|
|
99.3*
|
|
Form of Letter to Clients
|
|
|
|
99.4*
|
|
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
|
Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION VERSION
INDENTURE
Dated as of January 28, 2011
Among
POLYMER GROUP, INC.,
THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO,
and
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
as Trustee
7.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2019
Reference is made to: (i) the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January
28, 2011, among Citibank, N.A., as ABL Collateral Agent for the ABL Secured Parties referred to
therein, Wilmington Trust Company, as Note Collateral Agent; Polymer Group, Inc., and the
subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein (the
Intercreditor Agreement
) and (ii)
Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the
subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc. named therein, Wilmington Trust Company as Notes Collateral
Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in
accordance with this Indenture (the
Collateral Agency Agreement
). Each Holder, by its
acceptance of a Note (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor
Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral
Agent on behalf of each holder of Notes to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Notes
Collateral Agent on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement
to the lenders under the ABL Facility to extend credit to the Company and the Guarantors and such
lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
*
|
|
|
Trust Indenture Act Section
|
|
Indenture Section
|
310 (a)(1)
|
|
7.10
|
(a)(2)
|
|
7.10
|
(a)(3)
|
|
N.A.
|
(a)(4)
|
|
N.A.
|
(a)(5)
|
|
7.10
|
(b)
|
|
7.10
|
(c)
|
|
N.A.
|
311 (a)
|
|
7.11
|
(b)
|
|
7.11
|
(c)
|
|
N.A.
|
312 (a)
|
|
2.05
|
(b)
|
|
13.03
|
(c)
|
|
13.03
|
313 (a)
|
|
7.06
|
(b)(1)
|
|
7.06; 10.04
|
(b)(2)
|
|
7.06; 7.07
|
(c)
|
|
7.06; 13.02
|
(d)
|
|
7.06
|
314 (a)
|
|
4.03; 13.02; 13.05
|
(b)
|
|
10.02
|
(c)(1)
|
|
13.04
|
(c)(2)
|
|
13.04
|
(c)(3)
|
|
N.A.
|
(d)
|
|
10.03; 10.04; 10.05
|
(e)
|
|
13.05
|
(f)
|
|
N.A.
|
315 (a)
|
|
7.01
|
(b)
|
|
7.05; 13.02
|
(c)
|
|
7.01
|
(d)(1)
|
|
7.01
|
(d)(2)
|
|
7.01
|
(d)(3)
|
|
N.A.
|
(e)
|
|
6.14
|
316 (a)(last sentence)
|
|
2.09
|
(a)(1)(A)
|
|
6.05
|
(a)(1)(B)
|
|
6.04
|
(a)(2)
|
|
N.A.
|
(b)
|
|
6.07
|
(c)
|
|
2.12; 9.04
|
317 (a)(1)
|
|
6.08
|
(a)(2)
|
|
6.12
|
(b)
|
|
2.04
|
318 (a)
|
|
13.01
|
(b)
|
|
N.A.
|
(c)
|
|
13.01
|
N.A. means not applicable.
|
|
|
*
|
|
This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01 Definitions
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 1.02 Other Definitions
|
|
|
30
|
|
Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
|
|
|
31
|
|
Section 1.04 Rules of Construction
|
|
|
31
|
|
Section 1.05 Acts of Holders
|
|
|
32
|
|
Section 1.06 Timing of Payment
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE NOTES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms
|
|
|
33
|
|
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication
|
|
|
34
|
|
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.05 Holder Lists
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange
|
|
|
35
|
|
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes
|
|
|
46
|
|
Section 2.11 Cancellation
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 2.13 CUSIP/ISIN Numbers
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REDEMPTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee
|
|
|
47
|
|
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption
|
|
|
48
|
|
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption
|
|
|
49
|
|
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption
|
|
|
50
|
|
Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
|
|
|
52
|
|
Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information
|
|
|
53
|
|
Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate
|
|
|
54
|
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 4.05 Taxes
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments
|
|
|
54
|
|
Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 4.09 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
62
|
|
Section 4.10 Asset Sales
|
|
|
67
|
|
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
70
|
|
Section 4.12 Liens
|
|
|
71
|
|
Section 4.13 Corporate Existence
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 4.15 Events of Loss
|
|
|
74
|
|
Section 4.16 Future Guarantees
|
|
|
75
|
|
Section 4.17 Impairment of Security Interests
|
|
|
75
|
|
Section 4.18 After-Acquired Property
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 4.19 Further Assurances
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 4.20 Suspension of Certain Covenants
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUCCESSORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
|
|
|
77
|
|
Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01 Events of Default
|
|
|
80
|
|
Section 6.02 Acceleration
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 6.03 Other Remedies
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 6.05 Control by Majority
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
|
|
|
83
|
|
Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 6.13 Priorities
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRUSTEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee
|
|
|
84
|
|
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee
|
|
|
85
|
|
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 7.04 Trustees Disclaimer
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity
|
|
|
88
|
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
|
|
|
89
|
|
Section 7.12 Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement, Security Agreement and Other Collateral Documents
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
|
|
|
91
|
|
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust;
other Miscellaneous Provisions
|
|
|
92
|
|
Section 8.06 Repayment to Company
|
|
|
92
|
|
Section 8.07 Reinstatement
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders
|
|
|
93
|
|
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders
|
|
|
94
|
|
Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 9.07 Payment for Consent
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.01 Collateral and Collateral Documents
|
|
|
97
|
|
Section 10.02 Recordings and Opinions
|
|
|
98
|
|
Section 10.03 Release of Collateral
|
|
|
98
|
|
Section 10.04 Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements
|
|
|
99
|
|
Section 10.05 Certificates of the Trustee
|
|
|
99
|
|
Section 10.06 Suits To Protect the Collateral
|
|
|
99
|
|
Section 10.07 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents
|
|
|
99
|
|
Section 10.08 Purchaser Protected
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 10.09 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 10.10 Release Upon Termination of the Companys Obligations
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 10.11 Notes Collateral Agent
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 10.12 Designations
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.01 Guarantee
|
|
|
102
|
|
Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
|
|
|
104
|
|
-iii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 11.04 Subrogation
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 11.05 Benefits Acknowledged
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 11.06 Release of Guarantees by Subsidiary Guarantors
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls
|
|
|
106
|
|
Section 13.02 Notices
|
|
|
106
|
|
Section 13.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders
|
|
|
107
|
|
Section 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
|
|
|
107
|
|
Section 13.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
|
|
|
107
|
|
Section 13.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.08 Governing Law
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.09 Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.10 Force Majeure
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.11 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.12 Successors
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.13 Severability
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.14 Counterpart Originals
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 13.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc
|
|
|
109
|
|
Section 13.16 Qualification of Indenture
|
|
|
109
|
|
Section 13.17 Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement Govern
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBITS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A
Form of Senior Secured Note
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B
Form of Certificate of Transfer
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C
Form of Certificate of Exchange
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D
Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
|
|
|
|
|
INDENTURE, dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the
Company
), the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the Trustee).
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H
WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $560,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Companys 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (the
Initial Notes
);
WHEREAS, the Company and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery
of this Indenture (as defined herein);
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, each of the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the
benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01
Definitions.
144A Global Note
means a Global Note substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
hereto
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of,
and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
ABL Collateral
means ABL Facility First Lien Collateral as defined in the Intercreditor
Agreement.
ABL Collateral Agent
means Citibank, N.A. and any successor collateral agent under the ABL
Facility, or if there is no ABL Facility, the ABL Collateral Agent designated pursuant to the
terms of the ABL Lenders Debt.
ABL Facility
means the Credit Facility, dated as of the Issue Date by and among Parent, the
Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and
Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent,
and Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, as co-documentation agents, including any
guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and
any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or
refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with
banks or other institutional lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the
loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or
alters the maturity thereof (
provided
that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section
4.09 hereof).
ABL Lenders Debt
means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL
Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a senior priority security interest relative to the Notes
in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging
Obligations directly related to any ABL Lenders Debt entered into with any lender (or its
affiliates) under the ABL Facility and (iv) all Bank Products entered into with any lender (or its
affiliates) under the ABL Facility.
Acquired Indebtedness
means, with respect to any specified Person,
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged
with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging
with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.
Acquisition
means the acquisition of the Company by the Investors on the Issue Date and the
related transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreement.
Additional Interest
means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.
Additional Notes
means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than
Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance
with Sections 2.01, 4.09 and 4.12 hereof.
Additional Parity Debt
means the Additional Notes, the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and any
additional Secured Indebtedness that is ranked
pari passu
with the Notes and is permitted to be
incurred pursuant to the terms of this Indenture;
provided
that (i) the representative of such
Additional Parity Debt executes a joinder agreement to the Collateral Agency Agreement and, if
applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing
to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as Additional Parity
Debt hereunder.
Affiliate
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and under common control with), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise.
After-Acquired Property
means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets)
acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Company or a
Guarantor from another Guarantor, which in each case constitutes Collateral.
Agent
means any Registrar or Paying Agent.
Agents Message
means a message transmitted by DTC to, and received by, the Depositary and
forming a part of the Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express
acknowledgment from each participant in DTC tendering the Notes and that such participants have
received the Letter of Transmittal and agree to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Transmittal
and the Company may enforce such agreement against such participants.
Applicable Premium
means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and
(2) the excess, if any, of (i) the present value at such Redemption Date of the (A)
redemption price of such Note at February 1, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in
the table in Section 3.07(c) hereof), plus (B) all required interest payments due on such
Note through February 1, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption
Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date
plus 50 basis points; over (ii) the principal amount of such Note.
Applicable Procedures
means, with respect to any action relating to any Global Note, the
rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and/or Clearstream that apply to such
transaction.
-2-
Asset Sale
means:
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of
a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(each referred to in this definition as a disposition); or
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof),
whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;
in each case, other than:
(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or surplus,
obsolete or worn-out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of
inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course
of business or any disposition of ABL Collateral;
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a
manner permitted pursuant to the provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof or any
disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to
be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof, or under the definition of Permitted
Investment;
(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair market value
of less than $10.0 million;
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;
(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, or comparable law or regulation, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot
thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
(g) the lease, assignment or sub-lease of any real or personal property in the ordinary
course of business;
(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities
of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(i) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets or the granting of
Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility and any transactions in connection with the Factoring Program;
(k) any financing transaction with respect to the acquisition or construction of
property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale
and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;
-3-
(l) the licensing and sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general
intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(m) the sale, discount or other disposition of inventory, accounts receivable or notes
receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to
notes receivable; and
(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender
of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business.
Bank Products
means any facilities or services related to cash management, including
treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and
other cash management arrangements.
Bankruptcy Law
means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief
of debtors.
Board of Directors
means with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the
corporation, and with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person, or board
of directors of the general partner or general manager of such Person serving a similar function.
Borrowing Base
means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
(1) 85% of the book value of all net accounts receivable owned by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
plus
(2) 70% of the book value of all net inventory owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date,
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
Broker-Dealer
has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
Business Day
means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
Calculation Date
means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio or the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, shall occur.
Capital Stock
means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligation
means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in
accordance with GAAP;
provided
that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
either existing on the Issue Date or created prior to any recharacterization
described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as
capital lease obligations
-4-
and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease
obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this
Indenture (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and EBITDA)
not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness;
provided
,
further
, that any obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under the
Equipment Lease Agreement shall not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.
Capitalized Software Expenditures
means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures
(whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during
such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and
software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as
capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Captive Insurance Subsidiary
means (i) any Subsidiary established by the Company for the
primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by the Company or any of
is Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such insurance subsidiary established for the same
primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
Cash Equivalents
means:
(1) United States dollars;
(2) (a) , or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or
(b) such local currencies held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time
in the ordinary course of business;
(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured
by the U.S. government (or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S. government),
with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with maturities
of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having
capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0
million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of
non-U.S. banks;
(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(3) and (4) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified
in clause (4) above;
(6) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or at least A-1 by S&P and in each
case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at
least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither
Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating
Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof;
(8) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described
in clauses (1) through (7) above;
(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or
territory of the United States or any political subdivision or Taxing Authority thereof
having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moodys or S&P with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition;
-5-
(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher
from S&P or A2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date
of acquisition; and
(11) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of
acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or
Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above;
provided
that such amounts are
converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any
event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
Casualty
means any casualty, loss, damage, destruction or other similar loss with respect to
real or personal property or improvements.
Change of Control
means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to
any Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
(2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the
acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for
the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule
13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single
transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other
business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies holding
directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company.
Clearstream
means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme.
Collateral
means all assets of the Company and the Guarantors, whether real, personal or
mixed, with respect to which a Lien is granted (or purported to be granted) as security for any
Secured Obligations (including proceeds and products thereof).
Collateral Agency Agreement
means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated
as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor, Wilmington Trust Company as
Notes Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time
to time in accordance with this Indenture.
Collateral Documents
means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements,
mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing
statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that
create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or
the Trustee (for the benefit of the Holders of Notes), the Collateral Agency Agreement and the
Intercreditor Agreement, in each case as they may be amended from time to time, and
any instruments of assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or
agreements executed pursuant to the foregoing.
Company
has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto until a successor Person shall have
become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter Company shall
mean such successor Person.
-6-
Company Order
means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer
of the Company, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the
treasurer, the principal accounting officer or an executive vice president of the Company, and
delivered to the Trustee.
Condemnation
means any taking by a Governmental Authority of property or assets, or any part
thereof or interest therein, for public or quasi-public use under the power of eminent domain, by
reason of any public improvement or condemnation or in any other manner.
Condemnation Award
means all proceeds of any Condemnation or transfer in lieu thereof.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense
means with respect to any Person for any
period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense and capitalized fees related to
any Receivables Facility, amortization of intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees
and expenses and Capitalized Software Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred
financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated
basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense
means, with respect to any Person for any period, without
duplication, the sum of:
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting
from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash
interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement
in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments
pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net
payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate
Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (t) penalties and interest
relating to taxes; (u) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting
Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness
in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any
acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any additional interest with respect to other
securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions,
fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z)
commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense)
related to any Receivables Facility);
plus
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued;
less
(3) interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit
in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of
the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated
basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided
,
however
, that, without
duplication,
(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the
Transaction); severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service
fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be
excluded;
-7-
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result
of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded;
(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed
or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed,
abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded;
(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating
thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition
of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as
determined in good faith by the Company, shall be excluded;
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall
be excluded;
provided
that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the
amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to
the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in
respect of such period;
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under clause (3)(a) of Section 4.07(a) hereof, the Net Income for such period of any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted
Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior
governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the
operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its
stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar
distributions has been legally waived;
provided
that Consolidated Net Income of the Company
shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments
actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not
already included therein;
(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of
changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of
variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in
process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Persons
consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of
purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any consummated acquisition or the
amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness
or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded;
(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment
charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets
or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant
to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded;
(10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue,
including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar
rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with
the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or
business partners of Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent
companies or subsidiaries shall be excluded;
-8-
(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization
thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization,
Investment, Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity
Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in
each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such
transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs
incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without
limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to
equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection
with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction
consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed)
shall be excluded;
(12) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the
Issue Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction
in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies
shall be excluded; and
(13) the following items shall be excluded;
(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period
from Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
(b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain
(loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss
(after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses
related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain
resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business
interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by
indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or
any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 hereof only (other than clause
(3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income
arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each
case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
such covenant pursuant to clause (3)(d) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
Contingent Obligations
means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(
primary obligations
) of any other Person (the
primary obligor
) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent,
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor;
(2) to advance or supply funds
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or
-9-
(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of
assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to
make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in
Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders
and the Company.
Credit Facilities
means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities, including the ABL Facility, or other financing arrangements
(including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes,
mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that
replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments
thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that
increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (
provided
that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof) or adds Restricted
Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other
agent, lender or group of lenders.
Custodian
means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any
successor entity thereto.
Default
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.
Definitive Note
means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and
issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto.
Depositary
means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global
form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and
any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to
the applicable provision of this Indenture.
Designated Non-cash Consideration
means the fair market value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers Certificate, setting forth
the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the
amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection
on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.
Designated Preferred Stock
means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent corporation
thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a
Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an
Officers Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable
parent corporation thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of
which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
Disqualified Stock
means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other
than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case
prior to the date 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes;
provided
,
however
, that if such
Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries
or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital
-10-
Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be
repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or
regulatory obligations.
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
means any Restricted Subsidiary that is organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia other than any
such Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled
foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
EBITDA
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses
h), (j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net
Income for such period:
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including,
without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware
franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital
taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest
relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not
added back in computing Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of
hedging interest rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in
connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed
Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest
Expense pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (z) thereof to the extent the same were
deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such
period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention
charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or
initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of
business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without
limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting
functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not
added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any
one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Issue
Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities;
plus
(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs,
reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (
provided
that if any such non-cash
charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future
period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be
subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash
item that was paid in a prior period);
plus
(f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net
Income;
plus
(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid
or accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to
the Investors to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 4.11 hereof; (and
similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates
-11-
to investors in the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and
deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions
projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions
initiated or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months
after the Issue Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition,
amalgamation, merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and
prior to or during such period (calculated on a
pro forma
basis as though such cost
savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of
actual benefits realized during such period from such actions;
provided
that (x)
such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings
shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses
or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing
Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for
such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (h)
included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million
and 10.0% of EBITDA for such four quarter period;
provided
,
further
, that the
adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may be incremental to (but not duplicative
of)
pro forma
adjustments made pursuant to the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio;
plus
(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management
or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder
agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds
contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of
Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent
that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause
(3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;
plus
(j) (x) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of
Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets
by the Company as of November 30, 2009 (the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition); (y)
losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from
November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (z) the annualized EBITDA
attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to
the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition;
plus
(k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Companys spunmelt lines
in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each case, based on the actual
run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010;
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they
represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced
EBITDA in any prior period.
EMU
means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
Equity Interests
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock.
Equity Offering
means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the
Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) or any of its direct or indirect parent companies to the
extent contributed to the Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public offerings with respect to the Companys or any direct or indirect parent
companys common stock registered on Form S-8;
-12-
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
Equipment Lease Agreement
means, collectively, that certain equipment lease agreement, dated
June 24, 2010, between Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC, and the related construction
agency agreement, guarantees and other documentation, as amended and/or restated from time to time.
means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
Euroclear
means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.
Event of Loss
means, with respect to any Collateral, any (1) Casualty of such Collateral,
(2) Condemnation or seizure (other than pursuant to foreclosure or confiscation or requisition of
the use of such Collateral) or (3) settlement in lieu of clause (2) above, in each case having a
fair market value in excess of $10.0 million.
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Exchange Notes
means the Notes of the Company issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to
Section 2.06(f) hereof.
Exchange Offer
has the meaning set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
Exchange Offer Registration Statement
has the meaning set forth in the applicable
Registration Rights Agreement.
Excluded Assets
has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
Excluded Contribution
means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds
received by the Company from:
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity
plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of
the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock)
of the Company, in each case after the Issue Date and in each case designated as Excluded
Contributions pursuant to an Officers Certificate executed by the principal financial
officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such
Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set
forth in clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof.
Factoring Program
means any agreements or facilities entered into by the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries for the purpose of factoring its receivables or payables for cash distribution.
fair market value
means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of
such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the
event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires
or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any revolving credit
facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues
or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the com
-13-
mencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but
prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is made (the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date
), then the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma
effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee,
redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with
GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the
four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or
simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a
pro
forma
basis, assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations
and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter
reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition,
merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this
definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma
effect
thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or
disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever
pro forma
effect is to be given to an Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or any other
transaction, the
pro forma
calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without
duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger or consolidation (including the Transaction) or other transaction,
in each case calculated in the manner described in the definition of EBITDA herein). If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given
pro forma
effect, the interest on
such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation
shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or
accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease
Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above,
interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a
pro forma
basis shall
be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period
except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may
optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the
rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may
designate.
Fixed Charges
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items
eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary
means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or
the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.
-14-
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which
are in effect on the Issue Date.
Global Note Legend
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is
required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
Global Notes
means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and
the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
issued in accordance
with Section 2.01, 2.06(b), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof.
Government Securities
means securities that are:
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which
its full faith and credit is pledged; or
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers
thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities
or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by
such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided
that
(except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the
amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or
interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
Governmental Authority
means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of
any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central
bank).
Grantors
means the Company and the Guarantors.
guarantee
means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including
letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness or other obligations.
Guarantee
means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Companys Obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes.
Guarantor
means each Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Person that becomes a Guarantor in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Hedging Obligations
means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under
any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,
commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or
mitigation of interest rate, commodity or currency risks either generally or under specific
contingencies.
Holder
means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrars books.
-15-
Indebtedness
means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit or bankers acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof);
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any
property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that
constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case
accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until
such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in
accordance with GAAP; or
(d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the
extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the
footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable
for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred
to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance
sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business; and
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in
clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person;
provided
,
however
, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include
(a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under
or in respect of Receivables Facilities, Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and
Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease Obligations).
Indenture
means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
Independent Financial Advisor
means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in
the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been
engaged.
Indirect Participant
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through
a Participant.
Initial Notes
has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
Initial Purchasers
means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
Barclays Capital Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
Intercreditor Agreement
means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as
of the Issue Date, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and each
Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
Interest Payment Date
means February 1 and August 1 of each year to stated maturity.
-16-
Investment Grade Rating
means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
Investment Grade Securities
means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2)
|
|
debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding
any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its
Subsidiaries;
|
|
(3)
|
|
investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type
described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending
investment or distribution; and
|
|
(4)
|
|
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily
utilized for high quality investments.
|
Investments
means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital
contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission,
travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of
business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or
other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be
classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the
other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer
of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of
Unrestricted Subsidiary
and Section
4.07 hereof:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Companys equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of
the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided
,
however
, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary,
the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:
(a) the Companys Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Companys equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the
time of such redesignation; and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at
its fair market value at the time of such transfer.
Investors
means The Blackstone Group and each of its Affiliates, but not including any of
its or their portfolio companies.
Issue Date
means January 28, 2011.
Legal Holiday
means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions
are not required to be open in the State of New York.
Letter of Transmittal
means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Company and sent
to all Holders of the applicable Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the applicable
Exchange Offer.
-17-
Lien
means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge,
hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction;
provided
that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Moodys
means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business.
Net Income
means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.
Net Loss Proceeds
means, with respect to any Event of Loss, the proceeds in the form of (a)
cash or Cash Equivalents, (b) insurance proceeds, (c) Condemnation Awards or (d) damages awarded by
any judgment, in each case received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such
Event of Loss, net of:
(1) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Event of Loss
(including without limitation legal, accounting and appraisal or insurance adjuster fees);
(2) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax
liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements;
(3) any repayment of Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien on the property
or assets that are the subject of such Event of Loss and which Permitted Lien has priority
over the Lien securing the Notes;
(4) amounts required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets subject to the Event of Loss or
having a Lien thereon; and
(5) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated
with such Event of Loss and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, after such Event of Loss, including, without limitation, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with
such Event of Loss.
Net Proceeds
means the aggregate cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents received by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash
Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration
received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or
disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result
thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax
credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the
repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets (other than required by clause (1) of
Section 4.10(b) hereof) and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities
associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other
post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any
indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
Non-U.S. Person
means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
Notes
means the Initial Notes and any other Note authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term Notes shall also include any Additional
Notes that may be issued under a
-18-
supplemental indenture. For purposes of this Indenture, all
references to Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange shall be
deemed to refer to Notes of the applicable series.
Notes Collateral
means Noteholder First Lien Collateral as defined in the Intercreditor
Agreement.
Notes Collateral Agent
means Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as Collateral Agent
under this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement and the other
Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
Obligations
means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for
in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under
applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers
acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Offering Memorandum
means the offering memorandum, dated January 13, 2011, relating to the
sale of the Initial Notes.
Officer
means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or a Guarantor.
Officers Certificate
means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of
the Company or on behalf of a Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor, who must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting
officer of the Company or any officer of such Guarantor that meets the requirements set forth in
this Indenture.
Opinion of Counsel
means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company
or the Trustee.
Parent
means Scorpio Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
Participant
means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who
has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to
DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
Permitted Asset Swap
means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business
Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person;
provided
, that any cash or Cash
Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof;
provided further
that
the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral Documents to
the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.
Permitted Holders
means each of the Investors and members of management of the Company (or
its direct or indirect parent or Subsidiary) on the Issue Date who are holders of Equity Interests
of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) and any group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of
which any of the foregoing are members;
provided
that, in the case of such group and without giving
effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors and members of management,
collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.
-19-
Permitted Investment
means:
(1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person
that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of
its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person;
provided
that such Investment was not
acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or
transfer;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting
cash and Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to
Section 4.10 hereof or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date;
(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a
bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
Investment or accounts receivable; or
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with
respect to any secured Investment in default;
(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;
(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of
Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies;
provided
,
however
, that such Equity Interests shall not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;
(9) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary permitted
under Section 4.09 hereof;
(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and
made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(b) hereof (except transactions
described in clauses (2), (5) and (9) of Section 4.11(b) hereof);
(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
material or equipment;
(l2) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with
all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding
(without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not
consist of cash or marketable
-20-
securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million
and (y) 3.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of
each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value);
(13) Investments relating to a Receivables Subsidiary or a Factoring Program that, in
the good faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect any
Receivables Facility or a Factoring Program or any transaction in connection therewith;
(14) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case incurred in
the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Persons
purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company
thereof;
(15) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in
connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement
of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment
or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(16) Investments in joint ventures of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
existing on the Issue Date or created after the Issue Date in an aggregate amount not to
exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets;
(17) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at that time
outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 3.5% of Total Assets at the time
of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(18) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $5.0
million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and
(19) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of
its business or consistent with past practice, and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary
in the ordinary course of business or required under statutory or regulatory authority
applicable to such Captive Insurance Subsidiary.
Permitted Liens
means, with respect to any Person:
(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmens compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids,
tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such
Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or
deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such
Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the
payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers, warehousemens and mechanics Liens, in
each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards
against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an
appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate
reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with
GAAP;
-21-
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with
respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request
of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;
(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or
rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and
telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of
real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and
which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
(6) Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to clauses (4), (10), (12)(b), and (18) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;
provided
that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (18)
of Section 4.09(b) hereof extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary;
provided
,
however
, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;
provided further
,
however
, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the
property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided
,
however
, that such Liens are not
created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition;
provided
further
,
however
, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing
to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with
Section 4.09 hereof;
(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as related Indebtedness is, and is
permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such
Hedging Obligations;
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Persons obligations in respect of bankers acceptances issued or created for
the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory
or other goods;
(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary
course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any
Indebtedness;
(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
(15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor;
(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in
the ordinary course of business to the Companys clients;
(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a
Receivables Facility;
-22-
(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or
successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in
part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7),
(8) and (9);
provided
,
however
, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of
the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and
(b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount
greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed
amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8) and (9) at the time the
original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to
pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding,
extension, renewal or replacement;
(19) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance
carriers;
(20) other Liens (including Liens on Collateral) securing obligations not to exceed
$20.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(21) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be incurred
under this Indenture, to the extent such Liens relate only to the assets and properties of
such Foreign Subsidiary;
(22) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of
Default under clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) hereof so long as such Liens are adequately
bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the
review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(23) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary
course of business;
(24) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform
Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of
collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage
accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking
institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff)
and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(25) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements
permitted under Section 4.09 hereof;
provided
that such Liens do not extend to any assets
other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(26) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and
similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred
in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(27) Liens that are contractual rights of setoff (i) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness,
(ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating
to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(28) Liens securing the Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Exchange Notes, if any,
issued in exchange for Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement, and in each case, the Guarantees of such Notes and Exchange Notes;
(29) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be incurred
under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was
incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b);
provided
,
however
, that, other than in
the case of the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility,
-23-
any Liens on Notes Collateral granted pursuant to
this clause (x) shall be junior in priority to the Liens on such Notes Collateral granted in
favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders pursuant
to the Collateral Documents and the terms of such junior interest may be no more favorable
to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in the Intercreditor Agreement; and
provided
,
further
, that no Liens may be granted on any ABL Collateral (other than Excluded
Assets) pursuant to this clause (x) unless the Notes are secured by a second-priority Lien
that is junior in priority to the Liens on such collateral but senior in priority to any
other Liens (other than other Permitted Liens) granted on such collateral and (y)
obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Bank Products or Hedging
Obligations provided by any lender, bookrunner with respect to any Credit Facility or any
Affiliate of the foregoing (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of a lender or
bookrunner with respect to such Credit Facility at the time the applicable agreements
pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations are provided were entered into)
or is a party to such a Bank Product or Hedging Obligation as of the Issue Date;
(30) (x) Liens securing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 (including,
without limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which
constitutes Additional Parity Debt);
provided
that after giving
pro forma
effect to the
granting of such Liens, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.00;
provided further
that, other than in the case of Additional Parity Debt (including without
limitation, Indebtedness incurred under one or more Credit Facilities which constitutes
Additional Parity Debt), such Liens on Notes Collateral are junior in priority to the Liens
granted to Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more favorable to the holders of such
Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement applicable to the holders of
ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral and (y) Liens securing any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to Section 4.09;
provided
that such Liens on Collateral are junior in
priority to the Lien granted to the Holders of the Notes on a basis that is no more
favorable to the holders of such Indebtedness than the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement applicable to the holders of ABL Lenders Debt with respect to Notes Collateral;
(31) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect
to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture
or similar agreement;
(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(33) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement
permitted hereunder; and
(34) Liens securing Additional Parity Debt, the proceeds of which shall be used solely
to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) hereof.
For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest
on such Indebtedness.
Person
means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
Preferred Stock
means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
Private Placement Legend
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be
placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions
of this Indenture.
QIB
means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
-24-
Qualified Proceeds
means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person
engaged in, a Similar Business.
Rating Agencies
means Moodys and S&P or if Moodys or S&P or both shall not make a rating
on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as
the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moodys or S&P or both, as
the case may be.
Receivables Facility
means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended,
supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations
of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a
Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn sells its accounts receivable to
a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
Receivables Fees
means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with
respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection
with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any
Receivables Facility.
Receivables Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely
engages only in one or more Receivables Facilities and other activities reasonably related thereto.
Record Date
for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable
Interest Payment Date means January 15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately
preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Registration Rights Agreement
means the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to the
Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with
respect to any Additional Notes, one or more additional Registration Rights Agreements among the
Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of
Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.
Regulation S
means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.
Regulation S Global Note
means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S
Permanent Global Note, as applicable.
Regulation S Permanent Global Note
means a permanent Global Note in the form of
Exhibit
A
bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf
of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to
the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the
applicable Restricted Period.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note
means a temporary Global Note in the form of
Exhibit
A
bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its
nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially
sold in reliance on Rule 903.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(3)
hereof.
Related Business Assets
means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in
a Similar Business,
provided
that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be
Related Business Assets if they consist
-25-
of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the
securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
Related Person
means, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates, and
the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such
Person and its Affiliates.
Responsible Officer
means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the
corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be
such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such
Persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Restricted Definitive Note
means a Definitive Note bearing, the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Global Note
means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
Restricted Investment
means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Period
means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation
S.
Restricted Subsidiary
means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company
(including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided
,
however
,
that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary,
such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiary.
Rule 144
means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 144A
means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 903
means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Rule 904
means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.
S&P
means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which
property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a
third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Indebtedness
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
Secured Parties
means (a) the Holders, (b) the Trustee, (c) the Notes Collateral Agent, (d)
the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Company or any Guarantor
under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Collateral Agency Agreement or the other Collateral Documents (e) the successors and assigns of
each of the foregoing and (f) holders of Additional Parity Debt from time to time.
Secured Obligations
has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.
-26-
Securities Act
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Security Agreement
means the Security Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the
Company, each Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company, as Notes Collateral Agent, as it may be
amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture.
Senior Indebtedness
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that
ranks
pari passu
in right of payment with the Notes or the Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture shall constitute
Senior Indebtedness for the purposes of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such
Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinate in right of payment to the Notes
or any related Guarantee.
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio
means, as of the date of determination (the
Senior Secured
Leverage Ratio Calculation Date
), the ratio of (a) the Secured Indebtedness of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination (determined after giving
pro forma
effect
to such incurrence of Indebtedness, and each other incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption,
retirement and extinguishment of Indebtedness as of such date of determination) to (b) EBITDA of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending
immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. For purposes
of determining the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, EBITDA shall be subject to the adjustments
applicable to EBITDA as provided for in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
Shelf Registration Statement
means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the
applicable Registration Rights Agreement.
Significant Subsidiary
means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a significant
subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the
Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
Similar Business
means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related,
incidental or ancillary thereto.
Sponsor Management Agreement
means the management agreement between certain of the
management companies associated with the Investors and the Company and/or one of its direct or
indirect parent companies.
Subordinated Indebtedness
means, with respect to the Notes,
(1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, and
(2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at
the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one
or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and
-27-
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of
which
(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity
and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of
membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and
(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general
partner or otherwise controls such entity.
Subsidiary Guarantor
means each Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Notes in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Taxing Authority
means any government or any political subdivision, state, province or
territory of a Taxing jurisdiction or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to
tax.
Total Assets
means the total assets of the Company, except where expressly provided
otherwise, and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent
balance sheet of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that in no event at any time shall Total Assets be
deemed to equal an amount less than the amount of total assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the Issue Date.
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility
means Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b)
in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $7.5 million at any one time outstanding;
provided
that such Indebtedness is ranked
pari passu
with the Notes and (i) the representative of such
Tranche 2 Sub-Facility executes a joinder agreement to the Intercreditor Agreement and, if
applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing
to be bound thereby and (ii) the Company has designated such Indebtedness as the
Tranche 2
Sub-Facility
thereunder.
Transaction
means the merger contemplated by the Transaction Agreement, the issuance of the
Notes and borrowings, if any, under the ABL Facility on the Issue Date in order to finance the
merger and repay certain debt as described in the Offering Memorandum under The Transactions and
Certain Acquisitions and any related transactions.
Transaction Agreement
means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 4, 2010,
by and among Parent, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation and MatlinPatterson Global Opportunities
Partners L.P., as the same may be amended prior to the Issue Date.
Treasury Rate
means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption
Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15 (519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no
longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the
period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015;
provided
,
however
,
that if the period from the Redemption Date to February 1, 2015 is less than one year, the
weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year shall be used.
Trust Indenture Act
means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§
77aaa-77bbbb).
Trustee
means the party named as the Trustee in the preamble of this Indenture until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter
means the successor serving hereunder.
Uniform Commercial Code
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to
time in the State of New York;
provided
,
however
, that, at any time, if by reason
of mandatory provisions of law, any or all
-28-
of the perfection or priority of the Secured Parties
security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial
Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term Uniform Commercial
Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect, at such time, in such other jurisdiction
for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority and for purposes of
definitions relating to such provisions.
Unrestricted Definitive Note
means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not
required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
Unrestricted Global Note
means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement
Legend.
Unrestricted Subsidiary
means:
(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and
(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and
any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or
holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely
any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated);
provided
that
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests
entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar
function are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company;
(2) such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof; and
(3) each of
(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated, and
(b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter,
create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable
with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the
assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and either:
(1) the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test under Section 4.09(a); or
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such designation, in each case on a
pro forma
basis taking into account such
designation.
-29-
Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company
or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
U.S. Person
means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.
Voting Stock
of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity
means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to
the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption
or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment; by
(2) the sum of all such payments.
Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary
means a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, 100% of
the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares) shall at the
time be owned by such Person or by one or more Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the
outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares) shall at the time
be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Section 1.02
Other Definitions
.
|
|
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Defined in Section
|
|
Acceptable Commitment
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Affiliate Transaction
|
|
|
4.11
|
|
Asset Sale Offer
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Authentication Order
|
|
|
2.02
|
|
Change of Control Offer
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Change of Control Payment
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Change of Control Payment Date
|
|
|
4.14
|
|
Covenant Defeasance
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
DTC
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
Event of Default
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
Excess Loss Proceeds
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Excess Proceeds
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary
|
|
|
4.16
|
|
incur
|
|
|
4.09
|
|
incurrence
|
|
|
4.09
|
|
Indemnified Party
|
|
|
7.07
|
|
Initial Lien
|
|
|
4.12
|
|
Initial Notes
|
|
Preamble
|
Legal Defeasance
|
|
|
8.02
|
|
Loss Proceeds Offer
|
|
|
4.15
|
|
Note Register
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
Offer Amount
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
Offer Period
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
Pari Passu Indebtedness
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
-30-
|
|
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Defined in Section
|
|
Paying Agent
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
Purchase Date
|
|
|
3.09
|
|
Redemption Date
|
|
|
3.01
|
|
Refinancing Indebtedness
|
|
|
4.09
|
|
Refunding Capital Stock
|
|
|
4.07
|
|
Registrar
|
|
|
2.03
|
|
Restricted Payments
|
|
|
4.07
|
|
Reversion Date
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Rule 3-16
|
|
|
10.01
|
|
Second Commitment
|
|
|
4.10
|
|
Successor Company
|
|
|
5.01
|
|
Successor Person
|
|
|
5.01
|
|
Suspended Covenants
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Suspension Period
|
|
|
4.20
|
|
Treasury Capital Stock
|
|
|
4.07
|
|
Section 1.03
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
. Whenever this Indenture refers to a
provision of the Trust Indenture Act, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part
of this Indenture.
The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
indenture securities
means the Notes and the Guarantees;
indenture security Holder
means a Holder of a Note;
indenture to be qualified
means this Indenture;
indenture trustee
or
institutional trustee
means the Trustee; and
obligor
on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors,
respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by
Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture
Act have the meanings so assigned to them.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Trust Indenture Act and the terms and provisions
thereof shall not apply to this Indenture until the Company and the Guarantors qualify this
Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 1.04
Rules of Construction
. Unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP;
(c) or is not exclusive;
(d) including, includes and similar words means including without limitation;
(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
-31-
(f) shall and will shall be interpreted to express a command;
(g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
(h) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to
include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time
to time;
(i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an Article, Section or
clause refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; and
(j) the words herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import
refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other
subdivision.
Section 1.05
Acts of Holders
.
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one
or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby
expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing
appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee
and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be
proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public
or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual
signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution
is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit
shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date
of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the
same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.
(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by
the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon,
whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(e) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, set a record
date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to give any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or take any other act, or to vote or consent to
any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless
otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by
any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any
such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or
the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.
(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard
to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such
Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment
with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a
Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this
paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such
different part.
-32-
(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC that is the
Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing,
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in
this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and DTC as the Holder of a Global Note, may
provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through
such depositarys standing instructions and customary practices.
(h) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are
beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such
depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on
such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled
to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or
effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.
Section 1.06
Timing of Payment
.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the date on which any payment is to be
made pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes is not a Business Day, the payment otherwise payable
on such date shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as
if made on such scheduled date and (
provided
such payment is made on such succeeding Business Day)
no interest shall accrue on the amount of such payment from and after such scheduled date to the
time of such payment on such next succeeding Business Day and the amount of any such payment that
is an interest payment will reflect accrual only through the original payment date and not through
the next succeeding Business Day.
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
Section 2.01
Form and Dating; Terms
.
(a)
General
. The Notes and the Trustees certificate of authentication shall be substantially
in the form of
Exhibit A
. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required
by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.
(b)
Global Notes
. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent
such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in
the Global Note attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the
aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note
to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06
hereof.
(c)
Temporary Global Notes
. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on
behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, as custodian for the
Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the
accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or
-33-
Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Restricted Period shall be
terminated upon the receipt by the Trustee of:
(1) a written certificate from the Depositary, if available, together with copies of
certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream, if available, certifying that they have
received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any
beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period
pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act and who shall take
delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private
Placement Legend, all as contemplated by Section 2.06(b) hereof); and
(2) an Officers Certificate from the Company certifying that the Restricted Period has
terminated.
Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent
Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the
Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global
Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation
S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with
transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
(d)
Terms
. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture is unlimited.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly
made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution
and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as
provided in Section 4.10 hereof, a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14 hereof or an
Event of Loss as provided in Section 4.15 hereof. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as
provided in Article 3 hereof.
Additional Notes will rank pari passu with the Initial Notes and may be created and issued
from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be
consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as
to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes;
provided
that the Companys ability to
issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Companys compliance with Section 4.09 hereof and Section 4.12 hereof. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the
benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.
(e)
Euroclear and Clearstream Applicable Procedures
. The provisions of the Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking and Customer Handbook of Clearstream shall
be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes and
the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or
Clearstream.
Section 2.02
Execution and Authentication
. At least one Officer of the Company shall execute the Notes on
behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is
authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.
-34-
A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for
any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
, by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order (an
Authentication
Order
), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes. In addition, at any time, from time to time,
the Trustee shall, upon an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and
Exchange Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such
Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.
An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of
the Company.
Section 2.03
Registrar and Paying Agent
. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (
Registrar
) and an office or agency where
Notes may be presented for payment (
Paying Agent
). The Registrar shall keep a register of the
Notes (
Note Register
) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term Registrar includes any
co-registrar, and the term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent. The Company may
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the
Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07
hereof. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (
DTC
) to act as Depositary with
respect to the Global Notes.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent and Registrar for the
Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
Section 2.04
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than
the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if
any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any
default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee
may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the
Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further
liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any
bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying
Agent for the Notes.
Section 2.05
Holder Lists
. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable
the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise
comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each applicable Interest
Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and
as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and
the Company shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 2.06
Transfer and Exchange
.
(a)
Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes
. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section
2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the
Depositary or to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. A beneficial
interest in a Global Note may not be
-35-
exchanged for a Definitive Note unless (i) the Depositary (x)
notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note
or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a
successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days, (ii) the Company, at its
option, notifies the Trustee in writing that the Company elects to cause the issuance of Definitive
Notes or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the
Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive
Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered
in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary
(in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in
whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and
delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this
Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of,
and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or
(iii) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another
Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a);
provided
,
however
, beneficial interests in a
Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.
(b)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes
. The transfer and
exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(1)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note
. Beneficial interests in
any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;
provided
,
however
, that
prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions
shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this
Section 2.06(b)(1);
provided
,
however
, that if the transferee shall take delivery in the
form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof.
(2)
All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes
. In
connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to
Section 2.06(b)(1) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or
exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged
and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information
regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the
transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above;
provided
that in no event shall Definitive
Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the
receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903. Upon
consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof,
the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon
receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal
delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon
satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in
Global
-36-
Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the
Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s)
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
(3)
Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note
. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the
transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and the Registrar
receives the following:
(A) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or
(B) if the transferee shall take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest
in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
thereof.
Beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Note may be exchanged for
beneficial interests in a Regulation S Permanent Global Note only after the
expiration of the Restricted Period.
(4)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for
Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note
. A beneficial interest in any
Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof and:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the
beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the
transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined
in Rule 144) of the Company;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially
in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(a) thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Company or
Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion
of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
-37-
and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an
Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note.
(c)
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes
.
(1)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes
. If
any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a)
hereof and receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto,
including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance
with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto,
including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate
substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications
in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule
144, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit
B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the
form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c)
thereof,
then the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to
be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and
upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the
Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount.
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose
names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
-38-
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the
Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained
therein.
(2)
Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes
.
Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(1)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates
required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a
transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.
(3)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
.
A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial
interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon
the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof
and if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such
beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes
or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b)
thereof; or
(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder substantially in the
form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Company or Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company
or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
(4)
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
.
If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange
such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon the
occurrence of any of the events in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.06(a) hereof and
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly
pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and upon receipt of an
Authentication Order the
-39-
Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the
holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or
through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail
such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests
.
(1)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes
. If
any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit
B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a
certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance
with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or
(F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate
substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications
in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable
Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note,
and in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.
(2)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes
.
A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
only if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal
-40-
that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an
affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such
Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such
Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions
on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no
longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2),
the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(3)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes
.
A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall
cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the
aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.
If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected
pursuant to subparagraph (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has
not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes
. Upon request by a Holder
of Definitive Notes and such Holders compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the
Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration
of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in
writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents
and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(e):
-41-
(1)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes
. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
following:
(A) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to a QIB in accordance with Rule
144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(B) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
(C) if the transfer shall be made pursuant to any other exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.
(2)
Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
. Any Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note if:
(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an
affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;
(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights Agreement;
(C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement; or
(D) the Registrar receives the following:
(1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
such Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
hereto, including
the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder
substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Company or Registrar so requests, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company or Registrar to the
effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities
Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act.
(3)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes
. A Holder of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such
a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the
instructions from the Holder thereof.
-42-
(f)
Exchange Offer
. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
applicable Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in
the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable
Letters of Transmittal or through an Agents Message through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program
that (x) they are not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and
accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for
acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not
Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they
are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the
Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by
the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the applicable
principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer,
and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class
of securities under this Indenture.
(g)
Legends
. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable
provisions of this Indenture:
(1)
Private Placement Legend
.
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive
Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the
legend in substantially the following form:
THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN
A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE
SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE
SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A)
SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a)
INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF
APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE
COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH
CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
-43-
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL,
AND
EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE.
NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant
to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this
Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not
bear the Private Placement Legend.
(2)
Global Note Legend
. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form:
THIS GLOBAL NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED
IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH
NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE
INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS AND UNTIL
IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE
MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR
ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE
TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (DTC) TO
THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT,
AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH
OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED
BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
(3)
Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend
. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note
shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE
CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED NOTES, ARE
AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).
-44-
(h)
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes
. At such time as all beneficial interests
in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall
be returned to or retained and cancelled by
the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation,
if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being
exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(i)
General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges
.
(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrars request.
(2) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but
the Company or Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax
or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections
2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).
(3) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required to register the transfer of
or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or
exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the
Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(5) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the
close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange
any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note
between an applicable Record Date and the next succeeding applicable Interest Payment Date.
(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the
Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on
such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(7) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of
the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations
of a like aggregate principal amount.
(8) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any
authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender
of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or
Definitive Notes are so surrendered for
-45-
exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the
Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02
hereof.
(9) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted
to the Company or Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of
transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
(10) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Trustee shall have
no duty or obligation to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or applicable law with respect to any
transfer of any interest in any Note (including transfers between Participants or beneficial
owners) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the
terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to
form with the express requirements hereof.
Section 2.07
Replacement Notes
. If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the
Company, and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction,
loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustees requirements are met.
If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is
sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any
Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.
The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.
Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all
of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.
Section 2.08
Outstanding Notes
. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the
Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions
in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof,
and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company
holds the Note.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to
be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date,
then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease
to accrue interest.
Section 2.09
Treasury Notes
. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Affiliate
of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or
consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the
pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgees right to deliver any such
direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or
any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.
Section 2.10
Temporary Notes
. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary
Notes.
-46-
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have
variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee
shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to
all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this
Indenture.
Section 2.11
Cancellation
. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The
Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee,
the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification
of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company upon its request
therefor. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12
Defaulted Interest
. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall
pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the
defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case
at the rate provided in such Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall promptly notify
the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the
date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an
amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted
interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date
of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the
Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Company shall
fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date;
provided
that no such
special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted
interest. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such special record date. At least
15 days before any such special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the
Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be
mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or
her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related
payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of
any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were
carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13
CUSIP/ISIN Numbers
. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers (if
then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders;
provided
that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any
defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall as promptly as practicable notify the
Trustee of any change in the CUSIP or the ISIN numbers.
ARTICLE 3
REDEMPTION
Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee
. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof or
pursuant to the terms of any Notes issued hereunder, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least two
Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to
Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof but not more than 60 days before a date of redemption or
purchase (the
Redemption Date
), an Officers Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or
subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to
-47-
which the redemption shall
occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv)
the redemption price.
Section 3.02
Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased
. If less than all of the Notes are to be
redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased
(a) if the Notes
are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the
principal national securities exchange on which such Notes are listed or (b) on a pro rata basis,
or, to the extent that a selection on a pro rata basis is not practicable for any reason, by lot or
by such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. In the event of partial
redemption or purchase by lot or other similar method, the particular Notes to be redeemed or
purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than
60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption or purchase.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption
or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal
amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in an
integral multiple of $1,000 (but in a minimum amount of $2,000) no Notes of $2,000 or less can be
redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or
purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of
$1,000 (or a minimum amount of $2,000) shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the
preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or
purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
Section 3.03
Notice of Redemption
. Subject to Section 3.09 hereof, the Company shall deliver
electronically or mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of
redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder
to be redeemed or purchased at such Holders registered address (or otherwise in accordance with
the procedures of DTC), except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a
Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 12 hereof. Except
as set forth in Section 3.04 hereof, notices of redemption may not be conditional.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed or purchased and shall state:
(a) the Redemption Date;
(b) the redemption price;
(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of
that Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such
Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the
original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued
in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;
(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect
the redemption price;
(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on
Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
-48-
(i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07(d) hereof, any
condition to such redemption.
At the Companys request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the
Company and at its expense;
provided
that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least
two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered electronically, mailed or
caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be
agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice
and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph.
Section 3.04
Effect of Notice of Redemption
. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with
Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
Redemption Date at the applicable redemption price;
provided
that notice of any redemption may be
given prior to the completion of any offering or other corporate transaction, and any redemption or
notice may, at the Companys discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including,
but not limited to, the completion of the related offering or corporate transaction. The notice, if
mailed or delivered in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given,
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver such notice or any
defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall
not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to
Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of Notes called for redemption.
Section 3.05
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
.
(a) Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit
with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price
of and accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Notes to be
redeemed or purchased on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly
return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in
excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on,
all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
(b) If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph (a), on and after
the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called
for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an applicable Record
Date but on or prior to the related applicable Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid
interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to the Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person
in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such applicable Record Date. If
any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or
purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest
shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and
to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid
principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06
Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
. Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed or
purchased in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the
expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or
purchased;
provided
that each new Note shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in
this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or
Officers Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.
Section 3.07
Optional Redemption
.
(a) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal
-49-
amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on
the relevant Interest Payment Date.
(b) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month period
up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date, upon
notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 103.0% of
the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional
Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of
Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date.
(c) On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon
notice as described in Sections 3.02 and 3.03 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 1
of each of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
2015
|
|
|
103.875
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
101.938
|
%
|
2017 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
(d) Until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any,
to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of
record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date,
with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;
provided
that at least 50% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
each such redemption;
provided further
that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date
of closing of each such Equity Offering.
(e) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be
redeemable at the Companys option prior to February 1, 2015.
(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
Section 3.08
Mandatory Redemption
. The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Section 3.09
Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds or Excess Loss Proceeds
.
(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.15 hereof, the Company
shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or a Loss Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the
procedures specified below.
(b) The Asset Sale Offer or the Loss Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20
Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period
is required by applicable law (the
Offer Period
). No later than five Business Days after the
termination of the Offer Period (the
Purchase Date
), the Company shall apply all Excess Proceeds
or Excess Loss Proceeds (the
Offer Amount
), as the case may be, to the purchase of Notes and, if
required, Pari Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt (on a pro rata basis, if applicable),
or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness
-50-
and
Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer or
Loss Proceeds Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as
interest payments are made.
(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after an applicable Record Date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, up to, but
excluding, the Purchase
Date, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business
on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes
pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer.
(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer or a Loss Proceeds Offer, the Company shall
send by first-class mail or deliver electronically a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to
the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer. The Asset Sale
Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness
and Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable. The notice, which shall govern the terms of
the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer, shall state:
(1) that the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale
Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall remain open;
(2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;
(3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest;
(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue
interest after the Purchase Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or
Loss Proceeds Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 (but
in a minimum amount of $2,000);
(6) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer or
Loss Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled Option
of Holder to Elect Purchase attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry
transfer, to the Company, the Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date;
(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the close of
business on the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, a facsimile transmission or
letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder
delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have
such Note purchased;
(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or
Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds
the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Company shall select such Pari
Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, to be purchased on a
pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari
Passu Indebtedness or Additional Parity Debt, to the extent applicable, tendered (with such
adjustments as may be necessary so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and
-51-
(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not
repurchased.
(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for
payment, on a pro rata basis, to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions
thereof validly tendered pursuant
to the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been
tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officers Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered.
(f) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail
or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly
tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly
issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and
mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being
understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel
or Officers Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new
Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing
the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased;
provided
that each such new Note shall be in a
minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note
not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer or Loss Proceeds Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.
Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 hereof,
any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.
ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
Section 4.01
Payment of Notes
. The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if
any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided
in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, Additional Interest, if any, and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Guarantor,
holds as of noon Eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately
available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
interest then due.
The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in
the amounts set forth in the applicable Registration Rights Agreement and shall comply with Section
7.02(j) in connection therewith.
The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the
Notes to the extent lawful; the Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Section 4.02
Maintenance of Office or Agency
. The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be
an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may
be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such
office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.
-52-
The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where
the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time
rescind such designations;
provided
that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and
of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or
agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03
Reports and Other Information
.
(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on
forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations
promulgated by the SEC, the Company shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and
Holders (without exhibits), without cost to any Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the
SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
(1) within 90 days (or any other time period then in effect under the rules and
regulations of the Exchange Act with respect to the filing of a Form 10-K by a
non-accelerated filer) after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or
any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained
therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each
fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be
required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and
(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of a material event required to be
therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in
such form;
provided
that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if
the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company shall make available such
information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the time the Company would
be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes
are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective
investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act.
(b) The Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 with respect to financial
information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to Parent (or any
parent entity of Parent) as long as Parent (or any such parent entity of Parent) provides a
Guarantee of the Notes;
provided
that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that
explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Parent (or such
parent entity, as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements of this Section 4.03 shall be deemed
satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration (but in no event later than the date specified in the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement by which the applicable Exchange Offer for the Notes must be consummated) (1) by the
filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration
Statement (or any other registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial
information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent
with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Memorandum, or (2) by posting
reports that would be required to be filed by the first paragraph of this covenant substantially in
the form required by the SEC on the Companys website (or on the website of any of its parent
companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee, with financial
-53-
information that satisfies
Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of
financial information in the Offering Memorandum, to the extent filed or posted within the times
specified above.
(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be deemed to have
failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of this
Indenture, including Section 6.01(a)(3) hereof, until at least 90 days after the date any report is
due under this Section 4.03.
Section 4.04
Compliance Certificate
.
(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the
Trust Indenture Act) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year
ending after the Issue Date a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal
financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to
such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions,
covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all
such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto).
(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or
the holder of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any of their respective
Subsidiaries gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the
Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than 30 days) deliver to the Trustee by registered
or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officers Certificate specifying such event and
what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.
Section 4.05
Taxes
. The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay,
prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are
contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or where the failure to
effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.
Section 4.06
Stay
,
Extension and Usury Laws
. The Company and the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that
they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of
this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do
so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall
not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted
to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law
has been enacted.
Section 4.07
Limitation on Restricted Payments
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly:
(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the
Companys or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests, including any dividend or
distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:
(A) dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or
-54-
(B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the
case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series
of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata
share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in
such class or series of securities;
(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity
Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, including any
purchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, in connection with any merger
or consolidation;
(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund
payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
(a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;
or
(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of such Subordinated
Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation,
principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the
date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or
(IV) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above (other than any
exceptions thereof) being collectively referred to as
Restricted Payments
), unless, at the time
of such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the
Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of Section 4.09(a)
hereof; and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends
on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c), (7), (9) and (14)
(to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income) of Section 4.07(b)
hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b) hereof), is
less than the sum of (without duplication):
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of the Companys most recently ended fiscal quarter for
which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted
Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit;
plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by the Company since immediately
after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash
proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b) hereof) from the issue or sale of:
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital
Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable
securities or other property received from the sale of:
-55-
(x) Equity Interests to employees, directors or consultants of
the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and
the Companys Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such
amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance
with clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof; and
(y) Designated Preferred Stock;
and (B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the
Company as equity (other than Disqualified Stock), Equity Interests of any
of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies (excluding
contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of
any such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been
applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section
4.07(b) hereof); or
(ii) debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or
exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from
(W) Refunding Capital Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt
securities of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent company) sold to
a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt
securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded
Contributions;
plus
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) following the Issue Date (other than (i) net cash
proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to clause (12)(a) of Section 4.09(b)
hereof), (ii) contributions from a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) any Excluded
Contribution, (iv) any Refunding Capital Stock or (v) any Designated Preferred
Stock);
plus
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary by means of:
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted
Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments
of loans or advances and releases of guarantees which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case
after the Issue Date; or
(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of
the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the extent the
Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to
the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a
distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case,
after the Issue Date;
plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Company,
provided
that if such fair market value may exceed $25.0
million, such determination shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company
and evidenced by a board resolution) of the In-
-56-
vestment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary was made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)
of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted
Investment.
(b) The foregoing provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof shall not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable
redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of the
irrevocable redemption notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or notice such
payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of any
Equity Interests (
Treasury Capital Stock
) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted
Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of
the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any
Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (
Refunding Capital Stock
) and (b) if
immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment
of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 4.07(b), the declaration
and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock
the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any
Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate
amount no greater than the aggregate amount per year of dividends per annum that were
declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made in exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company
or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section
4.09 hereof so long as:
(A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if
applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness
being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of
any reasonable premium to be paid, defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and
expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness;
(B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable
Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so
purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for
value;
(C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later
than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so
redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired; and
(D) such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated
Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;
(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or
any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former
employee, director or consultant of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity plan or stock
option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement,
-57-
including any
Equity Interests rolled over by management, directors, or employees of the Company in
connection with the Transaction, (x) upon the death or disability of such employee, director
or consultant or (y) upon the resignation or other termination of employment of such
employee, director or consultant;
provided
,
however
, that the aggregate Restricted Payments
made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $10.0 million (which shall
increase to $20.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an
underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or any direct or indirect parent
corporation of the Company) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to
succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following
proviso) of $20.0 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $35.0 million
subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Company or
any direct or indirect parent of the Company));
provided further
that such amount in any
calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:
(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company,
Equity Interests of any of the Companys direct or indirect parent companies, in
each case, to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company, any of
its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after
the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity
Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by
virtue of clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;
plus
(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;
less
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash
proceeds described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4); and
provided further
that (i) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries from members of management of the Company, any of the Companys direct
or indirect parent companies or any of the Companys Subsidiaries in connection with
a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect
parent companies and (ii) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon
the exercise of options, warrants or similar instruments if such Equity Interests
represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof or payments, in lieu of
the issuance of fractional Equity Interests or withholding to pay other taxes
payable in connection therewith, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), will
not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07
or any other provision of this Indenture;
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and of Preferred
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof to the
extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;
(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after the
Issue Date;
(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to a direct or indirect parent company of
the Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders
of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such
parent corporation issued after the Issue Date,
provided
that the amount of dividends paid
pursuant to this clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually
contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is
Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause
(2) of this Section 4.07(b);
-58-
provided
,
however
, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the
most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or
the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after
giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;
(7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the
time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the
extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to
exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such
Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made
and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);
(8) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options,
warrants or other equity-based awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the
exercise price of such options, warrants or awards;
(9) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Companys common stock (or payments
of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund payments of dividends on such
entitys common stock), following the consummation of a public offering of the Companys
common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the
Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the
Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to
common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting
an Excluded Contribution;
(10) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded
Contributions previously received or (b) without duplication with clause (a), from the Net
Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date,
if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions from
the Sponsor;
(11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed (x) $40.0 million and
(y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time made;
(12) distributions or payments of Receivables Fees or any payments in connection with a
Factoring Program;
(13) any Restricted Payment made as part of the Transaction (including payments made
after the Issue Date in respect of long-term incentive plans, tax gross-ups or in respect of
any employment agreement entered into with officers of the Company or any direct parent of
the Company), and the fees and expenses related thereto, or used to fund amounts owed to
Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to permit
payment by such parent of such amounts), in each case to the extent permitted by (or, in the
case of a dividend to fund such payment, to the extent such payment, if made by the Company,
would be permitted by) Section 4.11 hereof;
(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those described under
Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 hereof;
provided
that all Notes tendered in connection with a
Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have first been repurchased,
redeemed or acquired for value;
(15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans
to, any direct or indirect parent company in amounts required for any direct or indirect
parent companies to pay, in each case, without duplication:
-59-
(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses, in each case
to the extent required to maintain their corporate existence;
(b) federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are
attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to
the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in
amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such
Unrestricted Subsidiaries;
provided
that in each case the amount of such payments in
any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes
for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes
separately from any such parent entity;
(c) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and
employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such
salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(d) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct
or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are
attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and
(e) fees and expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of
such parent entity; and
(16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries
(other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash
Equivalents);
provided
,
however
, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (7), (11) and (16) of this Section 4.07(b), no Default shall have occurred
and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.
(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Companys Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries.
The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except
pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of
designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so
designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the
last sentence of the definition of Investments. Such designation shall be permitted only if a
Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section
4.07(a) hereof or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of Section 4.07(b), or pursuant to the definition
of Permitted Investment, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
Section 4.08
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
. (a) The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any
consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that
is not a Guarantor to:
(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
-60-
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries,
(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof shall not apply to such encumbrances or restrictions
existing under or by reason of:
(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including
pursuant to the ABL Facility and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and any
related documentation;
(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;
(3) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof on
the property so acquired;
(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it
merges with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or assumed in
connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not
created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its
Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries so acquired or
the property or assets so assumed;
(6) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to
a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale
or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such
Subsidiary;
(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09
hereof and Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets
securing such Indebtedness;
(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(9) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries
permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section
4.09 hereof;
(10) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements or
arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;
(11) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses or similar agreements,
including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in each case, entered
into in the ordinary course of business;
(12) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and
(3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts,
instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (11) of this Section 4.08(b);
provided
that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the
Company, no more restrictive with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions tak
en as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal,
increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and
-61-
(13) restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good
faith determination of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions
contemplated under such Receivables Facility.
Section 4.09
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively,
incur
and an
incurrence
) with
respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company shall not issue any
shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;
provided
,
however
, that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and subject to the last
proviso in this Section 4.09(a), any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred
Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is
incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to
1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had
occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period;
provided further
, that Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to this paragraph if, after giving pro forma effect to such
incurrence or issuance (including a
pro forma
application of the net proceeds therefrom), the
aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
that are not Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) would
exceed $50.0 million.
(b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof shall not apply to:
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and
bankers acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million
and (y) the Borrowing Base;
(2) the incurrence by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness under
the Notes (including Guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional Notes) and any Exchange
Notes (including Guarantees thereof) issued in exchange for such Notes pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement;
(3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the
Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section
4.09(b));
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) and Disqualified Stock
incurred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and Preferred Stock
issued by any of the Companys Restricted Subsidiaries, to finance the purchase, lease or
improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (other than software) that is used
or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the
Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, in an aggregate principal amount at the date
of such incurrence (including all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance any other
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(4)) not to exceed the greater of (x)
$40.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets;
provided
,
however
, that such Indebtedness exists
at the date of such purchase or transaction or is created within 365 (for the avoidance of
doubt, the purchase date for any asset
shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the
full productive use of such asset) days thereafter (it being understood that any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4)
shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes
-62-
of this Section 4.09(b)(4) but
shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first
date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof without
reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(4));
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the
ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers compensation
claims, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding
workers compensation claims;
provided
,
however
, that upon the drawing of such letters of
credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30
days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a
Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or
any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such
acquisition;
provided
,
however
, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in
a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not
be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this Section 4.09(b)(6));
(7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
that any such
Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
deemed subordinated in right of payment to the Notes unless the terms of such Indebtedness
expressly provide otherwise (in which case such Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this
clause);
provided
,
further
, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or
any other event which results in the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing
to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness
(except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary;
provided
that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be deemed
subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor
unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise (in which case such
Indebtedness shall not be permitted by this clause);
provided further
that any subsequent
issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such
Indebtedness being held by a person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or any
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not
permitted by this clause;
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary,
provided
that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any
Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to
be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred
Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each
case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative
purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section
4.09, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;
(11) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion
guarantees provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;
-63-
(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to
100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue
Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the
capital of the Company (in each case, other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock, Designated
Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) as
determined in accordance with clauses (3)(b) and (3)(c) of Section 4.07(a) hereof to the
extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make
Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section
4.07(b) hereof or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12), (14), (16),
(17) or (18) of the definition thereof and (b) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the
Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary
not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation
preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of
all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred
pursuant to this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the
greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets (it being understood that any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this Section
4.09(b)(12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section
4.09(b)(12)(b) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and
after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred
such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under Section 4.09(a) hereof
without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(12)(b);
(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, and the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of
Preferred Stock, in each case which serves to refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend or
defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary incurred as permitted
under Section 4.09(a) hereof and clauses (2), (3), (4) and (12)(a) of this Section 4.09(b),
this clause (13) and clause (14) of this Section 4.09(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock previously issued to so refund, refinance, replace, renew, extend
or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock including additional
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay premiums (including
reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the
Refinancing Indebtedness
) prior to its respective maturity;
provided
,
however
, that such
Refinancing Indebtedness:
(A) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing
Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life
to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being
refunded, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or defeased;
(B) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness
subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such Refinancing Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee at least to the same extent as the
Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock,
respectively, and
(C) shall not include:
(1) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary
of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company;
(2) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary
of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary
Guarantor, or
-64-
(3) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided
,
further
, that subclause (A) of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding
or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness.
(14) (x) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred or issued to
finance an acquisition or (y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons
that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
provided
that in the
case of (x) and (y) after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, either (a) the
Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or (b) the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is greater than
immediately prior to such acquisition or merger;
provided
that the aggregate amount of
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (14) shall not exceed $50.0
million;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of
a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course
of business,
provided
that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its
incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a
letter of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess
of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) (A) any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or
other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such
Indebtedness incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this
Indenture, or
(B) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company;
provided
that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 4.16 hereof;
(18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company in an amount not to exceed, at
any one time outstanding and together with any other Indebtedness incurred under this
Section 4.09(b)(18), the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of
the Foreign Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as shown on the Companys most recent
balance sheet (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section
4.09(b)(18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this Section
4.09(b)(18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) hereof from and
after the first date on which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries could have incurred
such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof without reliance on this Section 4.09(b)(18);
(19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of
(i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply
arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, directors and employees thereof,
their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or
redemption of Equity Interests of the Company
or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in
clause (4) of Section 4.07(b) hereof;
-65-
(21) Indebtedness consisting of cash management services incurred in the ordinary
course of business;
(22) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business
from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(23) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and
other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in
connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(24) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers
acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables or
payables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken consistent with
past practice or in the ordinary course of business.
(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
(or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (24) of
Section 4.09(b) hereof or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the
Company, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to
include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in
one of the above clauses or under Section 4.09(a) hereof; and
(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company shall be entitled to divide and classify an
item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section
4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) hereof;
provided
that all Indebtedness outstanding under the ABL
Facility on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1)
of Section 4.09(b) hereof.
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or
amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional
Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, as applicable, will in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09.
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated
in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case
of revolving credit debt;
provided
that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange
rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness
does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced, plus the amount of any
reasonable premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness.
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred
in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
-66-
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior
in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case
may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such
Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.
Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness
merely because it is unsecured. Senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior
to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same
collateral.
Section 4.10
Asset Sales
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration
therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in
the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;
provided
that the following shall be deemed to be cash
for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose:
(A) any liabilities (as reflected in the Companys or such Restricted
Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto or, if incurred
or increased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that
would have been shown on the Companys or such Restricted Subsidiarys balance sheet
or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or increase had taken place on the
date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated
to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a
written agreement which releases or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from such liabilities;
(B) any securities, notes or other similar obligations received by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within
180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
(C) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to
this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i)
$30.0 million and (ii) 3.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such
Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of
Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value; and
(3) to the extent that any assets received by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Similar
Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral
securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions
described in Section 10.01(b) hereof.
-67-
(b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
(1) to permanently reduce Indebtedness as follows:
(A) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale constitute Notes Collateral, to
permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility (and to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto) and/or to permanently reduce (or offer to reduce,
as applicable) Obligations under the Notes and under any other Additional Parity
Debt on a pro rata basis;
provided
that all reductions of (or offers to reduce)
Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof or
through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued unpaid interest) or by making an offer (in
accordance with the procedures set forth under Section 4.10(c) hereof for an Asset
Sale Offer) to all Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal
amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the
amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid;
(B) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes
Collateral, but constitute collateral for other Senior Indebtedness of the Company
or a Subsidiary Guarantor, which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, to permanently
reduce Obligations under such other Senior Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien,
which Lien is permitted by this Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto;
(C) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale do not constitute Notes Collateral
or collateral for any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
to permanently reduce Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or
a Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect
thereto),
provided
that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce (or offer to
reduce, as applicable) Obligations under the Notes (and may elect to reduce
Additional Parity Debt) on a pro rata basis;
provided
,
further
, that all reductions
of Obligations under the Notes shall be made as provided under Section 3.07 hereof
or through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest) or by making an
offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.10(c) hereof) to all
Holders of Notes to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that
would otherwise be prepaid; or
(D) if the assets subject of such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, to permanently reduce
Indebtedness of (i) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor,
other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii)
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor,
(2) to make (A) an Investment in any one or more businesses;
provided
that such
Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of
the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B)
capital expenditures or (C) acquisitions of other assets, in each of (A), (B) and (C), used
or useful in a Similar Business;
provided
that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired
with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent
required under the Collateral Documents; or
(3) to make an Investment in (A) any one or more businesses;
provided
that such
Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of
the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (B)
properties or (C) acquisitions of other assets that, in each of (A), (B) and (C), replace
the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale;
-68-
provided
that the assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Proceeds of a
disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the
Collateral Documents;
provided
that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding commitment entered into not
later than such 450th day shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the
date of such commitment so long as the Company, or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into
such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds shall be applied to satisfy
such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an
Acceptable Commitment
) and, in the event
any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds
are applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another
Acceptable Commitment (the
Second Commitment
) within 180 days of such cancellation or
termination;
provided
,
further
, that (x) if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated
for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or (y) such Net Proceeds are not actually so
invested or paid in accordance with clause (2) or (3) above by the end of such 180 day period, then
such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds.
(c) Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and
within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) hereof shall be deemed to constitute
Excess
Proceeds
. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall
make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of
Notes Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms
thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Proceeds, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness
that is
pari passu
with the Notes or any Guarantee (
Pari Passu Indebtedness
), to the holders of
such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an
Asset Sale Offer
), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal
amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be,
that, in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of
$2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the
Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, and in
the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations at the offer price required by the
terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company shall
commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the
date that Excess Proceeds exceed $25.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Company may satisfy the foregoing obligations
with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to
such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 450 days or with respect to Excess
Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess
Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject
to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes,
Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, surrendered by such holders
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, such Notes, Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu
Indebtedness, as the case may be, will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value
or principal amount of such Notes, such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the
case may be, tendered (and the Trustee will select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro
rata basis based on the amount of Notes tendered). Additionally, the Company may, at its option,
make an Asset Sale Offer using proceeds from any Asset Sale at any time after consummation or
expiration of such Asset Sale. Upon consummation or expiration of any Asset Sale Offer, any Net
Proceeds not used to purchase Notes in such Asset Sale Offer shall not be deemed Excess Proceeds
and the Company may use any Net Proceeds not required to be used for general corporate purposes,
subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture;
provided
that any such remaining Net
Proceeds shall to the extent received in respect of Notes Collateral remain subject to the Lien of
the Security Documents.
(d) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds which do not represent the proceeds of
Notes Collateral pursuant to this Section 4.10, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net
Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or
otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.
-69-
(e) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.
Section 4.11
Transactions with Affiliates
.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make
any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets
to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an
Affiliate Transaction
) involving aggregate
payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to
the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained
in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person on an arms-length basis; and
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or
series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in
excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a).
(b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to the following:
(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of
Permitted Investment;
(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related
expenses to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid
management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses within such amount
accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management
Agreement, in each case, pursuant to the terms of the Sponsor Management Agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment
is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor
Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date);
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided for
the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of
the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries;
(5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating
that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial
point of view or stating that such terms are not materially less favorable to the Company or
its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable
transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an
arms-length basis;
-70-
(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long
as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as
compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including
any Registration Rights Agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a
party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided
,
however
, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be
permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new
agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole;
(8) the Transaction and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the
Transaction;
(9) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods
or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance
with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Company or
the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably
have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
(10) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
to any Permitted Holder or to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company
or its direct or indirect parent entities or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(11) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any
Receivables Facility or Factoring Program;
(12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the
Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or
in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in
connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of
the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith;
(13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the
Company, any of its direct or indirect parent entities or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such
employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Company in good faith;
(14) investments by any of the Investors in securities of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (and the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Investors in connection therewith) so long as (i) the investment is being offered
generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment
constitutes less than 5.0% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of
securities;
(15) the pledge of Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to lenders to
support the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary owed to such lenders; and
(16) any transaction with a joint venture which would constitute an Affiliate
Transaction solely because the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest
or otherwise controls such joint venture or similar entity.
Section 4.12
Liens
. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted
Liens) that se
cures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor
-71-
(any such Lien, the
Initial Lien
), on any asset or property of the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to
receive income therefrom, except in the case of any asset or property that does not constitute
Collateral, any Initial Lien if the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior
basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations
secured by such Initial Lien.
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the last clause of
the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which
release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any
Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
Section 4.13
Corporate Existence
. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and
the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance
with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the
Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and
franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided
that the Company shall not be
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other
existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that
the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
Section 4.14
Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
.
(a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently delivered
or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section
3.07 hereof, the Company shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer
described below (the
Change of Control Offer
) at a price in cash (the
Change of Control
Payment
) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest
Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall deliver or mail
notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the
Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the Note Register or
otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, with the following
information:
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that
all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for
payment by the Company;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days
nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the
Change of Control Payment
Date
), except in the case of a conditional Change of Control Offer made in advance of a
Change of Control as described in Section 4.14(d) below;
(3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest;
(4) that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment,
all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the
notice at the address specified in
-72-
the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election
to require the Company to purchase such Notes;
provided
that the Paying Agent receives, not
later than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of
the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that if the Company is repurchasing less than all of the Notes, the remaining Notes
shall be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The
unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof;
(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with the covenant
described hereunder, that a Holder must follow; and
(9) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating
that the Change of Control Offer is conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control.
The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to
have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. If (a) the notice is
mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a
Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holders failure to receive such
notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of
the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. The
Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.
To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this
Indenture by virtue thereof.
(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law:
(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or
portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Company.
(c) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under
such Change of Control Offer.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control;
provided
that the purchase
date shall be no earlier than 30 days from the date a notice of such Change of Control Offer is
mailed.
-73-
(e) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06 hereof.
Section 4.15
Events of Loss
.
(a) Subject to the Collateral Documents, in the case of an Event of Loss with respect to any
Notes Collateral, the Company or the affected Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, shall
apply the Net Loss Proceeds from such Event of Loss, within 450 days after receipt, at its option
to:
(1) permanently reduce the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility and/or Obligations under the Notes
and any other Additional Parity Debt in accordance with Section 4.10(b)(1)(A) hereof;
(2) rebuild, repair, replace or construct improvements to the affected property or
facility (or enter into a binding agreement to do so,
provided
that (x) such rebuilding,
repair, replacement or construction has been completed within the later of (i) 450 days
after the receipt of the Net Loss Proceeds and (ii) six months after the date of such
binding agreement and (y) if such rebuilding, repair, replacement or construction is not
consummated within the period set forth in subclause (x), the Net Loss Proceeds not so
applied will be deemed to be Excess Loss Proceeds (as defined below)); or
(3) invest in assets and properties as described in Section 4.10(b)(2) and Section
4.10(b)(3) hereof, substituting the term Event of Loss for the term Asset Sale, the term
Net Loss Proceeds for the term Net Proceeds and the term Excess Loss Proceeds for the
term Excess Proceeds.
(b) In the case of Section 4.15(a)(2) or Section 4.15(a)(3), any replacement assets or
property shall be pledged as Notes Collateral, in accordance with the Collateral Documents and
otherwise in compliance with the provisions in this Indenture governing After-Acquired Property.
(c) Any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss that are not applied or invested as provided
in Section 4.15(a) shall be deemed to constitute
Excess Loss Proceeds
. When the aggregate amount
of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (a
Loss Proceeds
Offer
) to all Holders and to any holders of Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the
terms thereto to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such Additional Parity Debt
that may be purchased out of such Excess Loss Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if
any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the
offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. If any Excess Loss Proceeds remain after consummation or
expiration of a Loss Proceeds Offer, such Excess Loss Proceeds may be used for any purpose not
otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
provided
that any such remaining Net Loss Proceeds shall
remain subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents. If the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes tendered into such Loss Proceeds Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Loss Proceeds, then such
Notes and any Additional Parity Debt will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the accreted
value or principal amount of such Notes and such Additional Parity Debt tendered (and the Trustee
shall select the tendered Notes of tendering holders on a pro rata basis based on the amount of
Notes tendered with such adjustments as may be necessary so that unpurchased Notes are in minimum
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof). The Company may
satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Loss Proceeds from an Event of Loss by
making a Loss Proceeds Offer with respect to such Net Loss Proceeds prior to the expiration of the
relevant 450 days or with respect to Net Loss Proceeds of $25.0 million or less.
(d) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue
thereof.
-74-
Section 4.16
Future Guarantees
.
(a) If (i) the Company or any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries organizes
or acquires any Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Receivables
Subsidiary, (y) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (z) a Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary if the book value of such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiarys total assets,
when taken together with the aggregate book value of the total assets of all other Wholly-Owned
Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, as of the end of the Companys
most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to
such date, does not exceed in the aggregate $10.0 million (an
Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary
)),
or transfers assets to or makes an Investment in an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary such that it
ceases to be an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary, then such Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary or (ii) any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary (and any
non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
guarantees other capital markets debt securities), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or a Foreign
Subsidiary guaranteeing Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary, guarantees the payment of any
Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor then such Restricted Subsidiary, in
each case, shall:
(1) within 30 days execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in
the form of Exhibit D attached hereto providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted
Subsidiary; and with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor described in clause (ii) of Section 4.16(a):
(i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee, any such guarantee by
such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated
in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee;
and
(ii) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or
subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its
Guarantee; and
(2) within 30 days execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Collateral Documents
providing for a pledge of its assets as Collateral for the Notes to the same extent as set
forth in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
provided
that clause (ii) of Section 4.16(a) shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any
Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was
not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted
Subsidiary.
(b) For purposes of clause (i) of Section 4.16(a), to the extent that the aggregate book value
of the total assets of the Companys non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
(excluding Receivables Subsidiary) as of the end of the Companys most recently ended fiscal
quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of the applicable
organization, acquisition, transfer of assets to or investment in a non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $10.0 million, then, within 30 days of such date, the
Company shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries
to similarly execute a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted
Subsidiary or Subsidiaries and such additional and/or supplemental Collateral Documents such that
the collective book value of the total assets of all remaining non-Guarantor Wholly-Owned Domestic
Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed $10.0 million.
Section 4.17
Impairment of Security Interests
. Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens,
the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to take, or
knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could
reasonably be expected to have the result of materially
-75-
impairing the security interest with
respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent, Trustee and Holders, except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture. Any release of the
Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture shall not be deemed to impair the
security hereunder, and any Person may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate
requesting release so long as all other provisions of this Indenture with respect to such release
have been complied with. The Company shall not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to
any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Collateral Documents in any manner that would be
adverse to the Holders in any material respect, except as permitted under Article 9 or 10 hereof,
the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement.
Section 4.18
After-Acquired Property
. Promptly following the acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, set forth
in Section 10.01 hereof or otherwise included in the Collateral Documents), the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security
instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel, as shall be reasonably
necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such
After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or
the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the
Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such
After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
Section 4.19
Further Assurances
. The Company shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiary Guarantors (or
other Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Stock of such Subsidiaries that constitutes Notes
Collateral) to execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and
instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the
Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case at the sole expense of the
Company in order to grant, preserve, maintain, protect and perfect (and continue the perfection of)
the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the
Collateral Documents in the Collateral, including, without limitation, by making all filings
(including filings of continuation statements and amendments to financing statements that may be
necessary to continue the effectiveness of such financing statements). In addition, from time to
time, the Company shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiary Guarantors (or other Subsidiaries
with respect to Capital Stock of such Subsidiaries that constitutes Notes Collateral) to reasonably
promptly secure the obligations under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents by pledging or
creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the
Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Collateral Documents and
other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form
and substance as may be reasonably necessary to perfect such security interests and Liens.
Section 4.20
Suspension of Certain Covenants
.
(a) If on any date following the Issue Date (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from
both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under
this Indenture then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a Covenant Suspension Event) and
continuing until the occurrence of the Reversion Date, if any, the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Section 4.07 hereof, Section 4.08 hereof, Section 4.09 hereof,
Section 4.10 hereof, Section 4.11 hereof, and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof (the
Suspended
Covenants
).
(b) During any period that the foregoing covenants have been suspended, the Company may not
designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second clause of the
definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary.
(c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the
Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and
on any subsequent date (the
Reversion Date
) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their
Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade
Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the
Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The
-76-
period of time between
the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the
Suspension Period
. Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess
Proceeds from Asset Sales shall be reset to zero.
(d) During any Suspension Period, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;
provided
,
however
, that the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction if (i) the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred a Lien to secure the Indebtedness attributable to
such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction pursuant to Section 4.12 without equally and ratably securing
the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under such covenant; and (ii) the consideration
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in that Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is at
least equal to the fair market value of the property sold and otherwise complies with Section 4.10;
provided
,
however
, that the foregoing provisions shall cease to apply on and subsequent to the
Reversion Date following such Suspension Period.
(e) During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be
entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for under Section 4.12 (including, without
limitation, Permitted Liens) to the extent provided for in such covenant and any Permitted Liens
which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable
Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for
purposes of Section 4.12 and for no other covenant).
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any such reinstatement, no action taken or
omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension
Period shall give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the
Notes; provided that (i) with respect to Restricted Payments made after such reinstatement, the
amount of Restricted Payments made shall be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect
since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period; and (ii) all Indebtedness incurred, or
Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been incurred
or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3).
(g) The Company shall deliver promptly to the Trustee an Officers Certificate notifying it of
any such occurrence under this Section 4.20;
provided
that the Trustee shall have no duty to
monitor the occurrence or suspension of any Suspension Date or Revision Date and no duty to notify
the Holders of any such date.
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
.
(a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up
into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Companys properties or assets, in one or
more related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) the Company is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, is a corporation,
partnership (including a limited partnership), trust or limited liability company organized
or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the laws of
the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof
(such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
Successor Company
);
provided
that in the case where the Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes
is a corporation;
(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all the
obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Collateral Documents, pursuant to
supplemental indentures or
-77-
other documents or instruments, and the Registration Rights
Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated
therein has not been consummated or if the Company continues to have an obligation to
file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement as provided under such
agreement;
(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related
financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period,
(A) the Company or the Successor Company, as applicable, would be permitted to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof, or
(B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or, if applicable, the
Successor Company) and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such Ratio
for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction;
(5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions
described above, in which case Section 5.01(c)(1)(B) hereof shall apply, shall have by
supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Persons obligations
under this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the Registration Rights
Agreement if the exchange offer contemplated therein has not been consummated or if the
Company continues to have an obligation to file or maintain the effectiveness of a shelf
registration statement as provided under such agreement;
(6) the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company) shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this
Indenture;
(7) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Company will (a) continue to constitute
Collateral under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents with the same relative
priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, (b) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and (c) not be
subject to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and
(8) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or
into the Successor Company are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under
the Collateral Documents, the Successor Company will take such actions as may be reasonably
necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral
Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture.
(b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for the Company, as the case
may be, under this Indenture, the Guarantees, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the
Registration Rights Agreement as applicable. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section
5.01(a) hereof,
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or
part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; and
(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company, as the case may be, solely
for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in the United States, any state thereof, the
District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.
(c) Subject to Section 11.06 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not
permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or
not such Subsidiary Guarantor
-78-
is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a
corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or existing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as the case may be, or the laws
of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof
(such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
Successor
Person
);
(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture, such Guarantors related Guarantee and
the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or
instruments;
(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;
(D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture;
(E) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute
Collateral under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the same
relative priorities as existed immediately prior to such transaction, and (c) not be subject
to any Lien, other than Liens permitted by the terms of this Indenture; and
(F) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or
into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the
Collateral Documents, the Successor Person shall take such action as may be reasonably
necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral
Documents in the manner and to the extent required in this Indenture; or
(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.
(d) Subject to Section 11.06 hereof, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted
for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantors Guarantee. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties
and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the
Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States,
any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under
the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case without
regard to the requirements set forth in Section 5.01(c) hereof.
Section 5.02
Successor Person Substituted
. Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger,
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the
Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall refer instead to the successor Person and not
to the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be), and may exercise every right and power of
the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if
such successor Person had been named as the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, herein;
provided
that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except
-79-
in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of
the assets of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, that meets the requirements of
Section 5.01 hereof.
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01
Events of Default
.
(a) An
Event of Default
, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or
be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any
order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
(1) default in payment when due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption,
acceleration or otherwise) of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional
Interest on or with respect to the Notes;
(3) failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of
written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of its other obligations,
covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above)
contained in this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or
by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after
the issuance of the Notes, if both:
(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable
grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay
principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior
to its stated maturity; and
(b)
the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at
stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $25.0 million or more at any
one time outstanding;
(5) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged
and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the
event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by
any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
(6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law:
(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;
-80-
(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings
against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking
reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;
(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its
property;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due;
(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:
(i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, in a
proceeding in which the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is to be adjudicated
bankrupt or insolvent;
(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or for all or
substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or
(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is
a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or
(8) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in
full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any
Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, as the case may be, denies in writing
that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect, other
than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in
accordance with this Indenture; or
(9) any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of
the Collateral Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be
created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared null and void or the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any
Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case, other than in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the terms of the Collateral Documents);
provided
that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (9) is susceptible of cure,
no Event of Default shall arise under this clause (9) with respect thereto until 30 days
after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes.
Section 6.02
Acceleration
. If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) or (7) of
Section 6.01(a) hereof) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders
of not less than 25.0% of the aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes may declare
the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then
outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration,
such principal of and premium, if any, and interest shall be due and payable immediately.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) or
(7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further
action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default,
except a Default relating to the payment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. In addition, the Trustee
-81-
shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the
judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the interest of the Holders.
In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, such
Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than
as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically
and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default
arose:
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged; or
(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the
case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Section 6.03
Other Remedies
. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or
to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note
in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
In addition to the right of acceleration set forth in Section 6.02 hereof, if an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent,
as applicable, shall, subject to the provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Collateral Agency Agreement, have the right to exercise remedies with respect to the Collateral
such as foreclosure, as are available under this Indenture, the Collateral Documents and at law.
Section 6.04
Waiver of Past Defaults
. Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all the Holders waive any
existing Default and its consequences hereunder or the Collateral Documents (except a continuing
Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note held by a
non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences
(provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 6.05
Control by Majority
. Subject to the other provisions of this Article 6 and restrictions
contained in the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the
rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability and
the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with
such direction. In case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee
shall be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in
the conduct of its own affairs under the circumstances. Notwithstanding any provision to the
contrary in this Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or
powers under this Indenture unless the Trustee shall have received indemnity, security or
pre-funding to its satisfaction, against any loss, liability or expense.
-82-
Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits
. Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any
remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless, subject to the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of
Default is continuing;
(2) Holders of at least 25.0% in the aggregate principal amount of all then total
outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) the Holders have offered the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if
requested, reasonable security, indemnity or pre-funding to it against any loss, liability
or expense;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
thereof and the offer of security, indemnity or pre-funding; and
(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of all then total outstanding Notes have
not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder.
Section 6.07
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note,
on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset
Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment
on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.
Section 6.08
Collection Suit by Trustee
. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2)
hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and
as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium,
if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on
overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel.
Section 6.09
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any
proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to
such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the
Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall
continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.
Section 6.10
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy
herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of
any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.
Section 6.11
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any
Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right
or remedy
or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right
and remedy given by
-83-
this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from
time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the
case may be.
Section 6.12
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial
proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors),
its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any
official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any
money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and
in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders,
to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel, and any other amounts
due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied
for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any
and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization
or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.13
Priorities
. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it
shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
(i) to the Trustee, firstly and the Notes Collateral Agent secondly, their respective
agents, advisors and attorneys for amounts due to them under Section 7.07 hereof, including
payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by
the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;
(ii) subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, to Holders for amounts due
and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due
and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any,
and interest, respectively; and
(iii) to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct
including a Guarantor, if applicable.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.13.
Section 6.14
Undertaking for Costs
. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a
court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking
to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14
does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07
hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee
.
-84-
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in
its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such persons own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of
this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the
Trustee to take actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision
hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine
the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
of this Indenture (but need not investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or
other facts stated therein).
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05
hereof.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.
(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under
this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to
the Trustee and the Trustee shall have received, if requested, indemnity, pre-funding or security
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
Section 7.02
Rights of Trustee
.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation,
it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or
investigation.
-85-
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel of its selection and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this
Indenture.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction
or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.
(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its
own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of
its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable
grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such
risk or liability is not assured to it.
(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any
event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit)
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action.
(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and
other Person employed to act hereunder.
(j) In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest, the Company shall provide
written notice to the Trustee of the Companys obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than
15 days prior to the next applicable Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount
of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. The Trustee shall not at any time be under
any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable
and the amount thereof.
(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated
in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do
so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation
into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such
further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Company and
shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.
(l) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers Certificate setting forth
the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified
actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers Certificate may be signed by any Person
authorized to sign an Officers Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any
such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
-86-
(m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance
of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by
circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God;
earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics;
riots; loss or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services;
strikes or similar labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental
action.
(n) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company with
respect to the covenants contained in Article Four or to make any calculation in connection
therewith or in connection with any redemption of the Notes. In addition, except as otherwise
expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall have no obligation to
monitor or verify compliance by the Company or any Guarantor with any other obligation or covenant
under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.
(o) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents or as
required by applicable law, the Trustee shall have no duty (i) to cause the maintenance of any
insurance, (ii) with respect to the payment or discharge of any tax, charge or Lien levied against
any part of the Collateral, or (iii) with respect to the filing or refiling of any Collateral
Document.
(p) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Collateral Documents, the Trustee
shall be under no obligation to the Holders to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or
performance of any of the agreements contained in, statements made in, or conditions of any of the
Collateral or Collateral Documents or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of
the Company.
(q) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the
Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens upon any of the
Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on
its part.
Section 7.03
Individual Rights of Trustee
. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become
the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the
Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the
Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to
the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
Section 7.04
Trustees Disclaimer
. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as
to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral, the Collateral Documents or the
Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Companys use of the proceeds from the Notes or any
money paid to the Company or upon the Companys direction under any provision of this Indenture, it
shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other
than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any
statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant
to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05
Notice of Defaults
. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee,
the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except
in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any
Note, the Trustee may withhold from
the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.
Section 7.06
Reports by Trustee to Holders
. Within 60 days after each January 15, beginning with the
January 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with
Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act (but if no event described in Section 313(a) of the Trust
Indenture Act has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be
transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. The
Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Section 313(c) of the Trust
Indenture Act.
-87-
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company
and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with
Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the
Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
Section 7.07
Compensation and Indemnity
.
For the purposes of this Section 7.07, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent are referred
to collectively as the
Indemnified Parties
, and each as an
Indemnified Party
. The Company and
the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to each Indemnified Party from time to time such
compensation (with respect to the Trustee, for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder, and with respect to the Notes Collateral Agent, for its acceptance of the Collateral
Agency Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement and services thereunder) as the parties shall agree in
writing from time to time. Neither Indemnified Partys compensation shall be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and
severally, shall reimburse each Indemnified Party promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses (including costs of collection) incurred or made by it in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of each Indemnified Partys agents, advisors and counsel.
The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each Indemnified Party
for, and hold each Indemnified Party harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability
or expense (including attorneys fees) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this trust and the Indenture (in the case of the Trustee) and the performance of
its duties hereunder or under the Collateral Documents (including the costs and expenses of
enforcing this Indenture or the Collateral Documents against the Company or any of the Guarantors
(including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder,
the Company, any Guarantor or any holder of Additional Parity Debt, or liability, in each case, in
connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder or
under the Collateral Documents). Each Indemnified Party shall notify the Company promptly of any
claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by such Indemnified Party to so notify the Company
shall not relieve the Company and Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company shall
defend the claim and such Indemnified Party may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the
fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Indemnified Party through such Indemnified Partys
own willful misconduct or gross negligence.
The obligations of the Company and Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the
Indemnified Parties.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.12 hereof, to secure the payment
obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Indemnified Parties shall
have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Indemnified
Parties, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien
shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or
removal of the Indemnified Parties.
When an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(a)(6) or (7) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the
services (including the fees and expenses of its agents, advisors and counsel) are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
Each Indemnified Party shall comply with the provisions of Section 313(b)(2) of the Trust
Indenture Act to the extent applicable.
Section 7.08
Replacement of Trustee
. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustees acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
-88-
remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:
(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any
reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the
successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns
or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Companys expense), the Company or the Holders of at
least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the
Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee;
provided
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to
the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Companys obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.
Section 7.09
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc
. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or
transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the
successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10
Eligibility; Disqualification
. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any
state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Sections
310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the Trust Indenture Act. The Trustee is subject to Section 310(b) of the
Trust Indenture Act.
Section 7.11
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
. The Trustee is subject to Section 311(a)
of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the
Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a)
of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent indicated therein.
Section 7.12
Intercreditor Agreement, Collateral Agency Agreement, Security Agreement and Other Collateral
Documents
.
-89-
The Trustee is hereby directed and authorized by the Holders to execute and deliver, or cause
the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral
Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other Collateral Documents to the extent it is
named as a party therein. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking
(or forbearing from) any action under or pursuant to, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral
Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, the Trustee and the
Notes Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other
protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it
under the terms of such other agreement or agreements). Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note,
hereby authorizes the Notes Collateral Agent to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement and
the Collateral Agency Agreement for the benefit of the Holders and agrees to be bound by all of the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement. In addition, each
Holder acknowledges and agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent has entered into the Intercreditor
Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Security Agreement and other Collateral Documents
for the benefit of the Holders and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof.
ARTICLE 8
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
. The Company may, at its option and
at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and
all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees upon compliance with the
conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
. Upon the Companys exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged
from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and related Guarantees on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (
Legal Defeasance
). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance
means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire
Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be
outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under
such Notes, this Indenture including that of the Guarantors, and the Collateral Documents (and the
Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute reasonable instruments
prepared by the Company acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall
survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(a) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created
pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;
(b) the Companys Obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance
of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Companys
and Guarantors obligations in connection therewith; and
(d) this Section 8.02.
Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section
8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03
Covenant Defeasance
. Upon the Companys exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the
covenants contained in Sections
-90-
4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14,
4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18 and 4.19 hereof, clauses (4) and (5) of Section 5.01(a), Section 5.01(c) and
Section 5.01(d) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions
set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (
Covenant Defeasance
), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such
covenants, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder (it being
understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this
purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees,
the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of
any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly,
by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in
any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to
comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except
as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and the Guarantees shall be
unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Companys exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), 6.01(a)(4), 6.01(a)(5), and 6.01(a)(6) (solely
with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), Section 6.01(a)(7)
(solely with respect to Restricted Subsidiaries that are Significant Subsidiaries), Sections
6.01(a)(8) and 6.01(a)(9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
Section 8.04
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
. The following shall be the conditions to the
application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination
thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case
may be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Company must
specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption
Date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions,
(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the United
States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable
U.S. federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not
recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a
result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to
customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income,
gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance
and shall be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
-91-
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make
the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar
and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of
Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, the ABL Facility, or any other material
agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is
a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting with
respect to any Indebtedness being defeased from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make
the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar
and simultaneous deposit relating to such Indebtedness, and the granting of Liens in
connection therewith);
(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating
that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering,
delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or any Guarantor or others; and
(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 8.05
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; other Miscellaneous Provisions
.
Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this
Section 8.05, the Trustee) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes
and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including a
Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of
all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if
any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.
The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed
on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof
or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay
to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities
held by it as provided in
Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may
be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04 hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would
then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06
Repayment to Company
. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if
any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and
premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to
the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.
Section 8.07
Reinstatement
. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or
Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason
of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application,
-92-
then the Companys and the Guarantors obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may
be;
provided
that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional
Interest, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from
the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01
Without Consent of Holders
. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee (and to the extent applicable, the Collateral Agent) may amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;
(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;
(4) to provide for the assumption of the Companys or any Guarantors obligations to
the Holders;
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such
Holder;
(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;
(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of
a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;
(9) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private Exchange Notes, which are
identical to Exchange Notes except that they are not freely transferable;
(10) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture
and to secure Additional Note Obligations, if any;
(11) to add a Guarantor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture;
(12) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of
the Description of Notes section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such
provision in such Description of Notes section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of
a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes;
(13) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer
and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to
facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes;
provided
,
however
, that (i)
compliance with this Indenture as so amended
-93-
would not result in Notes being transferred in
violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment
does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes;
(14) to provide for the succession of any parties to the Collateral Documents (and
other amendments that are administrative or ministerial in nature) in connection with an
amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, restructuring, replacement,
supplementing or other modification from time to time of the ABL Facility or any other
agreement that is not prohibited by this Indenture;
(15) to provide for the release or addition of Collateral or Guarantees in accordance
with the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents;
(16) to provide for the issuance of the Notes in a manner consistent with the terms of
this Indenture;
(17) to provide for the succession of the Trustee as collateral agent under this
Indenture and the Collateral Documents; or
(18) to secure any Additional Parity Debt to the extent permitted by this Indenture..
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement, and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall
join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amendment or supplement authorized
or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall
not be obligated to enter into such amendment or supplement that affects its own rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this
Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture
to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as
Exhibit D
hereto, and delivery of an
Officers Certificate.
Section 9.02
With Consent of Holders
. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02 and subject to the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Company and the
Trustee (and the Notes Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable documents) may
amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes and, subject
to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or
Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees or the
Collateral Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09
hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be outstanding for the purposes of this
Section 9.02.
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors
authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement, and upon the filing with the Trustee
of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.04 hereof, the Trustee (and the
Notes Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable document) shall join with the
Company in the execution of such amendment or supplement unless such amendment or supplement
affects the Trustees own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or
otherwise, in which case the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplement.
-94-
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent
approves the substance thereof.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall deliver electronically or mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly
describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to deliver
electronically or mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02
may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or
alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (for the
avoidance of doubt, the provisions relating to Section 3.09 hereof, Section 4.10 hereof,
Section 4.14 hereof and Section 4.15 hereof are not redemptions of the Notes);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note (other
than with respect to Additional Interest);
(4) (A) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest
on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of all then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration, or (B) waive a Default in respect of a
covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended
or modified without the consent of all Holders;
(5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest (other than Additional Interest);
(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on such Holders Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit
for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders Notes or the
Guarantees;
(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect
the Holders; or
(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any
Significant Subsidiary in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of
Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral Document
or the provisions in this Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral Documents that
would have the impact of releasing all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the
Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral
Documents) or change or alter the priority of the security interests in the Collateral, (2) make
any change in any Collateral Document or the provisions of this Indenture dealing with the
Collateral or the Collateral Documents or the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would
adversely affect the Holders in any
-95-
material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in
any manner adverse to the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
Section 9.03
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the
Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust
Indenture Act as then in effect.
Section 9.04
Revocation and Effect of Consents
. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note
and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holders Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any
such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the
Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment
becomes effective. Once an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with
its terms and the terms hereof, it thereafter binds every subsequent Holder.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record
date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at
such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to
consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether
or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid
or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite
number of Holders has been obtained.
Section 9.05
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an
amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for
all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate
new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and
effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.06
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc
. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver
authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely
affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an
amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any
amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section
7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by
Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture
and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Company and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms,
subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03
hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel will be required for the Trustee to
execute any amendment or supplement adding a new Guarantor under this Indenture.
Section 9.07
Payment for Consent
. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or
otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the
terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents unless such
consideration is offered to all Holders and is paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree
to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.
-96-
ARTICLE 10
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
Section 10.01
Collateral and Collateral Documents
.
(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an
Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and
interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the
Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Holders,
the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral
Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the
Collateral Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Notes and such other
Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and the Company
hereby acknowledge and agree that the Notes Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for its
benefits and the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the
Collateral Documents. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the
Collateral Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and
foreclosure of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in
accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral
Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights
thereunder in accordance therewith;
provided
,
however
, that if any of the provisions of the
Collateral Documents limit, qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act, the Trust Indenture Act shall control. The Company shall deliver to the Notes
Collateral Agent copies of all documents pursuant to the Collateral Documents, and shall do or
cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of
this Section 10.01, to assure and confirm to the Notes Collateral Agent the security interest in
the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Collateral Documents or any part thereof, as from time
to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this
Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(1) the Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary of the Company that are
owned by the Company or any Guarantor shall constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent
that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt
without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (
Rule 3-16
) (or any other
law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be
filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency);
(2) in the event that Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the
SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or
regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other
governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary of the Company due
to the fact that such Subsidiarys Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes and
Additional Parity Debt, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall
automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent
necessary to not be subject to such requirement) and in such event, the Collateral Documents
may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or a holder of Additional
Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares of
Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the
Notes Collateral; and
(3) in the event that Rule 3-16 is
amended, modified
or interpreted by the SEC to
permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation
is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiarys Capital Stock and other securities to
secure the Notes and Additional Parity Debt in excess of the amount then pledged without the
filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of
such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall
automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent
necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirements). In such event,
the Collateral Documents
-97-
may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder or holders of Additional
Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents
such additional Capital Stock and other securities.
Section 10.02
Recordings and Opinions
. The Company shall comply with the provisions of § 314(b) of the
Trust Indenture Act following qualification of this Indenture pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act,
except to the extent not required as set forth in any SEC regulation or interpretation (including
any no-action letter issued by the Staff of the SEC, whether issued to the Company or any other
Person), subject to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act. Following such qualification, to
the extent the Company is required to furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to
Trust Indenture Act Section 314(b)(2), the Company shall furnish such opinion as required by such
Section.
Section 10.03
Release of Collateral
.
(a) Subject to Sections 10.03(b) and 10.04 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien
and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents or as provided hereby. The Company and
the Guarantors shall be entitled to a release of property and other assets included in the
Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee (subject to its receipt of an
Officers Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as provided below) shall release, or instruct the
Notes Collateral Agent to release, as applicable, the same from such Liens at the Companys sole
cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:
(1) to enable the Company or any Guarantor to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of
any of the Collateral (other than any such disposition to the Company or a Guarantor) to the
extent not prohibited under Section 4.10 hereof;
(2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to all
of the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;
(3) pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 hereof;
(4) if all of the Notes have been defeased pursuant to Article 8 hereof or satisfied
and discharged pursuant to Article 12 hereof; or
(5) upon payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) on, all of the Notes and all other Obligations
related thereto under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents with
respect thereto, that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together
with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) are paid.
(b) Upon receipt of an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all
conditions precedent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents (and Section 314(d) of the
Trust Indenture Act), if any, to such release have been met and any necessary or proper instruments
of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Company, the Trustee shall, or shall cause
the Notes Collateral Agent, to execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Companys expense) such
instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant
to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents. Neither the Trustee nor the Notes Collateral Agent
shall be liable for any such release undertaken in good faith in reliance upon any such Officers
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Collateral
Document to the contrary, the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation
to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of
release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officers Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel.
-98-
Section 10.04
Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements
.
(a) To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause § 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act,
relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to the release of property
or securities subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with.
(b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 10.03 hereof shall be deemed not to impair
the Liens under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents in contravention thereof. Any
certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be made by an officer or
legal counsel, as applicable, of the Company except in cases where § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture
Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall
be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.04, the Company shall not be
required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it determines,
in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be
provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or any
interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including no
action letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is
inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.
Section 10.05
Certificates of the Trustee
. In the event that the Company wishes to release Collateral in
accordance with this Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Collateral Agency Agreement and the Company has delivered the certificates and documents required
by the Collateral Documents and Section 10.03 hereof, if § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is
applicable to such releases (the applicability of which shall be established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.04 hereof or otherwise), the Trustee shall
determine whether it has received all documentation required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act
in connection with such release (which determination may be based upon the Opinion of Counsel
hereafter described) and, based on an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 13.04 hereof, shall
deliver a certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. The Trustee,
however, shall have no duty to confirm the legality, genuineness, accuracy, contents or validity of
such documents (or any signature appearing therein), its sole duty being to certify its receipt of
such documents which, on their face (and assuming that they are what they purport to be), conform
to § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 10.06
Suits To Protect the Collateral
. Subject to the provisions of Article 7 hereof, the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement the Trustee in its sole discretion and
without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may direct the Notes Collateral Agent
to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
(1) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents; and
(2) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations
hereunder.
Subject to the provisions of the Collateral Documents, the Trustee shall have power to
institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any
impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the
Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole
discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the
Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to
restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment,
rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or
compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be
prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). Nothing in this Section 10.06 shall
be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee.
Section 10.07
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Collateral Documents
. Subject to
the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Trustee is
authorized
-99-
to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Collateral Documents, and
to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this
Indenture.
Section 10.08
Purchaser Protected
. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported
to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Notes Collateral Agent or the
Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by
the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any
consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other
transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 10 to be sold be under any
obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Company or the applicable Guarantor to
make any such sale or other transfer.
Section 10.09
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession
of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article 10 upon the
Company or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may
be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee
shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Company or a Guarantor or of any
officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 13; and if the Trustee shall
be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may
be exercised by the Trustee.
Section 10.10
Release Upon Termination of the Companys Obligations
. In the event that the Company delivers
to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it, an Officers Certificate
certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) on, all of the Notes and all other Obligations under this
Indenture, the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents, that are due and payable at or prior to the
time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if
any), are paid or (ii) the Company shall have exercised its legal defeasance option or its covenant
defeasance option, in compliance with the provisions of Article 8, or its satisfaction and
discharge option, in compliance with the provisions of Article 12 hereof, in each case with respect
to all of the Notes, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company and the Notes Collateral Agent a
notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all
rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than its rights under Section 7.07 and with respect to
funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8 and Article 12), and any rights it has under the
Collateral Documents, and upon receipt by the Notes Collateral Agent of such notice, the Notes
Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and
upon request of and at the expense of the Company shall execute any release documents prepared by
the Company and do or cause to be done all other acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien.
Section 10.11
Notes Collateral Agent
.
(a) The Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and
appoints the Notes Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents
and the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes
the Notes Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture
and the Collateral Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly
delegated to the Notes Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral
Documents, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this
Section 10.11 are solely for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any
of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of
the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section 10.03. Notwithstanding
any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture and the Collateral Documents,
the Notes Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder nor shall the
Notes Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any
Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations
or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture and the Collateral Documents or otherwise exist
against the Notes Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the
use of the term agent in this Indenture with reference to the Notes Collateral Agent is not
intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency
doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom,
and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent
contracting parties.
-100-
Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Notes Collateral Agent shall
have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any
discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions which the Notes Collateral
Agent is expressly entitled to take or assert under this Indenture, and the Collateral Documents,
including the exercise of remedies pursuant to Article 6, and any action so taken or not taken
shall be deemed consented to by the Trustee and the Holders.
(b) None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall (i) be liable
for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this
Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful
misconduct) or under or in connection with any Collateral Document or the transactions contemplated
thereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any
manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty,
covenant or agreement made by the Company or any Grantor or Affiliate of any Grantor, or any
officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, or in any certificate,
report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Notes
Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture or the Collateral
Documents, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this or
any other Indenture or the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other
party to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. None of the Notes Collateral Agent or any of its respective Affiliates shall be under
any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or
performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other Indenture or
the Collateral Documents or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Grantor or any
Grantors Affiliates.
(c) The Notes Collateral Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit
for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any
kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with the Company, any
Guarantor and their Affiliates as though it was not the Notes Collateral Agent hereunder and
without notice to or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that,
pursuant to such activities, the Notes Collateral Agent or its Affiliates may receive information
regarding any Grantor or its respective Affiliates (including information that may be subject to
confidentiality obligations in favor of, any such Grantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that
the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the
Trustee or the Holders. Nothing herein shall impose or imply any obligation on the part of the
Notes Collateral Agent to advance funds.
(d) The Notes Collateral Agent is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Collateral
Documents, (ii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Collateral Documents and (iii)
perform and observe its obligations under the Collateral Documents.
(e) The Trustee agrees that it shall not (and shall not be obliged to), and shall not instruct
the Notes Collateral Agent to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders,
take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any
Grantor, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien
on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.
If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or
otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising
under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the
Trustee from the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments
from the Notes Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant
to Article 6, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Notes Collateral Agent, in kind,
and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Notes Collateral Agent.
(f) The Notes Collateral Agent is each Holders agent for the purpose of perfecting the
Holders security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial
Code can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such
Collateral, upon request from the Company, the Trustee shall notify the Notes Collateral Agent
thereof, and, promptly upon the Notes Collateral Agents request therefor shall deliver such
Collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with
the Notes Collateral Agents instructions.
-101-
(g) The Notes Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of
the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for,
protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Notes Collateral Agents Liens have been
properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are
entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Company or any Guarantors
property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the
Collateral Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or
the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at
all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue
exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Notes Collateral
Agent pursuant to this Indenture or any Collateral Document, it being understood and agreed that in
respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Notes Collateral
Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Notes
Collateral Agents own interest in the Collateral and that the Notes Collateral Agent shall have no
other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.
(h) No provision of this Indenture or any Collateral Document shall require the Notes
Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to
take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders
(or the Trustee in the case of the Notes Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
(i) The Notes Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, or
for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
Notes Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, (ii) shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Notes Collateral Agent may agree in
writing with the Company (and money held in trust by the Notes Collateral Agent need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law), (iii) the Notes Collateral Agent
may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters
of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any
action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion
of such counsel. The grant of permissive rights or powers to the Notes Collateral Agent shall not
be construed to impose duties to act.
(j) Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures
in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited
to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations
superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures,
earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable
for any indirect, special or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits)
whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of
action.
Section 10.12
Designations
. Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof
and the Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Company to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of
the term ABL Lenders Debt or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor
Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the
relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer and
delivered to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Agent. For all purposes hereof
the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement, the Company hereby designates the
Obligations pursuant to the ABL Facility as ABL Lenders Debt.
ARTICLE 11
GUARANTEES
Section 11.01
Guarantee
. Subject to this Article 11, from and after the Issue Date, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally, guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of
the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal
-102-
of, any premium or interest on, or Additional Interest in respect of the Notes shall be
promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and
interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other
obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly
paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that
same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment
when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor
agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional,
irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the
absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any
provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to
enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand
of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company,
any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands
whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance
of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section
11.01.
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company,
the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation
to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to
the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all
obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on
the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes
of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such
acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the
purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the
Holders under the Guarantees.
Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any
petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization, should the Company
become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee
be appointed for all or any significant part of the Companys assets, and shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in
amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees,
whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, all as though such payment
or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned.
In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.
-103-
The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general senior secured obligation of such
Guarantor and shall be
pari passu
in right of payment with all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any, and senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor.
Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without
set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
Section 11.02
Limitation on Guarantor Liability
. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each
Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the
Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or
state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the
Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each
Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum
amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under
such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other
Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee
not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each
Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all
guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an
amount equal to such other Guarantors pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net
assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.
Section 11.03
Execution and Delivery
. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each
Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its
President, one of its Vice Presidents or one of its Assistant Vice Presidents.
Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof shall remain
in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such
Guarantee on the Notes.
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the
Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
If required by Section 4.16 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.16 hereof
and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.
Section 11.04
Subrogation
. Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company
in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.01 hereof;
provided
that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be
entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of
subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes
shall have been paid in full.
Section 11.05
Benefits Acknowledged
. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it shall receive direct and indirect
benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and
waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
Section 11.06
Release of Guarantees by Subsidiary Guarantors
. A Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor shall
be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such
Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee is required for the release of such Subsidiary
Guarantors Guarantee, upon:
-104-
(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock
of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary, if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture;
(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release
by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 hereof and the definition of
Unrestricted Subsidiary in Section 1.01 hereof; or
(D) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option
with respect to the Notes in accordance with Article 8 hereof or the Companys obligations
under this Indenture being discharged with respect to the Notes in accordance with the terms
of this Indenture; and
(2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with.
ARTICLE 12
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 12.01
Satisfaction and Discharge
. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of
further effect as to all Notes, when:
(1) either
(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or
destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money
has heretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation; or
(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or
otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for
redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to
be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in
such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and
accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
(2) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make
such deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the
granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of
such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under the ABL Facility, or any other material agreement or instrument (other than
this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or
any Guarantor is bound (other than resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to
make such deposit and any similar deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting of
Liens in connection therewith);
-105-
(3) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this
Indenture; and
(4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the
deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the
case may be.
In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to
the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been
satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 12.01, the
provisions of Section 7.07, Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction
and discharge.
Section 12.02
Application of Trust Money
. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and
Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the
Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by
law.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Companys and any Guarantors obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof;
provided
that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest,
if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall
be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money or Government
Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.01
Trust Indenture Act Controls
. Subject to Section 13.16 hereof, if any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Section 318(c) of the Trust
Indenture Act, the imposed duties shall control.
Section 13.02
Notices
. Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the
others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), fax or overnight air courier guaranteeing next
day delivery, to the others address:
If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
If to the Trustee:
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
-106-
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series Polymer Group, Inc.
The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being
deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; when receipt acknowledged,
if faxed; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery;
provided
that any notice or communication delivered to the
Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be delivered electronically in accordance with
DTCs applicable procedures or mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person
described in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, to the extent required by the Trust
Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is delivered or mailed in the manner provided above within the
time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Company delivers or mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall deliver or
mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Section 13.03
Communication by Holders with Other Holders
. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section
312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of Section 312(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.
Section 13.04
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
. Upon any request or application by the
Company or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the
Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:
(a) An Officers Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that,
in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for
in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(b) An Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
(which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 13.05
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
. Each certificate or opinion with respect to
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof or Section 314(a)(4) of the Trust Indenture Act) shall
comply with the provisions of Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and shall include:
(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;
-107-
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as
to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an
Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officers Certificate as to matters of
fact); and
(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or
covenant has been complied with.
Section 13.06
Rules by Trustee and Agents
. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions.
Section 13.07
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
. No director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor or any of their
parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors
under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or the Collateral Documents or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
the Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 13.08
Governing Law
. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 13.09
Waiver of Jury Trial
. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN
ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 13.10
Force Majeure
. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or
delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by,
directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes,
work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or
natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities,
communications or computer (software or hardware) services.
Section 13.11
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
. This Indenture may not be used to interpret
any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.
Section 13.12
Successors
. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind their successors. All
agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise
provided in Section 11.06.
Section 13.13
Severability
. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 13.14
Counterpart Originals
. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
-108-
Section 13.15
Table of Contents, Headings, etc
. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings
of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any
of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 13.16
Qualification of Indenture
. The Company and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under
the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights
Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses
for the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but
not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing
this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company and the
Guarantors any such Officers Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may
reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act. The Trust Indenture Act shall not apply to this Indenture prior to such
qualification, and all references herein to compliance with the Trust Indenture Act refer to such
compliance following any such qualification.
The Company has elected to exclude the provisions of Section 315(d)(3) and 316(a)(1) of the
Trust Indenture Act from this Indenture. Following the qualification of this Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act, to the extent any Term Loans remain outstanding at that time, and to the
extent any of the voting provisions set forth in Articles 6 and 9 hereof are deemed by any court or
governmental authority to be inconsistent with the Trust Indenture Act, any action under this
Indenture that requires the vote or participation of the holders of the then outstanding Term Loans
shall be taken without the participation of the holders of the Term Loans.
Section 13.17
Intercreditor Agreement and Collateral Agency Agreement Govern
.
Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Note,
(a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees
that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor
Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the
Intercreditor Agreement as Notes Collateral Agent, and on behalf of such Holder. The foregoing
provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the ABL Facility to extend credit and
such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the
Intercreditor Agreement.
Reference is made to the Collateral Agency Agreement. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a
Note, (a) consents to the terms of the Collateral Agency Agreement, including the priority of
payment provisions provided for in the Collateral Agency Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be
bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Collateral Agency Agreement and
(c) authorizes and instructs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agency
Agreement as Notes Collateral Agent, and on behalf of such Holder.
[Signatures on following page]
-109-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary
|
|
|
|
PGI POLYMER, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
FABRENE, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Indenture]
|
|
|
|
|
|
PGI EUROPE, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Daniel L. Rikard
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Secretary
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Indenture]
|
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee and
Collateral
Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Joshua C. Jones
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Joshua C. Jones
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Financial Services Officer
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Indenture]
EXHIBIT A
[Face of Senior Secured Note]
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture]
A-1
CUSIP:
ISIN:
[RULE 144A] [REGULATION S] [GLOBAL] NOTE
representing
7.75% Senior Secured Note due 2019
No.
Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to or registered
assigns, the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note
attached hereto] [of United States Dollars] on February 1, 2019.
Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1, commencing on August 1, 2011
Record Dates: January 15 and July 15
A-2
IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
POLYMER GROUP, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
A-3
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Dated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
A-4
[Back of Note]
7.75% Senior Secured Note due 2019
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1)
Interest
. Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay interest on the
principal amount of this Note at 7.75% per annum from January 28, 2011
1
until maturity
and to pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement
referred to below. The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually
in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year beginning August 1, 2011, or, if any such day is
not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
Interest Payment Date
).
Interest on this Note shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if
no interest has been paid, from and including January 28, 2011
1
. The Company
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate borne by
this Note to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest,
if any (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest
rate borne by this Note to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
(2)
Method of Payment
. The Company shall pay interest on this Note and Additional Interest,
if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of this Note at the close of business on January
15 or July 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding the Interest
Payment Date (each, the
Record Date
), even if this Note is cancelled after such Record Date and
on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with
respect to defaulted interest. Payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may be made by
check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders,
provided
that
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal
of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes the Holders of which
shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment
shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
(3)
Paying Agent and Registrar
. Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, the Trustee under the
Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any
such capacity.
(4)
Indenture
. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011
(the
Indenture
), among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. This
Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 7.75% Senior
Secured Notes due 2019. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 2.01, Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those
stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended (the
Trust Indenture Act
). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and
Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms.
To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
(5)
Optional Redemption
.
|
|
|
1
|
|
In the case of Notes issued on the Issue Date.
|
A-5
(a) Except as described below under clauses 5(b), 5(c) and 5(e) hereof, the Company shall not
be entitled to redeem the Notes at its option prior to February 1, 2015.
(b) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes,
upon notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal
to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of
redemption (the
Redemption Date
), subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant Record Date to
receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
(c) At any time prior to February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem in any twelve month period
up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued by it on the Issue Date, upon
notice as described under Sections 3.02 and 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to
103.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and
Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the
right of Holders of Notes of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date.
(d) On and after February 1, 2015, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon
notice as described in Section 3.02 of the Indenture at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable
Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning on February 1 of each of the years indicated below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Percentage
|
|
2015
|
|
|
103.875
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
101.938
|
%
|
2017 and thereafter
|
|
|
100.000
|
%
|
(e) Until February 1, 2014, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued by it at a redemption price equal to 107.75% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Interest, if any,
to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of Notes of
record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date,
with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings;
provided
that at least 50% of the
aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving
effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
each such redemption;
provided further
that each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date
of closing of each such Equity Offering.
(f) Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.
(6)
Mandatory Redemption
. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
(7)
Notice of Redemption
. Subject to Section 3.09 of the Indenture, the Company shall deliver
electronically or mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of
redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder
to be redeemed or purchased at such Holders registered address, except that redemption notices may
be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with
Article 8 or Article 12 of the Indenture. Except as set forth in Section 3.07 of the Indenture,
notices of redemption may not be conditional.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed or purchased and shall state:
(a) the Redemption Date;
A-6
(b) the redemption price;
(c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that
Note that is to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new
Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing
the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon
cancellation of the original Note;
(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the
redemption price;
(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes
called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;
(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to
which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;
(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if
any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
(i) if in connection with a redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture, any
condition to such redemption.
At the Companys request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the name of the
Company and at its expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least
two Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered electronically, mailed or
caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Indenture (unless a shorter notice
shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph.
(8)
Offers to Repurchase
. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall
make an offer (a
Change of Control Offer
) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holders Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the
Change of Control Payment
), subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant
applicable Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant applicable Interest Payment Date.
The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture.
(b) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consummates an Asset Sale, within ten
Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million, the
Company shall make an offer to all Holders and (x) in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale
of Note Collateral, to the holders of any Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the
terms thereof or (y) in the case of any other Net Cash Proceeds, if required by the terms of any
Indebtedness that is
pari passu
with the Notes or any Guarantee (
Pari Passu Indebtedness
), to the
holders of such pari passu indebtedness (an
Asset Sale Offer
), to purchase the maximum aggregate
principal amount of the Notes and such Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the
case may be, that in the case of the Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum
amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an
amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt or Pari Passu Obligations at the offer price
required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The
Asset Sale Offer shall be made in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture.
A-7
(c) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries suffers an Event of Loss, within ten
Business Days of each date that the aggregate amount of Excess Loss Proceeds exceeds $25.0 million,
the Company shall make an offer (
Loss Proceeds Offer
) to all Holders and to the holders of any
Additional Parity Debt to the extent required by the terms thereof to purchase the maximum
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Additional Parity Debt, that, in the case of the
Notes, is an integral multiple of $1,000 (but in minimum amounts of $2,000) that may be purchased
out of the Excess Loss Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if
any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, and in the case of any Additional Parity Debt at the
offer price required by the terms thereof but not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Indenture. The Loss Proceeds Offer shall be made in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.15 of the
Indenture.
(9)
Denominations, Transfer, Exchange
. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in
minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer
of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar
and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and
transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note
or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a
period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or purchased.
(10)
Security
. The Notes shall be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The Notes Collateral Agent
holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral
Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Collateral
Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the
same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the
Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable,
to enter into the Collateral Documents, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights
thereunder in accordance therewith.
(11)
Persons Deemed Owners
. The registered Holder shall be treated as its owner for all
purposes.
(12)
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
. The Indenture, the Collateral Documents, the
Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
(13)
Defaults and Remedies
. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and
be continuing, the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all
the then outstanding Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.
(14)
Guarantees
. The Companys obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed, jointly and severally, by the Guarantors.
(15)
Authentication
. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
(16)
Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes
.
In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global
Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the applicable
Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest (as defined in
the applicable Registration Rights Agreement).
(17)
Governing Law
. THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE
THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES.
A-8
(18)
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be
printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers placed thereon.
A-9
The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the
Indenture and/or the applicable Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company
at the following address:
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
A-10
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note
to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Insert assignees legal name)
|
(Insert assignees soc. sec. or tax I.D no.)
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code)
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Your Signature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name
|
|
|
|
|
appears on the face of this Note)
|
|
|
Signature Guarantee*:
|
|
|
*
|
|
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).
|
A-11
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10, 4.14
or 4.15of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.14 [ ] Section 4.15
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10, Section 4.14 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have
purchased:
$________
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Your Signature:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name
|
|
|
|
|
appears on the face of this
|
|
|
|
|
Note)
|
|
|
Tax Identification No.:
Signature Guarantee*:
|
|
|
*
|
|
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor
acceptable to the Trustee).
|
A-12
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $ . The following exchanges of
a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or
exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have
been made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount of this
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Increase in
|
|
Global Note following
|
|
Signature of Authorized
|
|
|
Amount of Decrease in
|
|
Principal Amount of
|
|
such Decrease or In-
|
|
Officer of Trustee or
|
Date of Exchange
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
this Global Note
|
|
crease
|
|
Custodian
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
`
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.
|
A-13
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series Polymer Group, Inc.
Re: 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
Reference is hereby made to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011
(the
Indenture
), among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture.
_____________ (the
Transferor
) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such
Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the
Transfer
), to (the
Transferee
), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the
Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE 144A GLOBAL NOTE
OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably
believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one
or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such
Person and each such account is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A
in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any
applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions.
2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S
GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant
to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the
United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and
believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in,
on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor
nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the
United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements
of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is
not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv)
if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the
transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
B-1
benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the
Securities Act.
3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION
S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):
(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act; or
(b) [ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; or
(c) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act.
4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED
GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company.
[Insert Name of Transferor]
B-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Dated: ________________
|
|
B-3
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1.
|
|
The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
(a)
|
|
[ ] a beneficial interest in the:
|
|
(i)
|
|
[ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
|
|
(ii)
|
|
[ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U73139 AC8), or
|
(b)
|
|
[ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.
|
2.
|
|
After the Transfer the Transferee shall hold:
|
[CHECK ONE]
(a)
|
|
[ ] a beneficial interest in the:
|
|
(i)
|
|
[ ] 144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
|
|
(ii)
|
|
[ ] Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP: U73139 AC8), or
|
|
(iii)
|
|
[ ] Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AL9); or
|
(b)
|
|
[ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or
|
(c)
|
|
[ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
|
B-4
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Polymer Group, Inc.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway, Suite 300
Charlotte, North Carolina 28269
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (704) 697-5122
Wilmington Trust Company
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19890
Fax No: 302-636-4145
Attention: Corporate Client Series Polymer Group, Inc.
Re: 7.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of January 28, 2011 (the
Indenture
),
among Polymer Group, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
___________ (the
Owner
) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such
Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the
Exchange
). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired
for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act
), (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO
UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN
UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial
C-1
interest is being acquired for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.
In connection with the Owners Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
for the Owners own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture
and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owners own account
without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owners Restricted Definitive Note
for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] [ ] 144A Global Note [ ] Regulation S Global Note,
with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owners own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to
and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
C-2
This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit
of the Company and are dated.
|
|
|
|
|
[Insert Name of Transferor]
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Dated: _______________
|
|
C-3
ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
1.
|
|
The Owner owns and proposes to exchange the following:
|
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
|
(a)
|
|
o
a Restricted Global Note, or
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
o
a Restricted Definitive Note
|
2.
|
|
After the Exchange the Owner will hold:
|
[CHECK ONE]
|
(a)
|
|
o
an Unrestricted Global Note, or
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
o
an Unrestricted Definitive Note, or
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
o
a Restricted Definitive Note, or
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
o
144A Global Note (CUSIP 731745 AK1), or
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
o
Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U73139 AC8).
|
C-4
EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
Supplemental Indenture (this
Supplemental Indenture
), dated as of , among (the
Subsidiary
Guarantor
), a subsidiary of Polymer Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
Company
), and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the
Trustee
).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, Polymer Group, Inc. and the Guarantors party thereto (as defined in the Indenture
referred to below) have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee a Senior Secured Notes
Indenture (the
Indenture
), dated as of January 28, 2011, providing for the issuance of 7.75%
Senior Secured Notes due 2019;
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Subsidiary Guarantor
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary
Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Companys Obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the
Guarantee
);
and WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute
and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
(1)
Capitalized Terms
. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
(2)
Agreement to Guarantee
. The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
(a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally
unconditionally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and
enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or
thereunder, that:
(i) the principal of and interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on
the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and
interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company
to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full
or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
(ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any
of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or
performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any
amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the
Guarantors and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be jointly and severally obligated to
pay the same immediately. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of
collection.
(b) The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to
enforce the same, any waiver or
F-1
consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of
any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.
(c) The following is hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing
of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to
require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.
(d) This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes, the Indenture, the Collateral Documents and this
Supplemental Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantor accepts all obligations of a Guarantor
under the Indenture.
(e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the
Company, the Guarantors (including the Subsidiary Guarantor), or any custodian, trustee,
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the
Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the
extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
(f) The Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in
full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.
(g) As between the Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the
Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee,
notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in
respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary
Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.
(h) The Subsidiary Guarantor shall have the right to seek contribution from any
non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the
Holders under this Guarantee.
(i) Pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy Law or
fraudulent conveyance laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to
receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect
of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new
Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of
such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance.
(j) This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation, reorganization,
should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Companys
assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are,
pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or
returned by any obligee on the Notes and Guarantee, whether as a voidable preference,
fraudulent transfer or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been
made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned, the Note shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed
reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
F-2
(k) In case any provision of this Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way
be affected or impaired thereby.
(l) This Guarantee shall be a general senior secured obligation of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, ranking
pari passu
with any other future Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary
Guarantor, if any, and senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor.
(m) Each payment to be made by the Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of this Guarantee
shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.
(3)
Execution and Delivery
. The Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guarantee shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of
such Guarantee on the Notes.
(4)
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantor
shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary
Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related
transactions, to any Person unless:
(i) (A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have
been made is a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized or
existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, as
the case may be, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of
Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case
may be, being herein called the
Successor Person
);
(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes
all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, such Subsidiary
Guarantors related Guarantee and the Collateral Documents pursuant to supplemental
indentures or other documents or instruments in a form reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee;
(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
(D) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture;
(E) the Collateral transferred to the Successor Person shall (i) continue to constitute
Collateral under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents, (ii) be subject to the Lien in
favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and (iii) not be subject to any Lien,
other than Liens permitted by the terms of the Indenture; and
(F) to the extent that the assets of the Person which is merged or consolidated with or
into the Successor Person are assets of the type which would constitute Collateral under the
Collateral Documents, the Successor Person shall take such action as may be reasonably
necessary to cause such property and assets to be made subject to the Lien of the Collateral
Documents in the manner and to the extent required in the Indenture; or
(ii) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture.
F-3
(b) Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person shall
succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture and the
Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Subsidiary Guarantor may (i)
merge or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and
assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company
solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof,
the District of Columbia or any territory thereof or (iii) convert into a corporation, partnership,
limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized under the laws of the
jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, in each case without regard to the requirements set
forth in Section 5.01(c) of the Indenture..
(5)
Releases
. The Guarantee of the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by the Subsidiary Guarantor, the
Company or the Trustee is required for the release of the Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee, upon:
(1) (A) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of
such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a
Restricted Subsidiary if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture;
(B) the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Indebtedness which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release
by or as a result of payment under such guarantee;
(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.07 of the Indenture and the
definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary in Section 1.01 of the Indenture; or
(D) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in
accordance with Article 8 of the Indenture or the satisfaction and discharge of the
Companys obligations under the Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture; and
(2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture
relating to such transaction have been complied with.
(6)
No Recourse Against Others
. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of the Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability
for
any obligations of the
Company or the Guarantors (including the Subsidiary Guarantor) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the
Indenture, the Collateral Documents or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes.
(7)
Governing Law
. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
(8)
Counterparts
. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental
Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.
(9)
Effect of Headings
. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.
(10)
The Trustee
. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for
or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of
the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Subsidiary Guarantor.
F-4
(11)
Subrogation
. The Subsidiary Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of
Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by the Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to
the provisions of Section 2 hereof and Section 11.01 of the Indenture;
provided
that, if an Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be entitled to
enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all
amounts then due and payable by the Company under the Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid
in full.
(12)
Benefits Acknowledged
. The Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee is subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it
shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the
Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to
this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
(13)
Successors
. All agreements of the Subsidiary Guarantor in this Supplemental
Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 2(k) hereof or
elsewhere in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental
Indenture shall bind its successors.
F-5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
F-6
Exhibit 10.1
EXECUTION VERSION
U.S. $50,000,000
CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of January 28, 2011
among
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
as Holdings,
SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION,
as Lead Borrower
(to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC.),
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.
as Syndication Agent,
and
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,
as co-Documentation Agents,
and
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
BARCLAYS CAPITAL
and
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
|
Section 1.01 Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
Section 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions
|
|
|
58
|
|
Section 1.03 Accounting Terms and Determinations
|
|
|
58
|
|
Section 1.04 Rounding
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 1.05 Times of Day
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts
|
|
|
59
|
|
Section 1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01 The Loans
|
|
|
60
|
|
Section 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
|
|
|
61
|
|
Section 2.03 Letters of Credit
|
|
|
63
|
|
Section 2.04 Swing Line Loans
|
|
|
72
|
|
Section 2.05 Prepayments
|
|
|
76
|
|
Section 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments
|
|
|
78
|
|
Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 2.08 Interest
|
|
|
79
|
|
Section 2.09 Fees
|
|
|
80
|
|
Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments
of Applicable Rate and Applicable Fee Rate
|
|
|
81
|
|
Section 2.11 Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agents Clawback
|
|
|
82
|
|
Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders
|
|
|
86
|
|
Section 2.14 Increase in Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
|
87
|
|
Section 2.15 Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers Agent
|
|
|
88
|
|
Section 2.16 Defaulting Lenders
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01 Taxes
|
|
|
90
|
|
Section 3.02 Illegality
|
|
|
93
|
|
Section 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates
|
|
|
94
|
|
Section 3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans
|
|
|
94
|
|
Section 3.05 Compensation for Losses
|
|
|
95
|
|
Section 3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 3.07 Survival
|
|
|
96
|
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
|
|
|
96
|
|
Section 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
|
|
|
100
|
|
Section 5.04 Binding Effect
|
|
|
101
|
|
Section 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
|
|
|
101
|
|
Section 5.06 Litigation
|
|
|
102
|
|
Section 5.07 No Default
|
|
|
102
|
|
Section 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens; Intellectual Property; Insurance
|
|
|
102
|
|
Section 5.09 Environmental Compliance
|
|
|
102
|
|
Section 5.10 Taxes
|
|
|
103
|
|
Section 5.11 ERISA Compliance
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 5.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 5.14 Disclosure
|
|
|
104
|
|
Section 5.15 Solvency
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.16 Subordination of Junior Financing
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.17 Collateral Documents
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.18 Labor Matters
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.19 [Reserved]
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.20 [Reserved]
|
|
|
105
|
|
Section 5.21 Anti-Terrorism Law
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01 Financial Statements
|
|
|
106
|
|
Section 6.02 Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
108
|
|
Section 6.03 Notices
|
|
|
111
|
|
Section 6.04 Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
111
|
|
Section 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.
|
|
|
111
|
|
Section 6.06 Maintenance of Properties
|
|
|
112
|
|
Section 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance
|
|
|
112
|
|
Section 6.08 Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
113
|
|
Section 6.09 Books and Records
|
|
|
113
|
|
Section 6.10 Inspection Rights
|
|
|
113
|
|
Section 6.11 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
|
|
|
114
|
|
Section 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws
|
|
|
116
|
|
Section 6.13 Further Assurances and Post Closing Covenants
|
|
|
116
|
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Section 6.14 [Reserved]
|
|
|
118
|
|
Section 6.15 Collateral Administration
|
|
|
118
|
|
Section 6.16 Corporate Separateness
|
|
|
120
|
|
Section 6.17 Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
|
|
|
120
|
|
Section 6.18 Maintenance of Cash Management System
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01 Liens
|
|
|
122
|
|
Section 7.02 Investments
|
|
|
125
|
|
Section 7.03 Indebtedness
|
|
|
128
|
|
Section 7.04 Fundamental Changes
|
|
|
131
|
|
Section 7.05 Dispositions
|
|
|
132
|
|
Section 7.06 Restricted Payments
|
|
|
134
|
|
Section 7.07 Change in Nature of Business
|
|
|
138
|
|
Section 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
138
|
|
Section 7.09 Burdensome Agreements
|
|
|
139
|
|
Section 7.10 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
140
|
|
Section 7.11 Accounting Changes
|
|
|
140
|
|
Section 7.12 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
|
|
|
140
|
|
Section 7.13 Permitted Activities of Holdings
|
|
|
141
|
|
Section 7.14 Concentration Account
|
|
|
141
|
|
Section 7.15 Designation of Subsidiaries
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
|
Section 8.01 Events of Default
|
|
|
142
|
|
Section 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default
|
|
|
144
|
|
Section 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries
|
|
|
145
|
|
Section 8.04 Application of Funds
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority
|
|
|
149
|
|
Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender
|
|
|
150
|
|
Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
150
|
|
Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
|
|
|
151
|
|
Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
151
|
|
Section 9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent
|
|
|
151
|
|
Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
|
|
|
152
|
|
Section 9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
|
|
|
152
|
|
Section 9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
153
|
|
Section 9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters
|
|
|
153
|
|
Section 9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements
|
|
|
154
|
|
Section 9.12 Withholding Tax
|
|
|
154
|
|
-iii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
Section 10.01 Amendments, Etc.
|
|
|
155
|
|
Section 10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
|
|
|
158
|
|
Section 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement
|
|
|
159
|
|
Section 10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
|
|
|
160
|
|
Section 10.05 Payments Set Aside
|
|
|
162
|
|
Section 10.06 Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
162
|
|
Section 10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
|
|
|
166
|
|
Section 10.08 Right of Setoff
|
|
|
167
|
|
Section 10.09 Interest Rate Limitation
|
|
|
168
|
|
Section 10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
|
|
|
168
|
|
Section 10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
168
|
|
Section 10.12 Severability
|
|
|
168
|
|
Section 10.13 Replacement of Lenders
|
|
|
168
|
|
Section 10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction Etc.
|
|
|
169
|
|
Section 10.15 [Reserved]
|
|
|
170
|
|
Section 10.16 Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
170
|
|
Section 10.17 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
|
|
|
171
|
|
Section 10.18 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
|
|
|
171
|
|
Section 10.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
|
|
|
171
|
|
Section 10.20 Intercreditor Agreements and Collateral Agency Agreement
|
|
|
172
|
|
-iv-
|
|
|
|
|
Schedules:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1.01A
|
|
-
|
|
Guarantors
|
Schedule 1.01B
|
|
-
|
|
Certain Security Interests and Guarantees
|
Schedule 1.01C
|
|
-
|
|
Unrestricted Subsidiaries
|
Schedule 1.01D
|
|
-
|
|
Excluded Subsidiaries
|
Schedule 1.01E
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Letters of Credit
|
Schedule 2.01A
|
|
-
|
|
Lenders; Applicable Percentage
|
Schedule 2.01B
|
|
-
|
|
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders; Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; Tranche 1 Applicable
Percentage
|
Schedule 2.01C
|
|
-
|
|
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders; Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments; Tranche 2 Applicable
Percentage
|
Schedule 5.01
|
|
-
|
|
Compliance with Laws
|
Schedule 5.05(a)
|
|
-
|
|
Material Dispositions Not Reflected in Financial Statements
|
Schedule 5.06
|
|
-
|
|
Litigation
|
Schedule 5.11(a)
|
|
-
|
|
ERISA Compliance
|
Schedule 5.12
|
|
-
|
|
Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
|
Schedule 6.02(vi)
|
|
-
|
|
Financial and Collateral Reports
|
Schedule 6.13(d)
|
|
-
|
|
Post-Closing Matters
|
Schedule 7.01(c)
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Liens
|
Schedule 7.02(g)
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Investments
|
Schedule 7.03(c)
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Indebtedness
|
Schedule 7.08
|
|
-
|
|
Transactions with Affiliates
|
Schedule 7.09
|
|
-
|
|
Existing Restrictions
|
Schedule 10.02
|
|
-
|
|
Administrative Agents Office
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Committed Loan Notice
|
Exhibit A-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Swing Line Loan Notice
|
Exhibit B-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Note
|
Exhibit B-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Note
|
Exhibit B-3
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Swing Line Note
|
Exhibit C-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Assignment and Assumption
|
Exhibit C-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
|
Exhibit D
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Compliance Certificate
|
Exhibit E
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Opinion of Counsel to Loan Parties
|
Exhibit F
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Guaranty
|
Exhibit G-1
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Security Agreement
|
Exhibit G-2
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Perfection Certificate
|
Exhibit H
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Solvency Certificate
|
Exhibit I
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
|
Exhibit J
|
|
-
|
|
Form of Non-Bank Certificate
|
-v-
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, this
Agreement
) is entered into as of January 28, 2011 among SCORPIO ACQUISITION
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (
Holdings
), SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION
(
Merger Sub
and, prior to the Merger (as defined below), the
Lead Borrower
), a
Delaware corporation to be merged with and into POLYMER GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
Company
and, upon and after the Merger, the
Lead Borrower
), the other Borrowers
from time to time party hereto, CITIBANK, N.A. (
Citibank
), as Administrative Agent and
Collateral Agent, the other agents listed herein and each lender from time to time party hereto
(collectively, the
Lenders
and individually, a
Lender
).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger among the Company, Holdings and Merger Sub (the
Merger Agreement
), (i) Merger Sub, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, will
merge with and into the Company (the
Merger
) with each share of Company common stock,
other than (i) shares of Company common stock directly owned by Holdings, Merger Sub, the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) shares for which appraisal rights have been validly
demanded, will be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Closing Payment (as defined in
the Merger Agreement) and the Per Share Escrow Payments (as defined in the Merger Agreement).
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide a
revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and each L/C
Issuer has indicated its willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto
covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01
Defined Terms
. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms defined in the UCC and used but not
defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the UCC:
Account(s)
means collectively (i) any right to payment of a monetary obligation
arising from the provision of merchandise, goods or services by any Loan Party or any of its
Subsidiaries in the course of their respective operations, (ii) without duplication, any account
(as that term is defined in the UCC), any accounts receivable, any payment intangibles (as that
term is defined in the UCC) and all other rights to payment and/or reimbursement of every kind and
description, whether or not earned by performance, of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in
each case arising in the course of their respective operations, (iii) all accounts, contract
rights, general intangibles, rights, remedies, guarantees, supporting obligations, letter of credit
rights and security interests in respect of the foregoing, all rights of enforcement and
collection, all books and records evidencing or related to the foregoing, and all rights under any
of the Loan Documents in respect of the foregoing, (iv) all information and data compiled or
derived by any Secured Party or to which any Secured Party is entitled in respect of or related to
the foregoing, (v) all collateral security of any kind, given by any Account Debtor or any other
Person to any Secured Party, with respect to any of the foregoing and (vi) all proceeds of the
foregoing.
Account Debtor
means a Person who is obligated under an Account, Chattel Paper or
General Intangible.
Account Debtor Change
has the meaning specified in Section 6.11(d).
ACH
means automated clearing house transfers.
Acquired EBITDA
means, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any
Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA
of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a
consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary.
Acquired Entity or Business
means any Person, property, business or asset acquired
by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in the ordinary course of
business) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by Holdings, such
Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
Acquisition
by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, means the acquisition by
Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in a single transaction or in a series of related
transactions, of all or any substantial portion of the assets of another Person or any Equity
Interests of another Person, in each case whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with
such other Person and whether for cash, property, services, assumption of Indebtedness, securities
or otherwise.
Additional L/C Issuers
means up to two Lenders, in addition to Citibank, which have
been approved by the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and the
Lead Borrower and that have agreed (each in its sole discretion) to act as an L/C Issuer
hereunder.
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate
means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar
Rate Loan, the quotient obtained (expressed as a decimal, carried out five decimal places) by
dividing (i) the applicable Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period by (ii) 1.00 minus the
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
Administrative Agent
means Citibank, in its capacity as administrative agent under
the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
Administrative Agent Fee Letter
means that certain administrative agent fee letter
dated as of the Closing Date between Citibank and Merger Sub.
Administrative Agents Office
means the Administrative Agents address and, as
appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02 or such other address or account as the
Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Lead Borrower and the Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire
means an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in
the form of Exhibit C-2 or in any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate
means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common
Control with the Person specified. Control means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through
the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. Controlling and Controlled
have meanings correlative thereto.
Agents
means, collectively, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.
-2-
Agent Parties
has the meaning specified in Section 10.02(c).
Aggregate Commitments
means the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders.
Agreement
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Anti-Terrorism Laws
has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(a).
Applicable Adjusted Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a)(i).
Applicable Fee Rate
means:
(a) from and including the Closing Date through and including the end of the first full
fiscal quarter following the Closing Date, (i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments,
0.625% per annum and (ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, 0.875% per annum; and
(b) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by
reference to Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable Fee Rate
|
Pricing
|
|
Average Excess
|
|
Tranche 1 Revolving
|
|
Tranche 2 Revolving
|
Level
|
|
Availability
|
|
Credit Commitments
|
|
Credit Commitments
|
1
|
|
> $35,000,000
|
|
|
0.750
|
%
|
|
|
1.000
|
%
|
2
|
|
> $15,000,000 but
≤ $35,000,000
|
|
|
0.625
|
%
|
|
|
0.875
|
%
|
3
|
|
≤ $15,000,000
|
|
|
0.500
|
%
|
|
|
0.750
|
%
|
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Fee Rate resulting from a change in the Average
Excess Availability shall become effective as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter.
Average Excess Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the
Administrative Agents records. If the Borrowing Base Certificate (including any required
financial information in support thereof) of the Borrowers is not received by the Administrative
Agent by the date required pursuant to Section 6.01(v) of this Agreement, then, upon the request of
the Administrative Agent, the Applicable Fee Rate shall be determined as if the Average Excess
Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at Level 1 until such time as such
Borrowing Base Certificate and supporting information are received.
Applicable Percentage
means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any
time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Revolving Credit Facility
represented by such Revolving Credit Lenders aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
If the commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of
the Swing Line Lender to fund Swing Line Participations and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to
make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if any of the
Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Credit
Lender shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Revolving Credit Lender most
recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage
of each Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Revolving Credit Lender on
Schedule 2.01A or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Revolving Credit Lender
becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
-3-
Applicable Rate
means:
(a) from the Closing Date through and including the end of the first full fiscal
quarter following the Closing Date, (i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line
Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche
1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such
Protective Advances, 2.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 3.50% per annum for Eurodollar
Rate Loans and Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees and (ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans
and Swing Line Loans, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1
Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the
extent Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participations in such Protective Advances, 4.50% per annum for Base Rate Loans and 5.50%
per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees (it being understood
that all Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances shall be treated as Base Rate Loans for
this purpose) and
(b) thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by
reference to Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
(i) for Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such
Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in such Protective
Advances and for Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Rate-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(including
|
|
|
|
|
Eurodollar Rate
|
|
Swing Line
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and Tranche 1
|
|
Loans and
|
Pricing
|
|
Average Excess
|
|
Letter
|
|
Protective Ad-
|
Level
|
|
Availability
|
|
of Credit Fees
|
|
vances)
|
1
|
|
> $35,000,000
|
|
3.25%
|
|
2.25%
|
2
|
|
> $15,000,000 but
|
|
3.50%
|
|
2.50%
|
|
|
≤ $35,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
≤ $15,000,000
|
|
3.75%
|
|
2.75%
|
-4-
(ii) for Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, to the extent
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations
in such Swing Line Loans, and for Protective Advances, to the extent Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders do not hold Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in
such Protective Advances and for Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applicable Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(including
|
|
|
|
|
Eurodollar Rate
|
|
Swing Line
|
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
Loans and
|
Pricing
|
|
Average Excess
|
|
Tranche 2 Letter
|
|
Protective Ad-
|
Level
|
|
Availability
|
|
of Credit Fees
|
|
vances)
|
1
|
|
> $35,000,000
|
|
5.25%
|
|
4.25%
|
2
|
|
> $15,000,000 but
|
|
5.50%
|
|
4.50%
|
|
|
≤ $35,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
≤ $15,000,000
|
|
5.75%
|
|
4.75%
|
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Average Excess
Availability shall become effective as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter. Average
Excess Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the Administrative
Agents records. If the Borrowing Base Certificate (including any required financial information
in support thereof) of the Borrowers is not received by the Administrative Agent by the date
required pursuant to Section 6.01(v) of this Agreement, then, upon the request of the
Administrative Agent, the Applicable Rate shall be determined as if the Average Excess Availability
for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at Level 3 until such time as such Borrowing Base
Certificate and supporting information are received.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of
the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b).
Approved Fund
means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (i) a
Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that
administers, advises or manages a Lender.
Arrangers
means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc.,
Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank, and RBC Capital Markets in
their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers.
Assignee Group
means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one
another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
Assignment and Assumption
means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the
form of Exhibit C-1.
Attributable Indebtedness
means, on any date in respect of any Capitalized Lease of
any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person
prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
-5-
Audited Financial Statements
has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(e).
Auto-Extension Letter of Credit
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).
Availability Period
means the period from and including the Closing Date to the
earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments
of each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.06 and (iii) the date of termination of the
Revolving Credit Commitments of each Revolving Credit Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans, the
termination of the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans and of the
obligations of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
Availability Reserve
means, on any date of determination and with respect to the
Borrowing Base, the sum (without duplication) of: (i) reserves for deterioration in the salability
of inventory; (ii) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (iii) the Bank Product Reserve; (iv) all accrued
Royalties, whether or not then due and payable by a Loan Party; (v) the aggregate amount of
liabilities secured by Liens upon Eligible Collateral that are senior to the Administrative Agents
Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom);
(vi) reserves representing purchase price variance, physical inventories variance, slow-moving
inventory and shrinkage accrual inventory; and (vii) such additional reserves, in such amounts and
with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment may elect to
impose from time to time;
provided
that, after the Closing Date, such Availability Reserve
shall not be established or changed except upon not less than five Business Days notice to the
Lead Borrower (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required). The
Administrative Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Availability
Reserve or change with the Borrowers and, without limiting the right of the Administrative Agent to
establish or change such Availability Reserves in the Administrative Agents Credit Judgment, the
Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is
the basis for such Availability Reserve no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The amount of any Availability Reserve established by
the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship as determined by the Administrative
Agent in its Credit Judgment to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the
Availability Reserve. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) an Availability Reserve
shall not be established to the extent that it would be duplicative of any specific item excluded
as ineligible in the definitions of Eligible Collateral, but the Administrative Agent shall retain
the right, subject to the requirements of this paragraph, to establish an Availability Reserve with
respect to prospective changes in Eligible Collateral that may reasonably be anticipated and (ii)
circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the
Administrative Agent had actual knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for the
establishment of the Availability Reserves unless the Administrative Agent establishes such
Availability Reserve on the Closing Date or such circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies
shall have changed since the Closing Date.
Available Amount
means, at any time (the
Reference Date
), an amount equal
to the sum of (i) 50.00% of Consolidated Net Income for the Available Amount Reference Period (or
in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100.00% of such
deficit),
plus
(ii) the amount of any capital contributions or Net Cash Proceeds from Permitted
Equity Issuances (or issuance of debt securities that have been converted or exchanged into
Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings) (other than (A) the Equity Contribution on the Closing
Date, (B) the Specified Equity Contributions or (C) any other capital contributions or equity or
debt issuances, to the extent, in the case of this clause (C), utilized in connection with other
transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, Section 7.06 or Section 7.12) received or made by
Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in each case to the extent contributed by such
parent to the Lead Borrower during the period from and including the Business Day imme-
-6-
diately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date,
minus
(iii) any
Restricted Payment made pursuant to Section 7.06(k), or any payment of Indebtedness made pursuant
to Section 7.12(a)(iii) or (a)(v) during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on or
prior to the Reference Date (and, for purposes of this clause (iii), without taking account of the
intended usage of the Available Amount on such Reference Date).
Available Amount Reference Period
means, with respect to any Reference Date, the
period commencing at the beginning of the fiscal quarter in which the Closing Date occurs and
ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as applicable, for which
financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(ii), and
the related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(i), have been
received by the Administrative Agent.
Average Excess Availability
means, on any date of determination, the amount of
Excess Availability during a stipulated consecutive Business Day period, calendar day period or
fiscal quarter period divided by the number of Business Days or calendar days, as the case may be,
in such period.
Bank Product
means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to
any Loan Party: (i) cash management services provided by Cash Management Banks under Cash
Management Agreements and (ii) products provided by Hedge Banks under Secured Hedge Agreements;
provided
,
however
, that for any of the foregoing to be included as a Finance
Obligation for purposes of a distribution under Section 8.04, the applicable Secured Party must
have previously provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the existence of such
Bank Product, (ii) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder to be included as a
Bank Product Reserve (the
Bank Product Amount
) and (iii) the methodology to be used by
such parties in determining the Bank Product Debt owing from time to time (other than, in the case
of Secured Hedge Agreements, on a mark-to-market basis). The Bank Product Amount may be changed
from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Secured Party
and Loan Party. No Bank Product Amount may be established or increased (other than as the result
of mark-to-market fluctuations) at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists and is
continuing, or if a reserve in such amount would cause (x) the Tranche 1 Available Commitments to
be less than zero or (y) the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to be less than zero, and no Bank
Product may be considered a Finance Obligation unless a Bank Product Reserve has been established
in respect thereof.
Bank Product Amount
has the meaning specified in the definition of Bank Product.
Bank Product Debt
means Indebtedness and other obligations of a Loan Party relating
to Bank Products.
Bank Product Reserve
means, with respect to the Borrowing Base, the aggregate amount
of reserves established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Credit Judgment in
respect of Bank Product Debt of Loan Parties, which shall be at least equal to the Bank Product
Amount.
Base Rate
means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (i)
the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such date plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (ii) the rate of interest in
effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Citibank as its prime rate. The
prime rate is a rate set by Citibank based upon various factors including Citibanks costs and
desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for
pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in
such rate announced by Citibank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified
in the public announcement of such change.
Base Rate Loan
means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Base Rate.
-7-
Base Rate Loan Floor Rate
means the Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate or the
Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate, as applicable.
BBA LIBOR
has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.
Bookrunners
means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley
Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank, and RBC
Capital Markets, in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.
Borrower Materials
has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Borrowers
means, collectively, the Lead Borrower and the Borrowers identified on the
signature pages hereto as Borrowers and each other Person that owns assets of the type subject to
the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base and becomes a Borrower hereunder in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Borrowing
means (i) a borrowing consisting of Revolving Credit Loans of the same
Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by each of
the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01 or (ii) a Swing Line Loan.
Borrowing Base
means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at
such time and (b) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time.
Borrowing Base Certificate
has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(v).
Business Day
means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the
jurisdiction where the Administrative Agents Office is located and:
(a) when used in Section 2.03 with respect to any action taken by or with respect to
any L/C Issuer, the term Business Day shall not include any day on which commercial banks
are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where
such L/C Issuers Lending Office is located; and
(b) if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any
fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate
Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any
such Eurodollar Rate Loan, Business Day means any such day on which dealings in deposits
in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
Capital Asset
means, with respect to any Person, any asset that should, in
accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital asset on a consolidated balance
sheet of such Person, including, without limitation, all assets represented by Capitalized Software
Expenditures.
Capital Expenditures
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate
cost of all Capital Assets acquired by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period, as
determined in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all Capitalized Software
Expenditures.
Capital Stock
means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
-8-
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or
membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
Capitalized Lease Obligation
means, at the time any determination thereof is to be
made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be
required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes
thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided
that any obligations of Holdings, the
Borrowers or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Closing Date or
created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the
consolidated balance sheet as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently
recharacterized as capital lease obligations due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise,
shall for all purposes under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of
Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDA) not be treated as capital lease obligations,
Capital Lease Obligations or Indebtedness;
provided
,
further
, that any obligations
of Holdings, the Borrower or their respective Restricted Subsidiaries under the GE Lease shall not
be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt the GE
Lease and all assets subject thereto shall not be subject to the Collateral and Guarantee
Requirement for as long as the GE Lease is in effect.
Capitalized Leases
means all leases that are required to be, in accordance with
GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases;
provided
that for all purposes hereunder the amount
of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability
in accordance with GAAP.
Capitalized Software Expenditures
means, for any period, the aggregate of all
expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by Holdings, the Lead Borrower and
the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or
internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are
required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries.
Captive Insurance Subsidiary
means (i) any Subsidiary established by Holdings or the
Borrowers for the primary purpose of insuring the businesses or properties owned or operated by
Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) any Subsidiary of any such
insurance subsidiary established for the same primary purpose described in clause (i) above.
Cash Collateralize
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).
Cash Dominion Event
means any of the following: (i) the occurrence and continuance
of an Event of Default under clause (a), (f) or (g) of Section 8.01; (ii) the occurrence and
continuance of an Event of Default under clause (b)(i)(B) or (e) of Section 8.01; (iii) the
occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under subclause (ii) of clause (c) of Section
8.01; (iv) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default under subclause (i) of clause (c)
of Section 8.01 (to the extent such Event of Default results from a failure to comply with Section
6.01(i) or 6.01(ii)); or (v) the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain, for four consecutive
Business Days, Excess Availability of at least $7,500,000. For purposes of this Agreement, the
occurrence of any particular Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (a) if such Cash
Dominion Event arises under clause (i) above, from the date of the occurrence of such Event of
Default and for so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived,
(b) if such Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, from the date of the
delivery by the
-9-
Administrative Agent of a notice to the Lead Borrower of its intent to initiate a Cash
Dominion Event based on such Event of Default and for so long as such Event of Default is
continuing and has not been cured or waived and/or (c) if such Cash Dominion Event arises under
clause (v) above, until Excess Availability is equal to or greater than $7,500,000 for 30
consecutive calendar days, in which case such Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be
continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
Cash Equivalents
means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent
owned by the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:
(i) Dollars;
(ii) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured
by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of
which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the U.S.
government, in each case with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(iii) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with
maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 or any
foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $100,000,000 (or the
Dollar equivalent as of the date of determination);
(iv) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(ii), (iii) and (vii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (iii) above;
(v) commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moodys or at least A-1 by S&P and in each
case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and Indebtedness or
Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or A2 or higher
from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(vi) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at
least P-2 or A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither
Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another
nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Lead Borrower) and in each
case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof;
(vii) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or
territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof
having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moodys or S&P with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition;
(viii) Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of
acquisition in money market funds rated within the top three ratings category by S&P or
Moodys; and
(ix) investment funds investing 90.00% of their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (i) through (viii) above.
In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or
Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also
include (i)
-10-
investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (i) through (ix) above of foreign
obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in
such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other
short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in
accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the
foregoing investments in clauses (viii) and (ix) and in this paragraph.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than Dollars,
provided
that such amounts are converted into Dollars as
promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such
amounts.
Cash Management Agreement
means any agreement to provide Cash Management Services.
Cash Management Bank
means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash
Management Agreement, is a Bookrunner, Lender or an Affiliate of a Bookrunner or a Lender or any
Person that was a Lender, Bookrunner or Affiliate at the Closing Date, in each case in its capacity
as a party to such Cash Management Agreement, in each case in respect of services provided under
such Cash Management Agreement to a Loan Party.
Cash Management Obligation
means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect
liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person under or in respect of a Cash Management
Agreement.
Cash Management Services
means any one or more of the following types of services or
facilities provided to any Loan Party by any Lender, Bookrunner or any Affiliate of a Lender or
Bookrunner or any Person that was a Lender, Bookrunner or an Affiliate at the Closing Date: (i)
ACH transactions, (ii) treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation,
controlled disbursement services, (iii) foreign exchange facilities, (iv) credit or debit cards,
(v) deposit and other accounts and (vi) merchant services (other than those constituting a line of
credit).
Casualty Event
means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Lead Borrower
or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any
equipment, fixed assets or Real Property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair
such equipment or to compensate such Person for the taking thereof, fixed assets or Real Property.
Change in Law
means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the
following: (i) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (ii) any
change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or
application thereof by any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the compliance by any Lender or L/C
Issuer with any written request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law,
but if not having force of law, then being one with which the relevant party would customarily
comply) by any Governmental Authority.
Change of Control
means the earliest to occur of:
(i) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or
direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the
election of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the
Intermediate Holding Company;
provided
that the occurrence of the foregoing event
shall not be deemed a Change of Control if:
(A) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason
whatsoever, (1) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or
indirectly,
-11-
to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of
Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding
Company at such time and (2) the Permitted Holders own a majority of the outstanding
voting Equity Interests of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is
formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, at such time; or
(B) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any
reason whatsoever, (1) no person or group (as such terms are used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), excluding the Permitted Holders, shall become
the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act),
directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) 35.00% of the then
outstanding voting stock of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is
formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, and (y) the percentage of the then
outstanding voting stock of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is
formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, owned, directly or indirectly,
beneficially by the Permitted Holders, and (2) during each period of twelve
consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate
Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, shall consist of a
majority of the Continuing Directors; or
(ii) the Lead Borrower ceases to be a direct wholly owned (without regard to the
parenthetical in the definition thereof) Subsidiary of (A) Holdings or (B) if any
Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company that is a direct
parent of the Lead Borrower; or
(iii) any Change of Control (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to
the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(A) (or any Permitted Refinancing
pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(C) of Indebtedness originally incurred under Section 7.03(b)(A))
or to any Junior Financing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the
Threshold Amount.
Citibank
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Citibank L/C Sublimit
means $25,000,000.
Closing Date
means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are
satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01, which shall be January 28, 2011.
Closing Date Material Adverse Effect
means any change, effect, event, occurrence,
state of facts, or development (each, an
Effect
) that, individually or in the aggregate,
(i) has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets,
liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
provided
that the term Closing Date Material Adverse
Effect shall not include any Effect arising from (A) the United States or foreign economic,
financial or geopolitical conditions or events in general, including the continued weakness in
general economic conditions, (B) changes in the capital markets, including changes in interest
rates, (C) changes in applicable Law or GAAP, (D) natural disasters, (E) the execution and
announcement of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby,
including any loss of a material customer, supplier, employee or executive that results therefrom
(
provided
that the exceptions in this clause (E) shall not apply to that portion of any
representation or warranty contained in the Merger Agreement to the extent that the purpose of such
portion of such representation or warranty is to address the consequences resulting from the
execution or announcement of the Merger Agreement or the performance of obligations or satisfaction
of conditions under the Merger Agreement),
-12-
(F) changes in the nonwovens or oriented polymers manufacturing industries, (G) military conflicts or
acts of foreign or domestic terrorism, (H) any actions taken by the Company that are required
by the terms of the Merger Agreement (other than in compliance with Section 6.01 of the Merger
Agreement) and (I) the application of the personal holding company rules of the Code to the
Company and its Subsidiaries (including any U.S. federal income Taxes), except in the case of
clauses (A), (B), (C), (D), (F) and (G), to the extent that the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, are disproportionately affected thereby as compared with other participants in the
industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate (in which case the incremental
disproportionate impact or impacts may be taken into account in determining whether there has been,
or is reasonably likely to be, a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect) or (ii) prevents or
materially delays beyond February 8, 2011, the consummation by the Company of the Merger.
Code
means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Collateral
means all of the Collateral and Mortgaged Property referred to in the
Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the
Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Secured Parties.
Collateral Access Agreement
means an agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Collateral Agent executed by (i) a bailee or other Person in possession of
Collateral, including, without limitation, any warehouseman and (ii) a landlord of Real Property
leased by any Loan Party (including, without limitation, any warehouse or distribution center),
pursuant to which such Person (A) acknowledges the Collateral Agents Lien on the Collateral, (B)
releases or subordinates such Persons Liens in the Collateral held by such Person or located on
such Real Property, (C) agrees to furnish the Collateral Agent with access to the Collateral in
such Persons possession or on Real Property for the purpose of conducting a Liquidation and (D)
makes such other agreements with the Collateral Agent as the Collateral Agent may reasonably
require.
Collateral Agency Agreement
means the that certain collateral agency agreement,
dated as of January 28, 2011, among Polymer Group, Inc., the Subsidiaries of Polymer Group, Inc.
named therein, Citibank, N.A., as Tranche 2 Representative, Wilmington Trust Company as Noteholder
Collateral Agent, and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to
time in accordance with this Agreement.
Collateral Agent
means Citibank in its capacity as collateral agent with respect to
the Collateral under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement
means, at any time, the requirement that:
(i) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to
be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii) or pursuant to Section
6.11, 6.13 or 6.18 at such time, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;
(ii) all Finance Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings,
any Intermediate Holding Company and each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than each
Borrower solely to the extent of its own obligations) that is a wholly owned Material
Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary), including those that are listed on
Schedule 1.01A hereto (together with Holdings and any Intermediate Holding Company, each, a
Guarantor
);
-13-
(iii) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral
Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, the Finance Obligations shall have been secured by
a perfected security interest (to the extent such security interest may be perfected by
delivering certificated securities or filing UCC financing statements) in (A) all the Equity
Interests of the Borrowers and (B) all Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries and any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary pledged to
secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(h) or (i)) of each Material Domestic
Subsidiary of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Guarantor (other than Holdings);
provided
that Equity Interests of non-wholly owned Subsidiaries shall be pledged
only to the extent such pledge is permitted by applicable law, the Organization Documents
thereof and any equityholders agreement relating thereto and (C) 65.00% of the issued and
outstanding voting Equity Interests (and 100.00% of the issued and outstanding non-voting
Equity Interests, if any) of each wholly owned Material Foreign Subsidiary that is directly
owned by Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Guarantor;
(iv) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder (including the cash management
requirements herein), under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, the
Finance Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest (other than in
the case of Mortgages, to the extent such security interest may be perfected by delivering
certificated securities or instruments, filing UCC financing statements or making any
necessary filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States
Copyright Office) in, and Mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of,
Holdings, the Borrowers and each Guarantor (including accounts receivable, inventory, cash,
deposit accounts, equipment, investment property, intercompany notes, Intellectual Property,
other general intangibles, owned (but not leased) Real Property and proceeds of the
foregoing);
provided
that security interests in Real Property shall be limited to
the Mortgaged Properties;
(v) none of the Collateral shall be subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens;
and
(vi) subject to limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, the Collateral Documents,
and the Intercreditor Agreement, to the extent a security interest in and Mortgages on any
Material Real Property is required under Section 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 or 6.13 (together with
any Material Real Property that is subject to a Mortgage on the Closing Date, each, a
Mortgaged Property
), the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of
a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record
owner of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording
offices that the Collateral Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to
create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Liens described
in clause (ii) below) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and
recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax or similar
charge will be owed on the entire amount of the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the
amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the
property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such
mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), (ii) fully paid policies
of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies
of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Collateral Agent as the insured for
its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns (the
Mortgage Policies
) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company
reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent in form and substance and in an amount
reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed
-14-
the fair market value of the Mortgaged Property, insuring the Mortgages to be valid
subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all
Liens other than Permitted Liens, each of which shall (A) to the extent reasonably
necessary, include such reinsurance arrangements (with provisions for direct access, if
reasonably necessary) as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (B) contain
a tie-in or cluster endorsement, if available under applicable law (
i.e
., policies which
insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up
to a stated maximum coverage amount) and (C) have been supplemented by such endorsements as
shall be reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent (including endorsements on matters
relating to usury, first loss, last dollar, zoning, contiguity, revolving credit (if
available after the applicable Loan Party uses commercially reasonable efforts), doing
business, non-imputation, public road access, variable rate, environmental lien,
subdivision, mortgage recording tax, separate tax lot and so-called comprehensive coverage
over covenants and restrictions;
provided
,
however
, the applicable Loan
Party shall not be obligated to obtain a creditors rights endorsement) to the extent
available at commercially reasonable rates, (iii) such new or existing surveys as may be
reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, (iv) legal opinions, addressed to the
Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, reasonably acceptable to the Collateral
Agent as to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages (and such other matters as
are customarily opined upon by local counsel), and (v) a completed life of the loan
Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each
Mortgaged Property duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties.
The Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests
in or the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including
extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the
Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Lead Borrower,
that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at
which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or
any other Loan Document to the contrary, (a) with respect to leases of Real Property entered into
by any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall not be required to take any action with respect to
creation or perfection of security interests with respect to such leases, (b) Liens required to be
granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to
exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents and, to the extent appropriate in
the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower, (c)
the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall not apply to (i) any fee owned Real Property that is
not a Material Real Property and any leasehold interests in Real Property and (ii) any assets
explicitly carved out of the Collateral as set forth in the Security Agreement, (d) without
derogation of the Administrative Agents right to establish Availability Reserves, except as set
forth in Section 6.13, the Lead Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be required to obtain any
landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters and (e) Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof
(other than each Borrower in respect of its own obligations) that Guarantees or is otherwise liable
for any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) and that is not a Guarantor shall
immediately become a Guarantor.
Collateral Documents
means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual
Property Security Agreements, any Collateral Access Agreement, any Deposit Account Control
Agreement, the Mortgages, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement
Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the
Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11, 6.13 or 6.18, the Guaranty
and each of the other
-15-
agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a
Lien or Guarantee in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Commitment Fees
has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(ii).
Committed Loan Notice
means a notice of (i) a Borrowing, (ii) a conversion of
Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other or (iii) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans,
pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit
A-1.
Company
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Compliance Certificate
means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
Concentration Account
means an account of the Lead Borrower at Citibank to be
established following the Closing Date.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense
means with respect to any Person
for any period the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, amortization of
intangible assets, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and Capitalized Software
Expenditures, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in
accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period:
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses
(H), (J) and (K)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated
Net Income for such period:
(A) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including,
without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware
franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital
taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest
relating to taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not
added back in computing Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(B) the sum of (x) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period
(including (1) net losses on Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments
entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, (2) bank fees and (3)
costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the
extent included in Consolidated Interest Expense), (y) all cash dividends or other
distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period and (z) all
dividends or other distributions accrued (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period, in
each case, to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating
such Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(C) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such
period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income;
plus
-16-
(D) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs,
reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (
provided
that if any such non-cash
charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future
period, the
cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from
Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash
item that was paid in a prior period);
plus
(E) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention
charges, stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or
initial costs for any individual new production line, division or new line of
business; or other business optimization expenses or reserves including, without
limitation, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting
functions, costs associated with establishing new facilities, deducted (and not
added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any
one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Closing
Date and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities;
plus
(F) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the
extent deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net
Income;
plus
(G) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid
or accrued in such period under the Sponsor Management Agreement or otherwise to the
Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 7.08 (and similar fees paid
by Holdings or its Affiliates to investors in Holdings or its Affiliates prior to
the Closing Date) and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing
Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(H) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions
projected by Holdings in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated
or to be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the
Closing Date or 12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation,
merger or operational change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or
during such period (calculated on a
pro forma
basis as though such cost savings had
been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits
realized during such period from such actions;
provided
that (x) such cost
savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no cost savings shall be
added pursuant to this clause (H) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or
charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing
Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing Consolidated
EBITDA for such period and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this
clause (H) included in any four quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0
million and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for such four quarter period;
provided
,
further
,
that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (H)
may be incremental to (but not duplicative of)
pro forma
adjustments made pursuant
to the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;
plus
(I) any costs or expense incurred by the Lead Borrower or a Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or
shareholder
-17-
agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash
proceeds contributed to the capital of the Lead Borrower or net cash proceeds of an
issuance of Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity
Interests) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the
Available Amount;
plus
(J) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of
Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets
by the Borrowers as of November 30, 2009 (the
Tesalca-Texnovo
Acquisition
); (ii) losses incurred as a result of the Tesalca-Texnovo
Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2, 2010; and (iii)
the annualized Consolidated EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and
Texnovo, S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition;
plus
(K) the annualized incremental Consolidated EBITDA contribution of the
Borrowers spunmelt lines in San Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Colombia, in each
case, based on the actual run-rate performance for the third quarter of 2010; and
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net
Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they
represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced
Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period.
There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without
duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by
Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in the ordinary course of business)
during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person, property, business or assets
to the extent not so acquired), including the commencement of activities constituting such
business, and the Acquired EBITDA of any Converted Restricted Subsidiary, based on the actual
Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such
period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B)
there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of
any Sold Entity or Business and the Disposed EBITDA of any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, based
on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary
for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer, disposition
or conversion).
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
means, with respect to Holdings, the
Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended twelve-month
period for which financial information is available prior to the date of calculation, the ratio of:
(i) (A) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period,
plus
(B) only for purposes of the calculation of the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio under, and as provided in, Section 6.17 hereof, any
Specified Equity Contribution made in respect of such period in compliance with the
limitations set forth in Section 6.17,
minus
(C) taxes based on income or profits or capital
(but not capital gains taxes) including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar
taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the Pennsylvania capital tax, the Texas margin
tax and provincial income taxes paid in Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties
and interest relating to taxes, net of cash refunds received, of Holdings, the Borrowers and
their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such taxes are paid in cash during
such period (excluding any amounts deposited on the Closing Date in an escrow fund to cover
liabilities, costs and expenses related to the application of the
-18-
personal holding company
rules of the Code),
minus
(D) Unfinanced Capital Expenditures made by Holdings, the
Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries during such period,
minus
(E) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Sections 7.06(h), (i) and (k) during such
period, to
(ii) Debt Service Charges payable by Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period.
In calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for purposes of Sections 6.17 and
6.02(i), no Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries shall be included in such
calculations;
provided
that the amount of any dividends or other distributions (including
any interest payments, royalty payments, management fees or borrowings) from any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary actually received by a Loan Party in cash during such
period shall be included in the computation of Consolidated EBITDA for such purposes. In
calculating the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the purposes of Section 7.03(b),
7.06(k), or 7.12(a)(v), the Lead Borrower may elect to include in or exclude from the calculation
thereof any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary;
provided
that,
notwithstanding the exclusion of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary from such
calculation, the amount of any dividends or other distributions (including any interest payments,
royalty payments, management fees or borrowings) from any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign
Subsidiary actually received by a Loan Party in cash during such period shall be included in the
computation of Consolidated EBITDA for such purposes. In no event shall the operation of the
previous two provisos result in Consolidated EBITDA being greater than Consolidated EBITDA as
calculated pursuant to the definition thereof. Any such inclusion or exclusion, as the case may
be, shall be for the entire twelve-month calculation period (or the entire period during which any
such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary if such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary for less than
twelve months).
Consolidated Interest Expense
means, with respect to any Person for any period,
without duplication, the sum of:
(i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including (A) amortization of original issue discount resulting
from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (C) non-cash
interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement
in the mark to market valuation of Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant
to GAAP), (D) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (E) net payments,
if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate Swap
Obligations with respect to Indebtedness and excluding (1) penalties and interest relating
to taxes, (2) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness,
(3) any expense resulting from the discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection
with the application of purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (4) any
Additional Interest provided for, and as defined in, a registration rights agreement with
respect to the Senior Secured Notes and other securities, (5) amortization of deferred
financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and (6) any expensing of
bridge, commitment and other financing fees);
plus
(ii) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period, whether paid or accrued;
less
(iii) interest income for such period.
-19-
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit
in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided
,
however
, that, without duplication,
(i) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the
Transaction), severance, relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service
fees and public company costs not expected to continue after the Transactions shall be
excluded,
(ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result
of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
(iii) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred,
closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of
disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
(iv) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating
thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition
of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as
determined in good faith by the Lead Borrower, shall be excluded,
(v) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall
be excluded;
provided
that Consolidated Net Income of the Lead Borrower shall be
increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually
paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,
(vi) solely for the purpose of calculating the Available Amount, the Net Income for
such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to
the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that
Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted
without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the
payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived,
provided
that
Consolidated Net Income of the Lead Borrower will be increased by the amount of dividends or
other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into
cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Lead Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect
of such period, to the extent not already included therein,
(vii) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to
the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of
changes to inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of
variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in
process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items in such Persons
consolidated financial
-20-
statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in
relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off
of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,
(viii) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of
Indebtedness or Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
(ix) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment
charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets
or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a Change in Law or
regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising
pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
(x) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue,
including any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar
rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with
the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management or other employees of
Holdings or the Borrowers or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or
subsidiaries shall be excluded,
(xi) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization
thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization,
Investment, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests,
refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case
including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such
transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs
incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, including, without
limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to
equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection
with any acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction
consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed)
shall be excluded,
(xii) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after
the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the
Transactions in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting
policies shall be excluded, and
(xiii) the following items shall be excluded:
(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period
from Swap Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
(b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency
gain (loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain
or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains
or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss
or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption
insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or
other reimbursement pro
-21-
visions in connection with any permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other
disposition of assets permitted under Section 7.05 this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of calculating the Available Amount, there
shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other
disposition of Investments made by the Lead Borrower with the proceeds of the Available Amount and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of such Investments from the Lead
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute
such Investments by the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock
of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in
each case only to the extent such amounts increase the Available Amount.
Contingent Obligations
means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such
Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(
primary obligations
) of any other Person (the
primary obligor
) in any manner,
whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
whether or not contingent,
(i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or
indirect security therefor,
(ii) to advance or supply funds
(A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
(B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or
otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or
(iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of
assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to
make payment of such primary obligation.
Continuing Directors
means the directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding
Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead Borrower, as the case may be, on
the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Merger and the other
transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director, if, in each case, such other directors
nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings or, if an Intermediate Holding
Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead Borrower, as the case may be (or
the direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower after a Qualifying IPO of such direct or
indirect parent) is recommended by a majority of then Continuing Directors or such other director
receives the vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of Holdings
or, if an Intermediate Holding Company is formed, the Intermediate Holding Company, or the Lead
Borrower, as the case may be (or the direct or indirect parent of the Lead Borrower after a
Qualifying IPO of such direct or indirect parent).
Contractual Obligation
means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued
by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party
or by which it or any of its property is bound.
Control
has the meaning specified in the definition of Affiliate.
Converted Restricted Subsidiary
means any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted
into a Restricted Subsidiary.
-22-
Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary
means any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted
into a Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Credit Extension
means each of the following: (i) a Borrowing, and (ii) an L/C
Credit Extension.
Credit Judgment
means the Administrative Agents commercially reasonable judgment
exercised in good faith, based upon its consideration of any factor that it reasonably believes (i)
could materially adversely affect the quantity, quality, mix or value of Collateral (including any
applicable Laws that may inhibit collection of an Account), the enforceability or priority of the
Administrative Agents Liens, or the amount that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders could
receive in liquidation of any Collateral; (ii) that any collateral report or financial information
delivered by any Loan Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (iii)
materially increases the likelihood of any Insolvency Proceeding involving a Loan Party; or (iv)
creates or could result in an Event of Default. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative
Agent may consider any factors that could materially increase the credit risk of lending to the
Borrowers on the security of the Collateral.
DDAs
means any checking or other demand deposit account maintained by the Loan
Parties. All funds in such DDAs shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of
Collateral, and the Agents or the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the
amounts on deposit in the DDAs.
Debt Service Charges
means, for any period, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest
Expense paid in cash for such period,
plus
(ii) scheduled principal payments of Indebtedness for
borrowed money, including the full amount of any non-recourse Indebtedness (excluding the principal
payment at maturity of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(w) and the
Senior Credit Obligations, but including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations) for
such period,
plus
(iii) scheduled mandatory payments on account of Disqualified Equity Interests
(whether in the nature of dividends, redemption, repurchase or otherwise) required to be made
during such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP,
plus
(iv) all cash dividends
or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary during such period.
Debtor Relief Laws
means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other
liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium,
rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the
United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the
rights of creditors generally.
Default
means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that,
with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate
means an interest rate equal to (i) the greater of (A) the Base Rate
plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loans and (B) the Base Rate Loan Floor Rate plus (ii)
2.00% per annum;
provided
that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate
with respect to payments of principal thereon shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate
(including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.00% per annum, in each
case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
Defaulting Lender
means a Lender during the period and only for so long as a Lender
Default is in effect with respect to such Lender.
Deposit Account Control Agreements
has the meaning specified in the Security
Agreement.
-23-
Designated Non-Cash Consideration
means the fair market value of non-cash
consideration received by Holdings, a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a
Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(i) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration
pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation
(which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration
converted to cash within 180 days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).
Disposed EBITDA
means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted
Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such
Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a
consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Disposition
or
Dispose
means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other
disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests) of any
property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer, abandonment or other disposal,
with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated
therewith;
provided
that Disposition and Dispose shall not be deemed to include any
issuance by Holdings of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.
Disqualified Equity Interests
means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any
rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall
be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Senior Credit Obligations that
are accrued and payable and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments and all outstanding
Letters of Credit), (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for
Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments of
dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any
other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to
the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date.
Dollar
and
$
mean lawful money of the United States.
Domestic Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
Dominion Account
means any DDA (other than an Excluded Account) of a Loan Party at
Citibank or its Affiliates or branches or another bank reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent, in each case which is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.
Drawing
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
Eligible Accounts
means Accounts of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor subject to
the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into
consideration, among other factors, their book value determined in accordance with GAAP, net of any
returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes
(including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor
or any other Person;
provided
,
however
, that, subject to the ability of the
Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineligibility in its Credit Judgment or modify
the criteria established below, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative
-24-
Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of Accounts shall be deemed to be
Eligible Accounts:
(i) Accounts that do not arise out of sales of goods or rendering of services in the
ordinary course of such Borrowers or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantors business;
(ii) Accounts payable other than in Dollars or that are otherwise on terms other than
those normal or customary in such Borrowers or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantors
business;
(iii) Accounts arising out of a sale made or services rendered by any Borrower to a
Subsidiary of any Borrower or an Affiliate of any Borrower or to a Person controlled by an
Affiliate of any Borrower (including any employees of such Borrower) other than, in each
case, solely by reason of being an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P. to the extent such
Affiliate would not be an Affiliate of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor if Equity
Interests of Holdings or Lead Borrower were not owned, directly or indirectly, by The
Blackstone Group, L.P.;
(iv) Accounts (A) that are invoiced but unpaid for more than 60 days past the original
due date or (B) that arise from sales with original payment terms in excess of 60 days past
the original service date;
(v) Accounts owing from any Person from which an aggregate amount of more than 50.00%
of the Accounts owing therefrom are not, solely based on the most recent field audit report,
Eligible Accounts pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv);
(vi) any net credit balances relating to Accounts that are not Eligible Accounts
pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv), where the net credit balance is unused by the Account
Debtor within 90 days from the date the net credit balance was created;
(vii) Accounts owing from any Person and its Affiliates that, solely based on the most
recent field audit report, exceed 20.00% of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts, but
only to the extent of such excess;
(viii) Accounts owing from any Person that (A) has disputed liability for any Account
owing from such Person or has been placed on credit hold due to past due balances or (B) has
otherwise asserted any claim, demand or liability against a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, whether by action, suit, counterclaim or otherwise;
(ix) Accounts owing from any Person that shall take or be the subject of any action or
proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(f);
(x) Accounts (A) owing from any Person that is also a supplier to or creditor of a
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless such Person has waived any right of setoff in a
manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (B) representing any
manufacturers or suppliers credits, discounts, incentive plans or similar arrangements
entitling a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discounts on future purchase therefrom or
(C) in respect of which the related invoice(s) has been reversed;
(xi) Accounts arising out of sales to Account Debtors outside the United States and
Canada unless such Accounts are fully backed by an irrevocable letter of credit on terms,
and issued by a financial institution, reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and
such irrevocable letter of credit is in the possession of the Administrative Agent;
-25-
(xii) Accounts arising out of sales on a bill-and-hold, cash in advance or cash on
delivery payment terms, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale on approval or consignment
basis or subject to any right of return, setoff or charge back or Accounts representing any
unapplied cash;
(xiii) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that is an agency, department or
instrumentality of the United States or any state thereof or Canada or any province or
territory thereof unless such Accounts are not subject to the Assignment of Claims Act of
1940 or the Financial Administration Act (Canada) and any similar state, provincial or
territorial legislation or the applicable Borrower or its relevant Subsidiary shall have
satisfied the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 or the Financial
Administration Act (Canada) and any similar national, state, provincial or territorial
legislation and, in each case, the Administrative Agent is reasonably satisfied as to the
absence of setoffs, counterclaims and other defenses on the part of such account debtor;
(xiv) [Reserved];
(xv) Accounts with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in the
Security Agreement applicable to Accounts are not correct in any material respect;
(xvi) Accounts in respect of which the Security Agreement, after giving effect to the
related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has
ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority lien or security interest in favor of
the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, securing the Finance Obligations; or
(xvii) Accounts representing deferred revenue on rental equipment for rentals that
extend over a month-end period.
If the Administrative Agent deems Accounts ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based
upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Lead Borrower five
Business Days prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice
shall be required);
provided
that (i) any modification of the eligibility criteria set
forth above shall have a reasonable relationship to circumstances, conditions, events or
contingencies which are the basis for such eligibility criteria, as determined by the
Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment and (ii) circumstances, conditions, events or
contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the Administrative Agent had actual
knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for any such modification unless the
Administrative Agent establishes such eligibility criteria on the Closing Date or such
circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the Closing Date. For
the avoidance of doubt, no Accounts (A) subject to, (B) constituting any amount payable in respect
of or (C) of an Account Debtor that has Accounts subject to, in each case any Factoring Agreement
shall constitute Eligible Accounts.
Eligible Assignee
means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee
under Section 10.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required
under Section 10.06(b)(iii)).
Eligible Collateral
means, collectively, Eligible Inventory and Eligible Accounts.
Eligible Inventory
means Inventory of a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor subject
to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into
consideration, among other factors, the lower of its cost and its book value determined in
accordance with GAAP and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among
the Loan Parties and their Affiliates;
provided
,
however
, that, subject to the ability of the Administrative Agent to
establish other criteria of ineli
-26-
gibility in its Credit Judgment or modify the criteria established below, unless otherwise
approved by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of
Inventory shall be deemed to be Eligible Inventory:
(i) Inventory that is obsolete, unusable or otherwise unavailable for sale;
(ii) Inventory consisting of promotional, marketing, packaging or shipping materials
and supplies;
(iii) Inventory that fails to meet all applicable material standards imposed by any
Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory or its use or sale;
(iv) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name
or copyright agreement with any third party from which the Borrowers or any of their
Subsidiaries have received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement;
(v) Inventory located outside the United States;
(vi) Inventory that is located on premises owned, leased or rented by a customer of any
Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or is placed on consignment;
(vii) Inventory that is not reflected in the details of a current inventory report;
(viii) Inventory with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in
Section 3.02 of the Security Agreement applicable to Inventory are not correct in any
material respect;
(ix) Inventory in respect of which the Security Agreement, after giving effect to the
related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has
ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien or security interest in favor of
the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the applicable Secured Parties, securing the applicable
Finance Obligations;
(x) Inventory at locations with less than $50,000 of Inventory on-hand; or
(xi) Inventory in transit between the Loan Parties warehouse locations.
If the Administrative Agent deems Inventory ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based
upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Lead Borrower five
Business Days prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice
shall be required);
provided
that (i) any modification of the eligibility criteria set
forth above shall have a reasonable relationship to circumstances, conditions, events or
contingencies which are the basis for such eligibility criteria, as determined by the
Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment and (ii) circumstances, conditions, events or
contingencies arising prior to the Closing Date of which the Administrative Agent had actual
knowledge prior to the Closing Date shall not be the basis for any such modification unless the
Administrative Agent establishes such eligibility criteria on the Closing Date or such
circumstances, conditions, events or contingencies shall have changed since the Closing Date.
Environmental Laws
means any and all Laws relating to pollution, the protection of
the environment, natural resources or to the release of any Hazardous Materials into the
environment, or, to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials, human health.
-27-
Environmental Liability
means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any
liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any
Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based
upon (i) violation of any Environmental Law, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation,
storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (iii) exposure to any Hazardous
Materials, (iv) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment
or (v) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is
assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Environmental Permit
means any permit, approval, identification number, license or
other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law.
Equity Contribution
means the contribution by the Sponsor and its Affiliates and
certain members of management of the Company of an amount of cash (or in the case of such
management, of an amount of cash (directly or indirectly) or of Equity Interests in the Company) to
the common equity of Holdings which, in the aggregate (taking into account rollover equity), is not
less than 30.00% of the pro forma total consolidated capitalization of Holdings after giving effect
to the Transactions.
Equity Interests
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to
acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable
for, Capital Stock.
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.
ERISA Affiliate
means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is
under common control with any Loan Party and is treated as a single employer within the meaning of
Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
ERISA Event
means (i) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (ii) a
withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of
ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2)
of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as a termination under Section 4062(e) of
ERISA; (iii) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a
Multiemployer Plan, notification of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate concerning the imposition of
Withdrawal Liability or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization
within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA (or, after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, is in
endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA); (iv) the filing of a
notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections
4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan
or Multiemployer Plan; (v) an event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute
grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any
Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA,
other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Loan
Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (vii) on and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, a
determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status (within the
meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code); (viii) with respect
to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code
and Section 302 of ERISA; or (xi) the failure to make by its due date a required contribution under
Section 412(m) of the Code (or Section 430(j) of the Code, as amended by the Pension Act).
Eurodollar Rate
means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate
Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (
BBA LIBOR
),
as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR
as designated by
-28-
the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business
Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the
first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; if such rate is
not available at such time for any reason, then the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period
shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits
in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the
approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Citibank and
with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Citibanks London Branch (or
other Citibank branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market
for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Eurodollar Rate Loan
means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the
applicable Eurodollar Rate.
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
means for any day during any Interest Period the
reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such
day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any other entity succeeding to the functions
currently performed thereby) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurodollar funding
(currently referred to as Eurodollar liabilities). The Adjusted Eurodollar Rate for each
outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of
any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
Event of Default
has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
Excess Availability
means, at any time, the difference between (i) the lesser of (A)
the Revolving Credit Facility and (B) the Borrowing Base at such time, as determined from the most
recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 6.01(v) hereof
minus
(ii) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings.
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Excluded Accounts
has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
Excluded Subsidiary
means (i) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary
(other than a Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor and is not permitted to become an
Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15), (ii) each Subsidiary listed on Schedule
1.01D hereto, (iii) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law from guaranteeing the
Finance Obligations, (iv) any Foreign Subsidiary and any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary
of a Foreign Subsidiary, (v) any Subsidiary which would require material or a non-ministerial
consent, approval, license or authorization from a Governmental Authority, unless such consent,
approval, license or authorization has been received, (vi) any Restricted Subsidiary acquired
pursuant to a Acquisition financed with secured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h)
and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof that guarantees such Indebtedness (
provided
that
each such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary under this clause (vi) if
such secured Indebtedness is repaid or becomes unsecured or if such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to
guarantee such secured Indebtedness, as applicable), (vii) any other Subsidiary with respect to
which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent the cost or other consequences
(including any adverse tax consequences in the reasonable judgment of the Lead Borrower confirmed
in writing by notice to the Administrative Agent) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive,
(viii) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (ix) any not-for-profit Subsidiary, (x) any Subsidiary whose
sole function and assets relate to acting as a Captive Insurance Subsidiary for Lead Borrower and
its other Subsidiaries and (xi) any Domestic
-29-
Subsidiary of the Borrowers that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes if substantially all of its assets consist of the equity of one or more Foreign
Subsidiaries.
Excluded Taxes
means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C
Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any
Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its
overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of
doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar
provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu
of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof)
as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of
any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other
present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely
from this Agreement or any other Loan Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), (ii)
in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Lead Borrower
under Section 10.13), any United States federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on
account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document that (A) is
required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to Laws in force at the
time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the
extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the
designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the
Borrowers with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) or (B) is attributable
to such Foreign Lenders failure to comply with Section 3.01(e) or (iii) any United States federal
withholding Tax imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code or any Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder.
Executive Order
has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(a).
Existing Letters of Credit
means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.01E and
outstanding on the Closing Date.
Facility Increase
has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
Factor Intercreditor Agreement
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
6.11(d). A Factoring Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include any documents (such as a
confidentiality or access agreement) entered into in connection therewith.
Factoring Agreements
means collectively, the U.S. Factoring Agreements and the
Foreign Factoring Agreements.
Federal Funds Rate
means, for any day, the rate per annum (expressed, as a decimal,
rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1.00%) equal to the weighted average of
the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System
arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
on the Business Day next succeeding such day;
provided
that (i) if such day is not a
Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the
next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no
such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day
shall be the average rate charged to Citibank, on such day on such transactions as determined by
the Administrative Agent.
-30-
Fee Letter
means that certain fee letter dated October 4, 2010, among Holdings,
Merger Sub, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC
and Royal Bank of Canada.
Finance Document
means (i) each Loan Document, (ii) each Secured Hedge Agreement and
(iii) each Secured Cash Management Agreement, and
Finance Documents
means all of them,
collectively.
Finance Obligations
means, at any date, (i) all Senior Credit Obligations, (ii) all
Swap Obligations of a Loan Party permitted hereunder owed or owing under any Secured Hedge
Agreement to any Hedge Bank and (iii) all Cash Management Obligations owing under any Secured Cash
Management Agreement to a Cash Management Bank.
Financial Covenant Trigger Event
has the meaning specified in Section 6.17.
Foreign Factoring Agreements
has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security
Agreement.
Foreign Lender
means any Lender that is not a United States person within the
meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
Foreign Plan
means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or
agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary
with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
Foreign Subsidiary
means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrowers which is
not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Fund
means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in
the ordinary course of its activities.
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in
effect from time to time.
GE Lease
means that certain equipment lease agreement and construction agency
agreement in effect as of the date hereof among Chicopee, Inc. and Gossamer Holdings, LLC for a
composite spunmelt nonwoven production line.
General Intangibles
has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.
Governmental Authority
means any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative
tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing,
regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
Granting Lender
has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g).
Group Company
means any of Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries
(regardless of whether or not consolidated with Holdings or the Borrowers for purposes of GAAP),
and
Group Companies
means all of them, collectively.
-31-
Guarantee
means, as to any Person, without duplication, (i) any obligation,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing
any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the
primary obligor
) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any
obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (A) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (B) to purchase or
lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such
Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or
other monetary obligation, (C) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial
statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to
enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (D) entered
into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or
other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against
loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (ii) any Lien on any assets of such Person
securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such
Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or
otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien);
provided
that the
term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the
ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the
Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted
under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any
Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related
primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not
stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as
determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term Guarantee as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
Guarantor
has the meaning specified in the definition of Collateral and Guarantee
Requirement.
Guaranty
means (i) the guaranty made by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors in
favor of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of
Exhibit F, and (ii) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11
and Guaranties means any two or more of them, collectively.
Hazardous Materials
means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all
hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates,
asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or
medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Law.
Hedge Bank
means any Person that is a Lender, a Bookrunner or an Affiliate of the
foregoing at the time it enters into a Secured Hedge Agreement, or is a Lender, Bookrunner or
Affiliate of a Lender or Bookrunner and is party to such an agreement as of the Closing Date, in
its capacity as a party thereto.
Holdings
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.
Honor Date
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
Indebtedness
means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all
of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:
(i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
-32-
(ii) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which
may have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial),
bankers acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar
instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;
(iii) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services (other than (A) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and (B)
any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of
such Person in accordance with GAAP and if not paid after becoming due and payable);
(v) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property
owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional
sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial
development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been
assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
(vi) all Attributable Indebtedness;
(vii) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and
(viii) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall, in the case of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, exclude (i) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days
(inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice, (ii) Indebtedness pursuant to Factoring Agreements and (iii)
operating leases or sale and lease-back transactions (except any resulting Capitalized Lease
Obligations). The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed
to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person
for purposes of clause (v) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (A) the aggregate unpaid
amount of such Indebtedness and (B) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as
determined by such Person in good faith.
Indemnified Taxes
means all Taxes imposed on or with respect to, or measured by, any
payment by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan
Document, other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitee
has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
means the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as
such term (and all defined terms used in the definition of such term) is defined in the Senior
Secured Notes Indenture as in effect on the Closing Date.
Information
has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
Insolvency Proceeding
means any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person
under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (i) the entry of
an order for relief under Debtor Relief Laws, or the initiation by any Person of any proceeding or
filing under any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (ii) the appointment of a
receiver, interim receiver, trustee,
-33-
liquidator, administrator, monitor, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of
its property; or (iii) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.
Intellectual Property
has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security
Agreement.
Intellectual Property Security Agreements
means the Grant of Security Interest in
Trademarks, the Grant of Security Interest in Patents and the Grant of Security Interest in
Copyrights, substantially in the form attached as Exhibits C, D and E to the Security Agreement
respectively.
Intercreditor Agreement
means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement
dated as of the date hereof among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and
the Noteholder Collateral Agent (as defined therein) on behalf of the Noteholder Lien Secured
Parties (as defined therein), and the Loan Parties.
Interest Payment Date
means (i) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each
Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date;
provided
that if any
Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall
every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment
Dates; and (ii) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and
December and the Maturity Date.
Interest Period
means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the
date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan
and ending on the date one, two, three or six months or, to the extent available (as determined by
each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan) to all Lenders making such Eurodollar Rate Loan, one week
or nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or
such other period that is twelve months or less requested by the Borrower and consented to by all
Lenders making such Eurodollar Rate Loan;
provided
that:
(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day
shall, subject to clause (iii) below, be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless
such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall
end on the next preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
Intermediate Holding Company
means any Subsidiary of Holdings (of which Holdings,
directly or indirectly, owns 100.00% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests) that, directly
or indirectly, owns 100.00% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower.
Inventory
has the meaning specified in the UCC and shall include all goods intended
for sale or lease by a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, or for display or demonstration, all
work in process, all raw materials, and other materials and supplies of every nature and
description used or which might be used in connection with the manufacture, printing, packing,
shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing such goods or otherwise used or consumed in
such Borrowers or Subsidiary Guarantors business.
-34-
Investment
means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment
by such Person, whether by means of (i) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or
debt or other securities of another Person, (ii) a loan, advance or capital contribution to,
Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or
equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture
interest in such other Person (excluding, in the case of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days
(inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practice) or (iii) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a
series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of
another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person.
For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually
invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
Investment Grade Rating
means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other
nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Lead Borrower.
IP Rights
means the right to use all trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain
names and other source indicators and all goodwill associated with the foregoing, copyrights,
patents, patent rights, technology, software, know-how, database rights, design rights, trade
secrets and other intellectual property rights, including any applications or registrations
relating thereto, and the right to register and obtain renewals of any of the foregoing and the
right to sue for past, present and future infringement, misappropriation or other violation
thereof, including the right to all damages and proceeds therefrom.
ISP
means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby
Practices 1998 published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such
later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
Issuer Documents
means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit
Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and a
Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
Junior Financing
means any Indebtedness that is or is required to be subordinated in
right of payment to any of the Senior Credit Obligations.
Junior Financing Documentation
means any documentation governing any Junior
Financing.
Laws
means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local
statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or
judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and
all applicable administrative orders, directives, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits
of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
L/C Advance
means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Revolving
Credit Lenders funding of its L/C Participation in any L/C Borrowing.
L/C Borrowing
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(iii).
L/C Credit Extension
means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance
thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
-35-
L/C Issuer
means, collectively, (i) Citibank, in its capacity as issuer of Letters
of Credit under Section 2.03(b) and its successor or successors in such capacity and (ii) each
Additional L/C Issuer.
L/C Obligations
means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount
available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all
Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available
to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in
accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination
a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason
of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be outstanding
in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
L/C Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(ii).
Lead Borrower
has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this
Agreement;
provided
that, notwithstanding anything else contained in any Loan Document to
the contrary, all other Borrowers shall be direct or indirect Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower.
Lease
means any agreement pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or
occupancy of any space in a structure, land, improvements or premises for any period of time.
Lender
means each bank or other lending institution listed on Schedules 2.01A, 2.01B
and 2.01C, each Eligible Assignee that becomes a Lender pursuant to Section 10.06(b), and their
respective permitted successors and shall include, as the context may require, each L/C Issuer
and/or the Swing Line Lender in such capacity.
Lender Default
means, with respect to any Lender, that (i) such Lender has failed
(or notified the Administrative Agent of its intent to fail) to fund any portion of the Revolving
Credit Loans, L/C Participations (including by way of L/C Advances or Revolving Credit Loans),
Swing Line Participations or Protective Advance Participations required to be funded by it
hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless the
subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that is subsequently cured by the making
of the required funding), (ii) such Lender has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative
Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business
Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute (or a good faith dispute that
is subsequently cured by the making of the required payment), (iii) such Lender has become the
subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency or other conservatorship or receivership proceeding or other
event or circumstance referred to in Section 8.01(f) or (g) (with references to the Loan Parties
and the Restricted Subsidiaries being deemed to be to such Lender for such purpose) or is
Controlled by a Person who has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency or other
conservatorship or receivership proceeding (with references to the Loan Parties and the Restricted
Subsidiaries being deemed to be to such Person for such purpose), or (iv) the Administrative Agent,
any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in good faith believes that such Lender has
defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other syndicated credit facilities.
Lending Office
means (i) with respect to any Lender and for each Type of Loan, the
Lending Office of such Lender (or of an Affiliate of such Lender) designated for such Type of
Loan in such Lenders Administrative Questionnaire or in any applicable Assignment and Assumption
pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder or such other office of such Lender (or of
an Affiliate of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Administrative
Agent and the Lead Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such Type are to be made and
maintained and (ii) with respect to any L/C Issuer and for each Letter of Credit, the Lending
Office of such L/C Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) designated on the signature
pages hereto or such other office of such L/C
-36-
Issuer (or of an Affiliate of such L/C Issuer) as such L/C Issuer may from time to time specify to
the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower as the office by which its Letters of Credit are to
be issued and maintained.
Letter of Credit
means any letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the
Existing Letters of Credit. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby
letter of credit.
Letter of Credit Application
means an application and agreement for the issuance or
amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by an L/C Issuer.
Letter of Credit Expiration Date
means the day that is five days prior to the
Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
Letter of Credit Fees
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
Letter of Credit Sublimit
means an amount equal to $50,000,000. The Letter of
Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
License
means any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use
IP Rights in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral,
any use of property or any other conduct of its business.
Licensor
means any Person from whom a Loan Party obtains the right to use any
Intellectual Property.
Lien
means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest
or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real
Property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing).
Lien Waiver
means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, by which: (i) for any Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor
waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit the
Administrative Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises
for an agreed upon period of time to store or dispose of the Collateral; (ii) for any Collateral
held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives
or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, agrees to hold any documents in its
possession relating to the Collateral as agent for the Collateral Agent, and agrees to deliver the
Collateral to the Collateral Agent upon request; (iii) for any Collateral held by a repairman,
mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges the Collateral Agents Lien, waives or subordinates
any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Collateral
Agent upon request; and (iv) for any Collateral subject to a Licensors IP Rights, the Licensor
grants to the Administrative Agent the right, vis-a-vis such Licensor, to enforce the Collateral
Agents Liens with respect to the Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit
of the IP Rights, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.
Liquidation
means the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
of those rights and remedies accorded to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent under
the Loan Documents and applicable Law as a creditor of the Loan Parties, including (after the
occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by any or all of the
Loan Parties, acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, private or
Going-Out-Of-Business Sale or other
-37-
Disposition of Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word
Liquidation (such as Liquidate) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.
Loan
means an extension of credit by a Lender to a Borrower under Article II in the
form of a Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan (including any extensions of credit under any
Facility Increases) or a Protective Advance.
Loan Documents
means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the
Guaranties, (iv) the Intercreditor Agreement, (v) the Collateral Documents, (vi) except for
purposes of Section 10.01, the Factoring Intercreditor Agreements, (vii) the Collateral Agency
Agreement and (viii) except for purposes of Section 10.01, each Issuer Document.
Loan Parties
means, collectively, (i) the Borrowers, (ii) Holdings and (iii) each
other Guarantor.
Management Stockholders
means the members of management of Holdings or any direct or
indirect parent thereof or any of its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to
the Transactions), including the Lead Borrower, who are investors in Holdings or any direct or
indirect parent thereof as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions).
Master Agreement
has the meaning specified in the definition of Swap Contract.
Material Adverse Effect
means (i) a material adverse effect on the business,
operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties
(taken as a whole) to perform their respective payment obligations under any Loan Document to which
any of the Loan Parties is a party or (iii) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of
the Lenders or the Agents under any Loan Document.
Material Domestic Subsidiary
means, at any date of determination, each of the
Borrowers Domestic Subsidiaries (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test
Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose Consolidated
EBITDA for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of
Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
provided
that
Material Domestic Subsidiary shall also include any of the Borrowers Subsidiaries (selected by
the Lead Borrower) which is required to ensure that all Material Domestic Subsidiaries have in the
aggregate (A) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or
greater than 95.00% of the total assets of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries
that are Domestic Subsidiaries at such date and (B) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period that
were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries for such period.
Material Foreign Subsidiary
means, at any date of determination, each of the
Borrowers Foreign Subsidiaries (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test
Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose Consolidated
EBITDA for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of
Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period;
provided
that
Material Foreign Subsidiary shall also include any of the Borrowers Subsidiaries (selected by
the Lead Borrower) which is required to ensure that all Material Foreign Subsidiaries have in the
aggregate (A) total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period that were equal to or
greater than 95.00% of the total assets of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries
that are Foreign Subsidiaries at such date and (B) Consolidated EBITDA for such
-38-
Test Period that were equal to or greater than 95.00% of the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries for such period.
Material Real Property
means any Real Property owned in fee by any Loan Party where
the greater of its cost and net book value exceeds $3,000,000.
Material Subsidiary
means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign
Subsidiary.
Maturity Date
means the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date;
provided
that if such day is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately
preceding such day.
Maximum Rate
has the meaning specified in Section 10.09.
Merger
has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto.
Merger Agreement
has the meaning specified in the preliminary statements hereto.
Merger Sub
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Moodys
means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
Mortgage
means, collectively, the deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs and
mortgages creating and evidencing a Lien on a Mortgaged Property made by the Loan Parties in favor
or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with such modifications as may be required by local
law, and any other mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 4.01(a)(iii), 6.11 and
6.13.
Mortgage Policies
has the meaning specified in clause (vi) of the definition of
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
Mortgaged Properties
has the meaning specified in clause (vi) of the definition of
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.
Multiemployer Plan
means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make
contributions, or in the past six years has made or been obligated to make contributions.
Net Cash Proceeds
means:
(i) with respect to the Disposition of any asset by Holdings, the Borrowers or any
Restricted Subsidiary or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (A) the sum of cash and
Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including
any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by
monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with
respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of
such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of Holdings, the
Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary) over (B) the sum of (1) the principal amount,
premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured
by the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid
(and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than
Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (2) the out-of-pocket
-39-
fees and expenses (including attorneys fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title
insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or
mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other
customary fees) actually incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiary
in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (3) taxes paid or reasonably
estimated to be actually payable in connection therewith, and (4) any reserve for adjustment
in respect of (x) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP
and (y) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings, the
Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof,
including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to
environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such
transaction and it being understood that Net Cash Proceeds shall include (i) any cash or
Cash Equivalents received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration by Holdings,
the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Disposition and (ii) upon the
reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding
amount) of any reserve described in clause (4) above or if such liabilities have not been
satisfied in cash and such reserve is not reversed within 365 days after such Disposition or
Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve;
provided
that (x) no net cash proceeds
calculated in accordance with the foregoing realized in a single transaction or series of
related transactions shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds unless such net cash proceeds shall
exceed $1,500,000 and (y) no such net cash proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under
this clause (i) in any fiscal year until the aggregate amount of all such net cash proceeds
in such fiscal year shall exceed $5,000,000 (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess
of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (i)) and
(ii) (A) with respect to the incurrence or issuance of any Equity Interest or
Indebtedness by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, the excess, if any, of
(x) the sum of the cash received in connection with such incurrence or issuance over (y) the
investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket
expenses and other customary expenses, incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or such
Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such incurrence or issuance and (B) with respect to
any Permitted Equity Issuance by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or the Borrowers
and Subsidiary Guarantors, the amount of cash from such Permitted Equity Issuance
contributed to the capital of (without duplication) Holdings or the Lead Borrower.
Net Income
means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.
NOLV Percentage
means the net orderly liquidation value of Inventory, expressed as a
percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period
of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of the
Borrowers and Subsidiary Guarantors Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Non-Defaulting Lender
means, at any date, a Lender which is not a Defaulting Lender
at such date.
Non-Loan Party
means any Subsidiary of the Lead Borrower that is not a Loan Party.
Not Otherwise Applied
means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of
any transaction or event or of the Available Amount that is proposed to be applied to a particular
use or trans-
-40-
action, that such amount has not previously been (and is not simultaneously being) applied to
anything other than that particular use or transaction.
Notes
means, collectively, (i) Revolving Credit Notes and (ii) the Swing Line Note.
OFAC
has the meaning specified in Section 5.21(b)(v).
Organization Documents
means: (i) with respect to any corporation, the certificate
or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents
with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (ii) with respect to any limited liability company, the
certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating or limited liability company
agreement; and (iii) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of
business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or
organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in
connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the
jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of
formation or organization of such entity.
Other Liabilities
means outstanding liabilities with respect to or arising from (i)
any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries
and/or (ii) any transaction which arises out of any Bank Product entered into with any Loan Party,
as each may be amended from time to time.
Other Taxes
means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other
excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made
hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or
otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
provided
that such
term shall not include any of the foregoing Taxes that result from an Assignment and Assumption,
grant of a participation pursuant to Section 10.06(d) or transfer or assignment to or designation
of a new Lending Office or other office for receiving payments under any Loan Document
(
Assignment Taxes
) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a
connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing
jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Loan Documents or any transactions
contemplated thereunder), except to the extent that any such action described in this proviso is
requested or required by a Borrower.
Outstanding Amount
means (i) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line
Loans and Protective Advances on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after
giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line
Loans and Protective Advances, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to
any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving
effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate
amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by a
Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
Participant
has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(d).
PBGC
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Pension Act
means the Pension Protection Act of 2006, as amended.
Pension Plan
means any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in
Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and
is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or
any ERISA Affiliate
-41-
contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan
described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time in the past six years.
Perfection Certificate
means the certificate in the form of Exhibit G-2 or any other
form approved by the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a
Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.
Perfection Certificate Supplement
means a perfection certificate supplement in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
Permitted Equity Issuance
means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity
Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (and, after a Qualifying IPO, of
any Intermediate Holding Company), in each case to the extent permitted hereunder;
provided
that the Equity Contribution shall not be deemed a Permitted Equity Issuance.
Permitted Holders
means each of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) the Management
Stockholders.
Permitted Lien
has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.
Permitted Refinancing
means, with respect to any Person, any modification,
refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person;
provided
that (i) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced,
refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium
thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in
connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount
equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (ii) other than with respect to a
Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f), such
modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or
later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or
greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced,
refunded, renewed or extended, (iii) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect
of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f), at the time thereof, no Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, (iv) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness secured
pursuant to Section 7.01(b) shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, and (v) if such
Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Indebtedness permitted
pursuant to Section 7.03(b), 7.03(h) or 7.03(l) or is Junior Financing, (A) to the extent such
Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of
payment to the Senior Credit Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or
extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Credit Obligations on terms at least as
favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being
modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (B) the terms and conditions (including, if
applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption
premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a
whole, are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and
conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended;
provided
that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent
at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a
reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts
of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Lead Borrower has determined in good faith
that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive
evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the
Administrative Agent notifies the Lead Borrower within such five Business Day period that it
disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it
disagrees) and (C) such modifica-
-42-
tion, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of
the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended.
Person
means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust,
joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan
means any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA), other than a Foreign Plan, established, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or,
with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any
ERISA Affiliate.
Platform
has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Post-Acquisition Period
means, with respect to any Acquisition, the period beginning
on the date such Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the sixth full
consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Acquisition is consummated.
Preferred Stock
means any Equity Interest with preferential rights (in relation to
common equity of the same issuer) of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up.
primary obligation
has the meaning specified in the definition of Contingent
Obligations.
primary obligor
has the meaning specified in the definition of Contingent
Obligations or Guarantee, as applicable.
Pro Forma Adjustment
means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a
fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the
applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, or the Consolidated
EBITDA of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, the pro forma increase or
decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, set forth in a certificate by a
Responsible Officer in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as
the case may be, projected by Holdings or the Lead Borrower in good faith as a result of (i)
actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably
identifiable and factually supportable synergies and cost savings or (ii) any additional costs
incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of
the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the
operations of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided
that (A) at
the election of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to
be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
the aggregate consideration paid in connection with the related acquisition was less than
$6,600,000, and (B) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such
costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting
such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the
case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of
such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of
such Test Period;
provided
,
further
, that any such pro forma increase or decrease
to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without
duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such
Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.
Pro Forma Balance Sheet
has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(b).
Pro Forma Basis
and
Pro Forma Effect
mean, with respect to compliance with
any test hereunder, that (i) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been
made and (ii) all
-43-
Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have
occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (A) income
statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to
such Specified Transaction, (1) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity
Interests in any Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for
operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (2) in the case of a
Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of Specified Transaction, shall be
included, (B) any retirement of Indebtedness, and (C) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by
Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith and if such
Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, shall have an implied rate of interest for the
applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or
would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination;
provided
that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (i)
above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent
that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to
events (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and
operating expense reductions resulting from such Specified Transaction) that are (as determined by
Holdings in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a
continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually
supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.
Pro Forma Excess Availability
means, for any date of calculation, the Average Excess
Availability for 90 days prior to, and including, such date, after giving effect to the
transactions occurring on such date, based on assumptions and calculations reasonably acceptable to
the Administrative Agent; it being agreed that, for purposes of calculating Pro Forma Excess
Availability, unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its reasonable discretion,
no Inventory or Accounts to be acquired in an Investment otherwise permitted hereunder shall be
included in the Borrowing Base until the Administrative Agent shall have completed a preliminary
field audit and inventory appraisal in scope and with results reasonably satisfactory to it and
until the Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed Deposit Account Control Agreements
with respect to the DDAs to be acquired in such Investment.
Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition
means, for any date of calculation with
respect to any Specified Payment, the condition that (i) the Pro Forma Excess Availability
following, and after giving Pro Forma Effect to, such Specified Payment, will equal or exceed
20.00% of the lesser of the Aggregate Commitments and the Borrowing Base;
provided
that
such Pro Forma Excess Availability shall equal or exceed 25.00% of the lesser of the Aggregate
Commitments and the Borrowing Base with respect to any Specified Payment permitted under Section
7.06(f) or 7.06(k) and (ii) only with respect to Specified Payments permitted under Section 7.06(f)
or 7.06(k) or with respect to the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) will for
the most recently completed Test Period ending on or prior to such date of calculation be at least
1.05 to 1.0.
Pro Forma Financial Statements
has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(b).
Projections
has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(iii).
Protective Advances
has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
Protective Advance Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(c).
Public Lender
has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
Qualified Equity Interests
means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified
Equity Interests.
-44-
Qualifying IPO
means the issuance by Holdings, any direct or indirect parent of
Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a
public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective
registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or
in connection with a secondary public offering).
Real Property
means a Loan Partys interest in all Leases and all land, tenements,
hereditaments and any estate or interest therein, together with the buildings, structures, parking
areas and other improvements thereon (including all fixtures), now or hereafter owned or leased by
any Loan Party, together with all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and
all leases, licenses tenancies and occupancies thereof.
Reference Date
has the meaning specified in the definition of Available Amount.
Register
has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).
Registration Rights Agreement
means the registration rights agreement dated as of
the Closing Date by and among the Lead Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial
purchasers named therein.
Related Parties
means, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates and the
partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such
Persons Affiliates.
Release
means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying,
discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing of any Hazardous Material in, into,
or onto the environment.
Rent and Charges Reserve
means, with respect to the Borrowing Base, the aggregate of
(i) all past due rent and other amounts owing by a Loan Party to any landlord, warehouseman,
processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses
any Eligible Inventory or could assert a Lien on any Eligible Inventory and (ii) a reserve equal to
two months rent that could be payable to any such Person unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.
Reportable Event
means, with respect to any Plan, any of the events set forth in
Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the
30-day notice period has been waived.
Request for Credit Extension
means (i) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or
continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (ii) with respect to an L/C Credit
Extension, a Letter of Credit Application and (iii) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line
Loan Notice.
Required Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than
50.00% of the sum of the (i) Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each
Revolving Credit Lenders L/C Participations and Swing Line Participations being deemed held by
such Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Revolving
Credit Commitments;
provided
that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the
portion of the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender
shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
Requirement of Law
means, as to any Person, the Organization Documents of such
Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon
such Person or to which any of its material property is subject.
-45-
Responsible Officer
means the chief executive officer, president, vice president,
chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party
and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of a
Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan
Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate,
partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall
be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
Restricted Cash
means when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Lead
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (i) appear (or
would be required to appear) as restricted on a consolidated balance sheet of the Lead Borrower
or of any such Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance with GAAP (unless such appearance is
related to the Loan Documents or Liens created thereunder), (ii) are subject to any Lien in favor
of any Person other than the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (iii) are
not otherwise generally available for use by the Lead Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary.
Restricted Debt
has the meaning specified in Section 7.12(a).
Restricted Debt Payments
in respect of any Restricted Debt, means any prepayments,
redemptions, purchases and defeasances prior to the maturity thereof in respect of such Restricted
Debt, including pursuant to any sinking fund or similar deposit.
Restricted Payment
means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash,
securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of Holdings, the Lead Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property),
including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of
any return of capital to Holdings or the Borrowers stockholders, partners or members (or the
equivalent Persons thereof).
Restricted Subsidiary
means any Subsidiary of Holdings, or the Borrowers other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Revolving Credit Borrowing
means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Borrowing and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing and shall be deemed to include any
Protective Advance made hereunder.
Revolving Credit Commitment
means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitments and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments.
Revolving Credit Exposure
means, at any time, the Outstanding Amount of all Loans
and L/C Obligations at such time.
Revolving Credit Facility
means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitments and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date
has the meaning specified in Section
2.14(d).
Revolving Credit Lender
means, at any time, any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable.
-46-
Revolving Credit Loan
means a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or a Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable and shall be deemed to include any Protective Advance made
hereunder.
Revolving Credit Notes
means, collectively, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Notes and
the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Notes.
Royalties
means all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable
by a Loan Party under a License.
S&P
means Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
SEC
means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority
succeeding to any of its principal functions.
Secured Cash Management Agreement
means any Cash Management Agreement that is
entered into by and between a Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.
Secured Hedge Agreement
means any Swap Contract permitted under Section 7.03(g) that
is entered into by and between any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.
Secured Parties
means (i) each Senior Credit Party, (ii) each Cash Management Bank,
(iii) each Hedge Bank, (iv) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any
Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (v) the successors and, subject to any limitations
contained in this Agreement, assigns of each of the foregoing.
Securities Act
means the Securities Act of 1933.
Security Agreement
means, collectively, the security agreement executed by the Loan
Parties substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1, together with each other security agreement
supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
Security Agreement Supplement
has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
Senior Credit Obligations
means, with respect to each Loan Party, without
duplication:
(i) in the case of the Borrowers, all principal of and interest (including, without
limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any proceeding under any
Debtor Relief Law with respect to any Borrower, whether or not allowed or allowable as a
claim in any such proceeding) on any Loan or L/C Obligation under, or any Revolving Credit
Note issued pursuant to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
(ii) all fees, expenses, indemnification obligations and other amounts of whatever
nature now or hereafter payable by such Loan Party (including, without limitation, any
amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law
with respect to such Loan Party, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such
proceeding) pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document;
(iii) all expenses of the Agents as to which one or more of the Agents have a right to
reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04(a) of this Agreement or under any other
similar provision of any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any and all
sums
-47-
advanced by the Collateral Agent to preserve the Collateral or preserve its security
interests in the Collateral to the extent permitted under any Loan Document or applicable
Law;
(iv) all amounts paid by any Indemnitee as to which such Indemnitee has the right to
reimbursement by such Loan Party under Section 10.04(b) of this Agreement or under any other
similar provision of any other Loan Document; and
(v) in the case of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower and
each Subsidiary Guarantor, all amounts now or hereafter payable by Holdings, any
Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor and all other
obligations or liabilities now existing or hereafter arising or incurred (including, without
limitation, any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any
Debtor Relief Law with respect to Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead
Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any
such proceeding) on the part of Holdings, any Intermediate Holding Company, the Lead
Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement, the Guaranty or any other
Loan Document;
together in each case with all renewals, modifications, consolidations or extensions thereof.
Senior Credit Party
means each Lender, each L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent,
the Collateral Agent, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to
time pursuant to Section 9.05 and designated by the Administrative Agent as a Senior Credit
Party, and each Indemnitee and their respective successors and assigns, and Senior Credit
Parties means any two or more of them, collectively.
Senior Secured Leverage Ratio
means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of such date of determination that is secured by a Lien on any asset of any Loan
Party to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
the Test Period most recently ending on or prior to such date.
Senior Secured Notes
means the 7.75% senior secured notes of the Lead Borrower due
2019 issued on the date hereof (and any notes issued in exchange therefor in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement).
Senior Secured Notes Documents
means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the
purchase agreement among the Lead Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the initial purchasers
thereunder, and all other agreements, instruments and other documents (including collateral
documents with respect thereto) pursuant to which the Senior Secured Notes have been or will be
issued or otherwise setting forth the terms of the Senior Secured Notes.
Senior Secured Notes Indenture
means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof with
respect to the Senior Secured Notes among the Lead Borrower, as issuer thereunder, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the trustee thereunder.
Sold Entity or Business
means any Person, property, business or asset (other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of (other than in the ordinary
course of business), closed or classified as discontinued operations by Holdings, any Borrower or
any Restricted Subsidiary.
-48-
Solvency Certificate
means the certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit H or
any other form approved by the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower.
Solvent
and
Solvency
mean, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property (for the avoidance of doubt,
calculated to include goodwill and other intangibles) of such Person is greater than the total
amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (ii) the present fair
salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay
the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (iii) such
Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond
such Persons ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (iv) such Person is not
engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for
which such Persons property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of
contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the
facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be
expected to become an actual or matured liability.
SPC
has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(g).
Specified Conditions
means, with respect to any Investment contemplated in the
proviso at the end of Section 7.02 or any Disposition contemplated in clause (B) of the second
proviso to Section 7.05(d), that (i) no Event of Default then exists or would arise as a result of
the entering into such Investment or Disposition and (ii) the Pro Forma Excess Availability
Condition shall have been satisfied after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Investment or
Disposition. Prior to undertaking any Investment or Disposition which is subject to the Specified
Conditions, the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent evidence reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the conditions contained in clause (ii) of this
definition have been satisfied.
Specified Equity Contribution
means cash equity contributions (which if in the form
of preferred equity shall be on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
Agent) to Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company and further contributed directly or
indirectly to the Lead Borrower as cash equity;
provided
that the Equity Contribution shall not
form a part of any Specified Equity Contribution.
Specified Payments
means, with respect to any period, any Indebtedness permitted
under Section 7.03(f), 7.03(i) or 7.03(o), the making of any Restricted Payment under Section
7.06(f) or 7.06(k) or payments under Section 7.12(a)(v) or the designation of a Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary which Subsidiary has assets included in the calculation of
the Borrowing Base immediately prior to such Subsidiaries being designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
Specified Transaction
means any Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of
Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation or Facility Increase that by the terms of
this Agreement requires such test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma
Effect.
Sponsor
means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or
partnerships managed by them or any of their Affiliates, but not including any of their respective
portfolio companies.
Sponsor Management Agreements
means the management, transaction or advisory
agreements between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsor or its advisors
and the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
-49-
Sponsor Termination Fees
means the one time payment under any of the Sponsor
Management Agreements of a termination fee to the Sponsor and its Affiliates in the event of either
a Change of Control or the completion of a Qualifying IPO.
Spot Rate
has the meaning specified in Section 1.07.
Stated Amount
means at any time the maximum amount for which a Letter of Credit may
be honored.
Subsidiary
of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited
liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other
interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other
than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency)
are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly,
or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise
specified, all references herein to a Subsidiary or to Subsidiaries shall refer to a Subsidiary
or Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower.
Subsidiary Guarantor
means, collectively, the Borrowers (other than the Lead
Borrower) and the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrowers that are Guarantors.
Successor Loan Party
has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(d).
Supermajority Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more
than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Total Revolving Credit Outstandings (with the aggregate amount
of each Revolving Credit Lenders L/C Participations and Swing Line Participations being deemed
held by such Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused
Revolving Credit Commitments;
provided
that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and
the portion of the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting
Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Supermajority Lenders.
Swap Contract
means (i) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit
derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward
commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index
swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest
rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options,
spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing
(including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is
governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (ii) any and all transactions of any kind, and
the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any
form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.,
any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master
agreement, together with any related schedules, a
Master Agreement
), including any such
obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Swap Obligations
of any Person means all obligations (including, without limitation,
any amounts which accrue after the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding with
respect to such Person, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim under any proceeding under
any Debtor Relief Law) of such Person in respect of any Swap Contract, excluding any amounts which
such Person is entitled to set-off against its obligations under applicable Law.
-50-
Swap Termination Value
means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after
taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap
Contracts, (i) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and
termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (ii) for
any date prior to the date referenced in clause (i), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market
value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined by the Hedge Bank in accordance with the terms
thereof and in accordance with customary methods for calculating mark-to-market values under
similar arrangements by the Hedge Bank.
Swing Line Borrowing
means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section
2.04.
Swing Line Lender
means Citibank, in its capacity as lender of Swing Line Loans
hereunder to the Borrowers hereunder.
Swing Line Loan
has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.
Swing Line Loan Notice
means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section
2.04(b) which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.
Swing Line Loan Sublimit
means an amount equal to the lesser of (i) $10,000,000 and
(ii) the Revolving Credit Facility. The Swing Line Loan Sublimit is part of, and not in addition
to, the Revolving Credit Facility.
Swing Line Note
means the promissory notes of the Borrowers payable to any Lender or
its registered assigns, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 hereto, evidencing the aggregate
Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Swing Line Lender resulting from Swing Line Loans made by
such Swing Line Lender to the Borrowers.
Swing Line Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
Taxes
means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions,
withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, remittances, fees or other charges
imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties
applicable thereto.
Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition
has the meaning specified in the definition of the term
Consolidated EBITDA.
Test Period
in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters or twelve consecutive fiscal months of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as
applicable, ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which
financial statements for each fiscal year, quarter or month in such period have been or are
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i), (ii) or (vi), respectively. A Test Period
may be designated by reference to the last day thereof (i.e., the March 31, 2011 Test Period
refers to the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as
applicable, ended March 31, 2011), and a Test Period shall be deemed to end on the last day
thereof.
Threshold Amount
means $15,000,000.
Total Assets
means the total assets of Holdings, the Lead Borrower and the
Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of
Holdings or the Lead Borrower, as applicable, delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or (ii) or, for
the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or
(ii), the Pro Forma Balance Sheet.
-51-
Total Revolving Credit Outstandings
means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all
Revolving Credit Loans, Protective Advances, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
Tranche 1 Additional Loans
has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).
Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.12(a).
Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage
means, with respect to any Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender to make Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of the Swing Line Lender to fund
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations and the
obligation of each L/C Issuer to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations have been terminated pursuant to
Section 8.02, or if any of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the
Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined based
on the Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender most recently in
effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage
of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lender on Schedule 2.01B or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which
such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
Tranche 1 Available Commitments
means, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the
lesser of (a) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time and (b) the Tranche
1 Borrowing Base at such time
minus
(ii) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders at such time.
Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan
means a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest by
reference to the Base Rate.
Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate
means a rate per annum equal to the sum of the
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate with an Interest Period of three months plus the Applicable Rate for a
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
Tranche 1 Borrowing Base
means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated
based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in
accordance with this Agreement) equal to:
(a) the sum of
(i) 85.00% of the value of the Eligible Accounts, and
(ii) 85.00% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory, minus
(b) the Availability Reserve in the Administrative Agents Credit Judgment on such
date.
Tranche 1 Commitment Fees
has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(i).
-52-
Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.03(c)(iii).
Tranche 1 L/C Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(c)(i).
Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participation
has the meaning specified in Section
2.01(c).
Tranche 1 Required Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding
more than 50.00% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure held by all Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participations being deemed held by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this
definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments;
provided
that
the unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of
making a determination of Tranche 1 Required Lenders.
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing
means a borrowing consisting of Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same
Interest Period made by each of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section
2.01(a)(i).
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment
means, as to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender, its obligation to (a) make Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.01(a)(i), (b) purchase Tranche 1 L/C Participations in respect of Letters of Credit, (c)
purchase Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in respect of Swing Line Loans and (d) purchase
Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in respect of Protective Advances, in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such
Lenders name on Schedule 2.01B under the caption Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment or in the
Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as
such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall be
$42,500,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, including pursuant to any applicable Facility Increase.
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure
means as to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche
1 Revolving Credit Loans at such time, (b) each Tranche 1 L/C Participation of such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C
Participation shall have been funded as an L/C Advance or a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan as of
such time), (c) each L/C Advance of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such
time, (d) each Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at such
time (except to the extent such Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation shall have been funded as a
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) as of such time), (e) all
amounts outstanding that have been funded pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) at such time and (f) each
Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participation of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility
means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
-53-
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender
means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche
1 Revolving Credit Commitment or holds Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan
has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(i).
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Note
means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to
any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of
Exhibit B-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans made by such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lender.
Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and
Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations being deemed held by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender for purposes of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitments;
provided
that the unused Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the
portion of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender
shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders.
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.04(c).
Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.12(a).
Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage
means, with respect to any Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lender to make Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the commitment of the Tranche 2 Swing Line Lender
to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations and the
obligation of each L/C Issuer to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations have been terminated pursuant to
Section 8.02, or if any of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the
Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined based
on the Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender most recently in
effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage
of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lender on Schedule 2.01C or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which
such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
Tranche 2 Available Commitments
means, at any time, an amount equal to (i) the
lesser of (a) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time and (b) the Tranche
2 Borrowing Base at such time
minus
(ii) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Lenders at such time.
Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan
means a Tranche 2 Revolving Loan bearing interest by
reference to the Base Rate.
-54-
Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate
means a rate per annum equal to the sum of the
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate with an Interest Period of three months plus the Applicable Rate for a
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
Tranche 2 Borrowing Base
means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated
based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in
accordance with this Agreement) equal to:
(a) the sum of
(i) 15.00% of the value of the Eligible Accounts, and
(ii) 15.00% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory, minus
(b) the Availability Reserve in the Administrative Agents Credit Judgment on such
date.
Tranche 2 Commitment Fees
has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a)(ii).
Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.03(c)(iii).
Tranche 2 L/C Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b).
Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(c)(i).
Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fee
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).
Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation
has the meaning specified in Section
2.01(c).
Tranche 2 Required Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding
more than 50.00% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 2 L/C Participations, Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance
Participations being deemed held by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes of this
definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments;
provided
that
the unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of
making a determination of Tranche 2 Required Lenders.
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing
means a borrowing consisting of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same
Interest Period made by each of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section
2.01(a)(ii).
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment
means, as to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lender, its obligation to (a) make Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.01(a)(ii), (b) purchase Tranche 2 L/C Participations in respect of Letters of Credit, (c)
purchase Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and (d) purchase Tranche 2 Protective Advance
Participations in Protective Advances, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lenders name on Schedule 2.01C under
the caption Tranche 2 Revolving Cre-
-55-
dit Commitment or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party
hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this
Agreement. The aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders shall be $7,500,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure
means as to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Loans at such time, (b) each Tranche 2 L/C Participation of such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such time (except to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C
Participation shall have been funded as an L/C Advance or a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan as of
such time), (c) each L/C Advance of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender outstanding at such
time, (d) each Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at such
time (except to the extent such Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation shall have been funded as a
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan or pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) as of such time), (e) all
amounts outstanding that have been funded pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(ii) at such time and (f) each
Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at such time.
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility
means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender
means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Commitment or holds Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan
has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(ii).
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Note
means a promissory note of the Borrowers payable to
any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of
Exhibit B-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans made by such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lender.
Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders
means, as of any date of determination, Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (i) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Lenders at such date (with the aggregate amount of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders Tranche 2 L/C Participations, Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Protective
Advance Participations being deemed held by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender for purposes
of this definition) and (ii) aggregate unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments;
provided
that the unused Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded
for purposes of making a determination of Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders.
Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation
has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(b).
Tranche 2 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage
has the meaning specified in Section
2.04(c).
Transaction Expenses
means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Sponsor,
Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions and
the transactions contemplated thereby.
Transactions
means, collectively, (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the Merger,
(iii) the repayment of Indebtedness in accordance with Section 4.01(d), (iv) the funding, if any,
of the Revolving Credit
-56-
Loans on the Closing Date, (v) the issuance of the Senior Secured Notes and (vi) the
payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.
Type
means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a
Eurodollar Rate Loan.
U.S. Factoring Agreements
has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security
Agreement.
UCC
means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York;
provided
that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority
of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect
in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating
to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
Unaudited Financial Statements
has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(e).
Uncontrolled Cash
means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the sum of $2,500,000
plus all Restricted Cash then held by the Loan Parties which was received in the ordinary course of
business, and (b) $7,500,000.
Unfinanced Capital Expenditures
means, with respect to any Person and for any
period, Capital Expenditures made by such Person during such period and not financed from the
proceeds of Indebtedness (other than with the proceeds of Credit Extensions), Permitted Equity
Issuances, Casualty Events or Dispositions (other than Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary
course of business).
United States
and
U.S.
mean the United States of America.
Unpaid L/C Lender Amount
shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.03(c)(vi).
Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount
shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 2.04(c)(iii).
Unreimbursed Amount
has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).
Unrestricted Subsidiaries
means (i) each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule
1.01C and (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrowers) designated by the board of
directors of the Lead Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15 subsequent to
the Closing Date and any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
USA PATRIOT Act
has the meaning specified in Section 10.19.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity
means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any
date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by
multiplying (A) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or
other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (B)
the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-
twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) then
outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
-57-
wholly owned
means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such
Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) directors qualifying
shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are
owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
Withdrawal Liability
means the liability of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or
partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title
IV of ERISA.
Section 1.02
Other Interpretive Provisions
. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan
Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the
corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include, includes and
including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The word
will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. Unless
the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement,
instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as
referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments,
supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any
reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Persons successors and
assigns, (iii) the words herein, hereof and hereunder, and words of similar import
when used in any Loan Document shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its
entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document
to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to
refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to,
the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any Law shall
include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or
interpreting such Law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise
specified, refer to such Law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time and (vi) the words asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning
and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties,
including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.
(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word from means from and including, the words to and until each mean to
but excluding, and the word through means to and including.
(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document.
Section 1.03
Accounting Terms and Determinations
.
(a)
Generally
. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein
shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other
financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in
conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a
manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise
specifically prescribed herein.
-58-
(b)
Changes in GAAP
. If at any time any change in GAAP or in the application thereof
would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document,
and either the Lead Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent,
the Lenders and the Lead Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement
to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of
the Required Lenders);
provided
that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall
continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Lead
Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and any
other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving
effect to such change in GAAP.
(c)
Computation of Certain Financial Covenants
. Unless otherwise specified herein,
all defined financial terms (and all other definitions used to determine such terms) shall be to
those determined and computed in respect of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.
Section 1.04
Rounding
. Any financial ratios required to be maintained or satisfied by the
Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by
dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more
than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or
down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
Section 1.05
Times of Day
. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall
be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
Section 1.06
Letter of Credit Amounts
. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter
of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at
such time;
provided
,
however
, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by
its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic
increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be
the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases,
whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
Section 1.07
Currency Equivalents Generally
. Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in
Articles II, IX and X) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the
equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount to be
determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined
below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars. For purposes of this Section 1.07, the
Spot Rate
for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the
rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person
of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at
approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination;
provided
that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial
institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not
have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
-59-
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
Section 2.01
The Loans
.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein,
(i) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated
in Dollars to the Lead Borrower as elected by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02
(each such loan, a
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan
) from time to time, during the
Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding
the amount of such Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment;
provided
that
after giving effect to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing, (A) the sum of (without
duplication) (I) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment and (C) the Revolving Credit
Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and
(y) the Borrowing Base at such time;
(ii) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans denominated
in Dollars to the Lead Borrower as elected by the Lead Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02
(each such loan, a
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan
) from time to time, during the
Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding
the amount of such Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment;
provided
that
after giving effect to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing, (A) the sum of (without
duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders,
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment and (C) the Revolving Credit
Exposure shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and
(y) the Borrowing Base at such time;
(iii) in no event shall there be any Loans made on the Closing Date; and
(iv) within the limits of each Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment or
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment, as applicable, and subject to the other terms and
conditions hereof, the Borrowers may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay under Section
2.05 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a). Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further
provided herein.
(b) [Reserved.]
(c)
Protective Advances
. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized, in its
discretion, at any time that any conditions in Section 4.02 are not satisfied, to make loans (any
such loans made pursuant
-60-
to this Section 2.01(c),
Protective Advances
) (a) up to an aggregate amount not
to exceed the lesser of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 10.00% of the Borrowing Base outstanding at any
time, if the Administrative Agent reasonably deems such Protective Advances necessary or desirable
to preserve or protect Collateral, or to enhance the collectibility or repayment of Senior Credit
Obligations; or (b) to pay any other amounts chargeable to Loan Parties under any Loan Documents,
including costs, fees and expenses. Protective Advances shall constitute Senior Credit Obligations
secured by the Collateral and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Loan Documents.
Immediately upon the making of a Protective Advance, each applicable Revolving Credit Lender shall
be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the
Administrative Agent a risk participation in such Protective Advance in the following order (i)
first, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such
Protective Advance in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Protective Advance to
the extent such purchase does not cause the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero
(a
Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participation
) and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Protective Advance in an amount equal to
the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage
times the principal amount of such Protective Advance to the extent risk participations were not
purchased pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (x) (a
Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participation
and together with the Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations, the
Protective Advance Participations
). The Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations
shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations at the end of each day
to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such day. The
Supermajority Lenders may at any time revoke the Administrative Agents authority to make further
Protective Advances by written notice to the Administrative Agent. Absent such revocation, the
Administrative Agents determination that funding of a Protective Advance is appropriate shall be
conclusive. In no event shall a Protective Advance be made if , after giving effect thereto, (A)
the sum (without duplication) of (I) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y)
the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of any
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts
of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of
all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at such time, (D) the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender would exceed such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Cred
it Commitment or (E) the Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving
Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time.
(d) At any time that any Protective Advance is outstanding, the proceeds of any Revolving
Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan that is made shall first be applied to the repayment of such
Protective Advance upon the making of such Revolving Credit Loan or Swing Line Loan.
Section 2.02
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans
.
(a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type
to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Lead Borrowers
irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such no
tice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 2:00 p.m. three Business
Days prior to the
-61-
requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar
Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) not later
than 12:00 noon on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (but with respect to the
initial Credit Extension, one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base
Rate Loans);
provided
,
however
, that if the Lead Borrower wishes to request
Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in
duration as provided in the definition of Interest Period, the applicable notice must be received
by the Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date
of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt
notice to the Revolving Credit Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest
Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the
requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify
the Lead Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period
has been consented to by all the Revolving Credit Lenders. Each telephonic notice by the Lead
Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the
Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a
Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess
thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(c) and 2.04(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to
Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in
excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i)
whether the Lead Borrower is requesting a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a
continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or
continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of
Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which
existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the
Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Lead Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a
Committed Loan Notice or if the Lead Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion
or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base
Rate Loans as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan to the extent of the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Commitments and then as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan. Any such automatic conversion to
Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with
respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Lead Borrower requests a Borrowing of,
conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but
fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one
month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to
a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.03(c), the Lead Borrower shall not request,
and the Tranche 1 Lenders shall be under no obligation to fund, any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan
if, after giving effect thereto, the amount of the Tranche 2 Available Commitments would be greater
than zero. If any Tranche 2 Loan is prepaid in whole or part pursuant to Section 2.05, any Loans
to the Lead Borrower thereafter requested shall be Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans for so long as
the Tranche 2 Available Commitments would be greater than zero after giving effect thereto.
(c) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly
notify (x) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Committed Loan Notice with
respect to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, of the amount of its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage
under the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility of the applicable Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans
and (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of a Committed Loan Notice with respect
to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, of the amount of its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage under the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility of the applicable Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, and if no timely
notice of a
-62-
conversion or continuation is provided by the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent
shall notify each applicable Revolving Credit Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to
Base Rate Loans described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of (a) a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Borrowing, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to
the Administrative Agent and (b) a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent, in each case
in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents Office in Dollars not later than 1:00
p.m., on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of
the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit
Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to
the Lead Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the
account of the Lead Borrower on the books of Citibank with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire
transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably
acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower;
provided
,
however
,
that if, on the date a Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan is given by the Lead Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings
outstanding, then the proceeds thereof shall be applied to the payment in full of any Tranche 1 L/C
Borrowing and Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing, respectively and second, shall be made available to the Lead
Borrower as provided above.
(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted
only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of
a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without
the consent of the Required Lenders.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and the Revolving Credit
Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon
determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the
Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders of any change
in Administrative Agents prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the
public announcement of such change.
(f) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving
Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the
same Type, there shall not be more than nine (9) Interest Periods in effect in respect of any
Revolving Credit Loans.
Section 2.03
Letters of Credit
.
(a)
The Letter of Credit Commitment
.
(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each L/C Issuer agrees, in
reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1)
from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of
Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Lead Borrower or its
Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with
Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) (I) the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit until the Tranche 2
Available Commitments are zero and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to
participate in the remaining amount of such Letters of Credit, in each case issued for the account
of the Lead Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder (pro rata in accordance with
the Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such Revolving Credit Lenders);
provided
that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter
of Credit, (A) the sum
-63-
of (without duplication) (I) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without duplication) (I) the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid
L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing
Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of
(x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at
such time, (D) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender
shall not exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment,
(E) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of
(x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such time, (F) the
Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit and (G)
the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations issued by Citibank, N.A. shall not exceed the
Citibank L/C Sublimit. Each request by the Lead Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter
of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Lead Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension
so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.
Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lead Borrowers
ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Lead Borrower
may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have
expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be
deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto as Letters of Credit, and from and after the Closing
Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof, with participations
therein being allocated on the Closing Date in the order they would be if such Letters of Credit
were issued thereafter (and it being understood that as of the Closing Date, there shall be an
aggregate amount of $7,500,000 Tranche 2 L/C Participations and $705,707 Tranche 1 L/C
Participations in respect of the Existing Letters of Credit, and an additional $2,500,000 of
Tranche 1 L/C Participations in respect of a Letter of Credit to be issued on the Closing Date).
(ii) No L/C Issuer shall issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit
would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the
Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of
Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders (excluding Defaulting
Lenders) and such L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date.
(iii) No L/C Issuer shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:
(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by
its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit,
or any Law applicable to such L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having
the force of law, but if not having the force of law, then being one with which the L/C
Issuer would customarily comply) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such
L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that such L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of
letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such
L/C Issuer with respect to
such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such
L/C Issuer is
-64-
not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or
shall impose upon such L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not
applicable on the Closing Date and which such L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such
L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C
Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $25,000, in the case
of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $100,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;
(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
(E) a default of any Revolving Credit Lenders obligations to fund under Section
2.03(c) exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder,
unless the applicable L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with the Lead
Borrower or such Revolving Credit Lender to eliminate such L/C Issuers risk with respect to
such Revolving Credit Lender.
(iv) The applicable L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if such L/C Issuer would
not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms
hereof.
(v) The applicable L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if
(A) such L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its
amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not
accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
(vi) Each L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any
Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and such L/C Issuer shall
have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with
respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of
Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters
of Credit as fully as if the term Administrative Agent as used in Article IX included such L/C
Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect
to such L/C Issuer.
(b)
Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of
Credit
.
(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of
the Lead Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent)
in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Lead Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by such L/C
Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such
later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular
instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the
case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter
of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer:
(A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);
(B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary
thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder;
(F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any
drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such
other matters
-65-
as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an
amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in
form and detail satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended;
(2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the
proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may reasonably require.
Additionally, the Lead Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative
Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance
or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the applicable L/C Issuer or the Administrative
Agent may reasonably require.
(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer
will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative
Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Lead Borrower and, if not,
the applicable L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the
applicable L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the
Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of
issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions
contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of
the Lead Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the
case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuers usual and customary business
practices. Such L/C Issuer shall issue any such Letters of Credit for the account of the Lead
Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendments, as the case may
be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuers usual and customary business practices.
Immediately upon the issuance or increase of each Letter of Credit in accordance with the above
restrictions (including Section 2.03(a)(i) and the proviso thereto), each Revolving Credit Lender
shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the
applicable L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in the following order (x)
first, each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Letter of
Credit (or, in the case of an increase of a Letter of Credit, in the amount so increased) in an
amount equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Applicable
Adjusted Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase to a
Letter of Credit, the amount of such increase) to the extent such purchase does not cause the
Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero (a
Tranche 2 L/C Participation
)
and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such
Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase of a Letter of Credit, in the amount so increased)
in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable
Adjusted Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of an increase to a
Letter of Credit, the amount of such increase) to the extent risk participations were not purchased
pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (x) (a
Tranche 1 L/C Participation
and
together with the Tranche 2 L/C Participations, the
L/C Participations
). The renewal or
extension of any Letter of Credit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.03 shall not
relieve any Revolving Credit Lender of its L/C Participations therein;
provided
that the
Tranche 1 L/C Participations shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 L/C Participations at the end
of each day to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such
day.
(iii) If the Lead Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the
applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree that a Letter of Credit shall
automatically be extended for one or more additional successive periods not to exceed twelve months
each, unless the applicable L/C Issuer, in its sole and absolute discretion, elects not to extend
for any such additional periods (each, an
Auto-Extension Letter of Credit
). Unless
otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower shall not be required to make a
specific request to the applicable L/C Issuer for
any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving
Credit Lenders
-66-
shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer
to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the
Letter of Credit Expiration Date;
provided
,
however
, that no L/C Issuer shall
permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted or
would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as
extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section
2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) (1)
from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such extension
or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Lead Borrower that one or
more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such
case directing the applicable L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of
Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C
Issuer will also deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy
of such Letter of Credit or amendment.
(c)
Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations
.
(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under
such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the Lead Borrower and the
Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than the later of (A) 11:00 a.m. on the date of any
payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an
Honor
Date
) or (B) 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately following the date that notice is
given pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Lead Borrower shall reimburse such L/C
Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (a
Drawing
). If the Lead Borrower fails to so reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer by such
time, such L/C Issuer shall notify the Administrative Agent who shall promptly notify each
Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the
Unreimbursed Amount
), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lenders (x) Tranche 2
Applicable Adjusted Percentage of all Tranche 2 L/C Participations outstanding at such time (such
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage
) and (y)
Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of all Tranche 1 L/C Participations outstanding at such
time (such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage
).
In such event, the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of
Base Rate Loans (as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Borrowing (to the extent of the L/C Participations
referred to in immediately preceding clause (x)) and as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Borrowing (to
the extent of the L/C Participations referred to in immediately preceding clause (y)) to be
disbursed on the Honor Date in an aggregate amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard
to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans,
but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Tranche 1 Available Commitments and
Tranche 2 Available Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the
delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative
Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in
writing;
provided
that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the
conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. If an L/C Issuer shall make any Drawing, then,
unless a Borrower shall have reimbursed such Drawing in full on the date such Drawing is made, the
unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest payable on demand, for each day from and including the
date such Drawing is made to and including the Honor Date, at the interest rate then in effect for
Tranche 1 Base Rate Loans (to the extent the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Drawing is
covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations) and for Tranche 2 Base Rate Loans (to the extent the
Letter of Credit giving rise to such Drawing is covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations), and
thereafter, at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 2.08(b) for Tranche 1
Base Rate Loans or Tranche 2 Base Rate Loans, as the case may be, until (but excluding) the
date that
-67-
Borrowers reimburse such Drawing. Interest accrued pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence shall be for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer, except that interest accrued on and
after the date of payment by any Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) or (iii)
to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer shall be for the account of such Revolving Credit Lender to
the extent of such payment.
(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make
funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the
Administrative Agents Office in an amount equal to its Tranche 2 L/C Reimbursement Percentage and
its Tranche 1 L/C Reimbursement Percentage (if any) of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00
p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject
to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each such Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds
available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan (as a
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, or a Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender) to the Lead Borrower in
such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C
Issuer.
(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving
Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be
satisfied or for any other reason, the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the
applicable L/C Issuer (x) to the extent Tranche 1 L/C Participations cover the Letter of Credit
giving rise to such Unreimbursed Amount, an extension of credit in the amount of such Tranche 1 L/C
Participations (a
Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing
) and (y) to the extent Tranche 2 L/C
Participations cover the Letter of Credit giving rise to such Unreimbursed Amount, an extension of
credit in the amount of such Tranche 2 L/C Participations (a
Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing
; the
Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings and the Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings are collectively referred to as the
L/C Borrowings
) in each case to the extent the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so
refinanced, which L/C Borrowings shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and
shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lenders payment to
the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section
2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its Tranche 1 L/C Participation and Tranche 2 L/C
Participation, as the case may be, in such L/C Borrowing in satisfaction of its participation
obligation under this Section 2.03 and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Revolving Credit
Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.
(iv) Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance
pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under
any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Revolving Credit Lenders Applicable Adjusted
Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.
(v) Each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or fund L/C
Advances to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as
contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right
which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against the applicable L/C Issuer, the Lead Borrower or
any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C)
any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing;
provided
,
however
, that each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to make Revolving
Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02
(other than delivery by the Lead Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such funding of an L/C
Advance or Revolving Credit Loan shall relieve or otherwise impair
the obligation of the Lead Borrower to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for the amount of
any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided
herein.
-68-
(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for
the account of any L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section
2.03(c)(ii) (an
Unpaid L/C Lender Amount
), the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to
recover from such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand,
such Unpaid L/C Lender Amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is
required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate
per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such L/C Issuer
in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation,
plus
any administrative,
processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing.
If such Revolving Credit Lender pays such Unpaid L/C Lender Amount (with interest and fees as
aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 L/C Participations, or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in
the case of Tranche 2 L/C Participations, included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance, as the
case may be. A certificate of the applicable L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender
(through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi)
shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d)
Repayment of Participations
.
(i) At any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has
received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lenders funding of its L/C Advance
in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if the Administrative Agent receives
for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or
interest thereon (whether directly from the Lead Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash
Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute
to such Revolving Credit Lender in the same proportion as to which such Revolving Credit Lender
funded such Unreimbursed Amount in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C
Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances
described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such L/C Issuer in
its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account
of such L/C Issuer (a) to the extent such payment related to a Drawing under a Letter of Credit
covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations, Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof and (b)
to the extent such payment related to a Drawing under a Letter of Credit covered by Tranche 2 L/C
Participations, Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage thereof, in each case on demand of the
Administrative Agent,
plus
interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is
returned by such Revolving Credit Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from
time to time in effect. The obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders under this clause (ii)
shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and the termination of this
Agreement.
(e)
Obligations Absolute
. The obligation of the Lead Borrower to reimburse each L/C
Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be
absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or
any other Loan Document;
(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the
Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any
transferee
-69-
of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such
transferee may be acting), the applicable L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in
connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of
Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of
Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any
statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the
transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such
Letter of Credit;
(iv) any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against
presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any
Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the
benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any
beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection
with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of
the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense
available to, or a discharge of, the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
provided
that the Lead Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the applicable
L/C Issuer for any wrongful payment made by such L/C Issuer as a result of acts or omissions
constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such L/C Issuer.
The Lead Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment
thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Lead
Borrowers instructions or other irregularity, the Lead Borrower will immediately notify the
applicable L/C Issuer.
(f)
Role of L/C Issuers
. Each Revolving Credit Lender and the Lead Borrower agree
that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any responsibility
to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required
by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such
document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C
Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent,
participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Revolving Credit Lender for: (i)
any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the
Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or
willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any
document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrowers hereby
assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use
of any Letter of Credit;
provided
,
however
, that this assumption is not intended
to, and shall not, preclude the Borrowers pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against
the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, the
Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or
assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in
clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e);
provided
,
however
, that anything in
such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Lead Borrower may have a claim against an L/C
Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to the Lead Borrower, to the extent, but only to the
extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the
Borrowers which the Lead Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuers willful misconduct
or gross negligence or such L/C Issuers willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after
the presentation to it
-70-
by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying
with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the
foregoing, any L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without
responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary,
and such L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument
transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or
benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or
ineffective for any reason.
(g)
Cash Collateral
. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, if, as of the
Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Lead
Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C
Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(iii) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash
Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(iii),
Cash Collateralize
means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the applicable L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit Lenders with L/C
Participations, as collateral for the applicable L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances
pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent
and such L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Revolving Credit Lenders with
L/C Participations). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrowers hereby
grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of each L/C Issuer and the Revolving Credit
Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all
proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing
deposit accounts at Citibank. If at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that
any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the
Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding
Amount of all such L/C Obligations, the Lead Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the
Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash
Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the
total amount of such funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent
determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of
Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the
extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer.
(h)
Applicability of ISP and UCP
. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable
L/C Issuer and the Lead Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement
applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby
Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits,
as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall
apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
(i)
Letter of Credit Fees
. The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with the proportion its
Tranche 1 L/C Participations represent of all amounts available to be drawn under all Letters of
Credit a Letter of Credit fee (the
Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee
) for each Letter of
Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter
of Credit. The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with the proportion its Tranche 2 L/C Participations
represent of all amounts available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit a Letter of Credit fee
(the
Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fee
and together with the Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fee,
the
Letter of Credit Fees
) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate
times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of
computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such
Letter of Credit shall
-71-
be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall
be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and
December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit,
on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly
basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily
amount available to be drawn under each standby Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied
by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was
in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the
Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the
Default Rate.
(j)
Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges to L/C Issuers
. The Lead
Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to
each Letter of Credit, at the rate per annum equal to 0.25%, computed on the daily amount available
to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall
be due and payable on the tenth Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and
December in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of
the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter
of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of
computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such
Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the Lead
Borrower shall pay directly to each L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance,
presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such
L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and
standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
(k)
Conflict with Issuer Documents
. In the event of any conflict between the terms
hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
(l)
Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries
. Notwithstanding that a Letter of
Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account
of, a Subsidiary, the Lead Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse each L/C Issuer hereunder for
any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Lead Borrower hereby acknowledges that the
issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Lead
Borrower, and that the Lead Borrowers business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of
such Subsidiaries.
(m)
Reporting
. Each L/C Issuer will report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i)
on the first Business Day of each week, the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit issued by it
and outstanding as of the last Business Day of the preceding week, (ii) on or prior to each
Business Day on which such L/C Issuer expects to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of
Credit, the date of such issuance or amendment, and the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit
to be issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such
issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (and such L/C Issuer shall advise the Administrative
Agent on such Business Day whether such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension occurred and
whether the amount thereof changed), (iii) on each Business Day on which such L/C Issuer funds any
L/C Participation, the date and amount of such L/C Participation and (iv) on any Business Day on
which the Lead Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Participation required to be reimbursed to such
L/C Issuer on such day, the date and amount of such failure.
Section 2.04
Swing Line Loans
.
(a)
The Swing Line
. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swing
Line Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion and in reliance upon the agreements of the
other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04, make loans (each such loan, a
Swing Line
Loan
) to the Lead Borrower
-72-
from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability
Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line
Loan Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the
Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and L/C
Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lenders
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment and Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitment;
provided
,
however
, that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan (other than
Protective Advances) (A) the sum (without duplication) of (I) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure
of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(III) all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time, (B) the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment, (C) the sum of (without
duplication) (I) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(II) all Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
plus
(III)
all Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts of all of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders shall not
exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2
Borrowing Base at such time, (D) the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of any Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lender shall not exceed such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Commitment and (E) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed
the lesser of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Borrowing Base at such
time;
provided
,
further
, that the Lead Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any
Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and
subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Lead Borrower may borrow under this Section
2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall
bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line
Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender risk participations in such Swing Line Loan as
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in the manner set forth
in Section 2.04(b).
(b)
Borrowing Procedures
. Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Lead
Borrowers irrevocable notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be
given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the
Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify
(i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, and (ii) the requested
borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed
promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line
Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower.
Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing
Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the
Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line
Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof.
If the Swing Line Lender determines, acting in its sole and absolute discretion, that it shall make
such requested Swing Line Loan to the Lead Borrower in accordance with the Swing Line Loan Notice,
and unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the
Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m.
on the
date of the proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such
Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the proviso to the first sentence of
Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is
not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, (I) the Swing Line Lender
will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice make
a Swing Line Loan, in the requested amount and
-73-
(II) each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed
to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender a
risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in the following order (x) first, each Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount
equal to the product of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted
Percentage times the principal amount of such Swing Line Loan to the extent such purchase does not
cause the Tranche 2 Available Commitments to decrease below zero (a
Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participation
) and (y) second, each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall purchase a risk
participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage times the principal amount of such Swing
Line Loan to the extent risk participations were not purchased pursuant to the immediately
preceding clause (x) (a
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participation
and together with the Tranche
2 Swing Line Participations, the
Swing Line Participations
). The Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations shall automatically convert to Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations at the end of
each day to the extent that the Tranche 2 Available Commitments exceed zero at the end of such day.
(c)
Refinancing of Swing Line Loans
.
(i) The Swing Line Lender at any time (but no less frequently than once a week) in its sole
and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Lead Borrower (which hereby irrevocably
authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), (x) that each Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan and (y) that each Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in each such
case in an amount equal to (I) such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable
Adjusted Percentage of the amount of all Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations then outstanding (such
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage
) and
(II) such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the
amount of all Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations then outstanding (such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders
Tranche 2 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage
). Each such request shall be made
in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes
hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and
multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the
unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, the unutilized portion of the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitments, the unutilized portion of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments,
and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Lead
Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice
to the Administrative Agent. Each (A) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall make available to
the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its Tranche 1 Swing Line Reimbursement Percentage of
the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice and (B) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall
make available to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to its Tranche 2 Swing Line
Reimbursement Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice, in each case in
immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agents
Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon,
subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each such Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available
shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Lead Borrower in such amount, as a Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, and as a Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing
Line Lender.
(ii) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit
Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the
Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that
(x) each
-74-
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, and
(y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations,
fund its respective Swing Line Participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan and each such
Revolving Credit Lenders payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line
Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such Swing Line
Participations.
(iii) If (x) any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations, or (y) any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing
Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to the
foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c)(i) (an
Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount
), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from
such Revolving Credit Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such Unpaid
Swing Line Loan Amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required
to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per
annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swing Line Lender
in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative,
processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swing Line Lender in connection with the
foregoing. If any such (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations or (y) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, pays such Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the
Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount so paid shall constitute (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, or (y) Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, in each case included in the relevant Borrowing or funded Swing Line Participation
in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender
submitted to any such Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to
any Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amount owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest
error.
(iv) Each Revolving Credit Lenders obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase
and fund Swing Line Participations pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and
unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have
against the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B)
the occurrence or continuance of a Default or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether
or not similar to any of the foregoing;
provided
,
however
, that each Revolving
Credit Lenders obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is
subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02.
(d)
Repayment of Participations
.
(i) At any time after any (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1
Swing Line Participations, or (y) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations, has purchased and funded a Swing Line Participation, if the Swing Line Lender
receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to
(x) such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, its
Tranche
1 Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender
or (y) such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations,
its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line
Lender.
(ii) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on
any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the
circumstances
-75-
described in Section 10.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the
Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each (x) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Tranche 1 Applicable
Adjusted Percentage thereof and (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche
2 Swing Line Participations, shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted
Percentage thereof, in each case on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from
the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the
Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing
Line Lender. The obligations of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders and Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations
and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)
Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender
. The Swing Line Lender shall be
responsible for invoicing the Lead Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until (x) each
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, funds its
Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section
2.04 to refinance such Revolving Credit Lenders Applicable Percentage of any Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participation, or (y) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, funds its Base Rate Loan as a Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan or risk participation
pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Revolving Credit Lenders Applicable Percentage of
any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participation, interest in respect of such Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage
or Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.
(f)
Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender
. The Lead Borrower shall make all payments
of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender. At
any time a Swing Line Loan is outstanding and the Lead Borrower requests a Revolving Credit
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may require the Lead Borrower to (i) utilize a portion of the
requested Revolving Credit Borrowing in an amount of such outstanding Swing Line Loan to repay such
Swing Line Loan or (ii) at the Lead Borrowers option, but subject to compliance with Section 2.01,
to increase the amount of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing by up to an amount of such
outstanding Swing Line Loan and utilize such increase to repay such Swing Line Loan. The
Administrative Agent shall apply the relevant portion of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing
to repayment of such Swing Line Loan as specified above.
Section 2.05
Prepayments
.
(a)
Optional
.
(i) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.05(a)(i) and subject to Section
2.05(a)(iii), the Borrowers may, upon notice by the Lead Borrower to the Administrative Agent, at
any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without
premium or penalty;
provided
that: (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative
Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of
Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of
Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $2,500,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000
in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of
$500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in
each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice
shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment, the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid, the
character of Loans to be prepaid (as Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Loans) and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The
Administrative Agent will promptly (x) notify each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case
of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
-76-
Loans of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Facility) and (y) notify each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loans of its receipt of each such notice and of the amount of such Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Lenders Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage in respect of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Facility). Each such notice shall be revocable subject to Section 3.05. Any prepayment of a
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together
with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.
(ii) Subject to Section 2.05(a)(iii), the Borrowers may, upon notice by the Lead Borrower to
the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time,
voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;
provided
that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the
Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment and (B) any such
prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the
date and amount of such prepayment. Each such notice shall be revocable subject to Section 3.05.
(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05(a) which permit voluntary prepayments of
the Loans, except as provided in Section 2.05(b), only if all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and
Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing
Line Loans) are repaid in full may the Borrowers prepay amounts owed with respect to the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations in such Swing Line Loans);
provided
,
however
, that any such
prepayment shall not reduce or terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments. In addition, the
Borrowers may also repay Loans as required upon any reduction or termination of the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(b)
Mandatory
.
(i)
Excess Outstandings
. If for any reason (1) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders at any time exceeds the lesser of (x) the
aggregate Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base at such time
(except as a result of Protective Advances permitted under Section 2.01(c)) or (2) the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders at any time exceeds the lesser
of (x) the aggregate Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base at
such time (except as a result of Protective Advances permitted under Section 2.01(c)), then the
Borrowers shall promptly prepay Loans, L/C Borrowings and L/C Advances and Cash Collateralize the
L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) in the order of priority set forth below in Section
2.05(b)(ii) (it being understood that the L/C Obligations (other than L/C Borrowings) will not be
deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of this Section 2.05(b)(i) to the extent they are Cash
Collateralized).
(ii)
Application to Revolving Credit Facility
. Subject to Section 2.12(b),
prepayments of the Revolving Credit Facility made pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i)
first
, shall be
applied ratably to pay accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the outstanding (A) Tranche 1 L/C
Borrowings, (B) Swing Line Loans
(to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and
(C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in
such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line
Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured,
second
, shall be applied ratably to
prepay the principal of any outstanding
-77-
(A) Tranche 1 L/C Borrowing, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the
extent there are any Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C)
Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations in
such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line
Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured (and any Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts and
Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts relating to such Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings and Swing Line Loans shall
be paid ratably with the foregoing amounts referred to in this clause second),
third
, shall be
applied ratably to the outstanding principal of (A) Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and (B) L/C
Advances owing to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacity as such, and any accrued and
unpaid interest on the foregoing, in each case to the extent such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans
and L/C Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured,
fourth
, shall be used to Cash Collateralize any L/C
Obligations not covered by clause first, second or third of this Section 2.05(b)(ii) (to the extent
there are any Tranche 1 L/C Participations therein), to the extent such L/C Obligations are
required to be Cash Collateralized in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured,
fifth
, shall be applied ratably to pay accrued and unpaid
interest in respect of the outstanding (A) Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, (B) Swing Line Loans (to the
extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line Loans) and (C)
Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations in
such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Swing Line
Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred
to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured (and any Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts and
Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts relating to such Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings and Swing Line Loans shall
be paid ratably with the foregoing amounts referred to in this clause fifth),
sixth
, shall be
applied ratably to prepay the principal of any outstanding (A) Tranche 2 L/C Borrowing, (B) Swing
Line Loans (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations in such Swing Line
Loans) and (C) Protective Advances (to the extent there are any Tranche 2 Protective Advance
Participations in such Protective Advances), in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 L/C
Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Protective Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure
any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured,
seventh
, shall be
applied ratably to the outstanding (A) Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and (B) L/C Advances owed
to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacity as such, and any accrued and unpaid
interest on the foregoing, in each case to the extent such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C
Advances are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured,
eighth
, shall be used to Cash Collateralize any L/C
Obligations not covered by this Section 2.05(b)(ii), to the extent such L/C Obligations are
required to be Cash Collateralized in order to ensure any excesses referred to in clauses (1) and
(2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, and
ninth
, shall be applied ratably to any remaining
outstanding Loans, to the extent such Loans are required to be prepaid in order to ensure any
excesses referred to in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 2.05(b)(i) are cured, and the amount
remaining after clauses first through ninth, if any, may be retained by the Lead Borrower for use
in the ordinary course of its business;
provided
that, upon the drawing of any Letter of
Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied
(without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to
reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.
Section 2.06
Termination or Reduction of Commitments
.
(a)
Optional
. The Lead Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent,
terminate the Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit, or
from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Facility, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitments, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing
Line Loan Sublimit;
-78-
provided
that (i) any such notice shall be received by the
Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination
or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any
whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Lead Borrower shall not terminate or
reduce (A) the Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent
prepayments hereunder, the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Revolving Credit
Facility, (B) the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any
concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, (C) the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments
hereunder, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure of all Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders would
exceed the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, (D) the Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after
giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized
hereunder would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the L/C Obligations held by Citibank not
fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Citibank L/C Sublimit or (E) the Swing Line
Loan Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the
Outstanding Amount of Swing Line Loans would exceed the Swing Line Loan Sublimit.
(b)
Mandatory
. If, after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Commitments or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06, the
Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit exceeds the aggregate amount of the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Letter
of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Loan Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically
reduced by the amount of such excess.
(c)
Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees
. The Administrative Agent
will promptly notify the Lenders of any termination or reduction of the Letter of Credit Sublimit,
Swing Line Loan Sublimit or the Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06. Upon any
reduction of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments
of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall be reduced by such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. Upon any reduction of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments, the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments of each Tranche
2 Revolving Credit Lender shall be reduced by such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders Tranche 2
Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the Revolving Credit
Facility accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Facility shall
be paid on the effective date of such termination.
Section 2.07
Repayment of Loans
.
(a)
Revolving Credit Loans
. The Borrowers shall repay to the Revolving Credit Lenders
on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on
such date.
(b)
Swing Line Loans
. The Borrowers shall repay each Swing Line Loan on the earlier
to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.
(c)
Protective Advances
. The Borrowers shall repay each Protective Advance no later
than the Maturity Date.
Section 2.08
Interest
.
(a)
Stated Interest
. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b): (i) each Tranche
1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof
-79-
for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate for such Interest Period
plus
the Applicable Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loans; (ii) each
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to Adjusted
Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period
plus
the Applicable Rate for such Eurodollar Rate Loans;
(iii) each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loan that is a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing or conversion date at a rate per
annum equal to the greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loan
and (B) the Tranche 1 Base Rate Loan Floor Rate; (iv) each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loan that is
a Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the
applicable borrowing or conversion date at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (A) the Base
Rate plus the Applicable Rate for such Base Rate Loan and (B) the Tranche 2 Base Rate Loan Floor
Rate; and (v) each Swing Line Loan and Protective Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the
greater of (A) the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Base Rate Loans and Protective Advances
and (B) the Base Rate Loan Floor Rate.
(b)
Default Interest
.
(i) If any amount of principal of any Loan (other than Loans of a Defaulting Lender) or
Drawing is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated
maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating
interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable Laws.
(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by the Borrowers under any Loan
Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods) (other than to
Defaulting Lenders), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the
request of (x) the Tranche 1 Required Lenders, in the case of any such amount under the Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Facility or (y) the Tranche 2 Required Lenders, in the case of any such amount
under the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a
fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable Laws.
(iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due
interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c)
Payments of Interest
. Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears
on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified
herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and
after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Law.
Section 2.09
Fees
. In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(i) and (j):
(a)
Commitment Fee
. The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent:
(i) for the account of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender (other than to
any Defaulting Lender for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender) in
accordance with its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the
Tranche 1 Commitment Fee
) equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the
average daily amount by which the aggregate amount of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitment of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender exceeds the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Exposure of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender (excluding when
calculating such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposure, the aggregate Outstanding
Amount of Tranche 1 Swing Line
-80-
Participations and the aggregate Outstanding Amount
of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations of such Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender); and
(ii) for the account of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender (other than to
any Defaulting Lender for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender) in
accordance with its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee (the
Tranche 2 Commitment Fee
, and together with the Tranche 1 Commitment Fee,
the
Commitment Fees
) equal to the Applicable Fee Rate times the average
daily amount by which the aggregate amount of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Commitment of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender exceeds the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Exposure of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender (excluding when
calculating such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposure, the aggregate Outstanding
Amount of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations and the aggregate Outstanding Amount
of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations of such Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lender).
The commitment fees shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at
any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be
due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September
and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on
the last day of the Availability Period. The commitment fees shall be calculated quarterly
in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Fee Rate during any quarter, the
actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Fee Rate separately
for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Fee Rate was in effect.
(b)
Other Fees
.
(1) The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent for
their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee
Letter and the Administrative Agent Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid
and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
(2) The Lead Borrower shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately
agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be
fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
Section 2.10
Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate and
Applicable Fee Rate
.
(a) All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by
Citibanks prime rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may
be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the
basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as
applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on
each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion
thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid,
provided
that any Loan that
is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for
one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall
be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of
any Loan Party or for any other reason, the Lead Borrower, Holdings or the Administrative Agent
determine that (i) the Average Excess Availability as calculated by the Lead Borrower or Holdings
as of any applicable
-81-
date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Average Excess
Availability would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Lead Borrower shall
immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of
the applicable Lenders or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the
Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief
with respect to the Lead Borrower under the Debtor Relief Laws, automatically and without further
action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of
the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of
interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the
Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(c)(iii),
2.03(i) or 2.08(b) or under Article VIII. The Lead Borrowers obligations under this paragraph
shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Senior
Credit Obligations hereunder.
Section 2.11
Evidence of Debt
.
(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or
records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of
business. The accounts or records maintained in good faith by the Administrative Agent and each
Lender shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions
made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so
record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the
Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Senior Credit Obligations. In the
event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts
and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the
Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any
Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower shall execute and deliver to such
Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lenders Loans in
addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse
thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect
thereto.
(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and
the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records
evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit, Swing
Line Loans and Protective Advances. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records
maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the
accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
Section 2.12
Payments Generally; Administrative Agents Clawback
.
(a)
General
. All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition
or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly
provided for herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative
Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the
Administrative Agents Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00
p.m. on the date specified herein. Subject to clause (b) below, the Administrative Agent will
promptly distribute (x) to each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of payments with
respect to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility, its Tranche 1 Applicable Percentage in respect
of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein)
-82-
of such
payment and (y) to each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, in the case of payments with respect to
the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility, its Tranche 2 Applicable Percentage in respect of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment,
in each case in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lenders Lending Office. All
payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next
succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any
payment to be made by the Borrowers shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment
shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in
computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
(i) For purposes of this Agreement,
Applicable Adjusted Percentage
means,
with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, its percentage of the Revolving
Credit Facility computed as set forth in the definition of Applicable Percentage but with
reference only to the Revolving Credit Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such
time. Absent the existence of one or more Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination,
the Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its
Applicable Percentage. The Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Revolving Credit Lender
shall adjust automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
(ii) For purposes of this Agreement,
Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage
means, with respect to any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender at any time, its percentage of
the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility computed as set forth in the definition of
Applicable Percentage but with reference only to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such time. Absent the existence of one or more
Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination, the Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted
Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its Tranche 1 Applicable
Percentage. The Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lender shall adjust automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
(iii) For purposes of this Agreement,
Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted
Percentage
means, with respect to any Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender at any time,
its percentage of the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Facility computed as set forth in the
definition of Applicable Percentage but with reference only to the Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Commitments of all Non-Defaulting Lenders at such time. Absent the existence of one
or more Defaulting Lenders at any time of determination, the Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted
Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall equal its Tranche 2 Applicable
Percentage. The Tranche 2 Applicable
Adjusted Percentage of each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender shall adjust
automatically whenever a Lender Default occurs or ceases to exist.
(b)
Funding and Payments; Presumptions
.
(i)
Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent
. Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any
Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to
12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the
Administrative Agent such Lenders share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume
that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in
the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in
accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such
assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has
not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then
the applicable Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent
forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon,
for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrowers to but
-83-
excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be
made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the
Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation,
plus
any
administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in
connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrowers, the
interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans. If the Borrowers and such Lender shall pay such
interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative
Agent shall promptly remit to the Lead Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrowers
for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative
Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lenders Loan included in such Borrowing. Any
payment by the Borrowers shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrowers may have against a
Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(ii)
Failed Loans
. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to make any Loan (a
Failed Loan
) which such Revolving Credit Lender is otherwise obligated hereunder to make
to the Borrowers on the date of Borrowing thereof, and the Administrative Agent shall not have
received notice from the Lead Borrower or such Lender that any condition precedent to the making of
the Failed Loan has not been satisfied, then, until such Revolving Credit Lender shall have made or
be deemed to have made (pursuant to the last sentence of this subsection (b)(ii)) the Failed Loan
in full or the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower or such
Revolving Credit Lender that any condition precedent to the making of the Failed Loan was not
satisfied at the time the Failed Loan was to have been made, whenever the Administrative Agent
shall receive any amount from or for the account of the Borrowers on account of any Borrowing of
the Revolving Credit Loans, (i) the amount so received will, upon receipt by the Administrative
Agent, be distributed in the following order of priority:
first
, to the Revolving Credit Lenders
on account of the Revolving Credit Loans made by them as part of the Borrowing that would have
included the Failed Loan had the relevant Revolving Credit Lender not failed to fund its Failed
Loan, ratably among such Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the respective Revolving
Credit Loans made by them as part of such Borrowing,
second
, to all other Revolving Credit Loans
made by the Revolving Credit Lenders other than the Defaulting Lenders, ratably among such
Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the respective Revolving Credit Loans made by them, and
third
, to the Revolving Credit Loans made by the Defaulting Lenders;
provided
,
however
, that with respect to any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans,
unless the application of such voluntary prepayment according to the order of payments specified
above would not result in any Borrower becoming subject to compensation requirements pursuant to
Section 3.05, the Lead Borrower may specifically designate in its
prepayment notice delivered in accordance with the terms hereof that the amount received by
the Administrative Agent as the result of such voluntary prepayment shall be applied to an
outstanding Borrowing that does not include a Failed Loan, in which case such amount shall be
applied to such prior Borrowing prior to being applied to the Borrowing that includes the Failed
Loan.
(iii)
Defaulted Amounts
. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall fail to make any
payment (the
Defaulted Amount
) to any Agent, any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any
other Lender, whether on account of a Protective Advance Participation, Swing Line Participation or
L/C Participation or otherwise, whenever the Administrative Agent shall receive any amount from or
for the account of the Borrowers for the account of such Revolving Credit Lender (other than as
described in clause (ii) of this Section 2.12(b)), the amount so received will, upon receipt by the
Administrative Agent, be distributed in the following order of priority:
first
, the Agents for any
Defaulted Amounts then owing to them (other than on account of any Protective Advances), in their
capacities as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to the
Agents,
second
, to the Administrative Agent (on account of any Protective Advances), the L/C
Issuers and the Swing Line Lender for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to them, in their capacities
as such, ratably in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to such Lenders,
and
third
, to any other Lenders for any Defaulted Amounts then owing to such other Lenders, ratably
in accordance with such respective Defaulted Amounts then owing to
-84-
such other Lenders. Any portion
of such amount paid by the Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender remaining, after
giving effect to the amount applied by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (iii),
shall be applied or held by the Administrative Agent as specified in clause (iv) of this Section
2.12(b).
(iv)
Distribution of Certain Amounts
. If any Revolving Credit Lender shall be a
Defaulting Lender that (x) does not, at any time owe a Failed Loan or a Defaulted Amount or (y)
does owe a Failed Loan but the amount received from or for the account of the Borrowers referred to
below is designated by the Lead Borrower (in accordance with clause (ii) above) for application to
a Borrowing that does not include a Failed Loan, in each case whenever the Administrative Agent
shall receive any amount from or for the account of the Borrowers for the account of such
Defaulting Lender, the amount so received will, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, be held
without interest by the Administrative Agent and applied from time to time to the extent necessary
to make any Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by such Defaulting Lender and to pay any
amount payable by such Defaulting Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents to any Agent,
any L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender, as and when such Revolving Credit Loans
or amounts are required to be made or paid. If the amount so held shall at any time be
insufficient to make and pay all such Revolving Credit Loans and amounts required to be made or
paid at such time, the Administrative Agent shall apply such held funds in the following order of
priority:
first
, to the Agents for any amounts then due and payable by such Defaulting Lender to
them hereunder (other than on account of any Protective Advances), in their capacities as such,
ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and payable to the Agents,
second
, to
the Administrative Agent (on account of any outstanding Protective Advances) L/C Issuers and the
Swing Line Lender for any amounts then due and payable to them hereunder, in their capacities as
such, by such Defaulting Lender, ratably in accordance with such respective amounts then due and
payable to such Lenders, and
third
, to any other Lenders for any amount then due and payable by
such Defaulting Lender to such other Lenders hereunder, ratably in accordance with such respective
amounts then due and payable to such other Lenders. In the event that any Defaulting Lender ceases
to be a Defaulting Lender, any funds held by the Administrative Agent in escrow at such time with
respect to such Lender shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent to such Lender and applied
by such Lender Party to the Senior Credit Obligations owing to such Lender at such time under this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents ratably in accordance with the respective amounts of such
Senior Credit Obligations outstanding at such time.
(v)
Payments by Borrowers; Presumptions by Administrative Agent
. Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Lead Borrower prior to the time at which
any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers
hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that
the Borrowers have made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon
such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the
amount due. In such event, if the Borrowers have not in fact made such payment, then each of the
Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the
Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C
Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the
date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative
Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent
in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Lead Borrower with respect to any
amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
-85-
(c)
Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent
. If any Lender makes available to the
Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing
provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrowers by the
Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article
IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall
return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender without interest.
(d)
Obligations of Lenders Several
. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make
Revolving Credit Loans, to fund L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective
Advance Participations and to make payments pursuant to Section 10.04(c) are several and not joint.
The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment
under Section 10.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its
corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure
of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under
Section 10.04(c).
(e)
Funding Source
. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain
the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any
Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or
manner.
(f)
Insufficient Funds
. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and
available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings,
interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i)
first
, toward payment of
interest and fees then due hereunder (other than in respect of Bank Product Debt), ratably among
the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such
parties, (ii)
second
, toward payment of principal amount of any L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans
and any Protective Advances ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the
amounts of principal then due to such parties and (iii)
third
, toward payment of principal and Bank
Product Debt then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the
amounts of principal and L/C Borrowings then due to such parties.
Section 2.13
Sharing of Payments by Lenders
. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of
setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (i) Senior Credit Obligations due
and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of
its ratable share (according to the proportion of (x) the amount of such Senior Credit Obligations
due and payable to such Lender at such time to (y) the aggregate amount of the Senior Credit
Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such
time) of payments on account of the Senior Credit
Obligations due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at
such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (ii) Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not
due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess
of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (x) the amount of such Senior Credit
Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (y) the aggregate amount
of the Senior Credit Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under
the other Loan Parties at such time) of payment on account of the Senior Credit Obligations owing
(but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time
obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall
(A) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (B) purchase (for cash at face value)
participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans and
Protective Advances of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so
that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the
aggregate amount of Senior Credit Obligations then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not
due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be,
provided
that:
-86-
(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any
portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or
subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such
recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (A) any
payment made by the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this
Agreement, (B) any payment obtained pursuant to Section 2.12(b) or (C) any payment obtained
by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its
Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans or Protective Advances to
any assignee or participant, other than to the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as
to which the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall apply).
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so
under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing
arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to
such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the
amount of such participation.
Section 2.14
Increase in Revolving Credit Facility
.
(a)
Request for Increase
. Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto, upon notice to the Administrative Agent
(which shall promptly notify the Lenders), the Lead Borrower may from time to time, request an
increase (each a
Facility Increase
) in the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments by an
amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $20,000,000;
provided
that (i) any such
request for a Facility Increase shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and (ii) the Lead
Borrower may make a maximum of four (4) such requests. At the time of sending such notice, the
Lead Borrower (in consultation with the Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within
which each Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten Business Days
from the date of delivery of such notice to the Lenders). All Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans
made pursuant to any such Facility Increase (i) are herein referred to herein as
Tranche 1
Additional Loans
and (ii) shall be priced on a basis identical to the existing Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations and Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participations.
(b)
Lender Elections to Increase
. Each Lender shall notify the Administrative Agent
within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Tranche 1
Applicable Adjusted Percentage of the requested Facility Increase. Any Lender not responding within such time period
shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitment.
(c)
Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Lenders
. The Administrative
Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender of the Lenders responses to each request made
hereunder. To achieve the full amount of a requested increase, and subject to any necessary
approval of the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (which approvals
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Lead Borrower may also invite additional
Eligible Assignees to become Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(d)
Effective Date and Allocations
. If the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments are
increased in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower shall
determine the effective date (the
Revolving Credit Increase Effective Date
) and the final
allocation of such increase. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lead Borrower and
the Lenders of the final allocation of such increase and the Revolving Credit Increase Effective
Date.
-87-
(e)
Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase
. As a condition precedent to any Facility
Increase: (i) the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 shall have been satisfied both
before and after giving effect to such Facility Increase and the Tranche 1 Additional Loans
provided thereby (it being understood that all references to the obligation of any Lender to make
a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing shall be deemed to refer to the effectiveness of the
Facility Increase on the date of the initial funding of the Facility Increase); (ii) the Maturity
Date of any Facility Increase shall be coincident with the existing Maturity Date; (iii) all fees
and expenses owing in respect of such increase to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall
have been paid; and (iv) the Lead Borrower shall have delivered such legal opinions and resolutions
in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent shall have reasonably requested. The Tranche 1
Additional Loans shall be made by the Lenders participating therein pursuant to the procedures set
forth in Section 2.02.
(f)
Conflicting Provisions
. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section
2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.
Section 2.15
Designation of Lead Borrower as Borrowers Agent
.
(a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Lead Borrower as such
Borrowers agent to obtain Loans and Letters of Credit, the proceeds of which shall be available to
each Borrower for such uses as are permitted under this Agreement. As the disclosed principal for
its agent, each Borrower shall be obligated to the Administrative Agent and each Lender on account
of Loans so made and Letters of Credit so issued as if made directly by the Lenders to such
Borrower, notwithstanding the manner by which such Loans and Letters of Credit are recorded on the
books and records of the Lead Borrower and of any other Borrower.
(b) Each Borrower represents to the Senior Credit Parties that it is an integral part of a
consolidated enterprise, and that each Loan Party will receive direct and indirect benefits from
the availability of the joint credit facility provided for herein, and from the ability to access
the collective credit resources of the consolidated enterprise which the Loan Parties comprise.
Each Borrower recognizes that credit available to it hereunder is in excess of and on better terms
than it otherwise could obtain on and for its own account and that one of the reasons therefor is
its joining in the credit facility contemplated herein with all other Borrowers. Consequently,
each Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to discharge all Senior Credit Obligations of each of the
other Borrowers as if the Borrower which is so assuming and agreeing were each of the other
Borrowers.
(c) The Lead Borrower shall act as a conduit for each Borrower (including itself, as a
Borrower) on whose behalf the Lead Borrower has requested a Loan. None of the Agents nor any other
Senior Credit Party shall have any obligation to see to the application of such proceeds.
(d) The authority of the Lead Borrower to request Loans and Letters of Credit on behalf of,
and to bind, the Borrowers, shall continue unless and until the Administrative Agent actually
receives written notice of: (i) the termination of such authority, (ii) the subsequent appointment
of a successor Lead Borrower, which notice is signed by the respective Responsible Officers of each
Borrower and (iii) written notice from such successive Lead Borrower accepting such appointment and
acknowledging that from and after the date of such appointment, the newly appointed Lead Borrower
shall be bound by the terms hereof, and that as used herein, the term Lead Borrower shall mean
and include the newly appointed Lead Borrower.
-88-
Section 2.16
Defaulting Lenders
.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a
Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a
Defaulting Lender:
(a) the commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) shall cease to accrue on the
Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender (except to
the extent it is payable to an L/C Issuer pursuant to clause (b)(v) below);
(b) if any Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations or Protective Advance Participations exist
at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) all or any part of such Swing Line Loans, L/C Obligations and Protective
Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders as
follows:
(A) all or any part of such Defaulting Lenders Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations, Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Tranche 1 Protective
Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders
in accordance with their respective Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted
Percentages, but only to the extent that (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting
Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lenders
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, Tranche 1 L/C Participations and
Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations does not exceed the total of all
non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) the
sum of each non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Exposures
plus that non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentage
of such Defaulting Lenders (x) Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations (y)
Tranche 1 L/C Participations and (z) Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participations does not exceed the amount of such non-Defaulting Lenders
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Commitments; and
(B) all or any part of such Defaulting Lenders Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Tranche 2 Protective
Advance Participations shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders
in accordance with their respective Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted
Percentages, but only to the extent that (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting
Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lenders
Tranche 2 Swing Line
Participations, Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Tranche 2 Protective Advance
Participations does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) the sum of each
non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Exposures plus that
non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentage of such
Defaulting Lenders (x) Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations,(y) Tranche 2
L/C Participations and (z) Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations does
not exceed the amount of such non-Defaulting Lenders Tranche 2 Revolving
Credit Commitments;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only
partially, be effected, the Lead Borrower shall within one Business Day following
notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lenders Swing
Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations and (y) second, Cash
Collateralize such
-89-
Defaulting Lenders L/C Participations (after giving effect to any partial
reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in a manner reasonably satisfactory to
the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer;
(iii) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations is Cash
Collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Lead Borrower shall not be
required to pay the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion of such
Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations so long as it is Cash Collateralized;
(iv) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations is reallocated
to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Letter of
Credit Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting
Lenders in accordance with their Tranche 1 Applicable Adjusted Percentages and
Tranche 2 Applicable Adjusted Percentages, respectively; or
(v) if any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Obligations is neither Cash
Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.16(b), then, without
prejudice to any rights or remedies of any L/C Issuer or any Lender hereunder, the
Letter of Credit Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Obligations shall be payable to the applicable L/C Issuer until such L/C Obligations
are Cash Collateralized and/or reallocated;
(c) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower, the L/C Issuers or
the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has
adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the
Swing Line Participations, L/C Participations and Protective Advance Participations of the
Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lenders Revolving Credit
Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans, Swing Line
Participations, L/C Participations and Protective Advance Participations of the other
Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such
Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Adjusted Percentage. The rights
and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to other
rights and remedies that Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing
Line Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The
arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.16 shall be permitted under this
Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or
otherwise.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
Section 3.01
Taxes
.
(a)
Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes
.
(i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or
under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and
clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require
any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be
withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as reasonably determined by such withholding
agent.
-90-
(ii) If any Loan Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold
or deduct any Taxes, including both United States federal backup withholding and withholding Taxes,
from any payment, then (A) such withholding agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are
reasonably determined by such withholding agent to be required by applicable Law, (B) such
withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant
Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code and (C) to the extent that the withholding or
deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable
Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions
have been made (including withholding or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under
this Section) the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal
to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.
(b)
Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers
. Without limiting the provisions of
subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable Law.
(c)
Tax Indemnifications
. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b)
above, the Borrowers shall, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative
Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 15 days after demand
therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes
or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section)
payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses
arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes
were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A
certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement
setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the Lead
Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender,
shall be conclusive absent manifest error. If the Lead Borrower reasonably believes that any such
Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent
and/or each affected Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Lead Borrower in
pursuing a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in
the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or affected Lender, result in any additional
costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.
(d)
Evidence of Payments
. After any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party or the
Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, the Lead
Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the
Lead Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such
Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report
such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, as the case may be.
(e)
Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation
.
(i) Each Lender shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at such
time or times reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly
completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of
any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Lead Borrower
or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made
hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required
rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lenders entitlement to any available exemption
from, or reduction of, applicable
-91-
Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Loan Party pursuant
to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lenders status for withholding tax purposes in
the applicable jurisdiction. Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a
Lender pursuant to this Section 3.01(e) (including any specific documentation set forth in
subsection (ii) below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on
or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which
such documentation expires or becomes obsolete, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the
Lenders circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by
it to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if
reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall
promptly notify in writing the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Lender is no
longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Borrower is resident for tax
purposes in the United States:
(A) any Lender that is a United States person within the meaning of Section
7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent
executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or
information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Lead Borrower or
the Administrative Agent as will enable the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as
the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or
information reporting requirements; and
(B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an
exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or
under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Lead Borrower and the Administrative
Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the
following is applicable:
(1) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any
successor form thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to
which the United States is a party;
(2) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any
successor form thereto);
(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for
portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate,
substantially in the form of Exhibit J-1, J-2, J-3 or J-4 (a
Non-Bank
Certificate
), to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a bank within
the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a 10 percent shareholder of
any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a
controlled foreign corporation described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and
that no interest payments are effectively connected income and (y) executed
originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN;
(4) where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes)
or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a
participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required
supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial
owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank
Certificate of such beneficial owner(s) (
provided
that, if the Foreign
Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender,
-92-
the Non-Bank Certificate(s) may be provided by the Foreign Lender
on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)); or
(5) executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a
basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal
withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed
by applicable Laws to permit the Lead Borrower or the Administrative Agent to
determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.01, no Lender shall be
required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.
(f)
Treatment of Certain Refunds
. Subject to the last sentence in Section 3.01(c), at
no time shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender have any obligation to file for or otherwise
pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes
withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If the Administrative Agent
or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Loan Party or with respect to which
any Loan Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent or
such Lender (as applicable) shall pay to the Lead Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but
only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties
under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such
refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by the Administrative
Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the
relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund);
provided
that the Lead
Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount
paid over to the Lead Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the
relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the
Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental
Authority. In such event, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at
the Lead Borrowers request, provide the Lead Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or
other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority
(
provided
that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein
that it deems confidential). This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative
Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its
taxes that it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.
(g)
Lenders
. For the avoidance of doubt, the term
Lender
shall, for
purposes of this Section 3.01, include any Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer.
Section 3.02
Illegality
. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any
Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending
Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates
based upon Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Lead Borrower through the
Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to
convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the
Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination
no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender
(with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate
Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if
such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or promptly,
if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such
prepayment or conversion, the Lead Borrower shall
-93-
also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to
designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and
will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to
such Lender.
Section 3.03
Inability to Determine Rates
. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason
in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation
thereof that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar
market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (ii) adequate
and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest
Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (iii) the Eurodollar Rate for any
requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and
fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will
promptly so notify the Lead Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to
make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the
instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Lead
Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of
Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a
request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
Section 3.04
Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans
.
(a)
Increased Costs Generally
. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan,
insurance charge or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits with or for the
account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (or its Lending Office) or
any L/C Issuer;
(ii) subject any Lender (or its Lending Office) or L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind
whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Participation Interest
in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of
taxation of payments to such Lender or L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and any Excluded Taxes);
(iii) impose on any Lender (or its Lending Office) or L/C Issuer or the London
interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar
Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or L/C Participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender (or its Lending
Office) of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make
any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or any L/C Issuer of participating in,
issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or
to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such
Lender or L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon
request of such Lender or L/C Issuer by delivery of a certificate pursuant to subsection (c) of
this Section 3.04, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for
such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and all requests, rules,
guidelines and directives promulgated thereunder, are deemed to have been introduced or adopted
after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted or adopted.
-94-
(b)
Capital Requirements
. If any Lender or L/C Issuer determines that any Change in
Law affecting such Lender or L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lenders or
L/C Issuers holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect
of reducing the rate of return on such Lenders or such L/C Issuers capital or on the capital of
such Lenders or such L/C Issuers holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the
Revolving Credit Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or L/C Participations held by,
such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such
Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lenders or L/C Issuers holding company could have achieved but for
such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lenders or L/C Issuers policies and the
policies of such Lenders or L/C Issuers holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then
from time to time, upon request by delivery of a certificate pursuant to subsection (c) of this
Section 3.04, the Borrowers will pay to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer or such Lenders or L/C
Issuers holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c)
Certificates for Reimbursement
. A certificate of a Lender or L/C Issuer prepared
in good faith setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or L/C Issuer
or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section
3.04 and delivered to the Lead Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrowers
shall pay such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such
certificate within 15 days after receipt thereof by the Lead Borrower.
(d)
Delays in Requests
. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or L/C Issuer to
demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a
waiver of such Lenders or L/C Issuers right to demand such compensation;
provided
that
the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six
months prior to the date that such Lender or an L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Lead
Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such
Lenders or an L/C Issuers intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in
Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period
referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof);
provided
,
further
, that the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender
or an L/C Issuer for increased costs or reductions suffered more than nine months after such Change
in Law, except that in the case of any such change having retroactive effect such period shall be
extended until nine months after the Lender becomes aware of such change.
Section 3.05
Compensation for Losses
. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative
Agent) from time to time, the Borrowers shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such
Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(i) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base
Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether
voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or
(ii) any failure by a Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to
make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on
the date or in the amount notified by the Lead Borrower.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section
3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the
Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank
eurodollar market
-95-
for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan
was in fact so funded.
Section 3.06
Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders
.
(a)
Designation of a Different Lending Office
. If any Lender requests compensation
under Section 3.04, or the Borrowers are required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any
L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or L/C Issuer pursuant to
Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or L/C
Issuer shall, as applicable, use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for
funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another
of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender or L/C
Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to
Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice
pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or
L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be
materially disadvantageous to such Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be. The Lead Borrower
hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender or L/C Issuer in
connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b)
Replacement of Lenders
. If a Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or
if any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, the Lead Borrower may replace
such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13.
Section 3.07
Survival
. All of the Borrowers obligations under this Article III shall survive
termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Senior Credit Obligations
hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
Section 4.01
Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
. The obligation of each Lender to make its
initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:
(a) The Administrative Agents receipt of the following, each of which shall be
originals or facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each
properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party and each in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its legal counsel:
(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement and each Guaranty;
(ii) a Note executed by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender that has
requested a Note at least two Business Days in advance of the Closing Date;
(iii) evidence that the elements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement
required to be satisfied on the Closing Date have been satisfied, the Intercreditor
Agreement and each Collateral Document set forth on Schedule 1.01B required to be
executed on the Closing Date as indicated on such schedule, duly executed by each
Loan Party, as applicable thereto, together with:
-96-
(A) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee
Requirement, opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in
which the Mortgaged Properties are located, with respect to the
enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture
filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and Collateral Agent;
(B) evidence that all other actions, searches, recordings and filings
that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may deem reasonably
necessary to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall have
been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
(C) to the extent required under the Collateral and Guarantee
Requirement, fully paid Mortgage Policies and surveys for each Mortgaged
Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative
Agent and Collateral Agent;
provided
that to the extent any lien search, Guarantee, Collateral or
insurance referred to in clause (vii) below (other than pledge and perfection of
security interests in Equity Interests of Domestic Subsidiaries of the Borrowers and
the Guarantors (to the extent required hereunder) and other assets with respect to
which a Lien may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC)
is not provided on the Closing Date after the Borrowers use of commercially
reasonable efforts to do so, the delivery of such lien search, Guarantee, Collateral
or insurance referred to in clause (vii) below shall not constitute a condition
precedent to the availability of the Revolving Credit Loans on the Closing Date but
shall be required to be delivered after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.13(d)
or 6.18 (it being understood and acknowledged by the Borrowers that, due to the
eligibility requirements set forth in the definitions of Eligible Accounts and
Eligible Inventory, Excess Availability may be adversely affected if the
above-mentioned conditions are not satisfied);
(iv) (A) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency
certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as
the Administrative Agent may reasonably require evidencing the identity, authority
and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible
Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such
Loan Party is a party or is to be a party on the Closing Date, and (B) a good
standing certificate from the applicable governmental authority of each Loan Partys
jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, each dated a recent date
prior to the Closing Date;
(v) an opinion from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York counsel to the
Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit E;
(vi) a Solvency Certificate attesting to the Solvency of the Lead Borrower and
its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) on the Closing Date after giving
effect to the Transactions, from the chief financial officer of the Company;
(vii) evidence that all insurance (including title insurance) required to be
maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect and
that the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee and additional insured
under
-97-
each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the
Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named;
(viii) certified copies of the Merger Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes
Documents, duly executed by the parties thereto, together with all material
agreements, instruments and other documents delivered in connection therewith as the
Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, each including certification by a
Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower that such documents are in full force and
effect as of the Closing Date;
(ix) a Committed Loan Notice relating to the initial Credit Extension; and
(x) copies of a recent Lien and judgment, tax, patent and trademark searches in
each jurisdiction reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent with respect to the
Loan Parties.
(b) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder, under the Fee Letter and
invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date shall have been paid in full
in cash or will be paid on the Closing Date out of the initial Credit Extension.
(c) Prior to or simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension, (i) the Equity
Contribution shall have been funded in full to Holdings and Holdings shall have contributed
such amount to the Lead Borrower in the form of cash equity, (ii) the Lead Borrower shall
have received no less than $560,000,000 of gross proceeds from (x) the issuance of the
Senior Secured Notes in accordance with the Senior Secured Notes Documents and (y) the
Merger shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated substantially simultaneously
with the initial borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility, in accordance with the
terms of the Merger Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments or waivers by the
Lead Borrower that are materially adverse to the Lenders without the consent of the
Arrangers, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;
provided
that any reduction in the purchase price of, or consideration for, the
Merger shall reduce the amount of the Senior Secured Notes on a dollar-for-dollar basis.
(d) Concurrently with the consummation of the Merger, all of the Indebtedness of the
Company required to be repaid or refinanced in accordance with Section 4.22 of the Merger
Agreement shall have been repaid or refinanced, all commitments to extend credit pursuant to
the agreements governing such Indebtedness shall have been terminated, all Liens or other
security interests securing such Indebtedness shall have been terminated and released by the
lenders thereunder, and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence thereof and,
after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have no
outstanding Indebtedness other than (i) the Loans and other Credit Extensions under the
Revolving Credit Facility, (ii) the Senior Secured Notes, (iii) Indebtedness with respect to
the Factoring Agreements, (iv) Indebtedness with respect to the Fixed Asset Loan Contract
and that certain L/G Standby L/C Issuing Agreement by and among PGI Nonwovens (China) Co.
Ltd., as borrower and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited Suzhou Industrial Park
Sub-branch, as lender, (v) indebtedness remaining on and after the date of the Merger
pursuant to the Merger Agreement and (vi) other Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed
$22,500,000.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) the audited consolidated balance
sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three fiscal years ended respectively
January 1, 2008, January 3, 2009 and January 2, 2010, and the related consolidated
statements of income
-98-
or operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal years of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto (the
Audited Financial
Statements
), (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of
income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for each subsequent fiscal quarter
ending more than 45 days prior to the Closing Date (which will have been reviewed by the
independent accountants for the Lead Borrower or the Company as provided in the Statement on
Auditing Standards No. 100) (the
Unaudited Financial Statements
), (iii) unaudited
monthly financing information to the extent provided to Holdings or the Lead Borrower by the
Company pursuant to the Merger Agreement or otherwise, (iv) any Required Information (as
defined in the Merger Agreement) received by Holdings or the Lead Borrower pursuant to the
Merger Agreement, and (v) the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received at least 3 Business Days prior to the
Closing Date all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities
under applicable know-your-customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations,
including the USA PATRIOT Act that has been reasonably requested at least 10 Business Days
in advance of the Closing Date.
(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a Borrowing Base Certificate dated
as of the Closing Date (but with information as of January 1, 2011) and executed by the
Treasurer of the Lead Borrower, and such Borrowing Base Certificate shall reflect an Excess
Availability (after giving effect to (without duplication) the Transactions and the Credit
Extensions made on the Closing Date) of at least $20,110,293 and (ii) evidence satisfactory
to them that Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Merger Agreement) for the latest
four-quarter period ending with the fiscal quarter ended October 4, 2010 is greater than or
equal to $111,000,000.
(h) Since January 2, 2010, there shall not have occurred any Closing Date Material
Adverse Effect.
Section 4.02
Conditions to All Credit Extensions
. The obligation of each Lender to honor any
Request for Credit Extension (excluding a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of
Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) and of each L/C Issuer to
issue, extend or increase each Letter of Credit is subject to the following conditions precedent:
(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrowers and each other Loan Party
contained in Article V or in the Security Agreement (except, in the case of the initial
Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, the representations and warranties contained in
Sections 5.01(i) (solely with respect to the Subsidiaries of the Lead Borrower),
5.01(ii)(A), 5.01(iii), 5.01(iv), 5.01(v), 5.02 (other than due authorization and clauses
(i) and (iii)), 5.03, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07, 5.08, 5.09, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.14, 5.18 and 5.21)
and in any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as
of the date of such Credit Extension;
provided
that, to the extent that such
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, they shall be true and
correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;
provided
,
further
,
that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to materiality, Material
Adverse Effect or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any
qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates.
(b) Except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, no Default
or Event of Default shall exist or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from
the application of the proceeds therefrom.
-99-
(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the relevant L/C Issuer or the Swing
Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension (or with respect to Letters
of Credit, such other notice required hereunder) in accordance with the requirements hereof.
Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a
conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the
Lead Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in
Sections 4.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit
Extension and that after giving effect to such Credit Extension, the lesser of (i) the Borrowing
Base and (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility shall be equal to or exceed the Outstanding Amount of
the Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Holdings and the Borrowers represent and warrant to the Agents and the Lenders that:
Section 5.01
Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
. Each Loan Party and each of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good
standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (ii) has all
requisite power and authority to (A) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (B)
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (iii)
is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership,
lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (iv)
except as set forth on Schedule 5.01 is in compliance with all Laws, orders, writs, injunctions and
orders applicable to it or to its properties, and (v) has all requisite governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted, except in
each case referred to in clauses (iii), (iv), or (v) to the extent that failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.02
Authorization; No Contravention
. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan
Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party, and the consummation of the
Transactions (to the extent of such Persons involvement therein), are within such Loan Partys
corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other
organizational action, and do not and will not (i) contravene the terms of any of such Persons
Organization Documents, (ii) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the
creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment to be
made under (A) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person
or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) any material order, injunction,
writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its
property is subject; or (iii) violate any material Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach
or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (ii)(A), to the
extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.03
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
. No material approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any
other Person is necessary or required in connection with (i) the execution, delivery or performance
by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for the
consummation of the Transactions, (ii) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it
pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (iii) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created
under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (iv) the exercise by the
Administrative Agent or any Lender
-100-
of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant
to the Collateral Documents, except for (A) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the
Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties, (B) the approvals,
consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained,
taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (C) those approvals, consents,
exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or
make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.04
Binding Effect
. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed
and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan
Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable against
each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability
may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good
faith and fair dealing.
Section 5.05
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
.
(a) The Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements fairly present in
all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates
thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, except for (in the case of interim
statements) customary year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes and as otherwise
expressly noted therein. During the period from January 2, 2010 to and including the Closing Date,
except as set forth on Schedule 5.05(a), there has been (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) no purchase or other acquisition by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any business or property (including any Equity Interests
of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing
financial statements or in the notes thereto or has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the
Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.
(b) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries contained in the Unaudited Financial Statements (the
Pro Forma Balance
Sheet
) and the unaudited pro forma statement of income of the Lead Borrower and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the four-quarter period ending as of the date of such balance sheet (together with
the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the
Pro Forma Financial Statements
), copies of which have
heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared giving effect (as if such
events had occurred on such date or at the beginning of such periods, as the case may be) to the
Transactions, each material acquisition by the Lead Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
the Company and its Subsidiaries, respectively, consummated after the date of such financial
statements and prior to the Closing Date and all other transactions that would be required to be
given pro forma effect (including other adjustments consistent with the definition of Pro Forma
Adjustment or as otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent). The
Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by
Holdings to be reasonable as of the time of preparation thereof, and, subject to the foregoing,
present fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the last day for which the financial statements were
delivered pursuant to Section 5.05(a) and their estimated results of operations for the periods
covered thereby, assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred
at such date or at the beginning of the periods covered thereby.
-101-
(c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in
the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements
of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, copies of which have been furnished to the
Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date in a form reasonably satisfactory to it, have been
prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were
believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such forecasts, it being understood that
actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.
Section 5.06
Litigation
. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits,
proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers,
threatened in writing or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental
Authority, by or against Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries
or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.07
No Default
. Neither Holdings, any Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or
with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.08
Ownership of Property; Liens; Intellectual Property; Insurance
.
(a)
General
. Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries has good record
and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other
limited property interests in, all Real Property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business,
free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with
its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens
permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest could
not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)
Intellectual Property
. Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries
owns, or has the legal right to use, all of the IP Rights reasonably necessary for each of them to
conduct its business as currently conducted except for those the failure to own or have such legal
right to use could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)
Insurance
. The properties of each Loan Party and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts
(after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated persons
engaged in the same or similar business), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are in
accordance with normal industry practice or customarily carried by companies engaged in similar
businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the applicable Group Company operates.
Section 5.09
Environmental Compliance
.
(a) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened claims,
actions, suits, or proceedings alleging potential liability under or violation of any applicable
Environmental Law that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
-102-
(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect, there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any of the Loan
Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries at, on, under or from any location in a manner which
could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under applicable Environmental Laws.
(c) There are no Hazardous Materials at, on, under or migrating from any of the properties
currently or to the actual knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers formerly owned, leased or
operated by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in amounts or concentrations
which (i) constitute a violation of, (ii) require investigation or remediation under, or (iii)
could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, applicable Environmental Laws, which
violations, investigations or remediations and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) None of Holdings, the Borrowers nor any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries are
conducting, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any
investigation or remediation relating to any actual or threatened Release, discharge or disposal of
Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any site or location, either voluntarily or pursuant to
the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any applicable Environmental Law
except for such investigation or remediation that, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(e) To the actual knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, all Hazardous Materials generated,
used, treated, handled or stored at or transported by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for off-site treatment or disposal have been treated or
disposed of in a manner which would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the
aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in
a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries has
contractually assumed any liability or obligation under any applicable Environmental Law.
(g) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in
a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries and their
respective businesses, operations and properties are and have been in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws and have all Environmental Permits which are in full force and
effect.
Section 5.10
Taxes
. Except as could not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: each Loan Party and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has (i) timely filed or caused to be timely filed (taking into account applicable
extensions) all federal, state, foreign and other Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and
has timely paid or caused to be timely paid (taking into account applicable extensions) all
federal, state, foreign and other Taxes levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or
assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent), except those which are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have
been provided in accordance with GAAP, (ii) made adequate accruals in accordance with GAAP for all
Taxes not yet due and payable, (iii) no current or pending Tax audits, assessments, deficiency
claims or other Tax proceedings and (iv) never participated in any listed transaction within the
meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.
-103-
Section 5.11
ERISA Compliance
.
(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.11(a) or as could not, either individually or in the
aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Plan is in
compliance in with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws.
(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the period beginning six years from the date on
which this representation is made through the date on which this representation is made or deemed
made; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to
incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums
due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA
Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred
which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under
Sections 4201 et seq. or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any
Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section
4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section
5.11(b), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected individually or in the
aggregate to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Foreign Plan has been maintained in
substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws,
statutes, rules, regulations and orders, and (ii) neither a Loan Party nor any Restricted
Subsidiary have incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or
withdrawal from any Foreign Plan. Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, the present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not
vested) under each Foreign Plan which is funded, determined as of the end of the most recently
ended fiscal year of a Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary (based on the actuarial assumptions used
for purposes of the applicable jurisdictions financial reporting requirements), did not exceed the
current value of the assets of such Foreign Plan, and for each Foreign Plan which is not funded,
the obligations of such Foreign Plan are properly accrued.
Section 5.12
Subsidiaries; Equity Interests
. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any
Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12, and all of the outstanding
Equity Interests in the Borrowers and the Material Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully
paid and nonassessable and all such Equity Interests owned by any Loan Party are owned free and
clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents, (ii) Liens permitted
under Section 7.01(b) and (iii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01.
Section 5.13
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
.
(a) No Loan Party is engaged nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important
activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or extending credit
for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, and no proceeds of any Borrowings or
drawings under any Letters of Credit will be used for any purpose that violates Regulation U.
(b) None of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Person Controlling Holdings, the Borrowers or any
Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940.
Section 5.14
Disclosure
. No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information
furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the trans
-104-
actions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or
any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken
as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
materially misleading;
provided
that, with respect to projected financial information and
pro forma financial information, the Borrowers represent only that such information was prepared in
good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being
understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be
material.
Section 5.15
Solvency
. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Lead
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
Section 5.16
Subordination of Junior Financing
. The Senior Credit Obligations are Senior Debt,
Senior Indebtedness, Guarantor Senior Debt or Senior Secured Financing (or any comparable
term) and Designated Senior Debt, Designated Senior Indenture, Designated Guaranteed Secured
Debt, or Designated Senior Financing (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any
Junior Financing Documentation.
Section 5.17
Collateral Documents
. The Collateral Documents create in favor of the Collateral
Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien or security
interest in the respective Collateral described therein as security for the Finance Obligations to
the extent that a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien or security interest in such
Collateral may be created under any applicable Law of the United States of America and any states
thereof, including, without limitation, the applicable UCC, which security interest, upon the
filing of financing statements or Mortgages or the obtaining of possession or control, in each
case, as applicable, with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC,
will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest
of the Borrowers and each Guarantor thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior
(except as otherwise provided for in the relevant Collateral Document or the Intercreditor
Agreement) in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens), in each case to the extent
that a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the
applicable UCC or Mortgage or by obtaining possession or control.
Section 5.18
Labor Matters
. There are no strikes against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries,
other than any strikes that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, on
account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or
accrued as a liability on the books of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to the extent
required by GAAP, except where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.19 [
Reserved
].
Section 5.20 [
Reserved
].
Section 5.21
Anti-Terrorism Law
.
(a) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, none of their Affiliates is in
violation of any Requirement of Law relating to terrorism or money laundering (
Anti-Terrorism
Laws
), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24,
2001 (the
Executive Order
) or the USA PATRIOT Act (as defined below).
-105-
(b) No Loan Party and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no Affiliate or broker or other
agent of any Loan Party acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of
the following:
(i) a person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions
of, the Executive Order;
(ii) a person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is
listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;
(iii) a person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging
in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;
(iv) a person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports terrorism as
defined in the Executive Order; or
(v) a person that is named as a specially designated national and blocked person on
the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets
Control (
OFAC
) at its official website or any replacement website or other
replacement official publication of such list or similarly named by any similar foreign
Governmental Authority.
(c) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no broker or other agent of any Loan
Party acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in
making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any
person described in paragraph (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction
relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or
(iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the
purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any
Anti-Terrorism Law.
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal
of and interest on each Loan and all fees and other Senior Credit Obligations (other than
contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims and the Other Liabilities)
shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated (or been
cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C
Issuer) and (iv) all L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (or Cash Collateralized or
backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuers), Holdings and the Borrowers
(except in the case of the covenant set forth in Section 6.17, which shall apply only to the
Borrowers) shall, and Holdings and the Borrowers shall cause (except in the case of the covenants
set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) each Restricted Subsidiary to:
Section 6.01
Financial Statements
. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further
distribution to each Lender:
(i) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of the fiscal
year ending January 1, 2011 and within 90 days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year
of Holdings, a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, if
different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such
fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders
equity and cash flows for such fiscal
-106-
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous
fiscal year (or, in lieu of such additional audited financial statements for Holdings and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation reflecting such financial information for
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its
Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with
GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Grant Thornton LLP with respect to
the 2010 fiscal year or any other independent registered public accounting firm of
nationally recognized standing thereafter, which report and opinion shall be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any going
concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the
scope of such audit;
(ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days (or, solely in the case of
the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011, within 75 days) after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal quarter
ending April 2, 2011), a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and, if
different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such
fiscal quarter, and the related (A) consolidated statements of income or operations for such
fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended and (B) a consolidated
statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous
fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year (or, in lieu of such
unaudited financial statements for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, a
reconciliation reflecting such financial information for Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand), all in
reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders equity
and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year end
adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
(iii) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year of Holdings, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year
(including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements
of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying
assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the
Projections
), which Projections
shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that
such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated
therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such
Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that
such variations may be material;
(iv) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements
referred to in Sections 6.01(i) and 6.01(ii) above, statements reflecting the adjustments
necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such
consolidated financial statements;
(v) on the 15th Business Day of each fiscal month (or more frequently as the Lead
Borrower may elect), a certificate in the form of Exhibit I showing the Tranche 1 Borrowing
Base and showing the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base and listing Account Debtors that are subject
to the U.S. Factoring Agreements (each such certificate, a
Borrowing Base
Certificate
) as of the close of business for the immediately preceding fiscal month (or
in the case of a voluntary delivery of a Borrowing Base Certificate at the election of the
Lead Borrower, a subsequent date), each Borrowing
-107-
Base Certificate to be certified as complete and correct in all material
respects on behalf of the Lead Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower;
provided
that if a Cash Dominion Event shall have occurred and be continuing, such
Borrowing Base Certificate shall be furnished on Wednesday of each week (or, if Wednesday is
not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day), as of the close of business on the
immediately preceding Friday; and
provided
,
further
, that (x) after any
Disposition or Casualty Event with respect to Collateral having a fair market value in
excess of $5,000,000 and subject to the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or Tranche 2 Borrowing Base
(other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business) or (y) upon the
occurrence of an Account Debtor Change, the Lead Borrower shall promptly (and in any event
prior to the next Borrowing) deliver a revised Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting such
Disposition, Casualty Event or Account Debtor Change, as the case may be; and
(vi) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 25 days after the end of each
fiscal month of Holdings for which the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is required
to be tested pursuant to Section 6.17, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings
and its Subsidiaries and, if different, Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each
case as at the end of such fiscal month, and the related (A) consolidated statements of
income or operations for such fiscal month and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended
and (B) a consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended
(or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements for Holdings and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, a reconciliation, reflecting such financial information for Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the other
hand), all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly
presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations,
stockholders equity and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal
year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 6.01
may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and its Subsidiaries by
furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings
that holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holdings (or any direct or indirect
parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC;
provided
that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (1) to the extent such
information relates to a parent of the Lead Borrower, such information is accompanied by
consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the
information relating to Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and the
Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand alone basis, on the other hand and (2) to the extent such
information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(i), such financial
statements are audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Grant Thornton LLP with respect
to the 2010 fiscal year or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally
recognized standing thereafter, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any going concern or like
qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.
Section 6.02
Certificates; Other Information
. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt
further distribution to each Lender:
(i) no later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to
in Sections 6.01(i), (ii) and (vi), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer of Holdings (substantially in form of Exhibit D and including, without
limitation, reasonably detailed calculations with respect to the Average Excess Availability
during (x) in the case
-108-
of a delivery of financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(i) or (ii), the
fiscal quarter ended on the date of the balance sheet included in such financial statements
and (y) in the case of a delivery of financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(vi),
the fiscal month ended on the date of the balance sheet included in such financial
statements, and the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the 12-month period ending
on the balance sheet date for relevant financial statements), including a reconciliation
reflecting any impact from the application of Section 1.03(b);
(ii) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular,
periodic and special reports and registration statements which any Loan Party files with the
SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than
amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the
form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if
applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required
to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;
(iii) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or
material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business)
from or material statements or material reports furnished to any holder of debt securities
of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries having an aggregate outstanding principal
amount greater than the Threshold Amount or pursuant to the terms of any Junior Financing
Documentation, in each case, so long as the aggregate outstanding principal amount
thereunder is greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished
to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;
(iv) together with the delivery of the financial statements pursuant to Section 6.01(i)
and each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(i), (A) a report setting forth the
information required by Section 3.03(c) of the Security Agreement or confirming that there
has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the last such
report), (B) a description of each Disposition or Casualty Event during the last fiscal
quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate and (C) a list of Subsidiaries that
identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of
the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or a confirmation that there is no
change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such
list;
(v) promptly following any request by a Lender or the Administrative Agent therefor, on
and after the effectiveness of the Pension Act, copies of (A) any documents described in
Section 101(k)(1) of ERISA that Holdings and any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with
respect to any Multiemployer Plan and (B) any notices described in Section 101(l)(1) of
ERISA that Holdings or any of its ERISA Affiliates may request with respect to any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan;
provided
that if Holdings or any of its ERISA Affiliates have
not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable
Plan or Multiemployer Plan, Holdings or its ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request
for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of
such documents and notices promptly after receipt thereof;
(vi) the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 6.02(vi) hereto, at the
times set forth in such Schedule 6.02(vi);
(vii) at least five Business Days prior to the making of any Specified Payment, a
detailed calculation of the Excess Availability and all components thereof, and, to the
extent applicable, a detailed calculation of the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
calculated on a Pro
-109-
Forma Basis and all components thereof, in each case, with such
supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(viii) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial
or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the
terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the
Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(i) or (ii) or Section 6.02(i),
(ii) or (iii) may be delivered electronically and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been
delivered on the date (i) on which the Lead Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link
thereto on the Lead Borrowers website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule
10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Lead Borrowers behalf on IntraLinks or
another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access
(whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent);
provided
that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Borrower
shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution
to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the
Administrative Agent and (ii) the Lead Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or
electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the
Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Lead Borrower shall be required to
provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(i) to the
Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted
documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent
and maintaining its copies of such documents and the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation
to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event
shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Holdings or the Borrowers with any such
request for delivery.
Each of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereby acknowledges that (i) the Administrative Agent
and the Bookrunners will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or
information provided by or on behalf of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereunder (collectively,
Borrower Materials
) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar
electronic system (the
Platform
) and (ii) certain of the Lenders (each, a
Public
Lender
) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with
respect to the Lead Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the
foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to
such Persons securities. Each of Holdings and the Lead Borrower hereby agrees that so long as
Holdings or the Lead Borrower is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are
registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any such
securities it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower
Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that: (w) all such Borrower Materials
shall be clearly and conspicuously marked PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word
PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials
PUBLIC, the Lead Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the
Bookrunners, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any
material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to
Holdings or the Lead Borrower or their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal
and state securities laws (
provided
,
however
, that to the extent such Borrower
Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 10.07); (y) all
Borrower Materials marked PUBLIC are permitted to be made available through a portion of the
Platform designated Public Side Information; and (z) the Administrative Agent and the
Arrangers shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked PUBLIC as
being suitable
-110-
only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated Public Side
Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Holdings nor the Lead Borrower shall be under
any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials PUBLIC.
Section 6.03
Notices
. Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative
Agent:
(i) of the occurrence of any Default;
(ii) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, including such matters arising out of or resulting from (A) breach
or non-performance of, or any default or event of default under, a Contractual Obligation of
any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (B) to the extent permitted by Law, any dispute,
litigation, investigation or proceeding between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any
Governmental Authority, (C) the commencement of, or any material development in, any
litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to
any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of material IP Rights or the assertion or
occurrence of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with, or
liability under, any applicable Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (D) the
occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar event with respect to Foreign Plans;
(iii) any casualty or other insured damage to any portion of the Collateral subject to
the Borrowing Base in excess of $5,000,000, or the commencement of any action or proceeding
for the taking of any interest in a portion of the Collateral subject to the Borrowing Base
in excess of $5,000,000 or any part thereof or interest therein under power of eminent
domain or by condemnation or similar proceedings; and
(iv) the receipt of any notice of default by a Loan Party under, or notice of
termination of, any Lease for any of the Loan Parties distribution centers or warehouses.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a
Responsible Officer of the Lead Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to
Section 6.03(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the
occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Lead Borrower has taken and proposes to
take with respect thereto.
Section 6.04
Payment of Obligations
. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become
due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon
its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent the
failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, it being understood that neither Holdings, the Borrowers nor any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax which is being contested in good
faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in
accordance with GAAP.
Section 6.05
Preservation of Existence, Etc
. (i) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and
effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (ii) take all
reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits,
licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in the
case of clauses (i) and (ii), (A) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (B) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Section
7.04 or 7.05.
-111-
Section 6.06
Maintenance of Properties
. Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) maintain, preserve and protect all of its material
properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair
and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (ii) make
all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and
additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice.
Section 6.07
Maintenance of Insurance
.
(a) Maintain (i) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with
respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured
against in accordance with normal industry practice or by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable
and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as Holdings,
the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar
circumstances in accordance with normal industry practice or by such other Persons and (ii) without
limitation to the foregoing, the insurance arrangements in respect of the Collateral required by
the Security Agreement.
(b) Property coverage policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed or
otherwise amended to include (i) a mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Material Real
Property subject to a Mortgage) and a lenders loss payable clause (regarding personal property),
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, which endorsements or amendments shall
provide that the insurer shall pay all proceeds otherwise payable to the Loan Parties under the
policies directly to the Collateral Agent, (ii) a provision to the effect that none of the Loan
Parties, Senior Credit Parties (in their capacity as such) or any other Affiliate of a Loan Party
shall be a co-insurer (the foregoing not being deemed to limit the amount of self-insured retention
or deductibles under such policies, which self-insured retention or deductibles shall be consistent
with business practices in effect on the Closing Date or as otherwise determined by the Responsible
Officers of the Loan Parties acting reasonably in their business judgment), and (iii) such other
provisions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the
interests of the Senior Credit Parties. Commercial general liability policies shall be endorsed to
name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured. Each endorsement to such casualty or liability
policy referred to in this Section 6.07(b) shall also provide that it shall not be canceled,
modified in any manner that would cause this Section 6.07 to be violated, or not renewed (i) by
reason of nonpayment of premium except upon prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the
Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the applicable policy (giving the Collateral Agent
the right to cure defaults in the payment of premiums) or (ii) for any other reason except upon
prior written notice thereof by the insurer to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of
the applicable policy. The Lead Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, prior to the
cancellation, modification or non-renewal of any such policy of insurance, a copy of a renewal or
replacement policy (or other evidence of renewal of a policy previously delivered to the Collateral
Agent, including an insurance binder) together with evidence satisfactory to the Collateral Agent
of payment of the premium therefor.
(c) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amounts as
the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which
any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated as a flood hazard area in any
Flood Insurance Rate Map established by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor
agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program set forth in the Flood
Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.
-112-
(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the requirements of this Section 6.07 are subject in all
respects to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.
Section 6.08
Compliance with Laws
. (i) Comply in all respects with the requirements of all Laws
and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property,
other than such orders, writs, injunctions and decrees as to which an appeal has been timely and
properly taken in good faith, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) shall have in place a compliance program which
is reasonably designed to provide internal controls that promote adherence to, and prevent and
detect material violations of, any Requirement of Law applicable to it and which includes the
implementation of internal audits and monitoring on a regular basis to monitor compliance with the
compliance program with the Requirements of Law.
Section 6.09
Books and Records
. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that
are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently
applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and
business of Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
Section 6.10
Inspection Rights
.
(a) Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each
Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and
operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom (other than the records of the
board of directors of such Loan Party or such Subsidiary) and to discuss its affairs, finances and
accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the reasonable
expense of the Borrowers and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as
may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Lead Borrower;
provided
that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default,
only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such
rights more often than two times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of
Default and only one such time shall be at the Borrowers expense;
provided
,
further
, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or
any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at
the expense of the Borrowers at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance
notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Lead Borrower the opportunity to
participate in any discussions with the Borrowers independent public accountants. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Loan Parties or any Restricted
Subsidiary will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or
abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes
non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which
disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or
contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client
or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product.
(b) In addition to the foregoing, from time to time upon the request of the Administrative
Agent, permit the Administrative Agent or professionals (including consultants, accountants,
lawyers and appraisers) retained by the Administrative Agent, on reasonable prior notice and during
normal business hours, to conduct appraisals and commercial finance examinations, including,
without limitation, of (i) the Borrowers practices in the computation of the Borrowing Base, and
(ii) the assets subject to the Borrowing Base and related financial information such as, but not
limited to, sales, gross margins, payables, accruals and reserves. The Loan Parties shall pay the
reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such evaluations and appraisals,
provided
that
-113-
(A) the Administrative Agent may, in any 12-month period, conduct no more
than (x) two or (y) if a Cash Dominion Event has occurred at any time within the 12 months
preceding the beginning of such period, three, commercial finance examinations (
provided
that during the continuance of an Event of Default or Cash Dominion Event, the Administrative Agent
may cause such additional commercial finance examinations to be completed as the Administrative
Agent reasonably determines (at the expense of the Loan Parties)) and (B) the Administrative Agent
may, in any 12-month period, conduct no more than (x) two or (y) if a Cash Dominion Event has
occurred at any time within the 12 months preceding the beginning of such period, three, appraisals
of the Loan Parties Inventory (
provided
that during the continuance of an Event of Default
or Cash Dominion Event, the Administrative Agent may cause such additional appraisals of the Loan
Parties Inventory to be completed as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines (at the
expense of the Loan Parties)).
Section 6.11
Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security
. At the Borrowers expense, take
all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to ensure that the
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including (except to the extent
otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement):
(a) upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (in each
case, other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by any Loan Party,
the designation in accordance with Section 7.15 of any existing direct or indirect
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, any Subsidiary becoming a Material Subsidiary or any
Subsidiary ceasing to be an Excluded Subsidiary:
(i) within 45 days after such formation, acquisition or designation or such
longer period as the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent may agree in its
discretion:
(A) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a
Guarantor under the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to furnish to the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) a description
of the Material Real Properties owned by such Restricted Subsidiary in
detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(B) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a
Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, to the
extent such Domestic Subsidiary owns assets of the type subject to the
Borrowing Base, to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a
counterpart signature page to this Agreement, whereby such Domestic
Subsidiary shall agree to become a Borrower hereunder in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement;
(C) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a
Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as
appropriate) Mortgages, Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual
Property Security Agreements, Guaranties and other security agreements and
documents (including, with respect to the Mortgages, the documents listed in
Section 6.13(b)) as reasonably requested by and in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent
(as appropriate) (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement,
Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in
effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the
Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;
-114-
(D) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a
Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to deliver
any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent
certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and
Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other
appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank (or any other
documents customary under local law) and instruments evidencing the
intercompany Indebtedness held by such Restricted Subsidiary and required to
be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents, indorsed in blank to the
Collateral Agent;
(E) take and cause such Domestic Subsidiary and each direct or indirect
parent of such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor
pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action
(including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of UCC financing
statements and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) may
be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent or the
Collateral Agent (as appropriate) to vest in the Administrative Agent or the
Collateral Agent (as appropriate) (or in any representative of the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) designated by
it) valid Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement,
enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, and by general
principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity
or at law) and by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing;
(ii) within 30 days (or 45 days with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary) after
the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as
appropriate) (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral
Agent (as appropriate) may agree in its sole discretion), deliver to the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) a signed copy of an
opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as
appropriate) and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties
reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in
this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and
(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Collateral
Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Material Real Property,
any existing title reports, surveys or environmental assessment reports in the
possession of or under the control of Borrower;
(b) (i) the Borrowers shall obtain the security interests and Guaranties set forth on
Schedule 1.01B on or prior to the dates corresponding to such security interests and
Guaranties set forth on Schedule 1.01B; and
(ii) after the Closing Date, promptly after the acquisition of any Material Real
Property by any Loan Party, if such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a
perfected Lien pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the Lead Borrower shall
give notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and promptly thereafter shall cause such
Real Property to be subjected to a Lien to the extent required by the Collateral and
Guarantee Requirement and will take, or cause the relevant Loan Party to take, such actions
as shall be necessary or reasonably requested
-115-
by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to grant and perfect or
record such Lien including, as applicable, the actions referred to in Section 6.13(b);
(c) upon the acquisition of any property by any Loan Party that is intended to be
subject to the Lien created by any of the Collateral Documents but is not so subject, within
45 days after such acquisition, take all actions necessary to grant and perfect a Lien on
such property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and
Collateral Agent as required by the Collateral Documents and the Borrowers shall otherwise
take such actions and execute and/or deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as the
Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall require to confirm the validity,
perfection and priority of the Lien of the Collateral Documents on such after-acquired
properties;
(d) (i) prior to (x) the 30th day following the Closing Date, with respect to U.S.
Factoring Agreements in effect on the Closing Date and (y) the initial sale of any Accounts
in connection with any U.S. Factoring Agreements entered into after the Closing Date,
deliver to the Collateral Agent an agreement (a
Factoring Intercreditor Agreement
)
between the Administrative Agent and each factor under such U.S. Factoring Agreements, duly
executed by such factor, providing for (A) Lien priorities not violative of the Loan
Documents, (B) an agreement by such factor to remit proceeds of sales of factored Accounts
that are subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement directly to Administrative
Agent, (C) procedures to ensure that payments and other proceeds of the factored Accounts
under the U.S. Factoring Agreements are not commingled with other property of the Borrowers
and the Guarantors and (D) containing such other terms to which Administrative Agent may
consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) notify the Administrative
Agent in writing no later than five (5) days prior to any time when (x) Accounts of an
Account Debtor that are not already subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement have been made
subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement or (y) Accounts of an Account Debtor that have been
subject to a U.S. Factoring Agreement have been removed from the transactions contemplated
by such U.S. Factoring Agreement (an event in clause (x) or (y) shall be referred to as a
Account Debtor Change
).
Section 6.12
Compliance with Environmental Laws
. Except, in each case, to the extent that the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect: (i) comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause any
lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable
Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (ii) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits
necessary for its operations and properties; and (iii) in each case to the extent required by
applicable Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and
undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to address all Hazardous
Materials at, on, under or emanating from any currently or formerly owned or operated property or
facility, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.
Section 6.13
Further Assurances and Post Closing Covenants
.
(a) Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material
defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of
any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do,
execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and
all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments including any
amendments or assignments thereto as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably
request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Collateral
Documents as set forth therein. Without limiting the
-116-
foregoing, the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral
Access Agreement from any Person from whom a Loan Party enters into a Lease after the Closing Date
for a regional distribution center prior to entering into such Lease.
(b) In the case of any Material Real Property, except to the extent otherwise provided
hereunder or under any Collateral Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, provide the
Administrative Agent with Mortgages and otherwise satisfy the applicable Collateral and Guarantee
Requirements with respect to such owned Real Property within 60 days (or such longer period as the
Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) of the acquisition of, or, if requested by
the Administrative Agent, entry into, or renewal of, a ground lease in respect of, such Real
Property in each case together with:
(i) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged
and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording
offices that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary in order to create a valid
and subsisting perfected Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein in favor of the
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing and recording
taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent;
(ii) Mortgage Policies in form and substance, with endorsements (to the extent
available at commercially reasonable rates) and in amount, reasonably acceptable to the
Collateral Agent (not to exceed the value of the real properties covered thereby), issued,
coinsured and reinsured by title insurers reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent,
insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting Liens on the Mortgaged Property described
therein, free and clear of all defects and encumbrances, subject to Permitted Liens, and
providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances
under the Loan Documents) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the
Collateral Agent may reasonably request;
(iii) opinions of local counsel for the Loan Parties in states in which the Mortgaged
Properties are located, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages
and any related fixture filings (and such other matters as are customarily opined upon by
local counsel) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent; and
(iv) such other evidence that all other actions that the Collateral Agent may
reasonably deem necessary in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property
described in the Mortgages has been taken.
(c) In the event of any Acquisition of assets that could constitute Collateral or of a Person
that holds assets that may constitute Collateral, in each case, such assets shall not constitute
Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory until the Administrative Agent has, unless the
Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, performed a customary audit with respect to such assets;
provided
that it is understood that the limitations in Section 6.10 shall not apply to the
audits performed pursuant to this Section 6.13(c).
(d) To the extent such items have not been delivered as of the Closing Date, within sixty (60)
days after the Closing Date, unless waived or extended by the Collateral Agent in its sole
discretion, deliver to the Collateral Agent, (A) with respect to the Mortgaged Properties listed on
Schedule 6.13(d), the following:
(i) duly executed and acknowledged Mortgages, financing statements and other
instruments meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(a)(iii);
(ii) Mortgage Policies meeting the requirements of Section 4.01(a)(iii);
-117-
(iii) evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, mortgage
recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of each
Mortgage and issuance of the Mortgage Policies as required by Section 4.01(a)(iii);
(iv) surveys with respect to each Mortgaged Property meeting the requirements of
Section 4.01(a)(iii); and
(v) written opinions of local counsel in the states in which each such Mortgaged
Property is located and any related fixture filings as required by Section 4.01(a)(iii); and
(B) the other items listed on Schedule 6.13(d) in the times set forth in such schedule.
Section 6.14 [
Reserved
].
Section 6.15
Collateral Administration
.
(a)
Administration of Accounts
.
(i)
Records and Schedules of Accounts
. Keep accurate and complete records of its
Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to the Administrative
Agent sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may request. The Lead
Borrower shall also provide to the Administrative Agent, on or before the 15th Business Day of each
month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Loan Party Accounts as of the end of the preceding
month, specifying each Accounts Account Debtor name and address, amount, invoice date and due
date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such
proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment
histories, status reports and other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $5,000,000 or more cease to be Eligible Accounts, the
Lead Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence promptly (and in any event
within three Business Days) after any Loan Party has knowledge thereof.
(ii)
Taxes
. If an Account of any Loan Party includes a charge for any Taxes, the
Administrative Agent is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper
taxing authority for the account of such Loan Party and to charge the Borrowers therefor;
provided
,
however
, that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be
liable for any Taxes that may be due from the Loan Parties or with respect to any Collateral.
(iii)
Account Verification
. Whether or not a Default or Event of Default or a Cash
Dominion Event exists, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, in the name of
the Administrative Agent, any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, to verify the
validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of the Loan Party by mail, telephone
or otherwise. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to
facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.
(iv)
Maintenance of Accounts
. The Loan Parties shall maintain one or more Dominion
Accounts, each pursuant to a lockbox or other arrangement acceptable to Administrative Agent, with
such banks as may be selected by the applicable Loan Parties and be acceptable to Administrative
Agent. No later than 90 days after the Closing Date, the Loan Parties shall enter into Deposit
Account Control Agreements with each bank at which a DDA (other than an Excluded Account) is maintained by
which such bank shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or
an Event
-118-
of Default, immediately transfer to the Concentration Account all monies deposited to a
Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Collateral. All funds deposited in each Dominion Account
shall be subject to the Administrative Agents Lien. The Loan Parties shall obtain the agreement
(in favor of and in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by each
bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained to waive any offset rights against the funds
deposited into such Dominion Account, except offset rights in respect of charges incurred in the
administration of such Dominion Account. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not assume
any responsibility to any Loan Party for such lockbox arrangement or, upon the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default, any Dominion Account,
including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by any
bank thereunder.
(v)
Collection of Accounts; Proceeds of Collateral
. All payment items received by any
Loan Party in respect of its Accounts, together with the proceeds of any other Collateral, shall be
held by such Loan Party as trustee of an express trust for the Administrative Agents benefit; such
Loan Party shall immediately deposit same in kind in a Dominion Account or other DDA, as
applicable, for application, as the case may be after the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event or an
Event of Default, to the applicable Finance Obligations in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and the Security Agreement. The Administrative Agent retains the right at all times that
a Default or an Event of Default exists to notify Account Debtors of any Loan Party that Accounts
have been assigned to the Administrative Agent and to collect Accounts directly in its own name and
to charge to the Borrowers the collection costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent
or Lenders, including reasonable attorneys fees. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation
of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, all monies properly deposited in the Concentration
Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of Senior Credit Obligations and applied in
accordance with Section 2.05(b)(ii) and Section 2.12(b) to reduce outstanding Senior Credit
Obligations.
(vi)
Asset Sales Proceeds Accounts
. Neither the Lead Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall deposit any funds or credit any amounts into any Collateral Proceeds Account
(as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), other than proceeds of Noteholder First Lien
Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
(b)
Administration of Inventory
.
(i)
Records and Reports of Inventory
. Each Loan Party shall keep accurate and
complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily withdrawals and additions, and shall
submit to the Administrative Agent inventory and reconciliation reports in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may
request. Each Loan Party shall conduct a physical inventory consistent with historical practices
(and on a more frequent basis if requested by the Administrative Agent when an Event of Default
exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to the
Administrative Agent a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion
thereof, together with such supporting information as the Administrative Agent may request. The
Administrative Agent may participate in and observe each physical count.
(ii)
Returns of Inventory
. No Loan Party shall return any Inventory to a supplier,
vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless: (A) such return is in the
ordinary course of business; (B) no Default, Event of Default exists or would result therefrom; (C)
such return would not result in (x) Tranche 1 Available Commitments being less than zero or (y)
Tranche 2 Available Commitments being less than zero; and (D) the Administrative Agent is promptly notified if the
aggregate value of all Inventory returned in any month exceeds $5,000,000.
-119-
(iii)
Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance
. The Loan Parties shall use, store and
maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of
any insurance and in conformity with all applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments
(within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is
located.
Section 6.16
Corporate Separateness
.
(a) Satisfy, and cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries to
satisfy, customary corporate and other formalities, including, as applicable, the holding of
regular board of directors and shareholders meetings or action by directors or shareholders
without a meeting, in each case, to the extent required by law and the maintenance of corporate
offices and records.
(b) Ensure that (i) no payment is made by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to a
creditor of any Unrestricted Subsidiary in respect of any liability of any Unrestricted Subsidiary,
(ii) no bank account of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be commingled with any bank account of
the Borrowers, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers or any of their
Restricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) any financial statements distributed to any creditors of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall clearly establish or indicate the corporate separateness of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary from the Borrowers, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the
Borrowers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 6.17
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
. If Excess Availability shall be less than
$7,500,000 (a
Financial Covenant Trigger Event
), maintain a Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.0 as of the immediately preceding fiscal month end for which
financial statements are available (but in any event as of the most recent fiscal month ending at
least fifteen days prior to such Financial Covenant Trigger Event), or if financial statements are
not available for the most recently ended fiscal month, as of the most recently ended fiscal
quarter, and as of each subsequent fiscal month end thereafter;
provided
that (i) a breach
of such covenant when so tested shall not be cured by a subsequent increase of Excess Availability
above the applicable limit set forth above and (ii) such requirement to maintain a Consolidated
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.05 to 1.0 shall no longer apply if Excess Availability on
each day during any period of 45 consecutive calendar days commencing after the date of such
Financial Covenant Trigger Event shall be at least $7,500,000, after which time the requirement to
comply with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not apply unless a subsequent
Financial Covenant Trigger Event occurs;
provided
,
further
, that after any
Financial Covenant Trigger Event, unless and until the Lead Borrower has demonstrated its
compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio requirement set forth above by
delivery to the Administrative Agent of the financial statements for the fiscal month or fiscal
quarter, as applicable, specified above and the related Compliance Certificate, (i) the Borrowers
shall not be permitted to request any Loans or the issuance, increase, extension or amendment of
any Letters of Credit and (ii) Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries
shall not be permitted to consummate (A) any transaction described under Section 7.06(k) or
7.12(a)(v) or (B) without the consent of the Administrative Agent, any transaction described under
Section 7.05(i). For purposes of determining satisfaction with the foregoing Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio under this Section 6.17, any Specified Equity Contribution made during the
period from the last day of the relevant period until the expiration of the 10th day after the date
on which financial statements are required to be delivered hereunder with respect to the relevant
period will, at the request of the Lead Borrower, be included in the calculation of Consolidated
EBITDA for any period of calculation which included the month in which such Specified Equity
Contribution was received by the Loan Parties,
provided
that (A) in each four fiscal
quarter period, there shall be a period of at least two consecutive fiscal quarters in respect of which no Specified Equity Contribution is made,
(B) there shall be no more than three Specified Equity Contributions made during the term of this
Agreement, (C) the amount of any Specified Equity Contribution shall be no greater than the amount
required to cause
-120-
Holdings and the Borrowers to be in compliance with the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio specified above on a Pro Forma Basis and (D) all Specified Equity Contributions
shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the amount or availability of any baskets with
respect to the covenants contained herein.
Section 6.18
Maintenance of Cash Management System
. The Loan Parties will establish and maintain
the cash management system described below:
(a) The applicable schedule to the Perfection Certificate sets forth all DDAs
maintained by the Loan Parties, including all Dominion Accounts. On or prior to the date
that is 90 days after the Closing Date (or, unless a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default
has occurred, such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent (such
agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), each Loan Party shall take all
actions necessary to establish the Administrative Agents control of and Lien on each such
DDA (other than an Excluded Account). Each Loan Party shall be the sole account holder of
each DDA (other than an Excluded Account) and shall not allow any other Person (other than
the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) to have control over or a Lien on a DDA
(other than an Excluded Account) or any property deposited therein. The Lead Borrower shall
not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, accumulate or
maintain cash (other than (i) cash that is not proceeds of any Collateral, (ii) Uncontrolled
Cash and (iii) nominal amounts which are required to be maintained in such DDA under the
terms of the Borrowers arrangements with the bank at which such DDAs are maintained, which
nominal amounts shall not exceed $20,000 as to any individual DDA or $200,000 in the
aggregate for all DDAs at any time) in the Excluded Accounts as of any date of determination
in excess of checks outstanding against such Accounts as of the date and amounts necessary
to meet minimum balance, near-term funding requirements or near-term operating requirements.
(b) Within 90 days after the Closing Date (or, unless a Cash Dominion Event or an Event
of Default has occurred, such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent
(such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)), the Loan Parties shall have
delivered to the Administrative Agent Deposit Account Control Agreements for all of the DDAs
of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Accounts), in each case duly executed by each
applicable Loan Party and the applicable depositary bank and opinion of counsel (which may
contain customary qualifications and exclusions) with respect thereto in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.
(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan
Parties shall cause any and all funds and financial assets constituting Collateral (other
than Uncontrolled Cash) held in or credited to each DDA to be swept into the Concentration
Account on a daily basis (or less frequently as agreed by the Administrative Agent).
Uncontrolled Cash may be deposited into a segregated DDA which the Lead Borrower designates
in writing to the Administrative Agent as being the Uncontrolled Cash Account.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until (i) the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired or been terminated, (ii) the principal
of and interest on each Loan (including Swing Line Loans) and all fees and other Senior Credit
Obligations
-121-
(other than contingent indemnity obligations with respect to then unasserted claims and
the Other Liabilities) shall have been paid in full, (iii) all Letters of Credit shall have expired
or terminated (or been Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to
the L/C Issuers) and (iv) all L/C Obligations have been reduced to zero (or Cash Collateralized or
backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuers), neither Holdings nor any
Borrower shall, nor shall any of them permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly:
Section 7.01
Liens
. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their property,
assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (each of the
following, a
Permitted Lien
):
(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document and Liens under the Noteholder Lien Security
Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) securing the Tranche 2 Sub-Facility
Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);
(b) so long as the same is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement in the capacity as
Noteholder Lien Obligations (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) secured by
Noteholder Liens (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), Liens on the Collateral
securing (i) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(o), (ii) Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(A), (iii) to the extent constituting a Permitted Refinancing of
Indebtedness that had been incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) and that had been secured
pursuant to this Section 7.01(b), Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b)(C) and
(iv) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (B) of Section 7.03(b);
provided
that,
in the case of Liens granted pursuant to this clause (iv), immediately after giving effect
to the Indebtedness to be incurred pursuant to clause (B) of Section 7.03(b), the Senior
Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.5 to 1.0;
(c) without duplication of any Liens referred to in Section 7.01(ee), Liens existing on
the Closing Date (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts that, in each case
are subject to the Borrowing Base);
provided
that any Lien securing Indebtedness in
excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate (when taken together with all other
Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (c) that are not listed on
Schedule 7.01(c)) shall only be permitted to the extent such Lien is listed on Schedule
7.01(c);
(d) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a
period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for non-payment or
which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted,
if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable
Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;
(e) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics,
materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary
course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or if
more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such
Lien or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently
conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Loan Parties, as
applicable, to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;
(f) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii)
pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement
or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or
bank guarantees
-122-
for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or
liability insurance to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
(g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts
and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety,
stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
(including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other
similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting Real Property which, in the
aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business
of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary, and any exceptions on the title
policies issued in connection with the Mortgaged Property;
(i) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of
Default under Section 8.01(h);
(j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f);
provided
that
(i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 365 days after the acquisition,
construction, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to
such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property
financed by such Indebtedness, replacements thereof and additions and accessions to such
property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii)
with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations, such Liens do not at any time extend to or
cover any assets (except for additions and accessions to such assets, replacements and
products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to such
Capitalized Lease Obligations;
provided
that individual financings of equipment
provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided
by such lender;
(k) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses (in each case, including without
limitation, with respect to Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course
of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the
Borrowers or any Material Subsidiary, taken as a whole, or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;
(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to
secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary
course of business;
(m) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on the items
in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other
commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in
favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law encumbering
deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and which are
within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
(n) Liens (i) to be applied against the purchase price for any Investment and (ii)
consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under
Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case
may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
-123-
(o) Liens in favor of Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary securing
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) and (g);
(p) Liens existing on property (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts
that, in each case, are subject to the Borrowing Base) at the time of its acquisition or
existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 7.15),
in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person
that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary);
provided
that (i) such Lien was not created
in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds
or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing
Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and
other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such
time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall
not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied
but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under
Section 7.03(f) or (h);
(q) any interest or title of a lessor under leases entered into by Holdings, the
Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(s) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under
Section 7.02 and reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens
attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts maintained in the
ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
(t) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks or other financial institutions not given in connection with
the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings,
the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of
overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings,
the Borrowers and any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to
purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings, the Borrowers
or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof in the ordinary course of business;
(u) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings, the Borrowers or
any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or
purchase agreement permitted hereunder;
(v) (i) Liens placed upon the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired
pursuant to an Acquisition to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) in
connection with such Acquisition and (ii) Liens placed upon the assets of such Restricted
Subsidiary and any of its Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness (or to secure a Guarantee of
such Indebtedness) incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) in connection with such Acquisition;
(w) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by
Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries are located;
-124-
(x) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings;
(y) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the
premiums with respect thereto;
(z) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental
Authority to control or regulate the use of any Real Property that does not materially
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrowers or any
Material Subsidiary;
(aa) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof
securing such Persons obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or bankers
acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase,
shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;
(bb) Liens on assets and Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(i);
(cc) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by
clause (c), (j), (p) or (v) of this Section 7.01;
provided
that (i) the Lien does
not extend to any additional property other than (x) after-acquired property that is affixed
or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted
under Section 7.03, and (y) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension
or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section
7.03;
(dd) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect
to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture
or similar agreement;
(ee) (A) Liens securing the Indebtedness referred to in Section 7.03(w), so long as
such Liens do not extend beyond the assets financed by the agreements referred to in Section
7.03(w) and (B) Liens securing the Accounts of Account Debtors subject to Factoring
Agreements, and the proceeds and products of those Accounts; and
(ff) other Liens (other than consensual Liens on Inventory and Accounts that, in each
case, are subject to the Borrowing Base) securing Indebtedness and other obligations
outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25,000,000 (none of which shall
be secured by Liens on the ABL First Lien Collateral (as defined in the Intercreditor
Agreement)).
Section 7.02
Investments
. Make or hold any Investments, except the following permitted
investments:
(a) Investments by Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary in assets that
were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;
(b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of Holdings (or any direct
or indirect parent thereof), any Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or the
Restricted Subsidiaries (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practices to fund such Persons purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct
or indirect parent thereof, any Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers) and (ii) for
purposes not described in the foregoing clause (i), in an aggregate principal amount
outstanding not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;
-125-
(c) asset purchases (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials), the
licensing of Intellectual Property and the contribution of Intellectual Property pursuant to
joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of
business;
(d) Investments by Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Borrower
or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Person that will, upon such Investment become a
Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower;
provided
that no Loan Party shall make an
Investment of any asset that could constitute a component of the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or
Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any Person that is not a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(e) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable
or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of
business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from
financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course
of business;
(f) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions
and Restricted Payments permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05, 7.06 and 7.08,
respectively;
(g) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on
Schedule 7.02(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension
thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted
Subsidiary in the Borrowers or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification,
renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof;
provided
that the amount of any
Investment permitted pursuant to this Section 7.02(g) is not increased from the amount of
such Investment on the Closing Date except pursuant to the terms of such Investment as of
the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;
(h) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
(i) promissory notes and other noncash consideration received in connection with
Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;
(j) [Reserved];
(k) the Transactions;
(l) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article III
endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article IV customary trade arrangements with
customers consistent with past practices;
(m) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in
connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement
of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment
or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(n) loans and advances to Holdings or the Borrowers (or any direct or indirect parent
thereof) in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other
loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the
extent permitted to
-126-
be made to Holdings or the Borrowers (or such direct or indirect parent) in accordance
with Section 7.06(f) or (g);
(o) [Reserved];
(p) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(q) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with
Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Intermediate Holding Company or any direct or
indirect parent of Holdings);
(r) Investments held by a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a
corporation merged into Holdings or the Borrowers or merged or consolidated with a
Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent
that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such
acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition,
merger or consolidation;
(s) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other
than Capitalized Lease Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute
Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(t) Investments constituting the non-cash portion of consideration received in a
Disposition permitted by Section 7.05;
(u) Investments related to the Factoring Agreements;
(v) Investments in joint ventures existing on the Closing Date or created after the
Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 2.0% of
Total Assets;
(w) Investments (i) by the Captive Insurance Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of
its business or consistent with past practice and (ii) in the Captive Insurance Subsidiary
an amount required under statutory or regulatory authority applicable to such Captive
Insurance Subsidiary; and
(x) any Investment acquired (i) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts
receivable held by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or
recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or (ii) as a
result of a foreclosure by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect
to any secured Investment in default;
provided
that no Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary that would otherwise be permitted
under this Section 7.02 shall be permitted hereunder (x) to the extent that any portion of such
Investment is used to make any prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments
in respect of any Restricted Debt to the extent prohibited under Section 7.12, (y) if such
Investment consists of a transfer of any Property (other than Real Property) of the type subject to
the Borrowing Base, or (z) if after giving effect to such Investment, the Specified Conditions
shall not have been satisfied.
-127-
Section 7.03
Indebtedness
. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries
under the Loan Documents;
(b) (A) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate
principal amount not exceeding $560,000,000, (B) other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties, so
long as the Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Lead
Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which
internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
Indebtedness is incurred would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if such
Indebtedness had been incurred and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the
beginning of such four-quarter period and (C) without duplication, Permitted Refinancings of
the Indebtedness referred to in the foregoing clauses (A) and (B);
(c) (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(c) and
any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the
Closing Date;
(d) Guarantees by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of
Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted
hereunder (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may not, by virtue
of this Section 7.03(d), Guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not
otherwise incur under this Section 7.03);
provided
that (i) no Guarantee by any
Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or any Junior
Financing shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a
Guarantee of the Senior Credit Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the
Guaranty and (ii) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Senior Credit
Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Senior Credit
Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the
subordination of such Indebtedness;
(e) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to
Holdings, the Borrowers or any other Restricted Subsidiary to the extent constituting an
Investment permitted by Section 7.02;
provided
that all such Indebtedness of any
Loan Party owed to any Person that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to subordination
terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(f) (i) Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases)
financing the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or
capital assets;
provided
that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or
within 365 days after the applicable acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or
improvement (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later
of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of
such asset) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the
immediately preceding clause (i);
provided
that the aggregate amount of such
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph (f) (and any Permitted
Refinancing thereof) and outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the greater of (x)
$40,000,000 and (y) 4.0% of Total Assets;
-128-
(g) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against interest rates,
foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of
business and not for speculative purposes;
(h) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or of any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in
connection with any Acquisition,
provided
that (x) such Indebtedness (i) was not
incurred in contemplation of such Acquisition and (ii) is secured only by Liens permitted
under Section 7.01(p) on the assets acquired in the applicable Acquisition (including any
acquired Equity Interests), (y) the only obligors with respect to any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to this clause (h) shall be those Persons who were obligors of such Indebtedness
prior to such Acquisition, and (z) both immediately prior and after giving effect to the
incurrence thereof (A) no Default shall exist or result therefrom and (B) (1) the Borrowers
would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section
7.03(b)(B) or (2) the Indenture Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater immediately following
such Acquisition than immediately prior to giving effect to such Acquisition;
provided
that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness incurred by Subsidiaries that are
not Guarantors or Borrowers pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed $50,000,000;
(i) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount outstanding
not to exceed at any time the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 8.0% of the total assets of
the Foreign Subsidiaries;
(j) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Holdings or the
Borrowers (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrowers) and the Restricted
Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and
employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or
redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), the
Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers permitted by Section 7.06;
(l) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries in an Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any
Disposition permitted hereunder, in each case to the extent constituting indemnification
obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earn-outs) or other
similar adjustments;
(m) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred
by such Person in connection with the Transactions and Acquisitions or any other Investment
expressly permitted hereunder;
(n) obligations with respect to Cash Management Services and other Indebtedness in
respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and
similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;
(o) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries not
otherwise permitted under this Section 7.03 in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater
of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets;
-129-
(p) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii)
take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary
course of business;
(q) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances,
warehouse receipts or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of
business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other
employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other
Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation
claims;
provided
that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are
reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;
(r) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance
and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Holdings, the Borrowers or any
of the Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank
guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of
business or consistent with past practice;
(s) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business
from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(t) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and
other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business with such banks or
financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to
manage cash balances;
(u) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses,
charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a)
through (t) above;
(v) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(w) without duplication of any Indebtedness referred to in Section 7.03(c), (i)
Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed an amount of $20,000,000 under
that certain Fixed Asset Loan Contract and that certain L/G Standby L/C Issuing Agreement by
and among PGI Nonwovens (China) Co., Ltd., as borrower and Industrial and Commercial Bank of
China Limited Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch, as lender and (ii) Indebtedness in respect
of any Factoring Agreement.
For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of
revolving credit debt;
provided
that if such Indebtedness is incurred to extend, replace,
refund, refinance, renew or defease other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such
extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance would cause the applicable
Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate
in effect on the date of such extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or
defeasance, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long
as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of
such Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased.
-130-
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of
Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in
clauses (c) through (w) above, the Lead Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and
reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion
thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or
more of the above clauses.
The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or
amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of
additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03.
Section 7.04
Fundamental Changes
. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another
Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or
substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any
Person, except that:
(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with (i) any Borrower (including a merger, the
purpose of which is to reorganize such Borrower into a new jurisdiction);
provided
that (x) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and (y) such merger does
not result in a Borrower ceasing to be incorporated under the Laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) any one or more other Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than any Borrower);
provided
that when any Restricted Subsidiary
that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, a Subsidiary Guarantor
shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into
any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) (A) any Subsidiary may liquidate or
dissolve or (B) any Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if such Borrower or
Subsidiary determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of such
Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the interests of the
Lenders;
(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets
(upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the
transferee must be a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such
Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary
which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively;
(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, Holdings and each Borrower
may merge with any other Person;
provided
that (i) Holdings or such Borrower, as the
case may be, shall be the continuing or surviving entity or (ii) if the Person formed by or
surviving any such merger or consolidation is not Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may
be (any such Person, the
Successor Loan Party
), (A) the Successor Loan Party shall
be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia, (B) the Successor Loan Party shall expressly assume all the
obligations of Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents to which Holdings or such Borrower, as the case may be, is party
pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or
consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guaranty confirmed that its Guarantee shall
apply to the Successor Loan Partys obligations under this Agreement, (D) each Loan Party,
unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to
the Security Agreement confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the
Successor Loan Partys obligations under this Agreement, (E) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged
Property,
-131-
unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an
amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall
apply to the Successor Loan Partys obligations under this Agreement, and (F) Holdings or
the Lead Borrower, as applicable, shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an
officers certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or
consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any other Loan Document comply with
this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the
Successor Loan Party will succeed to, and be substituted for, the applicable Loan Party
under this Agreement;
(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, any Restricted Subsidiary
may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to
Section 7.02;
provided
that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted
Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied
with the requirements of Section 6.11 to the extent applicable;
(f) the Merger may be consummated; and
(g) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution,
liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition
permitted pursuant to Section 7.05.
Section 7.05
Dispositions
. Make any Disposition, except:
(a) Dispositions or abandonment of obsolete, worn out or surplus property (including,
without limitation, Intellectual Property), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the
ordinary course of business, and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the
conduct of the business of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries;
(b) Dispositions or discounts of inventory and Dispositions of immaterial assets in the
ordinary course of business (including allowing any registrations or any applications for
registration of any immaterial IP Rights to lapse or become abandoned in the ordinary course
of business);
(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for
credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased
or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such
replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased);
(d) Dispositions of property to Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
(A) that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, the transferee
thereof must be a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor and (B) to the extent such transaction
constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;
provided
,
further
, that (A) if the property being disposed of is transferred
to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, the Administrative Agent may require, in the
exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that the transferee execute an agreement
granting the Administrative Agent access to such property for purposes of conducting a
Liquidation, and (B) if the property being disposed of constitutes Eligible Accounts or
Eligible Inventory and is being transferred to a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party, such
disposition shall be made only if the Specified Conditions are satisfied after giving effect
thereto;
-132-
(e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.02, 7.04 and 7.06 and Liens permitted by
Section 7.01;
(f) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of Cash Equivalents;
(g) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software
under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do
not materially interfere with the business of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
(h) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash
Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
(i) Dispositions of property (other than Inventory and Accounts that are subject to the
Tranche 1 Borrowing Base or the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base) not otherwise permitted under this
Section 7.05;
provided
that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such
Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no
Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the
aggregate book value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (i) shall not
exceed $40,000,000 per calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried
over to the succeeding calendar years);
provided
that such amount may, at the option
of the Lead Borrower, be increased by an amount up to $20,000,000 (which such amount shall
reduce the annual amount for the subsequent calendar year), and (iii) with respect to any
Disposition pursuant to this Section 7.05(i) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000,
Holdings, the Borrowers or a Restricted Subsidiary shall receive not less than 75.00% of
such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of
all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and
Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a), Section 7.01(b), Section 7.01(m) and clauses (i) and
(ii) of Section 7.01(v));
provided
,
however
, that for the purposes of this
clause (iii), (A) Holdings, the Lead Borrower and all of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall
have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing from any liabilities (as
shown on Holdings, such Borrowers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet
provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Holdings, such Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the
payment in cash of the Senior Credit Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with
respect to the applicable Disposition, (B) any securities received by such Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days
following the closing of the applicable Disposition and (C) any Designated Non-Cash
Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value,
taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this
clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of 1.00% of Total Assets at the
time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of
each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, shall be deemed to be cash;
(j) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made
pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in
joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(k) Dispositions of accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of
business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof or the conversion of
accounts receivable to notes receivable;
-133-
(l) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities
of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(m) the unwinding of any Swap Contract pursuant to its terms; and
(n) Dispositions of Accounts of Account Debtors subject to Factoring Agreements as
required pursuant to such Factoring Agreements;
provided
that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except
pursuant to Section 7.05(e) or (m) and except for Dispositions from a Loan Party to another Loan
Party or from a Non-Loan Party to another Non-Loan Party or from a Non-Loan Party to a Loan Party),
shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition
and, in the case of Accounts and Inventory, solely for cash consideration. To the extent any
Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than the
Borrowers or any Restricted Subsidiary, such Collateral (but not the proceeds thereof) shall be
sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested of the
Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Lead Borrower that such Disposition is
permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall
be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
Section 7.06
Restricted Payments
. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment,
except:
(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrowers and to
other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned directly or indirectly by the Lead Borrower, to the Lead
Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of
such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class
of Equity Interests);
(b) Holdings and the Intermediate Holding Company may purchase or redeem in whole or in
part any of its Equity Interests for another class of Equity Interests or rights to acquire
its Equity Interests or, to the extent not included in the Available Amount, with proceeds
from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests,
provided
that (i) any terms and provisions material to the interests of the Lenders,
when taken as a whole, contained in such other class of Equity Interests are at least as
advantageous to the Lenders as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby and
(ii) Holdings, the Borrowers and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend
payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person on a
ratable basis to its shareholders;
(c) Restricted Payments made on the Closing Date to consummate the Transactions;
(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, Holdings, the Borrowers and the
Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by
any provision of Section 7.02, 7.04 or 7.08 other than Section 7.08(vi);
(e) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings, the Borrowers or any Restricted
Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity
Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or
withholding of shares of restricted stock upon vesting;
-134-
(f) Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may pay (or make Restricted
Payments to allow any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase,
retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings (or
of any such direct or indirect parent thereof) held by any future, present or former
employee, director or consultant (or any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors,
administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees of any of the foregoing) of Holdings, any
Intermediate Holding Company, any Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the
Borrowers) or any of their respective Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee or director
equity plan, employee or director stock option plan or any other employee or director
benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement)
with any employee, director or consultant of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent
thereof), any Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries;
provided
that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this
clause (f) shall not exceed (x) $5,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to
$10,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) (with unused amounts in any
calendar year being carried over to the immediately two succeeding calendar years);
provided
,
further
, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by
an amount not to exceed:
(i) to the extent contributed to a Borrower, the Net Cash Proceeds from the
sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests or Specified
Equity Contributions) of Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company and, to the
extent contributed to Holdings or the Intermediate Holding Company, Equity Interests
of any of the Borrowers direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to
members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings, the Intermediate
Holding Company, the Borrowers, any of their Subsidiaries or any of its direct or
indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date to the extent such Net
Cash Proceeds are not utilized in connection with other transactions pursuant to
Sections 7.02, 7.06 or 7.12;
plus
(ii) the Net Cash Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by
Holdings, the Borrowers or their Restricted Subsidiaries;
less
(iii) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash
proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.06(f);
provided
,
further
, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or
any Borrower from members of management of Holdings or such Borrower, any of the Borrowers
direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Borrowers Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of any of the Borrowers direct or indirect
parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this
covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that
the value of any Equity Interests repurchased, retired or acquired pursuant to this clause
(f) shall be determined based on the imputed per share (or interest) price of any such
Equity Interest as of the Closing Date;
provided
,
further
, that the
aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed
(x) $30,000,000 in any calendar year (including any amounts carried over) unless both
immediately prior to and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment, the Pro
Forma Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied;
(g) Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers may make Restricted
Payments to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and
the Borrowers:
-135-
(i) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay its operating costs and expenses
incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and
expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided
by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary
course of business, attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the
Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries
(including any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or
officers of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding
Company and the Borrowers attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings,
the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries);
(ii) the proceeds of which will be used to pay consolidated or combined
federal, state or local income Taxes attributable to the income of Holdings, the
Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries in an
amount not to exceed the income Tax liabilities that would have been payable by
Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, reduced by any such income Taxes paid or to be
paid directly by Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or their
respective Subsidiaries;
provided
that, in determining the stand-alone
income Tax liability of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers
and their respective Subsidiaries, any interest expense of a direct or indirect
parent of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers substantially
all of whose assets consist (directly or indirectly) of equity and debt of Holdings,
the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers, shall be treated as an interest
expense of Holdings. the Intermediate Holding Company or the Borrowers, as the case
may be;
(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay franchise taxes and other
fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or so long as its direct or
indirect parents directly or indirectly own no other assets than the Equity Interest
in Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, the Borrowers or any of their direct
or indirect parents) corporate existence;
(iv) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02;
provided
that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially
concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings, the Intermediate
Holding Company or the Borrower, as the case may be, shall, immediately following
the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity
Interests) to be held by it or contributed to a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor
(or, if permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, any other Restricted Subsidiary) or (2)
the merger (to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 7.04) of the Person formed
or acquired into a Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or, if permitted pursuant to
Section 7.02, any other Restricted Subsidiary) in order to consummate such
Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11;
(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary costs, fees and
expenses related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this
Agreement; and
(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and
other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent
company
-136-
of Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company and the Borrowers to the extent
such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or
operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and their respective Restricted Subsidiaries;
(h) Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company, any Borrower or any Restricted
Subsidiary may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any
dividend, split or combination thereof or any Acquisition and (ii) honor any conversion
request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible
Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;
(i) the declaration and payment of dividends following the first public offering of
Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parents common stock after the Closing Date of
up to 6.00% per annum of the net proceeds received by or contributed to the Lead Borrower
from any such public offering to the extent such net proceeds are not utilized in connection
with other transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.02, 7.06 or 7.12;
(j) payments made or expected to be made by Holdings, the Intermediate Holding Company,
the Borrowers or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar
Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or
any spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or
distributees of any of the foregoing) and any repurchases of Equity Interests in
consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise
of stock options;
(k) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments and so long as no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, Holdings, the Intermediate
Holding Company and the Borrowers may make additional Restricted Payments (i) in an
aggregate amount, together with the aggregate amount of loans and advances to any direct or
indirect parent of the Borrowers made pursuant to Section 7.02(n) in lieu of Restricted
Payments permitted by this clause (k), not to exceed (x) $10,000,000 or (y) if both
immediately prior and after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payment the Pro Forma
Excess Availability Condition shall have been satisfied, $25,000,000 (satisfaction of such
condition shall be evidenced by a certificate from the Chief Financial Officer or other
financial officer of the Lead Borrower demonstrating such satisfaction calculated in
reasonable detail);
provided
that, such amount shall be increased by (A) the Net
Cash Proceeds of Permitted Equity Issuances (other than Specified Equity Contributions or
amounts included in the Available Amount) that are Not Otherwise Applied and (B) the
Available Amount that is Not Otherwise Applied, and (ii) (A) to the extent that on a pro
forma basis after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment the Consolidated Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) as of the last day of the immediately
preceding Test Period for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section
6.01(i) or Section 6.01(ii), is at least 1.25 to 1.0 and (B) if the Pro Forma Excess
Availability Condition has been satisfied both immediately before and immediately after
giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and no Default or Event of Default exists or would result
therefrom;
(l) Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments, in each case
as applicable, to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Borrowers and
to other Restricted Subsidiaries in order to effectuate any management equity reinvestment
and award program as contemplated by the subscription agreements with the applicable members
of management of the Company executed on or prior to the Closing Date; and
-137-
(m) Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments, in each case
as applicable, to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, the Borrowers and
to other Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any Per Share Escrow Payments (as defined
in the Merger Agreement) to be paid to Persons who, immediately prior to the Effective Time
(as defined in the Merger Agreement), were holders of Company Common Stock, Company Stock
Options, Company Restricted Shares, Company Performance RSUs and Company RSUs (in each case,
as defined in the Merger Agreement).
Section 7.07
Change in Nature of Business
. Engage in any material line of business substantially
different from those lines of business conducted by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
Section 7.08
Transactions with Affiliates
. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any
Affiliate of Holdings or the Borrowers, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other
than (i) transactions between or among the Loan Parties or any entity that becomes a Loan Party as
a result of such transaction or between or among Non-Loan Parties, including entities that become
Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction, (ii) transactions on terms not materially
less favorable to Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by
Holdings, such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arms-length
transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iii) the Transactions and the payment of fees
and expenses related to the Transactions, (iv) the issuance of Equity Interests to any officer,
director, employee or consultant of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries
or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or the Borrowers in connection with any transaction,
(v) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and customary transaction
fees to the Sponsor and any Sponsor Termination Fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement
as in effect on the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto so long as any such amendment is not
more disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Sponsor Management
Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (
provided
that any increase of the advisory fee
pursuant to Section 4(d) of the Sponsor Management Agreement which is not disproportionate to the
amount of the percentage increase in Consolidated EBITDA (resulting from the transaction giving
rise to such increase of the advisory fee) shall not be deemed to be disadvantageous to the
Lenders), and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (vi) equity issuances, repurchases,
retirements or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by Holdings, the Borrowers or
any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries to any Permitted Holder or to any director,
officer, employee or consultant of Holdings, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or as otherwise permitted under Section 7.06, (vii) loans and other
transactions by Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries to the extent expressly permitted
under this Article VII, (viii) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings, the
Borrowers (including any of its direct or indirect parents thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries
and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions
pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements, (ix) payments by
Holdings, the Borrowers (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Holdings, the Borrowers (and any such direct or
indirect parent thereof) and the Restricted Subsidiaries on customary terms to the extent
attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted
Subsidiaries, to the extent that any such payments are permitted by Section 7.06(g), (x) the
payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf
of, current, former and future directors, officers, employees and consultants of Holdings, the
Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings and the
Borrowers in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or
operation of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (xi) transactions pursuant to
permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any
amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the interests of the Lenders in
any
-138-
material respect, (xii) dividends, redemptions, repurchases and other Restricted Payments
permitted under Section 7.06, (xiii) customary payments by Holdings, the Borrowers and any
Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or
placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection
with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of
the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of
Holdings, the Lead Borrower or the entity making such payment in good faith and (xiv) the existence
of, or the performance by any of Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of
the Closing Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided
that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective
Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or
under any similar agreement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this
clause (xiv) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise
disadvantageous to the Lenders when taken as a whole.
Section 7.09
Burdensome Agreements
. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation
(other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any Senior Secured Notes Document) that
limits the ability of (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to make Restricted
Payments to any Loan Party or (ii) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens
on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to this Agreement and the
Senior Credit Obligations or under the other Loan Documents;
provided
that the foregoing
clauses (i) and (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which
(a) (x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this
Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual
Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness,
are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of
such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the
scope of such Contractual Obligation,
(b) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary merges with or
into the Lead Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection
with the acquisition of assets from such Person, so long as such Contractual Obligations
were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided
,
further
, that this clause (b) shall not apply to Contractual
Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
Section 7.15,
(c) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party which
is permitted by Section 7.03,
(d) arise in connection with any Lien permitted by Section 7.01(u) or any Disposition
permitted by Section 7.05,
(e) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements
or written arrangements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and
applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business,
(f) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge
relates to the property
-139-
financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any
Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) and the proceeds and products thereof,
(g) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses, asset sale
or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other similar
agreements, otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets
subject thereto,
(h) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Sections 7.03(b), 7.03(f), 7.03(h), 7.03(o) or 7.03(u) to the extent
that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or,
in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(h) only, to the Restricted
Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness,
(i) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease
governing a leasehold interest of any Restricted Subsidiary,
(j) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in
the ordinary course of business,
(k) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business,
(l) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01 and
(m) are obligations under (i) any Swap Contracts or (ii) other derivative instruments
entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate or currency risks in effect on the
Closing Date.
Section 7.10
Use of Proceeds
. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or
indirectly, (i) in violation of Section 5.13(a) or (ii) for purposes other than (A) to finance the
Merger, the repayment of certain existing Indebtedness of the Company and Transaction Expenses, (B)
provide working capital for the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or (C) for other general corporate
purposes (including, without limitation, Acquisitions, permitted Restricted Payments, permitted
Investments and permitted payments with respect to Indebtedness).
Section 7.11
Accounting Changes
. Make any change in fiscal year;
provided
,
however
, that Holdings and any Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative
Agent, change their fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, in which case, Holdings and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent will,
and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are
necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.
Section 7.12
Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness
.
(a) Make any Restricted Debt Payments (whether in cash, securities or other property) of or in
respect of the Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b), any Junior Financing, any
Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(o) or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof
(collectively, the
Restricted Debt
), except:
(i) so long as no Change of Control would result therefrom, Restricted Debt Payments in
the form of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any
-140-
Intermediate Holding Company, the conversion of such Restricted Debt to Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any Intermediate Holding
Company;
(ii) payments of principal as and when due in respect of any Restricted Debt (subject
to applicable subordination provisions relating thereto);
(iii) Restricted Debt Payments with the net proceeds of any Permitted Equity Issuances
(other than Specified Equity Contributions or to the extent part of the Available Amount)
for the purpose of making such payment or prepayment;
(iv) Restricted Debt Payments from any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and
(v) other Restricted Debt Payments, so long as (i) no Event of Default then exists or
would arise as a result of the making of such payment and (ii) both immediately prior to and
after giving effect to the making of such payment, the Pro Forma Excess Availability
Condition has been satisfied.
(b) Amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders
any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the
Administrative Agent.
Section 7.13
Permitted Activities of Holdings
. Holdings shall not (i) incur, directly or
indirectly, any Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability whatsoever other than
Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than such
Indebtedness represented by Holdings guarantee of obligations under any Indebtedness incurred
pursuant to Section 7.03(b), (ii) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets
now owned or hereafter acquired by it other than the Liens created under the Collateral Documents
and Permitted Liens, or (iii) engage in any business or activity or own any assets other than those
incidental to its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Lead Borrower.
Section 7.14
Concentration Account
. After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Cash
Dominion Event, use the funds on deposit in the Concentration Account for any purposes other than
(i) as set forth in Section 6.15(a)(v), and to the extent there remains funds after the application
referred to in this clause (i), toward (ii) the payment of operating expenses incurred by the Loan
Parties in the ordinary course of business (including payments of interest when due on account of
the Senior Secured Notes), and to the extent there remains funds after the application referred to
in this clause (ii), toward (iii) such other ordinary course purposes as the Loan Parties deem
appropriate.
Section 7.15
Designation of Subsidiaries
. Designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, unless such designation is
made by the board of directors of Holdings;
provided
that no Subsidiary shall be designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) immediately before such designation an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect thereto, (ii) such Subsidiary is
a Borrower or such Subsidiary owns any property subject to the Borrowing Base, (iii) immediately
before or immediately after such designation the Pro Forma Excess Availability Condition has not
been satisfied or (iv) such Subsidiary continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Indebtedness
incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(b) or any Junior Financing. The designation of any Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by the Borrowers therein at the date of
designation in an amount equal to the net book value of the Lead Borrowers investment therein.
The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the
incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at
such time.
-141-
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
Section 8.01
Events of Default
. Any of the following events referred to in any of clauses (a)
through (m) inclusive of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)
Non-Payment
. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be
paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect
of any Letter of Credit and (ii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any
interest on any Loan, any fee or any other amount, payable hereunder or with respect to any
other Loan Document.
(b)
Specific Covenants
. (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any
term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in any of (A)
Sections 6.03(i), 6.05(i) (with respect to the Lead Borrower only), 6.18(a) or (b) (solely
with respect to post-closing collateral perfection obligations of the Loan Parties) or
6.18(c) or (B) Section 6.17 or Article VII, (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe
any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in Section
6.01(vi) and such failure continues for five Business Days, or (iii) any Loan Party fails to
perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement on its part to be performed or observed
contained in Section 6.10 and such failure continues for fifteen days.
(c)
Other Defaults
. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any covenant or
agreement on its part to be performed or observed contained in (i) Article VI hereof not
specified in Section 8.01(b) above (other than Section 6.01(v)) and such failure continues
for 30 days following written notice from the Administrative Agent; (ii) Section 6.01(v)
hereof and such failure continues for fifteen days following the earlier of (x) written
notice from the Administrative Agent or (y) the Loan Partys obtaining actual knowledge
thereof,
provided
that if the covenants or agreements on such Loan Partys part to
be performed or observed contained in Section 6.01(v) must be performed or observed weekly
or more often, a failure to so perform or observe for five days following the earlier of (x)
written notice from the Administrative Agent or (y) the Loan Partys obtaining actual
knowledge thereof, shall constitute an Event of Default; or (iii) any Loan Document (not
specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above or in Section 8.01(c)(i) or (ii) above) and such
failure continues for 30 days after receipt by the Lead Borrower of written notice thereof
by the Administrative Agent.
(d)
Representations and Warranties
. Any representation, warranty,
certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party
herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in
connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect
when made or deemed made.
(e)
Cross-Default
. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to
make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of
any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate principal amount of
not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement
or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with
respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Agreements, termination events or equivalent
events pursuant to the terms of such Swap Agreements), the effect of which default or other
event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or
agent on behalf of such holder or holders
-142-
or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such
Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed
(automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such
Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity;
provided
that this clause
(e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the
voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such
sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such
Indebtedness;
provided
,
further
, that such failure is unremedied and is not
waived by the holders of such Indebtedness.
(f)
Insolvency Proceedings, Etc
. Any Loan Party or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor
Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents
to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all
or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator,
liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is
appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues
undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law
relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted
without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar
days; or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding.
(g)
Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment
. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted
Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its
debts in excess of the Threshold Amount as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of
attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material
part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or
fully bonded within 60 days after its issue or levy.
(h)
Judgments
. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted
Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount
exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party
insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not
denied or failed to acknowledge coverage thereof) and such judgment or order shall not have
been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of 60
consecutive days.
(i)
ERISA
. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or
Multiemployer Plan which, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, has resulted or
could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of
ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, (ii) any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the
expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its
Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate
amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a
termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination,
withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan
that, when taken together with other such events, could reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect.
(j)
Invalidity of Loan Documents
. Any material provision of any Loan Document,
at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly
permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under
Section 7.04 or
-143-
7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or
the satisfaction in full of all the Senior Credit Obligations, ceases to be in full force
and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any
provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or
further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment
in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or
purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document.
(k)
Change of Control
. There occurs any Change of Control.
(l)
Collateral Documents
. (i) Any Collateral Document shall for any reason
(other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof including as a result of a transaction
permitted under Section 7.04 or 7.05) cease to create a valid and perfected lien, with the
priority required by the Collateral Documents (or other security purported to be created on
the Collateral) on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported
to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, except to the extent
that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative
Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to
it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file UCC
continuation statements and except as to Collateral consisting of Real Property to the
extent that such losses are covered by a Lenders title insurance policy and such insurer
has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage, or (ii) any of the Equity Interests of the
Borrowers ceasing to be pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement free of Liens other than
Liens created by the Security Agreement, Liens permitted under Section 7.01(b) or any
nonconsensual Liens arising solely by operation of Law.
(m)
Junior Financing Documentation
. (i) Any of the Senior Credit Obligations
of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be Senior
Indebtedness (or any comparable term) or Senior Secured Financing (or any comparable
term) under, and as defined in any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination
provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease
to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of
any Junior Financing, if applicable.
Section 8.02
Remedies Upon Event of Default
. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the
following actions:
(i) declare the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Lender to make Loans (including
Swing Line Loans) and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit to be
terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans (including Swing Line
Loans), all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without
presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the Borrowers;
(iii) require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the amount of the L/C Obligations
(in an amount equal to 101.50% of then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit plus
100.00% of then unreimbursed amounts due to the L/C Issuers); and
-144-
(iv) exercise on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties all rights and remedies
available to it and the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;
provided
that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with
respect to the Borrowers under Debtor Relief Laws, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans
(including Swing Line Loans) and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit shall
automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans (including Swing Line
Loans) and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable
and the obligations of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the amount of the L/C Obligations as
aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case, without further act of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender.
Section 8.03
Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries
. Solely for the purpose of determining whether a
Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to
any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Restricted Subsidiary
affected by any event or circumstances referred to in any such clause that is not a Material
Subsidiary (it being agreed that all Restricted Subsidiaries affected by any event or circumstance
referred to in any such clause shall be considered together, as a single consolidated Restricted
Subsidiary, for purposes of determining whether the condition specified above is satisfied).
Section 8.04
Application of Funds
. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, at the election of the (A) Administrative Agent or (B)(x) in the case of clause (a)
immediately below, the Required Lenders and (y) in the case of clause (b) immediately below, the
Tranche 2 Required Lenders (or after the Loans have become immediately due and payable and the L/C
Obligations have been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section
8.02), any amounts received under any Collateral Documents shall be applied by the Administrative
Agent as follows, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement:
(a)
Proceeds from ABL First Lien Collateral
. Any amounts collected or received
by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party under any Collateral
Documents (other than amounts received from Noteholder First Lien Collateral (as defined in
the Intercreditor Agreement), whether or not the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral
Agency Agreement is then in effect) shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and/or the
Collateral Agent as follows:
FIRST, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees,
indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including
fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable
under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in their
respective capacities as such;
SECOND, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees,
indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees and
Commitment Fees) payable to the Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the L/C Issuers
(including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and
amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts
described in this clause Second payable to them in their capacities as such;
THIRD, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of
accrued and unpaid Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 1 Commitment Fees, and accrued
and unpaid interest on the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the
extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent
of Tranche 1
-145-
Protective Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the
Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C
Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing
Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund
Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders
(other than Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C
Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to
them in their capacities as such;
FOURTH, to payment of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of
unpaid principal of the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective Advance
Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave
rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1
L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts
arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations, ratably among the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C
Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them
in their capacities as such;
FIFTH, to the ratable payment of that portion of (x) the Senior Credit Obligations
consisting of unpaid principal of the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances
owing to Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and (y) the Finance
Obligations with respect to Cash Management Services furnished to any Loan Party by a Cash
Management Bank and any amounts due and owing under Secured Hedge Agreements (including the
Swap Termination Value under Secured Hedge Agreements) to a Hedge Bank, in each case in
proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them in their
capacities as such;
SIXTH, to the Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the
ratable benefit of the L/C Issuers and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than
Defaulting Lenders) as Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount
of outstanding Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit
are covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations;
SEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause THIRD of Section 8.04(b), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 2
Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 2 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective
Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit
that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions),
Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan
Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than
Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in
proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh payable to them in
their capacities as such;
-146-
EIGHTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FOURTH of Section 8.04(b), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing
Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective
Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein),
Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed
Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C
Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2
L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the
Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the
respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them in their capacities as such;
NINTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIFTH of Section 8.04(b), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances owing to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
(other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this
clause Ninth held by them in their capacities as such;
TENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SIXTH of Section 8.04(b), to the
Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
L/C Issuers and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) as
Cash Collateral in an amount up to 101.50% of the then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters
of Credit until paid in full, to the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 2
L/C Participations;
ELEVENTH, to the payment of all other Finance Obligations (including any other
outstanding Other Liabilities) that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the
other Secured Parties (including Defaulting Lenders) on such date, ratably based upon the
respective aggregate amounts of all such Senior Credit Obligations owing to the
Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and
LAST, the balance, if any, after all of the Finance Obligations have been indefeasibly
paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
(b)
Proceeds of Noteholder First Lien Collateral
. Any amounts collected or
received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party in respect
of the Noteholder First Lien Collateral shall be applied by the Administrative Agent and/or
the Collateral Agent (whether or not the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency
Agreement is then in effect) as follows:
FIRST, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIRST of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities, expenses
and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including fees, charges and
disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III)
payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent in their respective capacities
as such;
SECOND, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SECOND of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of fees, indemnities and other
amounts (other than principal, interest, Letter of Credit Fees and Commitment Fees) payable
to the Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) and the L/C Issuers
(including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and
amounts payable under
-147-
Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause
Second payable to them in their capacities as such;
THIRD, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SEVENTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 2
Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 2 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective
Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit
that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions),
Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan
Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing
Line Participations, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than
Defaulting Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in
proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them in their
capacities as such;
FOURTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause EIGHTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing
Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective
Advances (to the extent of Tranche 2 Protective Advance Participations therein),
Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed
Amounts were covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participtions), Tranche 2 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C
Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2
L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 2 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the
Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the
respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them in their capacities as such;
FIFTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause NINTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Advances owing to Tranche 2 Revolving Credit
Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders
(other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in this
clause Fifth held by them in their capacities as such;
SIXTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause TENTH of Section 8.04(a), to the
Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
L/C Issuers and the Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lenders as Cash Collateral in an amount up to
101.50% of the then Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit until paid in full, to
the extent such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 2 L/C Participations;
SEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause THIRD of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of accrued and unpaid Tranche 1
Letter of Credit Fees, Tranche 1 Commitment Fees, and accrued and unpaid interest on the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans, the Swing Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing
Line Participations therein), Protective Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective
Advance Participations therein), Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit
that gave rise to such Unreimbursed Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions),
Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders
-148-
to fund Tranche 1 L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising
from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line
Participations, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders (other than Defaulting
Lenders), the Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion
to the respective amounts described in this clause Seventh payable to them in their
capacities as such;
EIGHTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FOURTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the Swing
Line Loans (to the extent of Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations therein), Protective
Advances (to the extent of Tranche 1 Protective Advance Participations therein),
Unreimbursed Amounts (to the extent the Letter of Credit that gave rise to such Unreimbursed
Amounts were covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participtions), Tranche 1 L/C Borrowings, Unpaid L/C
Lender Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1
L/C Participations and Unpaid Swing Line Loan Amounts arising from failures of Tranche 1
Revolving Credit Lenders to fund Tranche 1 Swing Line Participations, ratably among the
Swing Line Lender, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers in proportion to the
respective amounts described in this clause Eighth held by them in their capacities as such;
NINTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause FIFTH of Section 8.04(a), to payment
of that portion of the Senior Credit Obligations consisting of unpaid principal of the
Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Loans and the L/C Advances owing to the Tranche 1 Revolving
Credit Lenders in their capacities as such, ratably among the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit
Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders) in proportion to the respective amounts described in
this clause Ninth held by them in their capacities as such;
TENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause SIXTH of Section 8.04(a), to the
Administrative Agent, to be held by the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the
L/C Issuers and the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lenders as Cash Collateral in an amount up to
101.50% of the then Stated Amount of Letters of Credit until paid in full, to the extent
such Letters of Credit are covered by Tranche 1 L/C Participations;
ELEVENTH, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause ELEVENTH of Section 8.04(a), to the
payment of all other Finance Obligations (including any other outstanding Other Liabilities)
that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties
(including Defaulting Lenders) on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate
amounts of all such Senior Credit Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the
other Secured Parties on such date; and
LAST, to the extent not paid pursuant to clause LAST of Section 8.04(a), the balance,
if any, after all of the Finance Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the
Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
ARTICLE IX
AGENTS
Section 9.01
Appointment and Authority
.
(a)
Administrative Agent
. Each of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably
appoints Citibank to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to
exercise such
-149-
powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together
with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article
are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and
neither any Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any
of such provisions.
(b)
Collateral Agent
. The Administrative Agent shall also act as the Collateral Agent
under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge
Bank and a potential Cash Management Bank) and the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoint and
authorize the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for
purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the
Loan Parties to secure any of the Finance Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as
are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as Collateral
Agent and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent
pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any
portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies
thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all
provisions of this Article IX and Article X (including Section 10.04(c), as though such co-agents,
sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set
forth in full herein with respect thereto.
Section 9.02
Rights as a Lender
. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall
have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise
the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term Lender or Lenders shall,
unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person
serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its
Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other
advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any
Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder
and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
Section 9.03
Exculpatory Provisions
. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of
whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any
discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby
or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as
directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents);
provided
that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action
that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to
liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law; and
(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents,
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any
information relating to the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or
obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any
capacity.
-150-
The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with
the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be
necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence
of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to
have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default as such is given to
the Administrative Agent by the Lead Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer.
The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire
into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered
hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance
of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the
occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the value or
the sufficiency of any Collateral or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV
or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to
the Administrative Agent.
Section 9.04
Reliance by Administrative Agent
. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely
upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate,
consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message,
Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to
have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent
also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been
made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining
compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of
Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or a L/C Issuer, the
Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or L/C Issuer
unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or L/C
Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The
Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Lead Borrower),
independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action
taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Section 9.05
Delegation of Duties
. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may perform
any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan
Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent or the
Collateral Agent, as applicable. The Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and any such
sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through
their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any
such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as
applicable, and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection
with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as
Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.
Section 9.06
Resignation of Administrative Agent
. The Administrative Agent may at any time give
notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Lead Borrower. Upon receipt of
any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the
Lead Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be (i) a bank with an office in the United
States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States and (ii) either a
Lender or any other Person reasonably acceptable to the Lead Borrower. If no such successor shall
have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30
days after the retiring Administrative Agent
-151-
gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the
Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications
set forth above;
provided
that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lead Borrower,
the Lenders and the L/C Issuers that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such
resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (i) the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative
Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring
Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor
Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations
provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each
Lender and L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor
Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section 9.06. Upon the acceptance of a
successors appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired)
Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its
duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged
therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.06). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a
successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless
otherwise agreed between the Lead Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative
Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX
and Section 10.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent,
its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
Any resignation by Citibank as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also
constitute its resignation as an L/C Issuer and as the Swing Line Lender. Upon the acceptance of a
successors appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of Citibank as a retiring L/C
Issuer and as the Swing Line Lender, (ii) Citibank, as a retiring L/C Issuer and as the Swing Line
Lender, shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations in such capacities hereunder or
under the other Loan Documents and (iii) a successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in
substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, issued by Citibank outstanding at the time of such
succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Citibank as a retiring L/C Issuer to
effectively assume the obligations of Citibank as issuer of such Letters of Credit.
Section 9.07
Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders
. Each Lender and L/C Issuer
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any
other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each
Lender and L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such
documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own
decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Section 9.08
No Other Duties, Etc
. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the
Bookrunners, Arrangers or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers,
duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its
capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer
hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Bookrunners, the Arrangers, or other agents
listed on the cover page
-152-
hereof in their respective capacities as such, shall by reason of any Loan Document, have any
fiduciary relationship in respect of any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person.
Section 9.09
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
. In case of the pendency of any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party,
the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall
then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of
whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Lead Borrower) shall be entitled
and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing
and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Senior Credit Obligations
that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable
in order to have the claims of the Senior Credit Parties (including any claim for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C
Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other
amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(i)
and (j), 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any
such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the
Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its
agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and
10.04.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or
consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Finance Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to
authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such
proceeding.
Section 9.10
Collateral and Guaranty Matters
. Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as
a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers irrevocably agree
to (and authorize the Administrative Agent to act in accordance with) the following:
(i) any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any
Loan Document shall be automatically released (A) upon termination of the Aggregate
Commitments and payment in full of all Finance Obligations (other than (x) contingent
indemnification obligations and (y) unmatured obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash
Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements) and the expiration or termination of all
Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuers shall have been made), (B) at
the time the property subject to such Lien is transferred or to be transferred as part of or
in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any
Person other than the Borrowers or any of their Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted
Subsidiaries (and upon written request from the Lead Borrower identifying the property to be
transferred pursuant to this clause (B), the Administrative Agent shall provide to the Lead
Borrower within ten Business Days a written acknowledgment that such property shall be
automatically released pursuant to this clause
-153-
(B)), (C) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section
10.01 or (D) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of
such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (ii) below;
(ii) any Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the
Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of a
transaction permitted hereunder or a Material Domestic Subsidiary or (ii) becomes an
Excluded Subsidiary; and
(iii) the Administrative Agent shall release or subordinate any Lien on any property
granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Finance Document to the holder of
any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(c), (j), (k) or (w).
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in
writing the Administrative Agents authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular
types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty,
pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative
Agent will promptly, at the Borrowers expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party
such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of
Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to
subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the
Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 9.10 shall be without
recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent and subject to the Administrative Agents
receipt of a certification by the Lead Borrower and applicable Loan Party stating that such
transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and as to such
other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
Section 9.11
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements
. No Cash Management
Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.04, any Guaranty or any Collateral by
virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right
to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any
other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment
of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent
expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX
to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that
other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Finance Obligations arising under
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has
received written notice of such Finance Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as
the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as
the case may be.
Section 9.12
Withholding Tax
. To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative
Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer an amount
equal to any applicable withholding Tax. If the IRS or any Governmental Authority asserts a claim
that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the
account of any Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer for any reason (including because the
appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Lender, Swing Line
Lender or the L/C Issuer failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances
that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender, Swing
Line Lender or the L/C Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the
extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by a Borrower and without
limiting or expanding the obligation
-154-
of any Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the
Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest
thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket
expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant
Government Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any
Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent
manifest error. Each Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the
Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender,
Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any
amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Article IX. The agreements in this Article IX
shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of
rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer, the termination of
the Loans and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Agreement.
Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation
to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer any
refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender, Swing Line
Lender or the L/C Issuer.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.01
Amendments, Etc
. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party
therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the
Administrative Agent with the consent or ratification of the Required Lenders or such other number
or percentage of Lenders as may be specified herein) and the Lead Borrower or the applicable Loan
Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent (it being understood that
such acknowledgement is ministerial in nature and must be made to the extent such amendment, waiver
or consent otherwise complies with the requirements of this Section 10.01), and each such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given;
provided
that (x) the Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower may, without the
consent of the Lenders, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement and any other Loan Document to
cure any ambiguity, typographical error, defect or inconsistency if such amendment, modification or
supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, (y) any
amendment, waiver or consent to the Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Agency Agreement
shall only require the consent of any Loan Party to the extent expressly set forth therein and (z)
no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(i) [Reserved];
(ii) extend or increase the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any
Revolving Credit Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent
of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in
Section 4.02 or the waiver of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of
the Revolving Credit Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any
Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender);
(iii) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any
payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due
to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the
written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment, it being understood that the waiver
of (or
-155-
amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a
postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;
(iv) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan,
L/C Borrowing or L/C Advance, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any
other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount (it
being understood that any change effected pursuant to clause (ix) or (x) below shall not
constitute such reduction);
provided
,
however
, that (A) only the consent of
the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of Default Rate, (B) only
the consent of the Tranche 1 Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of
the Borrowers to pay interest or Tranche 1 Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate with
respect to the Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Facility and (C) only the consent of the Tranche 2
Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest
or Tranche 2 Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate with respect to the Tranche 2
Revolving Credit Facility;
(v) change (A) Section 8.04 in a manner that would alter the application of payments
required thereby without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby or (B) the
order of application of any reduction in the Revolving Credit Commitments or any prepayment
of Loans from the application thereof set forth in the applicable provisions of Section
2.05(b) or 2.06(b), respectively, in any manner that adversely affects the Lenders without
the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby;
(vi) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of Required Lenders
or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to
amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any
consent hereunder without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;
(vii) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, release
all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related
transactions, without the written consent of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender and each
Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender;
provided
that the Collateral Agent may, without
consent from any Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender or Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender,
release any Collateral that is sold or transferred by a Loan Party, in each case in
compliance with Sections 7.04 or 7.05 or released in compliance with Section 9.10(i), (ii)
or (iii) (in which case such release shall be made by the Administrative Agent and/or the
Collateral Agent acting alone);
(viii) other than in a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05,
release all or substantially all of the value of the Guaranty, without the written consent
of each Tranche 1 Revolving Credit Lender and each Tranche 2 Revolving Credit Lender, except
to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from the Guaranty is permitted pursuant to
Section 9.10 (in which case such release shall be made by the Administrative Agent acting
alone);
(ix) (A) change the advance rates set forth in the definition of Tranche 1 Borrowing
Base in a manner that is intended to increase the availability under the Tranche 1
Borrowing Base in any material respect without the written consent of the Tranche 1
Supermajority Lenders or (B) change the advance rates set forth in the definition of
Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in a manner that is intended to increase the availability under
the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any material respect without the written consent of the
Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders; or
(x) (A) change or otherwise modify the eligibility criteria, eligible asset classes,
reserves, sublimits in respect of the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base, or add new asset categories
to the
-156-
Tranche 1 Borrowing Base, if such change, modification or addition is intended to
increase availability under the Tranche 1 Borrowing Base in any material respect, in each
case without the written consent of the Tranche 1 Supermajority Lenders or (B) change or
otherwise modify the eligibility criteria, eligible asset classes, reserves, sublimits in
respect of the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base, or add new asset categories to the Tranche 2
Borrowing Base, if such change, modification or increase is intended to increase
availability under the Tranche 2 Borrowing Base in any material respect, in each case
without the written consent of the Tranche 2 Supermajority Lenders;
provided
that
this clause (x) shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change,
establish or eliminate any reserves, to add assets acquired in an Acquisition to the
Borrowing Base or to otherwise exercise its discretion or Credit Judgment in respect of any
determination expressly provided hereunder to be made by the Administrative Agent in its
discretion or Credit Judgment, all to the extent otherwise set forth herein;
and
provided
,
further
, that: (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by each applicable L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect
the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any
Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless
in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect
the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or
consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders
required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.06(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without
the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at
the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; (v) no amendment, waiver or consent which
would require the consent of a Lender but for the fact that it is a Defaulting Lender shall be
enforced against it without its consent if such amendment, waiver or consent affects such
Defaulting Lender in a disproportionate manner; and (vi) no amendment, waiver or consent shall,
unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above,
affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any
right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the
Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of
such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any
Defaulting Lender shall be excluded from a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of
the Lenders).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, guarantees,
collateral security documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with
this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be,
together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the
Administrative Agent at the request of the Lead Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of
any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with
local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or
(iii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with
respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by
the Required Lenders, the Lead Borrower may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with
Section 10.13.
-157-
Section 10.02
Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
.
(a)
Notices Generally
. Except in the case of notices and other communications
expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all
notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by
hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as
follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by
telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i) if to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent, an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line
Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number
specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02; and
(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address
or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by
certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other
communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not
given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the
opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications
delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall
be effective as provided in such subsection (b).
(b)
Electronic Communications
. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and
the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including
e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative
Agent;
provided
that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or L/C Issuer
pursuant to Article II if such Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative
Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.
The Administrative Agent or the Lead Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and
other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved
by it;
provided
that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or
communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications
sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received when sent;
provided
that if such notice
or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice
or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business
day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website
shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as
described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is
available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c)
The Platform
. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT
PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR
THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE
BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR
FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE
BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its
Related
-158-
Parties (collectively,
Agent Parties
) have any liability to any Borrower, any
Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of
any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Loan Partys or the
Administrative Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through electronic telecommunications or
other information transmission systems, except for direct or economic (as such term is used in
Title 18, United States Code, Section 1030(g)) (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or
punitive) losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses to the extent that such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final
and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
Agent Party or (y) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an
Indemnitee for material breach of such Indemnitees obligations hereunder or under any other Loan
Document in respect of Borrower Materials made available through electronic telecommunications or
other information transmission systems, if such Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final
and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction;
provided
,
however
, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any
liability to any Borrower, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special,
incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to such direct or economic damages).
(d)
Change of Address, Etc
. Each of the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, each
L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for
notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other
Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications
hereunder by notice to the Lead Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Swing
Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time
to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name,
telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other
communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each
Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at
all times have selected the Private Side Information or similar designation on the content
declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in
accordance with such Public Lenders compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United
States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made
available through the Public Side Information portion of the Platform and that may contain
material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of
United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)
Reliance by Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders
. The Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic
notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party even if (i)
such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or
followed by any other form of notice specified herein or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by
the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Lead Borrower shall indemnify the
Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all
losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice
purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrowers in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Administrative Agent may
be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such
recording.
Section 10.03
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement
. No failure by any Lender or L/C Issuer
or by the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any
right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or
further exercise thereof
-159-
or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies,
powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies,
powers and privileges provided by Law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the
authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the
Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law
in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the
Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C
Issuer;
provided
,
however
, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) the
Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its
benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents, (ii) any L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies
that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case
may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (iii) any Lender from exercising setoff
rights in accordance with Section 10.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13) or (iv) any Lender
from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency
of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and
provided
,
further
, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents, then (x) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise
ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (y) in addition to the matters
set forth in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any
Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to
it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
Section 10.04
Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
.
(a)
Costs and Expenses
. Holdings and the Lead Borrower jointly and severally agree to
pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent
and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the
Administrative Agent), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for
herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or
thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii)
all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and
(iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer
(including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any
Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in
connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this
Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including
all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in
respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit;
provided
that Holdings and the Lead Borrower
shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than one outside counsel (in
addition to any special counsel and up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction)
for all Persons indemnified under this subsection (a) unless, in the opinion of counsel,
representation of all such indemnified persons would be inappropriate due to the existence of an
actual or potential conflict of interest.
(b)
Indemnification
. Holdings and the Lead Borrower, jointly and severally, shall
indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender each L/C Issuer, and
each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an
Indemnitee
) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and
disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee)
-160-
incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any
Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the
execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument
contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective
obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related
Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or
Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an
L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in
connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii)
any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or
operated by the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability of the
Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation,
investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing brought by a third party or by any
Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of such Borrowers or such Loan Partys directors,
shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto;
provided
that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent
that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought
by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such
Indemnitees obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such Loan
Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction.
(c)
Reimbursement by Lenders
. To the extent that Holdings and the Lead Borrower for
any reason fail indefeasibly to pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section
10.04 to be paid by it or them to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C
Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), each L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case
may be, such Lenders Applicable Adjusted Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable
unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount;
provided
that
the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the
case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent)
or an L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing
acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or an L/C Issuer in connection with
such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the
provisions of Section 2.12(d).
(d)
Waiver of Consequential Damages
. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable
Law, no Borrower or Indemnitee shall assert, and each Borrower and Indemnitee hereby waives, any
claim, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as
opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the
proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any
damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials
distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems
in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction.
-161-
(e)
Payments
. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be payable not later
than ten Business Days after demand therefor;
provided
,
however
, that such
Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial or
arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification or contribution
rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.04.
(f)
Survival
. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the
Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the
termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the
other Senior Credit Obligations.
Section 10.05
Payments Set Aside
. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Borrower or
any other Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the
Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment
or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered
into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to
a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief
Law or otherwise, then (i) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof
originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if
such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred, and (ii) each Lender and L/C
Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any
amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date
of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate
from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (ii)
of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Senior Credit Obligations and
the termination of this Agreement.
Section 10.06
Successors and Assigns
.
(a)
Successors and Assigns Generally
. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Lead Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign
or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent
of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of
its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section
10.06(d), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions
of Section 10.06(f), or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.06(g) (and
any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in
this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer, shall be construed to confer, or shall
confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns
permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section 10.06 and,
to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative
Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by
reason of this Agreement.
(b)
Assignments by Lenders
. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more
assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section
10.06(b), L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations) at
the time owing to it);
provided
that any such assignment shall be subject to the following
conditions:
-162-
(i)
Minimum Amounts
.
(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning
Lenders Revolving Credit Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of
an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount
need be assigned; and
(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section 10.06, the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans,
L/C Participations, Swing Line Participations and Protective Advance Participations
outstanding thereunder) or, if the Revolving Credit Commitment is not then in effect, the
principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such
assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if Trade Date is specified in the
Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless
each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Lead Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed);
provided
,
however
, that concurrent assignments to
members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to
a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group)
will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum
amount has been met.
(ii)
Proportionate Amounts
. Each partial assignment shall be made as an
assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations
under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Revolving Credit Commitment assigned,
except that this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swing Line Lenders rights and
obligations in respect of Swing Line Loans.
(iii)
Required Consents
. No consent shall be required for any assignment
except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section 10.06 and, in
addition:
(A) the consent of the Lead Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default under clause
(a), (f) or (g) of Section 8.01 has occurred and is continuing at the time of such
assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender),
an Affiliate of a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) or an Approved Fund;
(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of
any Revolving Credit Commitment if such assignment is to a Defaulting Lender or to a
Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;
(C) the consent of each L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Defaulting Lender or
that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one
or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and
(D) the consent of the Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment to a Defaulting Lender or
in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
-163-
(iv)
Assignment and Assumption
. The parties to each assignment shall execute
(except as otherwise contemplated in the penultimate sentence of Section 10.13) and deliver
to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount of $3,500;
provided
,
however
, that the
Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and
recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall
deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)
No Assignment to Certain Persons
. No such assignment shall be made to the
Lead Borrower or any of the Lead Borrowers Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
(vi)
No Assignment to Natural Persons
. No such assignment shall be made to a
natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection
(c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption,
the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this
Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by
such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the
case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations
under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be
entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 10.04 with respect to facts and
circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the
surrender by the assigning Lender of its Notes, the Lead Borrower (at its expense) shall execute
and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or
obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for
purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and
obligations in accordance with Section 10.06(d).
(c)
Register
. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of
the Lead Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment
and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the
Lenders, and the Revolving Credit Commitments of, and principal and interest amounts of the Loans
and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the
Register
). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and
each Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is
recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of
this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for
inspection by the Lead Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice. In addition, at any time that a request for a consent for a material or
other substantive change to the Loan Documents is pending, any Lender may request and receive from
the Administrative Agent a copy of the Register.
(d)
Participations
. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to,
any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural
person, the Lead Borrower or any of the Lead Borrowers Subsidiaries or Affiliates) (each, a
Participant
) in all or a portion of such Lenders rights and/or obligations under this
Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and/or the Loans
(including such Lenders participations in L/C Obligations, Swing Line Loans and/or Protective
Advances) owing to it);
provided
that (i) such Lenders obligations under this Agreement
shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative
-164-
Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any
agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that
such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and
to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents;
provided
that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender
will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other
modification described in clause (y) of the first proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects
such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section 10.06, the Borrowers agree that each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the
requirements and limitations of those Sections, including Section 3.01(e)) to the same extent as if
it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.06(b). To the
extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08
as though it were a Lender,
provided
such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13
as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this
purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the applicable Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters
the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each
Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the
Participant
Register
). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive and such Lender (and
the applicable Borrower, to the extent that the Participant requests payment from such Borrower)
shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such
participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(e)
Limitation Upon Participant Rights
. A Participant shall not be entitled to
receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been
entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of
the participation to such Participant is made with the Lead Borrowers prior written consent or to
the extent that any entitlement to a greater payment results from a Change in Law arising after
such Participant became a Participant.
(f)
Certain Pledges
. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest
in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to
secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a
Federal Reserve Bank;
provided
that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender
from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as
a party hereto.
(g)
Special Purpose Funding Vehicles
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, any Lender (a
Granting Lender
) may grant to a special purpose funding
vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the
Administrative Agent and the Lead Borrower (an
SPC
) the option to provide all or any part
of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this
Agreement;
provided
that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to
fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all
or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the
terms hereof or, if it fails to do so, to make such payment to the Administrative Agent as is
required under Section 2.12(b)(i). Subject to the provisions of this subsection (g), the Loan
Parties agree that each SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of
Sections 3.01
,
3.04
and
3.05
(subject to the requirements and limitations of those sections) to
the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to
subsection (b) of this Section. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) neither the grant to any
SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise
increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement (including its obligations
under Section 3.04), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation
under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for
all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any
provision of any Loan
-165-
Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC
hereunder shall utilize the Revolving Credit Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent,
and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. In furtherance of the foregoing, each
party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that,
prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding
commercial paper or other senior debt of any SPC, it will not institute against, or join any other
Person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, or
liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior
consent of the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent, assign all or any portion of its right
to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a
confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating
agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or guaranty or credit or liquidity
enhancement to such SPC.
(h)
Resignation as an L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment
.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Citibank assigns all of
its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 10.06(b), Citibank
may, (i) upon 30 days notice to the Lead Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an L/C Issuer and/or
(ii) upon 30 days notice to the Lead Borrower, resign as Swing Line Lender. In the event of any
such resignation as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, the Lead Borrower shall be entitled to
appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder;
provided
,
however
, that no failure by the Lead Borrower to appoint any such
successor shall affect the resignation of Citibank as an L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as
the case may be. If Citibank resigns as an L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit issued by it
which remain outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an L/C Issuer and all L/C
Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate
Loans or fund L/C Participations). If Citibank resigns as the Swing Line Lender, it shall retain
all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans
made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to
require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line
Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c). Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing
Line Lender, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (ii)
such successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit,
if any, issued by the retiring L/C Issuer and remaining outstanding at the time of such succession
or make other arrangements satisfactory to Citibank to effectively assume the obligations of
Citibank with respect to such Letters of Credit.
Section 10.07
Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
. Each of the Administrative Agent,
the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as
defined below) and not to disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed: (i)
to its Affiliates and to it and its Affiliates respective partners, directors, officers,
employees, agents, trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to
whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and
instructed to keep such Information confidential); (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory
authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as
the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) in which case the Administrative Agent or such
Lender or L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall notify the Lead Borrower prior to such disclosure, in
any case, to the extent legally permissible; (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or
regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; (iv) to any other party hereto; (v) in
connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of
rights
hereunder or thereunder; (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as
restrictive as those
-166-
of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective
assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any
Eligible Assignee invited to be a Lender pursuant to Section 2.14(c) or (B) any actual or
prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any
Borrower and its obligations; (vii) with the consent of the Lead Borrower; or (viii) to the extent
such Information (A) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section
or (B) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their
respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Lead Borrower.
For purposes of this Section,
Information
means all information received from
Holdings, the Lead Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Related Parties relating to Holdings or
the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary or Related Party or any of their respective businesses, other
than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender or L/C Issuer
on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Holdings or the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary
other than by breach of this Section 10.07;
provided
that, in the case of information
received from Holdings or the Lead Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such
information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or is delivered pursuant
to Section 6.01, 6.02 or 6.03 hereof. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of
Information as provided in this Section 10.07 shall be considered to have complied with its
obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the
confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential
information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Agent and any Lender may place advertisements in
financial and other newspapers and periodicals or on a home page or similar place for dissemination
of information on the Internet or worldwide web as it may choose, and circulate similar promotional
materials, after the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the form of a
tombstone or otherwise describing the names of the Loan Parties, or any of them, and the amount,
type and closing date of such transactions, all at their sole expense.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledge that (i) the
Information may include material non-public information concerning Holdings, the Lead Borrower or
one or more Subsidiaries, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding
the use of material non-public information and (iii) it will handle such material non-public
information in accordance with applicable Laws, including Federal and state securities Laws.
Section 10.08
Right of Setoff
. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each
Lender and each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time
and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such
consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set
off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in
whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing
by such Lender, L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any
Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such
Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender
or an L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or L/C Issuer shall have made any
demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such
Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of
such Lender or L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on
such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuers and their respective Affiliates
under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff)
that such Lender, the L/C Issuers or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each
L/C Issuer agrees to notify the Lead Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any
-167-
such setoff and application;
provided
that the failure to give such notice shall not
affect the validity of such setoff and application.
Section 10.09
Interest Rate Limitation
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the
maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the
Maximum Rate
). If
the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum
Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such
unpaid principal, refunded to the Lead Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted
for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such
Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) characterize any payment that is not
principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments
and the effects thereof and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts
the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Senior Credit Obligations
hereunder.
Section 10.10
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall
constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties
relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in
Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the
Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof
that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an
executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging
means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 10.11
Survival of Representations and Warranties
. All representations and warranties made
hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or
in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.
Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent
and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf
and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect
as long as any Loan or any other Senior Credit Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any
Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
Section 10.12
Severability
. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held
to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (i) the legality, validity and enforceability of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or
impaired thereby and (ii) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which
comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The
invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 10.13
Replacement of Lenders
. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if
any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority
for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, if any Lenders obligations to make,
continue or convert to Eurodollar Rate Loans has been suspended pursuant to Section 3.02, if any
Lender is a Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Lead
Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto (including but not limited to the last
paragraph of Section
-168-
10.01), then the Lead Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender
and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in
accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section
10.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan
Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender,
if a Lender accepts such assignment),
provided
that:
(i) the Lead Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee
specified in Section 10.06(b);
(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding
principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all
other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any
amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal
and accrued interest and fees) or the applicable Borrower (in the case of all other
amounts);
(iii) in the case of any assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under
Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will
result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and
(v) in the case of any replacement of Lenders under the circumstances described in last
paragraph of Section 10.01, the applicable amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that
the Lead Borrower has requested shall become effective upon giving effect to such
replacement (and any related Assignment and Assumptions required to be effected in
connection therewith in accordance with this Section 10.13).
In connection with the replacement of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 10.13, no
signature of such Defaulting Lender to the Assignment and Assumption shall be required to properly
effect the assignment of Loans held by such Defaulting Lender. A Lender shall not be required to
make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or
otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Lead Borrower to require such assignment and delegation
cease to apply.
Section 10.14
Governing Law; Jurisdiction Etc
.
(a)
Governing Law
. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF
CREDIT AND OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) AND THE RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND
INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK). EACH LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES
DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM
CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS (1993 REVISION), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE,
PUBLICATION NO. 500, IN THE CASE OF DOCUMENTARY LETTERS OF CREDIT OR TRADE LETTERS OF CREDIT, AND
THE INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES 1998 PUBLISHED BY THE INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL BANKING LAW &
PRACTICE, INC. (OR SUCH LATER VERSION THEREOF AS MAY BE IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE), IN THE
CASE OF STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT AND,
-169-
AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY SUCH UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES, THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK).
(b)
Submission to Jurisdiction
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN
DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT
OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL
CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK
STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE
CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER
MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY
RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY
ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR
ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)
Waiver of Venue
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (b) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES
HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF
AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(d)
Service of Process
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS
IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE
RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
Section 10.15
[Reserved
].
Waiver of Jury Trial
. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY
OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY
OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE
EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES
-170-
THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
SECTION.
Section 10.17
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
. In connection with all aspects of each
transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other
modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings
acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates understanding, that: (i) (A) the
arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the
Bookrunners are arms-length commercial transactions between the Lead Borrower, Holdings and their
respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners, on the
other hand, (B) each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting,
regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Lead
Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and
conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the
Administrative Agent each Bookrunner each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except
as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be
acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Lead Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective
Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Bookrunner in
their capacities as Administrative Agent or Bookrunner has any obligation to the Borrowers,
Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby
except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the
Administrative Agent, each Bookrunner and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad
range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers, Holdings and
their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Bookrunner has any
obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrowers, Holdings or any of their respective
Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Lead Borrower and Holdings hereby
waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and any Bookrunner
with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any
aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
Section 10.18
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
. The words
execution, signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in
any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to
include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be
of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of
a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any
applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act,
the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on
the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
Section 10.19
USA PATRIOT Act Notice
. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (as
hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender)
hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Uniting and Strengthening
America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
(Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into Law October 26, 2001) (the
USA PATRIOT Act
), it
is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrowers, which
information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow
such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Borrower in accordance
with the USA PATRIOT Act. Each Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent
or such Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable
know your customer an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
-171-
Section 10.20
Intercreditor Agreements and Collateral Agency Agreement
. Each Lender and L/C Issuer
hereunder (on behalf of itself and any Secured Parties that may be its Affiliate): (a) consents to
the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be
bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement or the
Collateral Agency Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent and/or the
Administrative Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Agency Agreement
as the ABL Agent (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) and the Tranche 2 Representative (as
defined the the Collateral Agency Agreement), respectively, on behalf of such Lender and L/C
Issuer. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the Noteholder Lien Secured
Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) to enter into the arrangements contemplated by
the Noteholder Lien Documents (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) are intended third party
beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Collateral Agency Agreement. The Lenders and other Secured Parties hereby authorize the
Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent to enter into each Factoring Intercreditor
Agreement and consent to the terms thereof.
[Signature Pages Follow]
-172-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCORPIO ACQUISITION CORPORATION
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jason Giordano
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jason Giordano
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President and Treasurer
|
|
|
|
SCORPIO MERGER SUB CORPORATION,
as Lead Borrower
|
|
|
By:
|
Jason Giordano
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jason Giordano
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President and Treasurer
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that, upon the effectiveness of the merger of
Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation with and into Polymer Group, Inc. with Polymer Group, Inc.
continuing as the surviving corporation under the name Polymer Group, Inc., it will succeed by
operation of law to all of the rights and obligations of Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation set forth
herein and in all other Loan Documents and that all references herein and therein to the Lead
Borrower shall thereupon be deemed to be references to the undersigned.
|
|
|
|
|
|
POLYMER GROUP, INC.,
as Lead Borrower
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
DOMINION TEXTILE (USA), L.L.C.
Fabrene, L.L.C.
PGI Europe, Inc.
PGI Polymer, Inc.,
as Borrowers
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
-2-
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as L/C Issuer
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Swing Line Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Collateral Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as an initial Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Michael Smolow
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
-3-
|
|
|
|
|
|
MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,
as an initial Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lisa Hanson
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Lisa Hanson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
-4-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
as an initial Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Lisa Hanson
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Lisa Hanson
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
-5-
|
|
|
|
|
|
BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as an initial Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Ann Sutton
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Ann Sutton
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
-6-
|
|
|
|
|
|
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as an initial Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Pierre Noriega
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Pierre Noriega
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Meredith Majesty
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Meredith Majesty
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Authorized Signatory
|
|
-7-
Exhibit 10.17
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
This SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011 (this
Amendment
), to that certain
Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended by that certain Amendment and
Waiver, dated as of January 19, 2011, as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time, the
Equipment Lease Agreement
), between CHICOPEE, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the
Lessee
or the
Company
) and GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company (the
Lessor
).
W
I
T
N
E
S
S
E
T
H:
WHEREAS, the Lessee and the Lessor have agreed to make certain amendments to the Equipment
Lease Agreement on the terms and conditions contained herein;
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1.
Defined Terms
. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Equipment
Lease Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Equipment Lease
Agreement.
2.
Amendments to Equipment Lease Agreement
. The Equipment Lease Agreement is hereby
amended by:
(a) deleting the first sentence of Section 17(b)(viii) in its entirety and inserting in lieu
thereof the following:
Lessee shall (i) maintain at all times during the Basic Term an Acceptable Letter
of Credit for the benefit of Lessor with a stated amount not less than the Required
Amount and (ii) maintain at all times until January 28, 2016 a Supplemental Letter
of Credit, in each case in order to secure the Lessees obligations under this
Agreement.
(b) deleting the definition of Site Lease Commencement Date in its entirety and inserting in
lieu thereof the following:
Site Lease Commencement Date
shall mean July 5, 2011 which is the first business
day after the date that (i) the Facility is substantially completed by Site Lessor,
(ii) Site Lessor has provided Site Lessee with a certificate of occupancy for the
Facility, and (iii) Site Lessor has provided Site Lessee with exclusive possession
of the Site.
(c) deleting the definition of Discount Rate in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof
the following:
Discount Rate
means 10%.
3.
Conformed Equipment Lease Agreement
. Attached as
Exhibit A
hereto is a
conformed copy of the Equipment Lease Agreement updated through the date of this Amendment.
4.
Effectiveness
. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the
Amendment Effective Date
) on which the Lessor shall have received counterparts hereof
duly executed by the Company and the Lessor.
5.
Representations and Warranties
. The Lessee hereby represents and warrants that, on
and as of the Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to this Amendment:
(a) The Lessee is in good standing under the laws of the state of its jurisdiction of
incorporation.
(b) The Lessee is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is duly authorized
to perform its obligations hereunder.
(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of this Amendment do not and will
not (i) require any consent or approval of any federal, state, local or municipal governmental
authority or any other entity or person, except where the failure to obtain any of the foregoing
would not have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) (A) violate any judgment, order, law, regulation,
or rule applicable to Lessee or any provision of Lessees charter or bylaws or (B) result in any
breach of, constitute a default under or result in the creation of any lien, charge, security
interest or other encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) upon the Operative Documents or any
Equipment pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreements or
other material instrument (other than the Equipment Lease Agreement) to which the Lessee is a
party.
(d) This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee, enforceable
against the Lessee in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws
affecting enforceability of creditors rights generally and to general principals of equity.
(e) No Default has occurred and is continuing; and
(f) Each of the representations and warranties of the Lessee in the Equipment Lease Agreement
is true and correct in all material respects, on and as of the Amendment Effective Date with the
same effect as though made on and as of the Amendment Effective Date, except to the extent such
representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which case such
representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier
date).
6.
Continuing Effect
. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Equipment Lease
Agreement shall continue to be and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its
terms. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Equipment Lease Agreement to this
Agreement, hereunder, hereof, herein, or words of like import shall be to the
2
Equipment Lease Agreement as amended hereby. This Amendment shall constitute an Operative
Document for purposes of the Equipment Agreement and the other Operative Documents.
7.
Counterparts
. This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto
on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed
to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment
by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart hereof.
8.
Headings
. Section headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference
only, are not part of this Amendment and are not to affect the constructions of, or to be taken
into consideration in interpreting, this Amendment.
9.
GOVERNING LAW
. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER
THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
[Signature page follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed and delivered
by their duly authorized officers as of the date first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Dennis E. Norman
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Second Amendment Equipment Lease Agreement]
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
BY: GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT
CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE, its member
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Brian E. Miner
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Brian E. Miner
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Duly Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
BY: ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC, its
member
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jerry L. McDonald
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Jerry L. McDonald
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Director
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Second Amendment Equipment Lease Agreement]
EXHIBIT A
Conformed Copy of Equipment Lease Agreement through date of Second Amendment
[See attached.]
CONFORMED COPY
as amended by
that certain AMENDMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of January 19, 2011 and
that certain SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011
EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
dated as of June 24, 2010
between
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC,
as Lessor,
And
CHICOPEE, INC.,
as Lessee
This Lease Agreement and the Schedule may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which,
when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument. If this Lease Agreement or the Schedule
constitutes chattel paper (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable
jurisdiction), no security interest therein may be created except through the transfer or
possession of the original counterpart marked No. 1 Original.
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
1. LEASING
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. TERM, RENT AND PAYMENT
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3. RENT ADJUSTMENTS
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4. TAXES
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. REPORTS
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. DELIVERY, USE AND OPERATION
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7. MAINTENANCE
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8. CASUALTY OCCURRENCE
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9. LOSS OR DAMAGE
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10. INSURANCE
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12. DEFAULT; REMEDIES
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13. ASSIGNMENT; SYNDICATION
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14. NET LEASE; NO SET-OFF, ETC.
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15. INDEMNIFICATION
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16. DISCLAIMER
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. INTENT; TITLE
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19. PURCHASE OPTIONS
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20. MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23. DEFINITIONS
|
|
|
45
|
|
i
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
APPENDIX I
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
APPENDIX II
|
|
|
|
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
|
EXHIBIT NO. 1
|
|
|
|
FORM OF EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
|
ANNEX A
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
|
ANNEX B
|
|
|
|
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
|
ANNEX C
|
|
|
|
STIPULATED LOSS VALUE TABLE
|
EXHIBIT NO. 2
|
|
|
|
FORM OF ACCEPTABLE LETTER OF CREDIT
|
EXHIBIT NO. 3
|
|
|
|
FORM OF GUARANTY
|
EXHIBIT NO. 4
|
|
|
|
FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
|
EXHIBIT NO. 5
|
|
|
|
FORM OF SECURITY DEPOSIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT
|
ii
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 24, 2010 (the
Agreement
), between GOSSAMER
HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter called, together with its
successors and assigns, if any,
Lessor
) and CHICOPEE, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter
called
Lessee
).
1. LEASING
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, Lessor agrees to lease to Lessee, and
Lessee agrees to lease from Lessor, the Equipment described in Annex A to the Schedule executed
pursuant hereto. The Basic Term shall commence on the Basic Term Commencement Date. Terms defined
in the Schedule and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the
Schedule. Certain definitions are provided in Appendix I hereto.
(b) The obligation of Lessor to lease the Equipment set forth on the Schedule to Lessee shall
be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions, on or prior to the Basic Term Commencement
Date:
(i) Receipt by Lessor of the following documents in form and substance satisfactory to
Lessor:
(1) the Schedule relating to the Equipment to be made subject to this Agreement
(including a duly completed Annex A thereto describing the Equipment and a duly
completed Annex C thereto describing the Stipulated Loss Values applicable to the
Equipment), in favor of Lessor, duly executed by Lessee;
(2) (a) bills of sale, in favor of Lessor, evidencing free and clear title to
the Equipment, duly executed by the respective Vendors; and (b) official invoices
that comply with all requirements under German tax laws, with respect to the
Equipment purchased by the Lessor from any German Vendor, as well as all other
documents in connection with the importation of any of the Equipment, including
without limitation: certificates of origin, importation permits, and receipts of
payment of applicable taxes;
(3) a Certificate of Acceptance with respect to the Equipment, in favor of
Lessor, duly executed by Lessee;
(4) an SNDA with respect to the Equipment, in favor of Lessor, duly executed by
the mortgagee, if any, with respect to the Site;
(ii) Receipt by Lessor of an Acceptable Letter of Credit, maintained by the Lessee for
the benefit of Lessor (or its assignee or designee) having at the date of issuance thereof a
stated amount not less than the Required Amount;
(iii) Receipt by Lessor of the Security Deposit and the Security Deposit Pledge
Agreement duly executed by Lessee;
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(iv) Receipt by Lessor of evidence of insurance which complies with the requirements of
Section 10 hereof;
(v) Receipt by Lessor of an Appraisal with respect to the Equipment, in form and
substance satisfactory to Lessor;
(vi) Receipt by Lessor of a certificate signed by the Secretary of Lessee confirming
(x) that attached thereto is (1) a certificate, where available, as to the good standing of,
and payment of franchise taxes by, the Lessee from the Secretary of State of Delaware and
the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Virginia, (2) a true and correct certified
copy of the organizational documents and by-laws (together with amendments thereto if
applicable) of Lessee as in effect prior to the date of the resolutions referred to in
clause (3) of this paragraph through to such Basic Term Commencement Date and (3)
resolutions of the board of directors of Lessee authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance of its obligations under the Documents (y) that (1) the resolutions referred to
in clause (3) above were duly adopted, are in full force and effect on such Basic Term
Commencement Date and have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded prior to such
date and (2) all conditions for the effective application of such actions or resolutions to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been satisfied, and (z) the incumbency
and signature of each officer executing any Document on behalf of Lessee;
(vii) Receipt by Lessor of a certificate signed by the Secretary of each of the
Guarantors confirming (x) that attached thereto is (1) a certificate, where available, as to
the good standing of, and payment of franchise taxes by, each of the Guarantors from the
Secretary of State of Delaware, (2) a true and correct certified copy of the organizational
documents (including articles of incorporation and by-laws or operating agreement (together
with amendments thereto if applicable)) of each of the Guarantors as in effect prior to the
date of the resolutions referred to in clause (3) of this paragraph through to such Basic
Term Commencement Date, (3) resolutions of the board of directors, members or manager of
each of the Guarantors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of its
obligations under the Documents, (y) that (1) the resolutions referred to in clause (3)
above were duly adopted, are in full force and effect on such Basic Term Commencement Date
and have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded prior to such date, and (2) all
conditions for the effective application of such actions or resolutions to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement have been satisfied, and (z) the incumbency and signature of
each officer executing any Document on behalf of each of the Guarantors.
(viii) (1) No Default and no event, which with the lapse of time or the giving of
notice, shall constitute a Default, shall have occurred and be continuing, no Casualty
Occurrence shall have occurred and the representations and warranties of Lessee herein are
true and correct as of such Basic Term Commencement Date, and Lessor shall have received a
certificate dated such date signed by a Responsible Officer of Lessee to such effect; and
2
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(2) No Construction Agency Event of Default (as defined in the CAA) and no
event, which with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, shall constitute a
Construction Agency Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.
(ix) UCC financing statements, including fixture filings, naming Lessee as debtor and
Lessor as secured party, shall have been filed in all jurisdictions where it is necessary
and desirable in the reasonable opinion of Lessor to so file so as to perfect and protect
Lessors interest in the Equipment;
(x) The chattel paper counterpart of this Agreement and the Schedule shall have been
delivered to Lessor;
(xi) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the financial condition of PGI
and its subsidiaries (including Lessee), taken as a whole, since December 31, 2009;
(xii) Receipt by Lessor of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that Construction
Completion (as defined in the CAA) has occurred;
(xiii) Receipt by Lessor of evidence that the Site Lease, Site Sublease, Support
Agreement, the Easement Agreement and the Guaranty are each in full force and effect;
(xiv) All Liens on the Equipment, other than Permitted Liens, shall be discharged and
released and duly delivered and/or executed releases with respect thereto shall have been
delivered to Lessor;
(xv) The Equipment shall be located at the Site;
(xvi) Receipt by Lessor of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that Lessee has
obtained all consents, licenses, authorizations, permits, concessions and other documents
required for the use and operation of the Equipment and the Site under Applicable Laws;
(xvii) There has been neither (i) any change in any Applicable Laws that, in the good
faith opinion of any of the parties hereto, renders the overall transaction contemplated by
this Agreement and the other Operative Documents illegal for any of such parties nor (ii)
any Change in Law that, in the good faith opinion of Lessor (after taking into account the
effect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 3 hereof), could adversely affect the Net
Economic Return to the Lessor (or any Member) or otherwise adversely affect the tax
consequences to the Lessor or any Member of participating in such overall transaction.
(xviii) A written opinion of Parker Poe Adams & Bernstein LLP, special counsel to
Lessee and each Guarantor, in the form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, and a written
opinion of Woods Rogers PLC, special Virginia counsel to Lessee and Guarantor, in the form
and substance satisfactory to Lessor.
(xix) A tax opinion from Winston & Strawn LLP in form and substance satisfactory to
Lessor.
3
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(xx) Such certificates, lien releases, consents, notices and other documents as Lessor
may reasonably request.
(c) Upon execution by Lessee of the Certificate of Acceptance, the Equipment described thereon
shall be deemed to have been delivered to, and irrevocably accepted by, Lessee for lease hereunder.
Lessees acceptance of any Equipment under this Lease will not be deemed to limit any of Lessees
rights or remedies against any manufacturer or provider of the Equipment.
2. TERM, RENT AND PAYMENT
(a) Lessee hereby agrees to pay Lessor the Basic Term Rent for the Equipment throughout the
Basic Term applicable thereto in monthly installments payable in advance on each Rent Payment Date
as set forth in the Schedule. The Basic Term Rent shall be calculated in accordance with Section E
of Exhibit No. 1. The Basic Term Rent payable hereunder and Lessees right to use the Equipment
shall commence on the date of execution by Lessee of the Certificate of Acceptance for the
Equipment and the satisfaction of the conditions in Section 1(b) above (to the extent not waived by
the Lessor) (Basic Term Commencement Date) pursuant to this Agreement. The term of this Agreement
shall be the period specified in the Schedule. If any Term is extended, the word Term shall be
deemed to refer to all extended terms, and all provisions of this Agreement shall apply during any
extended terms, except as otherwise may be specifically provided in writing. If any Rent Payment
Date is not a Business Day, the Basic Term Rent otherwise due on such date shall be payable on the
immediately preceding Business Day. The Basic Term Rent due and payable under the Schedule shall
also represent and be the amount of rent for which Lessee becomes liable on account of the use of
the Equipment for the period beginning on each Rent Payment Date and ending on the immediately
succeeding Rent Payment Date, and shall therefore constitute the rent allocated to such rental
periods within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.467-1(c)(2)(ii). Lessee hereby agrees
to pay to Lessor any and all Supplemental Rent when and as the same shall become due and owing.
(b) Rent shall be paid to Lessor by wire transfer of immediately available funds in United
States Dollars to:
|
|
|
|
|
Bank:
|
|
Deutsche Bank
|
Branch:
|
|
New York
|
Bank Account #:
|
|
50286772
|
|
|
ABA:
|
|
021001033
|
|
|
Account Name:
|
|
Gossamer Holdings, LLC
|
Customer:
|
|
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
or to such other account as Lessor may direct in writing; and shall be effective upon receipt. All
such accounts shall be under the full dominion and control of Lessor. Payments of Basic Term Rent
shall be in the amount set forth in, and due and allocated in accordance with, the provisions of
the Schedule. In no event shall any Rent payments be refunded to Lessee.
4
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(c) At such time as Stipulated Loss Value (or an amount determined by reference thereto) shall
be payable hereunder, the amount payable by Lessee shall be calculated by reference to Annex C to
the Schedule for the affected Equipment.
3. RENT ADJUSTMENTS
(a) The Basic Term Lease Rate Factor set forth on the Schedule, the Basic Term, the First EBO
Price, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value set forth on Annex C were calculated by
Lessor on the basis of the tax assumptions set forth in part 1 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1 (the
Tax Benefits
) and in addition thereto, the assumptions set forth in Section C of Exhibit No. 1
(the
Pricing Assumptions
).
(b) If at the Basic Term Commencement Date, any of the Tax Benefits or Pricing Assumptions
shall change or are incorrect (including any change resulting from a change in law), then Lessor
shall recompute the Capitalized Lessors Cost, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO
Date, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Date, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value
Table (in each case, by increasing or decreasing such amount or amounts) as shall be necessary to
preserve the both General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessees Net Economic Return and ING
Spunmelt Holdings LLCs Net Economic Return while minimizing the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor. Any
such recomputation shall be consistent with the Pricing Assumptions and Tax Benefits (other than
any such Pricing Assumption or Tax Benefit the incorrectness of which gave rise to such
recomputation or to a prior recomputation), and the Lessor shall utilize the same methods,
constraints and assumptions originally used to calculate the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the
First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price and Stipulated Loss Values. Such adjustments shall comply
with Section 467 of the Code and the Regulations and the requirements of Sections 4.02(5), 4.07(1)
and (2) and 4.08(1) of Revenue Procedure 2001-29, as amended (and such that the Lease could not be
treated as a disqualified leaseback or long term agreement within the meaning of Section 467 of
the Code). Such adjustments shall be reflected in amendments to Exhibit No. 1 to this Agreement
and/or the Schedule that Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to execute and deliver on or prior to the
Basic Term Commencement Date subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
1(b) of this Agreement. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing of any recomputation required under
this Section 3(b) and such notice shall include the adjustments made to the Capitalized Lessors
Cost, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Date, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO
Date, the Second EBO Price and the Stipulated Loss Value Table.
(c) At the Basic Term Commencement Date, in addition to the pricing adjustments described in
Section 3(b), the Lessor reserves the right to make an additional adjustment prior to the Basic
Term Commencement Date if the Corporate Index Spread Average (2) is more than 25 basis points
different from the Corporate Index Spread (1) as of May 14, 2010 (
Initial Spread
), which Initial
Spread is 112 basis points.
(1) Corporate Index Spread means the U.S. Aggregate Corporate AA-Rated Index
as calculated by Barclays Capital on an Option Adjusted Spread (OAS) basis currently
available online at http://online.wsj.com/mdc/public/page/2_3022-bondbnchmrk.html?mod=mdc_bnd_pglnk or such other nationally
recognized reporting source or publication as Lessor may specify. Please note that
5
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
the aforementioned spread is published at least once a week by the mentioned
sources.
(2) Corporate Index Spread Average means the average of the weekly Corporate
Index Spreads over the period starting on May 14, 2010 until the date of the last
available Corporate Index Spread as of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Any such adjustments shall be reflected in amendments to Exhibit No. 1 to this Agreement and/or the
Schedule that Lessee hereby agrees to execute and deliver prior to the Basic Term Commencement
Date.
(d) If, solely as a result of U.S. Congressional enactment of any law (including, without
limitation, any modification of, or amendment or addition to, the Code), the maximum U.S. effective
corporate income tax rate (exclusive of any minimum tax rate) for calendar-year taxpayers
(
Effective Rate
) is higher than thirty-five percent (35%) for any year during the Term for any
Lease, then Lessor shall have the right to increase such rent payments by requiring payment of a
single additional sum. The additional sum shall be equal to the product of (i) the Effective Rate
(expressed as a decimal) for such year less 0.35 (or, in the event that any adjustment has been
made hereunder for any previous year, the Effective Rate (expressed as a decimal) used in
calculating the next previous adjustment) times (ii) the adjusted Stipulated Loss Value (defined
below), divided by (iii) the difference between the new Effective Rate (expressed as a decimal) and
one (1). The adjusted Stipulated Loss Value shall be the Stipulated Loss Value (calculated as of
the first rental due in the year for which such adjustment is being made) minus the Tax Benefits
that would be allowable under Section 168 of the Code (as of the first day of the year for which
such adjustment is being made and all future years of the Term for any Lease). The Tax Benefits are
defined on the Schedule. Lessee shall pay to Lessor the full amount of the additional rent payment
on the later of (i) receipt of notice or (ii) the first day of the year for which such adjustment
is being made.
(e) If upon the determination of the Basic Term Rent, subject to the adjustments set forth in
Section 3 above, the Lessee should determine that the present value of the Basic Term Rents and
including other cash outlays required to be considered in accordance with GAAP, discounted at the
Discount Rate, computes to an amount that equals or exceeds 90% of the Equipment Cost, then the
Lessee may elect to purchase the Equipment (i) in the case that the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor,
as recomputed in accordance with Section 3(b), has increased over the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor
set forth in Section B of Exhibit No. 1, at a purchase price equal to 101% of the Lease Investment
Balance, or (ii) in all other cases, at a purchase price equal to 102% of the Lease Investment
Balance, plus, in each case, any fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor or any Member in
connection with execution of the Schedule, which are not included in the Lease Investment Balance.
If the Lessee exercises such purchase option, (x) the Lessee and the Lessor will not execute the
Schedule and the Basic Term shall not commence, (y) Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount set forth
in the immediately preceding sentence and (z) upon Lessors receipt of such amount, Lessor shall
convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessors
Liens. Notwithstanding the provisions of this clause (e), upon receipt of notice from Lessee
electing such option to purchase the Equipment, and such notice from Lessee will include the
applicable
6
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
present value calculation described above, presented in reasonably sufficient detail, the
Lessor shall have the right but not any obligation to reduce such Basic Term Lease Rate Factor so
that the present value of the Basic Term Rents and including other cash outlays required to be
considered in accordance with GAAP, discounted at the Discount Rate, computes to an amount less
than 90% of the Equipment Cost. If Lessor elects to reduce the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor in
accordance with the immediately preceding sentence, then any election by Lessee to purchase the
Equipment pursuant to this clause (e) shall automatically and without further action be deemed null
and void.
4. TAXES
(a) Except as provided in Section 3 (d) and Section 15(c) hereof, Lessee shall have no
liability for (i) taxes imposed by the United States of America or any State or political
subdivision thereof or any other Governmental Authority (each, a
Taxing Authority
) which are
based on or measured by the net income of any Indemnified Party, and (ii) taxes in respect of, and
fairly attributable to, any period after the expiration or early termination of this Agreement and
the satisfaction by Lessee of all obligations hereunder (it being understood that this clause (ii)
shall not apply to any taxes that relate to events occurring or matters arising prior to or
simultaneously with such expiration or early termination) (the taxes described in clauses (i) and
(ii) are
Excluded Taxes
).
(b) Lessee shall report (to the extent that it is legally permissible) and shall pay prior to
delinquency all taxes, fees, duties and assessments (other than the Excluded Taxes) due, imposed,
assessed or levied against: (i) the Equipment, the Facility or the Site (or the construction,
import, installation, financing, refinancing, warranty, ownership, maintenance, repair, condition,
alteration, modification, improvement, restoration, refurbishing, rebuilding, transport, assembly,
repossession, dismantling, abandonment, retirement, decommissioning, storage, replacement, return,
acquisition, sale or other disposition, insuring, sublease, manufacture, design, acceptance,
rejection, purchase, ownership, delivery, leasing, possession, mortgaging, operation or other use
or non-use of any thereof, in each case, by Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee or any sublessee of
Lessee or other user or person in possession of any Equipment (or any part thereof)); (ii) any
amounts paid or payable under this Agreement, the other Operative Documents, or the Documents;
(iii) any of the Documents or the Operative Documents; (iv) the conduct of business or affairs of
Lessee or any Affiliate thereof; (v) any Indemnified Party with respect to the transactions
contemplated by the Operative Documents; or (vi) Lessee, by any foreign, United States federal,
state or local government or taxing authority in any of the foregoing related to any of the
transactions contemplated by the Documents, including, without limitation, all license and
registration fees, and all sales, use, personal property, real property, ad valorem, rental,
transfer, excise, gross receipts, value added, goods and services, franchise, stamp or other taxes,
imports, customs or other duties and charges, other than Excluded Taxes, together with any
penalties, fines or interest thereon (all hereinafter called
Taxes
). Lessee shall (i) pay,
indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party (on an After-Tax Basis) upon receipt of written
request for indemnification or reimbursement for any Taxes (but excluding the Excluded Taxes)
charged to or assessed against such Indemnified Party, (ii) on request of Lessor, submit to such
Indemnified Party written evidence of Lessees payment of such Taxes, (iii) on all reports or tax
returns show the Lessor as the owner of the Equipment, and (iv) send a copy of the reports or tax
returns referred to in clause (iii) above, upon written request
7
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
by Lessor, to Lessor and at Lessors request to each Indemnified Party, identified by Lessor
in such written request. At the written request of Lessor, Lessee shall pay directly any such taxes
imposed on any such Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
Agreement, the provisions of the immediately preceding two sentences shall be effective on and
after the Basic Term Commencement Date.
(c) If any Tax Claim shall be made against any Indemnified Party or if any proceeding shall be
commenced against any Indemnified Party (including a written notice of such proceeding) for any
Taxes as to which Lessee shall have a Tax indemnity hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall
promptly notify Lessee within thirty (30) days (but failure to notify Lessee within this time
period shall not impair such Indemnified Partys right to indemnification hereunder, unless
Lessees rights to contest such Tax Claim shall have been precluded by such failure). If (i) Lessee
in writing shall request an Indemnified Party to contest a claim for which an indemnity for Taxes
may be payable by Lessee hereunder (a
Tax Claim
), (ii) Lessee shall agree to pay, and shall be
paying currently, all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees
and expenses, incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with contesting such Tax Claim, (iii)
the Indemnified Party shall reasonably determine that the action to be taken will not result in the
imposition of a Lien upon, and will not result in a material risk of the sale, forfeiture or other
loss of, the Equipment or any component thereof, and will not involve any risk of criminal
liabilities, (iv) Winston & Strawn LLP or other independent nationally recognized tax counsel
selected by the Indemnified Party and reasonably acceptable to Lessee shall have furnished an
opinion to the effect that there is a reasonable basis to contest such Tax Claim, (v) Lessee shall
have executed a written acknowledgment of its liability to indemnify the Indemnified Person for
such Taxes if and to the extent that the contest is not successful, (vi) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, and (vii) the amount of the potential tax indemnity payment exceeds
$25,000, then the Indemnified Party shall, except as set forth below, contest the validity,
applicability or amount of such Taxes by, as determined in such Indemnified Partys sole discretion
(x) resisting payment thereof, (y) not paying the same except under protest, if protest is
necessary and proper or (z) if payment is made, using reasonable efforts to obtain a refund thereof
in appropriate administrative or judicial proceedings. Any such contest conducted pursuant to the
preceding sentence shall be controlled, and conducted by counsel chosen, by the Indemnified Party
unless such Indemnified Party requests Lessee to conduct such contest and Lessee agrees to itself
conduct such contest. The Indemnified Party shall endeavor in good faith to consult with and advise
Lessee of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by the applicable Taxing Authority and
of all material actions proposed to be taken by the Indemnified Party with respect to such contest,
and shall, to the extent practicable, permit Lessee, upon request, reasonable opportunity to review
the content of any written submissions relating exclusively to the contest of such Tax Claim;
provided, however that the Indemnified Party shall not be required to disclose any document or
information that the Indemnified Party considers privileged or confidential. Subject to the
conditions and limitations set forth herein, such Indemnified Party agrees to appeal any adverse
decision with respect to such contest, provided that in no event shall any Indemnified Party be
required to appeal any adverse decision to the U.S. Supreme Court. If the contest shall be made by
the payment of such Taxes and the claiming of a refund, Lessee shall either make such payment
directly to the appropriate authority or advance to such Indemnified Party on an interest-free
basis sufficient funds to make the payment (including any related interest, penalties and additions
to tax). If an Indemnified Party shall be subject to any Taxes as a result of the making or
existence of any such
8
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
payment or advance, such Taxes shall be treated as Taxes for which Lessee is required to
indemnify such Indemnified Party hereunder without regard to whether such Taxes are Excluded Taxes.
Nothing contained herein shall require an Indemnified Party to contest, or permit Lessee to
contest, a Tax Claim that such Indemnified Party would otherwise be required to contest, if such
Indemnified Party shall waive payment by Lessee of any amount that might otherwise be payable by
Lessee hereunder in respect of such Tax Claim and pay to Lessee any amounts (excluding the expenses
of a contest) theretofore paid by Lessee with respect to such Tax Claim.
(d) If an Indemnified Party realizes a reduction in taxes as a result of any
indemnification by Lessee under Section 4 (whether by way of deduction, credit, allocation or
apportionment or otherwise) not previously taken into account in calculating an indemnity
hereunder, or any reduction, refund or rebate of any Tax paid by Lessee pursuant to this Section 4,
such Indemnified Party shall promptly pay to Lessee an amount equal to (1) the amount of any such
reduction in taxes or reduction plus (2) the aggregate reduction in such Indemnified Partys taxes
attributable to the deduction, if any, of the amounts payable to Lessee pursuant to this Section 4.
Upon receipt by an Indemnified Party of any refund or credit of all or part of any taxes paid or
indemnified against by Lessee, such Indemnified Party shall promptly pay to Lessee an amount equal
to the amount of such refund plus any interest received by or credited to such Indemnified Party
with respect to such refund plus or minus (as the case may be) the aggregate reduction or increase,
respectively, in such Indemnified Partys taxes attributable to the receipt of the refund or credit
from the Taxing Authority and the deduction, if any, of the amounts payable to Lessee pursuant to
this Section 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Indemnified Party be required
to make a payment to Lessee under this Section 4(d) (i) if a Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and (ii) in an amount greater than the amount paid by Lessee under Section 4 with
respect to the related taxes for which the Lessee indemnified such Indemnified Party (provided that
any interest received by or credited to such Indemnified Party with respect to such refund shall
also be paid to Lessee). Lessee shall fully indemnify such Indemnified Party if and to the extent
any such reduction, refund, rebate or other tax savings is subsequently lost or disallowed.
(e) Lessees obligations and rights, and Lessors (and each Indemnified Partys) rights,
privileges and indemnities, contained in this Section 4 shall survive the expiration or other
termination of this Agreement. The rights, privileges and indemnities contained in this Agreement
are expressly made for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by Lessor, any Member, and the
successors and assigns of the Lessor and any Member, and each Indemnified Party.
5. REPORTS
(a) Lessee will notify Lessor in writing, within 10 days after obtaining actual knowledge,
or after Lessee shall have received written notice, of the attachment of any tax or other Lien
(other than Permitted Liens) against the Facility or any Equipment, of the full particulars thereof
and of the location of the Facility and Equipment on the date of such notification.
(b) Lessee will deliver to Lessor, (i) within 90 days of the close of each fiscal year of
PGI, PGIs consolidated balance sheet, profit and loss statement and statement of cash flows,
9
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in
the United States of America (
GAAP
) certified by a recognized firm of certified public
accountants, and (ii) within three Business Days after it is actually filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, if applicable, PGIs Form 10-K. Lessee will deliver to Lessor (x) within 50
days of the close of each fiscal quarter of PGI, in reasonable detail, copies of PGIs quarterly
financial report certified by the chief financial officer of PGI, and (y) within three Business
Days after it is actually filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if applicable, PGIs
Form 10-Q.
(c) Lessee will promptly and fully report to Lessor in writing if any Equipment (or any
part thereof) is lost or damaged (where the estimated repair costs would exceed $100,000), or is
otherwise involved in an accident causing personal injury or property damage which may result in a
loss or liability in excess of $100,000.
(d) (i) Within 30 days after any request by Lessor and (ii) in connection with any financial
statement delivered pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(i) and (b)(x) above and paragraph (e) below,
Lessee will furnish to Lessor (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of PGI and Lessee,
respectively, stating that such officer has reviewed the activities of PGI and Lessee,
respectively, and that, to the best of such officers knowledge, there exists no Default or event
which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time (or both), would become a Default, and (B) a
certificate from a financial officer of PGI containing a computation in reasonable detail of, and
showing compliance with, each of the financial ratios and restrictions contained in the financial
covenants set forth in Appendix II.
(e) No later than February 28 of each fiscal year of PGI, Lessee will deliver to Lessor a
detailed consolidated budget of PGI by fiscal quarter for such fiscal year (including a projected
consolidated balance sheet and related statements of projected operations and cash flow or at the
end of and for each fiscal quarter during such fiscal year) and the next two succeeding fiscal
years, and promptly when available any significant revisions of such budgets.
(f) Lessee will comply with Section 17(b)(ii) within 120 days of the Basic Term
Commencement Date and will provide Lessor with a written report of the identification numbers
applicable to each item of Equipment within 120 days of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
(g) Lessee shall promptly deliver to Lessor written notice of: (i) any violation of any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permit which violation could result in a material
administrative, criminal or civil liability to Lessor, any Guarantor or Lessee with respect to the
Site, the Facility or the Equipment or could otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii)
any proceeding, investigation or inquiry of which Lessee has been notified in writing by any
Governmental Authority (including without limitation, the EPA) or any non-government third party
with respect to the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances in, on, from or to the Site, the
Facility or the Equipment which presence or Release could result in a violation of or liability
under any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, and (iii) any Release of Hazardous Substances
by the Lessee or with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment which Release could result
in a violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, other than a de
minimis Release.
10
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(h) The Lessor will keep the Lessee apprised of changes in the ownership structure and
outstanding debt obligation of Gossamer Holdings, LLC. Following the receipt of a written request
from Lessee for Gossamer Holdings, LLC financial information, solely for purposes of Lessees
financial reporting and only when required by Lessee to comply with GAAP, Lessor shall, within 30
days after the end of any calendar quarter that falls in whole or in part in the period between the
Basic Term Commencement Date and the date on which this Agreement terminates, deliver to the Lessee
unaudited copies of (i) a balance sheet of Gossamer Holdings, LLC as of the end of that calendar
quarter, and (ii) a statement of operations of Gossamer Holdings, LLC, for that year to date fiscal
calendar quarter and (iii) in addition from time to time following the receipt of a written request
from Lessee, Gossamer Holdings, LLC will allow for the timely review by the Lessees independent
public accountants of Gossamer Holdings, LLC source documents, excluding any and all tax records,
returns, filings or other tax related documents, as may be reasonably required by Lessees
independent public accountants, such as cash disbursements records or similar information, and will
timely respond to reasonable inquiry or confirmation by Lessees independent public accountants
related to such disclosures as described above (all such disclosures described in this sentence and
the immediately preceding sentence, collectively, to be defined as the
Lessor Financial
Disclosures
). Lessor shall not have any liability to the Lessee or any other third party in
connection with the Lessees use or non-use of any Lessor Financial Disclosures. Lessee hereby, and
as a condition of accepting receipt of any Lessor Financial Disclosures, releases the Lessor, the
Members, and each of their respective officers, directors and employees from and against any and
all claims, rights, actions, damages and liabilities of any kind, and waives any and all claims and
rights to commence any action against such parties in connection with any Lessor Financial
Disclosures. The Lessee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Lessor Financial Disclosures shall
be deemed Confidential Information and Lessee shall comply with Section 22 as if all obligations
of Lessor applied to Lessee
mutatis mutandis
with respect to such Lessor Financial Disclosures.
Lessee shall be responsible for any breach of any third-party confidentiality agreement. Lessee
expressly agrees that any damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys fees and
disbursements) that may be incurred by any Member or Lessor or any of their respective officers,
directors and employees as a direct or indirect result of (i) the provision of any Lessor Financial
Disclosures to the Lessee or (ii) any breach of this Section 5(h) by Lessee, shall each constitute
an indemnifiable Claim under Section 15(a).
6. DELIVERY, USE AND OPERATION
(a) Lessee represents and warrants that the Equipment shall be in Lessees possession as
of the Basic Term Commencement Date.
(b) Lessee agrees that the Equipment will be maintained and used by Lessee solely in the
conduct of its business and in a manner complying with all Applicable Laws and the Insurance
Requirements (including any applicable insurance policies required to be maintained in accordance
therewith), and Lessee shall not permanently discontinue use of the Equipment (except as otherwise
provided in Section 6(g)).
(c) Lessee shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect
to the Equipment or any part thereof, title thereto, or any interest of Lessor therein, or in this
Agreement, except Permitted Liens. Lessee will promptly, at its own expense, take or cause
11
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
to be taken such action as may be necessary to discharge any Lien with respect to the Equipment
which is not a Permitted Lien.
(d) Lessee shall permit any Person designated by Lessor, during normal business hours upon
reasonable notice to visit (and, unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in no
event more than quarterly), inspect and survey the Facility and the Equipment, its condition, use
and operation, and the records maintained in connection therewith;
provided
, that no such exercise
of such inspection rights shall violate Lessees reasonable and customary safety, security and
confidentiality policies and procedures. None of Lessor or any of its designees shall have any duty
to make any such inspection and shall not incur any liability or obligation by reason of not making
any such inspection. The failure of any such party to object to any condition or procedure observed
or observable in the course of an inspection hereunder shall not be deemed to waive or modify any
of the terms of this Agreement with respect to such condition or procedure.
(e) Lessee will keep all the Equipment at the Site specified in the Schedule and will not
move the Equipment (or any component thereof) from the Site; provided that subject to the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth, Lessee shall be permitted to remove components as necessary and
keep such components (i) at the location of a Vendor within the United States or other location in
the United States for the sole purpose of repairing such components or (ii) at any other location
for any other purpose with Lessors prior written consent. Anything in the foregoing to the
contrary notwithstanding, (i) upon the written request of Lessor, Lessee will notify Lessor
forthwith in writing of the location of any Equipment as of the date of such notification, (ii) in
no event shall any components be removed from the Site for a period of one (1) month or longer,
whether for permitted inspection or repairs or for any other reason, unless Lessee gives Lessor
prior notice of the same and assists Lessor with the preparation and filing (prior to the
expiration of such one (1) month period) of such instruments and documents as Lessor may deem
reasonably necessary to preserve Lessors rights in such components.
(f) The parties agree that the Equipment shall at all times remain personal property of
Lessor regardless of the degree of its annexation to any real property and shall not by reason of
any installation in, or affixation to, real or personal property become a part thereof. Lessee
shall obtain and deliver to Lessor (to be recorded at Lessees expense) from any Person having an
interest in the property where the Equipment is to be located, waivers of any Lien, encumbrance or
interest which such Person might have or hereafter obtain or claim with respect to the Equipment.
(g) Lessee (and not the Lessor) will be solely responsible for complying with all
Applicable Laws and existing agreements in connection with the installation, use, possession and
operation of the Equipment, and to obtain and maintain on its own behalf the Government Approvals
required in accordance with such Applicable Laws and existing agreements. The Lessee (and not the
Lessor) will be solely liable for any fines or penalties imposed by any Governmental Authority in
connection with the foregoing. Lessee shall have the right to contest and appeal all such fines and
penalties, and Lessor will provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to Lessee in connection
with the same.
12
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(h) Lessee shall (1) not use the Equipment for any purpose other than as provided herein,
(2) be responsible for any damages caused to third parties by the use and/or operation of the
Equipment and (3) cause the Equipment to not contain any Hazardous Substance, except for such
Hazardous Substances used in the ordinary course of operation of the Equipment, provided the use of
such Hazardous Substance complies with Environmental Laws. Lessor may require Lessee, to conduct an
Environmental Evaluation of the Site provided such Environmental Evaluation shall not be conducted
more than once in any 18 month period except in the event of a Default.
(i) Lessee shall at its own cost, defend the Equipment, as well as the rights of Lessor in
the Equipment and the Site, from any third party claims and take all such actions that are
necessary in connection with such defense.
(j) From time to time at Lessees reasonable request and sole expense, Lessor will execute
and deliver to Lessee promptly all applications, forms and other documents that must be executed by
the owner of the Equipment or which are necessary for Lessee to pursue or enforce any warranty or
other claim against any manufacturer or Vendor of the Equipment or to apply for or pursue any
permit or other item described in subparagraph (g) above.
(k) If an Adverse Environmental Condition is identified (other than a minor non-compliance
or a de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil) at any time prior to
the expiration or termination of this Agreement or in the event of a Default, Lessee, at its sole
cost and in compliance with Environmental Laws, shall promptly address, correct and remediate each
identified Adverse Environmental Condition. For noncompliance matters, Lessee shall promptly
achieve compliance with Environmental Law unless Lessee is diligently contesting the noncompliance
in good faith and prevails on the merits within 180 days of the condition being initially
identified and after such 180 days only if the Lessee has established a reserve required by GAAP,
and for the Release of or presence of Hazardous Substances in the environment (other than a de
minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil), Lessee shall remediate
groundwater contamination to achieve federal Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) and remediate soil
contamination to achieve industrial cleanup standards (including the use of engineering and
institutional controls solely for soil, provided such controls do not interfere with the operation
of the Equipment, the Facility or the Site), and complete such remediation within 180 days of the
condition being initially identified and after such 180 days, only if the Lessee has established a
reserve for the condition required by GAAP.
7. MAINTENANCE
(a) Lessee will, at its sole expense, maintain the Equipment in good operating order,
repair, condition and appearance in accordance with manufacturers warranty requirements and in
compliance in all material respects with any Applicable Law and in compliance with the Insurance
Requirements, and standards consistent with and customary to industry practice, reasonable wear and
tear excepted. Lessee shall obtain, maintain in full force and effect and comply in all material
respects with all Environmental Permits required to operate the Equipment.
13
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(b) Lessee shall from time to time make such alterations, additions and modifications to
the Equipment as shall (i) be required to cause the Equipment to comply in all material respects
with any Applicable Law and to comply with all Insurance Requirements, or (ii) be required to
enable the Equipment to continue to be capable of operating at the capacity levels at which the
Equipment was capable of operating as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear
excepted (each a
Required Modification
). Lessee will not, without the prior consent of Lessor,
affix or install any accessory, equipment or device on any Equipment if such addition will
materially impair the originally intended function, use, useful life or ability to operate of such
Equipment or materially impair the value or residual value of such Equipment, unless required by
Applicable Law. Each Required Modification shall become the property of Lessor and part of the
Equipment free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens. Lessee will not, without the prior
written consent of Lessor and subject to such conditions as Lessor may reasonably impose for its
protection, affix or install any Equipment (or any component thereof) to, or in, any other personal
or real property of a third party (other than as permitted under Section 6(e)).
(c) Lessee at any time may alter, modify or make additions to the Equipment (any such
alteration, modification or addition which is not a Required Modification is an optional
modification (
Optional Modification
)). No Optional Modification shall (i) diminish the fair
market value, utility, condition, remaining economic useful life, or estimated residual value of
the Equipment below the fair market value, utility, condition, remaining economic useful life, or
estimated residual value immediately prior to the completion of such Optional Modification, (ii)
cause the Equipment or any portion thereof to become limited use property within the meaning of
Revenue Procedures 2001-28 and 2001-29, (iii) otherwise result in an adverse tax consequence to
Lessor or any Member, or (iv) alter the function of the Equipment or any portion thereof from that
for which it was designed and intended. Title to any Optional Modification which is a Non-Severable
Modification shall be (at no cost to Lessor) immediately vested in Lessor and shall automatically
become part of the Equipment and become subject to this Lease and the other Operative Documents for
all purposes. Title to any Optional Modification which is a Severable Modification shall remain
with Lessee, and Lessor shall have no interest in such Optional Modification. During the Basic Term
or at the return of the Equipment, Lessee may remove or replace any Optional Modification which is
a Severable Modification. If Lessee, at its cost, shall complete any Severable Modifications which
are Optional Modifications, and such Severable Modifications theretofore made have not been removed
at the end of the Basic Term or at the return of the Equipment, or within 30 days thereafter, title
to such Severable Modifications shall pass to Lessor at no cost to Lessor. During such 30-day
period, Lessor will give Lessee and its contractors reasonable access to the Equipment to remove
such Optional Modification and to repair any resulting damage as provided in this Agreement as long
as they agree to comply with Lessors reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality
policies and procedures. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement,
Lessor will not be in breach of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement for allowing
third parties to have access to the Equipment that includes an Optional Modification which is a
Severable Modification.
(d) Any Required Modification shall be made at the expense of Lessee, shall be free and
clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and shall immediately become the property of
Lessor.
14
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
8. CASUALTY OCCURRENCE.
Lessee shall promptly notify Lessor in writing if the Equipment (i) suffers damage or
destruction resulting in an insurance settlement on the basis of actual, constructive or
compromised total loss; (ii) suffers destruction or damage beyond repair; or (iii) becomes lost,
stolen, destroyed or suffers damage, which in the reasonable determination of Lessor, makes repair
uneconomic or renders the Equipment permanently unfit for use from any cause whatsoever (including
an Adverse Environmental Condition) (such occurrences being hereinafter called
Casualty
Occurrences
). The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that all of the Equipment shall be under
Lessees care and attention at all times, and that Lessee shall maintain and use the Equipment in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and therefore, Lessee shall be responsible for any
Casualty Occurrence. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in Section 10(g) hereof, if any of the
events set forth in the proviso to clause (ii) of Section 10(g) have occurred, on the date set
forth on Annex C to the Schedule during the first month next succeeding a Casualty Occurrence, or
if such date is not a Business Day, then on the next day that is a Business Day (the
Payment
Date
), Lessee shall pay Lessor the sum of (x) the Stipulated Loss Value of all Equipment
calculated in accordance with Annex C of the Schedule; and (y) all Rent (including Basic Term Rent
scheduled to be paid on such Payment Date) and other amounts which are due hereunder with respect
to the Equipment as of the Payment Date; provided that Lessee shall not be required to make any
payment in respect of a Casualty Occurrence if (A) the Equipment affected by such Casualty
Occurrence is not necessary to enable the Equipment to continue to be capable of operating at the
capacity levels at which the Equipment was capable of operating as of the Basic Term Commencement
Date with respect to the Equipment covered by the Schedule (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and
(B) the failure to repair or replace such Equipment does not diminish the value, utility or
remaining useful life of the Equipment which remains subject to this Agreement from the value,
utility and remaining useful life of all Equipment subject to this Agreement immediately prior to
such Casualty Occurrence. Upon payment of all sums due hereunder, the obligation of Lessee to pay
Rent and the Term of this Agreement as to the Equipment shall terminate, and (except in the case of
the loss, theft or complete destruction of the Equipment ) Lessee may elect (by giving Lessor
written notice) to receive from Lessor title to the Equipment, on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free
and clear of all Lessors Liens;
provided
that if Lessee elects to take title to the Equipment
(in-place and in-use) and the Fair Market Value of the Equipment is greater than the applicable
Stipulated Loss Value, then Lessee will pay Lessor as additional purchase price the amount by which
such Fair Market Value exceeds such Stipulated Loss Value. Lessor shall apply any insurance
proceeds received pursuant to any insurance policies maintained by the Lessee to the payment of
Lessees obligations under this Section 8, and Lessee shall be entitled to receive any such
insurance proceeds in excess of the proceeds necessary to pay Lessor the amounts due under this
Section 8. Any other amounts received by Lessor or Lessee with respect to such Casualty Occurrence
from any Governmental Authority or other Person shall be divided between the Lessee and Lessor as
their interests appear.
9. LOSS OR DAMAGE
Lessee hereby assumes and shall bear the entire responsibility for any loss, theft, damage to,
or destruction of the Equipment from any cause whatsoever, in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement;
provided, however
, that if, and so long as, no Default exists under this
15
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Agreement, the foregoing shall not limit or otherwise affect any rights the Lessee may have
against third parties.
10. INSURANCE
(a)
Coverage
. Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of
Lessee under this Agreement, Lessee shall, during the term of this Agreement, carry and maintain,
with respect to the Equipment, at its own expense, at least the minimum insurance coverage set
forth in this Section 10. Lessee shall also carry and maintain any other insurance that Lessor may
reasonably require from time to time. All insurance carried pursuant to this Section 10 shall be
placed with such insurers having a minimum A.M. Best rating of A:X, with terms, conditions and
limits as shall be acceptable to Lessor. The insurance required to be carried and maintained by
Lessee hereunder shall in all events, include the following:
(i)
All Risk Property Insurance
. Lessee shall maintain all risk property
insurance covering the Equipment against all risks of physical loss or damage, including but
not limited to fire and extended coverage, collapse, flood, earth movement and comprehensive
boiler and machinery coverage (including but not limited to electrical malfunction and
mechanical breakdown). Coverage shall be written in the greater of the then current
Stipulated Loss Value or replacement cost value in an amount reasonably acceptable to
Lessor. Such insurance policy shall contain an agreed amount endorsement waiving any
coinsurance penalty and shall include expediting expense coverage in an amount not less than
$1,000,000; and
(ii)
Business Interruption Insurance
. As an extension of the insurance
required under subsection (a)(i), Lessee shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, business
interruption insurance in an agreed amount equal to 12 months gross profit or gross earnings
until the production is restored. Deductibles shall not exceed $250,000; and
(iii)
Commercial General Liability Insurance
. Lessee shall maintain
comprehensive general liability insurance written on an occurrence basis with a limit of not
less than $1,000,000 each occurrence, $2,000,000 Products & Completed Operations Aggregate
and $2,000,000 General Aggregate. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to,
premises/operations, broad form contractual liability, independent contractors,
products/completed operations, property damage and personal injury liability. Such insurance
shall be written on form ISO CGL 00 01 12 07 (or its equivalent) and shall not contain an
exclusion for punitive or exemplary damages where insurable by law; and
(iv)
Workers Compensation/Employers Liability
. The Lessee shall maintain
(A) workers compensation insurance or any other statutory insurance required by Applicable
Law with respect to work-related injuries, disease or death of any employee of Lessee while
at work or in the scope of his/her employment with the Lessee and (B) Employers Liability
in an amount not less than $1,000,000 each accident, each employee; and
(v)
Excess/Umbrella Liability
. Lessee shall maintain excess or umbrella
liability insurance written on an occurrence basis in an amount not less than
16
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
$100,000,000 General Aggregate providing coverage limits excess of the insurance limits
required under sections (a)(iii), and (a)(iv) employers liability only. Such insurance
shall follow the form of the primary insurances and drop down in case of exhaustion of
underlying limits and/or aggregates. Such insurance shall not contain an exclusion for
punitive or exemplary damages where insurable under law.
(b)
Waiver of Subrogation
. Lessee and its insurers waives its right to subrogate
against Lessor and its insurers for all policies Lessee is required to carry and maintain.
(c)
Endorsements
. Lessee shall cause all insurance policies carried and maintained
in accordance with this Section 10 to be endorsed as follows:
(i) Lessee shall be the named insured and loss payee and Lessor shall be an
additional insured and lender loss payee as its interest may appear with respect to the
Equipment covered by property policies described in subsection (a)(i) and (a)(ii). Lessee
shall be the named insured and Lessor shall be named as an additional insured with respect
to liability policies described in subsections (a)(iii), (a)(iv) to the extent allowed by
law and (a)(v). It shall be understood that any obligation imposed upon Lessee, including
but not limited to the obligation to pay premiums, shall be the sole obligation of Lessee
and not that of Lessor; and
(ii) With respect to property policies described in subsections (a)(i) and (a)(ii),
the interests of Lessor shall not be invalidated by any action or inaction of Lessee, any
Guarantor or any other Person, and shall insure Lessor regardless of any breach or violation
by Lessee or any other Person, of any warranties, declarations or conditions of such
policies; and
(iii) Inasmuch as the liability policies are written to cover more than one
insured, all terms conditions, insuring agreements and endorsements, with the exception of
the limits of liability, shall operate in the same manner as if there were a separate policy
covering each insured; and
(iv) The insurers thereunder shall waive all rights of subrogation against Lessor
any right of setoff or counterclaim and any other right to deduction, whether by attachment
or otherwise; and
(v) Such insurance shall be primary without right of contribution of any other
insurance carried by or on behalf of Lessor with respect to their interests as such in the
Equipment; and
(vi) If such insurance is canceled for any reason whatsoever, including nonpayment
of premium, or any changes are initiated by Lessee or the carrier which affects the
interests of Lessor, such cancellation or change shall not be effective as to Lessor until
30 days, except for (non-payment of premium which shall be 10 days) after receipt by Lessor
of written notice sent by registered mail from such insurer.
(d)
Certifications
. On the Basic Term Commencement Date with respect to the
Equipment leased as of such date, and at each policy renewal, but not less than annually with
17
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
respect to all Equipment then leased, Lessee shall provide to Lessor a certification and
endorsement from each insurer or by an authorized representative of each insurer. Such
certification and endorsement shall identify the companies affording coverage, the type of
insurance, the policy period(s), policy numbers, limits, and term thereof and shall specifically
list the special provisions delineated for such insurance required for this Section 10.
(e)
Insurance Report
. Concurrently with the furnishing of all certificates
referred to in this Section 10, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a statement from Lessees
independent insurance broker stating that all premiums then due have been paid and that, in the
opinion of such broker, the insurance then maintained by Lessee is in accordance with this Section
10. Furthermore, upon its first knowledge, such broker shall advise Lessor promptly in writing of
any default in the payment of any premiums or any other act or omission, on the part of any person,
which might invalidate or render unenforceable, in whole or in part, any insurance provided by
Lessee and/or user hereunder.
(f)
General
. Upon request, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with copies of all
insurance policies, binders and cover notes or other evidence of such insurance. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, no provision of this Section 10 or any provision of this Agreement
shall impose on Lessor any duty or obligation to verify the existence or adequacy of the insurance
coverage maintained by Lessee, nor shall Lessor be responsible for any representations or
warranties made by or on behalf of Lessee to any insurance broker, company or underwriter. Lessor,
at its sole option, may obtain such insurance if not provided by Lessee and in such event, Lessee
shall reimburse Lessor upon demand for the cost thereof together with interest.
(g)
Proceeds of Insurance
. Insurance proceeds shall be applied as follows:
(i) If the Lessee believes that, based on reasonable estimates of loss, the amount
of insurance proceeds payable in respect of any casualty event or any series of related
casualty events to be less than or equal to $500,000, the Lessee may elect to restore or
replace the property affected by such casualty event without the consent of the Lessor so
long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
(ii) If the Lessee believes that, based on reasonable estimates of loss, the amount
of insurance proceeds payable in respect of any casualty event or any series of related
casualty events to be in excess of $500,000, the Lessee may elect to restore or replace the
property affected by such casualty event if the Lessee has delivered to the Lessor, within
twenty (20) days from the occurrence of such casualty event, a Restoration or Replacement
Plan with respect to such casualty that is based upon, or accompanied by, each of the
following: (A) (1) a detailed breakdown of the nature and extent of such casualty event and
(2) a bona fide assessment (from a contractor reasonably acceptable to the Lessor) of the
estimated cost and time needed to restore or replace the affected property; (B) satisfactory
evidence that such insurance proceeds and the Lessees other available funds are sufficient
to make the necessary restorations to or replacement of the affected property; (C) delivery
of an officers certificate of the Lessee certifying that, at the completion of the
restoration or replacement, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing in connection
with such casualty event; and (D) confirmation by the Engineering Consultant, of its
agreement based on the information available to it with the
18
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
matters set forth in clauses (A) through (B) above within twenty (20) days after the
receipt of the foregoing information and its approval of such Restoration or Replacement
Plan;
provided
, that, if the Lessee does not deliver such Restoration or Replacement Plan
within such 20-day period or if the Lessor or the Engineering Consultant provides written
notice to Lessee that it rejects the Restoration or Replacement Plan, and following
consultation by the Lessee with the Lessor or the Engineering Consultant regarding any
proposal by Lessee to modify the Restoration or Replacement Plan but within 20 days after
Lessee has received such initial written rejection notice, the Lessor or the Engineering
Consultant provides written notice to Lessee that it has rejected Lessees modified
Restoration or Replacement Plan, the Lessee shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid,
proceeds of any insurance to Lessor, as loss payee, which shall be applied, in Lessors
discretion, toward the replacement, restoration or repair of the Equipment to the condition
required by Section 7 or toward the payment of Stipulated Loss Value in accordance with
Section 8 hereof.
(iii) If a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then Lessee shall remit
to Lessor, as loss payee, proceeds of any insurance covering damage or loss which proceeds
shall be applied, in Lessors discretion, to replacement, restoration or repair of the
Equipment to the condition required by Section 7 or toward the payment of Stipulated Loss
Value in accordance with Section 8.
11. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT
(a) Upon any expiration or termination of this Agreement or the Schedule, Lessee shall
promptly, at its own cost and expense comply with the obligations set forth Section 11(c) below and
shall: (i) perform any testing and repairs required to place the Equipment in substantially the
same condition as when received by Lessee and in good working order for its originally intended
purpose (reasonable wear and tear excepted), and (ii) tender the Equipment to Lessor at the
Facility, free and clear of all Liens other than Lessors Liens.
(b) Until Lessee has fully complied with the requirements of Section 11(a) above, Lessees
Rent payment obligation with respect to Equipment for which Lessee has not complied and all other
obligations under this Agreement shall continue from month-to-month notwithstanding any expiration
or termination of the Basic Term provided that the Rent payable for the Equipment shall be the
higher of (A) the then Fair Market Rental Value, and (B) the monthly average Rent payable over the
Basic Term. Lessor may terminate such continued leasehold interest upon ten (10) days prior written
notice to Lessee. In addition to these rents, Lessor shall have all of its other rights and
remedies available as a result of this non-performance.
(c) (i) Upon written notice from Lessor not less than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to
the expiration of this Agreement, Lessee shall no later than two hundred ten (210) days prior to
the expiration of this Agreement (or as promptly as practicable following the earlier termination
of this Agreement):
19
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(1) provide a detailed inventory of the Equipment (including the model and
serial number of each major component thereof), including, without limitation, all
accessories and features;
(2) provide a complete and current set of all manuals, blue prints, process
flow diagrams, equipment configuration diagrams, maintenance records and other data
reasonably requested by Lessor concerning the configuration and operation of the
Equipment and of all Required Modifications and of all Optional Modifications that
are Non-Severable Modifications, but always excluding any of the foregoing
concerning any Optional Modifications that are Severable Modifications or any
Proprietary Information, in each case subject to Section 7(c) above; and
(3) provide a certification of the manufacturer or of a maintenance
provider acceptable to Lessor that the Equipment (a) has been tested and is
operating in accordance with manufacturers specifications (reasonable wear and tear
excepted), together with a report detailing the condition of the Equipment, the
results of such test(s) and inspection(s) and all repairs that were performed as a
result of such test(s) and inspection(s) and (b) if applicable, that the Equipment
qualifies for the manufacturers used equipment maintenance program;
provided
that
Lessee shall not be required to spend or pay any additional amount to qualify the
Equipment for any such program.
(ii) at least three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to expiration of this
Agreement (or as promptly as practicable following the earlier termination of this
Agreement), upon receiving reasonable written notice from Lessor, make the Equipment
available for on-site operational inspections by potential purchasers (which may include
competitors of PGI or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), under power, and provide
personnel, power and other requirements necessary to demonstrate electrical, mechanical and
hydraulic systems for the Equipment;
provided
that no inspection shall violate Lessees
reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures;
(iii) with respect to any Equipment which has been modified by Lessee, except with
respect to any Optional Modifications which are Severable Modifications that Lessee intends
to remove prior to return, furnish to Lessor a listing of no less than three (3) (if
available) alternative suppliers of replacement parts and other materials necessary for the
prolonged operation of the Equipment;
(iv) have all Equipment cleaned and treated, at least 14 days prior to return of
the Equipment, with respect to Hazardous Substances, rust, corrosion and appearance in
accordance with manufacturers recommendations and consistent with commercially reasonable
practices of dealers in used equipment similar to the Equipment (provided that Lessee may
leave Hazardous Substances specified by the manufacturer as necessary to maintain or operate
the Equipment provided no Hazardous Substance is leaking from the Equipment); have all
Lessee installed markings or labels which are not necessary for the
20
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
operation, maintenance or repair of the Equipment removed; and cause the Equipment to
be in compliance in all material respects with all Applicable Laws;
(v) at Lessors choice, either (1) allow Lessor, at Lessors expense, and provided
that Lessor has given reasonable notice to Lessee, arrange for an on-site auction of the
Equipment in an assembled and functional state, any such auction will be conducted in a
manner which will not unreasonably interfere with Lessees business operations and in
accordance with Lessees reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality
policies and procedures, or (2) tender the Equipment to the Lessor at the Facility;
(vi) allow Lessor, at Lessees expense, to conduct an Environmental Evaluation with
respect to the Site or the Facility at least 120 days prior to the return of the Equipment,
demonstrating there are no Adverse Environmental Conditions (other than a de minimis and
surficial Release to a non-pervious surface) associated with the Site or the Facility. If an
Adverse Environmental Condition is identified (other than a de minimis and surficial Release
to a non-pervious surface), Lessee, at its sole cost and in compliance with Environmental
Laws, shall promptly address, correct and remediate each identified Adverse Environmental
Condition. For noncompliance matters, Lessee shall promptly achieve compliance with
Environmental Law unless Lessee is diligently contesting the noncompliance in good faith and
has established a reserve required by GAAP, and for the Release of or presence of Hazardous
Substances in the environment (other than a de minimis and surficial Release to a
non-pervious surface), Lessee shall remediate groundwater contamination to achieve federal
Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) and remediate soil contamination to achieve industrial
cleanup standards (including the use of engineering and institutional controls solely for
soil, provided such controls do not interfere with the operation or return of the Equipment,
or the operation of the Facility or the Site), and complete such remediation within 180 days
of the condition being identified and after such 180 days only if Lessee has established a
reserve for the condition required under GAAP;
(vii) at the request of Lessor and to the extent permissible under Applicable Law,
assign, transfer, or furnish, or cause to be assigned, transferred, furnished, or re-issued,
to Lessor or its designee, Lessees rights and interest in, to and under all permits
(including Environmental Permits), certificates, licenses, approvals, Included IP,
intellectual property, and similar rights which are necessary or reasonably desirable for
the operation of the Equipment (other than the Proprietary Information);
(viii) Lessee shall provide to Lessor copies of all permits, licenses, certificates
and consents required to evidence compliance with Lessees obligations under clause (vii)
above to allow the Equipment to continue to be operated at the capacity levels at which the
Equipment was capable of being operated as of the Basic Term Commencement Date; and
(ix) After expiration of the Basic Term the Lessee shall make available key
employees (chief engineer & operators) to aid the Lessor in the selling of the Equipment
for a period of up to 720 days. During such period the Lessee shall make available the
21
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Equipment for on-site operational inspections by potential purchasers, under power, and
provide personnel, power and other requirements necessary to demonstrate electrical,
mechanical and hydraulic systems for the Equipment, subject to and in compliance with
Lessees reasonable and customary safety, security and confidentiality policies and
procedures.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(c) above),
(i) no Proprietary Information will become the property of Lessor and (ii) all Proprietary
Information will always remain the property of Lessee (or its customers or suppliers, as the case
may be).
12. DEFAULT; REMEDIES
(a) Lessor may in writing to Lessee declare this Agreement in default (Default) if:
(i) Lessee breaches its obligation to pay Rent or any other sum as and when due and
fails to cure the breach within 5 Business Days after the date such amount was due;
(ii) Lessee fails to maintain its insurance coverage required under Section 10;
(iii) Lessee breaches its covenants set forth in Section 17(b)(xii) of this
Agreement;
(iv) Lessee breaches any of its other covenants or obligations set forth in this
Agreement (excluding those covenants and obligations covered by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
above and clauses (v), (vi), (vii), (xi), (xv), (xxi) and (xxii) below) and Lessee fails to
cure such breach within 30 days after written notice thereof;
(v) any representation or warranty made by Lessee, any Guarantor and/or its
Subsidiaries or Affiliates in connection with any Operative Document or Document shall be
false or misleading in any material respect when made;
(vi) Lessee shall or shall attempt to (except as expressly permitted by the
provisions of this Agreement) sell, transfer, encumber (except to the extent of a Permitted
Lien), or assign the Equipment or any part thereof, or use the Equipment for an illegal
purpose or permit the same to occur;
(vii) any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit contained
herein or heretofore or hereafter furnished in writing with respect hereto by or on behalf
of Lessee or any Guarantor proving to have been false in any material respect when made;
(viii) Lessee or PGI admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they
become due, terminates its corporate existence, or ceases to do business as a going concern;
22
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(ix) Lessee or any Guarantor shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a
voluntary petition or an answer seeking reorganization in a proceeding under any bankruptcy
or receivership laws (as now or hereafter in effect) or an answer admitting the
material allegations of a petition filed against Lessee or any Guarantor in any such
proceeding, or Lessee or any Guarantor shall, by voluntary petition, answer or consent, seek
relief under the provisions of any other now existing or future bankruptcy, receivership or
other similar law providing for the reorganization or liquidation of corporations, or
providing for an agreement, composition, extension or adjustment with its creditors;
(x) petition is filed against Lessee or any Guarantor in a proceeding under
applicable bankruptcy, receivership or other insolvency laws, as now or hereafter in effect,
and is not withdrawn, stayed or dismissed within 45 days thereafter, or if, under the
provisions of any law providing for reorganization or liquidation of corporations which may
apply to Lessee or any Guarantor any court of competent jurisdiction shall assume
jurisdiction, custody or control of Lessee or any Guarantor or of any substantial part of
their property, and such jurisdiction, custody or control shall remain in force
unrelinquished, unstayed or unterminated for a period of 45 days;
(xi) (A) any dissolution, termination of existence, merger or consolidation of the
Lessee or any Guarantor (other than the merger of PGI as contemplated by the Transactions
(as defined in the Credit Agreement (as such term is defined after giving effect to the
Amendment and Waiver))); provided that (1) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or
consolidate with or into the Lessee or any Guarantor if immediately before and after giving
effect to such merger or consolidation, no Default exists or would result therefrom and (2)
(A) so long as after giving effect to such merger or consolidation there is no Change of
Control (without giving effect to the proviso in the definition thereof) and (B) immediately
before and after giving effect to any merger or consolidation described in this proviso, no
Default exists or would result therefrom, (I) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or
consolidate with or into any other direct or indirect wholly-owned U.S. domestic Subsidiary
of any Guarantor and (II) the Lessee or any Guarantor may merge or consolidate with or into
any other Person provided that any merger or consolidation permitted by clause (I) or (II)
above shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions: (i) the
surviving entity shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (ii) the
surviving entity is engaged in Similar Business, (iii) the surviving entity shall, as
applicable, expressly assume all the obligations of the Lessee under this Agreement and the
other Operative Documents to which the Lessee is a party or all obligations of such
Guarantor under the Guaranty and the other Operative Documents to which such Guarantor is a
party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to Lessor,
(iv) such merger or consolidation complies with Applicable Laws in all material respects,
(v) after giving effect to such merger or consolidation, PGI is in compliance (on a pro
forma basis) with the financial covenants set forth in Appendix II of this Agreement, (vi)
the Lessor shall have received a reaffirmation of guaranty duly executed by each Guarantor
confirming that its guaranty continues to apply to the Lessees or its surviving entitys
obligations under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents, (vii) the Lessee shall
have delivered to
23
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessor an Officers Certificate, and, with respect to any merger or
consolidation described in clause (II) above, an opinion of counsel, in each case stating
that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Guaranty
comply with this
Agreement (except that such opinion of counsel will not cover compliance with clauses
(iv) and (v) above) and (viii) the Lessee shall have delivered to Lessor an Officers
Certificate certifying that the representations and warranties of such entity set forth in
this Agreement and each other Operative Document to which it is a party are true and correct
on and as of the date of such merger or consolidation (or to the extent such representations
and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date such representations and warranties
are true and correct as of such earlier date); (B) any Change of Control has occurred; or
(C) either the Lessee or any Guarantor sells or leases all, or substantially all, of its
assets to any Person, other than Blackstone;
(xii) there occurs (a) an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
under the Credit Agreement (after giving effect to all notice and cure periods), (b) a
default by any Guarantor under the Guaranty, (c) a Construction Agency Event of Default
under the CAA or (d) a breach by the Lessee or any of the Guarantors under any other
Operative Document any of which has not been duly waived or cured thereunder;
(xiii) there occurs a default beyond any applicable grace periods under (A) any of
Lessees or any Guarantors or any of Lessees or any Guarantors Affiliates other
agreements with Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such Member) under which Lessee or any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them owes Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such
Member) $500,000 or more at the time of such default or (B) any contract or agreement that
could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the operation or value of
the Equipment or result in a Material Adverse Effect;
(xiv) there occurs a default under any of Lessees or under any Guarantors credit
agreements or financing facilities or similar arrangements (i) with Persons other than
Lessor (or any Member or Affiliate of such Member) or (ii) with Lessor (or any Member or any
Affiliate of such Member) under which Lessor (or any Member or any Affiliate of such Member)
does not have the right to direct or control the exercise of remedies, under which, in each
case, any indebtedness equal to or exceeding an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or
more was created or is governed thereby which has not been duly waived or cured thereunder;
(xv) PGI shall no longer, directly or indirectly, control 100% of the equity
interests in Lessee or any successor entity;
(xvi) Lessee shall fail to maintain or replace any Acceptable Letter of Credit in
accordance with Section 17(b)(viii) of this Agreement;
(xvii) any Acceptable Letter of Credit shall cease to be binding on the provider
thereof, shall be rendered unenforceable in any material respect, shall not have been
renewed or replaced within 30 days before its expiry, or any such provider thereof shall
expressly renounce or repudiate in writing its obligations thereunder (unless such
24
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Acceptable Letter of Credit has been replaced by a replacement Acceptable Letter of Credit);
(xviii) if, at any time the Guaranty ceases to constitute a valid, legal and
binding agreement, enforceable against any Guarantor or such Guaranty is otherwise the
directly or indirectly contested by any Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof;
(xix) the direct or indirect contest by the Lessee of the validity of the Lien
granted in favor of, or for the benefit of, Lessor in any of the Operative Documents, or the
taking of any action by the Lessee to repudiate, or purport to discontinue or terminate this
Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents;
(xx) if this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents shall cease (1) to
be a legal, valid and binding obligation, or (2) to be in full force and effect;
(xxi) Lessee breaches its covenants in Section 6(k) or 11(c)(vi) of this Agreement;
(xxii) Lessee fails to maintain material compliance with or incurs material
liability under Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits, including any Governmental
Approval issued under Environmental Laws, in each case with respect to the Site or the
Facility;
(xxiii) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental
Loss or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under
Section 12(a)(iv) if such Default results from Lessees failure to provide audited financial
statements within the designated time period in accordance with Section 5(b);
(xxiv) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss
or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section
12(a)(xi)(2) or Section 12(a)(xi)(3);
(xxv) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss
or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section
12(a)(xii)(a) other than as a result of a payment default; or
(xxvi) any Claim against any Indemnified Party in respect of any Environmental Loss
or Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) arises out of or relates to a Default under Section
12(a)(xiii) other than as a result of a payment default thereunder.
(b) After any Default shall have occurred:
(i) at the request of Lessor, Lessee shall comply with the provisions of Section
11(a) hereof;
(ii) Lessee hereby authorizes Lessor to enter any premises where the Facility or
any Equipment is located and take possession thereof;
25
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(iii) (1) Provided that Lessor has not exercised remedies under Section 12(b)(iii)(2),
Lessee shall, without further demand, forthwith pay to Lessor (A) the
Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment (calculated in accordance with Annex C of the
Schedule as of the Payment Date next preceding the declaration of default), plus (B) an
amount equal to all Rent (including Basic Term Rent), all applicable taxes and other sums
then due hereunder;
provided
, that for the avoidance of doubt, such Rent and other sums
shall be the unaccelerated amounts due as of such date. If Lessee shall have made the
foregoing payments indefeasibly in full, Lessor shall thereafter pay over to Lessee as and
when from time to time received, the net proceeds of any sale, lease or other disposition of
such Equipment (after deducting all costs and expenses whatsoever incurred by Lessor or any
Member in connection therewith and all other amounts which may become payable by Lessor or
any Member with respect thereto) up to the amount of such Stipulated Loss Value actually
paid by Lessee.
(2) In lieu of exercising its rights under Section 12(b)(iii)(1), Lessor
may by written notice to Lessee specifying a Payment Date which is not earlier than
10 days after the date of such notice, demand that Lessee pay to Lessor and Lessee
shall pay to Lessor, on such Payment Date, in lieu of all Rent due after such
Payment Date, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Stipulated Loss Value of
the Equipment computed as of the Payment Date specified in the notice over the Fair
Market Value thereof as of such Payment Date.
(iv) Lessor may, but shall not be required to, retain an Environmental Consultant
to undertake an Environmental Evaluation of the Site at Lessees expense; and
(v) Lessor may, but shall not be required to, sell the Equipment, or any portion
thereof, at private or public sale, in bulk or in parcels, with or without notice, and
without having the Equipment present at the place of sale; or Lessor may, but shall not be
required to, lease, otherwise dispose of or keep idle all or part of the Equipment; and
Lessor may use the Facility pursuant to the Site Lease, until all amounts due hereunder have
been paid, for any or all of the foregoing without liability for rent. The proceeds of sale,
lease or other disposition, if any, together with the aggregate proceeds obtained by Lessor
from one or more drawings under an Acceptable Letter of Credit made pursuant to Section
12(c), shall be applied in the following order of priorities: (A)
first
, to pay all
of Lessors costs, charges and expenses incurred in taking, removing, holding, repairing and
selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of the Equipment;
then
, (B)
second
,
to the extent not previously paid by Lessee, to pay Lessor all amounts due from Lessee
hereunder;
then
, (C)
third
, to reimburse to Lessee any sums previously paid
by Lessee to Lessor pursuant to Section 12(b);
then
, (D)
fourth
, to
reimburse to Lessee any sums obtained by Lessor from one or more drawings under an
Acceptable Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 12(c) in excess of application of such sums
against any amounts due to Lessor from Lessee hereunder (including any application of such
sums to the payment of contractual penalties); and (E)
fifth
, any surplus shall be
retained by Lessor. Lessee shall pay any deficiency in clauses (A) and (B) forthwith.
(c) In addition to any other rights set forth in this Section 12 but subject to Section
12(b)(iii), after a Default shall have occurred, and without limitation of any of the foregoing
26
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
remedies, Lessor (i) may terminate or cancel this Agreement as to any or all of the Equipment; (ii)
shall be entitled to make a drawing under any Acceptable Letter of Credit for the maximum
amount available thereunder and apply the proceeds thereof to satisfy Lessees obligations
hereunder and under the other Documents; or (iii) may exercise all rights and remedies as a secured
party under the UCC with respect to the Security Deposit, including the right to collect, receive,
appropriate and realize upon the Security Deposit and apply the proceeds thereof to satisfy
Lessees obligations hereunder and under the other Documents.
(d) The foregoing remedies are cumulative, and any or all thereof may be exercised in lieu
of or in addition to each other or any remedies at law. If permitted by Applicable Laws, Lessee
shall pay reasonable attorneys fees actually incurred by Lessor or any Member in enforcing the
provisions of this Agreement and any ancillary documents. Waiver of any Default shall not be a
waiver of any other or subsequent default.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, if (w) a Default
shall have occurred solely as a result of an event or events set forth in Section 12(a)(iii), (x)
such Default is not caused by the Lessee for the purpose of obtaining this right to obtain title to
the Equipment, (y) Lessor shall have declared such Default and pursued remedies as set forth
herein, and (z) as a result thereof Lessee shall have paid (and Lessor shall have received) (A) the
Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment (calculated in accordance with Annex C of the Schedule as of
the Payment Date next preceding the declaration of default), plus (B) an amount equal to all Rent
(including Basic Term Rent), all applicable taxes and other sums then due hereunder;
provided
, that
for the avoidance of doubt, such Rent and other sums shall be the unaccelerated amounts due as of
such date, then Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS,
free and clear of all Lessors Liens,
provided
that if the Fair Market Value of the Equipment
(in-place and in-use) is greater than the Stipulated Loss Value as of the Payment Date next
preceding the declaration of Default, then Lessee will pay Lessor as additional purchase price the
amount by which such Fair Market Value exceeds such Stipulated Loss Value;
provided
further,
however, that Lessees right to obtain title in the limited circumstances set forth in this clause
(e) shall not apply with respect to any Default described in any other clause or clauses of Section
12(a).
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement or the Security
Deposit Pledge Agreement, if a Default shall have occurred solely with respect to (i) Section
12(a)(iv) if such Default results from Lessees failure to provide audited financial statements
within the designated time period in accordance with Section 5(b); (ii) Section 12(a)(xi)(2) or
Section 12(a)(xi)(3); (iii) Section 12(a)(xii)(a) other than as a result of a payment default; (iv)
Section 12(a)(xiii) other than as a result of a payment default thereunder (each of the foregoing,
a
Limited Remedy Event of Default
), if and only if Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under
this Section 12(f) and so long as no other Default (other than any other Limited Remedy Event of
Default) has occurred and is continuing, then the Lessee shall, upon demand by Lessor, pay to
Lessor an amount (the
Special SLV Amount
) such that the sum of (A) the present value of all Basic
Term Rent paid through the date such Special SLV Amount is paid, plus (B) (1) the present value of
the Lessees cost for obtaining an Acceptable Letter of Credit with a stated amount equal to the
Required Amount to be delivered at the Basic Term Commencement Date paid through the date such
Special SLV Amount is paid, plus (2) the Security Deposit as of the Basic Term Commencement date
minus the present value of the Security Deposit as of the day
27
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
such Special SLV Amount is paid, plus
(C) the present value of the Special SLV Amount, will equal 89.95% of Equipment Cost. The actual
Special SLV Amount required to be paid by the
Lessee to the Lessor pursuant to this Section 12(f) shall be reduced by the amount of proceeds
of the Security Deposit and/or proceeds of any Acceptable Letter of Credit that have been applied
by the Lessor against the Special SLV Amount (as determined in accordance with the immediately
preceding sentence). If and only if Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under this Section
12(f) and has demanded payment of the Special SLV Amount, the only amount payable by the Lessee
solely in respect of any Limited Remedy Event of Default shall be the Special SLV Amount.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions set forth in this Section 12(f), this Section 12(f) shall
not limit in any respect (1) Lessors rights and remedies in connection with any Default other than
a Limited Remedy Event of Default, including any and all rights and remedies relating to Lessees
failure to pay such Special SLV Amount or to comply with any other provisions of this Agreement
which failure occurs either before or after the occurrence of such Limited Remedy Event of Default
and (2) any of Lessees obligations under Section 4 and Section 15; provided that, if and only if
Lessor has elected to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f), Lessor shall not be entitled to
recover any damages under Section 4 or Section 15 incurred by Lessor solely in respect of a Limited
Remedy Event of Default to the extent that the aggregate amounts of any such recoveries plus any
other amounts paid by Lessee under this Section 12(f) exceeds the Special SLV Amount. All present
value calculations required to be made under this Section 12(f) shall use a discount rate equal to
the Discount Rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 12(f), unless
Lessor elects to exercise remedies under this Section 12(f), none of the limitations set forth in
this Section 12(f) on Lessors rights, remedies and indemnities shall be effective.
(g) Unless previously terminated, upon payment of all amounts due hereunder and
satisfaction of all other obligations hereunder, this Agreement shall terminate and Lessor shall
pay any balance of the Security Deposit to Lessee promptly and release any further interest in any
Acceptable Letter of Credit.
13. ASSIGNMENT; SYNDICATION
(a) LESSEE SHALL NOT ASSIGN, MORTGAGE, SUBLET OR CREATE ANY TYPE OF LIEN OVER ANY
EQUIPMENT OR THE INTEREST OF LESSEE HEREUNDER (OTHER THAN PERMITTED LIENS) WITHOUT THE PRIOR
WRITTEN CONSENT OF LESSOR.
(b) Lessor may, without the consent of Lessee, assign any or all of its right, title and
interest in this Agreement and the Schedule,
provided
, that so long as no Default has occurred and
is continuing, Lessor will not assign all or any portion of its right, title and interest in this
Agreement and the Schedule to any entity that Lessee determines, based on written advice of its
auditors and as confirmed to Lessor in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Lessee delivered
to Lessor within ten days after receipt of notice by Lessor as to the identity of the proposed
transferee, will result in Lessee consolidating its financial reports with such entity. Lessee
agrees that it will pay all Rent and other amounts payable under this Agreement and the Schedule to
Lessor named therein;
provided, however
, if Lessee receives written notice of an assignment from
Lessor, Lessee will pay all Rent and other amounts payable under this Agreement and the Schedule to
such assignee or as instructed by Lessor. Lessee agrees reasonably to cooperate with
28
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessor in
connection with any such proposed assignment, including the execution and delivery of such other
documents, instruments, notices, opinions, certificates and acknowledgments, as
reasonably may be required by Lessor or such assignee, and the delivery of all information
concerning Lessee and each Guarantor that is reasonably necessary for Lessor to complete the
assignment; and Lessee further agrees to confirm in writing receipt of a notice of assignment as
reasonably may be requested by assignee. Lessee hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any
such assignee any defense, set-off, recoupment claim or counterclaim that Lessee has or may at any
time have against Lessor for any reason whatsoever,
provided, however
, that nothing contained in
this sentence shall be construed as a waiver by Lessee of its right to assert against Lessor, in a
separate action against Lessor, any claims that Lessee has against Lessor.
(c) Subject always to the foregoing, this Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is
binding upon, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
(d) Lessee acknowledges that it has been advised that the interest of Lessor in this
Agreement and the other Documents may be conveyed to or participated to, in whole or in part, and
may be used as security for financing obtained from, one or more third parties without the consent
of Lessee pursuant to a syndication.
(e) In connection herewith the Lessor, any member of the Lessor or any Affiliate of such
member (a
Syndication Agent
) may initiate discussions with potential participants regarding their
participation in this transaction. Lessee and its management will assist in all syndication
efforts. Such assistance will include, but not be limited to: (i) prompt assistance in the
preparation of an information memorandum and verification of the accuracy and completeness of the
information contained therein; (ii) preparation of other information, offering materials and
projections by Lessee and its advisors taking into account this transaction; (iii) providing any
Syndication Agent with all information reasonably deemed necessary by such Syndication Agent to
complete the syndication successfully; (iv) confirmation as to accuracy and completeness of such
information, offering materials and projections; (v) participation of Lessees senior management in
meetings and conference calls with potential lenders and rating agencies, if applicable, at such
times and places as such Syndication Agent may reasonably request; and (vi) using reasonable
efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts benefit from all existing lending and investor
relationships. Each Syndication Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations
information necessary and customary for the inclusion of any member of Lessor as lead arranger in
league table measurements. The parties agree that all information provided to Lessor from Lessee,
each Guarantor, and any affiliate thereof and/or any third parties acting on behalf of such parties
may be used in the syndication process and a confidentiality agreement in the form of Exhibit No. 4
shall be executed by any potential participants.
14. NET LEASE; NO SET-OFF, ETC.
This Agreement is a net lease. Lessees obligation to pay Rent and other amounts due hereunder
shall be absolute and unconditional. Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or reductions
of, or set-offs against, said Rent or other amounts, including, without limitation, those arising
or allegedly arising out of claims (present or future, alleged or actual, and including claims
arising out of strict tort or negligence of Lessor) of Lessee against Lessor under this
29
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Agreement
or otherwise. Except as provided in Section 8 hereof, with respect to any Equipment that shall have
suffered a Casualty Occurrence, this Agreement shall not terminate and the
obligations of Lessee shall not be affected by reason of any defect in or damage to, or loss
of possession, use or destruction of, any Equipment from whatsoever cause. It is the intention of
the parties that Rents and other amounts due hereunder shall continue to be payable in all events
in the manner and at the times set forth herein unless the obligation to do so shall have been
terminated pursuant to the express terms hereof.
15. INDEMNIFICATION
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the provisions of this
Section 15 shall be effective on and after the Basic Term Commencement Date.
(a) Lessee hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, save and keep harmless (on an After-Tax
Basis), Lessor, its Members, any Affiliate of Lessor or any Member, and all agents, directors,
officers, employees, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (each an
Indemnified Party
),
from and against any and all losses, damages, penalties and injuries suffered by such Indemnified
Party, and claims (including any Environmental Loss), actions and suits against such Indemnified
Party, including reasonable legal expenses, of whatsoever kind and nature, in contract or tort,
whether caused by the active or passive negligence of Lessor (other than Lessors gross negligence
or willful misconduct) (herein a
Claim
) arising out of or related to this Agreement or any other
Operative Document, the transaction contemplated hereby or the enforcement hereof or related to the
Facility, the Equipment or the Site, including, but not limited to, Lessors strict liability in
tort, arising out of the selection, importation, manufacture, purchase, acceptance, operation or
rejection of any or the Equipment, the ownership of the Equipment during the Term, and the
delivery, lease, sublease, possession, maintenance, use, condition, return or operation of the
Equipment (including, without limitation, latent and other defects, whether or not discoverable by
Lessor or Lessee and any claim for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or Environmental
Loss);
provided
, that the indemnity set forth in this Section 15(a) shall not be available to the
extent (i) such Claim is attributable to the gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this
Agreement or any other Operative Document by such Indemnified Party, (ii) such Claim arises and
relates to periods after the later of (x) the termination or expiration of this Agreement or (y)
the return of the Equipment in accordance with the terms hereof or (iii) such claims are for Taxes.
(b) Lessee hereby represents, warrants and covenants that at no time during the term of
this Agreement will Lessee take or omit to take, nor will it permit any sublessee or assignee to
take or omit to take, any action (whether or not such act or omission is otherwise permitted by
Lessor or by this Agreement), which will result in the disqualification of any Equipment for, or
the recapture or disallowance of, all or any portion of the Tax Benefits.
(c) If as a result of a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of Lessee
contained in this Agreement or the Schedule (including part 2 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1 but
excluding part 1 of Section D of Exhibit No. 1) (i) tax counsel of Lessor shall reasonably
determine that Lessor (or any Member) is not entitled to claim on its U.S. Federal income tax
return all or any portion of the Tax Benefits with respect to any Equipment, or (ii) any Tax
Benefit claimed on the U.S. Federal income tax return of Lessor or any Member is disallowed or
30
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
adjusted by the Internal Revenue Service, or (iii) any Tax Benefit is recalculated or recaptured
(any determination, disallowance, adjustment, recalculation or recapture being a
Loss
), then
Lessee shall pay to Lessor or the applicable Member, as an indemnity and as additional Rent,
an amount that shall, in the reasonable opinion of Lessor and each Member, cause each Members Net
Economic Return to equal the Net Economic Return that would have been realized by such Member if
such Loss had not occurred. Such amount shall be payable upon demand accompanied by a written
statement from the Lessor or a Member describing in reasonable detail such Loss and the computation
of such amount. If an adjustment has been made under Section 3 then the Effective Rate used in the
next preceding adjustment shall be substituted. If Lessee is obligated to make a tax indemnity
payment to any Member pursuant to this Section 15(c), in lieu of making such payment in a lump sum,
Lessee may elect (with such Members consent, it being understood that such Member may withhold its
consent to such election based upon, without limitation, the Lessees (or PGIs) then credit rating
or such Members then lending policies) to pay the amount due in a series of equal payments that
will be sufficient to maintain the Net Economic Return of each Member as if such Loss had not
occurred, commencing on the next Rent Payment Date and payable on each Rent Payment Date thereafter
until a date not later than the end of the Term; provided that if the Lease terminates prior to its
scheduled expiration, Lessee shall make a lump sum payment to Lessor or each Member that, in the
reasonable opinion of Lessor and such Member, is sufficient to cause each Members Net Economic
Return to equal the Net Economic Return that would have been realized by such Member if such Loss
had not occurred.
(d) All references to Lessor in this Section 15 include Lessor, each Member, and any
assignees of Lessor or any Member, and (for the purposes of determining whether a Loss has occurred
and any amount due hereunder) the consolidated taxpayer group of which any Member is a member. All
of Lessors, each Members and each Indemnified Partys rights, privileges and indemnities
contained in this Section 15 shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement.
The rights, privileges and indemnities contained in this Agreement are expressly made for the
benefit of, and shall be enforceable by Lessor, any Member, and the successors and assigns of the
Lessor and any Member, and each Indemnified Party.
(e) Lessee acknowledges and agrees that there is no employment relationship between Lessor
and the personnel, employees and subcontractors of the Lessee or its Affiliates, and responsibility
for such labor relationship belongs exclusively to the Lessee or its Affiliate in accordance with
the requirements of all Applicable Laws. Lessee or its Affiliate is the Employer for all purposes
of United States and Virginia law with respect to all of the employees at Lessees service, and
they are the only person benefiting from the services rendered by such employees.
Lessee represents and warrants that it or its Affiliates has the legal and economic capacity
to comply with its labor obligations, so that it or its Affiliates shall be solely responsible for
all obligations with respect to their respective employees.
Therefore, in the case of any labor dispute between Lessee and its or its Affiliates
personnel, employees and subcontractors, in which, for any reason, Lessor is involved, Lessee shall
release and indemnify Lessor (on an After-Tax Basis) from any kind of claim made against it by any
of Lessees or its Affiliates personnel, employees and subcontractors, and Lessee shall
31
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
have the
obligation to pay any such amounts as indemnification (severance), and the Lessee hereby releases
Lessor from any responsibility thereof.
Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all costs and expenses caused by any labor dispute filed
directly or indirectly against Lessee or Lessor or with respect to the Equipment unless such
dispute arises during and relates solely to the period following the later of (i) the termination
or expiration of this Agreement or (ii) the return of the Equipment in accordance with the terms
hereof.
(f) Lessor and each other Indemnified Party will give Lessee prompt written notice of
any Claim or claim for which it is entitled indemnity under this Section 15 or any other
provision of this Agreement. Lessee will be entitled to control the defense and settlement of each
such Claim or claim, including the selection of legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Lessor,
provided
that Lessee shall have no right to defend or settle any Claim or claim if (1) a Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or (2) such claim would entail significant risk to any
Indemnified Party of any criminal liability;
provided further
, that no right to compromise or
settle such Claim or claim shall exist unless the Lessee agrees in writing to pay the amount of
such settlement or compromise. Each Indemnified Party will give Lessee and its legal counsel
reasonable assistance in connection with any such defense or settlement, and Lessee will reimburse
the foregoing Persons for their actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing
that assistance. Each Indemnified Party may participate in such defense and settlement at its own
expense using legal counsel it selects,
provided
that in the event Lessee fails to defend or settle
any Claim or claim, Lessee shall pay all costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding;
provided further
, that if in the written opinion of counsel to such
Indemnified Party an actual or potential material conflict exists where it is advisable for such
Indemnified Party to be represented by separate counsel, the reasonable fees and expenses of such
separate counsel shall be paid by the Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 15(f)
shall not apply to any claim for Taxes, or any amount payable pursuant to Section 4 or Section
15(c) hereof.
16. DISCLAIMER
LESSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS SELECTED THE EQUIPMENT WITHOUT ANY ASSISTANCE FROM LESSOR, ITS
AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES, AND, UPON LESSEES EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE, IT
ACKNOWLEDGES AND ACCEPTS THE PHYSICAL AND OPERATING STATE OF THE EQUIPMENT AS SATISFACTORY. LESSOR
DOES NOT MAKE, HAS NOT MADE, NOR SHALL BE DEEMED TO MAKE OR HAVE MADE, ANY WARRANTY OR
REPRESENTATION, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WITH RESPECT TO THE EQUIPMENT LEASED
HEREUNDER OR ANY COMPONENT THEREOF, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY AS TO DESIGN,
COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS, QUALITY OF MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR
ANY PURPOSE, USE OR OPERATION, SAFETY, PATENT, TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TITLE.
32
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
All
such risks, as between Lessor and Lessee, are to be borne by Lessee. Without limiting the
foregoing, Lessor shall have no responsibility or liability to Lessee or any other Person with
respect to any of the following: (i) any liability, loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused
directly or indirectly by any Equipment, any inadequacy thereof, any deficiency or defect
(latent or otherwise) therein, or any other circumstance in connection therewith; (ii) the use,
operation or performance of the Equipment or any risks relating thereto; (iii) any interruption of
service, loss of business or anticipated profits or consequential damages, including damages and
lost as rendered by any law or court with jurisdiction in the United States of America or any other
similar concept under Applicable Law; or (iv) the delivery, operation, servicing, maintenance,
repair, improvement or replacement of any Equipment. If, and so long as, no default exists under
this Agreement, Lessee shall be, and hereby is, authorized during the Term of this Agreement to
assert and enforce, at Lessees sole cost and expense, from time to time, in the name of and for
the account of Lessor and/or Lessee, as their interests may appear, whatever claims and rights
Lessor may have against any Vendor of the Equipment. Lessee hereby acknowledges that as between
Lessor and Lessee, Lessor is not advising Lessee of any accounting, tax, legal or other economic
implications of this Agreement or the other Operative Documents, and Lessee represents and warrants
to Lessor that it is not relying on Lessor, any Member or any other Person with respect to the
legal, tax, accounting and other economic considerations in connection with this Agreement or with
the other Operative Documents, other than Lessees own accountants, counsel and other advisors.
Lessee has such knowledge and experience in financial, accounting, tax and business matters that
Lessee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of all aspects this Agreement and the other
Operative Documents.
17. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
(a) Lessee hereby represents and warrants to Lessor that on the date hereof and on the
date of execution of the Schedule:
(i) Lessee is a Delaware corporation duly incorporated and validly existing in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the Lessees organizational
identification number is 2460209. Lessees EIN is 57-1013629.
(ii) The Documents to which Lessee is a party have been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by Lessee and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the
Operative Documents by each party thereto other than Lessee, constitute valid, legal and
binding obligations, enforceable against Lessee in accordance with their respective terms,
except to the extent that the enforcement of remedies therein provided may be limited under
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting creditors rights generally.
(iii) No approval, consent, giving notice to or withholding of objections is
required from any Governmental Authority with respect to the entry into or performance by
Lessee of the Documents except such as have already been obtained or those, which if not
obtained, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, individually or in the aggregate.
(iv) Lessee has adequate corporate power and authority to enter into, and perform
under, the Documents to which it is a party. The entry into and performance by
33
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Lessee of the
Documents will not: (i) violate any judgment, order, law or regulation applicable to it or
any provision of its charter or by-laws; or (ii) result in any breach of, constitute a
default under or result in the creation of any Lien (other than Permitted
Liens) upon the Facility or the Equipment pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, bank loan or credit agreement or other material instrument (other than this
Agreement) to which it is a party.
(v) There are no suits or proceedings (including arbitration proceedings) pending
or to Lessees knowledge threatened in court or before any commission, board or other
administrative agency against or affecting Lessee or any Guarantor which are reasonably
likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(vi) The Lessee is located in Delaware for the purposes of Section 9-307 of the UCC
and covenants and agrees that it will not change such status without 30 days prior written
notice to Lessor. Lessee also covenants and agrees that it shall not, for purposes of
Section 9-503(a) of the UCC, change its name as reflected on the public record in the state
of its organization without 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.
(vii) Lessor is and will remain the owner of the Equipment free and clear of all
Liens other than Permitted Liens.
(viii) Each financial statement required to be delivered by Lessee to Lessor has
been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries, and since December 31, 2009,
the date of the most recent annual audited financial statement, there has been no material
adverse change in the financial condition of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries.
(ix) Each representation and warranty of PGI made in the Credit Agreement is true
and correct in all material respects when made.
(x) The Site identified on the Schedule is owned or leased by the entity identified
on the Schedule free and clear of any Liens for indebtedness or leases subject to the
Permitted Liens and the liens of mortgagees and interest of the landlords identified on the
Schedule;
provided
, that Lessee shall obtain from such mortgagees or landlords a
subordination, waiver or release within 10 days after receiving a written request from
Lessor.
(xi) Upon the Construction Completion Date (as defined in the CAA), Lessor shall
have good and marketable title to the Equipment free and clear of all Liens whatsoever,
other than Permitted Liens.
(xii) Following the Basic Term Commencement Date and continuing thereafter, the
Equipment will be used by Lessee in the active conduct of its business, pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.
34
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(xiii) Since December 31, 2009, there has not been any material adverse change in
the capital structure or liquidity levels of PGI and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as
a whole except as set forth in public filings or otherwise publicly disclosed.
(xiv) Except as previously disclosed to Lessor prior to the Basic Term Commencement
Date: (i) neither Lessee nor any Guarantor is or has in the past been in violation of any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permit with respect to the Equipment or the Site, which
violation could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to any Guarantor or
Lessee or could otherwise result in a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) no Guarantor nor Lessee,
nor to any Guarantors or Lessees knowledge any third party, has used, Released, generated,
handled, manufactured, produced or stored at, in, on, under, or about the Site, or
transported thereto or therefrom, any Hazardous Substances that could be expected to subject
any Guarantor or Lessee to material liability under any Environmental Law or Environmental
Permit; (iii) there are no Hazardous Substances generated, used, stored or present on the
Site other than is necessary for the business as presently conducted and in material
compliance with applicable Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; (iv) to the best of
Lessees knowledge, there is or has been no condition, circumstance, action, omission,
activity or event with respect to the Site that could form the basis of any material
violation of any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit or any material liability to any
Guarantor and Lessee under Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; and (v) there is no
pending or unresolved proceeding, investigation or inquiry of which Lessee has been notified
by any Governmental Authority (including without limitation, the EPA or any non-government
third party) with respect to the presence or Release of Hazardous Substances at, in, on or
from the Site which presence or Release could reasonably be expected to result in any
material violation of or liability to Lessee or any Guarantor under Environmental Law or
Environmental Permit.
(xv) The Equipment has been placed in service on or prior to the Basic Term
Commencement Date.
(xvi) Lessee and each Guarantor is (i) in compliance in all material respects with
all applicable laws and regulations relating to (x) the regulations promulgated by the
Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), U.S. Department of the Treasury relating to
dealings with certain persons listed on the publicly available Specially Designated
Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC, (y) Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of
Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001) and (z) the prevention and detection of money
laundering violations under the US Bank Secrecy Act (Financial Recordkeeping and Reporting
of Currency and Foreign Transactions Act of 1970, 31 U.S.C. 1051 et. seq.) (BSA), under
all regulations promulgated under the BSA and under all published U.S. government guidance,
and (ii) in compliance with all other Applicable Laws the non-compliance with which, with
respect to this clause (ii) only, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xvii) The Virginia Incentives Addendum, Project Gossimer, dated March 2, 2010 (the
Incentive Plan
) prepared by the Virginia Economic Development Partnership, is in full
force and effect and has not been amended by any party thereto. No
35
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
default or breach by any
party of its obligations under the Incentive Plan has occurred or is continuing.
(xviii) The rights and interests of Lessor in and to the Equipment and the Facility
are and will be sufficient to enable Lessor, its transferee or assignee or an operator
acting on behalf of Lessor or its transferee or assignee to obtain access to and operate the
Equipment in the Facility, upon such Persons taking possession of the Equipment, in
commercial operation in substantially the same manner in which it has been operated by
Lessee (excluding access to or use of Proprietary Information and Optional Modifications
that are Severable Modifications). There is no reason to expect that any licenses, permits,
authorizations or approvals of any Governmental Authority or supply, disposal or other
contracts that are required at the time of and after such taking of possession of the
Equipment to enable Lessor or its transferee or assignee or an operator to operate the
Equipment in the Facility in the ordinary course and in compliance with substantially the
same legal requirements as are applicable to Lessee cannot be obtained, renewed or replaced,
as the case may be, by Lessor, such transferee or assignee or an operator, as the case may
be, upon such Persons taking possession of the Equipment. There is no reason to expect that
licenses and permits which are presently issued by Governmental Authorities with respect to
the Equipment could not be obtained under the same or similar conditions with respect to the
Equipment by Lessor, such transferee, assignee or operator to the extent applicable thereto.
Lessor has and will have sufficient rights to all present and future intellectual property
(including all Included IP, but excluding, in all cases, Proprietary Information) that is
necessary or desirable for operation of the Equipment.
(xix) Lessee and each Guarantor is in compliance in all material respects with (a)
the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the
United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended) and any other
enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) the Patriot Act.
(b) Lessee hereby covenants and agrees with Lessor that:
(i) The Equipment will at all times be used for commercial or business purposes,
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(ii) Lessee shall maintain a system of identification number tagging on the
Equipment and any significant Part thereof by affixing in a prominent position on the
Equipment (and components thereof) plates, tags or other identifying labels stating (i) that
the Equipment is property of Lessor and (ii) the manufacturer, serial numbers and type and
model thereof as set forth in Annex A to the Schedule.
(iii) Lessee, at its sole cost and expense, at all times hereinafter shall maintain
and implement at the Site a written environmental, health and safety (
EH&S
) program (
EH&S
Program
) to ensure that Lessees operations at the Site are conducted in compliance with
all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits. The EH&S Program shall involve
senior management, shall include a formal written
36
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
corporate environmental policy, and shall
be directed by the person responsible for Lessees EH&S compliance.
(iv) At Lessors request (not more frequently than once in any 12-month period,
unless a Default shall have occurred and be continuing), Lessee shall provide Lessor with a
briefing regarding Lessees compliance with its EH&S Program and Lessee shall take such
action reasonably requested by Lessor to address any deficiencies noted by Lessor under
Applicable Law.
(v) Lessee agrees that it shall not (i) establish a new location for the purposes
of Section 9-307 of the UCC, (ii) change its chief executive office or its jurisdiction of
organization, (iii) change its name or (iv) do business under any name other than Chicopee,
Inc. until it shall have given to the Lessor not less than 30 days prior written notice of
its intention so to do, clearly describing such new location, jurisdiction and/or name and
providing such other information in connection therewith as the Lessor may reasonably
request.
(vi) Lessee has fee simple title to the Site and shall cause fee simple title to
the future expansion parcel referenced in the Site Lease to be granted to it no later than
September 1, 2010.
(vii) Lessee shall provide, at its sole cost and expense, prior to entering into a
mortgage with respect to the Site, a SNDA, duly executed (and in recordable form) by each
mortgagee, with respect to the Site. Lessee shall maintain each SNDA at all times during the
Term for the estimated useful life of the Equipment. Lessee shall deliver to Lessor 30 days
prior written notice of any assignment, transfer or sale by Site Lessor of the Site and
Lessee agrees that any assignment of the Site shall be made subject to the terms of the Site
Lease.
(viii) Lessee shall (i) maintain at all times during the Basic Term an Acceptable
Letter of Credit for the benefit of Lessor with a stated amount not less than the Required
Amount and (ii) maintain at all times until January 28, 2016 a Supplemental Letter of
Credit, in each case in order to secure the Lessees obligations under this Agreement. In
the event that any Acceptable Letter of Credit has an expiration or termination date prior
to the Basic Term, Lessee shall replace such Acceptable Letter of Credit with an Acceptable
Letter of Credit in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement no later than thirty
(30) days prior to such expiration or termination date. If (a) a Downgrade Event has
occurred or (b) Lessee shall make a good faith determination that a significant possibility
exists that a Downgrade Event will occur, Lessee, within 30 days of the earliest of (i)
having knowledge of such fact, (ii) reaching such good faith determination or (iii)
receiving notice from Lessor of such fact, shall provide a replacement Acceptable Letter of
Credit. Lessee shall not at any time permit any Liens (other than Lessors Liens) to exist
on Lessors interest in the Acceptable Letter of Credit or in its rights to enforce payment
thereon.
(ix) Lessee shall deliver the reports as set forth in Sections 5(b) and 5(e).
37
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(x) Lessee shall promptly deliver to Lessor written notice of any default under any
of the Operative Documents, the Documents or any material contract pertaining to the
Equipment.
(xi) At all times during the Term, PGI shall control, directly or indirectly, 100%
of the equity interests in Lessee or any successor entity.
(xii) Lessee shall comply or cause PGI to comply with the financial covenants set
forth in Appendix II of this Agreement.
(xiii) Lessee shall, and shall cause each Guarantor to, remain (i) in compliance in
all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations relating to (x) the
regulations promulgated by OFAC relating to dealings with certain persons listed on the
publicly available Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by
OFAC, (y) Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001) and (z)
the prevention and detection of money laundering violations under the BSA, under all
regulations promulgated under the BSA and under all published U.S. government guidance, and
(ii) in compliance with all other Applicable Laws the non-compliance with which, with
respect to this clause (ii) only, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(c) Lessor hereby represents and warrants to Lessee that on the date hereof and on the
date of execution of the Schedule:
(i) Lessor is a Delaware limited liability company duly formed and validly existing
in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the Lessors organizational
identification number is 4821012. Lessors EIN is 27-2569352.
(ii) The Documents to which Lessor is a party have been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by Lessor and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the
Operative Documents by each party thereto other than Lessor, constitute valid, legal and
binding obligations, enforceable against Lessor in accordance with their respective terms,
except to the extent that the enforcement of remedies therein provided may be limited under
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting creditors rights generally.
(iii) Lessor has adequate limited liability company power and authority to enter
into, and perform under, the Documents to which it is a party. The entry into and
performance by Lessor of the Documents will not violate its certificate of formation or
limited liability company agreement.
18. INTENT; TITLE
(a) It is the express intent of the parties that this Agreement constitute a true lease
and not a sale of the Equipment. It is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto that Lessor is the
legal owner of all of the Equipment. Title to the Equipment shall at all times remain in Lessor,
and Lessee shall acquire no ownership, title, property, right, equity, or interest in the Equipment
other than its leasehold interest solely as Lessee subject to all the terms and conditions hereof.
38
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
The parties agree that the lease is a Finance Lease as defined in Uniform Commercial Code Article
2A Leases (Article 2A). Lessee acknowledges: (a) that Lessee has selected the Supplier (as
defined in Article 2A) and directed Lessor to purchase the Equipment from the Vendors; (b) that
Lessee has been informed in writing in this Agreement, before signing this
Agreement, that Lessee is entitled under Article 2A to the promises and warranties, including
those of any third party, provided to Lessor by the Vendors in connection with or as part of the
contract by which Lessor acquired the Equipment, and that Lessee may communicate with the Vendor
and receive an accurate and complete statement of those promises and warranties, including any
disclaimers and limitations of them or of remedies. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law,
Lessee hereby waives any and all rights and remedies conferred upon a lessee in Section 508(5) of
Article 2A; provided, however that such waiver shall not preclude Lessee from asserting any claim
of Lessee against Lessor in a separate cause of action; and provided further that such waiver shall
not affect Lessors obligations of good faith, diligence, reasonableness and care.
(b) Notwithstanding the express intent of the parties, should a court of competent
jurisdiction determine that this Agreement is not a true lease, but rather one intended as
security, then solely in that event and for the expressly limited purposes thereof, Lessee shall be
deemed to have hereby granted Lessor a security interest in the Equipment, and all accessions
thereto, substitutions and replacements therefor, and proceeds (including insurance proceeds)
thereof (but without power of sale) to secure the prompt payment and performance as and when due of
all obligations and indebtedness of Lessee (or any affiliate of Lessee) to Lessor, now existing or
hereafter created. For the purposes of this paragraph, this Agreement, the Schedule, or a photocopy
of either thereof may be filed as a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code.
19. PURCHASE OPTIONS
Provided no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lessee shall have the option to
purchase all (but not less than all) of the Equipment leased under all Schedules executed hereunder
upon the following terms and conditions.
(a) Upon not more than 365 days and not less than 300 days irrevocable prior written
notice by Lessee to Lessor, Lessee may elect to purchase, at expiration of the Basic Term, all (but
not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, for cash equal to the then Fair
Market Value of the Equipment (in-place and in-use), plus (in any event) all applicable taxes. If
Lessee has elected to exercise the purchase option set forth in this Section 19(a), on the last day
of the Basic Term, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash the full purchase price (plus all applicable
taxes), together with any Rent or other sums then due hereunder on such date and Lessor shall
convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all Lessors
Liens.
(b) Subject to Section 12(e), if a Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the
time of the notice in the first sentence of paragraph (a) above, then on the date of expiration of
the Term, Lessee shall return the Equipment in full compliance with Section 11 of this Agreement on
or prior to the date of expiration of the Term. If Lessee shall have given the notice provided in
the first sentence of paragraph (a) above, and a Default occurs and is continuing at
39
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
the expiration
of this Agreement, Lessor may elect either to enforce the option exercised by Lessee or demand
return of the Equipment to Lessor in full compliance with Section 11 of this Agreement.
(c) The Lessee may elect, upon not more than 180 days and not less than 90 days
irrevocable written notice to Lessor prior to the First EBO Date, to purchase on the First EBO Date
all (but not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS for a purchase price equal
to the First EBO Price plus all applicable taxes. If Lessee has elected to exercise the purchase
option set forth in this Section 19(c), on the First EBO Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash
the First EBO Price (plus all applicable taxes) together with any Rent or other sums due hereunder
on such date (excluding any Basic Term Rent scheduled to be paid on such First EBO Date) and Lessor
shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and clear of all
Lessors Liens.
(d) The Lessee may elect, upon not more than 180 days and not less than 90 days
irrevocable written notice to Lessor prior to the Second EBO Date, to purchase on the Second EBO
Date all (but not less than all) of the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS for a purchase price
equal to the Second EBO Price plus all applicable taxes. If Lessee has elected to exercise the
purchase option set forth in this Section 19(d), on the Second EBO Date, Lessee shall pay to Lessor
in cash the Second EBO Price (plus all applicable taxes) together with any Rent or other sums due
hereunder on such date (excluding any Basic Term Rent scheduled to be paid on such Second EBO Date)
and Lessor shall convey to Lessee title to the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS, free and
clear of all Lessors Liens.
20. MISCELLANEOUS
(a) Any cancellation or termination by Lessor, pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, the Schedule, supplement or amendment hereto, or the lease of the Equipment hereunder,
shall not release Lessee from any then outstanding obligations to Lessor hereunder.
(b) Lessors failure at any time to require strict performance by Lessee of any of the
provisions hereof shall not waive or diminish Lessors right thereafter to demand strict compliance
therewith.
(c) Lessee agrees, upon receiving Lessors written request, to execute any instrument
necessary for filing, recording or perfecting the interest of Lessor, and to execute and deliver to
Lessor such further documents, instruments and assurances and to take such further action as Lessor
from time to time reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of the
transaction contemplated hereunder.
(d) All notices, consents, directions, approvals, instructions, requests, demands, and
other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, personally
delivered, delivered by overnight courier service, sent by facsimile transmission (with
confirmation of receipt), or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the
other party at each of its respective addresses stated below or at such other address as such party
shall from time to time designate in writing to the other party; and shall be effective from the
date of receipt.
40
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
|
|
|
If to the Lessee:
|
|
Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
|
|
|
Suite 300
|
|
|
Charlotte NC 28269
|
|
|
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Telephone: (704) 697-5186
|
|
|
Facsimile: (704) 697-5121
|
|
|
|
With a copy to:
|
|
Polymer Group, Inc.
|
|
|
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
|
|
|
Suite 300
|
|
|
Charlotte NC 28269
|
|
|
Attention: General Counsel
|
|
|
Telephone: (704) 697-5179
|
|
|
Facsimile: (704) 697-5120
|
|
|
|
If to the Lessor:
|
|
Gossamer Holdings, LLC
|
|
|
201 Merritt Seven
|
|
|
Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
|
|
|
Attention: Annie Schorr, Portfolio Manager
|
|
|
Telephone: (203) 229-1421
|
|
|
Facsimile: (513) 770-5460
|
|
|
|
With copies to:
|
|
General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee
|
|
|
201 Merritt Seven, 2nd Floor
|
|
|
Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
|
|
|
Attention: Annie Schorr
|
|
|
Telephone: (203) 229-1421
|
|
|
Facsimile: (513) 770-5460
|
|
|
ING Spunmelt Holdings LLC
|
|
|
200 Galleria Parkway, Ste. 950
|
|
|
Atlanta, Georgia 30339 USA
|
|
|
Attention: Jerry L. McDonald, Director
|
|
|
Telephone: (770) 984-4514
|
|
|
Facsimile: (770) 951-1005
|
(e) This Agreement, the Exhibits and the Schedule and Annexes thereto constitute the
entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. NO VARIATION OR
MODIFICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY WAIVER OF ANY OF ITS PROVISIONS OR CONDITIONS, SHALL BE VALID
UNLESS IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EACH PARTY HERETO.
(f) The representations, warranties and covenants of Lessee herein shall be deemed to
survive the closing hereunder. The obligations of Lessee under Sections 4, 11 and 15 hereof which
accrue during the Term of this Agreement and obligations which by their express terms survive the
termination of this Agreement, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
41
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(g) Each Member is an express third party beneficiary of the agreements of the Lessee and
Lessor hereunder and shall be entitled to rely on such agreements as if it were named a party
hereto.
(h) In case of a failure of Lessee to comply with any provision of this Agreement, Lessor
shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to effect such compliance, in whole or in part;
and all moneys spent and expenses and obligations incurred or assumed by Lessor in effecting such
compliance (together with interest thereon at the Overdue Rate) shall constitute Supplemental Rent
due to Lessor within 5 days after the date Lessor sends written notice to Lessee requesting
payment. Lessors effecting such compliance shall not be a waiver of Lessees default.
(i) Any Rent or other amount not paid to Lessor when due hereunder shall bear interest,
both before and after any judgment or termination hereof, at Overdue Rate.
(j) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in
any other jurisdiction.
(k) So long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, and conditioned
upon Lessee performing all of the covenants and conditions hereof, as to claims of Lessor or
Persons claiming under Lessor, Lessee shall peaceably and quietly hold, possess and use the
Equipment during the Term of this Agreement subject to the terms and conditions hereof.
(l) Lessee agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lessor,
the Members and any assignee from and after the Basic Term Commencement Date during the term of
this Agreement in connection with (i) the formation, administration and operation of the Lessor and
(ii) the preparation, execution, delivery, filing, recording, and administration of any of the
Documents, including (without limitation) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for Lessor,
any Member and any assignee thereof, accounting, tax administration, due diligence, appraisals,
lien searches, UCC and/or SNDA filing fees, and field audits; and all costs and expenses incurred
by Lessor or any Member, if any, in connection with the enforcement of any of the Documents.
(m) Each party hereto agrees to keep confidential, the terms and provisions of the
Operative Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (collectively, the
Transactions
);
provided
that either party may disclose the terms and provisions of the Documents
and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (i) to its or its controlling entities employees,
officers, directors and agents who agree to hold the same confidential in accordance with the terms
of this Section 20(m), (ii) to its or its controlling entities consultants, auditors, attorneys
and accountants who agree to hold the same confidential substantially in accordance with the terms
of this Section 20(m), (iii) if it is reasonably believed by it to be compelled by any court
decree, subpoena or other legal or administrative order or process after giving the other party
advance written notice of the proposed disclosure to the extent reasonably possible, (iv) on the
advice of its counsel, otherwise required by law or necessary or appropriate in connection
42
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
with any litigation or other proceeding to which it or its affiliates is a party after giving
the other party advance written notice of the proposed disclosure to the extent reasonably
possible, or (v) which becomes available to such party from a third party on a non-confidential
basis. Section 22 below contains additional provisions regarding confidentiality and to the extent
there is a conflict between Section 22 and this Section 20(m), Section 22 shall control.
(n) Lessee shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor or any of their respective
Affiliates to, issue any press release or other public disclosure using the name, logo or otherwise
referring to any Member or any Affiliate of such Member, the Operative Documents or any transaction
contemplated therein to which Owner or any Member is party without the prior consent of each Member
except to the extent required to do so under Applicable Law and then, only after consulting with
each Member.
(o) Lessee consents to the publication by Lessor or any Member of Lessor of advertising
material relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement using Lessees or any
Guarantors name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Lessor or such Member shall provide a
draft of any advertising material to Lessee for review and comment prior to the publication
thereof. Neither Lessor nor any Member of Lessor will obtain any license of or right to use such
names, product photographs, logos or trademarks beyond that expressly authorized in this Section
20(o), which is non-exclusive.
(p) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the Schedule shall
constitute a single lease instrument.
(q) All consultants, contractors, engineers, employees, independent contractors and other
Persons who seek to enter the Site, the Facility or any other property of Lessee, or who desire to
observe or inspect the Equipment or any of Lessees records, on behalf of or at the request of
Lessor or any Member pursuant to this Agreement must comply with Lessees reasonable and customary
safety, security and confidentiality policies and procedures.
(r) Each of Lessor and each Member that is subject to the Patriot Act hereby notifies
Lessee and Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to
obtain, verify and record information that identifies Lessee and each Guarantor, which information
includes the name and address of Lessee and each Guarantor and other information that will allow
Lessor and each Member to identify Lessee and each Guarantor in accordance with the Patriot Act.
21. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS
BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
(WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE), INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF
CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE. The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising out
of or relating to this Agreement may be commenced in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York and the parties irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of such court
and agree not to assert, by way of
43
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it
is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or proceeding is
brought in an inconvenient form, that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper, or
that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or the transaction contemplated hereby may not be
enforced in or by such court. Each of the parties hereto agree that a final judgment in any such
action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law;
provided
that this sentence will not be construed
as a waiver of any right to file an appeal or to seek a stay.
22. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.
(a) Lessor shall keep confidential and shall not disclose to any Person, except as
expressly permitted by this Section 22, all Confidential Information. Lessor shall only be entitled
to disclose Confidential Information to (i) its, its Members and its Members Affiliates
respective employees, officers, directors, agents, consultants, advisors, auditors, attorneys and
accountants (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the Transactions) who agree to
hold the Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this Section 22, (ii) any
prospective purchaser of the Equipment or of any Members interest in Lessor (if such Person first
executes and delivers to Lessor and Lessee a confidentiality agreement at least as restrictive as
this Section 22),
provided
that under no circumstances shall Lessor disclose any Proprietary
Information to any such prospective purchaser, (iii) to the extent requested by any Governmental
Authority, (iv) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or by any subpoena or similar legal
process, (v) in connection with the exercise of remedies under this Agreement or under any other
Operative Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other
Operative Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder.
(b) Lessor shall only use the Confidential Information as expressly permitted by this
Section 22 and shall not use any Confidential Information on behalf of any other Person except as
expressly permitted by this Section 22.
(c) Lessor shall have no liability for any disclosure of any Confidential Information by
any consultants, contractors, engineers, employees, independent contractors and other Persons who
have executed a confidentiality agreement with Lessee or any of its Affiliates.
(d) Confidential Information shall not include any information, document or record (a)
that is or becomes lawfully available to the general public without any breach of this Agreement or
any violation of any Applicable Law, (b) that was previously lawfully in the possession of Lessor
without any obligation to Lessee, any Guarantor or any other Person to hold it in confidence or to
restrict the use of it, or (c) that Lessor receives from a third party who is free to disclose that
information to Lessor without breaching any agreement or violating any Applicable Law.
(e) If Lessor is required or intends to disclose Confidential Information under Section
22(a)(iii), 22(a)(iv) or 22(a)(v), Lessor shall give Lessee prompt and prior written notice of the
proposed disclosure (to the extent reasonably possible and not otherwise prohibited). Additionally,
Lessee shall be entitled to take those actions it deems necessary or appropriate, including seeking
to prevent the disclosure of its Confidential Information. Lessor will provide
44
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
reasonable assistance to Lessee in connection with those actions, and Lessee will reimburse
Lessor for Lessors and any Members actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing that
assistance. Lessor shall disclose Confidential Information only in compliance with this Section 22.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22, Lessor may disclose
Confidential Information (but not Proprietary Information), as necessary, to a potential investor
in a syndication of this Lease as long as that potential investor first executes and delivers to
Lessor a confidentiality agreement in the form of Exhibit No. 4.
(g) The provisions contained in this Section 22 and any similar provisions in any separate
confidentiality agreement executed by any Member or any employee of Lessor or any Member shall
survive for a period of 18 months following the termination of this Agreement (whether at the end
of the Basic Term or at the time of any earlier termination of this Agreement).
(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of confidentiality contained herein, as
they relate to the Transactions, shall not apply to the federal tax structure or federal tax
treatment of the Transactions, and each party hereto (and any employee, representative, or agent of
any party hereto) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the federal
tax structure and federal tax treatment of the Transactions. The preceding sentence is intended to
cause each Transaction to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality
for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations
promulgated under Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be
construed in a manner consistent with such purpose. In addition, each party hereto acknowledges
that it has no proprietary or exclusive rights to the federal tax structure of the Transactions or
any federal tax matter or federal tax idea related to the Transactions.
(i) Lessor will use commercially reasonable efforts not to obtain Proprietary Information
except as permitted under this Agreement and necessary to carry out its obligations, or to exercise
its rights, under this Agreement, and Lessee will use commercially reasonable efforts not to
disclose Proprietary Information to Lessor or its employees, contractors, consultants or agents
except as necessary to carry out its obligations or to exercise its rights under this Agreement.
23. DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein or in the Schedule shall have the
meanings assigned thereto in Appendix I attached hereto; and the general provisions and rules of
interpretation set forth in Appendix I shall apply to this Agreement.
[Signatures on next page]
45
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessee and Lessor have caused this Equipment Lease Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
|
|
LESSEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
|
GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE,
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
its member
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
|
ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC, its member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
46
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
APPENDIX I
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
DEFINITIONS
See attached.
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
CONFORMED COPY
as amended by
that certain AMENDMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of January 19, 2011 and
that certain SECOND AMENDMENT, dated as of October 7, 2011
Appendix I
Definitions
Acceptable Letter of Credit
shall mean a valid and enforceable irrevocable transferable letter of
credit substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and otherwise in form and substance acceptable
to Owner or Lessor, as applicable, that is: (1) issued by an Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank, (2)
having a stated expiration date of not earlier than 364 days after the date of original issuance,
(3) drawable in full if not renewed or replaced with an Acceptable Letter of Credit 30 days before
its expiry, (4) payable and drawable at an office of such issuing bank in the United States of
America, (5) payable in U.S. dollars in immediately available funds, (6) issued under arrangements
not illegal for the parties to enter into, (7) is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits (revision effective January 1, 1994), International Chamber of Commerce
Publication No. 500 or the International Standby Practices (ISP98) International Chamber of
Commerce Publication No. 590, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws of New York
State, and (8) which shall permit the beneficiary thereof to assign its interest without the
consent of such Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank.
Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank
shall mean a bank (1) the senior unsecured debt obligations (or
long-term deposits) of which upon the date of issuance of an Acceptable Letter of Credit is rated
at least A3 by Moodys and at least A- by S&P, with capital in excess of U.S.$500,000,000.00
Dollars, (2) from whom receipt of a letter does not violate Owners or Lessors then current
policies including its credit and lending country exposure limits, which country limits shall be
deemed satisfied if the bank is a United States bank, (3) as to whom there shall be no material
litigation or arbitration proceeding threatened or pending between Lessor and such bank or Owner
and such bank and (4) whom is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Owner and Lessor acting in good
faith.
Acts of God
shall mean any inevitable, unpredictable, and unreasonably severe event caused by
natural forces without any human interference, and over which any party to any Operative Document
has no control, such as flood, earthquake, storm, hurricane or other natural disaster.
Additional Construction Document
shall mean any material contract or undertaking to which the
Construction Agent or the Owner is a party relating to the development, installation, construction,
completion, operation, administration or maintenance of the Equipment entered into after the
Construction Closing Date but prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Adjacent Property
shall mean those parcels of land owned by Site Lessor located adjacent to the
Site as legally described on
Schedule B
to the Site Lease.
Advance
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(a)
of the Construction Agency Agreement,
in each case, made in accordance with the applicable Operative Document.
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Adverse Environmental Condition
shall refer to (i) the Release of or exposure to any Hazardous
Substance at, on, under or within the Site, the Facility or the Equipment in violation of or could
result in liability under any Environmental Law, (ii) the use, generation, handling,
transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Substances in connection with the
operation of the Facility and Equipment in violation of or could result in liability under any
Environmental Law, or (iii) the violation of any Environmental Law resulting from ownership,
possession, use, operation or modification of the Site, the Facility or the Equipment.
Affiliate
of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly,
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this
definition, control when used with respect to any particular Person shall mean the power to
direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such Person, directly or
indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the
terms controlling, controlled and under common control have meanings correlative to the
foregoing; provided, however, that any Person owning, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the
securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the
Governing Body of a corporation, or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of
any other Person, is deemed to control such corporation or other Person.
After-Tax Basis
shall mean, in the context of determining the amount of a payment to be made on
such basis, the payment of an amount which, after reduction by the net increase in Taxes of the
recipient (actual or constructive) of such payment, which net increase shall be calculated by
taking into account any current reduction in such Taxes resulting from any tax benefits realized
the recipient as a result of such payment, shall be equal to the amount required to be paid. In
calculating the amount payable by reason of this provision, all income taxes payable and tax
benefits realized shall be determined on the assumptions that (i) the recipient is subject to
applicable income taxes at the highest marginal tax rates then applicable to widely held
corporations that are in effect in the applicable jurisdictions for the relevant period or periods
and (ii) all related tax benefits are utilized at the highest marginal tax rates then applicable to
widely held corporations that are in effect in the applicable jurisdictions for the relevant period
or periods, and shall take into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S.
Federal income tax purposes.
Allocated Cost
for the Support Items, means Chicopees out-of-pocket costs incurred to provide
such Support Items during a particular period, and shall include an allocated portion of the cost,
if any, of (1) continuing access rights, (2) maintaining licenses and permits, (3) supplies, (4)
third-party services, (5) utilities and (6) an allocable share of Chicopees overhead or
administrative costs related thereto. All Allocated Costs shall be determined in accordance with
GAAP and in a manner consistent with Chicopees past practices.
Amendment and Waiver
shall mean the Amendment and Waiver, dated as of January 19, 2011, to the
Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time) between the Company and the Lessor.
Amendment and Waiver Effective Date
has the meaning specified in Section 7 of the Amendment and
Waiver.
2
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Applicable Laws
means all laws, judgments, decrees, ordinances and regulations and any other
governmental rules and orders and all requirements having the force of law, now or hereafter
enacted, made or issued, whether or not presently contemplated, including compliance with all
requirements of zoning laws, labor laws and Environmental Laws, compliance with which is required
with respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment, whether or not such compliance shall
require structural, unforeseen or extraordinary changes to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment
or the operation, occupancy or use thereof.
Applicable Margin
shall mean from the Construction Closing Date until the Construction
Termination Date, 5.0% per annum; provided however that during and after a Construction Termination
Extension or if a Construction Agency Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Applicable
Margin shall mean 7% per annum.
Appraisal
shall mean the appraisal, dated the Basic Term Commencement Date, prepared by the
Appraiser and addressed to the Lessor, which Appraisal shall:
|
(i)
|
|
determine the Equipment Cost, which will be equal to the
fair market value of the Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date;
|
|
(ii)
|
|
determine the economic useful life of the Equipment and
confirm that the Equipment shall be reasonably estimated on the Basic Term
Commencement Date to have (i) a remaining economic useful life equal to 133.33%
of the Basic Term and (ii) a fair market value at the end of the Basic Term
equal to at least 20% of the Equipment Cost, without regard to inflation or
deflation during the Basic Term;
|
|
(iii)
|
|
confirm that it is reasonable to expect that upon
expiration or termination of the Equipment Lease, it will be commercially
feasible for a party other than the Lessee to operate the Equipment;
|
|
(iv)
|
|
allocate the percentage of the Equipment Cost eligible for
each category of Depreciation Deduction;
|
|
(v)
|
|
confirm an orderly liquidation value for the Equipment; and
|
|
(vi)
|
|
address any other matters (including the matters addressed
in the Preliminary Appraisal) that the Lessor shall request.
|
Appraisal Procedure
shall mean the following procedure for determining the Fair Market Value of
the Equipment:
|
(a)
|
|
At either Lessees or Lessors written request, as the case may be, Lessor
and Lessee shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Fair Market Value of the
Equipment within 30 days after such request has been given. If after such 30-day
period, Lessor and Lessee are unable to agree upon a determination of the Fair Market
Value of the Equipment, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in accordance with
the appraisal procedure set forth in this definition. If either party shall have given
written notice to the other requesting determination of such Fair
|
3
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
|
|
|
Market Value by such appraisal procedure, the parties shall consult for the purpose of
appointing an independent appraiser by mutual agreement. If a single appraiser shall
have been appointed by the parties, the determination of such appraiser shall be
final and binding upon the parties. If no such appraiser is appointed within 20 days
after such notice is given, such determinations shall be made as follows:
|
|
(i)
|
|
Two qualified appraisers shall be appointed, one of whom
shall be selected by Lessee and the other of whom shall be selected by Lessor,
both selections to be made within 10 days after the end of such 20 day period.
The appraisal determined by each appraiser shall be compared and if the
differential between the two is less than 10% of the average of the two
appraisers, then such average of the two appraisals shall be final and binding
upon the parties; but
|
|
(ii)
|
|
if the differential between the two appraisals is 10% or
more of the average of the appraisals, then a third qualified appraiser shall
be promptly appointed by the American Arbitration Association of New York, in
accordance with its rules as then in effect. The appraisals determined by each
of the three appraisers shall be averaged and the appraisal furthest from such
average shall be disregarded. The appraisals determined by each of the two
remaining appraisers shall be averaged and such average shall be final and
binding upon the parties.
|
|
(b)
|
|
The appraiser or appraisers shall be provided with, and instructed to
appraise in accordance with, the definitions of all terms appearing herein and having a
bearing on the determinations subject to appraisal and in accordance with customary
appraisal procedures.
|
|
(c)
|
|
The fees and expenses of each appraiser shall be paid by Lessee.
|
Appraiser
shall mean Accuval Associates, Inc., a licensed appraiser pursuant to Title XI of
FIRREA, or such other recognized appraiser as Lessor shall designate.
Appurtenances
shall have the meaning given such term in Section 2.1 of the Site Lease.
Arbitration Proceeding
means the procedure specified in the succeeding sentences for settling any
dispute as to Fair Market Rental Value under the Support Agreement. In the event that Lessor
disagrees with Chicopees determination of Fair Market Rental Value under the Support Agreement,
Lessor shall provide written notice to Chicopee of its intention to arbitrate the same. Such
dispute shall be arbitrated by a panel of three arbitrators, each of whom shall be experienced in
the industrial textile manufacturing industry, one of which shall be chosen by the Lessor and one
of which shall be chosen by Chicopee, in each case on or before the 20th day after such notice is
given. If either party required to choose an arbitrator hereunder shall fail to do so on or before
such 20th day, then the appointment of such arbitrator shall be made by the American Arbitration
Association, or an organization that is a successor thereto, upon application thereto in the same
manner as specified below for the appointment of a third
4
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
arbitrator. The two arbitrators so chosen
shall meet on or before the 10th day after the second
arbitrator is appointed and on or before the 30th day after they meet shall decide the dispute. If
within such period they cannot agree upon their decision, they shall on or before the 10th day
thereafter appoint a third arbitrator and, if they cannot agree upon such appointment, the third
arbitrator shall be appointed upon their application or upon the application of either party to the
American Arbitration Association, or any organization that is a successor thereto, from a panel of
arbitrators having expertise in the industrial textile manufacturing industry and a familiarity
with the equipment used or operated in such business. The three arbitrators shall meet and decide
the Fair Market Rental Value on or before the 30th day after the appointment of the third
arbitrator. Any decision or determination in which two of the three arbitrators shall concur shall
be final and binding upon the parties, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws and Regulations.
In designating arbitrators and in deciding the dispute, the arbitrators shall act in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in force;
subject however, to the express provisions to the contrary, if any, contained in the Support
Agreement. If the American Arbitration Association or its successor shall not then be in existence,
the arbitration shall proceed under comparable laws or statutes then in effect. The parties to the
arbitration shall be entitled to present evidence and argument to the arbitrators. Each party shall
pay (i) the fees and expenses of the arbitrator appointed by or on its behalf, (ii) equal shares of
(A) the other expenses of the arbitration properly incurred, and (B) the fees and expenses of the
third arbitrator, if any, and (iii) its own legal fees and expenses.
AS IS, WHERE IS BASIS
shall mean the transfer of the interest in the Equipment on an AS IS, WHERE
IS BASIS, without recourse or warranty, express or implied of any kind whatsoever, except as to the
absence of Lessors Liens.
ASTM Standard
shall mean the American Society for Testing and Materials Standard Practice for
Environmental Site Assessments: Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Process (Standard Designation
E 1527-05), or subsequent ASTM standard relating to the scope of Phase I Environmental Site
Assessments.
Authorized Officer
shall mean, with respect to any Person, its Chairman of the Board, its Chief
Executive Officer, its President, any Senior Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice
President, the Treasurer or any other management employee (A) that has the power to take the action
in question and has been authorized, directly or indirectly, by the Governing Body of such Person,
(B) working under the direct supervision of such Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
President, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Vice President or Treasurer and (C)
whose responsibilities include the administration of the transactions and agreements contemplated
by the Operative Documents.
Basic Term
shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Basic Term Commencement Date
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 2(a)
of the
Equipment Lease.
Basic Term Lease Rate Factor
shall have meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
5
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Basic Term Rent
shall have the meaning given such term in Section E of the Schedule. Basic Term
Rent shall equal the product of the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor times the Capitalized Lessors
Cost on the Schedule.
Beneficiary
means Site Lessee and any subsequent lessee or sublessee under the Site Lease, other
than Chicopee and its Affiliates.
Blackstone
means Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. and its Affiliates and funds or partnerships
managed by them or any of their Affiliates, but not including any of their portfolio companies.
Breakage Costs
shall mean an amount equal to the amount, if any, required to compensate the
Owner, the Lessor or any Member, as the case may be, for any additional losses (including any loss,
cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or funds acquired
by the Owner to fund its obligations under the Operative Documents, but excluding any lost profits)
that it may sustain or incur.
BSA
has the meaning given to such term in
Section 17(a)(xvi)
of the Equipment Lease.
Business Day
shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, and any day on which commercial
banking institutions located in New York, New York are authorized by law or other governmental
action to close.
CAA
and
Construction Agency Agreement
each means that certain Construction Agency Agreement
dated as of June 24, 2010 between the Owner, as owner, and the Construction Agent, as the
construction agent.
CAA Discount Rate
shall mean the LIBOR Base Rate plus five percent (5%) as of the Construction
Closing Date.
Capitalized Lessors Cost
shall mean the Lease Investment Balance on the Basic Term Commencement
Date plus any fees, costs and expenses incurred by Lessor or any Member in connection with the
execution of the Schedule which are not included in the Lease Investment Balance.
Carry Cost on Advances
means the sum of (i) for each day during each Carry Cost Period the amount
equal to the product of (a) a rate per annum of 0.5% and (b) an amount equal to the Commitment less
the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances, (ii) with respect to any Carry Cost Period, an
amount equal to the product of (a) a percentage rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate for such
Carry Cost Period plus the Applicable Margin and (b) the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances
and (iii) the amount equal the product of (a) 1.0% and (b) the Commitment which amount in this
clause (iii) shall be deemed full earned on and as of the Construction Closing Date.
Carry Cost Period
shall mean, with respect to any Advance, (i) initially, the period beginning on
(and including) the date on which such Advance is made and ending on the day one month thereafter
(or, if such subsequent month has no numerically corresponding calendar day, on the next succeeding
LIBOR Business Day) and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on the first
6
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
day after the end of the next preceding Carry Cost Period applicable to such Advance and ending on
the day one month thereafter (or, if such month has no numerically corresponding calendar day, on
the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day);
provided, however
, that all of the foregoing provisions
relating to Carry Cost Periods are subject to the following:
(A) if any Carry Cost Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a LIBOR Business
Day, such Carry Cost Period shall be extended to the next succeeding LIBOR Business Day (unless the
result of such extension would be to carry such Carry Cost Period into another calendar month, in
which case such Carry Cost Period shall end on the immediately preceding LIBOR Business Day);
(B) no Carry Cost Period may end later than the Basic Term Commencement Date; and
(C) any Carry Cost Period that begins on the last LIBOR Business Day of a calendar month
(or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end
of such Carry Cost Period) shall end on the last LIBOR Business Day of the calendar month at the
end of such Carry Cost Period.
Casualty Occurrence
, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and
the Site Sublease, shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8
of the Equipment Lease and (ii)
for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.7
of the
CAA.
Certificate of Acceptance
means each certificate of acceptance executed and delivered pursuant to
Section 1(b)
of the Equipment Lease in substantially the form of Annex B to Exhibit No. 1 of the
Equipment Lease.
Change Date
shall mean the Second EBO Date.
Change in Law
shall mean any change (or proposed change, if in the Lessors good faith judgment,
such proposed changed has a realistic possibility of becoming law, and would have a material
adverse effect on Lessor or any Member) in the Code or in the interpretation, re-interpretation or
application thereof made subsequent to the Construction Closing Date and on or prior to the Basic
Term Commencement Date.
Change of Control
means (a) prior to any initial public offering of Lessee or any Guarantor (or
any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in such initial public
offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than
50% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and (b) after any initial public offering of
Lessee or any Guarantor (or any newly-formed Affiliate of any Guarantor formed to be the issuer in
such initial public offering), Blackstone ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted
basis, more than 30% of the aggregate shares of voting stock of PGI and, no other Person or group
of Persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any
successor provision) own, directly or indirectly, on a fully-diluted basis, more than the aggregate
shares of voting stock of PGI then held by Blackstone;
provided
however
, that a
Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred following an event described in clause (b)
of this definition if, within ten (10) Business Days following the occurrence of such
7
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
event, Lessee
(1) delivers to Lessor a new Supplemental Letter of Credit (which letter of credit shall be
in addition to any existing letters of credit that have been issued to Lessor on behalf of Lessee
and remain in full force and effect) or (2) elects to have the definition of Total Leverage Ratio
set forth on Appendix II to this Agreement automatically amended as of such date of election
(without any further action by Lessee or Lessor) to read as follows:
Total Leverage Ratio
. The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter
of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not exceed for the fiscal quarter
ending immediately prior to the date of the event described in clause (b) of the definition
of Change of Control (the Total Leverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter being calculated on a
pro forma basis to reflect such Change of Control) and for each fiscal quarter thereafter,
3.50 to 1.00.
Change Order
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.9(b)
of the Construction Agency
Agreement.
Chicopee
means Chicopee, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Claim
, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the Site
Sublease, shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 15(a)
of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for
purposes of, and as used in the CAA, shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.1(a)
of the CAA.
Code
shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and superseded from time to time,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Commercial Operation
shall mean the capability of the Equipment to operate in all respects in
accordance with the terms of the Purchase Documents and which satisfies the Construction Completion
requirements.
Commitment
shall mean U.S.$56,657,070.00.
Commitment Fee
shall mean an amount equal to 1% of the Commitment.
Company
means Chicopee, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Confidential Information
means (i) all information, documents and records describing or relating
to the business, operational, marketing and financial plans, strategies, relationships and
performance of Lessee, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them and their respective suppliers
and customers provided by Lessee, any Guarantor or any Affiliate of any of them to Lessor or its
advisors in the course of due diligence, in reports from Lessee, or through observations at the
Site or the Facility and (ii) all Proprietary Information. All of the foregoing information,
documents and records shall be Confidential Information whether or not they are marked
confidential, whether or not they are in oral, written, electronic or other form.
Construction Agency Event of Default
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of the CAA.
8
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Construction Agent
shall mean the Company in its capacity as construction agent under the CAA.
Construction Budget
shall mean the budget attached as Exhibit V to the CAA, which budget sets
forth all costs anticipated on the Construction Closing Date to be incurred for the purchase (in
the name of the Lessor, as owner), delivery and installation of the Equipment and the construction,
start-up and testing of the Equipment, as such budget may be amended, modified or adjusted in
accordance with the CAA.
Construction Closing Date
shall mean June 24, 2010.
Construction Completion
shall mean the Equipment is complete and in Commercial Operation, which
is expected to be October 8, 2011. The Equipment will be deemed to be completed upon receipt by
Owner of evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Owner, of (i) successful completion of
fundings of Project Costs in accordance with the Construction Budget for the purchase, delivery and
installation of the Equipment at the Site, (ii) certification of satisfactory completion by the
Engineering Consultant, (iii) the Appraisal by the Appraiser and a tax opinion from Winston &
Strawn LLP, (iv) Lessees Certificate of Acceptance, (v) Lessees acceptance of an amended
Schedule, including acknowledgment of any repricing under the Equipment Lease and a representation
and warranty that the conditions precedent to the Equipment Lease have been satisfied, (vi) title
to the Equipment, is held by Owner, free and clear of all Liens (other than Lessors Liens), (vii)
the Equipment, the Facility and the Site comply with all Applicable Laws in all material respects,
(viii) all Governmental Approvals required to operate the Equipment, for which failure to obtain
could have a Material Adverse Effect, (ix) a certificate of occupancy relating to the Facility, (x)
all lien waivers or releases with respect to all amounts paid to any contractor or Vendor in
connection with the Equipment, the Facility or the Site, and (xi) all employees of Lessee necessary
or required to operate the Equipment have been hired and trained.
Construction Completion Date
shall mean the date upon which Construction Completion is achieved
and the Basic Term (as defined in the Equipment Lease) commences with respect to the Equipment.
Construction Documents
shall mean, collectively, the Construction Budget, the Milestones, the
Preliminary Specifications, the Drawings and Specifications, and any other Additional Construction
Documents or other agreements with architects or contractors entered into by the Construction Agent
in accordance with the Construction Agency Agreement in connection with the construction of the
Facility or the Equipment.
Construction Period
shall mean the period that commences on the Construction Closing Date and
ends on the Basic Term Commencement Date.
Construction Restoration or Replacement Plan
shall mean a plan and time schedule for the
application of insurance proceeds in the case of a casualty event (including a Casualty Occurrence)
and any other funds available to the Construction Agent with which to restore or replace any
property affected by a casualty event (including a Casualty Occurrence).
9
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Construction Termination Date
shall mean October 8, 2011; provided, however, that if through no
fault of the Construction Agent the Equipment has not then been completed but can reasonably be
anticipated to be completed and Construction Completion achieved by December 30, 2011, the
Construction Termination Date shall be extended until December 30, 2011 (the
Construction
Termination Extension
).
Construction Termination Extension
shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of
Construction Termination Date.
Consultants
shall mean the Appraiser, the Engineering Consultant and the Environmental
Consultant.
Credit Agreement
shall mean the Credit Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time) to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined therein) among Scorpio
Acquisition Corporation, Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation (to be merged with and into PGI), as the
lead borrower, the other borrowers from time to time party thereto, Citibank, N.A., as
administrative agent and collateral agent, the other agents listed therein and each lender from
time to time party thereto. References to the Credit Agreement or any terms defined therein shall
mean the Credit Agreement as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without regard
to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
Default
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 12(a)
of the Equipment Lease.
Discount Rate
means 10%.
Documents
means, collectively, the Equipment Lease, the Schedule, each Certificate of Acceptance,
the Guaranty, the Site Lease, the Site Sublease, the Support Agreement, the Security Deposit Pledge
Agreement, the Easement Agreement, each Acceptable Letter of Credit, each SNDA and all other
consents, agreements and documents relating thereto or to the Equipment, the Facility or the Site.
Dollars
or
$
means the legal currency of the United States of America.
Downgrade Event
shall mean that the senior unsecured debt obligations (or long-term deposits) of
an Acceptable Letter of Credit Bank are no longer rated at least Baa3 by Moodys and at least
BBB- by S&P.
Drawings and Specifications
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 2.2(a)
of the Site
Lease.
Easement Agreement
shall mean the Easement Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and between
Site Lessor, as grantor, and Site Lesee, as grantee.
Easements
shall have the meaning given such term in
Schedule E
of the Site Lease.
Effective Rate
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 3(d)
of the Equipment Lease.
10
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
EH&S
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 17(b)(iii)
of the Equipment Lease.
EH&S Program
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 17(b)(iii)
of Equipment Lease.
Engineer
means an independent engineer of national standing competent in industrial textile
manufacturing operations mutually selected by Beneficiary and Chicopee. If Chicopee and Beneficiary
cannot agree upon the Engineer, either party, on behalf of both parties, may apply to the Chief
Judge of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the appointment
of the Engineer, and the other party may not raise any questions as to the courts full power and
jurisdiction to entertain the application and make the appointment.
Engineering Consultant
shall mean E3 Consulting, Inc., or such other qualified and recognized
engineering firm as the Lessor shall designate.
Environmental Consultant
shall mean an independent third party environmental consultant as the
Owner shall designate who has training and experience adequate to perform an Environmental
Evaluation in a safe and professional manner in accordance with current industry standards and in
compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.
Environmental Evaluation
means (i) the completion of a Phase I ESA and environmental compliance
review of the Site, the Facility and the Equipment and (ii) if (A) the Phase I ESA identifies RECs
or environmental compliance issues related to the operation of the Site, and (B) the Environmental
Consultant recommends further evaluation or investigation in addition to the Phase I ESA or
environmental compliance review, then (iii) Lessor or Owner shall engage an Environmental
Consultant to complete a Phase II ESA or further compliance evaluation. Copies of any Phase I ESA
or Phase II ESA reports generated as part of the Environmental Evaluation shall be provided to and
may be relied upon by the other party. If an Adverse Environmental Condition (other than a minor
noncompliance or de minimis and surficial Release to a non-pervious surface or to soil) is
identified, the Company or PGI will pay for the Environmental Evaluation; to the extent not
specified in the Operative Documents, Owner shall pay for the Environmental Evaluation.
Environmental Law
shall mean, whenever enacted or promulgated, any applicable Federal, state,
county or local law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, Environmental Permit, administrative or
court order, judgment, decree, injunction, code or requirement or any agreement with a Governmental
Authority:
(x) relating to pollution (or the cleanup, removal, remediation or encapsulation
thereof, or any other response thereto), or the regulation or protection of human health,
safety or the environment, including air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking
water, land (including surface or subsurface), plant, aquatic and animal life, or
(y) concerning exposure to, or the use, containment, storage, recycling, treatment,
generation, discharge, emission, Release or threatened Release, transportation, processing,
handling, labeling, containment, production, disposal or remediation of any Hazardous
Substance.
11
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
in each case as amended and as now or hereafter in effect, and any common law (including, without
limitation, injunctive relief and tort doctrines such as negligence, nuisance, trespass and strict
liability) that may impose liability or obligations for injuries (whether personal or property) or
damages due to or threatened as a result of the presence of, exposure to, or ingestion of, any
Hazardous Substance, whether such common law or equitable doctrine is now or hereafter recognized
or developed.
Environmental Loss
shall mean any loss, cost ( including investigation, removal, cleanup and
remedial costs), damage, liability, fine, penalty, penalty interest and surcharges or expense
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys, engineering and other professional or expert
fees), and damages to, loss of the use of, or decrease in value of, the Site, the Facility or the
Equipment arising out of or based on any Adverse Environmental Condition.
Environmental Permits
mean all Governmental Approvals required under Environmental Law for the
ownership, lease, construction or operation of the Equipment, the Support Equipment, the Support
Items or the Site.
EPA
shall mean the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
Equipment
shall mean an integrated manufacturing line in terms of design, function and
manufacturing capabilities (which, on the Basic Term Commencement Date, generally consists of the
equipment listed in Annex A to the Schedule of the Lease) including (i) one complete REICOFIL 4
SSMMS line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene nonwoven fabrics, consisting of a 5-beam
REICOFIL 4 Composite Extrusion Line, (ii) the Packaging and Wrapping system consisting of an
automated bundle sorting and wrapping system that will accept custom-slit rolls from the production
line, allow an operator to sort rolls into appropriately sized bundles, then automatically apply
end protection and wrap each bundle with polyethylene stretch film, (iii) the Mixing and dosing
system consisting of a batch-style mixing system used to prepare chemical solutions for application
by the production equipment, (iv) the Equipment lighting consisting of sealed fluorescent lighting
fixtures placed on the machine platform to illuminate all levels of the production equipment, (v)
all parts or components of any of the Equipment, including ones that are temporarily removed from
the Equipment, (vi) all manuals, Included IP, other licenses and records (other than Rent records
and Proprietary Information) with respect to such Equipment, and (vii) all substitutions and
replacements of any and all thereof, including, but not limited to, any replacement equipment which
may from time to time be substituted for the Equipment leased hereunder; together in each case with
any and all Parts permanently incorporated or installed in or attached thereto or any and all
Required Modifications and Optional Modifications that are Non-Severable Modifications, in each
case, to which title thereto vests in the Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Equipment Lease.
Equipment Cost
means the fair market value of the Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date
as determined in the Appraisal.
Equipment Lease
means the Equipment Lease Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2010, together with the
Schedule thereto, pursuant to which the Lessor has leased the Equipment to Chicopee.
Equipment Lease Default
means a Default.
12
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Equipment Lease Term
means the term of the Equipment Lease, including all extensions thereof.
Equipment Logs
has the meaning specified in
Section 3.4
of the Support Agreement.
Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements
means the aggregate (but without duplication) of the rates
(expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on the day that is two (2)
Business Days prior to the beginning of the applicable Carry Cost Period (including basic,
supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or
other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto, as now and from time to time
in effect) for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in
Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board) that are required to be maintained by a member bank of
the Federal Reserve System.
Excluded Taxes
, (i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning
set forth in
Section 4(a)
of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA,
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7.1(b)
of the CAA.
Facility
means the new building to be constructed by the Company on the Site to house the
Equipment and all improvements on the Site relating thereto or associated therewith, including,
without limitation, the storage silos and the warehouse.
Fair Market Rental Value
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, means the Rent which a willing lessee
(who is neither a lessee in possession nor a used equipment dealer) would pay for the Rent of the
Equipment (in use and in place) in an arms-length transaction to a willing lessor under no
compulsion to lease for a period similar to the period for which such Fair Market Rental Value is
being determined, determined using the same methodology and assumptions as utilized on the Basic
Term Commencement Date for purposes of establishing Capitalized Lessors Cost;
provided, however
,
that in such determination the Equipment shall be assumed to be in the condition in which it is
required to be maintained and returned under the Equipment Lease;
provided, further
, that Fair
Market Rental Value shall be determined by the Appraisal Procedure;
(ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the Support Agreement, with respect to any item of
Support Equipment means the rental amount that would be obtainable for such item of Support
Equipment, delivered installed, in place, fully operational and in use, in an arms length lease
between an informed and willing lessor and an informed and willing lessee, each under no compulsion
to lease, assuming that (1) the lessee would continue to use such item of Support Equipment as part
of a non woven fabric production facility substantially equivalent to the Facility and (2) no
reduction should be made for any costs of removal. For purposes of this definition, in use refers
to the value in use of an item of Support Equipment as part of an ongoing non woven fabric
production facility and reflects the extent to which such item of Support Equipment contributes to
the profitability of the business of a non woven fabric production facility. Fair Market Rental
Value shall be determined by Chicopee in good faith;
provided, however
, that in the event
Beneficiary disagrees with such determination, then
13
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Beneficiary may initiate, by written notice to Chicopee, an Arbitration Proceeding regarding such
determination; and
(iii) for purposes of, and as used in, the Site Lease, the cash rent that would be obtained in an
arms length lease between an informed and willing lessee (under no compulsion to lease) and an
informed and willing lessor (under no compulsion to lease) of the Site or part thereof in question
for the Site Lease Term without regard to the Equipment.
Fair Market Value
for purposes of, and as used in the Equipment Lease, shall mean the price which
a willing buyer (who is not a used equipment dealer) would pay for the Equipment (in use and in
place) in an arms-length transaction to a willing seller under no compulsion to sell, determined
using the same methodology and assumptions as utilized on the Basic Term Commencement Date for
purposes of establishing Capitalized Lessors Cost;
provided, however
, that in such determination
the Equipment shall be assumed to be in the condition in which it is required to be maintained and
returned under the Equipment Lease. Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Appraisal
Procedure.
Financial Officer
shall mean (i) the Executive Vice President of the Company and (ii) the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company.
FIRREA
shall mean the Federal Financial Institution Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989.
First EBO Date
shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
First EBO Price
shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Fiscal Quarter
means any of the quarterly accounting periods of Lessee, ending on the Saturday
closest to March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.
Force Majeure Event
means with respect to the obligations of a Person, any circumstances or
conditions beyond the reasonable control of such Person, including any Act of God, strike or
lockout or other labor dispute, act of the public enemy, terrorism, war (declared or undeclared),
blockade, revolution, riot, insurrection, civil commotion, lightning, fire, storm, flood,
earthquake, explosion, government restraint, or embargo.
Full Recourse Construction Agency Event of Default
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
5.1(c)(i)
of the Construction Agency Agreement.
Full Recourse Event
means (a) any fraudulent act or omission or illegal acts or willful
misconduct of the Construction Agent or any Guarantor in connection with the (i) the negotiation,
execution, delivery, consummation and/or performance hereof or of any Operative Document; or (ii)
the acquisition, construction or operation of the Equipment (or the construction in progress with
respect thereto); (b) the misapplication of any Advance or any portion thereof or any other funds
made available to the Construction Agent, any Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates; or
(c) an insolvency or bankruptcy event affecting the Construction Agent or Lessee.
14
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Funding Request
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 3.1(a)
of the Construction Agency
Agreement.
GAAP
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 5(b)
of the Equipment Lease.
GECC
means General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, a Tennessee corporation.
German Vendor
means REICOFIL.
Governing Body
of any Person shall mean the board of directors, board of trustees, management
committee, board of managers, managing member, managing partner, general partner or other governing
entity.
Governmental Approvals
shall mean any and all permits, authorizations, certificates,
registrations, consents, approvals, variances or licenses required by any Governmental Authority or
any Applicable Laws (including Environmental Laws) to import, construct, install, operate or use
the Equipment, the Support Equipment or the Improvements, as required in connection with the use of
the Site or the Facility.
Governmental Authority
shall mean any nation or government, any state, provincial or other
political subdivision thereof (whether federal, state or local), any court and any administrative
agency or other regulatory body, instrumentality, authority or entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
Guarantors
shall mean each of PGI and PGI Polymer, Inc.
Guaranty
shall mean the Guaranty, dated the Construction Closing Date, by Guarantors for the
benefit of Owner and of Lessor, in the form of Exhibit No. 3 to the Equipment Lease.
Hazardous Substance
means any of the following: (i) any petroleum or petroleum product,
explosives, regulated radioactive materials, friable asbestos, ureaformaldehyde, polychlorinated
biphenyls in regulated concentrations, lead and radon gas; (ii) any substance, material, product,
derivative, compound or mixture, mineral, chemical, waste, gas, medical waste, or pollutant, in
each case whether naturally occurring, man-made or the by-product of any process, that is toxic,
harmful or hazardous to the environment or human health or safety, as defined or regulated under
any Environmental Law.
Impositions
mean all Real Estate Taxes, assessments, water and sewer rents and charges, license
and permit fees, and other governmental levies and charges, general and special, ordinary and
extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature.
Improvements
shall mean any and all buildings, foundations, footings, driveways, parking areas,
structures and other improvements, including, but not limited to, any and all stormwater detention
ponds, utility lines, pipes, connections and fixtures which are now located or hereinafter
constructed in whole or in part on or underneath the Land, including, without limitation, the
Facility and the Site Improvements.
15
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Incentive Plan
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 17(a)(xvi)
of the Equipment
Lease.
Included IP
shall mean all documentation, intellectual property, technical or confidential
business information, and software a Vendor provides with or for the Equipment and all updates to
the same the Vendor provides; provided that Included IP shall not include any Proprietary
Information.
Indemnified Party
, for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the
Site Sublease, shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 15(a)
of the Equipment Lease.
Indenture
means the Indenture, to be dated as of the Issue Date (as defined therein), between PGI
(as survivor of the merger with Scorpio Merger Sub Corporation), the guarantors party thereto and
Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, together with the initial Supplemental Indenture executed
following the Issue Date (as defined therein). References to the Indenture or any terms defined
therein shall mean the Indenture as in effect as of the Amendment and Waiver Effective Date without
regard to any subsequent amendments, supplements or modifications thereto.
Independent
when used with respect to any specified Person shall mean such a Person who (i) is in
fact independent, (ii) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect
financial interest in the Company or any Affiliate of the Company and (iii) is not connected with
the Company or any Affiliate of the Company as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter,
trustee, partner, director or Person performing similar functions.
Independent Appraiser
shall mean a disinterested, licensed professional appraiser of industrial
property who (i) meets the personal property qualifications criteria established by the Appraisal
Foundation, (ii) is a member of the Appraisal Institute or holds the senior accreditation of the
American Society of Appraisers, (iii) is in the regular employ, or is a principal of, a nationally
recognized appraisal firm, (iv) has substantial experience in the business of appraising facilities
similar to the Facility and (v) is a licensed appraiser pursuant to Title XI of FIRREA (if FIRREA
is in effect at the time of determination).
Initial Use Date
means either (i) the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the
Equipment Lease and Beneficiarys receipt of possession of the Equipment on the Site in accordance
with the Equipment Lease or (ii) the date as determined by the Owner, should the Owner cause
completion of the Equipment as per Section 5.1(c)(i) or Section 5.1(c)(ii) of the CAA. The Initial
Use Date will not occur if Chicopee purchases the Equipment pursuant to the Equipment Lease.
Insurance Requirements
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall mean the terms and
conditions of any insurance required by
Section 2.8
of the CAA, (ii) for purposes of, and as used
in, the Equipment Lease, shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance required by
Section
10
of the Equipment Lease, (iii) for purposes of, and as used in the Support Agreement, shall mean
the terms and conditions of any insurance policy required by
Section 3.5
of the Support Agreement,
and (iv) for purposes of, and as used in the Site Lease and the Site Sublease,
16
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
shall mean the terms and conditions of any insurance policy required by
Section 5.8
of the Site
Lease.
IRS
shall mean the Internal Revenue Service of the United States Department of Treasury or any
successor or predecessor agency thereto.
Land
shall mean that certain tract or parcel of real immovable property situated in Waynesboro,
Virginia, as more fully described on
Schedule A
to the Site Lease.
Lease Investment Balance
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 5.1(b)
of the Construction
Agency Agreement.
Lessee
shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to the Equipment Lease.
Lessor
shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble to the Equipment Lease.
Lessor Financial Disclosures
shall have the meaning given such term in Section 5(h) of the
Equipment Lease.
Lessors Lien
shall mean any Lien affecting the Equipment or any part thereof arising as a result
of (i) Lessors rights under or pursuant to the Equipment Lease; (ii) any claim arising from any
transfer by Lessor of an interest in the Equipment or the Equipment Lease; (iii) any claim against
Lessor not related to the transactions contemplated by the Equipment Lease; (iv) any act or
omission of Lessor not expressly contemplated by the Equipment Lease or not permitted without
consent (which consent has not been granted) by Lessee or that is in violation of any term of the
Equipment Lease or not taken as a result of the occurrence and continuance of a Default as
permitted by the Equipment Lease; or (v) taxes imposed against Lessor or the consolidated group of
taxpayers of which it is a member which are not to be indemnified against by Lessee under the
Equipment Lease;
provided, however
, that there shall be excluded from this definition and no
Lessors Lien shall exist if such Lien is being diligently contested in good faith so long as
neither such proceedings nor Lien involves a material danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of the
Equipment or adversely affects Lessees rights under the Equipment Lease.
Lessors Transaction Expenses
shall mean an amount equal to (a) Capitalized Lessors Cost minus
(b) the Equipment Cost,
provided
that such amount shall not be less than $0.
LIBOR Base Rate
means, for each Carry Cost Period, the highest of (a) 2.5% per annum, (b) the
offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars for the applicable Carry Cost Period that appears on
Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to
the first day in such Carry Cost Period and (c) the offered rate per annum for deposits of Dollars
for an Carry Cost Period of three (3) months that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR 01 Page as of
11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the applicable
Carry Cost Period. If no such offered rate exists, such rate will be the rate of interest per
annum, as determined by Agent at which deposits of Dollars in immediately available funds are
offered at 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day in such
Carry Cost Period by major financial institutions reasonably satisfactory to Agent in the London
interbank market for such Carry Cost Period for the applicable principal amount on such date of
determination.
17
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
LIBOR Business Day
shall mean a Business Day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are carried on
in the London interbank market.
LIBOR Rate
shall mean with respect to each day during each Carry Cost Period, a rate per annum
determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest
1/100th of 1%):
LIBOR Base Rate
1.00 Eurocurrency Reserve
Requirements
Lien
shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, easement or encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, lease or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any
kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and
any lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Limited Recourse Construction Agency Event of Default
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section
5.1(c)(ii)
of the CAA.
Limited Remedy Event of Default
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 12(f)
of the
Equipment Lease.
Loss
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 15(b)
of the Equipment Lease.
Loss Amount
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 15(b)
of the Equipment Lease.
Material Adverse Effect
shall mean (i) a materially adverse effect on the operations, properties,
assets, financial condition, contingent or otherwise, or material agreements of Lessee,
Construction Agent, or any Guarantor, as the case may be or (ii) a material impairment of the
ability of Lessee, Construction Agent or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to perform their
respective obligations under or to remain in compliance with the Operative Documents to which they
are a party or under the Credit Agreement, as the case may be.
Maximum Amount
shall mean, as of any date, (a) 89.95% of Project Costs for Equipment Includable
Under GAAP incurred as of such date, which will include the amount in clause (b) below (excluding
the costs of any Casualty Occurrence or other loss of, theft of, or damage to all or any portion of
the Equipment that is the result of a Force Majeure Event or an act or failure to act by a Person
other than Construction Agent or any of its agents), minus (b) the present value of all payments
previously made by Construction Agent that have not been reimbursed by either the Owner in
accordance with Section 3.6 of the CAA or by any other Person, and all payments Construction Agent
is, as of such date, expressly obligated to make in the future under the CAA as of such date, (in
each case calculated using the CAA Discount Rate), but, in the case of this clause (b), excluding
(1) any payments of all or any portion of the Lease Investment Balance and (2) any payments that
are not required to be included in the calculation of Construction Agents maximum guaranty amount
under EITF 97-10.
18
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Member
shall mean each of General Electric Credit Corporation of Tennessee, a Tennessee
corporation, and ING Spunmelt Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and their
respective successors and permitted assigns, in each case in their capacity as members of Lessor.
Memorandum of Site Lease
shall mean the Memorandum of Site Lease, dated as of June 24, 2010, by
and between Site Lessor and Site Lessee, and recorded in the real estate records in the County
where the Site is located, together with any amendments or supplements thereto.
Milestone
shall mean a schedule for the delivery, installation, construction and completion of
the Facility and the Equipment prepared by the Construction Agent and approved by the Owner and the
Engineering Consultant, set forth in Exhibit IV of the Construction Agency Agreement, as the same
may be amended from time to time as agreed by the Construction Agent, the Owner and the Engineering
Consultant.
Moodys
means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns, and, if Moodys
Investors Service, Inc. and its successors and assigns no longer issues securities ratings, the
term Moodys shall include at the option of Lessor, any other Person that issues internationally
accepted securities ratings, and, upon the inclusion in this definition of such other Person, each
reference in the Documents to a rating issued by Moodys shall be deemed automatically replaced
with a reference to the comparable rating issued by such Person.
Net Economic Return
shall mean the Members anticipated nominal after-tax yield reflected in the
computations of Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price and
Stipulated Loss Values set forth in the original Exhibit No. 1 to the Equipment Lease, as such
Exhibit No. 1 may be amended or replaced pursuant to the Equipment Lease, computed utilizing the
multiple investment sinking fund method of analysis and the same assumptions, including the Pricing
Assumptions and Tax Benefits, as may be amended and replaced pursuant to the Equipment Lease and
changes in Exhibit No 1, and the same methodology and constraints as used by such Member in making
the computations of Basic Term Lease Rate Factor, the First EBO Price, the Second EBO Price, and
Stipulated Loss Values initially set forth in the original Exhibit No. 1 to the Equipment Lease. In
the event that the 4-year U.S. dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by
Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Basic Term
Commencement Date is other than
2.05
% (Lessors Funding Rate Index), the Members nominal after-tax
yield, as described in (a) above, shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to: (A) the 4
year U.S. dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen
IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Basic Term Commencement Date, less
(B)
2.05
%, with the result of that calculation (positive or negative) multiplied by (C)
54.9545
%.
Non-Severable Modification
shall mean any Optional Modification which is not readily removable
without causing damage to the Equipment (or any part thereof).
Notification Date
shall have the meaning given to such term in
Section 5.1(g)
of the Construction
Agency Agreement.
OFAC
has the meaning given to such term in
Section 17(a)(xvi)
of the Equipment Lease.
19
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Officers Certificate
shall mean with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any
Authorized Officer of such Person.
Operating Capacity
means the ability of the Equipment to produce Product at the rate specified in
the Purchase Contract (subject to scheduled or routine shutdown).
Operative Documents
shall mean the CAA, the Site Lease, the Site Sublease, the Support Agreement,
the Easement Agreement, each SNDA, any Additional Construction Document, any Acceptable Letter of
Credit, the Guaranty, all Purchase Documents, the Equipment Lease and Schedule, the Construction
Documents, the Project Documents, and all other consents, agreements and documents relating thereto
or to the Equipment, the Facility or the Site.
Optional Modification
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 7(c)
of the Equipment
Lease.
Overdue Rate
means the rate of 18% per annum or the maximum rate allowed by law.
Owner
shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors
and assigns.
Owners Accrued Interest
shall mean interest, accrued monthly on each Advance by Owner, for each
day during the Construction Period after such Advance was made. Owners Accrued Interest shall be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed and the rate of Owners
Accrued Interest shall mean with respect to any Carry Cost Period, a percentage rate equal to the
LIBOR Rate for such Carry Cost Period plus 1.75%.
Owners Lien
shall mean any Lien on the Site or the Facility or any part thereof arising as a
result of (i) Claims against or any act or omission of the Owner that is not related to, or that is
in violation of, any Operative Document or the transactions contemplated thereby or that is in
breach of any covenant or agreement of the Owner specified therein, (ii) Taxes imposed upon the
Owner or the Owner that are not indemnified against by the Construction Agent pursuant to any
Operative Document or are not related to or that are in violation of any Operative Document or the
transactions contemplated thereby, or (iii) Claims against or affecting the Owner arising out of
the voluntary or involuntary transfer by the Owner of any portion of the interest of the Owner in
the Facility, the Site, the Project Documents, other than as contemplated or permitted by the
Operative Documents.
Parts
shall mean all appliances, components, parts, instruments, appurtenances, accessories,
furnishings and other equipment of whatever nature which may now or from time to time be
incorporated or installed in or attached to, or were provided by the manufacturer with, the
Equipment, including after temporary removal from such Equipment.
Patriot Act
means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required
to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.
Payment Date
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning in
Section 8
of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the
meaning set forth in
Section 2.7
of the CAA.
20
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Permitted Encumbrances
, as used in the Site Lease, the Site Sublease and the Support Agreement,
shall mean those encumbrances described in
Schedule C
to the Site Lease.
Permitted Lien
shall mean (i) the rights of Lessor and Lessee as herein provided, (ii) Lessors
Liens and Owners Liens, (iii) Liens for taxes, assessment or other governmental charge either not
yet delinquent or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and so long
as adequate reserves are maintained with respect to such Liens and available to Lessee for the
payment of such taxes, provided, however, that a contest shall be permitted only if Lessor shall
have determined in good faith that the contest should not result in any adverse consequences to it
or any Member, and only so long as neither such proceedings nor such Liens involve any material
danger of the sale, forfeiture, loss or loss of use of the Equipment or any part thereof, or any
interest of Lessor therein or any risk of criminal liability of Lessor and Lessee has given Lessor
prior written notice of Lessees intent to contest any such taxes and Lessee has agreed to
indemnify Lessor for any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation reasonable
attorneys fees) which Lessor may incur as a result of such contest, (iv) inchoate materialmens,
mechanics, carriers, workmens, repairmens, or other like inchoate Liens imposed by law arising
in the ordinary course of Lessees business for sums either not delinquent or being diligently
contested in good faith and only so long as neither such proceedings nor any such Liens involve any
material danger of the sale, forfeiture, loss or loss of use of the Facility or Equipment, or any
part thereof, or any interest of Lessor therein or any material risk of material civil liability;
provided
that adequate reserves are maintained with respect to such Liens and that Lessee has given
Lessor written notice thereof, (v) the rights of others under agreements or arrangements to the
extent expressly permitted under the Equipment Lease, (vi) Liens arising out of any judgment or
award against Lessee with respect to which at the time an appeal or proceeding for review is being
prosecuted in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which
there shall have been secured a stay of execution pending such appeal or proceeding for review and
so long as adequate reserves are available to Lessee for the payment of such obligations and there
is no material danger of sale, forfeiture, loss, or loss of use of the Equipment or material risk
of material civil liability and Lessee shall have given Lessor written notice thereof, (vii) any
Lien against which Lessee causes to be provided a bond in such amount and under such terms and
conditions as are reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and (viii) any Liens with respect to the Site
or the Facility permitted under the Credit Agreement or the Indenture (as defined in Appendix II
hereto) provided that a SNDA is duly executed by each mortgagee of the Site.
Person
shall mean any natural person, corporation, cooperative, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, joint-stock company, firm, association, trust, unincorporated organization,
Governmental Authority or any other entity, whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other
capacity.
PGI
shall mean Polymer Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation.
Phase I ESA
means the performance of a Phase I Environmental Site Assessment by an Environmental
Consultant in accordance with the ASTM Standard.
Phase II ESA
means the collection of subsurface (e.g., soil, sediment, groundwater or surface
water) or indoor air samples necessary in order to determine if a REC identified in a Phase I ESA
21
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
and resulting from the operation of the Facility or Equipment has or may have caused a Release of
Hazardous Substances at the Site, except for
de minimis
and surficial Releases to a non-pervious
surface or to soil or Releases authorized by an Environmental Permit.
Preliminary Appraisal
shall mean the appraisals, dated the Construction Closing Date, prepared by
an Appraiser and addressed to the Owner, which Preliminary Appraisal shall set forth such
Appraisers preliminary analysis and conclusions regarding the matters to be provided in the
Appraisal, and conclude that such Appraiser reasonably expects that on the Basic Term Commencement
Date the conclusions set forth in the Appraisal will be accurate.
Preliminary Specifications
means the preliminary specifications for the Facility as set forth on
Schedule F
to the Site Lease.
Pricing Assumptions
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 3(a)
of the Equipment
Lease.
Prior Levels
mean the greater of (i) the frequency, duration, volume, scope and capacity that the
Support Equipment is necessary or the Support Items are necessary to be supplied or consumed in
connection with the Process required for the Equipment to achieve Operating Capacity or (ii) the
frequency, duration, volume, scope and capacity that the Support Equipment was used or the Support
Items were supplied or consumed (on average) in connection with the Process during the thirty-six
(36) month period of continuous commercial operation of the Equipment (or for such shorter
continuous period if all of the Equipment is not in place during such entire thirty-six (36) month
period) occurring immediately prior to the beginning of the Support Term.
Process
the use and operation of the Equipment, Support Equipment and Support Items for the
timely and efficient production at Operating Capacity, shipping and sale of the Product, in each
case in a manner that complies with Applicable Laws, Insurance Requirements and Prudent Practice;
provided
, however, that Process shall not include the handling or offsite disposal of any
Hazardous Substances or Chicopees Environmental Permits and shall not include Proprietary
Information.
Product
means spunbond non woven fabric.
Project Costs
shall mean, without duplication, the amounts advanced for payment of fees,
expenses, costs and other items related to purchasing, importing, designing, engineering,
surveying, developing, financing, constructing, installing, starting-up and testing the Equipment,
in accordance with, and set forth on, the Construction Budget and the other Project Documents and
specified below:
(i) the cost to purchase from each Vendor the Equipment, as specified in the
Construction Budget;
(ii) all contractor payments listed in the Construction Budget in respect of the
Equipment;
22
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(iii) all expenses relating to environmental audits, inspections or studies with
respect to the Site, the Facility or the Equipment;
(iv) fees and other expenses relating to the Appraisal;
(v) fees and expenses of the Environmental Consultant, the Engineering Consultant
and any other Consultants;
(vi) all Carry Costs on Advances, Commitment Fees and any Breakage Costs accrued
monthly and/or payable in respect of the Advances;
(vii) any Tax if and to the extent such Tax (1) relates to the Equipment and (2) is
indemnifiable pursuant to Section 7.1(b) of the Construction Agency Agreement;
(viii) all Transaction Expenses, to the extent not otherwise included in this
definition;
(ix) all fees and costs of obtaining title insurance with respect to the Equipment;
(x) engineering and design costs with respect to the Equipment;
(xi) All insurance premiums and deductibles paid by Owner in respect of insurance
obtained in accordance with Section 2.8 (a)(i);
(xii) such other items with respect to the Equipment as the Owner may approve in
writing; and
(xiii) any other amounts to be funded from proceeds of Advances pursuant to the
Operative Documents.
Project Costs for Equipment Includable Under GAAP
shall mean, without duplication, the amounts
advanced for payment of costs and other items related to purchasing, importing, designing,
engineering, surveying, developing, constructing, installing, starting-up and testing the
Equipment, in accordance with, and set forth on, the Construction Budget and the other Project
Documents and, subject to being includable under GAAP, including but not limited to the items
specified below (with respect to the Equipment only):
(i) the cost to purchase Equipment from any vendor or supplier;
(ii) all contractor payments made in respect of the Equipment;
(iii) all costs relating to environmental audits, inspections or studies with
respect to the Equipment;
(iv) fees and costs of Owners insurance consultants and insurance brokers with
respect to the insurance obtained in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(i) of the CAA;
23
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(v) fees and costs of the Environmental Consultant, the Engineering Consultant, the
Appraiser, and any other Consultants with respect to the Equipment;
(vi) Owners Accrued Interest (excluding interest on equity capital);
(vii) sales, use, personal property, tangible or intangible taxes incurred in
connection with the Equipment during the Construction Period;
(viii) engineering and design costs with respect to the Equipment;
(ix) all insurance premiums and deductibles paid by Owner in respect of insurance
obtained in accordance with Section 2.8(a)(i) of the CAA;
(x) all fees and costs of obtaining title insurance with respect to the Equipment;
(xi) Owners legal expenses related to documenting all vendor and contractor legal
agreements; and
(xii) such other items with respect to the Equipment as the Owner and Construction
Agent may approve in writing as being properly includable under GAAP.
Project Documents
shall mean, collectively, the Purchase Documents, the Construction Documents
and, when entered into, each Additional Construction Document, and all Third Party Contracts, if
any, together with any replacement or substitute agreement for any of the foregoing.
Project Obligations
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1
of the Construction Agency
Agreement.
Proprietary Information
shall mean (i)
Appendix 3.4
to the Purchase Contract, (ii) all trade
secrets, know how and other intellectual property of Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee or any
supplier or customer of any of them, including any special settings and adjustments Lessee makes to
the Equipment or to the Included IP, and any Severable Modifications which are Optional
Modifications, and (iii) all proprietary business information of Lessee or any Affiliate of Lessee
or any supplier or customer of any of them regarding the Equipment, Lessees manufacturing
operations or techniques, or Lessees products or product specifications,
provided
however that
Proprietary Information shall not include (a) the Equipment, (b) any initial settings established
by the German Vendor in accordance with Appendix 3.1 of the Purchase Contract or by any other
Vendor, or (c) except to the extent included in subsections (i), (ii), or (iii) above, any
information, documents and records relating thereto, as of the Basic Term Commencement Date. All of
the foregoing shall be Proprietary Information, regardless of the source of disclosure to Lessor,
whether or not (a) obtained in due diligence, in reports from Lessee, or through observations at
the Site or the Facility, (ii) marked confidential, or (iii) in oral, written, electronic or
other form.
Prudent Practice
shall mean, at a particular time, either (i) any of the practices, methods and
acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of the competitive engineered nonwoven fabrics
industry operating in the United States at such time, but, in any event, a standard of care
24
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
and
usage no less than that which the Company and its Affiliates would apply with respect to
other equipment and facilities similar to the Equipment or the Facility owned, leased or operated
by them or (ii) with respect to any matter to which the practices referred to in clause (i) do not
apply, any of the practices, methods and acts that, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light
of the facts known at the time the decision was made, could have been expected to accomplish the
desired result at a reasonable cost consistent with good competitive engineered nonwoven fabrics
business practices, reliability, safety and expedition. Prudent Practice is not intended to be
the optimum practice, method or act to the exclusion of all others, but rather to be a spectrum of
possible practices, methods or acts having due regard for, among other things, manufacturers
warranties, the requirements of insurance policies and the requirements of governmental bodies of
competent jurisdiction.
Purchase Contract
means that certain contract dated June 24, 2010, between REICOFIL and Owner.
Purchase Documentation
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.3
of the Construction Agency
Agreement, including the Purchase Contract.
Purchase Documents
shall mean the Purchase Contract and each other bill of sale, invoice,
purchase agreement, purchase order, patent and license and warranty assignment or agreement, that
evidences, in whole or in part, Owners title to or rights to the Equipment.
Purchase Document Event
shall mean any Casualty Occurrence (including the occurrence of any major
or material damage to the Equipment) or breach or any other event which (A) entitles any Vendor to
terminate any Purchase Document, (B) entitles Owner to terminate any Purchase Document, (C) results
in any claim, loss, damage, penalty, injury, demand, action or suit of any Vendor against Owner or
Construction Agent or of Owner or Construction Agent against any Vendor or (D) would delay delivery
of the completed Equipment to a date after the Construction Termination Date. Owner shall, in
addition, have the rights and remedies set forth in Section 5.1 of the CAA upon the occurrence of
any Purchase Document Event.
Rating Agencies
shall mean S&P and Moodys or, if at the time the rating of any such Rating
Agency is required such Rating Agency no longer provides the relevant rating (other than as a
result of the rated Person choosing not to have such rating), such other rating agency of national
recognition.
Real Estate Taxes
means all taxes, assessments, betterments, use fees and charges, sewer entrance
fees and all other public charges levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any Governmental
Authority or agreed or governmentally imposed in lieu of or similar charges, upon or against the
Site.
REC
shall mean recognized environmental condition as that term is defined by the ASTM Standard.
REICOFIL
shall mean Reifenhäuser REICOFIL GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited liability company and
partnership.
25
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Release
shall mean disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping,
pumping, pouring, emitting, escaping, emptying, seeping, placing and the like, into or upon any
land, soil, subsoil, real property or water, surface water or groundwater or air, or otherwise
entering into the environment.
Rent
means all amounts payable by Lessee hereunder, including Basic Term Rent with respect to the
Equipment (as provided in Section 2(a) of the Equipment Lease) and any Supplemental Rent (including
the corresponding value added tax).
Rent Payment Date
with respect to the Equipment shall have the meaning given such term in Section
E of the Schedule.
Requested Funding Date
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 3.1(a)
of the Construction
Agency Agreement.
Required Amount
shall mean (i) from the Construction Closing Date to but excluding the Basic Term
Commencement Date, an amount equal to 10% of the Commitment, and (ii) from and after the Basic Term
Commencement Date, an amount equal 10% of Capitalized Lessors Cost.
Required Modification
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 7(b)
of the Equipment
Lease.
Requirements
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2(b)
of the Site Lease.
Responsible Officer
of an entity means any corporate officer (or in the case of a non-corporate
entity, any comparable authority) of such entity who is designated as the recipient of a notice
pursuant to the provisions of any Document or who, in the normal performance of such officers
operational responsibilities, would have knowledge of the matter at issue and the relevant
provisions of any applicable Document.
Restoration or Replacement Plan
means a plan and time schedule for the application of insurance
proceeds in the case of a casualty event and any other funds available to the Lessee with which to
restore or replace any property affected by a casualty event.
S&P
means Standard & Poors Rating Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc., and its
successors and assigns and, if Standard & Poors Ratings Group and its successors and assigns no
longer issues securities ratings, the term S&P shall include, at the option of Lessor, any other
Person that issues internationally accepted securities ratings, and, upon the inclusion in this
definition of such other Person, each reference in the Documents to a rating issued by S&P shall be
deemed automatically replace with a reference to the comparable rating issued by such Person.
Schedule
means the schedule to the Equipment Lease executed and delivered pursuant to
Section
1(b)
of the Equipment Lease in substantially the form attached to the Equipment Lease as Exhibit
No. 1.
Second EBO Date
shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
26
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Second EBO Price
shall have the meaning given such term in Section B of the Schedule.
Security Deposit
shall mean a cash amount equal to 10% of Capitalized Lessors Cost.
Security Deposit Pledge Agreement
means that certain Security Deposit Pledge Agreement dated as
of the Basic Term Commencement Date by and among the Lessee and the Lessor.
Seller
shall have the meaning given such term in Annex B of the Schedule.
Severable Modification
means any Optional Modification or Required Modification other than a
Non-Severable Modification.
Significant Vendor
means any Vendor party to any Project Document in respect of good, services or
any combination thereof that has a contract price, purchase price or similar price equal to or
greater than $500,000.
Similar Business
means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Lessee, any
Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business that is
similar, related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto.
Site
shall mean the Land plus the Improvements and so much of the Adjacent Property as is
reasonably necessary for access to the Land and the Improvements and reasonably necessary for the
use thereof consistent with the proposed use and operation of the Equipment at the Site.
Site Improvements
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 2.3
of the Site Lease.
Site Lease
shall mean the Site Lease, dated as of June 24, 2010, by and between the Site
Lessor/Owner and the Site Lessee/Company.
Site Lease Base Rent
during the Site Lease Term shall mean (A) during the period from the date of
the Site Lease to the Transition Date, the amount specified in
Schedule D
to the Site Lease and (B)
during the remainder of the Site Lease Term, Fair Market Rental Value of the Site (determined
annually).
Site Lease Basic Term
means the period beginning on the Site Lease Commencement Date and ending
on the earliest to occur of (a) the day on which the Equipment located on the Site is purchased by
Site Lessor pursuant to the Equipment Lease, and all obligations of Site Lessor under the Documents
are indefeasibly paid in full, (b) the date on which the Equipment is removed from the Site, (c)
the last day of the calendar month thirty-five (35) years after the Site Lease Commencement Date,
provided, however
, if the Basic Term of the schedule under the Equipment Lease is extended or
renewed, the Site Lease Basic Term will automatically be extended for the same period of time, and
(d) the day that Site Lessee is entitled to recover possession of the Equipment located on the Site
pursuant to
Section 8
of the Equipment Lease and all obligations of Site Lessor under the Documents
are indefeasibly paid in full.
Site Lease Commencement Date
shall mean July 5, 2011 which is the first business day after the
date that (i) the Facility is substantially completed by Site Lessor, (ii) Site Lessor has
27
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
provided
Site Lessee with a certificate of occupancy for the Facility, and (iii) Site Lessor has provided
Site Lessee with exclusive possession of the Site.
Site Lease Event of Default
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 9.1
of the Site Lease.
Site Lease Renewal Term
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 9.4
of the Site Lease.
Site Lease Rent
shall mean the Site Lease Base Rent and Site Lease Supplemental Rent.
Site Lease Supplemental Rent
means all amounts necessary to reimburse Site Lessor for any actual
and reasonable out-of-pocket costs for Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Site Lessor insurance
premiums with respect to the Site; and Site Lessors actual and reasonable out-of-pocket
maintenance costs which are paid by Site Lessor with respect to the Site. For any of the foregoing
reimbursable items not incurred solely with respect to the Site, the amount of Site Lease
Supplemental Rent attributable to such item shall be the portion of such item used by, or otherwise
attributable to, the Site. To the extent such items are calculated for any period beginning before
the Site Lease Commencement Date or after the Transition Date, then such items shall be equitably
prorated.
Site Lease Term
means the Site Lease Basic Term together with each Site Lease Renewal Term.
Site Lessee
shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as site lessee of the Site under the Site Lease.
Site Lessor
shall mean Chicopee, Inc., as site lessor of the Site under the Site Lease.
Site Sublease
shall mean the Site Sublease, dated as of June 24, 2010 by and between the Lessor,
as Site Sublessor, and Lessee, as Site Sublessee.
Site Sublease Base Rent
shall mean the amount specified in
Schedule D
to the Site
Sublease.
Site Sublease Term
shall mean the period beginning on the Site Lease Commencement Date and ending
on the date of expiration or earlier termination of the Equipment Lease Term, regardless of whether
the Equipment Lease Term expires or terminates due to the passage of time, the occurrence of a
Default and the exercise of available remedies thereunder, the exercise of a purchase option under
the Equipment Lease or for any other reason.
Site Sublessee
shall mean Chicopee, Inc., as sublessee of the Site under the Site Sublease.
Site Sublessor
shall mean Gossamer Holdings, LLC, as sublessor of the Site under the Site
Sublease.
SNDA
means each mortgagee waiver or secured party disclaimer of interest executed and delivered
pursuant to
Section 1(b), Section 6(e)(v) or Section 17(b)(vi)
of the Equipment Lease or otherwise
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor.
28
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Special SLV Amount
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(e) of the Equipment Lease
Stipulated Loss Value
shall mean with respect to the Equipment as of any date of determination on
or prior to the last day of the Basic Term, the amount determined by multiplying Capitalized
Lessors Cost for the Equipment by the percentage specified in Annex C to the Schedule applicable
to such Equipment, determined as of the Rent Payment Date prior to the Casualty Occurrence. In the
event that the Equipment Lease is for any reason extended beyond the Basic Term, then the last
percentage figure shown on Annex C to the Schedule shall control throughout any such extended term.
Stock
shall mean the voting stock, membership interests or similar equity interests of any
Person.
Subsidiary
means, with respect to any Person, a corporation, limited liability company,
partnership or other entity of which such Person and/or its other subsidiaries own, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of the Stock.
Supplemental Letter of Credit
means an Acceptable Letter of Credit issued to Lessor on behalf of
the Lessee having as of the date of issuance a stated amount of not less than $2,500,000.
Supplemental Rent
shall mean, without duplication, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, settlements, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses (including all operating
costs and expenses of Lessor) and disbursements (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and
disbursements of legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, inspectors or other professionals, and
costs of investigation) incurred by each of the Members or the Lessor), and all other amounts,
liabilities, indemnities and obligations (other than Basic Term Rent) that Lessee assumes or
becomes obligated or agrees to pay under the Operative Documents to or on behalf of Lessor or any
other Person, including, without limitation, payments of Stipulated Loss Value, the purchase price
to be paid by Lessee with respect to any Equipment, and payments of indemnities under
Section 4
and
Section 15
of the Equipment Lease and under
Section 7.1
of the CAA.
Support Agreement
shall mean that certain Support Agreement dated as of June 24, 2010 between the
Site Lessor, as grantor, and the Owner, as beneficiary, as amended.
Support Equipment
shall mean (i) all vehicles, (ii) site, process and maintenance equipment and
tools, including, without limitation, repelletizing equipment, pyrolising oven, ultrasonic die pack
cleaning system and high pressure hot water cleaning system, (iii) other rolling stock, (iv) the
test, measurement and laboratory equipment, (v) the office furnishings, business machines and
electronics, and (vi) information systems and computers, all as more specifically to be set forth
on
Exhibit A
to the Support Agreement; provided that in no event shall Support Equipment
include Proprietary Information.
Support Items
shall have the meaning specified in
Section 2.3(a)
of the Support Agreement.
Support Price
as of the end of each month is an amount equal to the Beneficiarys Allocated Cost
of the Support Items provided in such period.
29
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Support Rights
shall have the meaning as specified in
Section 2.1
of the Support Agreement.
Support Term
means the period beginning on the Initial Use Date and ending on the earlier to
occur of (a) the day the Beneficiary elects to terminate the Support Agreement in accordance with
its terms, (b) the termination of the Support Agreement by Chicopee pursuant to its terms,
including
Section 5.3
, and (c) the expiration or earlier termination of the Site Lease Term.
Survey
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.2(b)
of the Site Lease.
Syndication Agent
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the
meaning given such term in
Section 13(e)
of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as
used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 8.3(b)
of the CAA.
Tax Benefits
shall mean each of the benefits and assumptions (and the representations) set forth
in Section D of Exhibit No. 1 Tax Benefits, Assumptions and Representations of the Equipment
Lease.
Tax
or
Taxes
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, the Site Lease and the
Site Sublease, shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 4(b)
of the Equipment Lease and
(ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA, shall have the meaning specified in
Section 7.1(b)
of the CAA.
Tax Claim
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 4(c)
of the Equipment Lease.
Taxing Authority
shall have the meaning given such term in
Section 4(a)
of the Equipment Lease.
Term
shall mean the Basic Term.
Third Party Contract
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(c)
of the CAA.
Transaction Expenses
shall mean the following costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
negotiation, due diligence and consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Operative
Documents on the Construction Closing Date and through and including the Basic Term Commencement
Date, including:
(i) the Commitment Fee, the cost of the Preliminary Appraisal and the Appraisal,
all costs and fees, including filing and recording fees and recording, transfer, mortgage,
intangible and similar Taxes in connection with the execution and delivery, filing and
recording of the Site Lease, any other Operative Document or Project Document and any other
document required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the provisions of the Operative
Documents or the Project Documents and any Uniform Commercial Code filing fees in respect of
the perfection of any security interests created by the Operative Documents or as otherwise
reasonably required by the Owner;
(ii) all costs and fees, including filing and recording fees and recording,
transfer, mortgage, intangible and similar Taxes in connection with the execution and
delivery, filing and recording the Equipment Lease or the Site Lease and any other
30
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
document
required to be filed or recorded pursuant to the provisions of the Equipment Lease or the
Site Lease;
(iii) the fees and expenses of the Engineering Consultant, the Environmental
Consultant, the Appraisers and any other consultants retained by the Owner;
(iv) the reasonable legal fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Owner,
the Lessor and any Member;
(v) all fees and expenses of Lessor and any Member relating to the formation of
Lessor, the negotiation, execution and delivery of Lessors operating agreement, and all
ongoing operating costs and expenses of Lessor and disbursements (including, without
limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel, accountants, appraisers,
inspectors or other professionals, and costs of investigation of Lessor) incurred by each of
the Members or the Lessor),;
(vi) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of each Member; and
(vii) any other reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Owner and any
Member relating to the Operative Documents and all other reasonable, documented
out-of-pocket expenses of the Owner; and
(viii) all fees and costs in connection with the issuance of Acceptable Letters of
Credit.
Transactions
(i) for purposes of, and as used in, the Equipment Lease, shall have the meaning set
forth in
Section 21(m)
of the Equipment Lease and (ii) for purposes of, and as used in, the CAA,
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 8.16
of the CAA.
Transition Date
, as used in the Site Lease and Site Sublease, means the date of expiration or
earlier termination of (a) the Equipment Lease Term with respect to the Equipment located on the
Site, and (b) the Site Sublease Term and Site Lessees receipt of possession of the Equipment at
the Site. The Transition Date shall not occur if Chicopee purchases the Equipment pursuant to the
Equipment Lease.
UCC
shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any applicable jurisdiction.
United States
or
U.S.
shall mean the United States of America.
Utilities
shall mean sewer usage or rental, refuse removal, and utilities, including, without
limitation, gas, water, and electricity.
Vendor
shall mean (i) any Person (including the Company and its Affiliates) who holds legal title
to each item of Equipment prior to the purchase and acquisition thereof by the Owner, (ii) CH
Robinson International, Inc., and (iii) any vendor, supplier or contractor who enters into a
Project Document.
31
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Rules of Construction
. Unless otherwise specified, references in any Document or any
of the Appendices thereto to a Section, subsection or clause refer to such Section, subsection or
clause as contained in such Document and to any Section, subsection or clause substituted therefor
from time to time. Any term defined in this Master List of Defined Terms by reference
to another document, instrument or agreement shall continue to have the meaning ascribed
thereto whether or not such other document, instrument or agreement is in effect. The words
herein, hereof and hereunder and other words of similar import used in any Document refer to
such Document as a whole, including all annexes, exhibits and schedules, as the same may from time
to time be amended, restated, modified or supplemented, and not to any particular section,
subsection or clause contained in such Document or any such annex, exhibit or schedule. Wherever
from the context it appears appropriate, each term stated in either the singular or plural shall
include the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine or neuter
gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter genders. The words including, includes
and include shall be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation; the word or is
not exclusive; the rule of
ejusdem
generis
shall not be applicable to limit a
general statement, followed by or referable to an enumeration of specific matters, to matters
similar to those specifically mentioned; references to Persons include their respective successors
and assigns (to the extent and only to the extent permitted by the Documents) or, in the case of
Governmental Authorities, Persons succeeding to the relevant functions of such Persons; references
to any document, instrument, or agreement includes each amendment or supplement to, or restatement,
replacement, substitution, successor, modification or novation of, any such document, instrument or
agreement unless otherwise specified in such definition or in the context in which such reference
is used; all references to any statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or law shall include
all amendments of the same and any successor statutes, regulations, proclamations, ordinances, and
laws; and a reference to a statute shall include all regulations, policies, protocols, codes,
proclamations, and ordinances issued or otherwise applicable under that statute unless, in any such
case, otherwise expressly provided in any such statute. Any reference to days shall mean calendar
days unless Business Days or LIBOR Business Days (as defined herein) are expressly specified.
32
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
APPENDIX II
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
Financial Covenants
Interest Expense Coverage Ratio
. The Interest Expense Coverage Ratio as of the end of any
fiscal quarter of PGI for which financial statements are available shall not be less than (a) for
the fiscal quarter ending April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of
fiscal year 2015, 2.00 to 1.00 and (b) for each fiscal quarter thereafter, 2.50 to 1.00.
Total Leverage Ratio
. The Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI
for which financial statements are available shall not exceed (a) for the fiscal quarter ending
April 2, 2011 and each fiscal quarter thereafter through the end of fiscal year 2012, 4.85 to 1.00,
(b) from and after the end of fiscal year 2012 through the end of fiscal year 2013, 4.50 to 1.00,
(c) from and after the end of fiscal year 2013 through the end of fiscal year 2014, 4.25 to 1.00,
(d) from and after the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2015, 4.00 to 1.00
and (e) thereafter, 3.75 to 1.00.
Interest Expense Coverage Ratio
means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated
basis, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for
the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available to (b)
Consolidated Interest Expense for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial
statements are available.
Total Leverage Ratio
means, with respect to PGI and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as
of the end of any fiscal quarter of PGI ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Total Debt as of such
date of determination to (b) EBITDA for the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters for which
financial statements are available.
Total Debt
means as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all
Indebtedness (including, without limitation, all letters of credit, but excluding for all purposes
indebtedness attributable to the Site Lease) listed on the balance sheet of PGI and its
subsidiaries as of the most recent financial statement available, determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Consolidated Interest Expense
means, with respect to any Person for any period, without
duplication, the sum of:
(1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net
Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of
Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding
any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component
of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any,
received) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Indebtedness and excluding (t) penalties and interest relating to taxes; (u) accretion or
accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (v) any expense resulting from the
discounting of any outstanding Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase
accounting in connection with any acquisition, (w) any Additional Interest and any additional
interest with respect to other securities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt
issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other
financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any
interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility);
plus
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such
period, whether paid or accrued; less
(3) interest income for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit
in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the
Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated
basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without
duplication,
(1) any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all
fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transaction); severance,
relocation costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit
plans; other restructuring costs; and commercial service fees and public company costs not expected
to continue after the Transactions shall be excluded,
(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the
adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period shall be excluded,
(3) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or
discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned,
transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,
(4) any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto)
attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Capital
Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by
the Company, shall be excluded,
(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or is an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be
excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of
dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent
converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such
period,
2
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under
the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture (as defined below) the Net Income for such period
of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary
of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental
approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of
its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction
with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided
that Consolidated Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other
distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or
Cash Equivalents to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to
the extent not already included therein,
(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory (including any impact of changes to
inventory valuation policy methods, including changes in capitalization of variances), property and
equipment, software, goodwill and other intangible assets and in process research and development,
deferred revenue and debt line items in such Persons consolidated financial statements pursuant to
GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transaction or any
consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes,
shall be excluded,
(8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded,
(9) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or
asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in
debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant
to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,
(10) any non-cash compensation or similar charge or expense or reduction of revenue, including
any such charge or amount arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock
options, restricted stock or other rights and any cash charges associated with the rollover,
acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of
Parent or the Company or any of their direct or indirect parent companies or subsidiaries shall be
excluded,
(11) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof
for such period, in connection with any acquisition, disposition, recapitalization, Investment,
Asset Sale, issuance, repayment or amendment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests,
refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case,
including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such
(12) transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs
incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction including, without
3
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
limitation, any non-cash expenses or charges recorded in accordance with GAAP relating to
equity interests issued to non-employees in exchange for services provided in connection with any
acquisition or business arrangement (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior
to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) shall be excluded,
accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months of the Issue Date that
are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transaction in accordance with
GAAP or changes as a result of a modification of accounting policies shall be excluded, and
(13) the following items shall be excluded:
(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from
Hedging Obligations and the application of ASC 815 Derivatives and Hedging; and
(b) foreign currency and other non-operating gain or loss and foreign currency gain
(loss) included in other operating expenses including any net unrealized gain or loss (after
any offset) resulting in such period from currency translation gains or losses related to
currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge
agreements for currency exchange risk).
In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds actually received from business
interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by
indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or
any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture (as
defined below).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the restricted payments covenant in the Indenture
(as defined below) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising
from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted
Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each
case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
such covenant.
EBITDA
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clauses (h),
(j) and (k)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for
such period:
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without
limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax, the
Pennsylvania capital tax, Texas margin tax and provincial capital taxes paid in
4
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
Canada) and foreign withholding taxes and penalties and interest relating to taxes of
such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted and not added back in computing
Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest
rate risk, (y) bank fees and (z) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing
activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items
excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense pursuant to clauses (1)(t)
through (z) thereof to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating
such Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period
to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net
Income;
plus
(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, integration costs, retention charges,
stock option and any other equity-based compensation expenses, start-up or initial costs for
any individual new production line, division or new line of business; or other business
optimization expenses or reserves including, without limitation, costs or reserves
associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions, costs associated with
establishing new facilities, deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing
Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with
acquisitions before or after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or
consolidation of facilities;
plus
(e) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs, reducing
Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges
represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash
payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such
extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period);
plus
(f) income attributable to non-controlling interests in Subsidiaries to the extent
deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(g) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, customary transaction and
advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or
accrued in such period under the Sponsors Management Agreement or otherwise to the Investors
to the extent otherwise permitted under the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture
(as defined below) (and similar fees paid by the Company or its Affiliates to investors in
the Company or its Affiliates prior to the Issue Date) and deducted (and not added back) in
such period in computing Consolidated Net Income;
plus
(h) the amount of net cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions
projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of actions initiated or to
5
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
be initiated or taken on or prior to the date that is 12 months after the Issue Date or
12 months after the consummation of any acquisition, amalgamation, merger or operational
change or other action, plan or transaction and prior to or during such period (calculated
on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such
period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions;
provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable, (y) no
cost savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any
expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are either excluded in computing
Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period
and (z) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (h) included in any four
quarter period shall not exceed the greater of $20.0 million and 10.0% of EBITDA for such
four quarter period; provided, further, that the adjustments pursuant to this clause (h) may
be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the
definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;
plus
(i) any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that
such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the
Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the
calculation set forth in the affiliate transactions covenant in the Indenture (as defined
below);
plus
(j) (i) lease expense for the use of land, building and equipment of Tesalca-99, S.A.
and Texnovo, S.A. in connection with the purchase of certain assets by the Company as of
November 30, 2009 (the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition); (ii) losses incurred as a result of
the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition for the period from November 30, 2009 through January 2,
2010; and (iii) the annualized EBITDA attributable to each of Tesalca-99, S.A. and Texnovo,
S.A. after giving effect to the Tesalca-Texnovo Acquisition;
plus
(k) annualized incremental EBITDA contribution of the Companys spunmelt lines in San
Luis Potosi, Mexico and Cali, Columbia, in each case, based on the actual run-rate
performance for the third quarter of 2010;
(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of
such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal
of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period.
Indebtedness
means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
6
Conformed Copy through Second Amendment dated October 7, 2011
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit
or bankers acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect
thereof);
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a
trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the
ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes
a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; or
(d) representing net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent
that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes
thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or
to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise on, the obligations of the type referred to in clause
(1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such
obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the
ordinary course of business; and
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause
(1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided, however, that notwithstanding the
foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the
ordinary course of business or (b) any obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities,
Factoring Program, operating leases, or Sale and Lease-back Transactions (except any resulting
Capitalized Lease Obligations).
Notwithstanding the foregoing definitions of EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense,
Consolidated Net Income and Indebtedness, the parties agree that if such definitions are
modified or supplemented in the Indenture after the Amendment and Waiver has been executed and
delivered, this Appendix II shall be amended to effect such modifications and supplements,
effective upon receipt of the Lessors consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed).
For purposes of this Appendix II, all additional definitions necessary to calculate or determine
EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income and Indebtedness shall have
the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture and all such additional definitions necessary
to calculate or determine EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense,
Consolidated Net Income and Indebtedness are hereby incorporated by reference as if such
definitions were set forth in this Appendix II in full.
7
EXHIBIT NO. 1
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
SCHEDULE
DATED THIS __ DAY OF , 20
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
|
|
|
Lessor & Mailing Address:
|
|
Lessee & Mailing Address:
|
|
|
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 Merritt Seven
Norwalk, CT 06851 USA
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 Harris Corners Parkway
Suite 300
Charlotte NC 28269
|
This Equipment Schedule is executed pursuant to, and incorporates by reference the terms and
conditions of, and capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in, the Lease Agreement identified above (Agreement; said Agreement and this Schedule being
collectively referred to as Lease). This Equipment Schedule, incorporating by reference the
Agreement, constitutes a separate instrument of lease.
A.
Equipment
.
Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, Lessor agrees to acquire and lease to Lessee the Equipment
listed on Annex A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
B.
Financial Terms
.
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Capitalized Lessors Cost:
|
|
$56,486,000 Dollars
|
|
(b)
|
|
Basic Term Lease Rate Factor:
|
|
1.321019%
|
|
(c)
|
|
Basic Term:
|
|
Eighty-four 84 months
|
|
(d)
|
|
Basic Term Commencement Date:
|
|
October 8, 2011
|
|
(e)
|
|
Change Date
|
|
The first day following the close of business
|
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of the 48th month of the Basic Term
|
|
(f)
|
|
Equipment Location:
|
|
See Annex A
|
|
(g)
|
|
Lessee Federal Tax ID No.
|
|
57-1013629
|
|
(h)
|
|
First EBO Date
|
|
October 8, 2013
|
Exhibit 1-1
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
First EBO Price
|
|
The greater of (i) 82.417714% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized Lessors Cost, plus any
applicable
Breakage Costs and (ii) the then Fair Market
Value of the Equipment.
|
|
(j)
|
|
Second EBO Date
|
|
October 8, 2015
|
|
(k)
|
|
Second EBO Price
|
|
The greater of (i) 61.177977% of the
Capitalized Lessors Cost and (ii) the then
Fair Market Value of the Equipment.
|
|
(l)
|
|
Stipulated Loss Value:
|
|
See Annex C attached for calculation of the
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stipulated Loss Values for the Equipment
during the Basic Term.
|
C.
Pricing Assumptions
.
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Basic Term Commencement Date:
|
|
October 8, 2011
|
|
(b)
|
|
Equipment Cost
|
|
$55,096,000
|
|
(c)
|
|
Capitalized Lessors Cost:
|
|
$56,486,000
|
|
(d)
|
|
Lessors Tax Basis:
|
|
$55,096,000
|
|
(e)
|
|
Lessors Transaction Expenses:
|
|
$1,390,000
|
|
(f)
|
|
Lessors Funding Rate Index:
|
|
2.05% - The 4 year US dollar fixed interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
rate swap
|
|
(g)
|
|
Appraised Equipment Useful Life:
|
|
Not less than 10 years from Basic Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commencement Date
|
|
(h)
|
|
Appraised Fair Market Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
(without regard to inflation)
|
|
|
|
|
|
at Lease End:
|
|
Not less than 20% of Equipment Cost
|
D.
Tax Benefits, Assumptions and Representations
.
Part 1
. Tax Benefits and Assumptions
The Net Economic Return of the Lessor and each Member was computed based, in part, on the
assumption that the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents will have the following
consequences for United States Federal and state and local income tax purposes:
(a) Provided that no election to treat the Lessor as a corporation has been made, and provided
neither Lessor nor any Member takes any action to cause the tax treatment of the Lessor to change,
the Lessor will be treated as a partnership and the Members will be treated as
Exhibit 1-2
the only partners therein, and each Member will be entitled and required to take into account,
in computing its taxable income, its distributive share (based on the allocations of such items
between each Member as set forth in the LLC Agreement of the Lessor) of all items of income, gain,
loss, or deduction with respect to the Equipment and the Lease.
(b) Lessor will be treated as the owner of the Equipment as of the date purchased, and the
Lease will be treated as a true lease, such that the Lessor will be treated as lessor and the
lessee will be treated as the lessee of the Equipment.
(c) The Lessor will be entitled to cost recovery deductions pursuant to Section 168(b) of the
Code with respect to one hundred percent of the Lessors Tax Basis commencing on the date the
entire Equipment is placed in service for purposes of section 168 of the Code, computed on the
basis that all of the Equipment is 7-year property within the meaning of section 168(c) of the
Code, resulting in deductions in each of the years set out below equal to the percentages of the
Equipment Cost set out below (provided that neither Lessor nor any Member makes any election to
exclude such treatment):
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
14.29
|
%
|
2012
|
|
|
24.49
|
%
|
2013
|
|
|
17.49
|
%
|
2014
|
|
|
12.49
|
%
|
2015
|
|
|
8.93
|
%
|
2016
|
|
|
8.92
|
%
|
2017
|
|
|
8.93
|
%
|
2018
|
|
|
4.46
|
%
|
(d) The Lessor will be entitled to deductions for the amortization of 100% Lessors
Transaction Costs computed on a straight-line basis over the Term of the Lease.
(e) Each Member will at all times be subject to income tax at a Federal income tax rate of 35%
and state and local income tax rate of 7%, for a combined rate of 39.55%.
(f) Lessor will not be required to report any income during the term of the Lease, other than
Basic Term Rent for the periods to which it is allocated under the last sentence of Section 2(a) of
the Agreement, any payment of Stipulated Loss Value on the date payable in accordance with the
Lease, or the payment of purchase price by Lessee in connection with the exercise by Lessee of a
purchase option under the Lease.
Part 2
. Lessee Representations and Warranties
In order to induce the Lessor and each Member to enter into the transactions contemplated by
the Operative Agreements, the Lessee hereby represents, warrants to, and covenants with the Lessor
and each Member that:
(a) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment (and each component thereof)
constitutes 7-year property as defined in section 168(e) of the Code, and on such date the entire
Equipment will be placed in service for purposes of section 168 of the Code;
Exhibit 1-3
(b) The Equipment on the Basic Term Commencement Date constitutes an integrated facility,
which means that the Equipment as designed and constructed is a fully-integrated and self-contained
facility, and each component of the Equipment is interrelated to each other component of the
Equipment in function and design, and no component is designed or intended for use in commercial
operation independently of the other components;
(c) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment will not require any improvements,
modifications or additions in order for the Equipment to be rendered complete for its intended use
by the Lessee (other than ancillary items of equipment of a kind not necessary for the Equipment to
operate and be treated as placed in service);
(d) Taking into account the Site Lease and Support Agreement, the use of the Equipment by a
person (other than the Lessee or any affiliate of the Lessee) at the end of the Term of the Lease
is reasonably expected to be commercially feasible (where such determination is made based on the
standards that would be applied by reasonably prudent businessmen on the basis of present knowledge
and generally accepted engineering standards), such that the Equipment is not and will not be
treated as limited use property for purposes of Rev. Proc. 2001-28;
(e) All information supplied by the Lessee or any Affiliate or agent of the Lessee to the
Lessor, any Member (or any Affiliate of any Member), any independent appraiser or engineer or any
independent counsel with respect to the description, nature, function, testing and cost of the
Equipment, and with respect to the state of readiness of the Equipment when delivered and accepted
under the Lease, including, but not limited to, facts relating to its intended use, economic life
and residual value, was complete and accurate at the time given and as of the Basic Term
Commencement Date;
(f) The remaining useful life of the Equipment at the end of the Basic Term is reasonably
expected to be at least 20% of its original useful life as of the Basic Term Commencement Date, and
the Equipment is reasonably expected to have a fair market value of at least 20% of the Equipment
Cost (exclusive of the effects of inflation or deflation) at the end of the Basic Term;
(g) The Lessee will not construct or install on the Equipment any component, improvement,
alteration or addition, unless such construction or installation will not adversely affect the
status of the Lease as a true lease for federal and state income tax purposes or otherwise result
in the Lessor or any Member being required to include an amount in gross income for federal or
state income tax purposes;
(h) Neither the Lessee nor any Affiliate of the Lessee will take a position on any tax return,
amended tax return or claim for refund or in connection with the examination of any such return
which is inconsistent with the intentions of the Lessor as set out in Section 1 hereof, and the
Lessee will take such action and execute such documents as the Lessor may reasonably request to
establish and protect the Lessors and each Members entitlement to such benefits;
(i) On the Basic Term Commencement Date, the Equipment (and each component thereof) is not
property described in section 168(g)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Code, and at no
Exhibit 1-4
time during the Term of the Lease will the Equipment (or any component thereof) become
property described in section 168(g)(1)(A), (B), (C) or (D) of the Code, other than as the result
of any action by the Lessor or any Member;
(j) The Lessor shall not be required to include in gross income for Federal or state income
tax purposes (including as a result of any recapture of MACRS deductions or corresponding state
deductions) at any time during the Term any amount as a result of (A) any modification,
replacement, maintenance or repairs with respect to the Equipment; or (B) any agreement between the
Lessee and any supplier, vendor, contractor, engineer or manufacturer;
(k) The Equipment is separate and distinct from any other equipment owned by the Lessee or any
other Person (other than the Lessor) and located on the Site (Lessees Equipment), and is fully
operable by a separate owner or operator, independent of the Lessees Equipment;
(l) Neither the physical attributes of the Equipment, any purchase price available to the
Lessee under the Lease, the return conditions and requirement set forth in the Lease, the costs to
and potential obligations of the Lessee under the Operative Agreements in the event the Lessee does
not exercise any purchase option, the close proximity and common housing of the Equipment and the
Lessees Equipment, the Basic Rent due under the Lease after any purchase option date, nor any
other factor known to the Lessee would created a material inducement to (or economically compel)
the Lessee to exercise any of the purchase options set forth in the Lease; and
(m) The close proximity and common housing of the Equipment and the Lessees Equipment does
not and will not have any adverse effect on the ability of the Lessor to realize the full
anticipated residual value of the Equipment.
E.
Term and Rent
.
(a) Basic Term Rent. Commencing on the Basic Term Commencement Date and monthly thereafter on
the corresponding day which is one month later during the Basic Term (for a total of 84 installment
payments of Rent), Lessee shall pay as Rent for the Equipment (
Basic Term Rent
) the product of
the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor for the applicable Rent Payment Date (as defined below) times the
Capitalized Lessors Cost of the Equipment on this Schedule. Rent shall be allocated and accrued
for use of the Equipment for federal income tax purposes to the one month period beginning on the
date such Rent is scheduled to be paid. Each date for the payment of Rent during the Basic Term is
herein referred to as a
Rent Payment Date
.
(b) If any Rent Payment Date is not a Business Day, the Rent otherwise due on such date shall
be payable on the immediately preceding Business Day.
(c) On the Change Date, the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor shall be adjusted, up or down, in the
event that the 3-year US dollar fixed interest rate swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by
Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM two business days prior to the Change Date is other
than 1.60%. Such Basic Term Lease Rate Factor will be adjusted as follows:
Exhibit 1-5
(i) The Adjusted Lease Rate Factor will be calculated so that Lessors nominal
pre-tax yield, calculated from the Change Date through the end of the Basic Term, shall be
increased or decreased by an amount equal to: (A) the 3 year US dollar fixed interest rate
swap (vs. 90-day Libor), as determined by Bloomberg Screen IRSB18 (Ask Rate), as of 11 AM
two business days prior to the Change Date, less (B) 1.60%; and
(ii) The New Basic Term Lease Rate Factor will be equal to (C) the Adjusted Lease
Rate Factor plus (D) the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor in effect prior to the Change Date,
with the sum of C and D to be divided by 2. This Schedule shall be amended to replace the
value listed for the Basic Term Lease Rate Factor with the New Basic Term Lease Rate Factor,
and such adjustment shall be effective from the Change Date through the end of the Basic
Term.
This Schedule is not binding or effective with respect to the Agreement or Equipment until
executed on behalf of Lessor and Lessee by authorized representatives of Lessor and Lessee,
respectively.
F.
Site
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owner of Equipment
|
|
|
|
|
Site
|
|
at the Site
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Mortgagee
|
Waynesboro, Virginia
|
|
Gossamer Holdings,
LLC
|
|
Chicopee, Inc.
|
|
Citicorp North
America, Inc.
|
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
Exibit 1-6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, Lessee and Lessor have caused this Schedule to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSOR:
|
|
LESSEE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
|
GENERAL ELECTRIC CREDIT
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORPORATION OF TENNESSEE,
its member
|
|
|
|
Name:
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
|
ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC,
its member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 1-7
ANNEX A
TO
SCHEDULE NO. __
Dated this __ day of ____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
An integrated manufacturing line in terms of design, function and manufacturing capabilities
including (i) one complete REICOFIL 4 SSMMS line for the production of heat sealed polypropylene
nonwoven fabrics, consisting of a 5-beam REICOFIL 4 Composite Extrusion Line, (ii) the Packaging
and Wrapping system consisting of an automated bundle sorting and wrapping system that will accept
custom-slit rolls from the production line, allow an operator to sort rolls into appropriately
sized bundles, then automatically apply end protection and wrap each bundle with polyethylene
stretch film, (iii) the Mixing and dosing system consisting of a batch-style mixing system used to
prepare chemical solutions for application by the production equipment, (iv) the Equipment lighting
consisting of sealed fluorescent lighting fixtures placed on the machine platform to illuminate all
levels of the production equipment (including without limitation with respect to the items
described in clauses (i) (iv), the items described in Exhibit I attached to this Annex A), (v)
all parts or components of any of the Equipment, including ones that are temporarily removed from
the Equipment, (vi) all manuals, Included IP, other licenses and records (other than Rent records
and Proprietary Information) with respect to such Equipment, and (vii) all substitutions and
replacements of any and all thereof, including, but not limited to, any replacement equipment which
may from time to time be substituted for the Equipment leased hereunder; together in each case with
any and all Parts permanently incorporated or installed in or attached thereto or any and all
Required Modifications and Optional Modifications that are Non-Severable Modifications, in each
case, to which title thereto vests in the Lessor pursuant to the terms of the Equipment Lease.
Annex A-1
Exhibit I to ANNEX A
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
[to come on Basic Term Commencement Date]
Annex A-1
ANNEX B
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE
To: Gossamer Holdings, LLC, its successors and assigns
Pursuant to the provisions of the above referenced Schedule and Lease Agreement (collectively,
the Lease), Lessee hereby certifies and warrants that:
(a) all Equipment listed in the related Bill of Sale is in good condition and appearance,
installed (if applicable) and in working order; and
(b) Lessee accepts the Equipment for all purposes of the Lease, the purchase documents and all
attendant documents.
Lessee does further certify that as of the date hereof (i) Lessee is not in default under the
Lease; (ii) the representations and warranties made by Lessee pursuant to or under the Lease are
true and correct on the date hereof; and (iii) Lessee has reviewed and approves of the purchase
documents for the Equipment, if any.
DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
|
|
Type and Model
|
Manufacturer
|
|
of Equipment
|
REICOFIL
|
|
4 SSMMS line for the production of heat
sealed
polypropylene nonwoven fabrics,
consisting of a 5-beam
REICOFIL 4
Composite Extrusion Line
|
|
[_____________]
|
|
[Package Wrapping System]
|
[_____________]
|
|
[Mixing and Dosing System]
|
[_____________]
|
|
[Equipment Lighting]
|
Annex B-1
The party below has caused this Certificate of Acceptance to be executed by its duly
authorized representative.
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: ___________,
20__
|
|
Lessees Authorized Representative
|
|
|
Annex B-2
ANNEX C
TO
SCHEDULE NO. ___
DATED THIS __ DAY OF _____________, 20__
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
STIPULATED LOSS VALUE TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stipulated
|
|
|
|
# of base
|
|
|
Loss Value
|
|
Date
|
|
payments
|
|
|
percentage
|
|
10/8/2011
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
107.52267950
|
|
11/8/2011
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
106.86474946
|
|
12/8/2011
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
106.19918977
|
|
1/8/2012
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
105.52594518
|
|
2/8/2012
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
104.84545459
|
|
3/8/2012
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
104.15766366
|
|
4/8/2012
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
103.46241269
|
|
5/8/2012
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
102.75968571
|
|
6/8/2012
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
102.04946676
|
|
7/8/2012
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
101.33173986
|
|
8/8/2012
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
100.60659537
|
|
9/8/2012
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
99.87391100
|
|
10/8/2012
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
99.13367077
|
|
11/8/2012
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
98.38594361
|
|
12/8/2012
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
97.63058366
|
|
1/8/2013
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
96.86755244
|
|
2/8/2013
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
96.09692060
|
|
3/8/2013
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
95.31865026
|
|
4/8/2013
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
94.53268299
|
|
5/8/2013
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
93.73898079
|
|
6/8/2013
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
92.93750565
|
|
7/8/2013
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
92.12821959
|
|
8/8/2013
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
91.31110555
|
|
9/8/2013
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
90.48610459
|
|
10/8/2013
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
89.65317870
|
|
11/8/2013
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
88.81231475
|
|
12/8/2013
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
87.96345703
|
|
1/8/2014
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
87.09396856
|
|
2/8/2014
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
86.21643907
|
|
Annex C-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stipulated
|
|
|
|
# of base
|
|
|
Loss Value
|
|
Date
|
|
payments
|
|
|
percentage
|
|
3/8/2014
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
85.33083425
|
|
4/8/2014
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
84.43781707
|
|
5/8/2014
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
83.53735635
|
|
6/8/2014
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
82.62942089
|
|
7/8/2014
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
81.71397950
|
|
8/8/2014
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
80.79029120
|
|
9/8/2014
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
79.85903458
|
|
10/8/2014
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
78.92017846
|
|
11/8/2014
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
77.97295389
|
|
12/8/2014
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
77.01803364
|
|
1/8/2015
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
76.05536964
|
|
2/8/2015
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
75.08417846
|
|
3/8/2015
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
74.10440720
|
|
4/8/2015
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
73.11678941
|
|
5/8/2015
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
72.12127727
|
|
6/8/2015
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
71.11782297
|
|
7/8/2015
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
70.10637870
|
|
8/8/2015
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
69.08608981
|
|
9/8/2015
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
68.05771531
|
|
10/8/2015
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
67.02120737
|
|
11/8/2015
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
65.97572114
|
|
12/8/2015
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
64.92205107
|
|
1/8/2016
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
63.86017196
|
|
2/8/2016
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
62.78923091
|
|
3/8/2016
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
61.70920001
|
|
4/8/2016
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
60.61938052
|
|
5/8/2016
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
59.51974240
|
|
6/8/2016
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
58.41025560
|
|
7/8/2016
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
57.29089007
|
|
8/8/2016
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
56.16229530
|
|
9/8/2016
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
55.02376172
|
|
10/8/2016
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
53.87525929
|
|
11/8/2016
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
52.71745182
|
|
12/8/2016
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
51.54963237
|
|
1/8/2017
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
50.37177937
|
|
2/8/2017
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
49.18456127
|
|
3/8/2017
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
47.98795807
|
|
4/8/2017
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
46.78460595
|
|
5/8/2017
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
45.57449085
|
|
6/8/2017
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
44.35759868
|
|
7/8/2017
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
43.13391536
|
|
8/8/2017
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
41.90074685
|
|
Annex C-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stipulated
|
|
|
|
# of base
|
|
|
Loss Value
|
|
Date
|
|
payments
|
|
|
percentage
|
|
9/8/2017
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
40.66075904
|
|
10/8/2017
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
39.41393786
|
|
11/8/2017
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
38.15757142
|
|
12/8/2017
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
36.89434346
|
|
1/8/2018
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
35.62423990
|
|
2/8/2018
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
34.34453103
|
|
3/8/2018
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
33.05512290
|
|
4/8/2018
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
31.76697002
|
|
5/8/2018
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
30.48007238
|
|
6/8/2018
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
29.19442999
|
|
7/8/2018
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
27.91004284
|
|
8/8/2018
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
26.61592287
|
|
9/8/2018
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
25.32306555
|
|
10/8/2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.00000000
|
|
Annex C-3
EXHIBIT NO. 2
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF ACCEPTABLE LETTER OF CREDIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE DATE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L/C NO.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APPLICANT REFERENCE NO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TO:
|
|
APPLICANT:
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 MERRITT SEVEN
NORWALK, CT 06851 USA
ATTENTION: ANNIE SCHORR
|
|
CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 HARRIS CORNERS PKWY,
SUITE 300
CHARLOTTE, NC 28269
ATTENTION: DENNIS NORMAN
|
|
|
|
WITH A COPY TO:
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
C/O ING
SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC
200 GALLERIA PARKWAY,
STE. 950
ATLANTA, GEORGIA
30339 USA
ATTENTION: JERRY L. MCDONALD
|
|
|
WE HAVE ESTABLISHED OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IN YOUR FAVOR AS DETAILED HEREIN
SUBJECT TO ISP98.
|
|
|
DOCUMENTARY CREDIT NUMBER:
|
|
[_____________]
|
|
|
|
DATE OF ISSUE:
|
|
- VALUE DATE -
|
|
|
|
BENEFICIARY:
|
|
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC
201 MERRITT SEVEN
NORWALK, CT 06851 USA
APPLICANT: CHICOPEE, INC.
9335 HARRIS CORNERS PKWY,
SUITE 300
CHARLOTTE, NC 28269
|
|
|
|
DATE AND PLACE OF EXPIRY:
|
|
[INSERT SPECIFIC DATE] at the office of
our
Servicer, Citicorp North America, Inc.,
3800
Citibank Center, Building B, 3rd Floor,
Tampa,
Fl 33610
|
Exhibit 2-1
|
|
|
DOCUMENT CREDIT AMOUNT:
|
|
USD [______________]
|
|
|
|
AVAILABLE WITH:
|
|
[ISSUING BANK]
[LOCATION]
BY PAYMENT AT SIGHT
|
IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT
AMENDMENT FOR ADDITIONAL 12 MONTH PERIODS FROM THE PRESENT OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS
AT LEAST 30 DAYS PRIOR TO THE CURRENT EXPIRY DATE WE SEND NOTICE IN WRITING TO YOU WITH A COPY TO
GOSSAMER HOLDINGS INC. C/O ING SPUNMELT HOLDINGS LLC , 200 GALLERIA PARKWAY, STE. 950, ATLANTA,
GEORGIA 30339 USA, ATTENTION: JERRY L. MCDONALD, BY COURIER OR ANY OTHER RECEIPTED MEANS AT THE
ABOVE ADDRESS, THAT WE ELECT NOT TO AUTOMATICALLY EXTEND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY ADDITIONAL
PERIOD. PROVIDED HOWEVER, THE NON-RECEIPT OF THE ELECTION NOT TO RENEW BY THE BENEFICIARYS CARE OF
PARTY WILL NOT INVALIDATE OUR NON-RENEWAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
IN THE EVENT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBSEQUENTLY AMENDED BY US TO RESCIND A NOTICE OF
NON-EXTENSION AND TO EXTEND THE EXPIRY DATE HEREOF TO A FUTURE DATE, SUCH EXTENSION SHALL BE FOR
THAT SINGLE PERIOD ONLY AND THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY FUTURE AUTOMATIC
EXTENSIONS UNLESS AN AUTOMATIC EXTENSION PROVISION IS EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED INTO SUCH AMENDMENT.
ADDITIONAL DETAILS:
WE HEREBY ESTABLISH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [______________]IN FAVOR OF THE
ABOVE MENTIONED BENEFICIARY FOR AN
AGGREGATE AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE AMOUNT INDICATED ABOVE,
EXPIRING AT THE OFFICE OF OUR SERVICER WITH THEIR CLOSE OF BUSINESS ON [______________]. YOU ARE
HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZED TO MAKE ONE
OR MORE DEMANDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF WHICH DEMAND(S) SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE AMOUNT STATED ABOVE.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE WITH [ISSUING BANK] , AND IS EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, AGAINST
PRESENTATION OF BENEFICIARY DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT DRAWN ON [ISSUING BANK] , WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY THE
DOCUMENTS INDICATED HEREIN.
1. BENEFICIARYS DATED STATEMENT PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY ONE OF ITS AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES INDICATING
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER AND READING AS FOLLOWS:
Exhibit 2-2
BENEFICIARY HEREBY DEMANDS PAYMENT OF USD ____________ UNDER THE [ISSUING BANK] IRREVOCABLE
STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER [______________] BECAUSE OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING:
(I) THE AMOUNT OF THIS DRAWING REPRESENTS AMOUNTS DUE FROM CHICOPEE, INC. (CHICOPEE) UNDER
THE TERMS OF THE CONSTRUCTION AGENCY AGREEMENT (CAA), DATED AS OF JUNE [__], 2010 BETWEEN
CHICOPEE AND BENEFICIARY AND/OR THE EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT (LEASE), DATED AS OF JUNE [__,]
2010, BETWEEN CHICOPEE AND BENEFICIARY, OR
(II) A PETITION HAS BEEN FILED BY OR AGAINST POLYMER GROUP, INC. OR CHICOPEE, INC., UNDER ANY
BANKRUPTCY, INSOLVENCY OR SIMILAR LAW, OR
(III) BENEFICIARY HAS RECEIVED A NOTICE FROM [ISSUING BANK] TO THE EFFECT THAT THE [ISSUING
BANK] IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER [ ] WILL NOT BE AUTOMATICALLY RENEWED OR
EXTENDED.
2. THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL CORRESPONDING AMENDMENTS, IF ANY.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN ITS ENTIRETY (BUT NOT IN PART) AND [ISSUING BANK] ONLY IS
AUTHORIZED TO ACT AS THE TRANSFERRING BANK. WE SHALL NOT RECOGNIZE ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF
CREDIT UNTIL THIS ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT, TOGETHER WITH ANY AMENDMENTS AND A SIGNED AND
COMPLETED TRANSFER FORM, ATTACHED HERETO AS PER ANNEX A, IS RECEIVED BY US AND OUR TRANSFER CHARGES
OF 1/4 OF 1 PERCENT OF THE TRANSFERRED AMOUNT, MINIMUM $150.00 ARE PAID BY BANK OR CERTIFIED CHECK.
THE CORRECTNESS OF THE SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF THE PERSON SIGNING THE TRANSFER FORMS MUST BE
VERIFIED BY YOUR BANK. IN CASE OF ANY TRANSFER UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE DRAFT AND ANY
REQUIRED STATEMENT MUST BE EXECUTED BY THE TRANSFEREE. THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
TO ANY PERSON WITH WHICH U.S. PERSONS ARE PROHIBITED FROM DOING BUSINESS UNDER U.S. FOREIGN ASSETS
CONTROL REGULATIONS OR OTHER APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS.
TRANSFER CHARGES ARE FOR THE ACCOUNT OF THE APPLICANT.
PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS PERMITTED.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT ALL DRAFTS AND DOCUMENTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED AND PAYMENT WILL BE MADE HEREUNDER ON
THE BUSINESS DAY NEXT SUCCEEDING THE BUSINESS DAY OF RECEIPT OF THE BENEFICIARYS DEMAND (WHETHER
DELIVERED IN PERSON, OR
Exhibit 2-3
BY COURIER). [ISSUING BANK] WILL EFFECT PAYMENT BY WIRE TRANSFER OF IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS (IN
UNITED STATES DOLLARS) TO THE BENEFICIARYS ACCOUNT NO. 50286772 AT DEUTSCHE BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH,
ABA NUMBER 021001033, ACCOUNT NAME: GOSSAMER HOLDINGS, LLC, CUSTOMER: POLYMER GROUP, INC., OR TO
SUCH OTHER ACCOUNT AS THE BENEFICIARY MAY DIRECT IN WRITING.
WE AGREE, FOLLOWING OUR RECEIPT THEREOF, TO EXAMINE ALL DOCUMENTS PURPORTING TO REPRESENT THE
BENEFICIARYS DEMAND TO ASCERTAIN THAT SUCH DOCUMENTS CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF.
WE SHALL, WITHOUT DELAY (BUT IN ANY EVENT, BEFORE THE END OF THE BUSINESS DAY NEXT FOLLOWING THE
DATE OF OUR RECEIPT OF THE DOCUMENTS), GIVE NOTICE TO YOU IF ANY DEMAND FOR PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS
NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS HEREOF, STATING THE REASONS THEREFOR AND THAT THE
RELEVANT DOCUMENT OR DOCUMENTS ARE BEING HELD AT YOUR DISPOSAL OR ARE BEING RETURNED TO YOU, AS YOU
MAY ELECT. WHEREUPON YOU SHALL BE ENTITLED TO SUBMIT, SUBJECT TO THE TERMS HEREOF, CORRECTED
DOCUMENTS WHICH CONFORM TO THE TERMS HEREOF. PAYMENTS MADE IN RESPECT OF ANY DRAWING SHALL REDUCE
BY THE AMOUNT OF SUCH DRAWING THE AMOUNT INDICATED ABOVE. ALL AMOUNTS TO BE PAID UNDER THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT ANY SET-OFF OR COUNTERCLAIM.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT
MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY. BY US SIGNING THIS LETTER OF
CREDIT, AND BY YOU MAKING A PRESENTATION HEREUNDER, EACH OF US IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR PURPOSES OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. EACH OF US
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION EITHER OF US MAY NOW OR
HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH OF
US HEREBY AGREES TO RECEIVE AND ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS SENT BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL OR
OVERNIGHT COURIER TO THE ADDRESS TO WHICH NOTICES HEREUNDER ARE GIVEN.
WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT WE SHALL HAVE NO DUTY OR RIGHT TO INQUIRE AS TO THE BASIS UPON WHICH
BENEFICIARY HAS DETERMINED TO PRESENT US ANY DRAFT UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL
STANDBY PRACTICES 1998, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590, AND, TO THE EXTENT
NOT INCONSISTENT THEREWITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME.
Exhibit 2-4
THE NUMBER AND THE DATE OF OUR CREDIT AND THE NAME OF OUR BANK MUST BE QUOTED ON ALL DRAFTS
REQUIRED.
PLEASE DIRECT ALL DRAWINGS AND CORRESPONDENCE IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT TO [ISSUING BANK], ATTENTION [__________], [ADDRESS].
Exhibit 2-5
ANNEX A
Transfer of Letter of Credit in its Entirety
Relinquishing all Rights as Beneficiary
( This form is to be used when the Letter of Credit is to be Transferred in its entirety and , no
substitution of invoices is involved and, no rights are to be retained by the undersigned
Beneficiary. )
|
|
|
Citibank, N.A.
|
|
Date:
|
c/o Citicorp North America, Inc.
3800 Citibank Center,
Building B, 3rd Floor
Tampa, Florida 33610
Attn. Standby Unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Re: L/C No.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued by:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Citibank, N.A.
Ref:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gentlemen:
Receipt is acknowledged of the original instrument which you forwarded to us relative to the
issuance of a Letter of Credit ( herein called the Credit ) bearing your reference number as
above in favor of ourselves and/or Transferees and we hereby request you to transfer the said
Letter of Credit, in its entirety, to:
( Optional ) Please advise Beneficiary through the below indicated Advising Bank:
We are returning the original instrument to you herewith in order that you may deliver it to the
Transferees together with your customary letter of transfer.
It is understood that any amendments to the Letter of Credit which you may receive are to be
advised by you directly to the Transferees and that the drafts and documents of the Transferees, if
issued in accordance with the conditions of the Letter of Credit, are to be forwarded by you
directly to the party for whose account the credit was opened (or any intermediary) without our
intervention.
Exhibit 2-6
Page 2 Request for Full Transfer Relinquishing all Rights as Beneficiary
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE GUARANTEED
|
|
Sincerely yours,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The First Beneficiarys signature(s) with
title(s) conforms
with that on file with us
and such is/are authorized for the
execution
of this instrument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name of First Beneficiary)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Telephone Number)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Authorized name and Title)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Authorized Signature)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Authorized Name and Title)
|
|
(Authorized Name and Title)
(If applicable)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Authorized Signature)
(If applicable)
|
|
|
Exhibit 2-7
EXHIBIT NO. 3
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF GUARANTY
See attached.
Exhibit 3-1
EXHIBIT NO. 4
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
__________ __, 20__
ADDRESS
Re:
Confidentiality Letter
Dear _______:
[ ] (Investor) is entering into discussions with Gossamer Holdings, LLC (the Company)
concerning the financing of a 5 beam composite spunmelt nonwoven production line manufactured,
primarily by, and purchased from Reifenhäuser REICOFIL GmbH & Co. KG and other vendors (together
with related equipment, as applicable) located at 1020 Shenandoah Village Drive, Waynesboro,
Virginia, 22980-9292 (the Financing). In connection therewith, the Company will provide Investor
with certain Confidential Information (as defined below) pursuant to the terms hereof.
Confidential Information means (i) any written or oral information provided by or through
the Company in connection with the Financing relating to the business, finances, operations or
affairs of the Company (other than information described in paragraph (c) below) and (ii) the fact
that discussions or investigations with respect to the Financing are taking place.
Investor will maintain as confidential any Confidential Information using the same standard of
care as it uses in protecting its own confidential information of a similar nature and otherwise on
the following terms and conditions and will only use Confidential Information to evaluate the
Financing:
(a) Investor may disclose Confidential Information on a confidential, need-to-know basis to
its and its affiliates employees, officers, directors and agents (including attorneys)
(Representatives) in connection with the Financing, but Investor shall direct each Representative
to treat the Confidential Information confidentially. Such persons and entities will not be deemed
Representatives hereunder unless (and solely to the extent that) Investor furnishes such
information to such persons or entities.
(b) Investor may disclose without liability any Confidential Information if such disclosure is
(i) in connection with any syndication, assignment or participation of the interest of Investor or
an affiliate in the Financing (including to a rating agency) so long as such Confidential
Information is disclosed to the recipient thereof (other than any rating agency) subject to
confidentiality provisions substantially the same terms as those hereof or (ii)
reasonably believed by it to be compelled or required by any law, court decree, subpoena,
legal or administrative order or process, or legitimate request of any governmental agency or
authority (collectively, an Order). Unless prohibited by the terms of an Order, Investor shall
Exhibit 4-1
notify the Company of the receipt of any such Order and shall reasonably cooperate, at the
Companys expense, with any attempt by the Company to obtain an appropriate protective order.
(c) Investor shall not be precluded from disclosing or using any Confidential Information, (i)
which was in its or one of its affiliates possession prior to any disclosure by the Company on a
non-confidential basis, (ii) which is publicly available through no fault or breach by Investor or
any person or entity to whom Investor discloses any Confidential Information, (iii) which becomes
available to Investor from sources not known by it after reasonable inquiry to be subject to
disclosure restrictions, or (iv) which is independently developed by Investor or its
Representatives.
(d) Any Confidential Information shall be upon the Companys written request, either returned
or destroyed; however, Investor shall not be required to expunge from its records internally
generated documents (including electronic copies) containing Confidential Information which it
maintains under its normal record retention policy, but Investor shall continue to maintain as
confidential all such documents pursuant to the terms of this agreement.
Except for the maintenance of confidentiality on the above terms, the commencement of
discussions shall not create any other obligation either (i) to or of the Company of any kind, or
(ii) to or of Investor of any kind, and no such obligation can be created except by a duly
authorized, executed and delivered written agreement. This agreement shall remain effective for a
term of 18 months from the last disclosure of Confidential Information to Investor hereunder. This
agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York
(without regard to its conflicts of law provisions).
In the event that Investor acquires an equity interest in the Company, on and after the date
of such acquisition, this Confidentiality Letter shall be superseded and replaced by the terms of
Section 22 of that certain Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of June 24, 2010 among Chicopee, Inc.
as lessee and the Company as lessor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gossamer Holdings, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted and agreed to
this ____ day of ___________, 20__:
Exhibit 4-2
EXHIBIT NO. 5
TO
TO LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 24, 2010
FORM OF SECURITY DEPOSIT PLEDGE AGREEMENT
See attached.
Exhibit 5-1